Skip to main content

Full text of "The Annals and magazine of natural history; zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats 


dari mith 

Y rel 

tea dat 

Crue a en a 
y reas 
ra 
wane 


N 
eh Md 
Asst 

ut we 


ats oe | 
Hirietisibetetss 
ele 


=S2iss3 
335245534 
sesiate 


: 
+ Bis 


1 4) se 
i oa S 


eekstais = 


= 


i 


pet 
Sates 
re 


= 
aie 
=e 


HL ifel aed W hathe Wi: 
su at eats act Al 
; at eM a yan 


G47 
Vee ay 

Naas 4s y a9 
+ 4 a YG) 


Wy 
Baa 
Nees 

i 


Hk ew 
ELC 
We he tt 

et 


La 
qh iy 
0 9:4 
ph 
4:44, 499 
iy Paley 
wi Nhat kk Rta 
YH RRC ak Oe 
‘as BAR i ae iH 
ha 


he 


= 
a 


Ue a he 4 

ay Me ) 
A ast 
4 


ee 


Ss 
ESS 


Rat Asa 
sca 


hit 
eh oh ees 
4 ease Qin teu 
rf; 


4 ? a) * * 
Sta ae 4 : Soke it x c 
ay i * et ony f 
at Late 4 ; Mi 5 if eed ! ae 
wh 4184 ‘ ; 
Oy tadh At as Hh ae ; 
hat ay Ata 
Wes 


ie tte Pal 
iM Gita) 
sis 


FY GIA Y 
We sptaricate 


4G CATT G49 j O99) 
a eee NY ‘ ie’ 
ERM RT Y ii ty re bye vig hos 
wie He ahead He RAIA MIR Ort Pe ra 
PRTC I Mla t Cree et Ih r 
MAGA WT Ee Fee 
GSE RIOT A aM Sot The ame, 
RCH A fer re Se be eer 
i 5 tet acai hit & Lene 
VA 44 1 


gn UN Aa ; i 
St haa al ; CUTTS LK? ta it Oe : 7 out 
paar nal aw Wee Hy \ ae mata tst 
h 
Kite 


sas: Aye 
A on r 7 
hoi Sad teee i Ott 3, , 
* ve " { , 
, eR Tihs Chie 
; Lash 
Way AN Atay A ees Wy at a 
Al 4 Ge G8 fat 
ah aud ay 
wae 
4a 


4 “a4@ 


\ 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND 
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ ) 


CONDUCTED BY 


ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., 
WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.LS., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., 


AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. 


eee sae 


VOL. IX.—FIFTH SERIES 


OO Te PO Re Ifa 


/ 


| 24205 


EO N-DO'N : 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, 
AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS: 
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : 

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 


1882. 


Nai a act) 
~ Ona! Muse yi = 


a 


“ Omnes res creatse sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis 
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; 
ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; 
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuwit.”—Linna&vs. 


“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucxner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 


1767. 


whee Hee Golel woe sme NOISVLyanwpoWers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, 


CONTENTS OF VOL, IX. 


[FIFTH SERIES. ] 


NUMBER XLIX. 


Page 
I. Notes on British Spiders, with Descriptions of three new Species 
and Characters of a new Genus. By the Rev. O. P. Camprinas, 
ACME Zisss oCe > (Llater lil jas quesecssis s tela atone aan ws 1 
II. On Lepidoptera collected in Japan and the Corea by Mr. W. 
Wykeham Perry. By Artuur G. Butter, F.LS., F.Z.S. ...... 13 


III. On certain remarkable Modifications of the Avicularium in a 
Species of Polyzoon ; and on the Relation of the Vibraculum to the 
Avicularium. By the Rey. Toomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S. ...... 20 


IV. Notes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera and 
Species.—Part IV. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L.S. &.........- . 26 


V. Summary Report upon a Zoological Exploration made in the 
Mediterranean and the Atlantic on board the ‘Travailleur.’ By M. 


A. Minnz-EpWARDS........ ECECOUMR TL COnOuneuDopeLMmoctchcor 37 
VI. Descriptions of new Longicorn Coleoptera (Prionide and Lep- 
turid@) from Madagascar. By CHartes O. WATERHOUSE ...... 47 
VIL. Descriptions of new Buprestide. By Cuaries O. WATER- 
HOUSE vo. ccccensccaserc cers crseenesserasrestoreesserancaee 50 
VIII. On new British Cladocera discovered by Mr. Conrad Beck 
in Grasmere Lake, Westmoreland. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.A, 
53 


F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in University College, London 


IX. On some Points in the Morphology of the Rhabdophora, or 
true Graptolites. By Joun Hopkinson, F.L.S.,F.G.S. ........ 54 


Proceedings of the Geological Society ......seeveceseeereres O8—61 


Vi CONTENTS. 


On the Postembryonie Development of the Diptera, by M. H. Vial- 
lanes ; Development of the Ovum of Melicerta, by M. L. Joliet ; 
Ona Yellow Variety of the Common Eel (Anguilla vulgaris, FI. \: 
by Dr. Heinrich Bolan, of Hamburg; On the Origin of the 
Central Nervous System of the Aunelida, by Prof. Kleinenberg ; 
How Orb-weaving Spiders male the Framework or Foundations 
of Webs, by the Rev. Dr. H. C, McCook .......es+csaees 61— 


NUMBER L. 


X. On some new Species of Corals. By Bryce Wricut, F.Z.S. 
mcmeblates UL. El. ar LN) iin 03s Ey SA EATER Ar pari PS Oo 


XI. Classification of the Dinosauria. By Prof. O. C. Marsu 


XII. On a small Collection of Lepidoptera from Melbourne. By 
PNT More HEUTE, WY Wiircdeg) Hi. Las g OC Cad, <e eons’ oi'eie niet aorisessietete aratetene 


XIII. Descriptions of two new Species of Papilio from North- 
eastern India, with a Preliminary Indication of an apparently new 
and remarkable Case of Mimicry between the two distinct Groups 
which they represent. By J. Woop-Mason, Deputy Superintendent, 
Indian Museum, Calcutta, on Special Duty with the Government of 
HRCA epeRtrars ialeue ahs eek k eco'e: chee dicen eon 4.9 anor s tana Mblaiav ese, vfscagete yeas OEe mene 


XIV. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Amebe. By Dr. 
PCG ST OBER. Urabe UX), sicie xs, ssnte gcrinnnle'e ale sie taepetnee 


XV. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine Poly- 
zoa. By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S, (Plate V.) .. 


XVI. Description of a new Species of the Homopterous Genus 
Aphena from Sumatra. By ARTHUR G. BuTLER, F.L.S., F.ZS., &e. 


New Books:—The Zoological Record for 1880 (vol. xvii.). Edited 
by E. C, Ryz.—Zoologischer Jahresbericht fur 1880. Redigirt 
von Prof. J. Vict. Carvus.—Proceedings of the Bristol Natu- 
ralists’ Society. New series, vol. iii. pt. i. (1880). Also, new 
series, vol. 11. (1877—8-9). Flora [recent] of the Bristol Coal- 
field. Edited by J. W. Wars. Part I. Thalamiflorae—Pro- 
ceedings and Transactions ef the Nova-Scotian Institute of 
Natural Science of Halifax, Nova Scotia. Vol. vy. part iii. for 


Page 


68 


84 


116 


127, 


TSSO-BI SF. de trcdeerccms vier Sielale teva eee wae laia serene 129—133 


On the Origin of the Spermatozoids in the Hydroids, by M. A. de 
Varenne ; Ov the Phenomena of Division in Ewglypha alveolata 
and the Monothalamous Rhizopods in general, by Dr. Aug. 
Gruber; The Mediterranean Species of “Fierasfer, by Prof. C. 
Emery ; Mode of Capture of Lizardsin Southern Europe, by Dr. 
T. Eimer; Note on some obscure Points in the Organization and 


Dey elopment of the Echinorhynchi, by M. Mégnin sation 133—140 


CONTENTS, Vv 


NUMBER LI. 
Page 
XVII. The Sponge-fauna of Norway ; a Report on the Rey. A. M. 
Norman’s Collection of Sponges from the Norwegian Coast. ae 


Prof. W. J. Soutas, M.A\, F.R.S.E., &c. (Plates VI. & VIL) . 141 
XVIII. Note on the Species of the Linnean Genus <Astertas which 

are ascribed to Retzius. By F. JErrrry Brut, M.A............. 166 
XIX. On some Silurian Leperditie. By Fr. Scumipr and 

Tere mie UOT: 9 eigg so oad aI CERIO USI Os Oh GU ee omen ace 168 
XX. New Genera and Species of Buprestide and Heteromera. 

PV LEAT TSO) VV AML REOUSICE War, a ipreio Mere craic sche’ o eivie MIeie caaeciots 172 
XXJ. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rey. M. J. Berke.ey, 

RS. andi. 1. BROOM Haq), EUS, c..c0cs ccs oe ae «qe steeds 176 


XXII. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Aleyonaria, with 
Descriptions of new Species from the Indian Ocean and the Bay of 
Bengal. By Sruarr O. Rivtey, M.A., F.L.S., Assistant in the 
Zoological Department, British Maccutat ers nee Oe ae on OE 


XXIII. Note on a Freshwater Macrurous Crustacean from Japan 
pea ? compressa, De Haan’). By Epwarp J. Miers, F.LS., 
F.Z.8 193 


XXIV. Descriptions of new Species of Myriopoda of the Genus 
Zephronia from India and Sumatra, By ArrHuur G. BUTLER, 
LET URS end CUES COS in Bes GUE OO COC OT RAC een Ae uci OMCht Cora ke 19 


Proceedings of the Geological Society ........... akan slorerin 198—200 


New Books :—Conchologische Mittheilungen als Fortsetzung der 
Novitates Conchologice HORI COE CIOS EDL h Ean ace eCc 201 


On some peculiar Organs of Eudendrium ramosum, by Dr. August 
Weismann ; Note on the Pearly Organs of Scopelus, by HB. 
Guppy, M.B., Surgeon R.N. ; On the Occurrence of Centrolophus 
pompilus on the East Coast. of England, by Dr. A. Giinther; 
The oldest Artiodactyle, by E. D. Cope; "On the Genus Clado- 
cera, Ehrenberg, by Dr. A. yon Heider; The Characters of the 
Teeniodontia, by E. D. Cope; Ona small Collection of Lepido- 
ptera, principally from Candahar, by Arthur G. Butler, F.L.S. 
&e.; New Forms of Coryphodontide, by E. D. Cope; An 
Anthropomorphous Lemur, by E. D. Cope ............ 201—212 


NUMBER LII. 


XXY. On certain Points in the Morphology of the Blastotdea, with 
Descriptions of some new Genera and Species. By R. ErHermer, 
Jun., and P. Hersert Carpenter, M.A., Assistant Master at 
BtomCollege visvctareseccevenvedonscaues Achy Wore hace cae 213 


v1 CONTENTS. 


Page 
XXVI. Further Observations on Kammplatten, and Note on Cteno- 
ptychius pectinatus, Ag. By THomas Stock, Natural-History De- 
partment, Museumrof Science and Art, Edinburgh. (Plate VIIL.).. 253 


XXVITI. On some new Species of Aranetdea, with Characters of a 
new Genus. By the Rev. O. P. Camsprinvas, M.A., C.M.Z.8., &c. 


Eplsleate NSN) 0 care. s eisrerers. a'b{oic.6.9 0, che wssvacns 2 <usse'e erate Tok one 258 
XXVIII. Ninth Contribution to the Knowledge of the Fauna of 
Madacascar. By Dr, ArBERT GUNTHER, WIR.S. 0.0.00. 00 eee cen 262 


XXIX. Some Sponges from the West Indies and Acapulco in the 
Liverpool Free Museum described, with general and classificatory 
Remarks. By H. J. Canrzr, F.R.S. &c. (Plates XI. & XII.) .. 266 


XXX. Report on the Nematodes in the Possession of the British 
Museum, with a Review of the Classification of the Order. By 


Drety, Onuny. j(Plate XS) co.cc coe at nae ee eee eee a eee 301 


XXXI. New Species of Geodephagous Coleoptera from North-west 
Mexico. Say EL IW BATES THURS. .§ ee icurcse om lec sis conten Sogn 2h) 


XXXII. Descriptions of new Cetoniide, Buprestide, and Ceramby- 
cide from Madagascar. By CHarLes O. WATERHOUSE .......... 821 


XXXII. Descriptions of some new Species of Myriopoda of the 
Genus Spirostreptus from Madagascar. By ArrHur G. BUTLER, 
EU Se HeZ1c05, 5 CCCs nes sus o's «oie ie eye oo.+ 918807 ecaie ut. 0, vas egencler tie Siete tari 328 


The Genus Carterella versus Spongiophaga Pottst, by E. Potts; Atlan- 
tic Actiniaria of the Dredgings of the Despatch-boat ‘ Le Travail- 
leur,’ by M. A. F. Marion; Colour in Autumn Leaves, by T. 
Meehan ; Centrolophus pompilus, by Francis Day, F.L.S. &c.; 
On a Foetal Kangaroo and its Membranes, by Henry C. Chap- 
AYID EV Mel ye recuueetriisrce ote’ waned Meek nqaer s alee neers ters .. 3830—338 


NUMBER LII. 
XXXIV. Notes on the Structure and Development of Siphonaria 
australis, Quoy & Gaimard. By Professor F. W. Hurron, of Can- 
terbury College, New Zealand. (Plate:XV.) 2.5 5..02.-00sceeceen 341 


XXXV. Description of a Species of FPusus. By EpGar A. Smirn 344 


XXXVI. Some Sponges from the West Indies and Acapulco in 
the Liverpool Free Museum described, with general and classificatory 
Remarks. By H. JiCaAnrtEReiORis. QC. oo eecteciieric cei coin 346 


XXXVII. Is Limulus an Arachnid? By A.S. Packarn, Jun... 369 


XXXVIII. Additions to the Australian Curculionide. Part IX. 
IByPURANCIS JP, PASCOM; Halt S.i00C.1 25 acicte co serait eats eee eneereriete 374 


XXXIX. On some new Genera and Species of Blattarie in the 
Collection of the British Museum. By Arruur G. BurieEr, 
JOG BS he the 7 a CR Cr ro FAO ORRR CS RIDIN gies GIS OSes ot OCC 383 


CONTENTS. vil 


Page 
XL. Descriptions of two new Species fof the Homopterous Genus 
Platypleura from Madagascar. By ArtHur G. Butuer, F.LS., 
IP ASSEN UNC ni Alan nranecinmyne eine eeerersisrs eenel otat shes tte oe teuera 388 


XLI. Form and Nature of the Cirrous Appendages on the Stato- 
blast of Carterella latitenta, Potts, &c., originally designated ““Spongio- 


phaga Potis.” By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e. (Plate XIV.)...... 390 
XLII. Undescribed Rhopalocera from the Malay Peninsula. By 

Viol itd DSBS S06 5 Colin per ticG CpG Otte GPO eran rio ore 396 
XLUI. On a Case of complete Abortion of the Reproductive 

Organs of Vitrina. By F. p’ARRUDA FURTADO ..........++.2+5 O90 

Proceedings of the Geological Society...........cc cee eeees 400, 401 


New Book :—Aid to the Identification of Insects. Edited by CHarLEs 
OwEN WaterHovsE. Lithographs by Epwry Wixson...... 402 


CHARLES Darwin; On a new Apterous Male among the Coccide 
(Acanthococcus aceris, Sign.), by M. J. Lichtenstein; Note on 
Euripus consimilis of Westwood, by Arthur G. Butler, F.L.S., 
F.Z8., &e.; Descriptions of Spirostreptus from Madagascar, by 
Arthur G. Butler, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.; The Alcyonaria of the 
Bay of Marseilles, by M. A. F. Marion; Alteration of Generic 
Names; On the Development of the Ganglion and of the “ Cili- 
ated Sac” in the Bud of Pyrosoma, by M. L. Joliet ; Develop- 
ment of Limulus, by Prof. H. N. Moseley, F.R.S. ...... 402—412 


NUMBER LIV. 


XLIV. On two new Muride from Tasmania. By OLpFIELD 
Pro MASE Ace british, MUSEUM hy. arasle sn e)sia,celifele sv elecse s'eisie) sys 413 


XLV. Remarkable Forms of Cellepora and Palythoa from the 
Senegambian Coast. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &c. (Plate XVI.). 416 


XLVI. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Longicorn 
Joleoptera (Lamiide) from Madagascar, By CuartEs O. WATER- 


TOURS pono BULC RRO Dh EES Geos Uso nc CEE ob oc ac eeunae son nba 420 
XLVII. Description of a new Species of Mantide. By Francis 

1D, DARGIS. SodAR aoe so UOMO HmOn nO Hie HOMO n Sahm cmon Gans A 423 
XLVIII. Note on the Classification of the Homoptera. By 

TAR ANGE) 12 IPRS). 3 Ohh aor an Soba Un COO Ob OnGe bab ocfomdoe 424 


XLIX. The Sponge-fauna of Norway; a Report on the Rey. A. 
M. Norman’s Collection of Sponges from the Norwegian Coast. By 
Prof. W. J. Sorvas, M.A, F.RS.E:, &e, (Plate XVIL) ...5..5% 426 


LI. Researches on the Nervous System of the Larye of Dipterous 
Ieccten Coy erot MuWARD BRAND® “jc cess. o: yn slse serene eis 0b. 


vill CONTENTS. 


Page 
LIT. On the Nervous System of the Strepsiptera. By Prof. Ep- 
WWASRDy JESUS ORE Cth An, ay tom UGE ROO OE GUC ISCO CLIO Snot 456 


LITT. Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. 
Edward Whymper in Ecuador in 1879-80. By G. A. BouLENGER. 457 


LIV. Charles Darwin. By M. DE QUATREFAGES .........00 467 


Three more Freshwater Sponges, by E. Potts; Restoration of the 
Disk in Ophiurans, by A. E. Verrill ; On ‘ne Abyssal Malaco- 
logical Fauna of the Mediterranean, by M. Fischer ; Zoological 
Siamonvat Villatrandan «e./boc WA. culasaus: sgn eee eae 474479 


TURGKER vid igich ec ttareitrecs CARER oreo ROSPRTL Cure CCR RR Een RPT ARERR St tery 0 480 


PLATES IN VOL. IX. 
PuaTE I, New British Spiders, 
10k 
TIT. few Corals. 
iV 
V. Marine Polyzoa. 
VI. Pachymatisma Johnstoni, 
VIL. Tetilla cranium. 
VU. “ Kammplatten.” 
IX. Structure of the Amcebe. 
X. New Nematodes. 
cee West-Indian and Acapulco Sponges. 
XI. New Species of Araneidea. 
XIV. Statoblasts of Carterella latitenta. 
XV. Development of Siphonaria australis. 
XVI. New Species of Cellepora and Palythoa. 
XVIT. Structure of Thenea Wallichii. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[FIFTH SERIES. ] 


se eecasecsessor cece. per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”” 

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Kel. 1. 


No. 49. JANUARY 1882. 


I.—Notes on British Spiders, with Descriptions of three new 
Species and Characters of a new Genus. By the Rey. O. 
P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e. 


[Plate I.] 


Upwanrps of two years have passed since my last communi- 
cation reporting progress on British araneology (Ann. & Mag. 
N. H. (5) iv. p. 190, pl. xii., Sept. 1879). In the meantime 
part ii., completing ‘ Spiders of Dorset,’ has been published*, 
and contains notices and descriptions of all the species of 
British spiders known up to the beginning of 1881. Figures 
of several of the new species described, but not figured, in 
that work are now given, in the hope that they may assist 
collectors in their determination of the species. ‘The number 
of spiders recorded in Great Britain and Ireland (including 
those here described as new) is 520; but there is little doubt 
that this number might be considerably increased by diligent 
search in many as yet untried localities, especially when we 
consider that a small area of Dorsetshire alone has produced 
nearly 400 species. 

* Proceedings of the Dorset Natural-History and Antiquarian Field 
Club, 1879-81, pp. 1-625, pls. ivi. (Sherborne, Dorset : L. H. Ruegg. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 1 


2 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 


Order ARANEIDEA. 


Fam. Drasside. 
Genus CLUBIONA, Latr. 


Clubiona caerulescens, L. Koch. 
Clubiona cerulescens, L. Koch, Die Arachn.-Fam. der Drassiden, p. $31, 
Taf, xiii. figs. 213-215; Cambridge, Spiders of Dorset, p. 29. 

Clubiona voluta, Cambr. Linn. Soc. Journ, xi. p. 553, pl. xiv. fig. 3. 

Two adult males of this fine and striking species were 
found by myself on the 6th of September, 1881, on low plants 
among short underwood near Bloxworth. ‘This is the first 
recorded occurrence of the male in Britain, the only examples 
previously recorded (one at Bloxworth and one near Aber- 
deen) being females. 


Fam. Dictynide. 
Genus novum AMPHISSA (nom. propr.). 


Cephalothorax rather elongate-oval, somewhat broadly 
truncated behind; upper convexity very moderate ; profile- 
line even and slightly curved ; lateral constriction at caput 
as well as the normal indentations very slight. Clypeus low. 

Eyes not very large, subequal, closely grouped together in 
two parallel, transverse contiguous rows, of which the poste- 
rior is nearly straight. The interval between the eyes of the 
hind central pair (which are smaller than the hind laterals, 
and of a somewhat misshapen form) exceeds a diameter; and 
each is contiguous to the hind lateral eye on its side. The 
eyes of the anterior row are contiguous to each other. 

Legs moderate in length and strength (4, 1, 2,3), furnished 
with hairs and a very few spines. In the only example 
known (which is a male) two of these spines are short, black, 
and placed in a longitudinal line beneath the metatarsi of the 
first pair, and another, long, rather strong, prominent, and 
curved, beneath the tibie of the third pair. Hach tarsus ends 
with three curved claws, the inferior one being very small. 

Falces moderately long, not very strong, vertical, and 
slightly divergent at their extremities. 

Maxille moderate in length, strong, inclined towards the 
labium, and obliquely truncated at their extremity on the 
inner sides. 

Labium not very large, its apex drawn out into a point 
reaching to the inner extremity of the maxille. 

Sternum heart-shaped. 


Rey. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 3 


Abdomen rather narrow-oval, moderately convex above, 
and not projecting over the base of the cephalothorax. 
Spinners placed beneath rather than at the posterior extre- 
mity ; and immediately in front of the ordinary ones is a 
transverse supernumerary spinning-organ, correlated with 
which, in the female, there would doubtless be found calamistra 
on the metatarsi of the fourth pair of legs. 


Amphissa spinigera. (Pl. I. fig. 1.) 
Lethia spinigera, Camby. Spiders of Dorset, p. 468. 


Length of the adult male 74; of an inch. 

The general colouring of this curious and minute spider is 
yellow-brown, all the femora, especially of the legs of the 
first pair, being strongly tinged with blackish brown. ‘The 
abdomen has the appearance in spirit, under a lens, of being 
minutely spotted with dull reddish-yellow points ; and several 
pale transverse angular lines are visible on the hinder part of 
the upperside. The single longish black curved prominent 
spine beneath the tibie of the third pair of legs is very cha- 
racteristic ; but whether of generic or only specific value (and, 
if the latter, then whether only sexual) is uncertain. 

When first described (/.c. supra) I included this spider 
doubtfully in the genus Lethia, Menge. Subsequent exami- 
nation, however, of the eyes, maxille, and labium have con- 
vinced me that a new genus is necessary forits reception. It 
is, moreover, amuch more Drassiform spider than the known 
species of Lethia. 

The example above described was found in his study, and 
kindly sent to me, by F. M. Campbell, Esq., of Hoddesdon, 
in the early part of 1880. 


Fam. Agelenide. 


Genus Haunta, C. L. Koch. 


Hahnia helveola, Sin. 


Hahnia helveola, Sim. Arachn. de France, ii. p. 139; Cambridge, Spi- 
ders of Dorset, p. 72. 


Several adult males were found among moss near Blox- 
worth (with numerous females also), on the 9th of November 
1881. Up to that time I had met with the females only, 
this sex being more or less abundant at most other periods of 


the year. Ds 


4 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 


I'am. Theridiide. 
Genus Divana, Thor. 


Dipena melanogaster, C. L. Koch. 
Atea melanogaster, C. L. Koch, Die Arachn. xi. p. 145, pl. ecexcii. 
figs. 941, 942; Cambridge, Spiders of Dorset, p. 478. 

Theridion congener, Cambr. Zoologist, 1863, p. 8576, 

On the 13th of June, 1881, I met with an adult male of 
this rare spider on a furze bush on Bloxworth Heath ; its 
only previous record as a British species is that of a female 
near Lyndhurst, Hants, in July 1858. 


Genus Evuryopis, Menge. 


Huryopis flavomaculata, C. L. Koch. 
Micryphantes flavomaculatus, C, L. Koch, Die Arachn, iil. p. 67, 
Taf. xev. fig. 220. 
Theridion flavomaculatum, Blackw. Spid. Great Brit. and Irel. p. 201, 
pl. xiv. fig. 132. 
Euryopis flavomaculata, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 100. 
On the 14th of June, 1881, I found an adult female under 
a thin clod of earth on Bloxworth Heath; it had only occurred 
once previously in this district (an adult male, in the month of 
June, about ten years ago), crossing the path in a wood. 


Genus NERIENE, Bl. 


Neriene innotabilis, Cambr. 
Neriene innotabilis, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, pp. 151 and 574. 


Adult females were found among dead leaves in woods near 
Hoddesdon at the beginning of July 1881. I have usually 
found the males adult at Bloxworth in May and the beginning 
of June. The epigyne is large and very prominent. 


Neriene agrestis, Bl. (PI. I. fig. 2 6.) 
Neriene agrestis, Bl. Spid. Great Brit. & Irel. p. 276 (excluding refer- 
ences to the figures in pls. xix. and xxii.) ; Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, 
p. 486. 

While on a visit to Mr. F. M. Campbell at Hoddesdon, in 
July 1881, I met with several examples of both sexes of this 
spider among low plants, and under stones in the damp oozy 
bed of a small stream, where it appears to be of frequent 
occurrence, though confined to that one spot. 

The female, in respect to the form of the genital aperture 


Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 5 


(Pl. I. fig. 26), very nearly resembles that of the species 
which I take to be Neriene fusca, BI). (PI. I. fig. 2a); but 
its colours, like those of the male, are much richer, the 
legs being of a bright reddish orange, and the abdomen 
quite black, without any longitudinal pale stripe on the 
upperside, which is always present in N. fusca. It is very 
difficult to decide with absolute certainty on the identity 
of N. agrestis, Bl., and N. fusca, Bl. The female of N. 
agrestis, described by Mr. Blackwall, agrees best with those 
females which I have found always in company with the 
males of his N. fusca, while the female of this latter agrees 
better in some respects with those [ found in company with 
the males above recorded at Hoddesdon. It seems to me 
very probable that, as both species occurred in Mr. Black- 
wall’s district, and apparently in equal abundance, he may 
have confused the females of the two. Another element of 
confusion has arisen from Mr. Blackwall having lost all his 
types of both species, and supplied his artist with examples 
for the illustration of each, in his work above quoted, fur- 
nished by myself, but which, it has been since ascertained, 
all belong to one species only. This species is the one which, 
after much consideration, I conclude to be N. fusca, Bl. It 
is very abundant in this district, where, as yet, [ have never met 
with the other. The males ot N. fusca, Bl.-Cambr., are the 
smallest and lightest-coloured of the two, and have the occiput 
distinctly and decidedly gibbous in profile, while the females, 
similar in general colouring, have always, or very nearly 
always, the median longitudinal line on the upperside of the 
abdomen paler than the rest, often amounting to a distinct 
stripe, the general colour of the abdomen being yellowish 
brown. In the other species, which I conclude to be 1. 
agrestis, Bl., the males are not only larger than those above 
mentioned, but the colouring is much darker and richer, the 
legs being of a bright orange red-brown, and the abdomen 
black, while the profile of the occiput shows no gibbosity, 
being merely convex or simply curved. 

At Hoddesdon I also found both sexes of the species which 
I take to be N. fusca, Bl., but not in the same locality as that 
in which the other species occurred. 

In the same month (July 1881) an adult male of N. agrestis, 
Bl.-Cambr., was found by my nephew, F. O. P. Cambridge, 
near Southwell, in Nottinghamshire. I have also received it 
from Dr. L. Koch from Nuremberg; and Mons. Simon tells 
me that he finds it, though less commonly than its near ally 


N. fusca, Bl.-Cambr., in France. 


6 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 


Neriene excisa, Cambr. 


Neriene excisa, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 487, and Trans. Linn. Soc. 
xxvil. p. 440, pl. lvi. no. 29. 

Adult males of this very distinct species were found in a 
swamp near Bloxworth by Mr. F. M. Campbell on the 8th of 
September 1881 ; and subsequently both sexes have been met 
with on several occasions on the same spot by myself. This 
is its first record in the south of England, the typical examples 
having been found some years ago and kindly sent to me 
from Northumberland by Mr. James Hardy, of Old Cambus. 


Neriene uncata, Cambr. 
Neriene uncata, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 433; and Trans. Linn. 
Soc. xxviii. p. 546, pl. xlvi. fig. 17. 

On the 16th of September, 1881, and again in November 
of the same year, I found adults of both sexes of this fine 
species, the females in considerable abundance, in a swamp 
near Bloxworth. 


> 
/ 


Neriene formidabilis, Cambr. 
Neriene formidatilis, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 185. 


On the 22nd of November, 1881, I met with an adult 
female of this spider in a swamp near Bloxworth. This 
example measures a little over } of an inch in length ; but in 
other respects it exactly agrees with the typical specimen. 
The spiracular plates in both examples are of a pale yellowish 
hue. 

Nertene lapidicola, 'Vhor. 

Neriene rufipes, Bl. Spid. Great Brit. & Ivel. p. 251. 

Neriene lapidicola, Thor., Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 489. 

Two adult females (found in the same locality and at the 
same time as the last species) differed in being smaller; the 
eyes also are smaller, and those of the hinder row are divided 
by equal intervals, whereas in N. formidabilis the interval 
between those of the hind central pair is distinctly smaller 
than that between each and the hind lateral eye next to it. 
The general colouring and appearance, however, of the two 
spiders is very similar; the spiracular plates are also pale 
yellowish in both; and the genital apertures are much alike. 
[ am inclined to think that the two examples now recorded 
are the females of NV. rufipes, Bl., a spider to which Dr. Tho- 
rell has given the specific name of lapidicola, in consequence 
of the name rufipes being preoccupied by a species of the same 
group named by Prof. Sundevall of Sweden. Whether these 
two or the spiders [ have named N. formidadilis are the true 


Rey. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 7 


N. rufipes of Blackwall can scarcely be determined until I 
shall have been fortunate enough to meet with their respec- 
tive males; either of them would fairly answer to Mr. Black- 
wall’s description, though, in regard to the type of N. 
JSormidabilis, it may be remarked that the late Mr. Blackwall 
examined it some years ago, and returned it to me as unknown 


to him. 


Nervene laudata, Cambr. (Pl. I. fig. 3.) 
Walckengéra laudata, Cambr, Spiders of Dorset, p. 591. 


I have again met with this spider during the summer of 
1881 on Bloxworth Heath; and further examination leads me 
to remove it from the genus Walckenaéra to Nertene, to which 
last the position of the eyes appears to bring it nearer than 
to the former. 


Genus WALCKENAERA, Bl. 


Walckenaéra diceros, Cambr. 
Walckenaéra diceros, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 145, pl. iii. fig. 6. 


On the 14th of April I met with an adult male of this 
exceedingly minute and rare spider among grass and weeds 
near the riverside at Hyde, near Bloxworth. I bad not met 
with it previously for more than twelve years. ‘The example 
now recorded differs from the type specimens only in being of 
a deeper, richer yellow-brown colour. 


Walckenaéra penultima, sp.n. (PL. L. tig. 4.) 


Adult male, length 7; of an inch. 

The caput is slightly but roundly elevated; and in profile 
the spider has somewhat the look of Walckenaéra pumila, BL., 
the darker colouring of which species, however, as well as its 
very characteristic palpi and palpal organs, will prevent any 
contusion between the two. ‘he height of the clypeus is about 
equal to half that of the facial space ; and from just above 
each lateral pair of eyes a strong longitudinal tapering inden- 
tation runs back nearly to the occiput; a few bristly hairs 
are directed forwards trom just behind and within the ocular 
area, in the median line. 

The colour of the cephalothorax is pale yellow margined 
by a fine black line, the elevated portion of the caput yellow- 
brown; the legs light yellow, strongly suffused with sooty- 
brownish on the tibiz and metatarsi, chiefly of the first and 
second pairs. ‘The abdomen is dull yellowish brown, sutfused 
towards and on the underside with a dusky brown hue. 


8 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 


The eyes are very small, seated on small black spots, those 
of the fore central and two lateral pairs form a transverse 
curved row, each fore central eye being separated from the 
fore lateral next to it by an eye’s diameter. The eyes of the 
hind central pair are separated by rather more than a dia- 
meter’s interval, and, with those of the fore central pair (which 
are the smallest and nearly contiguous to each other), form a 
long narrow trapezoid, whose length is about double its width 
at the upper (or hinder) part. 

The palp? are similar in colour to the legs, and ghort; the 
radial is shorter but stronger than the cubital joint, and has 
its fore extremity on the upperside a little prominent, with 
two very small points at its most prominent part, one of 
these points (the largest) bemg obtuse and black, and the 
other acute and pale. The digital joint is small, oval; the 
palpal organs are simple, not much developed, and have a 
small, fine, black, curved, filiform spine at their extremity. 

The falces are rather weak, straight, and slightly inclined 
backwards towards the labium. 

The /egs are short, tolerably strong; the tibie only a little 
less strong than the femora; they are furnished with coarsish 
hairs and a few erect bristles. 

The sternum is convexly prominent, margined narrowly 
with black, and strongly suffused with dusky brown. It is 
of a short heart-shape or somewhat subtriangular. 

The abdomen is oval, and projects considerably over the 
base of the thorax. 

An adult and an immature male of this spider (which in 
colours nearly resembles Walckenaéra ludicra, Cambr.) were 
found among heather on Bloxworth Heath, on the 8th and 


29th of April, 1881. 


Walckenaéra melanocephala, Cambr. (PI. I. fig. 5.) 
Walckenaéra melanocephala, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 596. 


Three adult examples (two females and one male) were 
found on the 24th of July, 1881, among grass in paths in a 
wood at Bloxworth, where [I had found the typical examples 
in the same month of the previous year. It is perhaps one of 
the most striking species, from the strong contrast of its colours, 
among those found in Great Britain. 


Walckenaéra mitis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 6.) 
Length of the adult female 5, of an inch. 
The colour of the cephalothorax, legs, palpi, falces, maxilla, 


Rey. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 9 


and labium is yellow-brown, the sternum yellowish, and the 
abdomen pale dull luteous. 

The cephalothorax is of an oblong form, slightly rounded at 
each end, the hinder part being rather broader than the fore 
part. The normal indentations are indistinct, and the lateral 
constriction of the caput very slight. The height of the 
clypeus equals, or is perhaps rather “Jess than, half that of the 
facial space. 

The eyes are small, in two curved rows, forming a tolerably 
compact transverse oval figure. ‘The posterior row is the 
longest and most curved, and its eyes are equally separated 
from each other by about an eye’s diameter; those of the 
lateral pairs are rather the largest. The fore central pair are 
very minute and, with the hind centrals, form a trapezoid, 
whose length is a little greater than its breadth at the hinder 
part, and the anterior side is much the narrowest. 

The legs are short and slender, 4, 1, 2,3, the difference be- 
tween those of the first and fourth pairs being very shght. 

The falces are of moderate size and strength, straight and 
vertical, 

The mazille are short, strong, straight, and obliquely trun- 
cated at their extremity on the outer side. 

The labium is short and semicircular. 

The abdomen is oval, bluff at the hinder extremity, consi- 
derably convex on the upperside, and projects a good deal 
over the base of the cephalothorax. The genital aperture is of 
characteristic structure, and is comprised in a rather large 
dark yellow-brown and blackish horseshoe-shaped area, form- 
ing a very conspicuous object in contrast to the pale colour of 
the abdomen. 

Four examples of this little spider were found among moss 
near Bloxworth on the 29th of April, 1881. 

It seems to be allied to W. ingrata, Cambr., but may be easily 
distinguished by the form and colour of the genital aperture. 


Walckenaéra miser, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7.) 


Length of the adult female 1 line. 

The colour of the cephalothorax is dull yellow (slightly 
tinged with orange-brown) margined with a black line, and 
more or less suffused on the sides (towards the margins) and 
at the thoracic junction with blackish. All the rest of the 
fore part is also of a similar colour, excepting the tibix of the 
first and second pairs of legs, which are deep yellow-brown, 
and the sternum, which is strongly suffused with bl ackish 
brown. ‘The metatarsi also of the legs above mentioned are 
suffused, but less strongly, with yellow-brown. 


10 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 


The caput is broadish and bluff before, and slightly con- 
stricted on the lateral margins. Looked at in profile the occi- 
pital region is very slightly but perceptibly and roundly 
raised, just sufficiently so to interrupt the even curve of the 
general profile-line ; at the posterior part of the occiput is a 
small blackish suffusion, into which a suffused line of a similar 
colour runs from each hind lateral eye. 

The height of the clypeus is rather less than half that of the 
facial space. 

The eyes are of moderate size, seated on black spots, and 
form a largish area on the anterior upper slope of the caput ; 
the posterior row is the longest and very strongly curved, the 
anterior row being very nearly straight. ‘The intervals between 
the eyes of the posterior row are similar, being each equal to 
about an eye’s diameter. ‘Those of each lateral pair are seated 
obliquely on a slight tubercle. 

The legs are strongish but not very long, nor greatly un- 
equal in length, furnished with hairs and a few fine erect 
bristles ; 4, 1, 2, 3. 

The falces are moderate in length, strong, straight, and ver- 
tical; armed with a few very minute teeth on each side of the 
groove in which the fang les when at rest. 

The maxille, labium, and sternum do not present any note- 
worthy characters. 

The abdomen is oval, and projects strongly over the base of 
the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, the 
sides and underpart more or less suffused with blackish brown ; 
and it is thinly clothed with short fine hairs. 

The genital aperture is inconspicuous and very simple in 
form, consisting of a small oblong aperture with an oblique 

narrow oblong-oval dark brown marking on each side of it, 


probably legos the position, beneath, of the spermathece. 

An example of this spider was found among moss in 
October 1879, at Bloxworth ; and another has been since re- 
ceived from Northumberland. It does not appear to me to 
belong to any species of which the male has yet been described 
and its colours and torm rendering it a characteristic species, I 
am induced to describe it as new. 

If it were not that the eyes are so much larger, I should 
have considered that it might be the female of W. penultima, 


to which in colours it bears a strong resemblance. 


Genus Linyputa, Latr. 
Linyphia pallida, Cambr. 


Linyphia pallida, Cambr. Spulers of Dorset, p. 216; aud Trans. Linn. 
Soc. xxvii. p. 435, p. lvi. no. 26. 


In June 1880, and again in June and July 1881, I have 


Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 11 


found several examples of both sexes of this very distinct 
species, among grass and low herbage, in woods at Bloxworth. 
I had not met with it since March 1867. An adult male was 
also found at Hoddesdon, Hertfordshire, in June 1881, by 
Mr. F. M. Campbell. 


Linyphia experta, Cambr. 
Linyphia experta, Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 203; and Trans, Linn. 
Soc. xxvii. p. 429, pl. lv. no. 23. 

Adults of both sexes in some abundance occurred in a 
swamp near Bloxworth, in November 1881. The only ex- 
ample (a male) before recorded in this district, occurred in the 
village schoolroom at Bloxworth, in December 1867, brought 
in probably among the turf and sticks used for fuel. Several 
examples were subsequently received from Mr. James Hardy, 
by whom they were found in Berwickshire. 


Linyphia approximata, Cambr. 
Linyphia approximata, Camby. Spiders of Dorset, p, 199; and Linn. 
Trans, xxvii. p. 424, pl. ly. no. 19. 

I have not met with this spider since its first discovery in 
May 1863, until May 1, 1880, and also during the present year 
(1881), when in May, and again in September and November, 
I found several adults of both sexes in another part of the 
same marsh where it had previously occurred. Adults would 
probably be obtained in mild weather during the whole 
winter. 


I'am. Epeiride. 
Genus EPErra. 


Epetra alsine, Walck. 

Epewa alsine, Walck., Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 530. 

An adult male of this handsome spider was found among 
rushes in a marshy spot near Bloxworth, on the 27th of 
August 18815; and a few days later another adult of the same 
sex, with an immature female, were met with among low 
plants in Berewood, adjoining Bloxworth. ‘This is the first 
record of the male in Great Britain, and of the occurrence of 
the species in this district. 

The only examples previously recorded were found near 
Tring, in Hertfordshire, some years ago. 


12 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on British Spiders. 


Fam. Thomiside. 


Genus PHitopromus, Walck. 


Philodromus elegans, Bl. 


Philodromus elegans, Bl, Spid. Great Brit. & Ivel. p. 94, pl. v. fig. 57 ; 
Cambr. Spiders of Dorset, p. 554. 

This fine Philodromus has been unusually abundant during 
the past autumn (1881) on Bloxworth Heath; but, although 
J have examined numerous examples from time to time up to 
the 1st of November, no male in the adult state has been yet 
met with. Some few of the females were adult on the 17th 
and 31st of October ; but all the males had the digital joints of 
the palpi still in a tumid state. On the day last mentioned I 
placed four males alive in separate bottles, and have since fed 
them with flies; they are up to the present time (December 5th) 
well and active ; but the palpal organs are still undeveloped, 
leading me to conclude that they do not attain complete matu- 
rity until the early spring. 


List of Spiders noted and described. 


Clubiona cerulescens, LZ. Koch, Neriene laudata, Cambr., p. 7, Pll. 


2 
Amphissa (g. n.) spinigera, Cambr., 
Pyoqell dis. 
Hahnia helveola, Svm., p. 3. 
Dipcena melanogaster, C. L. Koch, 
ae: 
Reeronis flavomaculata, C. L. Koch, 
24, 
Neriene innotabilis, Cambr., p. 4. 
—— agrestis, Bl., p. 4, Pl. I. fig. 2. 
excisa, Cambr., p. 6. 
uncata, Cambr., p. 6. 
—— formidabilis, Cambr., p. 6. 
lapidicola, Thor., p. 6. 


fig. 3. 
Walckenaéra diceros, Cambr ., p. 7. 
penultima, sp. n., p. 7, Pl. I. 
fig. 4. 
melanocephala, Cambr., p.8, 
Ned eg) Ea teats 
—- mitis, sp. n., p. 8, Pl. I. fig. 6. 
miser, 6p. D.,. ps9, lee 
HOS he 
Linyphia pallida, Cambr., p. 10. 
experta, Cambr., p. 11. 
approximata, Cambr., p. 11. 
Epeira alsine, Walck., p. 11. 
Philodromus elegans, L7., p. 12. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 


Fig. 1. Amphissa (g. n.) spinigera, Cambr., 3. 


a, spider, enlarged ; 6, pro- 


file of cephalothorax and abdomen; c, eyes and falces, from in 
front; d, maxille and labium; e, left leg of third pair, from the 
outer side; f, portion of left palpus, from above and behind ; g, 


natural length of spider. 


Fig. 2.a. Neriene fasca, Bl., genital aperture of female. 
Fig. 2b. Neriene agrestis, Bl., genital aperture of female. 


Fig. 3. Neriene laudata, Cambr., 3. 


a, profile of cephalothorax and 


abdomen, greatly enlarged; 6, outline of ditto from above; e, 
fore part of caput and eyes of male, from above and behind; 
d, right palpus of male, from outer side in front; e, ditto, from 


On Japanese and Corean Lepidoptera. 13 


inner side in front and turned upwards; f, genital aperture of 
female ; g, natural length of spider ( ¢). 

Fig. 4. Walckenaéra penultima, sp. n., 3. a, profile of cephalothorax and 
fore part of abdomen, oreatly enlarged ; b, fore part of caput and 
eyes, from above and behind; e¢, left palpus, from above and be- 
hind ; d, natural length of s vider. 

Fig. 5. We alckenaéra melanocephala, Crate a, profile of cephalothorax 
and abdomen of male, much enlarged; 6, cephalothorax of male, 
showing form of caput and eyes, from above and behind; ¢, pro- 
file of cephalothorax of female ; d, eyes and falces of female from 
in front; e, right palpus of male inverted, from outer side in 
front; 7, genital aperture of female; g, natural length of 
spider (d). 

Fig.6. Walckenaéra mitis, sp.n., 9. a, profile of cephalothorax and ab- 
domen, much enlarged; 6, cephalothorax from above and behind ; 
c, eyes, from in front ; d, genital aperture ; e, natural length of 
spider. 

Fig. 7. Walckenaéra miser, sp.n., 2. a, cephalothorax and fore part of 
abdomen, in profile, much enlarged ; 6, outline of cephalothorax 
and abdomen, from above; ¢, fore part of caput and eyes, from 
above ; d, eyes, from in front; e, genital aperture; f, natural 
length of spider. 


Wl—On Lepidoptera collected in Japan and the Corea by 
Mr. W. Wykeham Perry. By ArtHuR G. BUTLER, 
PS BeZ. 8. 


Mr. W. Wykenam Perry, of H.M.S. ‘ Iron Duke,’ has re- 
cently sent to the Museum an interesting series of Lepido- 
ptera (all, with two exceptions, referable to the Rhopalocera), 
collected by himself in Hakodaté, Yokohama, Kobé, and at 
Posiette Bay, Corea, during the present year. 

Although the species obtained in Japan exhibit the ordi- 

nary features of all small collections received from these 
islands, it is nevertheless interesting to us to obtain, for the 
first time, specimens from Kobé. But the most important 
portion of this consignment is the series from Posiette Bay, as 
giving us some idea of the Lepidopterous fauna of the Corea ; 
it represents a combination of Japanese, European, and 
Chinese features which is most instructive. 

If any lepidopterist should assert (upon the authority of 
specimens not received direct from collectors, but purchased 
through dealers) that the species of Japan and Amur- 
land are for the most part identical, Mr. Perry’s Corean 
series must present a difficulty to be solved, It contains, in 
several instances, Japanese and European types of closely 
allied species side by side ; and those forms which are common 
in Eastern Siberia seem to be equally abundant in N.E 


14 Mr. A. G. Butler on Japanese 


Corea; those forms which have their representatives in Japan 
are more worn and rubbed than the typical Japanese species 
occurring with them, thus indicating that their time of emer- 
gence from the pupa is earlier. ‘The fresher species are chiefly 
females, the males having not yet emerged when Mr. Perry 
left the country. 

For my part, knowing that Lepidoptera said to come from 
the Amur fetch a higher price than their allies from Japan, I 
should at all times receive with the greatest caution any state- 
ment of the identity of specimens the history of which was not 
beyond all question. 

The following is a list of the species :— 


Nymphalide. 
SATYRINE. 


1. Satyrus dryas. 
Papilio dryas, Scopoli, Ent, Carn, p. 153, fig. 429 (1763). 
Posiette Bay, Corea, N.E., August 1881. 


2. Satyrus bipunctatus. 
Satyrus bipunctatus, Motschulsky, Etudes Entom. ix. p. 29 (1860). 
Hakodaté and Kobé, in July ; Yokohama and Posiette Bay, 
Corea, in August. 
3. Satyrus hyperantus. 
Papilio hyperantus, Linneus, Fauna Suecica, p. 278 (1761). 


Posiette Bay, Corea, N.E., August 1881. 


4, Satyrus ocellatus, sp. n. 


2. Nearly allied to S. hyperantus, but with all the ocelli of 
about three times the size; those on the under surface with 
confluent irides and oval in form. LExpanse of wings 
2 inches. 

Posiette Bay, Corea. 

Although the ocelli in S. hyperantus are very variable, this 
variation is in a decreasing direction from the normal condi- 
tion; I have never seen them enlarged so as to give the 
insect the aspect of a Mycalesis or Ypthima; and therefore I 
have thought it best to give this form a name. 


5. Neope Fentont. 


Neope Fentoni, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. pl. xci. 
(1877). 


3 ¢. Posiette Bay, Corea. 


and Corean Lepidoptera. 15 


The male has the under surface of the secondaries coloured 
exactly as in Ménétriés’s figure of the female. 


6. Lethe sicelis. 
Debis sicelis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii, Ded. pl. i. fig. 3 (1862), 


Yokohama, August 1881. 

Two very "much worn female examples were obtained, 
proving that its time of appearance must be much earlier i in 
the year. 


7. Sadarga gotama. 
Mycalesis gotama, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E, I. Comp. i. p. 232 (1857). 
Yokohama, August. 
8. Ypthima argus. 
Ypthima argus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. ix. p. 56 (1866). 
Hakodaté (July) ; Yokohama (August). 


9. Melanargita halimede. 


Arge halimede, Ménétriés, Bull. Acad. Petr. xvil. p. 216 (1859); 
Schrenck’s Reisen, ii. p. 87, pl. ili. figs. 6, 7 (1859). 

Twelve examples, Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea, in August. 

Of the specimens obtained nine are perfectly typical ; but 
three (two males and a female) are somewhat melanized, so as 
to show a tendency to approach the Chinese species J/. ‘mert- 
dionalis ; the differences on both surfaces, however, are too 
strongly marked to permit one for a moment to think of re- 
garding them as truly intermediate forms; they still exhibit 
the characteristics of J. halimede. 


NYMPHALINE. 


10. Argynnis coreana, sp. n. 


Nearly allied to A. nerippe of Felder, but the sexes more, 
equal in size ; the black spots on both surfaces of both sexes 
considerably smaller, those upon the median interspaces of the 
primaries not guadrate on either surface; ground-colouring 
paler; male with the thickened sexual patch upon the first 
median branch very broad and prominent, and the submar- 
ginal spots isolated instead of united into a band as on the 
female ; on the under surface also all the spots are smaller, 
the silvery spots less prominent, and the discal ocelloid spots 
of the secondaries very small and dull in colouring; the female 
is altogether duller, has the bases of the wings above of an 
altogether greener colour, with the black lines on the basal 


16 Mr. A. G. Butler on Japanese 


area thicker, the submarginal pale spots whiter, the secon- 
daries with a black spot on the radial instead of on the sub- 
costal interspace, thus making an uninterrupted series of four 
spots ; the apical area of primaries and the whole ground- 
colour of the secondaries dull olive- green; the silver spots on 
the primaries better formed, and those on the secondaries 
larger than in Yokohama fernales, although decidedly smaller 
than in Nikko females of A. nerippe. Hxpanse of wings, 
3 3 inches, ? 3 inches 4 lines. 

Two males, Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea; one female, Hako- 
daté. 

The form of this species is somewhat different from that 
of A. nerippe (seven fine examples of which are before me), the 
wings being somewhat more elongated and the costa of prima- 


ries ‘consequently less arched. 


11. Argynnis japonica. 
Argynnis laodice, var. japonica, Ménétriés, Cat. Acad. Petr. Lep. ii. 
p- 102, pl. x. fig. 3 (1857). 
Six males, Hakodaté ; six females, Posiette Bay, Corea. 


12. Argynnis laodice. 
Papilio laodice, Pallas, Reise, i. App. p. 470 (1771). 
Two males and three females, Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea. 


13. Argynnis rabdia. 
Argynnis rabdia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. p. 93 
(1877). 
Two females, Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea. 


14. Argynnis daphne, var. fumida. 


Differs from the Huropean type in its duller and more smoky 
colouring and larger black spots on both surfaces ; it is, how- 
ever, of the same size, and therefore considerably smaller than 
‘A. rabdia, from which it differs also in its duller coloration. 

Two females, Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea. 

We have the male of this form from Yesso. 


15. Brenthis Perryt, sp. n. 


¢. Allied to B. selene, but larger, and with all the black 
markings on both surfaces considerably larger and broader, 
more like those of Argynnis oscarus, the eround- colour richer 
(but not red as in Eversmann’s s figure of A. oscar us) ; the silver 
spots on the under surface more metallic ; the apical red-brown 
patch of the primaries and the two large : patches on the apical 


and Corean Lepidoptera. 17 


and anal ‘areas of secondaries much broader and darker Ex- 
panse of wings 1 inch’9 lines. 
Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea, August. 
16. Limenitis sibilla. 
Papilio sibilla, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 1, ii. p. 781 (1767). 
Hakodaté, July. 


Lycenide. 


17. Everes hellotia. 


Lycena hellotia, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. Lep. ii. p. 124, pl. x. fiz. 6 
(1857). 


Hakodaté and Kobé, July. 


18. Lycena ladonides. 
Lycena ladonides, De VOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 20 (1869). 
Kobé, July; Yokohama, August. 


19. Lycena argia. 


Lycena argia, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr, Lep. ii. p. 125, pl. x. fig. 7 
(1857). 


Hakodaté and Kobé, July ; Yokohama, August. 
The specimens, though numerous, were for the most part 
much worn. 


20. Lycena egon. 
Lycena egon, Denis, Wien. Verz. p. 185 (1776). 


One worn female, Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea. 


21. Lyccena lycormas. 


Polyommatus lycormas, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. ix. p. 57 
(1866). 


One worn male, Yokohama, August. 


22. Niphanda fusca. 


Q. Thecla fusca, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N.-China’s, p. 9 (1853) ; 
Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. Lep. i. pl. iv. fig. 5 (1855). 
Q. Amblypodia fusca, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Pét. iii. p. 469 (1861). 
oF gaa dispar, Bremer, Lep. Ost-Sibir. p. 24, pl. in. fig. 4 
64). 


One male, Posiette Bay, Corea. 


23. Chrysophanus timeus. 
Papilio timeus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 186 EF (1779). 
Hakodaté and Kobé, in July. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 2 


18 Mr. A. G. Butler on Japanese 


Papilionide. 
Prrrinz. 


24. Terias suava. 
Terias suava, Boisduyal, Sp. Gén. i. p. 670 (1836). 
One male, Yokohama, in August. 
A narrow-winged Chinese species. 


25. Terias Mariesti. 
Terias Marvesti, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1880, p. 198. 
One female, Yokohama, in August. 
It is singular that the rarer sex only of this species should 
have been obtained. 


26. Terias Hobsont. 
Terias Hobsont, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 668. 
Two females, taken in Yokohama in August. 
This species has hitherto only been known to occur in For- 
mosa, 
27. Colias poliographus. 
Colas poliographus, Motschulsky, Etudes Entom., ix. p. 29 (1860). 
Hakodaté and Kobé, July. 


28. Colias simoda. 

Colias simoda, De VOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 16 (1869). 

Hakodaté, in July. 

This Colias is difficult to separate from the preceding when 
one has a large series to examine, owing to the tendency to 
hybridization known to exist between close allies in this 
genus; typical examples of the two torms are readily recog- 
nizable. It is of course possible that C. poliographus and 
C. simoda may belong to one variable species ; but they must 
be carefully reared from the egg before one can with fairness 
assert their identity. 


29. Ganoris crucivora. 
Pieris brassice, var. crucivora, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. i. p. 522 (1836). 
A pair taken at Hakodaté in July. 


30. Ganoris dulcinea, sp. n. 


Most nearly allied to G. megamera of Japan, but very 


and Corean Lepidoptera. 19 


distinct. Wings above milk-white, with the veins very 
slenderly grey, ‘put darker towards the apical margins: pri- 
maries with slender black costal margin ; the basal ‘two fifths 
of the costal border irrorated with blackish scales; a pyrami- 
dal greyish-brown apical patch, divided by white internervular 
lines into four decreasing spots; a slightly blacker spot just 
beyond the middle of the second median interspace ; veins at 
base of all the wings edged with blackish scales: body blue- 


° 
black ; thorax clothed with bluish- -grey hairs; abdomen grey 


) 
at the sides. Under surface milk-white, the wings with 


dusky veins: primaries with the spot upon the second median 
interspace nearly as above, but slightly browner; a second 
larger and oblique spot across the fourth fitth of the interno- 
median interspace ; costal border slightly greyish towards the 
base; no apical markings : : secondaries with the costal border 


at base slightly tinted with pale buff. Ixpanse of wings 


2 inches 4 lines. 
Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea, in August. 
This species i ffors from Al its ilies in the character of the 


apical markings of the primaries above. 


31. Leptosia amurensis. 


Leucophasia amurensis, Ménétriés, Bull. Acad. Pét. xvii. p. 215 (1859) ; 
Schreuck’s Reisen, ii. p. 15, pl. i. figs. 4, 5 (1859). 


Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea, in August. 
32. Leptosia Morset. 
Leptosia Morsei, Fenton, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1831. 
@, Hakodaté, in July. 


PAPILIONINE. 
33. Papilio teredon. 
Papiho teredon, Felder, Reise der Noy. Lep. i. p. 61 (1865). 


Yokohama, in August. 


34. Papilio hippocrates. 
Papilio hippocrates, Felder, Verh. zool.-botan, Ges. Wien, xiv. p. 314. 
n, 356 (1864). 


Yokohama, in August. 


bo 
4 


20 Rev. T. Hincks on the Polyzoan Avicularium. 


Hesperiide. 


35. Pamphila venata. 
Hesperia venata, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N.-China’s, p. 19.(1853). 
Pamphila venata, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. Lep. 1. pl. v. fig. 7 (1859). 


&, Posiette Bay, Corea, and Yokohama; ¢ ¢ , Hakodaté. 


36. Pamphila sylvatica. 
Pamphila sylvatica, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Pét. iii. p. 474 (1861); Lep. 
Ost-Sibir. p. 34, pl. iil. fig. 10 (1864). 
Posiette Bay, Corea. 


HETEROCERA. 


Chalccsiide. 


37. Pidorus atratus. 
Pidorus atratus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 402 
(1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 9, pl. xxii. fig. 9 (1878). 
Yokohama, in August. 


Lithosiide. 


38. Setina micans. 

Setina micans, Bremer & Grey, Schmett. N.-China’s, p. 15 (1853), 

Posiette Bay, N.E. Corea. 

The description by Bremer does not give a good idea of the 
general colouring of the upper surface; he speaks of it thus, 
“ Corpore et alis ex flavo albido-micantibus,” and later on as 
cs shining yellowish white,” whereas the primaries are shining 
white, with pale buff borders, and the secondaries pale buff; 
the thorax is also white; the head, collar, and abdomen buff, 
Notwithstanding this incorrect or, at least, imperfect deserip- 
tion of the ground-colour, every thing else in the description is 
so exact that I cannot doubt that the species before me is 
Bremer’s insect. We have a large female (12 inch in ex- 
panse) from Pekin. 


Ill.—On certain remarkable Modifications of the Avicu- 


larium in a Species of Polyzoon ; and on the Relation of the 
Vibraculum to the Avicularium. By the Rev. Tuomas 
Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S. 


THE homology between the curious avicularian appendage 
which is present on so many of the Cheilostomata and the 


Rev. T. Hincks on the Polyzoan Avicularium. 21 


zocecium with its contained zooid has been amply demon- 
strated and is now generally admitted. Indeed the rudimen- 
tary or primary forms of the organ exhibit so slight an amount 
of divergence from the ordinary cells, that we have no diffi- 
culty in recognizing the morphological relationship between 
the two; and from this starting-point a Series of transitional 
forms conducts us to the most highly specialized term, in 
which the zocecial type is effectually masked. The true 
*¢ bird’s-head,” with its elaborate prehensile apparatus, its 
delicate tactile organ, and its half-rhythmical movement, is 
confined to a few genera; but between it and the earliest 
stage of the transformation (a slight modification of the oral 
valve) is interposed a multitude of forms, exhibiting a wonder- 
ful variety of structure, and discharging the important func- 
tion of defence in many diverse ways. The morphological 
line which leads up to the articulated and movable “ bird’s- 
head” is flanked by a host of branch lines, in which the 
development assumes many directions and culminates in very 
different structures. In a large proportion of these structures 
the prehensile faculty is very feebly manifested, if at all. The 
mandibular portion, which is the representative of the oral 
valve of the cell, is little fitted to seize intruders or to hold 
them in its grasp. In very many cases the hooked extremity, 
which distinguishes the “ bird’s-head”’ is altogether absent ; 
the mandible is rounded or spatulate, and works more like the 
lid of a box than as a seizing-organ. In such cases the de- 
fensive action must be limited, it would seem, to the opening 
and closing of the mandible, which may have a deterrent 
effect on unwelcome visitors. As the appendages are often 
developed in immense numbers over the colony, it is quite 
conceivable that the safety and comfort of the polypides may 
be largely promoted by their movements. 

On the other hand, where only a single avicularium is pre- 
sent (as often happens), or the size is very diminutive, and 
the action of the mandible proportionately feeble and incon- 
spicuous, it is difficult to understand what useful office it can 
discharge. 

In a considerable number of cases the mandible assumes < 
form which is still less compatible with any prehensile func- 
tion. ‘The pointed extremity is more or less elongated into a 
spine-like process, which projects beyond the fixed beak on 
which the movable jaw works. In some species (e. g. Schizo- 
porella vulgaris, Moll) this modification is carried to a great 
extent, and the result isa long and slender setiform appendage, 
which may help, as it sways to and fro, to keep off creatures 
or substances that would be injurious to the polypide. Occa- 


22 Rev. T. Hincks on the Polyzoan Avicularium. 


sionally this structure is varied by the development of a chiti- 
nous expansion along each side of the spine, by which it is 
converted into a kind of flapper. 

The avicularium with more or less elongated mandible is 
a step towardsthe second of the appendicular organs with which 
the Cheilostomatou& Polyzoa are furnished, the vibraculum. 
The latter, in its most highly specialized form, is the termi- 
nus of one of the branch lines before referred to. ‘There can 
be no reasonable doubt that it is a derivative from the avicula- 
rium, and not an independent modification of the oral valve of 
the zocecium*; for the steps by which the one appendage passes 
into the other are easily traceable. The observations which I 
am about to record crown the evidence, by exhibiting within 
the history of a single species the leading stages of the trans- 
formation. ‘They also illustrate in a very striking way the 
instability of avicularian structure, and the liability to varia- 
tion which is one of its chief characteristics. 

The criterion by which it has been proposed to distinguish 
the vibraculum from the avicularium (the absence of a beak) 
is, of course, a purely arbitrary one ; for the mandible takes 
on the specifically vibracular function before the beak has 
vanished. In the highest form of vibraculum the beak is’ 
retained, but is so modified as to supply a deep terminal notch 
or cleft, in which the seta is suspended without hindrance to 
the freedom of its play. In this form the function is most 
specific and is clearly defined; planted close to the orifice of 
the cell, its seta sweeps energetically at intervals over the 
front and dorsal surfaces, and helps to secure freedom of 
egress and action to the polypide. 

I come now to the observations which it is the chief object 
of this paper to record. 

Amongst the species in which the avicularium is furnished 
with an elongated mandible is the ubiquitous 
Microporella ciliata, Pallas, which has well nigh Fig. 1. 
accommodated itself to all climes and circum- 
stances. It exhibits, however, this peculiarity, 
that the condition is not constant: in some 
cases the avicularium is of the ordinary type 
(woodcut, fig. 1) ; i others the mandible is more 
or less prolonged into a straight and slender 
spine (woodcut, fig. 2). The prolongation is 
usually moderate ; and, so far as hitherto observed, 
it is an extension merely, without any further 
modification. 


* Darwin, ‘ Origin of Species,’ 6th edit. p. 194. 


Rev. T. Hincks on the Polyzoan Aviculartum. 23 


But in specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands, which 
have been placed in my hands by Dr. G. M. 

Dawson, of the Canadian Geological Survey, the Fig. 2. 
appendage occurs in a very different guise : so far 
as the mandibular portion is concerned, its appear- 
ance is completely changed, and it is at gnce evi- 
dent that a very important structural modification 
has been effected. ‘The mandible has altogether 
lost its lid-like character, and is now a very tall 
membrano-chitinous appendage, commonly ex- 
ceeding in length the entire cell, broad at the 
base, and tapering off to a fine point above, where 
it is slightly curved (woodcut, fig. 3). The expanded trian- 
gular portion below, which represents the normal mandible, 
has undergone little change; but 

its office now is to support the Fig. 3. 
vibraculoid appendage which I have 
described. Just above the point 
where the extremity of the true 
mandible begins to expand into the 
quasi-vibraculum, there are two 
small spinous projections; these 
mark the commencement of a mar- 
ginal extension of the vibraculum, 
which runs along each side from 
this point to the apex, diminish- 
ing in width as it approaches the 
top. This marginal increment curls 
upward, and gives a_ channelled 
appearance to the appendage. The 
whole structure is of a membrana- 
ceous character ; and there is always 
a slight twist near the base of it. When the transformed 
mandible is at rest on the fixed beak, the free portion of it 
occupies a suberect position. 

The modification is not confined in this case to the man- 
dible, but extends to other elements of the structure. In the 
first place, the rising on which the organ is placed is much 
larger and more prominent than in the normal form, and 
recalls the vibracular cell which supports the movable seta in 
Mastigophora Hyndmanni. The beak also has undergone a 
change which, though slight in itself, is significant. 

The anterior extremity, which in the normal condition is 
directed straight outwards, running to a point, is here more or 
less notched, and we have a distinct suggestion of the vibra+ 
cular cleft in which the seta of the more highly specialized 


94 Rev. T. Hincks on the Polyzoan Avicularium. 


forms is suspended. This modification, which is very slight 
in degree, secures to a corresponding extent a freer range of 
movement. 

In this remarkable variety, then, the avicularium of the 
normal M, ciliata is replaced by a well-developed organ with 
vibracular function, which has made a considerable advance 
towards the structure of the most specialized vibracula. 
Placed as they are onthe summit of a considerable rising, at 
a short distance below the orifice, the tall sete command the 
whole of the oral tract; and their vigorous sweep must do 
much to prevent the accumulation of noxious matter within 
its bounds. 

It should be mentioned that the ordinary forms of the 
species also occur somewhat abundantly on shells from the 
Queen Charlotte Islands. Another interesting modification 
occurs in the same species. On a large colony, obtained by 
Capt. Cawne Warren s probably from the coast of 
Ceylon or from Bass’s Straits, the avicularium 
is furnished with the spinous prolongation of 
the mandible, and along each side of the 
spine a delicate membranous expansion 1s 
developed (woodcut, fig. 4), which completely 
alters 1ts appearance and fits it for a new func- 
tion or for the discharge of the old one in a 
different way. ‘The avicularian jaws and the 
vibracular sete are replaced in this variety by 
the flapper; and these varied modifications are 
embraced within the life- -history of a single species. 

We are already acquainted with the changes which occur 
in the radical fibres of the Polyzoa correspondent with diver- 
sities of habitat. When the sponge or other soft substance is 
the site of the colony, they develop a system of hooks, to act 
as grapnels; when the smooth, tough frond of the sea- 
weed, they elaborate adhesive disks for attachment. It would 
seem that a like ready adaptability to changes of cireum- 
stance is also characteristic of the avicularian appendages. 

These observations, besides their morphological interest as 
throwing a clear light on the genealogy of the vibraculum, 
bring out very forcibly the instability of avicularian struc- 
ture, to which I have already referred; and in the presence 
of such facts as I have now adduced and others like them, 
I find myself unable to agree with those who assign a high 
value to the appendicular organs for purposes of classifi- 
cation. 


On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera. 25 


Summary. 


In the Polyzoon Microporella ciliata, Pallas, the following 
forms of the avicularian organ occur :— 

1. Ordinary avicularium with pointed beak. 

2. Avicularium with the mandible elongated into a spine. 

8, Avicularium with the spinous mandible supporting a 
membranous flapper. 

4, Vibraculoid structure with tall, well-developed seta and 
partially-modified beak. 


IV.—WNotes on Coleoptera, with Descriptions of new Genera and 


Species*.—Part 1V. By Francis P. Pascoz, F.L.S. &e. 


Most of the species described below have been in my collec- 
tion for many years. Haag-Rutenberg and Mr. F. Bates 
have during the time published many genera and species of 
Tenebrionide ; but as the former is no longer amongst us 
and the latter has given up the study, I have resumed the 
task of making known some of the many unpublished forms 
in my possession; and to them I have added a few from other 
groups. Drs. Horn and Leconte have given us excellent 
accounts of the United-States species; but they sternly refuse 
to look at any other forms than theirown. Dr. Horn finds fault 
with some of us for not studying the American species: but we 
cannot procure them; collections from the United States 
rarely or never come into the market; and American entomo- 
logists do not seem to care for any thing outside the States. 

In this and former papers I have designedly avoided all 
recondite characters ; they are often only to be obtained by 
dissection, involving perhaps the destruction of the specimen ; 
and too often, to avoid this, characters which are found in one 
are assumed to exist in their near allies. ‘To give a ready 
clue to the name of the species is, I consider, the great object 
of descriptions. 

List of Genera and Species. 
COLY DID As. ANTHRIBIDE. 
Dotieus (r. g.) palmaris. 
TEN EBRIONID AS, 
EUCNEMID. Gueare 

Hylotastes terminatus. Apostethus (x. g.) terrenus. 


Gempylodes superans, 


* For Part IIL, see ‘ Annals,’ 1875, xv. p. 59. 


26 Mire, 


HELoPIN». 


Blepegenes equestris. 
Telethrus (2. g.) ebeninus. 


HELOPININ”!. 


Micrantereus tentyrioides, 


CNODALONINA. 


Camaria chlorizans. 


Paseoe on new Genera 


Espites (n. g.) basalis. 
Diopethes (7. g.) arachnoides. 
Immedia (7. g.) occulta. 
Exapineus (n. g.) politus. 
STRONGYLIINE. 


Aleyonotus (n. g.) iridescens. 


CISTELIDA. 


Prostenus militaris. 


clandestina. iocerus. 

decipiens, parilis. 
Calydonis (x. g.) refulgens. —— nitens. 

cuprea. : lugubris. 


Gempylodes superans. 


G. fuscus, lateribus capitis ante oculos vix elevatis; antennis arti- 
culis ultimis modice transversis. Long. 53 lin. 


Hab, Siam. 

Dark dullish brown; head irregularly punctured, grooved 
on each side before the eyes; antennz with the seventh to 
the tenth joints transverse and slightly moniliform, last joint 
oblong-ovate, as long as the three preceding together ; pro- 
thorax less than twice as long as broad, finely punctured, 
with a narrow but deep longitudinal eroove ; elytra nearly 
four times as long as broad, “coarsely punctured, the alternate 
intervais strongly ribbed ; ‘abdomino-intercoxal process tri- 
angular; metasternum longitudinally grooved; abdominal 
segments finely punctured. 

Gempylodes (Gempylus, Cuv. & Val., a genus of elongate- 
bodied fishes), described by me in the * Journal of Entomo- 
logy’ (ii. p. 132), was compared to Jecedanum, Er., unknown 
to me at that time, except from the author’s short generic 
description, but which Prof. Westwood afterwards identified 
with Guérin’s previously described Aprostoma, which that 
writer strangely referred to the Brenthidee. Aprostoma is re- 
markable, cnter alia, for its long tarsi, due principally to the 
basal joint. 

LTylotastes terminatus. 


H. niger, prothorace (medio antice lateribusque exceptis) et elytris 
(parte posteriore tertia excepta) miniaceis. Long, 6 lin. 


Hab. Borneo (Sarawak). 

Narrowly elongate, sides nearly parallel; head black, 
closely punctured ; antenne black, third and following joints 
to the tenth triangular , compressed, the last oblong and sub- 
trifid at the apex ; prothor ax not quite so long as broad, 


and Species of Coleoptera. 2h 


miniaceous, an anterior triangular spot and sides black; scu- 
tellum rounded behind ; elytra nearly four times as long as 
broad and rather narrower than the prothorax, miniaceous 
(except the apical third), each with five raised lines, the inter- 
vals gently concave; body beneath and legs dull black ; 
intermediate and posterior tarsi longer than their tibie. 

This handsome species is covered with a dense silky pile ; 
H. formosus, de Bonv., the nearest ally of the few described 
species, has flabellate antenne (perhaps a sexual character), 
a more transverse prothorax, and the elytra violet-black, 
except at the (reddish) base. 


DOTICUS. 

Rostrum breve, transversum ; antenne infra oculos insertie, brevi- 
uscule, articulis duobus basalibus incrassatis, tertio ad sextum 
tenuibus, gradatim brevioribus, tribus ultimis clayam formantibus. 
Oculi rotundati. Prothorax transversus, postice latior, carina 
basali ad latera abbreviata. Llytra brevia, basi elevata, Pedes 
antici elongati; tarsi articulis duobus basalibus dilatatis, tertio 
perbrevi, profunde bilobo; pedes intermedii et postici brevius- 
culi; cove antice fere contigue. 


Allied to Arwocerus, in all the characters of which it nearly 
agrees; but the remarkable length of the anterior legs with 
the broad basal and second joints of their tarsi, and the third 
joint very short and deeply embayed in the second, forbid its 
location in that genus. 


Doticus palmaris. 


D. breviusculus, fuscus, squamulis piliformibus griseis tectus; elytris 
basi nodosis. Long. 3 lin. 


Hab. Queensland (Wide Bay). 

Rather short, dark brown, covered with greyish hair-like 
scales; head flattish between the eyes, slightly convex behind ; 
eyes close to the prothorax; antenne not longer than the 
head and prothorax together, testaceous, the last three joints 
blackish, except at the base ; prothorax nearly twice as broad 
at the base as at the apex; elytra as broad as the prothorax 
at the base, narrowing slightly towards the apex, which is 
somewhat obtuse, striate, the alternate interstices slightly 
raised, the second and third forming together a well-marked 
elevation at the base ; third and fourth abdominal segments 
narrowed in the middle. 


APOSTETHUS. 


Caput transversum ; clypeus apice rotundatus, a capite discretus ; 
labrum quadratum, productum ; antenne apicem versus crassiores, 


28 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera 


articulo tertio elongato, 6°-10™ moniliformibus. Oculi angusti. 
Prothorax transversus, utrinque rotundatus, apice emarginatus. 
Elytra breviter ovata, angulis anticis rotundatis ; epiplewra inte- 
gra. Pedes subtenues ; tive curvatee, compress ; tarsi breves. 
Prosternum elevatum, fureatum. Metasternum  pbrevissimum. 
Coxe postice subapproximatee. 


From Opatrum this genus differs in its prominent oe 
forked prosternum, and extremely short metasternum. Achora* 
has a narrow clypeus, emarginate at the apex and hiding 
the labrum, straight tibie, and prosternum elevated but not 


forked. 


Apostethus terrenus. 


A. obovatus, fuscus, indumento terreno indutus ; antennis extus pedi- 
busque fulvescentibus. Long. 43 lin. 


Hab. Queensland (Port Bowen). 

Obovate, moderately convex, brown, and covered by an 
earthy squamulose crust; head closely punctured, a deep 
curved groove separating the clypeus from it; antenne ful- 
vous towards the tip, the first joint only partially covered by 
the supraorbital ridge, the third joint as long as the two 
following together, last joint broadly ovate, pointed ; protho- 
rax Tanner dilated ct the sides, rugosely punctured, ‘the disk 
with three longitudinal impressions, anterior angles acute, 
slightly produced ; scutellum small, transversely triangular ; 
elytra about a ehird longer than broad, sulcate- -punctate, rah 


puncture bearing a short seta, 


Blepegenes equestris. 

B. oblongus, nitide cupreus; capite prothoraceque muticis, hoc 
modice convexo, haud transyerso, utrinqgue angulato. Long. 
at ehin.: 

Hab. New South Wales (Bellinger River). 

Oblong, glossy copper; head unarmed, impunctate, a V- 
shaped impression between the eyes; neck black, granulate ; 
antenney with the third joint longest, the following (except 
the shorter fourth) subequal ; prothorax impunetate, mode- 
rately convex, nearly as long as broad, the sides forming a 
broad angle; scutellum small, transverse; elytra elliptic, 
rather flattish on the disk, striate, ineisnees at the sides 


slightly raised. 
Notwithstanding the marked dissimilarity of the species 


* Achora is synonymous with Prionotus, Muls., a name used long 
before by Cuvier fur a genus of fishes and by Laporte for a genus of 
Hemiptera. 


and Species of Coleoptera. 29 


from B. aruspex (the only exponent of the genus at present), 
I can find no character sufficient to warrant its separation, 
unless the remarkable armature of the head and prothorax of 
the latter be considered of generic importance. I had, how- 


ever, at one time thought of proposing for it the generic name 
of Metriogonus. 


TELETHRUS. 


Caput transversum, pone oculos haud constrictum ; clypeus subpro- 
ductus, a capite sulco discretus; labrum parvum; antenne 
modice elongatie, articulis tertio quartoque equalibus, sequentibus 
plus minusve triangularibus, ultimo ovato. Prothorav rotundatus, 
convexus. Sevtellum nullum. Elytra breviuscula, basi protho- 
racis haud latiora; epiplewra angusta. Pedes mediocres ; tibie 
recta, anticee intus (apicem versus) dente unico instructie ; tars? 
breviusculi, antici articulis quatuor basalibus transversis, arcte 
applicatis. Metasternum brevissimum ; mesosternwm paulo exca- 
vatum. Processus intercoxalis latus, apice truncatus. 


J place this genus near Jsolampus principally on account 
of the absence of a scutellum; in the broad abdomino-inter- 
coxal process it agrees with Spherotus and Osdara. The 
epipleure are not distinctly marked off from the elytra. 


Telethrus ebeninus. 


T. niger, nitidus ; capite prothoraceque impunctatis ; elytris striatis. 
Long. 5 lin. 


Hab. Paré * (Santarem). 
Glossy black, especially the legs; head and prothorax im- 
a ) One 
punctate, the latter very convex, and about as broad as long 
the anterior half the largest ; pronotum marked off from the 
flanks by a slender raised line; elytra not much longer than 
y. : sence: S 
broad, very convex, slightly tapering near the apex, punctate- 
striate, the striae sharply defined, the punctures strong] 
: ? BG ty late aR ahha StY 
impressed and impinging on the interstices. 


Micrantereus tentyrivides. 

M. anguste ovatus, niger; prothorace confertim punctato ; elytris 
irregulariter et leviter tuberculatis; femoribus intermediis dente 
parvo instructis. Long. 54 lin. 

Hab. Arabia (Yemen). 

Narrowly ovate, black, scarcely shining; head and pro- 

* Not always certain of the exact localities of many of the species, 
I have used the name Para for the lower province and Amazons for the 


upper, the two great political divisions at present of the Amazons-yalley 
region. 


30 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera 


thorax closely punctured, the latter rather broader than long ; 
scutellum. very transverse; elytra crowded with small irre- 
gular tubercles, having more or less a reticulate character, 
the intervals punctured; intermediate femora with a small 
tooth towards the apex ; tarsi moderately elongate. 

Of the described species, this comes nearest to the Senegal 
M. anomalus, Guér., but is much narrower (resembling in 
outline a Yentyria) and far less strongly and more closely 
tuberculate. It is at present the only Asiatic representative 
of the genus. 


Camaria chlorizans. 


C. oblonga, viridi-metallica, femoribus tibiisque cupreis ; antennis 
nigrescentibus ; elytris striatis. Long. 6 lin. 

Hab. Pard (Santarem). 

Oblong, metallic green; femora and tibiz coppery ; tarsi, 
except at the claw- joint, bluish black ; antennze blackish, the 
last five joints oblong, dilated ; prothorax transverse, finely 
punctured, well rounded at the anterior angles ; scutellum 
scutiform, yellowish; elytra striated, the strize indistinctly 
punctured. 

In its coloration this species seems to be very distinct. 


4 a tae 
Camarta clandestina. 
C. sat anguste oblonga, cuprea, prothorace transverso, lateribus 
parallels, angulis anticis obtuse rotundatis; elytris  striatis. 
Long. 8 lin. 


Hab. Pard (Santarem). 

Rather narrowly oblong, coppery ; head between the eyes, 
including the clypeus, triangularly depressed, the triangle 
at the sides bounded by a raised line; antenne blackish, the 
terminal joints slightly thickened ; prothorax transverse, 
parallel at the sides, the anterior angles obtusely rounded, 
finely punctured, and dotted with pale purplish spots ; elytra 
striated, strize with indistinct oblong punctures ; intermediate 
and posterior tarsi elongate. 

This species may be placed near C. nitida; it is remark- 
able for the sculpture of the head. 


Camaria decipiens. 

C. oblonga, cuprea; prothorace modice transverso, lateribus paulo 
angulisque anticis gradatim rotundatis; elytris striatis. Long. 
8 lin. 

Hab. Paré (Santarem). 
In general appearance similar to the preceding; but the 


and Species of Coleoptera. BAL 


flat triangular space between the eyes is not bounded by a 
raised line, the eyes are more widely apart, owing to the 
greater breadth of the head, the antenne have the seventh to 
the tenth joints transverse, the prothorax larger, with its 
sides gradually rounded from near the base, giving Hess pro- 
minence to the anterior angles, and the strive on the elytra 
more distinctly punctured. The intermediate and posterior 
tarsi are also shorter. 


CALYDONIS. 


Caput exsertum, transversum ; clypeus a capite haud discretus, apice 
integer ; labrum breve ; antenne breviuscule, gradatim crassiores. 
Prothorax transversus, lateribus fortiter marginatis. H/lytra ob- 
longa, apice integra. Pedes subelongati; femora haud clavata ; 
tibie vix curvatie ; tarse subtus dense pilosi, anteriores articulis 
tribus basalibus transversis, ultimo elongato, infra canaliculato. 
Processus abdomino-intercoxalis triangularis; mesosternuim antice 
V-formi excavatum. 

This genus is allied to Camaria, but is differentiated by its 
short clypeus not marked off from the head, and by the trans- 
verse terminal joints of the antenne, which are consequently 
much shorter. The elytra are not striated as in Camarva, and 
are more parallel at the sides. 

In the two species described below the tarsi are clothed be- 
neath with a dense silky ochreous pile. 


Calydonis refulgens. 
C. oblonga, lete purpureo et viridi varians, antennis tarsisque nigris ; 


articulis tertio quartoque antennarum brevibus, longitudine sequa- 

libus. Long. 8-9 lin. 

Hab, Amazons, Para. 

Oblong, brilliant metallic purple and green, varying accord- 
ing to the light; head finely punctured, depressed below the 
eyes, which in certain positions show spots of rich purple ; 
antenne black, third and fourth joints oblong, the rest, except 
the last, transverse, all the joints coarsely punctured ; pro- 
thorax much narrower behind, finely punctured ; scutellum 
scutiform; elytra finely seriate-punctate; last joint of the 
intermediate tarsi shorter than the rest together. 


Calydonis cuprea. 


C. oblonga, cupreo-metallica ; capite antice haud depresso; arti- 
culis tertio quartoque magis elongatis. Long. 9 lin. 


Hab. Par& 


32 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera 


Oblong, glossy metallic copper; head finely punctured, not 
depressed in front ; clypeus impunctate; antenne dark brown, 
moderately punctured, third and fourth joints oblong, equal, 
the rest, except the last, transverse ; prothorax much narrower 
behind, finely punctured; scutellum scutiform; elytra finely 
seriate-punctate ; last joint of the intermediate tarsi nearly as 
long as the rest together. 

In this species the prothorax is more transverse and is more 
obtusely rounded at its anterior angles. 


ESPITES. 

Caput transversum, fere ad oculos inclusum; clypeus productus, 
apicem versus angustior, a capite sulco arcuato notatus ; labrum 
breve ; palpi maxillares articulo ultimo subtriangulari; antenne 
breviusculee, extus gradatim crassiores, articulo tertio longiore, 
7°-10™ transverse triangularibus, ultimo breviter ovato. Pro- 
thorax transversus, apice vix emarginatus, basi bisinuatus, late- 
ribus bene marginatus, angulis posticis acutis. Z/ytra oblonga, 
quam prothorax paulo latiora; epipleura angusta. Pedes sat 
breves, tibiw sublineares ; tarsi breves, robusti. Prosternum pro- 
ductum ; mesosternum declive; metasternum elongatum,  Pro- 
cessus intercoxalis subtriangularis, apice rotundatus. 


This genus appears to be allied to Chartotheca, but diffe- 
rentiated, ¢nter alia, by its sloping mesosternum, short stout 
tarsi, and narrower clypeus. I have adopted Mr. I. Bates’s 
name (MS.). 


Espites basalis. 


E. oblongo-ovalis ; capite, prothorace pedibusque czeruleis; elytris 
colore variantibus, basi aureis, postice et ad suturam violaceis, 
medio purpureis ; corpore infra nigrescente. Long. 3 lin. 

Hab. New Guinea (Saylee). 

Oblong ovate ; head and prothorax shining light blue, the 
latter impunctate, its length more than half its breadth; scu- 
tellum triangular, blue; elytra varying in colour according to 
the light, but very brilliant, the base gold changing to coppery 
gold, the suture and sides posteriorly steel-blue varying to 
green, the middle and apex purple; antenne dark brown or 
blackish ; body beneath glossy black. 


DIOPETHES. 


Caput postice constrictum, in medio gibbosum ; clypeus latissimus, 
haud productus, antice rectus, a capite indistincte discretus ; 
labrum breve. Antenne breviuscule, articulis quinque ultimis 
transversis, ultimo apice late triangulari. Prothorax transversus, 
apice late emarginatus, postice angustior. Elytra subglobosa, 


and Species of Coleoptera. 33 


prothorace multo latiora ; epiplewra angusta, vix inflecta. Pedes 
mediocres ; tibiw arcuate; tarsi breves, lineares. Mesosternum 
leviter excavatum. Processus abdomino-intercoxalis triangularis. 


This remarkable form (the globose elytra, with its closely 
apphed scutellum, rising high above the prothorax) perhaps 
finds its nearest ally in Spherotus, from which it may be 
distinguished, ¢nter alia, by its narrow intercoxal process and 
short tarsi. So far as I can make out from the parts én s¢tu, 
the jugulum is broad, not showing much of the maxilla, 
while the mentum is partially received into an emargination of 
its anterior border. 


Diopethes arachnotdes, 


D. breviter ovatus, vix nitidus, fuscus ; prothorace levigato ; elytris 
valde elevatis, grosse seriatim punctatis. Long. 23 lin. 


Hab. Bahia. 

Shortly ovate, the comparatively small transverse prothorax 
much narrower than the globular elytra, which are abruptly 
and considerably elevated, together with the scutellum, above 
the former; antenne a little longer than the head, rufous- 
brown, the first four joints not varying much in length, the 
ninth and tenth very transverse, the last semicircular; head 
slightly punctured ; prothorax narrower at the base, the pro- 
notum separated from the flanks by a very slightly raised 
line; each elytron with about eight rows of large punctures, 
the intervals considerably raised ; claw-joint of all the tarsi 
longer than the preceding together. 


IMMEDIA. 


Caput transversum, paulo exsertum ; clypeus breviter emarginatus, a 
capite vix discretus; labrum transversum, integrum; labium 
parvum, cordiforme. Antenne articulis 9° et 10° transversis, Pyo- 
thorax transversus. Hlytra rotundata, elevata ; epiplewra latis- 
sima, Metasternwm brevissimum. Ceteris ut in Cyrtosoma. 


In its rounded form the exponent of this genus is more 
nearly allied to Cyrtosoma among Cnodalonine (to which 
it must be referred on account of its short metasternum) than 
to the elongate forms of the Helopine. It may be the Cxodalon 
minutum of Dejean’s catalogue, mentioned by Lacordaire when 
treating of Cyrtosoma. 


Immedia occulta. 


I, rotundata, valde convexa cuprea; elytris purpuratis, punctatis, 
punctis annulo viridi-metallico circumdatis. Long. 2 lin. 


Hab. Bahia. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 3 


34 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera 


Rounded, very convex, copper-brown; elytra dark purple, 
seriate-punctate, each puncture sublinear and surrounded by a 
metallic-ereen ring ; head moderately punctured, an impressed 
line at the base of the antennary rigs; antenne gradually 
thicker, the third joint about half as long again as the fourth, 
the third triangular, ninth and tenth very transverse, the last 
rounded ; prothorax very short, sparingly punctured; scutel- 
lum triangular; elytra nearly as broad as long, epipleura very 
broad at the base, gradually narrower to the apex, seriate- 
punctate, each puncture surrounded with a greenish metallic 
ring (not noticeable without the aid of a lens) ; claw-joint 
nearly as long as (posterior tarsi) or longer than the preceding 
joints together. 


EXAPINAUS. 

Caput retractum, transversum ; clypeus apice integer, a capite in- 
distincte discretus ; labrum breve ; mentum subquadratum ; labowm 
cordiforme ; antenne verisimiliter apicem versus crassiores, sed 
articuli terminales quatuor desunt. Prothoraa transversus, apice 
emarginatus. lytra prothorace haud latiora, convexa. Pedes 
mediocres ; tidiw intermedi arcuate ; tarsi anteriores articulo 
basali rotundato et valde amphato. Processus abdomino-intercox- 
alis triangularis. Jesosternum V-formi excavatum. 


This appears to me to be quite an isolated genus which 
perhaps may be best placed after Tetraphyllus. "The remark- 
ably dilated basal joint of the anterior tarsi is possibly only a 
sexual character. Beyond the above diagnosis the other cha- 
racters agree with the Cnodalonine as detined by Lacordaire. 


Exapineus politus. 


E. late obovatus, nitide fulvo-castaneus ; capite prothoraceque sub- 
tilissime punctatis; elytris seriatim minute punctatis. Long. 
6 lin. 


Hab. Amezons. 

Broadly obovate, yellowish chestnut, highly polished ; the 
suture and base of the elytra a trifle paler, beneath darker ; 
head rather small, moderately transverse; third joint of the 
antenne nearly three times as long as the second, the fourth 
to the seventh elongate triangular, dark brown (the first three 
fulvous) ; prothorax more than twice as broad as long, very 
minutely punctured ; scutellum small, triangular; elytra about 
a half longer than broad, with rows of minute punctures ; 
fore tibie slightly curved, hind tibia straight. 


and Species of Coleoptera. 35 


ALCYONOTUS, 


Caput transversum, exsertum; clypeus a capite haud discretus, 
apice subemarginatus ; labrum parvum ; antenne breves, articulis 
1°-5™ oblongis, 6°-10™ transversim dilatatis, ultimo oblongo-rotun- 
dato. Pronotum subquadratum, a pleura linea elevata separatum. 
Elytra elongata; epipleura angusta. Prosternum elevatum ; me- 
sosternum antice excisum. Processus abdomino-intercoxalis an- 
guste triangularis. /vmora haud clavata; tibie breves, quatuor 
anteriores arcuate ; tars? infra dense pilosi, antici et intermedi 
articulis (ultimo excepto) transversis; unguiculis dentatis. 


Camarimena, to which this genus may be approximated, is 
at once differentiated by the absence of a well-defined line 
separating the pronotum from the flanks of the prothorax. 
Miklin says of the pronotum, “ a pleuris interdum costa latiori 
separatum ;” but in the only reliable species (C. vardabilis) 


the separation is only marked by a slight angle. 


Alcyonotus tridescens. 


A. elongatus, subcylindricus, nitide niger ; elytris viridi-purpura- 
scentibus; femoribus in medio fulvis. Long. 9 lin, 


Hab. Cape-Coast Castle. 

Elongate, subcylindrical, glossy black; elytra greenish 
purple, varying according to the light; femora fulvous, apex 
and base black; head finely punctured; antenne brownish 


] 
towards the tip, the last five joints pubescent; prothorax 
longer than broad, the sides nearly parallel, the anterior angles 
rounded, very finely punctured; scutellum scutiform; elytra 
more than twice as long as broad, slightly rounded at the 
sides, minutely seriate-punctate, the intervals smooth, but with 
scattered very minute punctures; beneath very glossy black, 
the abdominal segments slightly striated longitudinally ; all the 
joints of the anterior and intermediate tarsi, except the last, 


broadly dilated. 


Prostenus militaris. 


P. niger, opacus ; elytris coccineis; metasterno abdomineque chaly- 
beatis. Long. 5 lin. 


Hab. Amazons. 

Head, antenne, prothorax, and legs deep black and opaque; 
elytra rich scarlet ; metasternum and abdomen glossy steel- 
blue, short erect black hairs scattered over the body; joints 
of the antenne to the eighth inclusive gradually dilated ; pro- 
thorax transverse, well-rounded at the sides, obsoletely punc- 
tured; scutellum cordiform, black; elytra with broad and 


shallow striz not visible without a lens. 
3% 


36 On new Genera and Species of Coleoptera. 


No other described species is allied to this in colour. My 
specimens are from Ega, and, like others from the Amazons 
district, were collected by Mr. Bates, F.R.S. 


Prostenus vocerus. 


P. supra viridescenti-niger, infra pedibusque chalybeatis; antennis 
violaceis; prothorace transverso. Long. 53 lin. 


Hab. Pard. 

Above greenish or bluish black, beneath and legs steel- 
blue, antenne violet ; head rather sparingly punctured ; pro- 
thorax transverse, well rounded at the sides, closely and 
minutely punctured ; scutellum triangular ; elytra finely seriate- 
punctate, not striated; antenne with the eighth, ninth, and 
tenth joints broadest. 

The prothorax is transverse as in the preceding and in P. 
periscelis, Perty, but differs from both im coloration, and 
structurally from the latter in the less dilated antennee. 


Prostenus parilis, 


P. supra cyaneo-niger, infra pedibusque chalybeatis ; antennis vio- 
laceis ; prothorace angustiore, paulo longiore quam latiore. Long. 
52 lin, 

Hab. Amazons. 

Above dark bluish black, beneath and legs steel-blue; an- 
tenne violet; head closely punctured ; prothorax rather longer 
than broad, slightly incurved at the sides nearthe base, minutely 
and very closely punctured ; scutellum scutiform ; elytra finely 
seriate-punctate ; antenne with the eighth, ninth, and tenth 
joints broadest, the seventh shghtly dilated; imtermediate 
and posterior femora strongly clavate. 

Allied to the preceding, but prothorax oblong, not trans- 
verse, and the intermediate and posterior femora strongly 
clavate. 


Prostenus nitens. 


P. angustior, nitide fuscus ; elytris nitidissime cupreo-fuscis ; an- 
tennis violaceis. Long. 43 lin. 


Hab. Amazons (Ega). 

Narrower, glossy brown, except the antenne and elytra ; 
the former violet, as long as the body, all the joints from the 
second flattened and gradually dilated to the ninth and tenth ; 
prothorax narrow, longer than broad; elytra very glossy 
copper-brown, depressed on the basal half and towards the 
suture concave, finely seriate-punctate; femora moderately 
clavate; tarsi elongate, slender. 

A very distinct species. 


On the ‘Travailleur’ Zoological Exploration. 37 


Prostenus lugubris. 


P. sat obscure niger, corpore infra pedibusque chalybeato-violaceis, 
illo fortiter punctato ; prothorace valde transyerso. Long. 5 lin. 


Hab. Brazil (Morro Velho). 

Black, rather opaque, body beneath and legs dark violet ; 
head closely punctured ; prothorax much broader than long, 
very closely punctured, each puncture with a small white 
scale at the base; scutellum cordiform; elytra minutely 
seriate-punctate, gradually broader posteriorly ; antenne black, 
coarsely punctured, the joints only moderately dilated, eighth, 
ninth, and tenth the most dilated ; femora moderately clavate. 

In outline and general appearance this species may be ap- 
proximated to P. periscelis, but, tnter alia, is at once distin- 
guished by its broad prothorax. 


V.—Summary Report upon a Zoological Exploration made in 
the Mediterranean and the Atlantic on board the ‘ Travailleur.’ 
By M. A. M1tne-EKpwarps *. 


FURNISHED with every thing necessary for scientific investi- 
gations, the ‘ Travailleur’ quitted Rochefort on the 9th June 
last, and only returned there on the 19th August. During 
these seventy days of navigation, in which we traversed more 
than 2000 sea-leagues, we were in harbour only for the time 
strictly necessary for taking in coals and provisions at Cadiz, 
Marseilles, Villafranca, Ajaccio, Oran, Tangier, Lisbon, and 
Ferrol. All our time was employed in making soundings and 
dredgings ; but we shall refer in the first place only to those 
executed in the Mediterranean, afterwards taking up those of 
the Atlantic. 

The first methodical investigations made at a considerable 
depth in the Mediterranean date from 1841, and are due to 
the naturalist Edward Forbes, who confined them to the 
/Egean, and did not get below a depth of 300 metres. In 
1870 the ‘Porcupine’ only dredged upon the north coast of 
Africa; in 1875 M. Marion, off Marseilles, could not investi- 
gate the sea beyond 350 metres ; and thus the greatest depths 
remained almost unexplored ; and it was to their study that we 
devoted a part of the month of June and the whole of July. 


* Translated by W.S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ 
28th November and 5th December 1881, pp. 876 and 9381. 


38 M. A. Milne-Edwards on the 


In this way we accumulated rich collections, which were 
immediately submitted to investigation. 

M. L. Vaillant undertook the examination of the Fishes and 
Sponges; M. E. Perrier took charge of the Echinoderms ; 
M. Marion of all the other zoophytes and the Annelids; M. 
P. Fischer of the Mollusca; Dr. Jullien of the Bryozoa; M. 
Terquem of the Ostracoda; M. de Folin and M. Schlum- 
berger of the Foraminifera and the Radiolaria; and M. Certes 
of the Infusoria and some other Protozoa. I reserved to 
myself the investigation of the Crustacea. M. Stanislas 
Meunier has determined some of the rocks torn by the dredge 
from the bed of the sea; and, finally, M. Périer, Professor in 
the School of Medicine and Pharmacy at Bordeaux, is to 
analyze the samples of the bottom. In the summary report, 
which I now lay before the Academy, I merely indicate the 
results obtained by the naturalists whose names I have just 
mentioned; it will therefore be easy to recognize the part 
that belongs to each of them. 

As was the case last year, our dredgings only furnished us 
with a few fishes. At depths not exceeding 450 metres we 
took some Gobies, Phycis mediterranea, and several speci- 
mens of Plagusia lactea, a very rare species of Pleuronectide ; 
finally, at a distance of a few miles from Marseilles, at a depth 
of 1068 metres, the tangles brought up Argyropelecus hemi- 
gymnus. 

A great number of Crustaceans which were known only 
from the Atlantic also inhabit the abysses of the Mediter- 
ranean. We have ascertained the existence there of Lispo- 
gnathus (Dorynchus) Thomsont, Norman, which is so abun- 
dant in the Bay of Biscay; of the Geryon which we had 
previously captured in the submarine valley of the north of 
Spain, which must be distinguished from the Norwegian 
Geryon tridens, and to which we have given the name of 
Geryon longipes; and of Lbalia nux, Norman ; Cymonomus 
(Ethusa) granulatus, Norman; Munida tenuimana, Sars ; 
Calocaris Macandrei, Bell; and Lophogaster typicus, Sars. 
Off Toulon, at 455 metres, we captured two new Oxyrhynchi, 
one of them belonging to the genus fleterocrypta of Stimpson 
(LHeterocrypta Marionis, A. M.-K.), which previously inclu- 
ded only three species, two belonging to America, and the 
third to Senegambia. The second is not very far from Ama- 
thia; we have called it Ergasticus Clouet, to commemorate at 
once the name of our ship* and that of Admiral Cloué, whose 
cooperation was most useful to our expedition. 


* From é¢pyaotikés, laborious. 


‘ Travailleur’ Zoological Exploration. 39 


At the same depth, off Planier, we obtained a new species 
of the genus Galathodes, so abundantly represented in the 
great depths of West-Indian sea, and the existence of which 
in the Bay of Biscay we ascertained in 1880. This Gala- 
thodes (G. Marionis), like its congeners, is blind; its eyes 
exist, but have no pigment. 

Among the Mollusca some remarkable species dredged at 
550 metres within sight of Marseilles deserve to be cited, 
such as Pholadomya Loveni of the coast of Portugual, Limop- 
sis aurita, Terebratella septata of the Pliocene of Sicily, and 
a new species of Nassa. We give also a list of the species 
found at this depth *. 

Between 500 and 2600 metres there are formed at certain 
points enormous accumulations of empty shells, Pteropods, 
and pelagic Heteropods, over a bed of very fine mud, in which 
live species of Nucula, Syndesmya, Leda, Nassa, Siphonentalis, 
and Dentalium; specimens of Xylophaga dorsalis, a species 
which often attacks the gutta percha of the telegraphic cables, 
are lodged in the fragments of drift-wood. On the shore of 
Morocco we collected Jodiola lutea, a species discovered in 
1880 in the Bay of Biscay. Lastly, the sand and mud of 
the Barbary coast are full of small MJarginelle, such as 
characterize the shelly bottoms of Spain and Portugal. 

The investigation of the Bryozoa of the great depths has 
been hitherto almost entirely neglected; and hence Dr. Jullien 
has found in the collections made by us many remarkable 
species which establish a passage between the fauna of the 
Mediterranean and that of the Atlantic. Some of them were 
previously represented only by forms regarded as peculiar to 
the Cretaceous deposits. 

The Coelenterata include some interesting types; and their 
study has revealed facts which deserve mention. The Zoan- 
tharia Malacoderma only furnished a large Llyanthus with 
long non-retractile tentacles. ‘The Coralliaria are not nume- 
rous. Caryophyllia clavus was taken down to a depth of 
300 metres. Dendrophyllia cornigera appeared off Ajaccio, 
forming banks at 540 metres; to its branches were attached 

* Preropopa: Hyalea tridentata, H. vaginellina, Cleodora lanceolata. 
HETEROPODA: Carinaria mediterranea. GASTEROPODA: Trophon 
vaginatus, Chenopus Serresianus, Nassa limata, N. Edwardsii, sp. n., 
Emarginula fissura, Lingicula leptochila. ScapHorpopa: Dentalium 
agile, Siphonentalis quinquangularis, LAMELLIBRANCHIATA: Limopsis 
aurita, L. minuta, Arca pectunculoides, Malletia cuneata, Nucula sulcata, 
Pecten influens, P. Hoskynsii, Astarte sulcata, Isocardia cor, Venus multi- 
lamella, Newra cuspidata, N. abbreviata, Syndesmya longicallus, Pholado- 
mya Lovenit. Bracutopopa: Terebratella septata, Terebratula vitrea, 
Terebratulina caput-serpentis. 


40 M. A. Milne-Edwards on the 


some Caryophyllie identical with those collected in the 
Atlantic by the ‘ Travailleur.’ Several specimens of Desmo- 
phyllum crista-galli, resembling those of the Bay of Biscay, 
were collected by the ‘ Charente’ upon the telegraph cable at 
450 metres; they were associated with Caryophyllia clavus 
and with Caryophyllia electrica, A. Milne-Edwards, which 
Dunean has lately redescribed under the name of C. Calvert. 
The coralligenous station of Cape Sicié (50-80 metres) gives 
shelter to numerous Annelids; but nearly all of them have 
already been indicated off Marseilles; one of them, Serpula 
crater, has been met with upon the telegraph cable down to a 
depth-of 1800 metres. We may also notice a small Gephy- 
rean which has not previously been found in the Mediterranean, 
namely Ocnesoma , Steenstrupii, the usual companion of the 
Brisinge in the Atlantic. 

On two different occasions the dredge brought up specimens 
of Brisinga, which were certainly not numerous, and were of 
small dimensions when compared with those of the Atlantic ; 
but the presence in the Mediterranean of this magnificent star- 
fish, which has hitherto been thought peculiar to the cold and 
deep regions of the ocean, is an entirely unexpected fact. Our 
Brisinge were obtained between 550 and 2660 metres. We 
may also cite Archaster bifrons, which was supposed to be 
peculiar to the Atlantic, and a new species of Astertas (A. 
fichardi, Perrier), taken at 540 metres, endowed with the 
faculty ot reproducing by the division of its body into two parts. 

During the whole of the expedition we collected samples 
of the bottom, which were treated with osmic acid and placed 
in well-closed tubes, to be afterwards submitted to the exami- 
nation of M. Certes. It was indeed interesting to ascertain 
whether Infusoria resembling or of different form from those of 
the surtace lived in the great depths. These organisms, how- 


ever, were not met with; the soft Rhizopods, or those with 
chitimous carapace, which occur at the surface of the sea, are 
rare; finally, the examination of the finest granules never 
betrayed the existence of Bacteria or other Microbia. A 
sounding made between Nice and Corsica, at 2660 metres, 
furnished several small Actinophryes. 

The study of the Foraminifera is far from being completed ; 
but the results already obtained show the variety of the 
species, and the existence of numerous oceanic types and 
forms known in the fossil state. One Foraminifer especially 
is of much interest, because, when young, it displays the form 
of a Cristellaria, and subsequently that of a Nodosarta. M. 
Schlumberger has described it under the name of Amphicoryna. 

The Sponges are not at all abundant at great depths. 


‘ Travailleur’ Zoological Exploration. 41 


Beyond 600 metres and down to 2660 metres they were 
represented only by Tettl/e and Holtenia Carpentert. The 
latter species approaches much nearer the surface in the 
Mediterranean than in the Atlantic; we have ascertained its 
existence at 507 metres off Toulon; and in this zone it occurs 
with certain representatives of the littoral fauna, such as 
Polymastia mamillaris and Tethya lyncurium. 

It results from our investigations that the Mediterranean 
must not be regarded as forming a distinct zoological province ; 
we believe that this inland sea has been populated by the 
immigration of animals coming from the ocean. These, 
finding in this recently-opened basin * a medium favourable 
to their existence, established themselves in it definitively ; 
and often their development and reproduction have taken 
place more actively than in their original locality. Near the 
shores especially the fauna exhibits a luxuriance which the 
other European coasts rarely present. One can easily under- 
stand that some of these animals, placed under novel biological 
conditions, have become slightly modified in size or in other 
external characters, which explains the slight differences 
existing between certain oceanic forms and the corresponding 
Mediterranean forms. If the primordial separation of the 
two faunas has been accepted, this is because the productions 
of the Mediterranean were compared with those of the North 
Sea, the English Channel, or the coasts of Brittany, whilst 
those of Portugal, Spain, Morocco, and Senegal ought to have 
been selected as terms of comparison. ‘The animals of these 
regions must, in fact, have been the first to emigrate towards 
the Mediterranean ; and in proportion as we know these faunas 
better, we see the differences which zoologists thought they 
could observe between them gradually disappear. 


The explorations that we had made in the Mediterranean 
during the month of July necessitated some complementary 
researches in the Atlantic, especially on the coasts of Spain 
and Portugal; and the Minister of Marine authorized us to 
continue our dredgings on board the ‘ Travailleur’ during 
the month of August. 

In the abyssal parts of the Atlantic, the bottom, instead of 
being uniformly covered by a thick bed of ooze, was of a very 
varied nature, and formed sometimes of compact limestone, 
sometimes of pebbles resembling Pyrenean rocks in their 

* See, as to the period of the formation of the Mediterranean, Blan- 


chard, “ La Géographie enseignée par la nature vivante ” (Bull. Assoe. 
Sci. France, July 7, 1878, p. 200). 


42 M. A. Milne-Edwards on the 


composition, sometimes of Nummulitic limestone, and some- 
times of an ooze almost exclusively composed of Foraminifera*. 
Near the northern coast of Spain numerous and for the 
most part unknown Corals had been developed at certain 
points, and at depths of more than 1000 metres, with marvel- 
lous luxuriance, sheltermg a whole population of Mollusca, 
Annelids, Crustacea, and Zoophytes. ‘lhe dredgings that we 
made in these spots reached depths which had never been ex- 
plored in European seas. On the 17th August, m the Bay 
of Biscay, in 44° 48’ 30" N. lat. and 7° 0’ 30” longitude west 
[of Paris], we dredged in a depth of 5100 metres, and met with 
numerous animals, of small size it is true, but some of them 
belonging to elevated groups, such as an Annelid, an Amphi- 
pod Crustacean, and three Ostracoda ; the other species, which 
were very various, belong to the groups Foraminifera and 
Radiolaria. The temperature of the stratum of water that 
rested upon this bottom of 5100 metres was 3°53 C. 
(387 oat.) 

I have already said that generally the Fishes escaped our 
researches ; nevertheless off the coast of Portugal, in sight of 
Cape Espichel, at about 1200 metres, we took three very 
rare species of sharks, which never seem to quit the abysses 
of the ocean, namely Centrophorus squamosa, C. crepidalbus, 
and Centroscymnus caelolepis, which were described a few 
years ago by MM. Barboza du Bocage and Brito-Capello. 
Another fish, Mora mediterranea, was also captured under 
the same circumstances. 

The collections of Crustacea are very abundant. Lispo- 
gnathus Thomsont, Norm., Seyramathia Carpentert, Norm., 
and CGeryon longipes were found at depths varying between 
896 and 1225 metres. Bathynectes longispina, discovered 
by Stimpson off Guadeloupe, was met with by us off Cape 
Ortegal at about 900 metres. A Pagurid of the great depths 
seems to me to be identical with an American species (Hupa- 
gurus Jacobii, A. M.-l.)f. 

The group Galatheide is numerously represented. In 1880 
I indicated the existence of a Galathodes in the Bay of Biscay 
at 1950 metrest. Another species was captured this year on 


* M. Schlumberger has found 116,000 Foraminifera in 1 cub. cent. of 
this mud. 

+ This species is identical with Parapagurus pilosimanus, Smith. 

{ Galathodes acutus, A. M.-E.—The rostrum is slender, pointed, and 
as long as the inner antennee. The carapace has two lateral spines, one 
at its anterior angle, the other, which is very small, behind the cervical 
groove. The second, third, and fourth segments of the abdomen are armed 
in the median line with a spine directed forward. 


‘ Travailleur’ Zoological Exploration. 43 


the north coast of Spain at 900 metres; like the preceding, 
it is blind *. 

An Elasmonotust, also blind, found at 1068 metres off 
Oporto is very distinct from the four species of this genus 
which inhabit the American seas. A Diptychus also exists in 
Kuropean watersf. 

Pontophilus norvegicus, Sars, supposed to be peculiar to 
the northern seas, occurred, associated with the preceding 
species and with another unknown spinous Pontophilus§. A 
Macruran of the family Hippolytide must form a new genus|l. 
Its eyes have no corneas, and are terminated by three small 
spines. The genus Acanthephyra, of which I have described 
several species from the West-Indian seas, has a representa- 
tive {| in the abysses of the ocean off the Berlingues at 2590 
metres. Its colour, like that of the Gnathophausie, is a mag- 
nificent carmine red, A Pasiphaé which the dredge brought 
up from 900 metres presented exactly the same coloration. 
Among the most important acquisitions made in these same 


* Galathodes rosaceus, A. M.-E.—The rostrum is broad and lamellar, 
and terminates anteriorly in three points, of which the median one is 
keeled above, and the lateral ones very short, The sides of the carapace 
are armed with four spines. The segments of the abdomen are rounded 
above. The arm and forearm of the chele bear a few spines; the hands 
are unarmed ; the colour is rosy. 

+ Elasmonotus Vaillant, A. M.-E.—This species is well characterized 
by the arrangement of the gastric region, which is much elevated, and bears 
in front two small symmetrical points dominating the rostrum. The 
latter is short, simple, and pointed. The abdomen is keeled transversely, 
and armed upon the first two segments with a median projection bearing 
two little spines. 

{t Diptychus rubrovittatus, A. M.-K.—This species differs from D. 
nitidus by its smaller eyes, its more widened and shorter carapace, its 
more triangular and less slender rostrum, and its stronger and more stumpy 
chele, Its colour is purplish rosy, marked on the chelee with lighter 
bands. (Brought up from a depth of 900 metres. ) 

§ Pontophilus Jacquet’, A. M.-E.—The body is larger and more thick- 
set than that of P. norvegicus; its rostrum is shorter and does not reach to 
the level of the corneze. A single median spine exists upon the cara- 
pace above the anterior cardiac lobe; two other lateral spines appear in 
tront of this. Lastly the branchial lobe also bears a spine. 

|| Z2eéchardina spinicincta, A. M.-E.—The rostrum scarcely passes be- 
yond the basal joints of the outer antennze ; it bears twelve teeth above, 
and five below. The carapace bears, in front, on each side of the gastric 
region, three small spines, and a cincture of spicules behind the cervical 
groove. The feet of the first two pairs are didactyle; those of the last 
two pairs are multiarticulate and monodactyle. 

{| Acanthephyra purpurea, A. M.-E.—The rostrum is slender, nearly 
straight, and bears nine teeth on its upper and five on its lower margin, 
The third segment of the abdomen is armed with a median posterior 
point directed backward. Another similar, but smaller, point exists on 
the fifth and the sixth segment. 


44 M. A. Milne-Edwards on the 


regions [ may note a Pycnogonidan living at 1918 metres, 

and remarkable for its size*; with the legs extended it mea- 

sured 0:25 metre. In its external characters it greatly 

approaches Colossendets leptorhynchus, Heeck. It is the 
iant of the Pycnogonids of our seas. 

The Mollusca were very numerously represented to the 
north of Spain; and several species were new. ‘The subjoined 
list will give a faint idea of this fauna; for the picking-out of 
the smaller species is not yet completed. 

The Bryozoa form a notable proportion of the animals that 
we have found upon rocky and pebbly bottoms. ‘Twenty- 
seven species belonging to known genera, and ten which must 
be placed in new genera, have already been recognized by Dr. 
Jullien. Interesting facts arise out of their investigation. Seto- 
sella vulnerata presents ovicells only in the ereat depths of 
1000 metres ; nearer the surface, whether in ‘the Mediterra- 
nean or near the Shetlands, it seems to be unable to reproduce. 
Another species of the same genus, S. /?ichardit, is distin- 
euished by the unicellulate arrangement of the zoarrum. We 
may also indicate Anarthropora monodon, Busk, Mucronella 
abyssicola, Norm., Schizoporella unicornis, and Jlucronella 
Peachii, Johnst., which had not been previously met with in 
these regions, and appeared only to exist either on the Shet- 
land coasts or in the American seas. 

The collection of Coralliaria is especially remarkable for 
the abundance and beauty of the specimens belonging to the 
genera Lophohelia and Amphihelia. Lophohelia prolifera was 
dredged at about 1000 metres. Amphihelia oculata was ob- 
tained from the same station, as well as Amphthelia rostrata, 
Pourtales, previously known only in the West-Indian sea. 


* Colossendets Villegentii, A. M.-E.—The rostrum is shorter than that 
of C. leptorhynchus; but the body i is longer. 

+ PrERopopa: C uvieria, Spirialis, Hyalea, Cleodora, &c. GASTERO- 
Popa: Murex Richardi, sp. n., Trophon vaginatus, Columbella acute- 
costata, Marginella clandestina, Hela tenella, Trochus gemmulatus, Trochus 
Vaillantii (atlinis 7. Ottoi, Philippi, from the Tertiaries of Sicily), Zzy- 
phinus Folini, sp. n., Turbo filosus (identical with those from the Sicilian 
Tertiaries), Solariwn discus, Pyramidella mediterranea, Acteon exilis, Sca- 
phander punctostriatus. SCAPHOPODA: Siphonentalis quinquangularis, 
Dentalium agile.  ULAMELLIBRANCHIATA: Spondylus Gussont, Tima 
Marionis, sp. n., Amusium lucidum, Pecien vitreus, P. Hoskynsi, Limopsis 
aurita, L. minuta, Arca nodulosa, Nucula sulcata, Malletia obtusa, M. 
cuneata, Neera rostrata, N. striata, Axinus ferrugineus, A. biplicatus, 
Lyonsia formosa, Syndesmya longicallus, &e. Bracuiopopa: Tere- 
bratella septata, Terebratulina tuberata, T. caput-serpentis, Terebratula 
sphenoida, Terebratula sp. (a very large species, of the size of 7. Wyvil- 
let, Davidson, from the Antarctic seas, and very nearly allied to 7’. ane 
from the Pliocene of Southern Italy), 2thynchonella sicula. 


‘ Travailleur’? Zoological Exploration. 45 


M. Marion indicates further a series of Desmophyllum crista- 
galli, and two new species of Caryophyllians—one that must 
be ranged among the true Caryophy/lie, while the other takes 
its place in the group of the Bathycyatht. The Hydroids, 
everywhere feebly represented, belong to northern forms 
(Dicoryne flexuosa, Sars, Lophotenia tenuis, Sars). <A 
species of Aglaophenia (A. Folinit) is new. 

Among the Vermes we may indicate some fine Sipuncu- 
lians belonging to North-Atlantic types (Ocnesoma Steenstrupt, 
Sipunculus norvegicus). A Phascolion and an Aspidosiphon 
will have to be carefully compared with the species recently 
described by the naturalists of Christiania. 

The Chetopod Annelids are not rare. One of the most 
remarkable is a large blind Hunice (Hunice amphihelic, 
Marion) found in a parchment-like tube, around which was 
developed a fine polypary of Amphihelia oculata. We may 
mention further a fine Arvcta allied to A. Kupfert, Ehl., a 
Euphrosyne, a Terebella, an Amphoretian, a Nereis, species 
of Polynoé, and a Vermilia, the tube of which is attached to 
Lophohelic. 

All the Alcyonaria possess great interest. ‘There are :— 
1. Funiculina quadrangularis, Pall. ; 2. Pennatula aculeata, 
Kor. & Dan.; 3. Kophobelemnon stelliferum, Miller; 4. Um- 
bellula ambiqua, Marion*, a very curious species, which closely 
approaches U. grandiflora, Koéli., from Kerguelen’s Land ; 
5. Plevaura desiderata, Marion, found at 1094 metres, and not 
yet described ; 6. Muricea paucituberculata, Marion; 7. [sis 
(Mopsea) elongata, Ksper; 8. ‘Two very curious Gorgonide, 
the intermediate characters of which are very remarkable and 
which belong to new types. 

The Echinodermata are very numerous; and among these 
animals the Stellerida possess a very marked predominance. 
The dredge brought up numerous fragments of Brisinga, and 
even a perfect example of this fine sea-star. M. Perrier has 
ascertamed that the arms undergo metamorphoses with age ; 
and their study proves that the genus Hymenodiscus is inti- 
mately related to the Brisinge. 

Among the new species of Asteriidee we may indicate two 
Pedicellasteres (one with five, the other with six arms), and a 
very remarkable small sea-star which must form a genus 
under the name otf Hoplaster spinosus, Perrier. The Ophiu- 


* This species differs from Umbellula Thomsont by having its sarco- 
soma destitute of calcareous sclerites. ‘The polyps are grouped, without 
any bilateral arrangement, upon a large intlation; there is no rhachis. 
The axis at its upper extremity forms a very wide and twisted lamina, so 
as to throw out all the polyps in a pendent bunch. 


46 On the * Travailleur’ Zoological Exploration. 


ride are represented by the genera Ophioglypha, Ophioderma, 
Ophiacantha, Ophiothrix, Amphiura, and Asteronyxe. A 
species remarkable for its short and raised arms was previ- 
ously unknown; it was found at 390 metres, and has been 
designated Astrophis pyramidalis. We may also cite nume- 
rous examples of Phormosoma, which seem to belong to two 
species—one identical with Phormosoma hystrix, Wyv. Th., 
and another that we found last year in the Bay of Biscay. 

Sponges were collected in great numbers ; most of them, 
captured at more than 1000 metres, belong to the type Hex- 
actinellidee. We cannot here furnish a complete list of them. 
We may indicate several Farree, Aphrocallistes Bocaget, 
Holtenia Carpenter, Sympagella nux, Hyalonema lusitanicum, 
Pheronema Carpentert, and a magnificent specimen of Ae 
nema setubalense. Two fine specimens of Huplectella suberea 
were taken off the Berlingues at 3307 metres ; a little further 
north the dredge brought up a new species allied to the Meld- 
ingie, which has been named by M. Vaillant Parafieldingia 
socialis *, 

In samples of the bottom from the Mediterranean M. Certes 
was unable to find any Infusoria; a sounding taken in the 
ocean at 1145 metres furnished him with an organism which 
may belong to that group and with a fine Euglypha of elon- 
gated form, resembling both in form and structure the fresh- 
water Difflugie described by Dr. Leidy. 

In a report so brief as this I have only been able to indicate 
the most remarkable results acquired for science by the expe- 
dition of the ‘'Travailleur.’ It is possible, however, now to 
form some idea of the numerous materials for study that we 
have collected ; and it may be asserted, without fear of con- 
tradiction, that one could not now hope to gather so ample a 
harvest of new facts by exploring with ordinary means even 
the most distant regions of the globe. These submarine 
explorations promise still further revelations ; and we must 
continue them. It will not do for France to leave to others 
the care of studying the depths of the seas which bathe her 
shores; it is a task that belongs to her, and she must make 
its accomplishment a point of honour. 


* The spherical spicular aggregations, instead of being enclosed in a 
spiculosarcodic tissue, as in the Fieldingic, are contained in a loose felted 
mass composed of long acicular sclerites. 


On new Longicorn Coleoptera. 47 


VI.—Descriptions of new Longicorn Coleoptera (Prionide 
and Lepturide) from Madagascar. By CHARLES O. 
WATERHOUSE. 


Prionide. 


Macrotoma gracilicornis, n. sp. 


Elongata, parallela, angusta, brunnea, opaca; capite thoraceque 
rugosis, elytris dense granulatis, antennis gracilibus parce puuc- 
tatis, tibiis haud spinosis. <¢. 

Long. 14 lin. 


This is an elongate, narrow, light-brown species. An- 
tennee slender, scarcely reaching to the apex of the elytra; 
the basal joint thick, strongly and closely punctured; the 
third joint very long, as long as the fourth, fifth, and nearly 
half the sixth joints together, nearly cylindrical, sparingly 
punctured above, more closely at the side ; the fourth to eighth 
joints sparingly punctured ; the apex of the ninth and all the 
tenth and eleventh joints opaque and longitudinally finely 
striate; the eleventh joint is as long as the tenth and two 
thirds of the ninth together, it gradually becomes wider to 
rather beyond the middle, and then narrows to the apex and 
is unusually acuminate. The head is coarsely rugose, the 
eyes widely separated. Thorax closely and coarsely rugose, 
one third broader than long, moderately convex (with a short 
slight impression in the middle of the base), shghtly nar- 
rowed anteriorly, the sides very gently arcuate and with the 
rugosities appearing like irregular crenulations; the posterior 
angles furnished with an acute conical short tooth directed 
outwards and backwards. Llytra subparallel, thickly beset 
with minute slightly shining granules, more distinctly so at 
the base than at the apex; convex at the base, very slightly 
impressed between the shoulder and the scutellum; the apical 
angle with a small acute tooth. Anterior femora moderately 
asperate, but the asperities are not acute; the tibie sparingly 
punctured, the punctures closer along the margins. Inter- 
mediate legs smoother. Posterior femora sparingly punc- 
tured, with a few small acute asperities below; the tibia 
sparingly and finely punctured. Sterna fuscous. Abdomen 
ferruginous, with dusky margins to the segments, the apical 
segment scarcely emarginate. 

Hab. Madagascar, Fianarantsoa. 

The form of the apical joint of the antenne and the 
scarcely emarginate apical segment of the abdomen will be 
found useful characters in distinguishing this species. 


48 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on 


Macrotoma sodalis, Waterh. 


This species was described from a single female example 
from Fianarantsoa (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, v. p. 413). 
The British Museum has just received three examples (two 
males and one female) which I think must be referred to this 
ae The female differs from the type in being larger, 

194 lines long ; the thorax is rather less narrowed anteriorly, 
the sides have some short acute teeth ; ; and the spine at the 
posterior angle is curved and stronger than in the type. 

The males differ from the female which accompanied them 
in having the legs more robust and the tarsi broader; the 
antenne extend nearly to the apex of the elytra; the basal 
joint is more robust, coarsely punctured ; the third joint is 
rather stout, a little narrowed to its apex, strongly and closely 
punctured, and beset with very short acute spines, especially 
below ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth joints are sparingly punc- 
tured, ‘the seventh more thickly punctured, the eighth to 
eleventh opaque and longitudinally channelled. The femora 
and tibie have the edges set with strong acute spines ; but the 
anterior femora have few or no spines above; the anterior 
tibia are opaque and rough. 

One of the males has the spine at the posterior angle of the 
thorax straight and very acute; the other specimen has this 
spine stronger and curved. Length 15 lines. 

All the specimens have the thorax sparingly clothed with 
yellowish pile, and the elytra beset with stiff hairs. 

Supposing all these specimens to be referable to MZ. sodalis, 
the question now arises, how do the males differ from J/, 
obscura, Waterh. (lc. p. 410)? JL obscura was described 
from a single male al from Antananarivo, 22 lines 
long, and of a blackish colour. The males just received are 
smaller, brown, and have the anterior tibie furnished with 
comparatively few spines arranged in a single line on each 
edge; in JZ. obscura the spines are close together, and are 


’] 
arranged in a double series on each edge. 
M. obscura and M., sodalis may hereafter prove to belong 
to the same species; but at present it appears better to 


consider them distinct. 
Lepturide. 


Anthribola femorata, n. sp. 


Testaceo-brunnea, plus minusve ochraceo-pubescens ; capite thorace- 
que supra vittis duabus nigrescentibus, elytris (lateribus denu- 
datis evidenter sat crebre punctatis) sat brevibus, postice bene 


new Longicorn Coleoptera. 49 


attenuatis, paulo divaricatis, gutta humerali, altera sub humero, 
macula sub scutello et altera post medium nigris, fascia communi 
ante medium ochraceo-pubescente ; pedibus brunneis, femoribus 
incrassatis, subtus dente acuto armatis. ¢ 9. 

Long. 6 lin. 


Hab. Fianarantsoa (Rev. W. Deans Cowan). Brit. Mus. 

In the ‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. xv. 
(1875) p. 414, I described a species, which I called Sagridola 
quinquemaculata, from a female example. Mr. H. W. Bates, 
in the ‘Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine’ (xiv. 1879, p. 251), 
described an allied species (for which he also proposed a new 
genus) under the name Anthribola decoratus, from an example 
which he queries as a female. 

The species above described and the two species I have 
just alluded to are all very closely allied, and are very simi- 
larly coloured, although my S. guinguemaculata has the 
yellow spots much more clearly defined. Having now the 
sexes of two of the species, I am in a position to give charac- 
ters by which all three may be distinguished, as follows :— 

A. quinquemaculata.—Of this species I have only seen the 
female. It has no black subbasal band on the elytra nor spot 
below the shoulder ; it has a quadrangular yellow spot at the 
apex of each, not extending up the suture. The sterna and 
legs are blackish brown, clothed with very short fine grey 
pubescence ; the tibize are very slender; the femora are only 
moderately thick, and have no tooth below. The apical seg- 
ment of the abdomen below is acuminate, very shining, 
sparingly and very delicately punctured. 

The specimen which I mentioned as the male of this species 
in the ‘Annals’ for March 1880 (p. 215) belongs to the 
following species. 

A. decorata.—This has a black subbasal band across the 
elytra, sometimes interrupted, but leaving a black spot below 
the shoulder; the yellow at the apex forms a stripe on the 
suture. Sterna and legs (except the inner part of the femora) 
densely clothed with longer and coarser rusty-yellow pubes- 
cence. The legs are much stouter than in A. quinquemaculata ; 
the femora are more incrassate, with a small acute tooth 
below (in both sexes) near the apex. The male has the 
apical segment of the abdomen (seen from below) thickly and 
distinctly punctured, truncated at the apex, and distinctly 
concave. ‘The female has this segment less acuminate than 
in A. quinquemaculata, and has the punctuation much more 
distinct. 

A. femorata is a smaller insect, of a more uniform brownish 
colour, with brown legs, with more prominent he shorter 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 


50 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Buprestide. 


and much more acuminate elytra, with the coloration of A. 
decorata, but less bright, with the subbasal black band nar- 
rower and interrupted. The femora are dentate and black- 
ish below in both sexes, moderately thick in the female, 
very thick in the male, and projecting in a marked manner 
beyond the apex of the elytra. ‘The pubescence on the sterna 
and legs is dirty yellow, very delicate and less thick on the 
tibia and tarsi; the tibia are very slender. The apical 
segment of the abdomen as in A. decorata. 

I think that my Sagridola flavicollis would be better 
placed in the genus Anthribola, on account of its slender 
antenne ; but its thorax is more regularly convex and has no 
central channel. 


Mastododera Jansoni, n. sp. 


M., nodicolli affinis et similis, nigra; antennis, pedibus elytrisque 
rufis, his basi angustissime infuscatis, thoracis angulis posticis 
magis elevatis. 


Long. 11-13 lin. 


Very close to M. nodicollis, Klug, of which I at first 
mistook it for a variety. In colour it differs in having the 
legs entirely red, and there is scarcely any trace of black at 
the base of the elytra. The thorax has the discal swellings 
scarcely visibly raised, whilst the swellings above the poste- 
rior angles are much more elevated and more convex. ‘This 
difference is very marked when the insect is viewed from 
behind. 


Hab, Madagascar, Fianarantsoa. 


VII.—Descriptions of new Buprestide. 
By CuHares O. WATERHOUSE. 


Nascio carissima, n. sp. 


Elongata, angusta, viridis ; capite supra, thoracis vitta mediana lata, 
cyaneo-nigris; elytris apice haud spinosis, gutta humerali plagisque 
duabus cyaneo-nigris, plagis gutta flava ornatis. 

Long. 24 lin. 

Head and thorax densely punctured. Thorax evenly con- 
vex, slightly constricted behind the middle. Elytra punctate- 
striate, the surface all finely coriaceous; the apex of each 
elytron slightly rounded, and finely serrate on the outer side. 
The suture is black ; and there is a round spot on each shoulder. 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Buprestide. 51 


Rather behind the middle of each elytron there is an elongate 
purple-black or bluish-black patch (the two patches united 
posteriorly by a narrow band across the suture), which emits 
from the lower outer angle a fine line which extends to the 
apex. There is a round yellow spot in each patch. 

This species resembles N. viridis, M‘Leay, but has the 
apex of the elytra simple &c. 

Hab. North Australia. In Mr. Janson’s collection. 


Psiloptera thoracica, n. sp. 


Elongate and parallel-sided, rather depressed, of a uniform 
brassy-bronze colour. Head coarsely punctured. Thorax 
one third broader than long, rather flat on the disk, sloping 
down at the anterior angles, rather rounded at the sides in 
front of the middle, gently sinuate before the posterior 
angles, which are acute and somewhat diverging; there is a 
shallow sparingly punctured longitudinal impression in the 
middle of the disk, the space on ‘each side of it being almost 
without punctures; and outside this, anteriorly, there is a 
small irregular smooth patch; the sides posteriorly are very 
distinctly ‘inflated and ver y strongly punctured ; on the inner 
side of the inflation the surface is deeply impressed and rugu- 
lose. The elytra at the base are not broader than the thorax, 
parallel to rather behind the middle, where they are a very 
little broader, and then narrowed to the apex, which is narrowly 
truncated: each elytron has three very slightly raised lines 
(besides the suture) ; these lines are a little narrower than the 
rather strongly, not very thickly, punctured intervening spaces ; 
they are smooth, but with about seven or eight ovate finely 
punctured impressions ; at the side there is asomewhat broad 
submarginal, impressed, finely punctured stripe, with very fine 
whitish ‘piles the margin itself is incrassate below the shoulders. 
The prosternal process is bicanaliculate. ‘lhe prosternum and 
flanks of the prothorax are very coarsely punctured. 


Hab. 8.E. Africa, Mamboio. Brit. Mus. 


Curis corusca, 0. sp. 


Parallela, depressa, cuprea; thorace vittis duabus cyaneis, lateribus 
angulatis, elytris parallelis, ad apicem angustatis striato-punc- 
tatis, plaga obliqua nigrescente juxta suturam notatis, lateribus 
postice haud reflexo-marginatis. 

Long. 52 lin. 


Form of C. caloptera, Boisd., but with the thorax decidedly 
but obtusely angular at the sides. Head very thickly punc- 
# 


52 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Buprestide. 


tured, not quite so strongly concave as in C. caloptera. Thorax 
tinted with golden green on the disk, with a short deep-blue 
elongate spot on each side of the middle line, which is neither 
impressed nor elevated ; the punctuation is moderately close, 
but lightly impressed on the disk, closer and stronger at the 
sides, not so strong nor so close as in caloptera. here is a 
small fovea in the middle of the base, a stronger one at the 
side at the angulation, and a slight impression within the 
posterior angle. The elytra are relatively a trifle shorter than 
in caloptera, with the margins posteriorly not reflexed, scarcely 
or only very finely crenulated, the apices obtusely rounded. 
The punctuation, which is arranged in lines, is delicate on the 
disk, very strong and distinct at the sides, all the interstices 
appearing smooth. 

Hab. Australia. Brit. Mus. 

This species forms a passage from C. caloptera to C. viridi- 
cyanea, T’airm. 


Conognatha tnterrupta, n. sp. 


Parallela, nitida, lete cyaneo-violacea, subtus cyanea; scutello elon- 
gato, elytris ad apicem vix angustatis, sulcatis, ante apicem utrin- 
que macula triangulari pallide flava marginem attingente. 

Long. 10 lin. 


This insect belongs to a group of species which are parallel 
in form, having the denticulation at the apex of the elytra 
commencing after the yellow band (C. trézonata, eximia, &c.); 
the usual band, however, is interrupted, so that there remains 
only a spot on each elytron at the side. ‘The thorax is very 
convex, not much narrowed in front, with the posterior angles 
not nearly so much diverging as in C. eximia; the punctua- 
tion is not very close, and is very fine. The scutellum is 
long and parallel, rounded at the apex. The striz of the 
elytra are continued to the base, but are not there much im- 
pressed, very deep towards the apex. ‘The prosternum is 
somewhat unusually convex, or as if inflated. 

Hab. Bogota. Brit. Mus. 

Before describing this species I had to look at M. J. Thom- 
son’s “ Typi Buprestidarum,” in which several species of this 
genus are described, and have noted that C. paradisea, Th., 
appears to be C. equestris, Fabr.; C. princeps, Th., is C. 
princeps, Gory ; C. comitessa, Th., appears to be C. Batesi?, 
Saunders. 


Prof. E. Ray Lankester on new British Cladocera. 53 


VIIL—On new British Cladocera discovered by Mr. Conrad 
Beck in Grasmere Lake, Westmoreland. By EK. Ray 
LANKEstTeR, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in 
University College, London. 

Two years ago I identified Leptodora hyalina, Lillj., and 

Hyalodaphnia Kahlbergensis, Schédl., as British Cladocera in 

specimens sent to me by Mr. Bolton, of Birmingham, who 

had obtained them from the Olton reservoir near that town. 

But few of the remarkable forms of Cladocera which occur 
in the larger lakes of Continental Europe had previously been 
recognized as occurring in this country; and it was therefore 
interesting to establish the occurrence of the two species above 
named. 

The list of British Cladocera has now been extended 
by the observations of Mr. Conrad Beck, who, during the 
past summer, examined the Entomostracous fauna of Gras- 
mere Lake, and made careful drawings of the specimens 
obtained, which he was kind enough to submit to my exami- 
nation at University College. Mr. Beck has been able to 
refer the forms observed by him to the following species, 
three of which are new to British waters ; and I may add that 
I have compared his drawings with the published drawings 
of these species and can confirm the accuracy of his identi- 
fications. 


1. Leptodora hyalina, Lilljeb. ¢. Taken Sept. 16th. 

2. Hyalodaphnia Kahlbergensis, Schédl. Abundant, Sept. 9th 
to 16th. 

3. Holopedium gibberum, Zaddach. Thirty specimens, each 
encased in a gelatinous globe, Sept. 7th to 16th. 

4, Latona setifera 8 and ?, Straus (Weissman). Sept. 3rd 
to 14th. 

5. Bythotrephes, sp. Sept. 14th. This appears to be a new 
species, distinct from the Bythotrephes longimanus of 
Leydig. 

At the same time, together with these interesting species, 
hitherto unknown in Britain, Mr. Beck observed and made 
drawings of the following, already known to Baird as British 
species, some being of rare occurrence :—/S?da erystallina, O. 
I’. Miller (Straus genus); Daphnia vetula, Miiller, and D, 
reticulata, Jurine ; Hurycercus lamellatus, O. F. Miiller (Baird 
genus) ; Alona quadrangularis, Miiller (Baird genus) ; Pera- 
cantha truncata, Muller (Baird genus). 

It appears probable that in lakes where species of the Sal- 
monid Coregonus are found, there also will be found the large 
deep-water Cladocera, such as /Holopedium and Bythotrephes, 
which serve these fish as food. 


54 Mr. J. Hopkinson on the 


IX.—On some Points in the Morphology of the Rhabdo- 
phora, or true Graptolites*. By Joun Hopkinson, F.L.S., 
GS: 


Proressor M‘Coy, in his ‘ British Paleozoic Fossils,’ pub- 
lished in 1854, in describing a graptolite from the Skiddaw 
Slates and other beds, to which he gave the name of Grapto- 
lites latus, speaks (p. 4) of “ transverse diaphragms” being 
present near the base or proximal termination of the calycles 
(hydrothece), and shows the position of these diaphragms in a 
figure (pl. 1B. fig. 7) which probably represents part of a 
branch of Didymograptus patulus or an allied species; but it 
is impossible to refer with certainty to any one species his 
aggregate Graptolites latus, now universally admitted to have 
been founded upon fragments of branching forms. 

No further allusion appears to have been made to the pre- 
sence of any diaphragms or septa until, in 1868, I stated 
(Journ. Quekett Microsc. Clul Os Vole 1. P. 161) that I could 
find ‘no indication of a dividing septum ” in graptolites “if 
we except a few forms in which there is an impressed line 
between the hydrothecx and the periderm ” (perisare), which 
I then compared to that ‘at the base of the hydrothece in the 
Sertulariade.”” I accepted, however, the generally-received 
view that the graptolites agree with ‘the Hydrozoa in their 
hydranths not having been cut off from the common ccenosare 
by an actual entire or perforated septum, differing thus in their 
structure from the majority of the Polyzoa. 

More recently Professor Allman, in his ‘ Monograph of the 
Calyptoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids’ (Ray Society, 1872), 
not admitting the presence of any septum or constriction, has 
compared the calycles of the Rhabdophora to tie fixed nemato- 
phores (sarcotheca:) of the Plumularide. He observes (p. 179) 
that “the denticles of the graptolite have their cavity unin- 
terruptedly continuous with that of the main tube, there being 
no diaphragm or constriction of any kind at the point where 
the one passes into the other ;” and, alluding to Prof. M‘Coy’s 
observations already mentioned, he says that he “ speaks of a 
septum at the base of the denticles in certain graptolites, but 
subsequent observations have not tended to confirm this 
statement.” 

I have recently had the opportunity of examining an ex- 
tensive collection of graptolites made by Mr. W. Kinsey 
Dover, F'.G.8., from the Skiddaw Slates, mostly from Skid- 


* Read before the British Association (Section C), York, Sept. 7th, 
1881. An abstract appeared im the ‘ Geological Magazine’ for October. 


Morphology of the Rhabdophora. D5 


daw and the adjacent hills, amongst which are a few speci- 
mens from Falcon Crag distinctly showing internal structure. 
The species of which the structure is most clearly defined are 
Didymograptus extensus, Hall, D. patulus, Hall, and Tetra- 
graptus serra, Brong. (= 7. bryonoides, Hall). In several 
specimens of these species the hydrotheca are seen to be sepa- 
rated from the perisare by a distinctly-marked septum ; and the 
perisare is, moreover, in specimens of all the three species, 
seen to be jointed, or crossed by transverse septa. 

In a portion of a branch of Tetragraptus serra (fig. 1) this 
structure 1s particularly clearly seen. ‘he specimen is pre- 
served in section with its interior partly filled in with mineral 
matter differmg altogether from the slaty matrix in which it 
is enclosed; and iron-pyrites has taken the place of its once 
chitinous external membrane. 

On the dorsal margin is the virgula 
with a wavy outline. Next to this is the 
perisarc or common canal which formed 
the channel of communication between the 
individual hydranths, looking where filled 
in like a jointed tube, and where the 
infiltrated mineral matter has been re- 
moved, or has never been deposited, ap- 
pearing as a series of rectangular depres- 
sions divided from each other by trans- 
verse walls or, rather, distinct ridges ; 
for they do not nearly fill up the space 
between the two sides of the perisare. 
The hydrothecee, where their interior is 
filled in with mineral matter, are each 
articulated with the corresponding rect- 
angular cavity of the perisarc, a ridge 
or partial septum dividing them from it; Fig. 1.—Part of a 
and where their interior is not filled in branch of Tetragraptus 
they are divided from the perisare and *7"% natural size. 
from each other by a perceptible ridge. 

They are curved, springing from the perisare at an angle of 
from 30° to 40°, which gradually increases to 50°; and they 
are wider at their distal than at their proximal end, the 
margin of which is of a curved form, slightly flattened where in 
contact with the corresponding division of the perisare. In 
one portion their external apertures areseen. Here and there 
the pyrites has filled up spaces which have probably been 
caused by the contraction of the infiltrated mineral matter, 
giving a few of the thece a jointed appearance; but this is 
evidently an accidental occurrence, and the regular jointing of 


56 Mr. J. Hopkinson on the 


the sections of the perisare and line of junction of the thecee 
with it could not be thus explained. 

In the other specimens examined very similar appearances 
are presented. In both Didymograptus extensus and D. 
patulus there is a jointed perisare with thece distinctly sepa- 
rated from it. ‘They appear, in fact, to have budded from 
it as the leaves of an exogenous tree bud from the stem or 
twig which supports them, and not to have been continuous 
with it as are the leaves of endogenous trees with their sup- 
port. In this point it would seem that we have an analogy 
with the vegetable kingdom. It is well known that in some 
graptolites we frequently have the perisare preserved without 
the calycles which should spring from it; and so may we 
have a tree without its leaves, though in both cases there has 
been organic connexion between the now disconnected mem- 
bers. In the graptolite, as in the tree, there is no actual 
septum ; there is a ridge, a constriction, occasionally forming 
a very sharp line of demarcation, but in most cases scarcely, 
if at all, perceptible. 

This “impressed line”’ I first noticed in 1868 in graptolites 
from the Lower Silurian rocks of the south of Scotland. In 
1872 I found several specimens of the species Monograptus 
bohemicus, Barr., M. Nilsson?, Barr., and M. letntwardinensis, 


Figs. 2,2 a. Different portions of the branch of Tetragraptus serra 
represented in fig. 1, magn, 5 diameters. 

Figs. 3,3 a. Different portions of a branch of Didymograptus extensus, 
magn. 5 diameters. 


Hopk., in the Ludlow rocks near Ludlow, more clearly indi- 
cating such a structure; but it is not until now that I have 
been able actually to see not only the external indication of a 


Morphology of the Rhabdophora. 57 


dividing ridge, but the ridge itself, projecting into the internal 
cavity of the graptolite, and so clearly in some instances that 
when examined under the microscope its thickness can be mea- 
sured and the extent of its projection estimated. The accom- 
panying figures (figs. 2, 3) are reduced from drawings thus 
made with the microscope and camera lucida. 

It would thus appear that in certain graptolites the calycles 
seem to be completely cut off from their supporting perisare, 
this appearance being due to a constriction or the presence 
of a partially-dividing ridge, and also that in these same 
forms there are at least constrictions in the perisare dividing 
it into sections, from each of which a calycle is produced. 
This is the structure which generally obtains in the recent 
Thecaphora ; and I therefore think that it can now no longer be 
maintained that the ee of the graptolite are not. true 
hydrothece arrived at from previous investi- 
gations into the morphology of the Rhabdophora, and espe- 
cially of the reproductive organs of certain graptolites *, that 
they are the Paleozoic representatives of the recent Hydro- 
phora, thus being confirmed by specimens from rocks which 
would naturally be supposed to be most unlikely to yield 
fossils showing minute internal structure. 

That these appearances have not been more frequently seen 
is probably owing to the imperfect state of preservation in 
which the Rhabdophora usually occur, and the very rare 
occurrence of specimens in section with the interior removed. 

Mr. Dover’s collection of graptolites is probably the most 
complete which has hitherto been made from the Skiddaw 
Slates ; and a careful examination of it might add considerably 
to the hitherto-known fauna of these beds. Some graptolites 
are shown by specimens in his possession to have attained a 
very large size, there being many single branches of Didymo- 
grapte and Tetragrapti about a toot in length, a few of which 
show no signs of termination at either end. Hvery division 
ot the series has been diligently worked for fossils by him ; 
but it is only from one bed, exposed at Falcon Crag, that 
specimens preserved in an uncompressed state and showing 
internal structure have been obtained. 


* See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) vol. vii. p. 317, 


33 Geological Society. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


November 2, 1881.—R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


“On the Genus Stoliczharia, Dune., and its Distinctness from 
Parkeria, Carp. and Brady.” By Prof. P, Martin Duncan, M.B. 
ifond., F.R.S., F.G.8., Pres, R.M-S. 


The author discussed in detail the characters of his Syringosphie- 
rid, a group of Rhizopoda established by him for the reception of 
the spheroidal organisms known in India as Karakoram stones. 

The order Syringospheeridxe consists of spherical or spheroidal 
bodies composed of numbers of conical radiating congeries of minute, 
continuous, long, bifurcating and inosculating tubes, and of an inter- 
radial tube-reticulation arising from and surrounding the radial 
congeries. The tubes open at the surface in eminences and in pores. 
The walls of the tubes consist of granular and subspiculate carbo- 
nate of lime. ‘here is no coonenchyma. In Syringospheria (fully 
characterized by the author in ‘ Scientific Results of the Yarkand 
Mission,’ Calcutta, 1879 p. 10), the body is covered with large 
compound wart-like prominences with intermediate verrucosities, or 
with modifications of such structures ; and between these eminences 
are shallow depressions bounded by tubes. The surface has tubes 
opening upon it from the internal radial series and also from the 
interradial reticulation ; there are also masses of tubes running over 
it and converging on the eminences. In Stoliczkaria, a second 
genus, the surface is covered by numerous granulations, separated by 
intervals about equal to their breadth. There are no pores on the 
surface; but tube-openings occur in the granulations. The central 
ones, which are small, are the terminations of the very numerous 
radial series, which, in section, are not very conical but nearly 
straight ; and give off minute offshoots to the surrounding conyo- 
luted and varicose larger tubes of the interradial series, which open 
towards the periphery of the granulations. There is no ccenen- 
chyma. ‘The species is named Stoliezkaria granulata. 

The author compared the structure of the Syringospheride with 
that of Purkeria, to which they have a considerable resem- 
blance in external appearance. The internal structure differs. 
Parkeria shows a radial series of large tubes, a system of inter- 
spaces in concentric series, and a labyrinthic structure of irregu- 
larly-shaped chamberlets, communicating with each other and 
cancellous in appearance. The interspaces are traversed by one or 
more large radial tubes; and the floor of each interspace towards 
the centre is made up of the minute chamberlet structure, the 
openings of which communicate only with the interspace beyond. 
The labyrinthic structure sometimes stretches across the interspaces, 


Geological Society. 59 


and the radial tubes communicate at their sides with the labyrinthic 
chamberlets of the lamelle forming the floor and roof of the inter- 
spaces. The continuity from the centre of the body to the circum- 
ference is thus defective, and the body consists of radial tubes and 
of a labyrinchie structure of a cellular and semicellular character. 

The author maintained that the two structures were intrinsically 
different ; and he also indicated a difference in the mineral condition 
of the fossils, Parkeria being always phosphatic, whereas no phos- 
phate of lime could be detected in Stoliczkaria, 


November 16, 1881.—R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “ Additional Evidence on the Land Plants from the Pen-y-glog 
Slate-quarry, near Corwen.” By Henry Hicks, Esq., M.D., F.G.S. 


The author stated that since the date of his former paper (Quart. 
Journ. Geol. Soc., August 1881) he had ascertained that plant- 
remains occurred in the slaty beds down to the base of the quarry, 
though much obscured by cleavage. The larger specimens are in the 
form of anthracite. Mr. Carruthers states that there is sufficient evi- 
dence to show that they are the remains of vascular plants with some 
resemblance to the Lycopodiacese. Some of the fragments are from 
4 to 5 inches wide, and the author had traced trunks some feet in 
length. He thought they had drifted to the position where they 
were now found. Leaf-markings generally are not preserved; but, 
from the wrinklings still remaining on some specimens, he thought it 
probable they had been covered with leaves spirally arranged. Some 
fragments show scars arranged irregularly on the surface ; probably 
these are fragments of roots. The plant seems to some extent to 
combine the characters of Stigmaria, Sigillaria, and Lepidodendron. 
Further details of the appearance of the specimens were given. For 
one which appears to differ from all hitherto described he proposes 
the name of Berwynia Carruthersi. 


2. ** Notes on Protataxites and Pachytheea from the Denbighshire 
Grits of Corwen, North Wales.” By Principal Dawson, LL.D., 
EAR EEGs. 


The author stated that he had obtained specimens of the Plant- 
remains from near Corwen, and that among them there were two kinds, 
one dark, the other light-coloured. In the former the long cells 
and woody fibres are filled with rods of transparent siliceous matter, 
and the walls represented by a thick layer of carbon, The lighter 
kind consists of the siliceous rods alone, which are thus in the same 
state as the asbestos-like silicified Coniferous wood of the Californian 
gold-gravels. In both the siliceous rods show traces of the irregu- 
larly spiral ligneous lining of the cell-walls. From these and other 
characters the author refers the specimens to his genus Prototavites, 


60 Geological Society. 


which, he says, is not an Alga, but a woody terrestrial plant. The 
author did not state that Prototawites actually belonged to the 
Taxinee, but that its fossilized wood showed a resemblance to 
that of some fossil Taxinew. ‘The remains discovered by Dr. Hicks 
differ, as already recognized by Mr. Ktheridge, from Prototaaites 
Logani, Daws. ; and the species may be named P. Hicksii. 

Of Pachytheca the author stated that he had specimens from the 
Upper Silurian of New Brunswick, and these and the Welsh specimens 
seem to belong to the genus Atheotesta, Brongn., and to be nearly 
allied to 42. devonica, Daws., from the Devonian of Scotland. These 
fossils occur associated with Prototaxites, not only at Corwen, but in 
the Upper Ludlow of England, in the Upper Silurian of Cape Bon 
Ami, and in the Lower Devonian of Bordeaux quarry opposite 
Campbellton in New Brunswick; and as the author maintains 
Aitheotesta to be a seed, and Brongniart compared it with the seeds 
of the Taxinex, this may be taken as additional evidence in favour 
of the Taxine or, at any rate, Gymnospermatous nature of Proto- 
tavites. 


December 7, 1881.—R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “On some new or little-known Jurassic Crinoids.” By P. 
Herbert Carpenter, Esq., M.A. Communicated by Prof. P. Martin 
Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


The author first described in detail a species from the Great, 
Oolite, principally of Lansdown, and hence known as the “ Lans- 
down Encrinite.” It was described in 1828 by Dr. J. E. Gray as 
Encrinites (Apiocrinites) Prattiz, and subsequently by Goldfuss as 
Aptocrinites obconicus, and by D’Orbigny as Millericrinus obconicus, 
whilst Bronn, in 1848, recorded it as Millericrinus Pratti. The 
stem varies greatly in length and in the number of its joints; and 
from the characters presented by the fossils the author came to the 
conclusion that the species was either pedunculate or free; and he 
cited various examples of nearly allied pedunculate and free Crinoids, 
The general aspect of the calyx, the component plates of which were 
described in detail, is exceedingly pentacrinoid, whether it is viewed 
from the side or from above; and the arm-joints are short and 
nearly oblong in outline, having pinnules alternately upon opposite 
sides. Thenearest allies of Millerierinus Prattii are M. Nodotianus, 
d’Orb., and the var. Buchianus of M. Munsterianus; and of Penta- 
crini the one which most resembles it in the characters of the 

calyx is the North-Atlantic P. Wyville-Thomsont. 

The remainder of the paper was devoted to the description of two 
Jurassic Comatule, namely Antedon calloviensis, from the Kelloway 
Rock, described before the Society on June 22, 1881, and a new 
species, Antedon latiradia, from the Great Oolite of Bradford. 


Miscellaneous. 61 


2. ** Notes on the Polyzoa of the Wenlock Shales, Wenlock Lime- 
stone, and Shales over the Wenlock Limestone. From material 
supplied by G. Maw, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S.” By G. R. Vine, Esq. 
Communicated by Dr. H. C. Sorby, F.R.S., V.P.G.S. 


The author has received from Mr. Maw about 14 hundredweight 
of materials washed out of the Wenlock deposits of Shropshire, 
representing the contents of from 6 to 8 tons of unwashed material. 
From this material he extracted the specimens of Plants, Actinozoa, 
Echinodermata, Crustacea, and Polyzoa; and he gave a tabular 
synopsis of the species and their distribution, with the addition of 
types from the Wenlock Limestone and of the species of Brachiopoda 
referred to in a paper by Messrs. Maw and Davidson in the ‘Geological 
Magazine’ for 1881. 

With regard to the Polyzoa, the author remarked that below the 
Cretaceous series the two great divisions of Chilostomata and Cyclo- 
stomata do not hold good, and suggested that the classification of 
Paleozoic Polyzoa should be based on the arrangement and character 
of the cells, in combination with habit. The forms characterized in 
the present paper were Stomatopora dissimilis, Vine, and vars. 
elongata and compressa, Ascodictyon stellatum, Nich. & Eth., A. radi- 
ciforme, sp. n., A. filiforme, sp. n.?, Spiropora reqularis, sp. n., S. 
intermedia, Vine, Diastopora consimilis, Lonsd., Ceriopora, Goldf., 
Hornera crassa, Lonsd., H.? delicatula, sp.n., Polypora? problematica, 
sp. n., Fenestella prisca, Lonsd., Glauconome disticha, Goldf., Ptilo- 
dictya lanceolata, Lonsd., P. Lonsdalei, sp. n., (= P. lanceolata 
auctt.), P. scalpellum, Lonsd., P. interporosa, Vine, and P. minuta, 
Vine. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Postembryonie Development of the Diptera. 
By M. H. Viartanzs. 


Aone insects, it isin the Muscide that we observe the greatest 
differences between the larva and the perfect animal; and it is also 
in them that the metamorphoses that take place during the pupal 
period are the most profound, which explains why exact investi- 
gations upon the metamorphoses of insects have been directed 
principally to these insects or to nearly allied animals. Having 
repeated the work of my predecessors *, I have been able to discover 
some new facts, of which I now have the honour to place a summary 
report before the Academy. 

When the larva becomes motionless and transformed into a pupa, 
not enly does the skin of the segments answering to the head and 


* My investigations were made in M. Milne-Edwards’s laboratory ; 
they relate to Musca vomitorva, 


62 Miscellaneous. 


thorax of the adult disappear, but the skin of the whole body is 
destroyed, in consequence of a degeneration of the hypodermic 
cells, to such an extent that at a certain moment the animal is only 
limited by a thin cuticle, beneath which is a thick layer of embryo- 
nic cells, originating, as described by me in a previous communication* , 
from the muscular nuclei which have proliferated, and before the 
invasion of which the contractile substance of the muscular fibres 
has disappeared. 

The embryonic cells which almost completely fill the body of a 
pupa are not derived from the muscular nuclei alone; they are also 
formed by the proliferation of the cells of the adipose body. This 
function of the cells of the adipose body was not previously known. 
When a larva is on the point of becoming a pupa, numerous 
daughter cells appear in the midst of their protoplasm; subsequently 
the envelope and the nucleus of the cells of the adipose body dis- 
appear; the daughter cells are set free, multiply in their turn, and 
display all the characters of embryonic cells. 

The return of the tissues to the embryonic state is the cause of 
this very remarkable fact, that at a certain moment the pupa has 
really the characters of an embryo. When we examine a section 
made across the abdomen of a pupa of from two to four days stand- 
ing, we observe that the body is composed of only two layers of 
central cells, one forming a solid cord, composed of the epithelial 
cells of the digestive tube which have reverted to the embryonic 
state, the other peripheral, consisting of the embryonic cells origi- 
nating from the muscular nuclei and the cells of the adipose body. 

When the tissues of the larva are destroyed, the tissues of the 
adult form. We know from the investigations of M. Weissmann, 
that the integuments of the head and thorax are developed at the 
expense of a certain number of buds preexistent in the larva, and 
designated histoblasts (Imaginalscheiben). From not having had 
recourse to the method of sections, my predecessors have been mis- 
taken as to the structure of these little bodies ; they are not, as has 
been supposed, small saccules filled with cells. The histoblast, when 
not much developed, appears in a section to consist of a hollow 
sphere, one half of which bad been immersed in the other; we may 
therefore consider it to be formed of two lamine, an internal and 
an external one. The inner lamina is thick and composed of pyri- 
form cells placed side by side ; the outer lamina is thin and consists 
of a single layer of flattened cells. During the development of the 
histoblast the outer lamina disappears, and the inner lamina in- 
creases to form the integuments of the adult. The histoblasts of 
the eyes present the same structure as the others; the following 
are the only peculiarities observed in them. ‘The inner lamina is 
composed of large cells, very regularly arranged side by side, of a 
cylindrical form, terminated at its outer extremity by a flattened 
base, drawn out into a point at the other extremity. Hach of them 
is continuous by its produced extremity with one of the fibrils of 


* See ‘ Annals,’ ser. 5, vol. vii. p. 852. 


Miscellaneous. 63 


the optic nerve. Among the large cells small ones are observed. 
As M. Weissmann has shown, each of the large cells will become 
one of the simple eyes, the totality of which constitutes the retina. 
The small cells become the choroid cells. 

My predecessors, who had not observed the destruction of the 
integuments of the later segments of the larva, thought that the 
integuments of the abdomen of the adult were formed by a simple 
transformation of the hypodermic cells of the latter. Having already 
shown that the whole of the skin of the larva disappears, I had to 
ascertain how the integuments of the abdomen of the adult are de- 
veloped. I have ascertained that they are formed at the expense of 
the embryonic cells which fill the body of the pupa, and the origin 
of which has been indicated above. These embryonic cells become 
converted into hypodermic cells. This change does not take place 
at all points of the abdomen at the same time; but, in each seg- 
ment, the hypodermis of the gdult appears at first at four points, 
two below and two above. 

As the organs of the larva disappear, and the organs of the adult 
are formed, the nervous centres undergo very important internal 
modifications. Their investigation, which has not even been touched 
upon, is environed with technical difficulties. I have succeeded in 
overcoming nearly all of these. I have traced step by step the inter- 
nal modifications that the nervous centres undergo during pupal 
life; and I shall shortly have the honour to make known to the 
Academy the principal results of my researches upon this subject.— 
Comptes Rendus, Nov. 14, 1881, p. 800. 


Development of the Ovum of Melicerta. By M. L. Jourer. 


The development of the embryo of the Rotatoria has hitherto 
been studied only in two genera, namely in Brachionus by Salensky, 
and in Pedalion by Barrois. The mode of segmentation is still 
unknown. 

Although we have ascertained that the development of the winter 
egg and of the male egg agrees generally with that of the female 
summer egg, it is more particularly upon this last that our investi- 
gations have been made. 

Within the sac of maturation it presents, in the midst of the 
germinal vesicle, asmall but very distinct germinal spot. After 
deposition this spot soon disappears. It did not appear to me that 
there was any emission of a polar globule. The first segmentation- 
plane, perpendicular to the larger axis of the egg, which is an irre- 
gular ovoid, divides it into two very unequal segments. Afterwards 
these two segments divide symmetrically, and so that each of them 
furnishes eight of the spheres which constitute the egg in the stage 
XVI. We observe only that the spheres derived from the larger 
primary segment are larger than the others, and larger in propor- 
tion to their distance from the animal pole. It seems as if each 
of them had a certain degree of animality. During the whole 


64 Miscellaneous. 


period of the segmentation the behaviour of the nuclei and asters 
is very remarkable. We also observe a movement of rotation 
(already recognized by Barrois in Pedalion), which tends to trans- 
port the spheres derived from the small segment from the animal 
pole to the opposite pole, skirting the dorsal surface, while the large 
spheres give place to them and glide along the ventral surface. 

At the stage XVI. the egg consists of a row of four small cells 
derived from the small segment and occupying the dorsal surface, of 
a row of four spheres gradually increasing in size occupying the 
ventral surface, and of two rows of four cells placed on the sides, 
four of them derived from the large and four from the small seg- 
ment. 

It is only after this stage XVI. that the dorsal and lateral cells 
begin to multiply much more rapidly than the ventral ones and to 
spread over their sides. In proportion as these small cells glide over 
the surface of the large ones the latéer sink by an oscillatory move- 
ment, which at first removes the smaller ones, until finally the last 
and largest of them slips inits turn beneath the former ones, leaving 
an orifice (the blastopore), which remains visible for some time, 
almost exactly at the spot where the mouth will afterwards be 
formed. 

Even by the situation it occupies from the moment of the closure 
of the blastopore, it is easy to see that the last sphere enveloped 
corresponds to the intestine, which it will serve to form, if not en- 
tirely, at least in great part. 

In the same way, by the manner of their inclusion, the two fol- 
lowing large spheres will be upon the ventral surface of the former, 
in the situation that will be occupied by the genital glands. Sub- 
sequently, when the spheres come to divide and subdivide, this 
arrangement will become very obscure ; but for a certain time after 
the closure of the blastopore it remains perceptible, and shows that 
the embryo is formed, if not of continuous lamellae, at least of 
masses of tissue which obviously correspond to the endoderm, meso- 
derm, and ectoderm of the higher animals, both by their position 
and their destiny. 

When the subdivision has been carried to its last limit, the egg 
appears as a finely moruloid mass, in which we can recognize 
ofly an outer light layer and a dark central one. The cephalic 
region always remains lighter. We can no longer distinguish the 
blastopore. 

Soon afterwards an oblique furrow, which constricts the mass and 
separates the tail, appears on the side and along the ventral surface ; 
the tail is thus folded under the ventral surface “and directed towards 
the head, as inthe embryo of Brachionus and Pedalion. 

About the level of the extremity of the tail a depression appears 
in the cephalic mass. I do not know whether this corresponds to 
the depression described by Salensky in Brachionus ; but it indicates 
the appearance, not of the mouth, but of the vibratile pit situated 
below the lip in the adult. A little later, and a little higher up, the 
mouth makes its appearance as a depression which no doubt sinks 


Miscellaneous. 65 


far enough to form the mouth, but certainly not sufficiently to form 
the mentum. Still later, and also upon the back, the cloaca will 
be formed by an invagination of the ectoderm ; and this, although 
very long in the adult, is still very short in the larva, and remains 
reduced to a simple emargination in the Floscularie. The cephalic 
region is soon bounded by a slight fold, which indicates the margin 
of the chitinous covering. The eyes make their appearance as two 
red points ; cilia begin to move, at first upon the infrabuccal pit, 
then upon the mouth, and finally upon the top of the head, where 
they form a sort of circlet. The armature of the mastax is formed, 
the tail withdraws by degrees towards the extremity of the egg, the 
envelope of which it finally ruptures. It has already been described 
by several authors; and I shall dwell only upon this fact, that, like 
the larva of Lacinwlaria figured by Huxley, it presents cilia upon 
three points of the body—a continuous and scarcely sinuous circlet 
placed above the mouth, a second circle surrounding this circlet and 
the mouth, and extending even over the vibratile pit, and, lastly, a 
tuft of cilia at the extremity of the tail. The larva remains active 
for several hours, and then attaches itself by means of the glands 
contained in its tail. It is then that it begins to collect in the 
vibratile pit the minute particles suspended in the water. These it 
mixes with the secretion from a gland, hitherto taken for a ganglion, 
and, according to the judicious observations of Gosse and Williamson, 
forms of them those little balls which, when juxtaposed, constitute 
the tube that it inhabits.—Comptes Rendus, November 21, 1881, 
p. 856. 


On a Yellow Variety of the Common Eel (Anguilla vulgaris, F7.). 
’ By Dr. Heryeicu Botan, of Hamburg. 


On the 2nd July, 1879, a very interesting, pure sulphur-yellow 
variety of our river-eel, which had been taken in the Elbe near 
Hamburg, was brought to me for the aquarium of our Zoological 
Garden here. This first example was followed by thirteen other 
similar ones in the interval between the 4th September and the 9th 
October of the same year. In the summer of the present year 
(1880) the occurrence of the yellow eels in the Elbe was repeated. 
On the 5th May I received two specimens, and then gradually, up 
to the 13th August, seven others. 

Only the eel ‘first captured, which is still nale in the aquarium, 
is pure yellow without black spots. It is “about 32 centim. 
(13 inches) long. Its upper surface and sides are of a beautiful 
light lemon-y ellow ; the muzzle is rather more orange-coloured. In 
the hinder half of the body, and especially the tail, ‘there are on the 
sides numerous whitish spots in the yellow. The whole underside 
is whitish and shining, while the yellow parts of the body are dull. 
The fins are pale yellow and so translucent that the finer blood- 
vessels may be detected in them with the naked eye; in the same 
way the blood shows reddish through the skin on the whitish lower 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5, Vol. ix. 5 


66 Miscellaneous. 


jaw; and at the base of the tail, below the vertebral column, the 
pulsating movement of the blood passing from behind forwards in 
the subcaudal veins can be distinctly recognized. 

The eyes of our animal are smaller than in the normal state, and 
therefore appearrudimentary. They are reddish violet ; their back- 
ground is without pigment, so that it appears red; on the other 
hand, dark pigment exists in an equatorial zone (taking the normal 
axis of the eye as axial); of course, however, these conditions can- 
not be ascertained with perfect certainty in the living animal. 

As the yellow colour of this ee] has remained unaltered to the 
present time (20th September, 1880) we have in it an example of 
the very rare case of leucethiopism ina fish. Although the other 
yellow eels were at the first glance very like the one just described, 
they have proved very different from it in their whole behaviour. 
All had black spots upon a lighter or darker ground, and these spots 
were distributed either only upon the upper part of the head, or also 
over parts of the back, The eyes were always normal. In size 
the animals did not essentially differ from the first-mentioned eel. 

The thirteen animals of this kind received by our aquarium in the 
course of the year 1879 all changed their colour by the winter ; 
they gradually became darker and darker, until at last they had 
acquired the coloration of normal eels. This is the more remark- 
able as there were among them animals which, with the exception 
of the blackened head, were perfectly pure yellow, exactly like the 
above-described albino. The nine eels received by our aquarium 
this summer (1880) were likewise spotted with black upon a yellow 
ground. As yet they have not changed colour. 

Similar yellow black-spotted eels have been observed several 
times besides the present cases. In the literature of the subject I 
find only one case. Srandt (Bull. de Acad. de St. Pétersb. vol. x. 
1852, p. 13) and von Siebold (Stisswasserfische von Mitteleuropa, 
p. 19, note) mention an eel presented by Dem. Taglioni to the Paris 
Museum, which was pale brownish yellow (nankeen-yellow) and 
normally coloured only at the extremities of the nose and tail. The 
colour of the eyes is not stated in the description given by Meunier 
(in D’Orbigny’s Dictionnaire d’Hist. Nat. tome i. 1841, p. 249). 
Brandt calls this the only example of a leucotic fish. 

According to an oral communication, Prof. Mobius, of Kiel, re- 
ceived a similar female eel, fully 3 metre long, on the 29th May, 
1868; the animal had normal eyes. 

According to a report in the public papers another eel of the kind 
was recently taken in a piece of water to the south-east of Bremen. 
Tn answer to a letter of inquiry addressed to the [former] possessors, 
MM. F. Klevenhusen & Co., of Bremen, those gentlemen have given 
me the following information about this fish :—The eel was exactly 
the colour of a goldfish and had black eyes; it had four or five 
black spots in the neighbourhood of the head; the belly also was 
darker than the back, so that in water it appeared as if the eel was 
lying on its back. The animal has been presented to the Bremen 
Museum ; in spirit it has lost its red colour and become yellow. 


Miscellaneous. 67 


Further, as regards the occurrence of leucotic fishes, Brandt, in 
the memoir above cited, describes a sterlet (Acipenser ruthenus), 
one foot in length, which was kept in the basin of the fountain of 
the Winter Garden at St. Petersburg, and had been brought there 
from Nischnij-Novgorod. With the exception of an inner silvery 
border, the iris was destitute of black pigment, so that the eye in 
front appeared for the most part veined with red, in consequence of 
the vessels shining through. With the exception of the very light 
pale grey fins, the ground-colour of the fish was pale brownish 
orange, with a flesh-coloured tinge on the sides and belly, while the 
somewhat darker dorsal surface had a yellow tinge. 

Siebold (/. ¢. p. 18) mentions a loach (Cobitis barbatula) of a pale 
reddish colour and with a red pupil, which he found in the fish- 
market at Munich; and in the same place he cites Baldner, who 
describes a white burbot (Lota vulgaris) and a pale loach (Cobitis 
barbatula). These are the few examples of leucwthiopism that are 
known to me. 

Consequently the occurrence of an albino eel (such as that above 
mentioned), as well as such an abundant appearance of yellow eels 
with black spots, have been previously unknown.—<Archiv fur 
Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. 47 (1881), p. 136. 


On the Origin of the Central Nervous System of the Annelida. 
By Prof. KLEINENBERG. 


The author gives a summary of the results obtained by him in 
studying the development of the Polychaeta, upon which he proposes 
hereafter to publish a more extended memoir with figures. At 
present he confines himself to making known the development of a 
single species, the larva of Lopadorhynchus, until its transformation 
into the perfect animal. 

The most interesting point in the present communication is the 
discovery of the circular nerve of the vibratile organ of the larva, 
and the investigation of the development of the central nervous 
system of the perfect animal. The author has found that during 
the transformation of the larva into the perfect animal the circular 
nerve disappears completely, together with the vibratile organ ; and 
the rudiments of the typical central organs are not derived from the 
transformation of the circular nerve, but originate from other parts 
of the ectoderm. Consequently the nervous system of an Annelid 
is not homologous with that of its larva. Kleinenberg thinks that 
the larve of the Annelida possess only the central anterior nervous 
system of the Coelenterata, but that the perfect animals have central 
organs proper to them ; so that ‘ the organ of the inferior type ori- 
ginates and functions in the larva, but is eliminated and replaced 
by new formations in the adult animal.”—Att della RR. Accad. dei 
Lincei, Transunti, vol. vi. p. 15, 1881. 


68 Miscellaneous. 


How Orb-weaving Spiders make the Framework or Foundations 
of Webs. By the Rev. Dr. H. C. McCoox. 


Rey. Dr. H. C. McCook said that he had given attention during 
the past summer to the mode of constructing webs prevailing among 
orb-weaving spiders. He had been led to make some special studies 
of the extent to which air-currents are utilized in laying the foun- 
dation-lines upon which the orbs are hung by a remark of Rey. O. 
Pickard Cambridge in his work on the Spiders of Dorset*. 
“¢ Spider-lines,” he says, ‘‘may frequently be observed strained 
across open spaces of many feet and even yardsin extent. This has 
been explained by some naturalists to have been done by the help 
of a current of air carrying the thread across. I cannot, of course, 
say that it has never been thus effected, though I have certainly 
never myself witnessed it. I have, however, on several occasions 
seen a spider fix its line, then run down to the ground, across the 
intervening space, and so up the opposite side, trailing its line as it 
went ; and then having hauled in the slack, it fixed the line to the 
desired spot. This I believe to be the usual mode of proceeding in 
such cases.” 

Dr. McCook was satisfied that on both the above points this dis- 
tinguished araneologist had failed to possess himself of all the facts ; 
but he took up the points in question anew during the summer, and 
made notes of his studies. His previous opinion was fully confirmed. 
He had in a great number of cases observed orb-weavers passing 
from point to point by means of lines emitted from their spinnerets 
and entangled upon adjacent foliage or other objects. These mimic 
“* wire- bridges’ > were of various leng ths, owing to the direction of 
the wind and the relative positions of the spider and the standing 
objects around it. Lines of two, three, and fouwr feet were frequent ; : 
lines of from seven to ten occurred pretty often ; he had measured 
one twenty-six feet long, and in several cases had seen them strung 
entirely across country roads of from thirty to forty feet. Many of 
these lines he had seen carried by the wind directly from the spiders’ 
spinnerets, had observed the entanglement, had seen the animal 
draw the threads taut and then cross upon them. That all the 
lines were similarly formed and used he had no doubt. 

It was more difficult to determine the other question, viz. whether 
the lines used for the foundations of orb-webs were formed in the 
same way. Undoubtedly such lines are often made precisely 
asserted by Mr. Cambridge. Dr. McCook had many times observed 
this; he had seen an orb-weaver after traversing a considerable 
space by a series of successive bridge-lines settle upon a site between 
the forked twigs of a bush, and carry her foundation-lines around 
in the manner described. But, on the other hand, he was prepared 
to say that the air-laid bridge-lines were also used for the founda- 
tions or frames of orbs. 

First, he had observed that the hours in the evening at which 


* Vol.i., (Introduction, p, xxi. 


Aliscellaneous. 69 


the greatest activity in web-weaving began were those in which 
also began the formation of the bridge-lines. The latter action 
quite invariably preceded the former. 

2. Again, a study of the foundation-lines of many webs gave 
more or less conclusive evidence that they were laid by the aid of 
air-currents. For example, the webs of some species, as Acrosoma 
mitrata, A. spinea, and A. rugosa, were frequently found strung 
between young trees separated by two or three yards. That these 
builders might have dropped to the ground, crept over wood, grass, 
and dry leaves, carrying the thread in the free outstretched claw, 
is, perhaps, not impossible, but did not seem at all probable to the 
speaker, although short spaces over smooth surfates might well be 
cleared in this way. One web he found spun upon lines stretched 
from the balustrade of a bridge that spans a deep glen in Fairmount 
Park to the foliage of a tree that springs out of the glen at least 
twenty-five feet below. Unless foundations were formed by line- 
bridging the interspace of a yard or more, it must be inferred that 
the spider had dropped from the balustrade to the glen, crossed the 
interval to the trunk of the tree, ascended it, and, having made the 
detour of nearly sixty feet to the point directly opposite that from 
which she started, drawn her long line taut, and so completed her 
foundation. Dr. McCook thought that such a supposition could not 
be entertained, and it was clear that a breeze carried the line across 
from the spider’s spinnerets. 

Even stronger examples of circumstantial evidence were noted. 
Very many webs of Tetragnatha extensa and T. grallator were seen 
spread upon bushes overhanging pools and streams of water ; others 
were seen stretched between separated water-plants, or from such 
plants to the shore. ither the foundation-lines were borne by air- 
currents, or the spiders must have crossed upon the water, carrying 
their lines. The latter Supposition is not wholly untenable, the 
speaker thought, but would hardly be raised by any one who had 
studied the spinning-habits of the creature. 

One other example may be cited. At Cape May, by the Landing, 
where pleasure-boats used for sailing upon the inlet are stored, there 
is an immense colony of Epeiroids, chiefly Epetra strix, E. vulgaris, 
and £. domiciliorum (Hentz). Great numbers of these spiders had 
their lines strung between the opposite, exterior walls of the boat- 
houses, which are built upon piles driven into the water. These 
lines were about 9 feet long, stretched over the water at heights 
varying from 1 to 10 feet. Most of them passed from wall to wall; 
many were fastened at one end upon piles and sticks driven here and 
there between the houses. Even if one were to admit that Vetra- 
gnatha could carry a free line over the smooth surface of an inland 
pool, it is past belief that the above-named [peiras performed 
the same act upon the rough waters of an inlet of the Atlantic 
Ocean. The only reasonable conclusion is, that bridge-lines were 
formed by air-currents. 

3. It was greatly desired that to the above cases of circumstantial 


70 Miscellaneous. 


proof might be added actual observations of the use for foundations 
of those lines stretched by air-currents. Three summer evenings 
were devoted to obtaining this result, without complete success. On 
one evening the observer was interrupted and called off at the very 
critical period of his observation; on the other two evenings the 
wind was unfavourable. But some valuable results were obtained, 
and the webs of three adult individuals of Hpeira striv, one male 
and two females, were selected, the den or nest of each spider 
located, and the web entirely destroyed, including the foundation- 
lines. The latter precaution was made necessary by the fact that 
orb-weavers had been noticed to use the same foundation-lines, for 
many days, for the erection of their new webs. Young spiders had 
been seen on several occasions to utilize the radii and foundations of 
abandoned webs of adults as the frame-lines of their small orbs. 
The great value which may attach to these old foundations appeared 
strikingly in subsequent studies, and also the difficulty if not impos- 
sibility of procuring suitable foundations for the webs of large 
spiders without the aid of the wind. 

Two of the webs (one of the females’) were so situated that the 
prevailing air-currents so carried the lines that they could not pos- 
sibly find an entanglement. In consequence, neither of these spiders 
succeeded, during two entire evenings, up to half-past ten o’clock, in 
making a web. They frequently attempted it in vain. One, which 
was more closely watched, was in motion during the whole period, 
passing up and down, from limb to limb, apparently desirous of 
fixing her orb in the former site, but completely confused and foiled. 
The site was one, moreover, which would have allowed her to carry 
around a thread with comparative ease, being a dead sapling that 
forked near the ground. ‘The spider domiciled during the day on the 
ground, but had her orb at the top of the forks, a height of 6 feet. 
Thus the space to traverse in passing frem the top of one of the 
forks to a similar point on the opposite one presented comparatively 
few difficulties. But no attempt was made to carry the line around; 
and as the wind had evidently not changed during the night, no web 
appeared upon the tree in the morning. During the next evening 
the same restless movement along the bare limbs of the sapling 
was repeated, and was terminated at a late hour by a rare accident. 
A large moth, attracted by the lantern, became entangled upon a 
single short thread strung between two small twigs, whereupon 
E. striv pounced upon it, swathed and fell to feeding on it. Next 
morning a tiny orb-web had been built around the shell of the moth 
at the point of capture. 

During both evenings this spider at frequent intervals poised 
herself at the extremity of twigs, and emitted threads from her 
spinnerets which entangled upon some of the short twigs, but never 
upon the opposite fork, as the wind was steadily contrary. No 
other entanglement was secured, as there was no object in the direc- 
tion of the wind for a great distance. However, Dr. McCook could 
at any time obtain an entanglement upon his hand by arresting the 


Miscellaneous. 71 


thread. By imitating the motion of a swaying leaf or limb, the 
spider was caused to perceive the attachment and immediately ven- 
tured upon the line. Once the thread fastened upon the observer's 
face, and the animal was allowed to cross the line (4 or 5 feet) until 
within a few inches of the face, when she took in the situation, in- 
stantly cut the line and swung downward and backward over the 
long are, and, after a few oscillations, climbed up the line to the 
point of departure. Her willingness to use the air-currents for 
making transit-lines was thus quite as manifest as her inability. 

The third spider exhibited a like behaviour. 

4. The third individual, a male, did not attempt to spin an orb in 
the former site; the wind was Sree nieple: but there would not 
have been much difficulty in carrying a cord around. He came out 
of his rolled-leaf den at 7.20 p.m., andfor more than an hour laboured 
to secure a web foundation. He was located upon a dead end of a 
bough of a tree with many branching twigs. As with the former 
individual, so with this: many efforts were made to obtain founda- 
tions by sending out threads from the spinnerets ; and to this end he 
tried most of the numerous points of the twigs covering the territory 
which he seemed to have chosen as his general range. One of these, 
a little pendant which hung in the centre of the group, was taken 
as the basis of a most interesting operation. The spider dropped 
from the pendant by a line 3 or 4 inches long, grasped the line by 
one of the second pair of feet, and rapidly formed a triangular basket 
of threads by connecting the point of seizure with lines reaching to 
the feet of the remaining second and the third and fourth pairs. In 
this basket he hung head upwards, the body held at an angle of 
about 45°, the two fore feet meanwhile stretched out and groping 
in the air, as though feeling for the presence of obstructions, of 
enemies, or of floating threads. At the same time he elevated his 
spinnerets and emitted a line, which was drawn out at great 
length by the air and secured no entanglement. The body of the 
spider had a gentle lateral oscillation, w hich appeared to the observer 
to result from a voluntary twisting of the central rope by the animal, 
but may have been caused by the he the effect, in either case, was 
to give the line a wider swing and much increase the chances of 
entanglement. 

However, there was no entanglement, and the spider dropped 
several inches further down, and repeated exactly the process as 
described above. This was repeated again and again; and when the 
observer allowed the line to attach to his person the spider at once 
proceeded to satisfy himself of the fact, and then to venture a 
crossing. In all these actions there was evidence of a habitual 
mode of securing transit by bridge-lines. 

During the intervais of these attempts, and indeed preceding them, 
the spider passed back and forth along all the branching twigs, 
leaving behind him trailed threads or lines connecting the ends, 
many “of which seemed to be purely tentative. At last a contral 
point was taken, a short thread dropped therefrom and attached to 


2 Miscellaneous. 


» one of these tentative lines. The confused network of circumjacent 
lines was gathered together in a little flossy ball at the point of 
union, which was now made the centre of the orb, the first drop- 
line and the two divisions of the cross-line constituting the three 
original radii. From there the spider proceeded to lay in the radii 
and complete the orb. The speaker described this process in full, 
as illustrated by the industry of this and other individuals. The 
time occupied in constructing the orb proper was half an hour, 
while the work of prospecting for and obtaining a foundation con- 
sumed more than an hour. Even then the orb was very irregular, 
and showed decided traces of the want of the usual well and 
orderly laid foundations. Anexamination of a number of web-sites 
which had been marked upon the same grounds showed that, in 
every case where the surroundings had allowed an easy and good 
entanglement by the wind, the spider had made webs at an early 
hour, and with straight and regular foundations. 

Dr. McCook concluded that the above observations, although not 
wholly conclusive in themselves, were sufficient warrant for the be- 
lef that air-currents have a large part in placing the original frame- 
work or foundation-lines of orb-webs, and that spiders habitually 
make use of them for that purpose. He doubted, however, whether 
there was any thing like a deliberate purpose to connect the point of 
occupancy with any special opposite point. It seemed to him that 
the spider acted in the matter very much at haphazard, but with a 
general instinct of the fact that such behaviour would somewhere 
secure available attachments. Many of her bridge-lines were evi- 
dently tentative and were chiefly at the mercy of the bre eeze, although 
some observations seemed to indicate a limited control of the thread 
by manipulation. 

He added that on previous occasions he had actually observed the 
laying in, by air-currents, of lines which were immediately used for 
foundations. The above studies had been undertaken simply to 
verify such studies, and because he had retained but the briefest 
notes of former observations. While this use of air-currents is cer- 
tainly placed beyond doubt, it is as certainly not the only mode of 
laying foundation-lines, and is dependent very much upon the site 
chosen, the condition of the wind, the abundance of prey, &c. Webs 
built in large open spaces are perhaps always laid out by bridge- 
lines ; in more contracted sites the frame-lines are generally car ried 
around, and often a foundation is the result of both methods* 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philad., Oct. 4, 1881. 


* Since these notes were communicated, a copy of ‘ Nature’ (Sept. 22, 
1881) has been received, in which it is said that Mr. Cambridge, in the 
second volume of his ‘Spiders of Dorset, modifies the opinion above 
quoted concerning the influence of air- -currents, I have not yet received 
that volume, but make this statement on the authority of the journal 
referred to.—H. C. McC. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


[FIFTH SERIES. ] 


No. 50. FEBRUARY 1882. 


X.—On some new Species of Corals. 
By Bryce WriGcut, F.Z.8. &e. 
[Plates IL., IlT., & IV. ] 


Or all the Hydroid Zoophytes few are more remarkable for 
their structure or conspicuous for their beauty of form or rich- 
ness and variety of colour than the hydrocoralline Stylas- 
teridee. 

Of one genus of this group, Distichopora, a considerable 
number of species are now recognized; but, owing to the 
fragile texture of the hydrophyton and the great depths they 
inhabit, ¢. e. 80 to 300 fathoms*, only fragments of some 
species have been hitherto obtained. After having had many 
examples under examination, principally those of Déstéchopora 
coccinea and D, violacea, I find that these splayed corals rarely 
attain to any size, 3 or 4 inches being the average height of 
full-grown specimens. I was therefore much pleased, when 
examining the extensive and beautiful series of natural-history 
and other objects collected by Lady Brassey during the well- 
known voyage of the yacht ‘Sunbeam’ in 1876, to find 
amongst others two perfect examples, each of an undescribed 
species, new to science, which throw considerable light upon 


* Count de Pourtales, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. Cambridge, 


ese Ae nvol.:11. a 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 6 


74 Mr. Bryce Wright on new Species of Corals. 


the form and structure of these corals, and show that the 
Distichoporide fall into two natural divisions, each characte- 
rized by the foliations of their branches—those in D. Brassey?, 
D, Allnutti, and D. crregularis being more or less solid and 
rounded, and those in D. violacea, D. coccinea, Ke. beng 
compressed and broad, shelving off at the edges, and more 
displayed (‘ gladiiform”’). 

The only fossil species known (D. antiqua, Defrance) is 
found in the Tertiary deposits of France—the habitats of the 
living species being the Gulf-stream and in and about the 
West-India Islands and Florida, for D. nitida, Verrill, and D. 
cervina, D. foliacea, D. sulcata, D. barbadiensis, and D. con- 
torta, of Pourtales. Most of these species are of a whitish tint, 
with the exception of D. foliacea, which is a pale pink-orange, 
whereas those inhabiting the Pacific are much more vivid in 
their colours: —D, violacea, Pallas, from Fiji and its vicinity, 
violet; D. coce’nea, Gray, from the Marshall group, deep 
crimson; and D. rosea, Kent, Kast Australia, of a pale rose- 
colour. D. wrregularis, Moseley, from Zamboanga, in the 
Philippines, is of a light pink, and the two species ‘herein de- 
scribed are of a fuscous or deep foxy-red orange and of a 
pinkish orange respectively. Lady Brassey’s specimens come 
from the Gilbert Isles, near the equator, and were presented to 
her by his Hawaiian majesty King Kalakaua. Two frag- 
ments, apparently undescribed, in the British-Museum collec- 
tion may probably come from some of the Pacific islands and 
belong to the same division as those now described. 

The bathymetrical position from which Lady Brassey’s 
specimens were procured has unfortunately not been recorded, 
but they must have been, I think, obtained by diving, not by 
dredging; and as Sir W yville "Thomson, in the “deep- -sea 
dredging expedition in the i‘ Challenger,’ obtained a solitary 
fragment at a depth of 10 fathoms, it seems feasible to suppose 
that the depths they inhabit in the southern seas are not so 
great as in those of the Mexican Gulf, more especially as 
the colours are so much brighter. The area over which the 
Distichoporide extend is from N. lat. 20° to §. lat. 30°, W. long. 
150° to 180°. 

Transverse and vertical sections of the branches (see Pl. IV.) 
show that the gastropores and dactylopores vary considerably 
in their relative gradation of sizes and in their arrangement, 
both forms of zooids being regularly and irregularly distri- 
buted even in the same species (see figs. 6 and 6*, Pl. LV.). 
These pores are enclosed by a compact network varying in 
the size and disposition of the meshes according to the respec- 


f=) 
tive species; in their immediate vicinity the walls of the 


Mr. Bryce Wright on new Species of Corals. Ge 


tubuli or canals are thicker than towards the extremities, 
and the enclosed ccenosare is much denser, and opaque. The 
broken stems from which the sections were cut, exhibit 
immediately around the pores a dense white opaque body ; and 
thence to the outside of the branch the peculiar colour of 
the coral obtains. These colours disappear in the microsco- 
pical sections. 


HYDROIDEA. 
Section HypROCORALLINA, Moseley. 
Fam. Stylasteride, Lamarck. 
Genus DisticHorora, Lamarck. 


Distichopora Brasseyt, nov. sp. 


(Pl. IL. fig. 1, Pl. IV. figs. 3, 4, 4*, 4**.) 


Ccenosteum a deep red, tinted or slightly mottled with 
orange at the extremities of the stems and adult branches, 
paling off into white and pale orange-yellow, basal portion of 
coral moderately solid ; branches long and erect, slightly tortu- 
ous, not so curved or foliaceous as in most of the other species, 
rounded but slightly compressed in the plane of the flabellum ; 
termination of main branches bilobed and occasionally trilobed ; 
lateral branchlets not frondose; but chiefly elongate and 
obtusely pointed or clavate, moderately distant from each 
other; main stems closely set together. Surface of coenosteum 
very minutely and tortuously canaliculated, as in the vertical 
section. ‘The pore-rows in this and the transverse section ex- 
hibit the gastropores rather irregularly spaced and outlined, with 
the dactylopores slightly intermixed. Pore-rows sinuated 
very inequilaterally on each side of the flabellum. Stellate 
prominences or ampullz (verrues  stelliformes, Lamarck) 
abundant on the front and sides of branches, largely deve- 
loped, hollow, and finely pustulated and prominent. These 
ampulle are of late growth, when the organism was _ tully 
developed, since, while frequently occurring in proximity to 
the poriferous lines, they are never or very rarely intersected 
by them. Fig. 4**, Pl. IV., illustrates this very well, showing 
two separate ampulla with the poral line running between. 
The back of the coral is free from this arrangement. The 
figures in Plate LV. represent a frond of this species reduced 
to +, to illustrate the form of branches as compared with those 
ot D. Alinuttt and D. coccinea, both figured natural size. 

Height of specimen 16 inches, width 26 inches. 

Hab. Gilbert Islands. 

GE 


76 Mr. Bryce Wright on new Species of Corals. 


This unique coral is the largest and most perfect example 
known. Unfortunately, during the voyage of the ‘ Sunbeam’ 
a few of the fronds at the left side were broken off; otherwise 
its width would have been 3 or 4 inches more. 


Distichopora Allnutt?, nov. sp. 


(Pl. IIL. figs. 1 & 2, and PL. IV. figs. 5, 6, 6%.) 


Coenosteum fuscous orange-red in colour, paling towards 
the extremities, infundibuliform, the branches ramifying from 
a massive solid stem; base very compact; branches stout, 
bulbiform, nearly circular, moderately ramose, with the ex- 
tremities flattened, obtusely furcate; the younger and lateral 
branchlets more acutely pointed; main branches closely 
packed, giving a very stout appearance to the entire 
coral. Surface of ccoenosteum more coarsely canaliculated 
and granulate than in D. Brassey, corresponding to the 
vertical and transverse sections (Pl. LV. figs. 6, 6*); poriferous 
zones on flabellar edges; gastropores closely placed to each 
other, with minute dactylopores on either side. Ampullee 
small, flat, separated, forming a broad stellate mass, more 
conspicuous on the younger branches than on the older ones, 
placed towards the edge of the flabellum. Walls of canals 
thicker than in D. Brasseyi or D. coccinea. Canalicular 
meshes rather large. One of the fronds is figured life-size, 
with transverse section. Longest axis 9 inches, shortest 8 
inches. Height in all 43 inches. 

Hab. Gilbert Islands ? 

Figured 4 natural size. 

One portion, that coloured white, has been overrun with 
some hydroid Actinian polyp. 


Distichopora coccinea, Gray. 
(Ply. digs.7,93.) 

I figure a frond and section of D. coccinea, to show its struc- 
ture in comparison with the two preceding species, as they 
appear to indicate different groups of this genus. In the one 
the branches are rounded; in the other (D. coce/nea and D. 
violacea) they are compressed, somewhat broad, with shelving 
edges. In the former the gemmation takes place more late- 
rally than in this species, where the main centres of the stem 
have a series of small compressed tubercles. Dr. Gray 
suggests that these may be the commencement of new 
branches, which a specimen in the British Museum seems to 
confirm. 


Many examples of D. coccinea appear to be complete corals, 


Mr. Bryce Wright on new Species of Corals. 77 


from showing a white portion on the stem below the ordinary 
deep-crimson ccenosteum. This is sometimes illusory, and 
does not always represent the true base of the coral, but is 
simply dead matter, caused by the solidification of the coeno- 
sarc, the frond (perfect in itself) being only a portion of the 
entire coral, 


ANTHOZOA. 


Amongst the numerous varieties of Anthozoan zoophytes 
of the Kupsammidean types contained in the Brassey col- 
lection is one which I am unable to refer to any recognized 
genus, its affinities lying between Balanophyllia and Den- 
drophyllia. Like the former genus, it is free, simple, and 
erect ; but the septa do not coalesce in either of the three 
examples, nor are they so many in number, or the columella 
so massive and well developed; and in the latter genus the 
corals are imbedded on either side of the branches ramifying 
from the main stem. The coenenchyma overrunning the knoll 
upon which the corals are based is probably less an integral part 
of the animals themselves than a secretion laid down to render 
compact the decomposed trap-rock upon which they stand, so as 
to give them a firmer hold. There being no genus known to 
which it can be assigned, I have erected it into a new one, 
which I have much pleasure in dedicating to its discoverer, 


Lady Brassey. 


Fam. Madreporaria Aporosa. 


Subfam. Hursauurpz, Lamarck. 
Genus BraAsseYIA, Bryce Wright. 
Brasseyia radians, nov. sp. (PI. IV. figs. 1, 2.) 


Corallum isolated, simple, erect, placed on the summit of a 
massive irregular-shaped block, the ccenenchyma being con- 
fluent between the corallites and over the entire mass, which 
has grown upon a decomposed trap-rock. ‘he whole of this 
basal portion is incrusted with numerous marine organisms, 
Polyzoa, Serpule, Spirorbis,&c. Corallum simple, irregular in 
form, rugose, swollen at the base, and contracting towards 
the calice, ovoid; longest axis of largest coral at base 1} inch, 
at calice 1 inch; height 2 inches. Cost broad, finely punc- 
tured or granulated, without cross bars. Kpitheca dense, 
walls thick. Periphery ovoid and indented, irregular in out~ 


line. Fossula deep; columella spongious, occupying about 


78 Mr. Bryce Wright on new Species of Corals. 


half the cup. Septa plain, margins simple, surfaces level 
with top of opening ; primaries sloping forwards and down- 
wards to the columella, arranged in five cycles of 2-3 systems; 
interseptal loculi open, free from trabecule. Colour cloudy 
white below the live portion of the coral, which is a chestnut- 
brown. 

Extreme height 43 mches 5” length of largest corallite 2 
inches ; circumference of stem 5 inches. 


Hab. Southern Seas. The precise locality is not known. 


Balanophyllia Kalakauat. (Pl. IL. figs. 3 & 4.) 


This species is represented by two examples, the largest one 
situated on the base of the coral just described, the other 
fixed to the side of one ofthe specimens. 

Corallum simple, tall, subcylindrical ; base large, spreading, 
adherent, slightly tuberculated, wrinkled. Cost granulated, 
without cross bars ; pelliewlar epitheca thin. Calice ovoid, 

walls thick; columella prominent, spongious, porous, well deve- 
loped. Septa i in 5-6 cycles, coalescent (as in figure), margins 
sinuated, surfaces evanulated, 

Height of largest example 14 inch. 

Hab. South Seas. Precise locality unknown. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prats II. 


Distichopora Brasseyi, Bryce Wright, 4 nat. size. 


PuateE III, 


Fig. 1. Distichopora Alinutti, Bryce Wright, front view, 3 1 nat. size. 
Fig. 2. Distichopora Alinutti, Bryce W richt, side view, 3 “nat, size. 
Fug. 3. Balanophyliia Kaiakauat, Bryee Wright, nat. size. 

Fig. 4. Opening of calice of B. Kalakauai. 


PLATE LV. 


Fig. 1. Brasseyia radians, Bryce Wright, 3 nat. size. 
Fig. 2. Calice of Brasseyia radians, nat. Size. 

Fig. 3. Frond of Distichopora Brasseyi, + nat. size. 
Fig. 4. Transverse section of Distichopora Brasseyt. 
Fig. 4*, Vertical section of Distichopora Brassey. 
Fig. 4**. Section across two ampullee and poriferous zones, 
Fig. 5. Frond of Distichopora Allnutti, nat. size. 
Fig. 6. Transverse section of Distichopor a Alinutte, 
Fig. 6*. Vertical section of Distichopora Alinuttt. 
Fig. 7. Frond of Distichopora coccinea, nat. size. 
Fg. 8. Transverse section of Distichopora coccinea. 
Fxg. 8*. Vertical section of Distichopora coccinea, 


Prof. O. C. Marsh on the Dinotaurta. 79 


XI.— Classification of the Dinosauria. 


By Prof. O. C. Marsy*., 


In the May number of the ‘ American Journal of Science’ 
(p. 423), I presented an outline of a classification of the 
Jurassic Dinosaurian reptiles of this country which I had 
personally examined. ‘The series then investigated is depo- 
sited in the museum of Yale College, and consists of several 
hundred individuals, many of them well preserved, and repre- 
senting numerous genera and species. ‘T’o ascertain how far 
the classification proposed would apply to the material gathered 
from wider fields, I have since examined various Dinosaurian 
remains from other formations of this country, and likewise, 
during the past summer, have visited most of the museums 
of Europe that contain important specimens of this group. 
Although the investigation is not yet complete, I have thought 
the result already attained of suflicient interest to present to 
the Academy at this time. 

In previous classifications, which were based upon very 
limited material compared with what is now available, the 
Dinosaurs were very generally regarded as an order. Various 
characters were assigned to the group by Von Meyer, who 
applied to it the term Pachypoda; by Owen, who subsequently 
gave the name Dinosauria, now in general use; and also b 
Huxley, who more recently proposed the name Ornithoscelida, 
and who first appreciated the great importance of the group, 
and the close relation it bears to birds. The researches of 
Leidy and Cope in this country, and of Hulke, Seeley, and 
others in Europe, have likewise added much to our knowledge 
of the subject. 

An examination of any considerable portion of the Dino- 
saurian remains now known will make it evident to any one 
familiar with reptiles, recent or extinct, that this group should 
be regarded, not as an order, but as asubclass; and this rank is 
given to it in the present communication. ‘The great number 
of subordinate divisions in the group, and the remarkable 
diversity among those already discovered, indicate that many 
new forms will yet be found. Hven among those now known 
there is a much greater difference in size and in osseous 
structure than in any other subclass of vertebrates, with the 
single exception of the placental Mammals. Compared with 
the Marsupials, living and extinct, the Dinosauria show an 
equal diversity of structure, and variations in size from by 

* Communicated by the Author, having been read before the National 
Academy of Sciences, at the Philadelphia meeting, November 14, 1881, 


* 


80 - Prof. O. C. Marsh on the Dinosauria. 


far the largest land animals known (50 or 60 feet long) down 
to some of the smallest, a few inches only in length. 

According to present evidence, the Dinosaurs were confined 
entirely to the Mesozoic age. They were abundant in the 
Triassic, culminated in the Jnrassic, and continued in dimi- 
nished numbers to the end of the Cretaceous period, when 
they became extinct. The great variety of forms that 
flourished in the Triassic render it more than probable that 
some members of the group existed in the Permian period; 
and their remains may at any time be brought to light. 

The Triassic Dinosaurs, although so very numerous, are 
known today mainly from footprints and fragmentary osse- 
ous remains. Not more than half a dozen skeletons at all 
complete have been secured trom deposits of this period ; 
hence many of the remains described cannot at present be 
referred to their appropriate divisions in the group. 

From the Jurassic period, however, durmg which Dino- 
saurian reptiles reached their zenith in size and numbers, re- 
presentatives of no less than four well-marked orders are 
now so well known that different families and genera can be 
very accurately determined, and almost the entire osseous 
structure of typical examples, at least, be made out with 
certainty. The main difficulty at present with the Jurassic 
Dinosaurs is in ascertaining the affinities of the diminutive 
forms which appear to approach birds so closely. These 
forms were not rare; but their remains hitherto found are 
mostly fragmentary, and can with difficulty be distinguished 
from those of birds, which occur in the same beds. Future 
discoveries will, without doubt, throw much light upon this 
point. 

Comparatively little is yet known of Cretaceous Dinosaurs, 
although many have been described from incomplete speci- 
mens. All of these appear to have been of large size, but 
much inferior in this respect to the gigantic forms of the 
previous period. The remains best preserved show that, 
before extinction, some members of the group became quite 
highly specialized. 

Regarding the Dinosaurs as a subclass of the Reprinra, 
the forms best known at present may be classified as fol- 
lows :-— 


Subclass DINOSAURIA. 


Premaxillary bones separate; upper and lower temporal 
arches ; rami of lower jaw united in front by cartilage only ; 
no teeth on palate. Neural arches of vertebra united to centra 
by suture ; cervical vertebrae numerous; sacral vertebra co- 


Prof. O. C. Marsh on the Dinosauria. — 81 


ossified. Cervical ribs united to vertebra by suture or anky- 
losis; thoracic ribs double-headed. Pelvic bones separated 
from each other and from sacrum ; ilium prolonged in front 
of acetabulum ; acetabulum formed in part by pubis; ischia 
meet distally on median line. Fore and hind limbs present, 
the latter ambulatory and larger than those in front; head of 
femur at right angles to condyles ; tibia with procnemial crest ; 
fibula complete. First row of tarsals composed of astragalus 
and caleaneum only, which together form the upper portion 
of ankle-joint. 


(1.) Order SAuropopa (Lizard-foot). Herbivorous. 


Feet plantigrade, ungulate ; five digits in manus and pes; 
second row of carpals and tarsals unossified. Pubes pro- 
jecting in front, and united distally by cartilage; no post- 
pubis. Precaudal vertebrae hollow. Fore and hind limbs 
nearly equal; limb-bones solid. ternal bones parial. Pre- 
maxillaries with teeth. 

(1.) Family Atlantosauride. Anterior vertebre opistho- 
ceelian. Ischia directed downward, with extremities meeting 
on median line. 

Genera: Atlantosaurus, Apatosaurus, Brontosaurus, Diplo- 
docus, ? Camarasaurus (Amphicelias), ? Dystropheus. 

(2.) Family Jorosauride. Anterior vertebre  opistho- 
ceelian. Ischia directed backward, with sides meeting on 
median line. 

Genus Morosaurus. 

European forms of this order: Bothriospondylus, Ceteo- 
saurus, Chondrosteosaurus, Eucamerotus, Ornithopsts, Peloro- 
saurus. 


(2.) Order STEGOSAURIA (Plated lizard). Herbivorous. 


Feet plantigrade, ungulate; five digits in manus and pes ; 
second row of carpals unossified. Pubes projecting free in 
front; postpubis present. Tore limbs very small; locomotion 
mainly on hind limbs. Vertebree and limb-bones solid. Osse- 
ous dermal armour. 

(1.) Family Stegosauride. Vertebre biconcave. Neural 
canal in sacrum expanded into large chamber ; ischia directed 
backward, with sides meeting on median line. Astragalus 
coossified with tibia; metapodials very short. 

Genera: Stegosaurus (Hypsirhophus), Diracodon, and in 
Europe Omosaurus, Owen. 

(2.) Family Scelidosauride. Astragalus not coossified 
with tibia; metatarsals elongated; four functional digits in 
pes. Known forms all European. 


82 Prof. O. C. Marsh on the Dinosauria. 


Genera: Scelidosaurus, Acanthopholis, Cratewomus, Hyleo- 
saurus, Polacanthus. 


(83.) Order OrnITHOPODA (Bird-foot). Herbivorous. 


Feet digitigrade, five functional digits in manus, and three 
in pes. Pubes projecting free in front; postpubis present. 
Vertebree solid. Fore limbs small; limb- bones hollow. Pre- 
maxillaries edentulous in front. 

(1.) Family Camptonotide. Clavicles wanting ; postpubis 
complete. 

Genera: Camptonotus, Laosaurus, Nanosaurus, and in 
Europe Hypsilophodon. 

(2.) Family Jguanodontide. Clavicles present ; postpubis 
incomplete. Premaxillaries edentulous. Known forms all 
Huropean. 

Genera: [guanodon, Vectisaurus. 

(3.) Family Hadrosauride. Teeth in several rows, forming 
with use a tessellated grinding surface. Anterior vertebre 
opisthoccelian. 

Genera: Hadrosaurus, ? Agathaumas, Cionodon. 


(4.) Order THEROPODA (Beast-foot). Carnivorous. 


Feet digitigrade; digits with prehensile claws. Pubes 
projecting ‘downward, and coossified distally. Vertebree more 
or less cavernous. Fore limbs very small ; limb-bones hollow. 
Premaxillaries with teeth. 

(1.) Family Megalosauride. Vertebre biconcave. Pubes 
slender, and united distally. Astragalus with ascending pro- 
cess. IT ive digits in manus, and four in pes. 

Genera: Megalosaurus (Potikilopleuron) , from Europe; Allo- 
saurus, Celosaurus, Creosaurus, Dryptosaurus (Lelaps). 

(2.) Family Zanclodontide. Vertebre biconcave. Pubes 
broad elongate plates, with anterior margins united. Astra- 
galus without ascending process; five digits in manus and 
pes. known forms European. 

Genera: Zanclodon, ? Teratosaurus. 

(3.) Family Amphisaur ide, Vertebre biconcave. Pubes 
rodlike ; five digits in manus, and three in pes. 

Genera : Amphisaurus (Megadactylus), ? Bathygnathus, 
? Clepsysaurus, and in Europe Palwosaurus, Thecodonto- 
SaUrUs. 

(4.) Family ZLabrosaurtde. Anterior vertebre strongly 
opisthoccelian and cavernous. Metatarsals much elongated. 
Pubes slender, with anterior margins united. 

Genus Labrosaurus. 


Prof. O. C. Marsh on the Dinosaurva. 83 


Suborder Cazturta (Hollow-tail). 


(5.) Family Celuride, Bones of skeleton pneumatic or 
hollow. Anterior cervical vertebre opisthoccelian, remainder 
biconcave. Metatarsals very long and slender. 

Genus Celurus. 


Suborder COMPSOGNATHA, 


(6.) Family Compsognathide, Anterior vertebre opistho- 
ccelian. ‘Three functional digits in manus and pes. Ischia 
with long symphysis on median line. Only known specimen 
European. 

Genus Compsognathus. 


DINOSAURIA ? 
(5.) Order HaLtitopopa (Leaping-foot). Carnivorous ? 
Feet digitigrade, unguiculate ; three digits in pes; meta- 


tarsals greatly elongated ; caleaneum much produced back- 
ward, Fore limbs very small. Vertebre and limb-bones 
hollow. Vertebree biconcave. 

Family Hallopodide. 

Genus Hallopus. 


The five orders defined above, which I had previously 
established for the reception of the American Jurassic Dino- 
saurs, appear to be all natural groups, well marked in general 
from each other. The European Dinosaurs from deposits of 
corresponding age fall readily into the same divisions, and 
in some cases, admirably supplement the series indicated by 
the American forms. The more important remains from 
other formations in this country and in Europe, so far as their 
characters have been made out, may likewise be referred with 
tolerable certainty to the same orders. 

The three orders of herbivorous Dinosaurs, although widely 
different in their typical forms, show, as might be expected, 
indications of approximation in some of their aberrant genera. 
The Sauropoda, for example, with At/antosaurus and Bronto- 
saurus of gigantic size for their most characteristic members, 
have in Morosaurus a branch leading toward the Stegosauria. 
The latter order, likewise, although its type genus is in many 
respects the most strongly marked division of the Dinosaurs, 
has in Scelidosaurus a form with some features pointing 
strongly towards the Ornithopoda. 

The Carnivorous Dinosauria now best known may all be 
placed at present in a single order ; and this is widely sepa- 


84 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


rated from those that include the herbivorous forms. The two 
suborders defined include very aberrant forms, which show 
many points of resemblance to Mesozoic birds. Among the 
more fragmentary remains belonging to this order, but not 
included in the present classification, this resemblance appears 
to be carried much further. 

The order Hallopoda, which I have here referred to the 
Dinosauria, with doubt, differs from all the known members 
of that eroup in having the hind feet especially adapted for 
leaping, the metatarsals being half as long as the tibia, and 
the caleaneum produced far backward. This difference in the 
tarsus, however, is not greater than may be found in a single 
order of Mammals, and is no more than might be expected 1 in 
a subclass of Reptiles. 

Among the families ineluded in the present classification, I 
have retained three named by Huxley (Scelidosauride, Teua- 
nodontide, and Megalosauridee*), although their limits as here 
defined are somewhat different from those first given. The 
suborder Compsognatha also was established by that author 
in the same memoir, which contains all the more important 
facts then known in regard to the Dinosauria. With the ex- 
ception of the Hadrosauride, named by Cope, the other fami- 
lies above described were established by the writer. 

The Amphisauride and the Zanclodontide, the most gene- 
ralized families of the Dinosauria, are only known from the 
Trias. The genus Dystropheus, referred provisionally to the 
Sauropoda, is “likewise from deposits of that age. he typical 
genera, however, of all the orders and suborders are Jurassic 
forms; and on ‘these especially the present classification is 
based. The Hadrosauride are the only family confined to the 
Cretaceous. Above this formation there appears to be at 
present no satisfactory evidence of the existence of any Dino- 
sauria. 


XIT.—On a small Collection of Lepidoptera from Melbourne. 
By Arruur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. 


HE present series consists of ninety-one examples, some of 
them unfortunately in very poor condition, forwarded to us 
from Australia by Dr. T. P. Lucas. Notwithstanding that 
not a few of the specimens are more or less worn or broken, 


* ¢ Quarterly Journal Geological Society of London,’ vol. xxvi. p. 84, 
1870. 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 85 


there are many species among them which are new to the 
national Collection, and some hitherto unknown to science. 
The following is a list of the species. 


RHOPALOCERA. 


Nymphalidae. 
SATYRINE. 
1. Geitoneura Klugii, Guérin (386). 


A male specimen. 


Lycenide. 


2. Polyommatus beticus, Linn. (72). 
A male. 


3. Lampides? palemon, Cram. (73). 
A male. 
4. Lycena phebe, Murray (75). 
A female. 


5. Lucia limbaria, Swains. (391 and 400). 
A pair. 
6. Lalmenus icilius, Hewits. (68). 
A male. 


Hesperiide. 
7. Telesto flammeata, sp. n. (383). 


Near to 7. donnysa, but smaller, the costal margin of pri- 
maries shorter ; spots of primaries ‘as in. Plesioneura dan, the 
two spots on the median interspaces being placed at the base 
of these areoles, and therefore only “separated from the 
quadrate subcostal spot by the median vein and_ second 
median branch, which are dark brown; the interno-median 
spot also being obsolete; the three subapical spots are 
smaller, the two upper ones being reduced to mere points; 
the ground-colour is chocolate-brown, the basal two fifths 
clothed with olivaceous hair-scales ; spots hyaline stramineous ; 
fringe tipped with ochreous, excepting at external angle, 
where it is white: secondaries as in 7’, donnysa, excepting 


86 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


that they are shorter and that the fringe is tipped with 
ochreous instead of white: body clothed with paler and 
greener hairs. Wings below more clay-coloured, and with a 
pink gloss; the primaries with spots as above, the dark 
discoidal area more restricted and not so black: secondaries 
with the spots dark brown, the discal series interrupted, owing 
to the absence of any spot on the lower radial interspace : 
body below yellowish white ; legs pale reddish-clay-coloured. 
Expanse of wings 85 millim. 

One example. 

Hewitson’s figure of 7. donnysa is not characteristic, the 
spots on the primaries being smaller and less quadrate than 
usual, and the patch on the secondaries larger; this patch is 
usually confined to the radial interspaces, the median spots 
being small and concealed by the olivaceous hairs which 
clothe the basi-abdominal third of the wing. 


8. Telesto eclipsis, sp. n. (387). 


Wings above chocolate-brown, shot with bronzy green: 
primaries with the basal half densely clothed with ochreous 
hair-scales ; basal half of third median branch velvet-black ; 
a large circular velvet-black spot, bounded internally by a 
lunate hyaline whitish spot at the base of the first median and 
the middle of the interno-median interspaces ; an oval hyaline 
whitish spot at the end of the cell, a second at the base of the 
second median interspace, and three dots on the subcostal 
interspaces (as in the preceding species) : secondaries with 
the discoidal area almost to outer margin densely clothed 
with ochreous hair-scales, and the median and interno-median 
areas almost to outer margin with olivaceous hair-scales ; 
a slender greyish marginal line: fringe of primaries tipped 
with whity brown, that of secondaries with ochreous: body 
clothed with greenish hairs, anal tuft ochreous at tip. Under 
surface of wings yellowish--clay-coloured : primaries with the 
internal half grey, becoming blackish close to the median 
vein; a hyaline oval spot at the end of the cell, a second near 
the base of the second median interspace, and a small dot on 
the last subcostal interspace ; a slender brown marginal line ; 
fringe brown, with a pale basal line: secondaries with a small 
dark-brown spot at the end of the cell, and a slightly irregular 
arched series of six spots on the disk: body below greenish 
white; legs brown above, the femora and tibie with a 
ereenish-white line below the tarsi, below pale brown, Ex- 
panse of wings 85 millim. 

A male. 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 87 


9. Telesto compacta, sp. n. (95). 


Allied to 7. Doubledayi (T. dirphia, Hew.). Primaries 
above darker, but with the same pattern, excepting that the 
fringe is clay-coloured spotted with black: secondaries dark 
- purplish brown, clothed towards the base with greenish hairs, 
and crossed in the middle by an abbreviated series of four 
yellowish-white hyaline spots ; four smaller spots are placed 
nearer the base, two in the cell, and two on the first subcostal 
interspace ; fringe clay-coloured: body densely clothed with 
green hairs. Wings below reddish clay-coloured; hyaline 
spots nearly as above, but rather more numerous in appear- 
ance, some sericeous white spots being added: primaries with 
the margins of the &-shaped discoidal marking and a broad 
patch crossing the median interspaces black ; internal area 
grey ; fringes as above: body below greenish white ; tarsi 
clay-coloured. Expanse of wings 27 millim. 


A male. 
10. Taractrocera papyria, Boisd. (4). 
A male. 
HETEROCERA. 
Zygenide. 


11. Procris dolens, Walk. (814). 


A worn male. 


Lithosiide. 


12. Deiopeta pulchella, Linn., var. lotrix, Cramer. 


One poor specimen of this variety. 


13. Termessa leta, Walk. 


A broken example. 
Liparide. 
14. Porthesia melanosoma, sp. n. (357). 


Snow-white; antenne with greyish-brown pectinations ; 
abdomen black, with snow-white anal tuft ; anterior femora 
blackish above; anterior tibie above ochreous: primaries 
below with the base of costal border blackish. Expanse of 
wings 32 millim. 

A male. 


88 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


We have two female examples in the Museum of an allied 
species from Tasmania. They are snow-white, with black 
abdomen as in P. melanosoma; but the anal tuft is bright 
orange, and there is no blackish colouring at the base of the 
primaries on the under surface. One of these specimens is 
labelled “mixta”? by Walker ; and therefore the species may 
take that name. 


15. Teta pusilla, sp. n. (287). 
Teia anartoides, var. B, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 804 (1855). 


Smaller than 7. anartoides ; primaries redder, with fewer 
ereyish-white scales; secondaries with slightly narrower 
black border. Hxpanse of wings 21-30 millim. 

A male without abdomen. 

T. anartoides, which is confined to Tasmania, expands 33- 
34 millim., and seems constant to that size. ‘There are five 
examples in the Museum; of 7. pusilla we have seven 
specimens. 


16. Darala stygiana, sp. n. (316). 


Primaries above grey, or (when seen through a lens) black 
densely irrorated with white scales; a small black-edged 
white spot in the cell, connected by a longitudinal black line 
to a larger similar spot at the end of the cell; wing crossed 
by five zigzag black stripes, the first three near together 
before the middle, the last, acutely zigzag, submarginal: 
secondaries cream-coloured, changing at external third to 
ashen grey ; base washed with testaceous ; astraight blackish 
stripe across the basal third; an undulated blackish arched 
line at external third; a submarginal series of white dots; 
fringe of all the wings black, spotted with white : body black, 
with scattered white hairs; antennz white, with grey pecti- 
nations ; abdomen sericeous white, mixed with carmine hairs 
at the sides. Wings below white, sericeous; external third 
greyish; a slightly irregular black stripe just before the 
middle; a ene and slightly undulated discal blackish 
line, followed by a broad diffused grey belt with zigzag outer 
edge; ; fringe blackish, spotted with white: primaries with the 
discoidal area testaceous ; a black-bordered white spot in the 
cell, and a second at the end of the cell; costal margin dusky : 
secondaries with a small blackish spot in the cell: thorax 
below brown in the middle and black at the sides, very hairy, 
and with scarlet and carmine hairs mixed in with the black 
and brown ones; legs above greyish brown, knees and end of 


co) 
tibiz sulphur-yellow ; anterior tibiz clothed with pale yellow 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera, 89 


hair above and with white hair below, amongst which is a 
long flattened digitate whitish process, with a black central 
bar; venter white. Expanse of wings 73 millim, 

A male. 

This insect came in such a greasy condition that the colo- 
ration was entirely altered ; after soaking for five minutes in 
benzole the sides and under surface of the body changed from 
stramineous to white. 


Apamiide. 
17. Mamestra confundens, Walk. (363). 


One example. 
This species was described by Walker in one of his supple- 
mentary papers under the title of ‘ Characters of undescribed 


Lepidoptera Heterocera.” 
18. Miana Lucasti, sp. n. (330). 


Whity brown, sericeous : wings with a slender black mar- 
ginal line, interrupted at the extremities of the veins: pri- 
maries clouded with greyish brown ; costal border whitish to 
apical fifth, but crossed by black lines; submedian vein, 
median, and its first two branches white; a rust-red_ stripe 
running longitudinally through the interno-median area ; 
external border snow-white, with deeply dentate-sinuate 
internal edge; fringe pale red-brown; orbicular spot small, 
rust-red, with black margin; reniform spot with its lower 
half prolonged, dark brown, with blackish-edged orange inner 
border and snow-white S-shaped outer border, below the 
inferior extremity of which is a small white dot; a slightly 
irregular denticulated externally buff-bordered black line 
across the disk, and three equidistant zigzag black lines be- 
tween the end of the cell and the base: secondaries sordid 
white, with snow-white fringe ; an oblique dusky discocel- 
lular dash, beyond which the wing is crossed by an indistinct 
denticulated brownish line, followed almost immediately by a 
similarly-coloured stripe: body whity brown, the thorax 
white, with pale-brown margins to the tegule and collar, a 
blackish spot on the middle of the frons. Wings below 
shining white, with a slight brassy tint; the surface, particu- 
larly of the secondaries, irrorated with brown ; blackish disco- 
cellular spots; a slender interrupted marginal brown line: 
primaries with brown-tipped fringe : secondaries with a trans- 
verse series of little black dashes on the veins, followed by a 
brownish undulated submarginal stripe: body below white. 
Expanse of wings 33 millim. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 7 


90 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


One example. 
This is a strikingly distinct and rather large species. 


Noctuide. 


19. Agrotis Bauert, Felder (847). 


One perfect specimen. 

An insect labelled No. 335 is too much broken and rubbed 
for identification ; the abdomen is wanting, and the wings are 
worn and split. 


Poaphilide. 
20. Phytometra tristis, sp. n. (70). 

Brownish grey; fringe of wings a little paler: primaries 
with four nearly equidistant white costal spots, the first at the 
outer edge of a broad dark-brown angular basal band, the 
second and third at inner and outer edges of a broad central 
band of the same character; a black spot at the end of the 
cell; margins of tegulz and posterior margins of abdominal 
segments indistinctly whitish. Primaries below grey, seri- 
ceous; costal border creamy whitish at base; four dusky 
costal spots, the third and fourth of which are the commence- 
ment of two internally diffused, externally undulated, and 
whitish-bordered subparallel discal bands ; fringe with a pale 
basal line; discocellulars black: secondaries greyish brown, 
with a slight pink tint, the basal three fourths almost entirely 
occupied by three internally diffused and externally white- 
bordered undulated oblique bronze-brown bands; fringe with 
a white basal line: body below white, irrorated with brown ; 
legs brown above, white below. Expanse of wings 25 
millim. 

One male. 


Urapteride. 
21. Idiodes mitigata, Guénée (124). 
One example. 
This species is figured by Felder as I. ¢nspirata of Guénée. 
22. Idiodes siculoides, Walker. 


A fragment. 

Walker unnecessarily made a new genus (Choara) for this 
species; it does not differ in a single structural character from 
Idiodes. 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera, 91 


Ennomidez. 
23. Gynopteryx ada, sp. n. (37). 


Pale pinky brown, sericeous; wings mottled all over with 
slaty-grey striolations ; fringe tipped with white: primaries 
with a nearly straight line, formed by the congregation of 
some of the grey mottlings, at basal third; an oblique grey 
line, with whitish external edge, from the inner margin to the 
costa near apex; this line is scarcely perceptibly angulated 
at the third median branch; a small blackish discocellular 
spot; a blackish stripe through the centre of the fringe: 
secondaries crossed by a slightly tapering discal grey stripe ; 
basal area pale; abdomen paler than the thorax. Under 
surface pinky brown or pale copper-colour, speckled with 
black ; black discocellular spots and a black discal line running 
to costa near apex on all the wings: primaries with some 
ash-grey mottlings on external area between the veins ; pectus 
silvery whitish behind éhe legs. Hxpanse of wings 34 
millim. 

One example. 


Boarmiide. 


24. Tephrosia exportaria, Guénée. 


One example. 


25. Tephrosia fractaria, Guénée. 


One broken example. 


Geometride. 


26. Chlorochroma vulnerata, sp. n. (128). 


Bright emerald-green : primaries crossed in the middle by 
two whitish reversed zigzag lines, most nearly approximated 
on the interno-median interspace ; secondaries with only one 
(the outer) line; fringe of all the wings carmine, tipped with 

inky white; costal border of primaries carmine internally 
and white externally; a carmine spot at end of cell on 
secondaries: antenne white, with carmine pectinations ; 
head carmine, with a transverse white band on the vertex. 
Wings below paler than above, and without zigzag whitish 
lines: body below creamy yellow; the legs above and the 
terminal joint of the palpi carmine. Expanse of wings 26 
millim. 


A male. 


92 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


This beautiful little species comes nearest to CO. externa; but 
the fringe of the latter insect is pale sulphur-yellow at the 
base, and plum-coloured with black spots externally. 

The C. decisissima of Walker is his Geometra semicrocea, 
the ‘ semicroceus”’ coloration of which is due to fading. 


27. Chlorochroma carenaria, Guénée (146). 


A male. 


Walker’s Geometra submissaria consists of faded specimens 
of this species. 
Acidaliidz. 
28. Asthena ondinata, Guénée (96). 
One example. 


29. Asthena risata, Guénée (116). 
A broken specimen. 


30. Acidalia repletaria, Walk. (67). 
A broken example. 


31. Acidalia optivata, Walk. (122). 
One example. 


Macariide. 
32. Macaria remotaria, Walk., var. frontaria, Walk. (111). 


One of the typical form, and one of the variety. 


The M. infixaria and M. porrectaria of Walker are iden- 
tical with 1. remotaria. 


33. Macaria inconcisata. 
Panagra inconcisata, Walker (270). 
One example. | 
I refer this species to Macaria in its unrestricted sense ; it 
is possible, however, that when the whole of the species 
placed under this generic name are examined it may not 
be found to fall into the typical group. 


Fidoniide. 
34. Panagra tryxaria, Guénée (100). 
One example. 


Mr, A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 93 


35. Panagra hypenaria, Guénée (136). 
One broken specimen. 


36. Panagra curtaria, Guénée (86). 


One specimen. 


37. Gorytodes? confluaria, Guénée (19). 


One example. 

This species is a little aberrant for Gorytodes, the palpi 
being longer; Guénée’s assignment of the species to Panagra 
is absurd, 


38. Gorytodes ? graphicata, Walker (520). 


One example. 
Certainly congeneric with the preceding species, but with 
shorter palpi; it was referred by Walker to Tephrina. 


39. Dasyuris metaxanthata, Walk. 


A male (no number given). 


This species was referred by Walker to Cidaria, 


Ligiide. 
40. Chlenias arietaria, Guénée (275). 
A male without abdomen. 


Larentiide. 
41. Larentia clandestinata, Walk. (14). 


One injured specimen. 


42. Chrysolarentia contfasciata, sp. n. (130). 


Allied to C. vicissata. Primaries with the basal fourth 
dark brown, limited externally by a whitish line elbowed 
within the cell; next to this is a red-brown band; central 
area whitish, pyramidal, the widest part being at costa, its 
inner border traversed by two black lines, its outer, which is 
wider, by three golden-brown lines, and its centre, from costa 
to middle of interno-median interspace, by a broad dark-brown 
belt, wide on the costa, but tapering behind to an obtuse 
point; three externally acute blackish subapical spots in a 
transverse series ; costal area at apex greyish brown; external 
area black internally, testaceous, clouded with grey externally, 
the two parts being divided by a central dentate-sinuate 


94 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


whitish line, the apical portion obliquely rounded off inter- 
nally, and limited by a white dash; a marginal black line, 
interrupted at the extremity of the nervures; fringe dark 
brown, with a pale basal line: secondaries bright ochreous, 
with black marginal line as on the primaries; fringe greyish 
brown, traversed by two pale lines; two brown streaks at 
anal angle, and a few small spots along the abdominal 
margin: body pale pinky brown; palpi and a double dorsal 
series of spots on the abdomen black. Under surface of 
wings testaceous, speckled with brown; a disco-submarginal 
squamose brownish band; a brown postmedian line, and a 
small black spot at the end of each discoidal cell; a very 
slender black marginal line; fringe grey, with a pale-yellow 
basal line: body below whitish, irrorated with brown. Ex- 
panse of wings 34 millim. 

A female example. 

The allies of this species have been referred to various 
genera: Guénée placed some of them (as C. vicissata) in 
Coremia and others in Camptogramma; Walker placed them 
under Coremia and Cidaria; and Felder referred them to 
Cidaria only. They seem to me to have greater affinity to 
Larentia than to any of these three genera; but the primaries 
are, as a rule, more acute, and the character of coloration, 
which may be roughly described as consisting of dark-brown 
primaries and ochraceous secondaries, is very different ; the 
palpi, as in many genera of Geometrites, form a conical point 
in front of the head, the antenne are pectinated in the males, 
but simple in the females. I would propose for this group 
the generic name of Chrysolarentia. 


PHRISSOGONUS, gen. nov. 


Allied to Microdes. Male with the costal margin of the 
primaries angulated at basal third and bearing a projecting 
tuft of short hairs, the whole central area of these wings very 
coarsely scaled en the under surface ; antenne of male thick 
and pubescent; venation quite simple; pattern like that of 
Euptthecia, which the female perfectly resembles. 


43. Phrissogonus canatus (92). 
©. Scotosia canata, Walker. 
A. pair. 
44, Coremia? solutata, Walk. (27). 


One specimen. 
In my opinion this species should be referred to Larentza. 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 95 


45. Coremia relictata, Walk. (15). 
One specimen without abdomen. 


46. Coremia cymaria, Guénée (15). 
One example without abdomen. 


47. Coremia? plusiata (24). 
Panagra plusiata, Walker. 
One example. 


48. Coremia plurilineata (299). 
Panagra plurilineata, Walker. 


One example. 


49, Coremia revulsaria (305 & 307). 
Panagra revulsaria, Walker, 
Two examples. 
50. Camptogramma mecynata, Guénée (526). 


One worn female. 

This species was subsequently described (twice in the same 
page) by Mr. Walker under the names of C. extraneata and 
C. annuliferata. 

51. Phibalapteryx scitiferata (150). 

Scotosia scitiferata, Walk. 


One damaged example. 


52. Phibalapteryx glandulata, Guénée (79). 


One fairly good specimen. 

This species should by right be generically separated from 
Phibalapteryx, on account of the glandular patch on the upper 
surface of the secondaries in the male. 


Euboliide. 
53. Hubolia capitata (89). 
Tephrina capitata, Walk. (? = flavicapitata, var., Guén.). 
One example. 
54. Hubolia? obtusata (5). 
Panagra obtusata, Walk, 


One example. 


96 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


This and the following do not quite agree in character with 
Eubolia, the style of pattern being more nearly that of Camp- 
togramma, to which genus it may be necessary, after more 
minute structural examination, to refer them; the type of colo- 
ration approaches more nearly to that of Anaztis in some 
respects. 


55. EHubolia? sp. un. (284). 


The single example of this species, which seems to be a new 
form allied to E. obtusata, is broken and so much rubbed that 
it is impossible to describe it with any certainty. 


56. Hubolia linda, sp. n. (21). 


Sericeous ash-grey, the basal four fifths of the primaries 
washed with brown and crossed by two widely separated white 
lines, the inner one nearly straight and bordered externally 
with black, the outer one alternately biangulated, arched to- 
wards the costa and bordered internally with black ; a black 
spot at the end of the cell; veins blackish on the disk; a 
marginal series of small black spots connected by an undulated 
grey line; fringe whitish at base: secondaries with a marginal 
series of black dots; two dark grey abbreviated discal lines 
on the abdominal area; head and thorax blackish. Under 
surface silvery grey. Expanse of wings 27 millim. 

A male example. 

Near to “ Panagra”’ atrosignata. 


Ennychiide. 
57. Rhodaria robina, sp. n. (154). 


Ochreous ; wings above with a rather broad rosy ferrugi- 
nous external border, more defined in the primaries than the 
secondaries, its imner edge limited by a line of the ground- 
colour enclosed by a dull reddish line; the primaries are also 
crossed by two other similar reddish lines, one crossing the 
extremity of the cell, and the other halfway between the latter 
and the base; the costal area reddish, with a continuous series 
of small, blackish-edged, semicircular, yellow spots along the 
costal margin; all the wings with a series of minute black 
dots along the outer margin; fringe rosy, crossed in the 
. middle by an externally white-bordered plum-coloured undu- 
lated Jine. Under surtace pale straw-yellow; a ferruginous 
external border separated by a line of the ground-colour from 
a red-brown discal line, dotted with blackish on the primaries 
and abruptly angulated close to costa, oblique and sinuous on 
the secondaries; a black marginal line; fringe rosy brown, 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 97 


traversed by a central black line, and on the primaries tipped 
with white, the same wings with costal margin spotted as 
above, the discoidal area dark ferruginous, and the internal 
area dull white; venter with a lateral plum-coloured line. 
Expanse of wings 27 millim. 

A male. . 


Scopariide. 
TTETRAPROSOPUS, gen. nov. 


Aspect and venation of Scoparia, but the maxillary palpi 
large and prominent and the labial palpi having the appear- 
ance of three pairs of palpi, the basal joint being ornamented 
with two compressed and dense pencils of hair, the upper one 
nearly as long as the body of the palpus and distinctly broader 
than it, the lower flat and tapering. Legs long and tolerably 
stout, the middle tibiae with two unequal terminal spurs, the 
posterior tibiee with two similar spurs at distal third. 


58. Tetraprosopus Meyrickii, sp. n. (90). 


Primaries above greyish brown, with longitudinal black 
streaks between the nervures; basal four fifths speckled with 
large white scales, which towards the inner margin almost 
obliterate the black streaks; the discoidal streak, which is 
broad, obliterated towards the base, and crossed near its outer 
extremity by a white spot; the edge of the white-speckled 
area is fairly well defined, oblique and zigzag towards the 
costa; outer border speckled with white so as to cut off the 
extremities of the discal streaks, and thereby produce a series 
of black marginal dots; frmge whity brown, traversed by two 
blackish lines: secondaries grey with blackish external area 
tapering towards the anal angle; costal border white; fringe 
sordid white, traversed by two lines, the inner one broad and 
blackish, the outer one grey: thorax blackish, irrorated with 
white ; abdomen wanting im the type. Primaries below shi- 
ning grey, with bronze reflections ; costal border and a line at 
the base of the fringe cream-coloured : secondaries whiter than 
above, shining, with brassy reflections, otherwise similar ; 
pectus, under surface of palpi, and the legs pearly white. 
Expanse of wings 26 millim. 

One example. 

In appearance and size this interesting species most nearl 
resembles the Hypochalcia submarginalis of Walker’s Cata- 
logue, which is a true Scoparia. I have named it in honour 
of E. Meyrick, Esq., a well-known worker at Australian 
Microlepidoptera. 


28 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


Phycide. 
59. Mella chrysoporella (35). 
Etiella chrysoporella, Meyrick. 
One specimen. 


Crambidae. 


60. Crambus lativittalis, Walk. (51). 


One specimen. 


61. Crambus relatalis, Walk. (80). 


One specimen. 


62. Crambus enneagrammos, Meyrick (110). 


One specimen. 


63. Crambus pleniferellus, Walk. (157). 


One specimen. 
This is the C. ¢mpletellus of Walker, and C. aurorus of 


Felder and Rogenhofer. 
Tortricidae. 
64. Conchylis tasmantana, Walk. (114). 


One specimen. 
65. Conchylis? subfurcatana, Walk. (185). 


One specimen. 


66. Conchylis thetis, sp. n. (449a). 


Silvery white; primaries above clouded with golden cupre- 
ous; markings fuliginous brown with reddish cupreous re- 
flections, as follows—a spot on the interno-median interspace 
just before the basal third, two very oblique convergent abbre- 
viated bands dividing the costal area into three equal parts, a 
marginal line anda line on the fringe : secondaries reticulated 
with greyish brown, a marginal line and a second near the 
base of the fringe of the same colour: palpi pearl-grey ; base 
of antennee and shoulders yellow. Primaries and body below 
pale bronze brown; secondaries silvery white. LExpanse of 
wings 17 millim. 

A male. 

This species appears to me to belong to the C. fulvana 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera, 99 


group, though its more acuminate primaries and white secon- 
daries give it a somewhat different aspect. 


67. Penthina?, sp. (4490). 


The specimen is too much broken and rubbed for deserip- 
tion ; it is evidently regarded by the collector as a variety of 
the preceding : but the wings are not so broad; and the neura- 
tion, so far as I can make it out in the rubbed condition of 
the insect, appears to be that of Penthina Schulziana; the 
style of marking also is that of Penthina, the primaries (and 
not the secondaries) having a reticulated character. It is not 
unlike (cophora retractella in its general aspect. 


Hyponomeutide. 
68. Psecadia pretiosella, Walk. (446). 
One example without abdomen. 
69. Psecadia? radiosella, Walk. (54). 


One specimen. 
This is the same as Bida crambella. 


70. Psecadia conductella, Walk. (1). 
One specimen. 
Gelechiide. 
71. Gcophora semtruptella, Walk. (118). 
One specimen. 
72. Gicophora arabella, Newman (455). 


One specimen*. 
* Confounded with this in the Museum series I find the following :— 
Conchylis ? awriceps, sp. 1. 


Primaries above golden ochreous; a subcostal stripe, an internal or 
dorsal stripe near the margin, a lunate oblique dash on the disk between 
the inferior angle of the cell and the external angle, a >-shaped marking 
beyond the cell (its wpper ramus extending to apex and its lower one to 
outer margin), and the fringe leaden grey : secondaries dark bronze-brown : 
head orange-yellow, the frons dark leaden grey; thorax dark purplish 
grey, shining; abdomen brown, with whitish hind margins to the seg- 
ments, terminal and lateral stramineous tufts. Primaries below bronze- 
brown, with a yellow apical spot; fringe leaden grey : secondaries straw- 
yellow, the anal half washed with grey: pectus below greyish, the legs 
and venter sordid cream-coloured. Expanse of wings 24 millim. 

Between Sydney and Moreton Bay. 

The specimen has unfortunately lost its palpi; so that I cannot be 


100 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


73. Ccophora bracteatella, Walk. (86). 


One example. 


74, CGicophora interlineatella, Walk. (125). 


One specimen. 
75. Tingena bifaciella ?, Walk. (132). 


One unusually large example. 


76. Cryptolechia carnea, Zell. (184). 


One specimen without abdomen. 


77. Cryptolechia triphenatella, Walk. (207). 


One damaged specimen. 


78. Palparia aurata, Walk. (283). 


A damaged example. 


79. Symmoca? herodiella, Felder (77). 
One specimen. 


The three following genera also appear to belong to this 
family, although I am a little doubtful about the first of them, 
the antenne of which, being pectinated to the tips and rather 
long, seem somewhat aberrant for the Gelechiide. I believe, 
however, that the natural position of this little genus will be 
found to be near to Cryptophasa; and I now name it 


CRYPTOPEGES, gen. nov. 


Wings rather long, narrow, acuminate at apex ; primaries 
truncated, with very slightly convex costal and dorsal mar- 
gins and slightly oblique outer margin, grooved below the 
costal vein at base; discoidal cell very narrow and long, 
placed in the centre of the wing and divided by a recurrent 
vein; costal vein terminating at about the middle of the 
costal margin; subcostal emitting three parallel branches at 
equal distances before the end of the cell; a fourth branch, 
forked towards apex, emitted from the superior angle of the 


positive of the correctness of its generic location ; although in colours it 
wonderfully resembles Cs. arabella, it differs in form, especially in the 
fringing of the wings and in neuration, I believe it to be a Conchylis, 


Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 101 


cell; one radial vein ; median emitting its three branches near 
together at the end of the cell; submedian normal; fringe 
rather short: secondaries triangular, with very long costal 
margin, short abdominal margin, and very oblique outer 
margin; frenum simple, rather long; costal vein extending 
nearly to apex; discoidal cell long and narrow; subcostal 
emitting its first branch close to the end of the cell, and its 
second from the superior angle; on the right-hand side in the 
type the radial is emitted from the second subcostal branch, 
but on the left side it springs from the discocellulars in the 
usual manner; median three-branched, the last two branches 
emitted from the same point at the inferior angle of the cell : 
thorax robust, smooth. Head smooth, about half the width of 
the thorax ; palpi slender, falciform, erect, projecting for half 
their length above the front of the head ; antenne three fourths 
the length of the primaries, with long and cylindrical basal 
joint, pectinated or, more strictly speaking, setose on both 
sides (the bristles being directed towards the apex) from the 
base to the extremity, and slightly tapering. Anterior tibie 
setose or sparsely fringed. 


80. Cryptopeges fulvia, sp. n. (279). 

Primaries above purplish brown ; secondaries orange-ochre- 
ous, with black-brown external border and abdominal fringe ; 
body above bronzy blackish, antenne bronze-brown ; palpi 
whity brown; abdomen and most of the legs wanting. Prima- 
ries below greyish brown, the interno-basal area broadly 
ochreous ; secondaries golden ochreous, with grey-brown ex- 
ternal border; pectus shining plumbaginous grey ; legs pearl- 
grey below, brown above and banded with blackish. Ex- 
panse of wings 16 millim. 

One damaged specimen. 


LATOMETUS, gen. nov. 


Wings long, narrow, acuminate, with rather long fringes : 
primaries below deeply grooved below the base of the costal 
border ; costal vein short, terminating before the middle of the 
margin; remaining veins arranged nearly as in the preceding 
genus: secondaries ovoid, forming an obtuse point at apex ; 
first subcostal branch emitted at some distance before the end 
of the cell; other veins almost as in the preceding genus. 
Thorax very robust, smooth. Head about half the width of the 
thorax, rather roughly covered with short hair-scales ; palpi 
long, ensiform, tapering, projecting for about twice its length 
beyond the front of the head; antennx extending to about 


102 Mr. A. G. Butler on Melbourne Lepidoptera. 


the third fourth of the costal margin of primaries, rather slender 
and ornamented throughout their length by short setae on both 
sides. Legs robust; the fore pair shortest, the hind pair 
longest, the latter with two unequal pairs of tibial spurs and a 
compressed fringe of rather long bristles; middle legs with a 
terminal pair of tibial spurs. 


81. Latometus pilipes, sp. n. (117). 

Primaries above shining cream-white, with a longitudinal 
subcostal olivaceous stripe from base to apex ; a second very 
indistinct interno-median stripe and an abbreviated dorsal 
stripe; fringe pale testaceous or sordid buff: secondaries 
greyish brown, with bronze reflections: thorax greyish brown, 
with a few white scales, most numerous round the collar, and 
with a slight pearly gloss in certain lights ; antenne blackish ; 
palpi pearl-white ; abdomen wanting in the type. Wings below 
shining greyish brown; pectus plumbaginous grey, glisten- 
ing; legs greyish brown, with the lower margins of the femora 
glittering golden opaline. Expanse of wings 21 millim. 

One example. 

Although this species appears to have some affinity to the 
preceding one, many of its structural characters being similar, 
it bears no resemblance to it in the form and coloration of its 
wings, which are more like those of Coleophora. 


ZACORUS, gen. nov. 


Aspect of Sciaphila (S. Gouana); wings of the same general 
size and form; neuration quite different. Primaries below 
grooved at base of costal vein, as in the two preceding genera ; 
costal vein extending to beyond the middle of the margin ; sub- 
costal with five branches, of which the first three are emitted 
before the end of the cell, and the last two from a long foot- 
stalk emitted from the anterior angle of the cell ; radial emitted 
from the discocellulars as usual ; three median branches emitted 
near together at the inferior extremity of the cell; submedian 
normal. Secondaries with similar venation to that of the two 
preceding genera, excepting that the first median branch is 
emitted further from the two others. Thorax very robust, 
smooth. Head rather woolly, but with the soft hair projecting 
forwards and smooth on the vertex; palpi very long and en- 
siform, projecting obliquely about five times the length of the 
head beyond the front of it ; antenne slender, simple, ex- 
tending to about three fifths of the length of the costal margin of 
primaries. Abdomen smooth, sericeous. Legs rather robust, 
the femora compressed; posterior legs with the tibial and 
tarsal joints fringed at the extremities with stiff short bristles. 


Mr. J. Wood-Mason on two new Species of Papilio. 103 


82. Zacorus carus, sp.n. (11). 


Primaries and thorax above shining silvery white ; secon- 
daries and abdomen shining lilacine grey. Under surface 
shining greyish brown, with silvery whitish fringes. Ex- 
panse of wings 27 millim. 

One example. 

This is a very pleasing little moth, which at first sight 
might almost be mistaken for Sctaphila Gouana; it is, how- 


ever, allied to the preceding genera and to Gcophora. 


XIL.— Descriptions of two new Species of Papilio from North- 
eastern India, with a Preliminary Indication of an appa- 
rently new and remarkable Case of Mimicry between the two 
distinct Groups which they represent. By J. Woop- 
Mason, Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta, 
on Special Duty with the Government of India. 


1. Papilio stkkimensis, ni. sp. 


3g. Anterior wings oval, with the outer margin regularly 
rounded, and not in the least degree scalloped ; above greenish 
black, with the base, the costal margin, cellular streaks, the 
folds of the membranous interspaces between the veins, and 
the veins narrowly bordered on both sides by intense velvety 
black, with the wing-membrane between the streaks and 
between the veins and black folds peppered regularly and 
rather sparsely with minute elongated whity-brown scales, 
and with the short cilia pure white, broadly but almost im- 
perceptibly intersected by black. 

Posterior wings elongated and narrow, each with a well- 
developed spatuliform “tail”? in the usual position; above 
with the basal half green-black, the rest of the organs being 
intense velvety black, with a conspicuous cretaceous-white 
patch situated immediately beyond the end of the cell, and 
divided by the black-bordered veins into three parts or spots— 
one, large and subfusiform, between the second and third 
median veinlets, another between the third median veinlet and 
the discoidal vein, still larger and filling the basal half of the 
space, and a third, more or less than one third the size of the 
first, between the discoidal vein and the second subcostal 
branch, just before the middle of the space and of the second 
spot; each of these spots irrorated at the edges with red 
scales, especially externally and below, with a marginal and 
wavy submarginal series _of four rich deep violascent red 


104 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on two new Species of Papilio. 


lunules ; the first of each series in the submedian interspace 
with a red spot of a paler tint than the rest, and divided into 
two unequal parts by the vein at the very end of each tail, 
and with the short incisural cilia cretaceous white. 

Anterior wings below much paler, rich deep violascent red 
at base. 

Posterior wings below coloured and marked as above, 
except that they are red at base, like the anterior ones, that 
this red extends backwards over the membranous interval 
between the submedian vein and the median and its first 
branch to a little beyond the level of the outermost cretaceous 
white spot, that the lunules are larger and brighter, that the 
two marginal lunules next the anal angle are each 80 joined 
to the one opposite to it in the submarginal series as to include 
a patch (the first roundish and the second lunular and double 
the size) of the black ground-colour, that there is a faint indi- 
cation of a whitish lunule, the remains of a fifth (sometimes 
fully-developed and red) submarginal lunule beyond the an- 
terior white spot, and that the incisural cilia are apparently 
longer. Antenne black. 

The setose clothing of the head, two longitudinal dorsal 
stripes from the head onto the pronotum, some of the sete of 
the leg-bases and thorax below, and the outer ends of the 
abdominal terga ferruginous, passing on the frontal tuft into 
red very similar in tint to that of the lunules and wing-bases. 

Nearly allied to P. bootes, Westwood, from the southern 
slopes of the Khasia Hills, but differing from it in having 
only two spots (the outermost and smallest being absent) in 
the cream-coloured patch, in having the red at the bases of 
the posterior wings extended far into the inter rspace between 
the submedian had mediaw veins (in one specimen it has 
coalesced with the submarginal lunule), and the divided spot 
quite at the extremity of the slenderer tails of the apparently 
narrower posterior wings. 

?. Unknown. 

Hab. Sikkim Hills. Four specimens, three from the col- 
lections of the late Mr. L. Mandelli, and one purthased. 
Also two specimens in the collection of Major G. F. L. 
Marshall, R.E. 

Belongs, with P. bootes, P. rhetenor, P. ganaka, and P. sca- 
rius, to the scentless Pr Menor group a Papilio, and not to 
the strong- -scented and nauseous Philowenus group, which it 
only mimics, its model being the same species as that of its 
Khasia-Hill ally, namely the ,P, polyeuctes of Doubleday, from 
the same region. 

Obs. Papilio tcarius, Westwood, is the female of the same 


Mr. J. Wood-Mason on two new Species af Papilio. 105° 


author’s P. rhetenor; and it mimics Moore’s P. dasurada, 
which occurs with it in the Sikkim, Khasia, and Cachar hills. 

Papilio janaka, Moore, exactly copies P. minereus, G. R. 
Gray, from Sikkim and the adjoming region of Nepal. 

_ £. boites, Westwood, presents a similar mimetic resem- 
blance to the P. polyeuctes of the Khasia hills. 

The interesting and, so far as I have been able to discover, 
hitherto unrecognized case of mimicry indicated above will 
be fully described and illustrated in my forthcoming ‘ Notes 
on the Phenomenon of Mimicry, as exemplified by the 
Papilionide of our North-eastern Indian Possessions.” 


2. Papilio Nevilli, n. sp. 


Papilio, n. sp,?, G. Nevill,,.List Diurn. Lep. Ind. Mus. Cale. 1871, p. 1. 
no, 7. 
Nearly allied to P. ravana, Moore, from Kulu, in the North- 
west Himalayas, but smaller, with the well-developed tails 
not constricted at the base. 

3. Posterior wings above with two large pink-white spots, 

ne between the discoidal vein and the second branch of the 
subcostal, occupying all but the two ends of the space; the 
other in the space next in front, smaller and not extending so 
far towards the base of the space, and with three bright crim- 
son submarginal lunules, two subequal in the interspaces 
between the branches of the median vein, and the third between 
the third median veinlet and the discoidal vein, equal to, or 
slightly greater than, the other two taken together ; below 
with a small pink-white spot between the first branch of the 
subcostal and the costal veins, forming with the two visible on 
both sides of the organs a series of three, all equally distinct 
from the outer margin, the submarginal lunules larger and 
subequal and much lighter coloured, and with a fourth rather 
irregularly-shaped crimson spot, subequal to the lunules and 
divided into two unequal parts by the submedian vein, at the 
end of the basal half of which it is placed, with the tails well 
developed, but not constricted at base. 

Hab.Vhe vicinity of Silchar, Cachar. The three speci- 
mens before me were obtained many years ago by one of the 
native collectors of the museum, under the late Mr. N, T. 
Davey, of the Topographical Survey of India. 

_ This species will be figured in my paper on the large col- 
lection of butterflies formed by me during the past hot season 
in Cachar. 

Obs. P. ravana and P. minereus are both perfectly distinct 
from P. philoxenus, P. polyeuctes being perhaps only a variety 
of it. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. 1x. 8 


106 Dr. A. Gruber’s Contributions to the 


XIV.— Contributions to the Knowledge of the Amcebe. 
By Dr. AuGust GRUBER*. 


[Plate IX.] 


AUERBACHT, as is well known, starting from the assumption 
that a membranous boundary was a necessary attribute of a 
cell, set up a theory, quite intelligible under the circumstances 
of the time, according to which the Amabe also, as unicellular 
creatures, had a membranous envelope. ‘This opinion was 
refuted by subsequent naturalists; and it was Greeff} princi- 
pally who gave a more correct interpretation of Auerbach’s 
observations. With the overthrow of this theory, however, 
some forms of Amabe and many of the phenomena of their 
sarcode-body, well known to and véry distinctly figured by 
Auerbach, although not quite rightly interpreted by him, seem 
to have been thrown into the background. 

This refers to two Amawbe whose bodies appeared to be 
surrounded by a double-contoured fine envelope, and which 
were described under the names of Amaba bilimbosa and 
Ameba actinophora. ‘They were afterwards again mentioned 
by Hertwig and Lesser§, and regarded as identical with their 
Cochliopodium, which, however, as I shall hereafter show, 
can hardly.be the case. We must also accept similar con- 
ditions for Greeff’s || genus Amphizonella, as distinctly appears 
from his figure (fig. 18) of the colourless species. 

The existence of a fine layer of clear protoplasm round the 
Ameba-body, which must be penetrated by the pseudopodia, 
seems to me to be by no means an insignificant phenomenon ; 
and I hope to excite some interest by « citing another form of 
Amela of the same kind and by a fresh investigation of 
Auerbach’s Amaba actinophora, 


1. Ameba tentaculata, sp. n. 


I found the Am@ba which forms the subject of the following 
consideration in the small sea-water aquarium of the Zoological 
Institute here [Freiburg im Br.]. The water and the vege- 
table and animal organisms contained in it are chiefly derived 


* Translated from the ‘Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ 
Band xxxvi. pp. 459-470, 


+ Auerbach, “ Ueber Einzelligkeit der Amoben,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 
Bd. vii. 

} Greeff, ‘Ueber einige in der Erde lebenden Amodben und andere 
Rhizopoden,’ 

§ Hertwig und Lesser, ‘ Ueber Rhizopoden und ihren verwandte 
Organismen,  Aych. f. mikr. Anat, Bd, x, Supp. 

i Arch, f. mikr, Anat, Bd. ii, 


Knowledge of the Amoebee. 107 


from the Frankfurt aquarium. But this spring I brought 
with me some bottles of sea-water with living contents from 
the Baltic coast and from the harbour of Genoa, and mixed 
this with the rest, so that | am by no means in a position to 
furnish the habitat of the creature that will here be described. 
The marine Protozoa, or at any rate those of the coast-fauna, 
seem, however, to be tolerably cosmopolitan; and we may 
therefore assume for Amoeba tentaculata a wide distribution in 
our seas*, If I beat fragments of a seaweed upon the object- 
slide, or scraped off a little of the crust deposited on the glass 
wail of the aquarium, some specimens of the Am@ba almost 
always made their appearance. 

It forms a little mass of very variable size. The smallest 
examples measured about 0:03 millim., the largest 0°12 millim. 

In consequence of its greater refractive power, the body 
stands out luminously from the water, a property which, 
in the protoplasm of all Rhizopoda, goes hand in hand with 
greater viscosity. Here also we find the rule confirmed; for 
the protoplasm of Ameba tentaculata is, in fact, an extremely 
tenacious mass, in comparison with that of allied creatures. 

Under a low power (about 80 diameters) we can see no 
movement or change of form in the animal; and it is only 
when we employ high and very high powers that we can 
convince ourselves that we have before us an Amaba the 
form of which is engaged in a continual although sluggish 
change. We shall soon see that the apparently motionless 
animal is really capable of locomotion, and may pass into a 
flowing state, distinctly recognizable under high powers. 

But if we first of all examine the creature in the resting 
state, in which it generally is when it has not long been 
placed on the object-slide, the Amaba has then essentially the 
same form as an Ameba verrucosa; 1. e. the whole body 1s, as 
it were, shrunk together, with its surface covered with elevated 
knobs and deep folds, which slowly change their form and 
position. 

In the interior the vital activity of the protoplasm is mani- 
fested by a streaming and trembling movement of the fine 
dark granules with which the sarcode is abundantly fur- 
nished. 

So far there would be nothing remarkable to observe in the 


* Last spring I found my Cothwrnia operculata (Zeitschy. f. wiss. Zool. 
Bd. xxviii.) in the harbour of Genoa, whilst the former examples were 
derived from the Frankfort aquarium, and therefore from northern seas. 
The same aquarium also contained Cothwrnia socialis, referred to as cited 
above; and this I quite recently discovered in abundance upon fragments 
of Hydrozoa brought from the Baltic. gi 


108 Dr. A. Gruber’s Contributions to the 


behaviour of Ameba tentaculata, and its conditions would per- 
fectly agree with those occurring in A. verrucosa, which is so 
abundant and has been so often described. 

But while in the latter we miss true pseudopodium-forma- 
tion, both in the resting state and during flow, we are sur- 
prised here by seeing fine protoplasmic filaments make their 
appearance at different parts of the body. These are thin 
processes of equal breadth throughout, which stand out from 
the body, sometimes in one place, sometimes in another, and 
bend to and fro as if feeling about, often curve into a bow, 
but generally remain extended pretty straight. It first struck 
me that these pseudopodia did not, as in other Amebe, spring 
from the protoplasmic body in the shape of fingers gradually 
becoming thinner, but that small conical elevations of the 
body served as their base, and that they rose from these with 
a distinctly marked separation. When such pseudopodia with 
their supports were very numerous, they gave the Am@ba a 
very peculiar appearance, which I have attempted to represent 
in fig. 1. 

The business now was to discover a reason for the peculiar 
behaviour of the pseudopodia; and in this I very soon suc- 
ceeded by the employment of immersion systems (Hartnack, 
No. X. or Seibert homogeneous imm.). It proved that the 
whole Ameba is enveloped by a fine layer of denser substance, 
consequently a membranaceous cortical layer, which causes 
the periphery of all its humps and processes to appear distinctly 
double-contoured. 

In the case of the terrestrial Rhizopods like A. tentaculata 
described by Greeff *, the idea of a similar tougher cortical 
layer could not be avoided, as also in that of Amba verrucosa, 
which is so often mentioned. In the case of the latter, indeed, 
I did not succeed in detecting any thing of the kind; but 
Leidy + says, “A striking peculiarity of Ame@ba verrucosa is, 
that the outlines of the body, the pseudopodal expansions, 
and the wrinkles of the surface often appear defined with 
partial or interrupted double lines, as if the animal were in- 
vested with a delicate membrane (pl. ni. figs. 1, 2, 7, 28, 
29).”’ It is, however, certainly such a membrane, or rather 
membranaceous thickening of a fine cortical layer, that we 
find in Amwba tentaculata. 

Directly within this firmer envelope les the soft internal 
sarcode-mass! If a pseudopodium is to be pushed forth, the 
enveloping layer must first be broken through. ‘This, how- 
ever, offers some resistence, and is consequently pushed out in 

* Archiv f. mikr. Anat. Bd. i. 
+ Leidy, ‘ Freshwater Rhizopods of North America,’ p. 55, 


Knowledge of the Amcebe. 109 


a conical form*. An aperture is broken through at the apex 
of the cone; and the sarcode issues in the form of a thin fila- 
ment. Fig. 8 may serve to illustrate this process; in it we 
see distinctly the thin cortical layer (6) of the pseudopodial 
cone, and also within it the central substance (m), which is 
pushed forth as a pseudopodium (p) at the apex. 

I succeeded in observing very distinctly the retraction of 
the pseudopodium, after which a new one frequently issued 
from the same cone. I also believe that I have often seen 
the issue of two pseudopodia simultaneously. 

The pseudopodial cones have a very constant form; and 
although they can obliterate themselves again completely, this 
does not always take place after the retraction of the pseudo- 
podium ; but very frequently the elevation persists afterwards, 
and a small crater seems to have been formed at the spot 
where the orifice for the pseudopodium was situated (see fig. 2, 
k). I once found a specimen on which there were many 
pseudopodial cones, but all without processes (fig. 4, k); 
nevertheless they persisted, without alteration, for a consider- 
able time. 

I said above that the pseudopodia which are produced in 
this way bend slowly to and fro, a movement which they have 
in common with those of other Amebe. Whether they act 
as tactile organs, or are destined to bring in food, I cannot 
definitely state. ‘The former, however, appears to me more 
probable; for we find in the interior nutritive materials, such 
as Diatoms, Alge, &c., which are much too large to be 
capable of penetrating through the narrow aperture of the 
pseudopodial cone ft. 

At any rate the animal, notwithstanding its firmer envelop- 
ing layer, is able to take in solid materials. Moreover we 
know very nearly allied forms, such as A. verrucosa, which 
are destitute of these organs, and nevertheless take in such 
nutritive bodies. Sometimes it appeared to me as if a slow 
locomotion was effected by means of the pseudopodia, but only 
to very inconsiderable distances. 

In advancing A. tentaculata employs no special organ any 
more than its allies which possess a firm cortical layer. The 
form in which we have hitherto considered it characterizes 
only the resting state of the Ameba. We soon see movement 


* Conical elevations have also been described in Podostoma filigerum. 
It is even said that a sort of buccal aperture occurs in them; but this 
requires confirmation. At any rate, they may be referable to the struc- 
tures before us. Moreover protrusions of similar appearance may very 
probably occur in other Amabe. (See also Auerbach, doc, cit, fig. 15.) 

+ Somewhat as in Podostoma, 


110 Dr. A. Gruber’s Contributions to the 


taking place in the main mass itself; the humps and folds 
gradually disappear, the pseudopodia are for the most part 
drawn in, and with them the cones; and after the surface has 
become smooth, there commences a steady flow in one direc- 
tion, exactly in the same manner as has long been known in 
A. verrucosa, although much slower. In the latter this stage 
was for a time regarded as forming a distinct species under 
the name of A. guadrilineata. 

The longitudinal folds which gave origin to this name, and 
which are produced by the strain on the tenacious outer layer 
acting in one direction, occur here just in the same manner 
(figs. 5, 6, & 7). Along them we see the granules hastening 
forward in several streams, whilst a clear mass of protoplasm, 
free from granules, in constant flow moves on before them. A 
remarkable circumstance is that on the leading part of the 
body pseudopodia with their cones frequently persist, and 
thus, to a certain extent, may act as extended feelers (fig. 7). 

While at the posterior end, 7. e. at the part opposite to that 
which is pushing forward, the double contour is distinctly pre- 
served in the outer layer, it disappears entirely on the ante- 
rior part (fig. 6), from which we must conclude that the first- 
mentioned part of the body retains its toughness, whilst 
anteriorly all becomes in flux, 7. e. the more fluid constituents 
collect there. Nevertheless even these still have considerable 
density, as is proved by the pseudopodia and pseudopodial 
cones protruded from them, on which, however, no double 
contour is visible. Irequently a zone of clear protoplasm 
seems to surround the whole body; and then the double lines 
are no longer seen anywhere. 

Of a nucleus nothing is to be seen while the Ameba remains 
in the resting state and the folds of the surface obstruct the 
view of the interior. But if the Rhizopod begins to move, 
when the body flattens itself completely, the nucleus at once 
becomes distinctly visible (nm in the figures), and appears as a 
little disk surrounded by a narrow border, as in most Amabe. 
No contractile vacuole 1s present, a new proof of the still un- 
explained fact that this structure is wanting in the marine 
Rhizopoda. 


2. Amaba actinophora, Auerbach. 


The Rhizopod that is to be described here is a very small 
Amaba, measuring 0:03-0:04 millim., which occurred pretty 
plentifully in all sorts of receptacles of water in the neigh- 
bourhood of Lindau. It excited my interest because it 
seemed to have much in common with the Ameba tentaculata 
that I had previously observed; and, in fact, it proved that it 


Knowledge of the Amcebe. 111 


was exceedingly suitable for the completion and elucidation of 
the observations made on the latter. 

I had already completed my observations and made the 
drawings which are here given before I could procure the 
literature which showed that the form in question was nothing 
else than Auerbach’s Amwba actinophora. 

A comparison of the figures given by this naturalist with 
mine shows how closely we are in agreement as to external 
characters; and that I have, notwithstanding, reproduced my 
drawings is in order that they may illustrate the point in 
which I differ from Auerbach, namely the behaviour of the 
outer membranous cortical layer, which here especially interests 
us. In accordance with this I also give the description in 
such a manner that it may represent the observation as I then 
made it, uninfluenced by any thing previously known. 

The first striking point was that here also the protoplasm 
was distinctly surrounded by a double contour, and the animal 
appeared as if covered by an envelope. 

The periphery was for the most part perfectly smooth, and 
only at one point did the animal extend a larger or smaller 
number of lobate pseudopodia. In this way the Ameba ac- 
quired delusively the appearance of a_ thalamophorous 
Rhizopod, with a closely-fitting thin carapace, from the orifice 
of which processes protruded. A glance at fig. 9 will explain 
this better than a detailed description. In this condition the 
protoplasm in the interior forms a tolerably compact mass, in 
which there are a number of rather large strongly-refractive 
granules. 

When the number of the pseudopodia is large, so that a 
whole tuft of them protrudes at once (fig. 9), we see nothing 
of the cortical zone at their place of issue; it is entirely dis- 
placed. It is otherwise when only a few, say two or three, 
processes are pushed forth. The relations of the marginal 
layer are then quite distinctly visible, and we find that, just 
as in A. tentaculata, the cortex is pushed out into a cone, at 
the apex of which the pseudopodium makes its way out. 
Here, therefore, the double contour is also produced by a more 
tenacious layer surrounding the animal, which must be pene- 
trated by the protoplasmic processes before they can issue 
(fig. 14). Even in the previously described form, however, 
we saw that we have not to do with a persistent membranous 
structure, but that during the flow of the animal the cortical 
layer becomes amalgamated with the rest of the sarcode. 
This is much more distinctly observable in Amaba actino- 
phora. hus all at once we see how, as the animal changes 
its form, the pseudopodia are at the same time nearly all 


112 Dr. A. Gruber’s Contributions to the 


retracted, the body becomes flattened, the cortical zone 
vanishes and flows into a broad border of clear protoplasm, 
which surrounds the darker richly granular mass in the centre 
of the animal (figs. 11 & 12,2). The latter often remains 
for some time sharply discriminated from the hyaline border 
(fig. 17) ; but the boundary is soon obliterated, exactly as 
during the formation of an ordinary pseudopodium (fig. 12). 
In this state the nucleus (x) also becomes quite distinctly 
visible, agreeing precisely in its structure with those of other 
Amebe. 

The melting of the fine cortical layer into the broad clear 
border does not take place with equal rapidity at all points ; 
so that a part of the Amaba often appears sharply limited, 
whilst another is already surrounded by the clear space 
(fig. 11, 7s). In fig. 14, for example, is represented an 
Ameba difftuens, one side of which is already quite liquefied, 
while on the other half the double-contoured enveloping layer 
is still retained, and on it even two pseudopodial cones, with 
the processes issuing from them, are still visible. Fig. 15 is 
also instructive in another way. ‘There the cortical layer has 
become fluid, and we see that the two pseudopodia which have 
persisted consist of the same hyaline protoplasm as the clear 
border in which the cortical zone previously sharply separated 
from it (see fig. 14) has dissolved itself. In the first state, 
therefore, there would have been an envelope and an endo- 
plasm enclosed by it, and from which the pseudopodia 
proceeded, clearly distinguishable; in the latter both have 
become fused into one. Rapidly as the broad, scarcely visible 
border had formed, it can just as rapidly contract itself again ; 
it shrinks to acertain extent together, until the narrow cortical 
layer again originates from it. 

In this way Amwba diffluens can continually changeits aspect 
completely in one or other of the modes described. Upon what 
law this power depends cannot be stated definitely ; very pro- 
bably, however, different conditions of pressure come into play 
in the matter. With a centripetal pressure acting uniformly 
upon the whole periphery, the more fluid parts of the proto- 
plasm are all pressed into the interior, and only the narrow 
membranaceous boundary remains. ‘This acquires a firmer 
consistence by contact with the water; and therefore at the 
points where pseudopodia issue it is pushed aside by the 
latter. If the general pressure ceases, the more fluid consti- 
tuents again come forth from the interior, dissolve the solidified 
cortical layer, and form the clear border, 

The best illustration of this explanation of the process is 
furnished by those cases in which a slow flowing forward of 


Knowledge of the Arcebee. 113 


the Ameba in one direction is taking place (fig. 14). On the 
advancing side the fluid constituents are pushed on in front; 
here all pressure has ceased, whilst it acts upon the opposite 
side, where, accordingly, the cortical contours are quite dis- 
tinctly to be seen. 

Auerbach had also observed this liquefaction into a disk, as 
is shown by his fig. 8; but he conceived of it as a phenome- 
non of expansion in which the cell-membrane also had to take 
part ; but we now know that no such membrane exists, and 
that the envelope is to be regarded only as a transitory con- 
centration of the outermost layer of sarcode, and can at any 
time dissolve again (see fig. 11). 

Taking into consideration some other forms belonging here, 
Ameba bilimbosa of Auerbach is the first to be mentioned. I 
do not think that it is identical with those just described ; the 
very distinct figures given by the discoverer (plate xix.), the 
difference of size, and several other differences are opposed to 
such a notion. In this case nothing is said of a disappearance 
of the cortex; and this reminds us more of the conditions 
stated by Greeff (/oc. ect.) to occur in his Amphizonella 
digitata (fig. 18). 

Special interest also attaches to Cochliopodium pellucidum 
of Hertwig and Lesser *, which so closely resembles A. acti- 
nophora that, as already stated, its discoverers regarded it as 
identical with the latter. But if the description of Hertwig 
and Lesser is correct (and this can hardly be doubted in the 
case of such accurate observers), there can be no further 
question of a union of the two species. Thus the envelope of 
Cochliopodium represents a true carapace, which ‘ shows a 
hatching perpendicular to the surface,” and thus acquires a 
great resemblance to the carapace of an Arcella, From its 
firmness it cannot be perforated by pseudopodia, and it has 
only a wide aperture “ opposite the cell-nucleus ” for the issue 
of protoplasmic processes, which gives it perfectly the ap- 
pearance of a monothalamian when it is looked at from the 
side (Taf. i. fig. vu. A). In this position Cochliopodium 
would then correspond tomy figure 9. But, singularly enough 
a state also occurs, and is very distinctly fioured by Hertwig 
and Lesser in their fig. vil. C, which exactly represents an 
Ameba actinophora when the cortical layer has liquefied on 
all sides (fig. 12). 

Hertwig and Lesser explain the matter by supposing that 
the perfect disappearance of the envelope is only delusive 
owing to the animal here being seen not from the side, but 


*) Loc. cit. pl, 1., figs. 7,8. 


114 Dr. A. Gruber’s Contributions to the 


from above and behind, whilst the clear border is due to the 
sarcode which has flowed out of the aperture situated beneath. 

In Amebha actinophora this is certainly not the case, as I 
think I have shown distinctly enough, and as will be nels 
stood without further discussion by examining my fig. 11, 
which the cortex only shows a few remains (> a). which eae 
already completely disappeared in fig. 12; or my fig. 16, which 
represents the same example as fig. 9, which, without change 
of place, underwent the alteration under my eyes. The 
resemblance of A. actinophora to Cochliopodium is still further 
heightened when we see that the cortex also appears finely 
punctate or lined, which struck me especially on the addition 
of osmic acid (fig. 17). The hyaline protoplasm also then 
appears finely punctate ; and the impression is produced as if 
the finest granules effected the liquefaction of the cortex by 
the reception of more fluid constituents between them. 

A great similarity to the Ameba here described is presented 
by the Rhizopod represented by Hertwig and Lesser as a 
doubtful form in fig. 8 A, as will be seen ‘from a comparison 
with my fig. 10. In this, however, the envelope (which is 
even of a yellowish colour) is evidently much thicker. 

We may therefore demonstrate a perfectionation of this 
structure trom Amaba tentaculata, through A. actinophora, to 
Cochliopodium. It might be conceived that by a further 
increased tenacity of the cortical zone we shall finally be led 
to those forms of monothalamous Rhizopods whose envelope 
forms only a soft membrane closely embracing the sarcode, 
and which is still so completely at one with the protoplasmic 
body as to accompany it 1m all its movements, and to be con- 
stricted simultaneously in the division. 

Glancing back once more upon the phenomena which confront 
us in the Ameoebiform Rhizopods surrounded by a distinct 
cortical zone, we shall find in them a welcome elucidation of 
conditions such as have only been guessed at in the case of 
other Amabe. 

In the sarcode-body more fluid and less fluid constituents 
are present; the former we find at the spots which betray a 
centrifugal movement, whether in the pseudopodia or in the 
advancing part of the flowing Amabe (A. quadrilineata, 
villosa, tentaculata, &e.). The heavier constituents remain 
behind and are dragged along; and we see them finally break 
into many cushion-like processes of hyaline protoplasm. 

The pushing forward of the more fluid constituents is 
effected by the action of a pressure upon the opposite side ; 
this is produced by the outermost layer of protoplasm at this 
part acquiring a tougher consistency by extraction of water. 


Knowledge of the Amcebe. 115 


The latter is widened, during the flow of the Ameba, at the 
posterior end, by all sorts of processes, lobes, hairs, &e., which 
often give the Ameba a peculiar aspect, and have led to the 
establishment of distinct species*. ‘The sarcode here becomes 
so tough that as the Ameba hastens forward it draws into 
threads, if the expression may be allowed. 

If the direction of movement is reversed, the previous poste- 
rior extremity begins to flow, and the most tenacious proto- 
plasm occurs on the opposite side. ‘These conditions may be 
equally well studied on the lobate pseudopodia, as also during 
the retraction of the pseudopodium, on the surtace of which 
all sorts of humps and folds are produced. 

A tougher cortical zone of this kind is actually to be seen 
in the forms here under consideration. When there is a 
centripetal pressure acting uniformly, it surrounds the whole 
Amoeba like a membrane; if the pressure ceases on all sides 
the Ameba flattens into a disk, the cortical zone liquefies and 
flows together into a clear border of more fluid sarcode ; but 
if the pressure acts on one side, the liquefaction takes place 
only on the opposite side, and the mode of movement which 
may be called the flow of the Amaba is produced. 

In the formation of individual pseudopodia (see A. tentacu- 
lata) it is only a few spots that are subjected to these condi- 
tions, and in accordance with this the tougher cortex dissolves 
only at certain points, making way for the issuing softer 
sarcode. 

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX, 


Figs. 1-8 relate to Ameba tentaculata. 

Fig. 1. An A. tentaculata with many pseudopodia. 

Fig, 2. Another, 0:12 millim. long, under a higher power (Hartnack 
eyepiece 3, objective 10 immersion) and drawn with the 
camera lucida. It shows the cortical zone (7s), the pseudo- 
podia (ps) on their cones, and at / a cone of which the 
pseudopodium has been retracted (crater). 

A portion of an Ame@eba with three pseudopodia, highly mag- 
nitied. 

A specimen on which a number of craters (i) are to be seen, 

A specimen in which the cortical zone is dissolved. 

A flowing Amaba tentaculata, in which the nucleus (%) is very 
distinctly visible, 

Fig. 7. Another, in which three pseudopodia (ps) are still retained on 

the advancing part. 

Fig.8 a. A pseudopodium with its cone. m, the soft interior mass; } 

the cortex ; p, the pseudopodium. 

Fig. 88. A pseudopodium in course of being retracted. 

Figs. 9-17 relate to Amewba actinophora. 


Fig. 


ee 


Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 


re 


d 


* These structures have recently been referred to by Engelmann 
(Onderz. Physiol. Lab. Utrecht, Deel vi, Aff. 2, St. 4). 


116 
Fig. 9. 
Fig. 10. 


Fig. 11. 


Fig. 12. 


Fiy. 14, 


Fig. 15. 


Fig. 16 


Fig. 17. 


XV.— 


Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a 


An A, actinophora with a distinct cortical layer (7s), and a tuft 
of pseudopodia at one end (Hartnack, oc. 3, obj. 7). 
Another with few pseudopodia, distinctly showing how they 
break through the cortex. (Rather too large in proportion to 
the following figures. ) 
The same example a short time afterwards. The cortex (7s) is 
almost everywhere liquefied, and has become converted into a 
clear space (A): m, the nucleus, which is distinctly visible in 
this state. 
The same, with the cortex completely dissolved. vc, contractile 
vacuoles. 
The same, in slow flow in the direction indicated by the arrow. 
rs, the newly reconstituted cortex. 
Another example, in which the cortex has just become liquefied, 
but is still retained at one spot, together with two pseudopodia. 
An Amaeba in which the cortex has dissolved before two pseudo- 
podia (ps) were retracted. These become liquetied soon after- 
wards. In this and 
the granular protoplasm is sharply separated from the hyaline 
zone. ‘This, however, only lasts for a few moments, to give 
place to the state in fig. 12. 
An Ameba in which the liquefaction of the cortex had just 
commenced on one side, treated with osmic acid. The cortex 
(7s) appears finely punctate, as also the hyaline sarcode; the 
nucleus at 2. 


Contributions towards a General History of the Marine 


Polyzoa. By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S. 


[Continued from vol. viii. p, 136. ] 
[Plate V.] 


IX. FOREIGN CHEILOSTOMATA (Miscellaneous). 


Family Flustride. 


Friusrra, Linneus. 


Flustra dentigera, n. sp. (PI. V. figs. 7, 7a.) 


Zoarium of a rather dark-brown colour and a somewhat 


Waxy 


appearance, with a narrow smooth edging, dividing 


dichotomously into tall, lmear, strap-like segments, expand- 
ing very slightly upwards, which are not divergent, but con- 
tinue in close proximity throughout their length. Zowcia 
alternate, elongate, arched above and somewhat expanded, 
usually narrowing slightly below the middle, a line of nume- 


General History of the Marine Polyzoa. TG 


rous denticles along the inner edges; margins thin, smooth, 
very little raised. Ocwcia immersed, of large size, tall, of 
delicate material, perfectly smooth and shining. Avicularia 
none. 

Loc. West Australia (Miss Jelly). 

In some respects allied to /. denticulata, Busk, and notably 
in being furnished with marginal denticles, but differing from 
it in many points. It is quite destitute of spines and avicu- 
laria; and the ocecium is immersed, whereas in /. denticulata 
it is external and bears the large avicularium on its front. 
In the mode of branching and ‘general appearance the two 
species are also very dissimilar. 

I have only seen small pieces of F. dentigera, and can 
therefore give no account of the size which it attains; its 
habit of growth is very distinctive. 

This form is not described in any of the Australian papers 
which I have met with, and seems to be new. 


Family Membraniporide. 
Mempranipora, De Blainville. 


Membranipora pilosa, Pepe form multispinata. 


(PI. V. fig. 6.) 


Zoecia claviform, ovate above, narrowing off graduall 
towards the base; area occupying about two thirds of the 
front, with a membranous covering; margin thin, smooth, 
bearing on each side eight to ten slender ‘compressed spines 
set very closely together, which bend abruptly inward, meeting 
and interdigitating i in the centre ; ; a single erect, rather stout, 
acuminate spine on each side at the top ; immediately below 
the area a similar spine rising from a ‘socket on the front 
wall; portion of the cell below the area smooth and silver 
bearing near the bottom two large membranaceous spines, placed 
one on each side, which sometimes attain a great length. 
No avicularia. Owcia (2). Zoarium expanding 1 regularly 
from the point of origin to a width of about four cells, and 
bifurcating at intervals ; sometimes forming a regular crust. 

Loc. West Australia, on weed (Miss Jelly). 

M. pilosa is liable to so much variation that I do not ven- 
ture to separate the present form from it, though it has a very 
definite character of its own. 

Its chief peculiarities are the great number of the marginal 
spines, which are compressed and set closely together, and 
very much bent in, so as to present the appearance of a ribbed 


covering to the area, and the absence of the disks which 


118 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a 


give the prettily speckled appearance to the front wall of M. 
pilosa. ‘Che margin of the aperture is not thickened asin the 
latter ; and the two very tall spines near the bottom of the cell 
are an additional feature. 


Membranipora variegata, Hincks. 
[‘ Annals’ for August 1881.] 


The specimen on which my description of this well-marked 
and handsome species was founded proves to have been im- 
perfect; and an important character has been omitted. In 
point of fact it belongs to the same group as our British I. 
spinifera, Which is characterized by the presence of small, 
pointed avicularia, elevated on tall and slender pedicles. In 
the present case there is some irregularity in the position of 
these appendages; but when present they are commonly situated 
on one side of the cell, just behind the lowest of the two stout 
upper spines. ‘he pedicle is much attenuated towards the 
base ; the avicularium is narrow and elongate, and the beak 
scarcely bent at the extremity. 

I am indebted to Miss Jelly for the opportunity of examin- 
ing a number of specimens of JL variegata, and for drawing 
my attention to the very interesting fact that it is also some- 
times furnished with avicularia of the ordinary type. This 
is the only case that has come under my notice in which 
the two forms are present on the same specimen. In one speci- 
men, at the top of almost every cell there is a rather small, 
sessile or slightly raised avicularium, with the pointed man- 
dible directed upwards. Occasionally three or four occur 
about the upper part of the cell. 

In well-developed colonies of this species there is a marked 
contrast between the stout, tall, erect spines (usually six in 
number) round the upper part of the zocecium, and the slender, 
sharp, abruptly bent spines which protect the lower half of 
it. ‘hey are all furnished with a conspicuous black base. 


Membranipora coronata, Hincks. 
[‘ Annals’ for February 1881. ] 
A specimen (probably from Ceylon) obtained by Capt. 


Cawne Warren is furnished with the chitinous portion of the 
avicularium, which was wanting in the one on which the 
original diagnosis was founded. I am now able to add_ that 


the appendage has a long vibraculoid mandible. 


General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 119 


Family Microporide. 
STEGANOPORELLA, Smitt. 


Steganoporella (Vincularia) Neozelanica, Busk. 


(Pl .V. figs. 9, 9 a, 95.) 


I propose to test the method of classification which adopts 
the habit of growth as the chiet basis of families and genera, 
by a reference to the history of this species. 

It is (in one of its forms) an undoubted member of the 
genus Vincularta, Defrance ; the zocecia are arranged round an 
imaginary axis, so as to fort m erect, subeylindrical, continuous 
stems ; the front of the cell is surrounded by a raised border 
(Busk, B .M. Cat. pt. 2, p. 96). The character of the stem— 
the mode in which the zocecia are ageregated—is the essential 
feature of the Vincularian family. 

V. Neozelanica occurs in two or three different forms. Miss 
Jelly has kindly snpplied me with a specimen which spreads 
in a single layer over the surface of a sponge and is simply 
incrusting. ‘There is no special modification of structure 
adapting it to its peculiar habitat, such as we find in Mem- 
branipora radicifera; but on one ‘of the few cells of which 
the dorsal surface is exposed there is a large, stout, spinous 
process, which is possibly an effort towards the development 
of some additional means of attachment. 

In the erect cylindrical form the stems are attached by 
means of a number of chitinous tubular fibres, week are 
given off from the surface of the lower cells (Pl. V. fi Bagib)g 

Amongst the specimens which I owe to Miss Jelly are one 
or two small fragments of a broader and more compressed 
type, which approach more nearly to the ordinary Escharine 
habit. Ifwe examine the zocecium, we find that its structure 
agrees in every essential point with that which we have in 
Steganoporella (Membranipora) magnilabris, Busk. ‘There is, 
indeed, the closest similarity between the two (compare Pl. V. 
figs. 8& 9). It would be impossible, with any regard to 

natural affinity, to place these forms in separate genera*, 
But S. magnilabra is is prevailingly an incrusting form ; ; occa- 
sionally it assumes an erect, broadly foliaceous habit of g grow th. 
No cylindrical variety of it is known. 

Another species which exhibits the same remarkable struc- 
tural peculiarities as the two just referred to is Steganoporella 
Smitti?, Hincks (Hist. of Brit. Mar. Pol. vol. 1. Da LZS)s 
According to Mr. Goldstein, this species, which is known as 


* Smitt has already made a similar remark (‘ Floridan Bryozoa,’ pt. 2, 
p. 17). 


120 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a 


an incrusting form, both fossil and recent, assumes the habit 
of Vincularia on the coast of Australia. It also occurs, ac- 
cording to this writer, (at Port Darwin) in an Escharine and 
Hemescharine form, as well as incrusting*. We have, then, 
the same type of cell, and that a very remarkable and charac- 
teristic one, associated with the Vincularian habit (S. Neo- 
zelanica) ; with the crustaceous and Escharine habit (S.magn?- 
labris) ; and with the Hemescharine habit (S. Smcté’). And, 
further, we have this type of cell combined with all these 
modes of growth (according to Goldstein) within the limits of 
a single species (S. Sinittd’). 

The significance of these facts will be more fully appreci- 
ated if we consider the remarkable structural features of the 
cell which is common to V. Neozelanica, Busk, and Membra- 
nipora magnilabris, Busk. The chief character on which the 
genus Steganoporella, mihi (which embraces them both), is 
based, is the bithalamic condition of the zocectum. Some 
way below the upper extremity of the cell a diaphragm 
shuts off the lower portion of the cavity, and forms a distinet 
chamber for the polypide. A tubular passage (Pl. V. fig. 8 a) 
extends upwards from this chamber, and opens (in the two 
species before us) into the upper chamber, which is always 
large, and, in certain cells, of very ample dimensions; in the 
latter it probably represents the external ocecium of other 
forms. The opening of this chamber is closed by a very large 
operculum, which also protects the entrance to the tubular 
passage through which the polypide issues. In the calea- 
reous lamina covering the area there are two foramina, one 
on each side, which open into the upper chamber. In the two 
forms under consideration a screen-like denticle, deeply concave 
in front, rises from the edge of the tubular passage, and occu- 
pies the middle of the lower margin of the orifice. In the 
perfect state an opaque membrane extends from the base of 
the operculum to the bottom of the cell, a space intervening 
between it and the calcareous lamina. <A glance at the figures 
(Pl. V. figs. 8, 8a, and 9,9 a) will show the exact similarity 
between the two forms in all essential points; they are also 
curiously alike in some of the minute details. It is impos- 


* “Some new species of Bryozoa from the Marion Islands, with Notes 
on Bicellaria grandis,” by J. R. Y. Goldstein. I have only a separate 
copy of this paper (for which I am indebted to Mr. Goldstein’s courtesy). 
and am unable to give a more specific reference. The author considers 
the changes of habit in 8S. Smitiiz to be “a sort of mimetism,” and he 
proposes to show “the importance of true zoarial habit as distinct from 
mimetic changes of form.” Iam not sure that I rightly apprehend the 
writer’s meaning in this passage, and must be content to wait for a fuller 
statement of his views. 


General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 121 


sible to doubt their close relationship; in no natural system 
could they be kept apart. Yet the one exhibits the technical 
characters of Vincularia, and the other a mode of growth 
which is generically distinct, according to the older systematists. 
If the method of the latter is adopted, they must go into diffe- 
rent families. 

This case is a crucial one ; for the strongly-marked indivi- 
duality of the zocecium leaves no doubt as to the close affinity 
of the two species, while, at the same time, the difference in 
zoarial habit is unusually striking. 

We are led to the same result by a study of the various 
forms which exhibit the Vincularian mode of growth. So far 
as the zocecium is concerned they constitute a very hetero- 
geneous assemblage. Some have the Membraniporan cell, 
such as V. ornata, Busk, and a number of species described 
by Waters in his valuable paper on Australian Tertiary 
Polyzoa* ; V. abysstcola, Smitt, has the cell of Setosella, and 
ranks in the Microporidan family ; V. steganoporoides, Gold- 
stein, seems to belong to the same family. IV. Neozelanica, 
Busk, is a typical Steganoporella, one of the best-marked of 
the Cheilostomatous genera; while S. Smittii, Hincks, is by 
turns a Vincularian, Escharine, or crustaceous species ! 

The conclusion to which we are almost irresistibly con- 
ducted is that the mere fashion of zoarial growth is not a safe 
test of affinity, that it is a very variable and comparatively 
unimportant element in the life of the species, and that, in 
such forms as we are now considering at least, it can give us 
little help in the construction of a natural system. 

The Vincularian is one of the most strongly marked varie- 
ties of habit; yet, as we have seen, we find two forms the 
cells of which show that they are very slightly modified deri- 
vatives from a common ancestor, one of which is Vincularian 
and the other crustaceous or Escharine. We are brought very 
much to Prof. Smitt’s conclusion, ‘that neither the agree- 
ment nor the diversity in the mode of building their colonies 
will give any warrant as to the natural affinities of the higher 
Bryozoa”’ (‘Floridan Bryozoa,’ pt. 2, p. 7). 

The Vincularian habit then, like the Escharine, I regard 
as a condition that may be assumed (within certain limits) by 
the most diverse species ; and the forms which exhibit it, either 
constantly or occasionally, must be placed in the groups to 
which their general structural peculiarities ally them. The 

renus Vincularta has no raison d’étre. 

Mr. Goldstein, in the paper referred to, urges that, as con- 


* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., August 1881. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 9 


122 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a 


fessedly our present knowledge does not allow of a complete 
natural arrangement, it may be wiser to rest on the old lines 
and retain for the present the artificial system so long in use. 

From this view I must entirely and earnestly dissent. I 
hold that itis all but demonstrated thatzocecial, and not zoarial, 
characters must be the basis of a natural classification of the 
higher Polyzoa. And if this be so, it is surely in every way 
better to apply this principle as far and as well as our present 
knowledge will permit, and allow it to give the direction to 
further investigation, than to perpetuate a system which, how- 
ever convenient to the collector in the arrangement of his 
cabinet, gives him no help towards understanding the order 


. . Re) . 
of nature. Let us set our faces in the right direction, and 


while admitting freely the extent of our ienorance, make full 
use of the knowledge which we have. 

The Radical Tubes.—TVhe erect stems of Steganoporella Neo- 
zelanica are attached by tubular fibres ; and in this respect it 
differs from its congeners. ‘The difference, however, can 
hardly be accounted important. The fibres are a tubular ex- 
tension of the membrane which covers the front of the cell, 
and seem only to originate from the zocecia close to the base 
of the stem. In the (so-called) Plustra solida, Stimpson, the 
curious fibres which traverse the surface of the zoarium, 
uniting to form a kind of stem below, from which the radical 
fibrils are given off, originate in the same way from an epi- 
dermal covering of the cells. In the Microporidan Vincularia 
abyssicola * Smitt figures the cylindrical stem as continuous 
with the incrusting layer of cells from which it rises, and of 
course destitute of root-fibres. The stems of the present 
species probably rise m the same way from an incrusting 
layer; and if so, the tubes may be developed at a later stage, 
in preparation for the ultimate detachment of the stem from the 
adherent mass of cells. 

Oacium.—The very large size of the upper chamber in this 
form and the kindred S. magnilabris, in a certain number of 
the cells, suggests at once that it 1s the equivalent of the 
ovecium. Ifso, the modification is a very interesting one. The 
dithalamic condition is made subservient to the reproductive 
function; in certain of the cells the upper compartment is 
largely increased in size, and in this specialized form is no 

* In a note on V. abysstcola (‘ Annals,’ February 1881) I have stated 
that this species and V. ornata, Busk, are true ‘‘ Membranoporide.” 
This is an error. The latter is a Membranipora, the former a Steganopo- 
rella, and belongs to the Microporidee. 

In the same note the second sentence should read thus:—* I mention 


this to show how essentially Microporidan [not Membraniporidan, as 
printed] the zocecial character of this form is,” 


General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 123 


doubt utilized as a brood-chamber. In other members of the 
genus the ocecium is external; in the cells on which it occurs 
(in S. Rozdert, Audouin) the zocecial orifice is much larger 
than in those which are destitute of it, but does not equal in 
size that of S. magnilabris. Above it an ample bilobate 
structure is developed, forming, as it were, a dome over the 
internal chamber, with the Gel arched opening in front, 
which is closed by the large operculum. In the ordinary 
Cheilostomatous forms the inner chamber has no existence, and 
the ocecium is a mere hood-like receptacle which overarches 
the orifice, on the upper margin of which, or immediately 
behind it, it takes its origin. Ina previous paper (‘ Annals,’ 
August 1881) I have described a modification of the ocecium, 
which consists of an extension of the cell itself, roofed in by a 
number of marginal spines; and there are many other forms 
which have still to be investigated. The morphological his- 
tory of the ocecium has yet to be written. 

The following species belong to the genus Steganoporella :— 
S. Lozieri, Audouin: Rio de Janeiro (Darwin) ; Mazatlan 
Cree: P. Carpenter) ; California (Z. H.) ; Canoes (W. 
Oates) ; India (Miss Jelly) ; Australia (MacGillivray ay); form 
falcifera, ibid. (Miss Jelly). S. Smittiit, Hincks (= Memb. 
Andegavensis, Busk): Cornwall (Peach) ; North Australia 
(Goldstein) ; Coralline ne (Searles Wood). S. Neozelanica, 
Busk : New Zealand (Dr. Lyall). S. magnilabris, Busk (= 8. 
elegans, Smitt): Abrolhos Islet, Atlantic (Dar win): Algoa Bay 
(Lowerbank) ; ‘Singapore (TT. H.); Bass’s Straits ( Cawne 
Warren). Ss. (Membrantpora) perforata, MacGillivray (pro- 
bably a form of S. Rozterz), Victoria; and perhaps Vincularia 
Nove Hollandiev, Haswell: Queensland. 

The species which I have described (‘ Annals,’ Nov. 1880) 
under the names of S, Jervotsid and S. elongata are referable 
to the genus Micropora, as is also the Vincularia steganopo- 


roides of Goldstein. 
Family Monoporellide. 


Monopore.ta, Hincks. 


Monoporella albicans, n. sp. (Pl. V. figs. 5, 5a, 5 6.) 


Zowcia ovate, very irregularly arranged, convex, surface 
minutely granular, shining ; orifice ¢ arched: above, Ione margin 
straight or very slightly curved outward, peristome ae 
Pieced: just below the orifice a rostrum, with an avicularium 
on one side, mandible short, rounded ; large avicularta dis- 


tributed amongst the cells, elongate, the beak at the extremity 
ee 


124 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a 


rising into a hood-like expansion (Pl. V. fig. 50); mandible 
long, broad at the base, narrowing off to about the centre and 
then of equal width to the extremity, which is rounded, 
Oaecium rounded, suberect, with a large opening in front, 
broader than high, surface minutely roughened, frequently an 
umbo on the top (Pl. V. fig. 5a). Zoarium of a whitish 
shining material. 

Loc. Singapore or Philippines (Jfiss Jelly). 

Provisionally, at least, it will be better to keep the genus 
Monoporella apart from the Microporelliide. If (as seems 
probable) the special pore of the latter is represented by the 
oral sinus of the Myriozoide, Microporella will have closer 
affinity with such forms as Schizoporella than with the present. 
As yet the species of Monoporella described are but few, and 
we have hardly material for a thorough study of the type. 

There is a curious similarity in many points between this 
species and Schizoporella aperta, described in a subsequent part 
of this paper; and probably they may be not remotely connected 
genetically. But they are separated, in fact, by well-mare d 
differences in the structure of the orifice, and for the purposes 
of classification are properly placed apart. At the same time 
we cannot be too often reminded that the hard-and-fast lines 
of our systems have no place in nature. 

In the specimen of M. albicans which I have examined 
the ocecia, which are numerous, are placed in almost all cases 
(if not all) awry, so that the opening is turned sideways, 
instead of looking straight forward as is usual. This is 
probably a peculiarity of the special colony and not a general 
character. 


Family Myriozoide (part.), Smitt. 
ScHIzOPORELLA, Hincks. 
Schizoporella incrassata, n. sp. (PI. V. figs. 1, 1 a.) 


Zo«cia ovate, quincuncial, punctured round the border, the 
marginal cells moderately convex, with a perfectly smgoth 
surface, the older highly calcified, the walls very thick, 
vitreous, shining; surface covered with irregular nodulous 
masses ; orifice suborbicular, with a well-marked rather nar- 
row sinus on the lower lip, peristome in the younger cells 
thin and not elevated, in the adult zocecia the orifice deeply 
immersed, the cell-wall much raised and thickened round it, 
forming a kind of shaft above it; at one side below the 
mouth a large rounded swelling, bearing on its upper surface 
a suberect pointed avicularium, placed transversely along one 


General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 125 


side of the lower margin, and somewhat overhanging the 
mouth (the whole structure resembling a bird’s head); man- 
dible broad below, tapering off to a point above, apex in- 
curved ; frequently on the front of the cell a pointed avicu- 
larium, variously placed, the beak elongate, slanting upwards, 
aperture contracted about the middle, mandible triangular, 
basal portion of the avicularium extended into a pointed pro- 
cess, Which forms a rest for the mandible when thrown back. 
Oecia suberect, rounded, subimmersed; surface smooth (or 
sometimes nodulous), with a semicircular aperture in front, 
filled in by a thin, flat, calcareous plate, hyaline and perfectly 
smooth. 

Loc. Africa, on coral (Miss Jelly). 

This species affords a good illustration of the remarkable 
changes in the appearance of the zocecium which may be 
caused by the progress of the calcification. In its early con- 
dition (as seen on the margin of the colony) the cell has a 
slightly convex and pertectly smooth surface of very delicate 
texture. ‘The orifice is a simple opening, on a level with the 
surface, and withowt any thickening or elevation of the mar- 
gin. At this stage there is no trace of the oral avicularium. 
In the second line of cells this organ is more or less perfectly 
developed ; the orifice is already immersed and concealed by 
the rising of the peristome and the thickening of the wall, and 
the surface is dotted over with small vitreous nodules. In 
the centre of the colony a great thickness of vitreous crust is 
piled on the primitive surface of the cell, the orifice has dis- 
appeared at the bottom of a deep shaft-like opening of irregular 
form, and numerous nodular blocks overspread the surface, 
which are frequently consolidated into a compact mass, in 
which the avicularian rising is almost buried. The sutures 
between the cells are now ali but obliterated, and the zoarium 
presents a continuous but uneven surface. The front 
avicularia are developed on the superimposed crust. 


Schizoporella levata, n. sp. (PI. V. fig. 4.) 


Zoecia small, disposed in lines, regularly ovate, convex, 
strongly sutured; surface perfectly smooth and shining; 
oritice arched above, lower margin straight, with a minute but 
well-marked central sinus, peristome not raised; below the 
orifice an umbonate rising, which sends off an arm on each 
side, so as to enclose it in front; on its summit a minute cir- 
cular avicularium. Occtum proportionally large, rounded, 
expanded above, and narrowing towards the orifice, very 
ventricose above, and somewhat depressed towards the open- 


126 On Marine Polyzoa. 


ing, which is small and bounded by a raised projecting 
margin, which embraces the orifice on each side; surface 
smooth and silvery, with very delicate strie radiating from 
the base towards the opening. 

A very pretty, subhyaline, and lustrous form. 

Loc, Australia, on weed (Miss Jelly). 


Schizoporella aperta,n. sp. (PI. V. fig. 3.) 


Zoecta ovate, disposed in lines, very convex, especially 
towards the orifice, depressed below, sutures deep; surface 
roughened or minutely reticulate ; orifice arched above, lower 
margin straight, with a rounded central sinus, contracted at 
the opening by two small projecting points, peristome not 
raised; immediately below the orifice a short rostrum, and on 
one side of it an aviculardum with rounded mandible; large 
avicularia distributed rarely amongst the cells, elongate, 
raised, the beak rounded at the extremity, often projecting 
considerably beyond the elevation on which the appendage 
rests, the edge on each side towards the apex dentate ; man- 
dible smooth, of a light horn-colour, arched, except towards 
the point of origin, where it is flattened, very slightly attenu- 
ated towards the point, which isrounded. Owczum cucullate, 
entirely open in front, the opening arched and somewhat 
elongated (taller than broad) ; surface slightly roughened. 
Zoartum whitish, of delicate texture. 


Loc. Singapore or Philippines, on shell (I/ss Jelly). 
Family Escharide (part.), Smitt. 


PORELLA, Gray. 


Porella rostrata, Hincks. (Pl. V. fig. 2.) 


I have received from Miss Gatty a fine specimen of this 
form, on which the ocecia are present ; the following must be 
added to the diagnosis previously given (‘ Annals’ for Nov. 
1880) :— 

Oecium very ample, covering a large part of the cell above, 
broad, rounded; surface smooth and shining, thickly covered 
with tall blunt papillee. 

It should also be noted that the surface of the zocecium is 
more or less punctured. 


Mr. A. G. Butler on a new Species of Aphena. 127 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


Fig. 1. Schizoporella incrassata, n. sp. 1a. Marginal zocecia. 
Fig. 2. Porella rostrata, Hincks. Ocecium. 
5. Schizoporella aperta, n. sp. 

Fg. 4. Schizoporella levata, n. sp. 

5. Monoporella albicans, n. sp. 5a, Cell with ocecium. 50. Large 
avicularium. 

Fig. 6. Membranipora pilosa, form multispinata. 

7. Flustra dentigera, n.sp. 7a. Nat. size. 

Fig. 8. Steganoporella magnilabris, Busk, with the membranous covering 
in situ. Sa, Diagrammatic figure, showing the tubular entrance 
to the lower chamber *. 

Fig. 9. Steganoporella Neozelanica, Busk (Vincularian form), with its 
membranous covering. 9a. Showing the structure of the cell. 
0b, Nat. size (two forms). 


XVI.—Description of a new Species of the Homopterous 
Genus Aphena from Sumatra. By Arthur G. BUTLER, 
pees LZ. Occ 

THE species which I here describe was obtained last year by 

purchase, and it struck me at once as a very beautiful and new 

Homopteron allied to Aphena submaculata ; but upon showing 

it to my friend Mr. W. L. Distant, I found that he was in- 

clined to regard it as a very fine and highly coloured variety 
of that species, though without careful comparison of the 
structural details of the two insects he was not prepared to 

declare absolutely that they were not distinct. This, after a 

minute examination of our specimens, I am fully convinced 

to be the case, and therefore I do not hesitate to describe the 
species. 
Aphena chionema, sp. 0. 


General form of A. submaculata, but the tegmina relativel 
z é ) fo) 7 

broader across the middle, owing to the greater arch of the 
costal margint; the outer margin is also very decidedly 
longer, forming an oblique straight edge instead of an arch 

Syut) ie) 1q tte. 5, 
continuous with that of the apical portion ; the apex, there- 
fore, is more prominent than in A. submaculata. ‘The thorax, 


* Actually the orifice of the tubular passage is placed far down within 
the upper chamber, and is not easily seen. 

+ This I have proved by careful measurement, the difference in width 
between the middle and the widest part in these wings being exactly 
2 millim. both in the larger and the smaller insect; to an artistic eye 
the different outline is most marked, 


128 Mr. A. G. Butler on a new Species of Aphena. 


though naturally larger altogether, is comparatively slightly 
shorter; and the spinose dorsal processes in the centre of the 
hind margins of the meso- and metanotum are distinctly more 
prominent; the posterior edge of the pronotum is more dis- 
tinctly carinate, and the surface much more irregular; the 
front margin of the head is comparatively much narrower, 
making the head altogether less quadrate in form; the re- 
flexed frontal horn is considerably longer, being carried back- 
wards the whole length of the head over the pronotum, 
whereas in A. submaculata it is of only-two thirds this length ; 
the upper surface of the horn is narrower throughout, and 
therefore more sharply suleated down the centre; the frons is 
almost identical in form and sculpture; spines on the posterior 
tibize less acute. 

Tegmina above blood-red, mottled all over with snow-white 
spots, most of which are confluent beyond the middle; the 
costal and external borders regularly spotted, the former with 
white and the latter with slaty-black spots: wings intense 
black, spars ely spotted with white, but the spots much smaller 
than in A. submaculata; the apical border washed with chest- 
nut-red ; veins at base scarlet ; the abdominal and anal borders 
whity brown, interrupted by the white spots: head and pro- 
notum scarlet, the latter with black lateral anterior margins 
and a black spot on each side ; mesonotum black, with a large 
irregular central scarlet patch; metanotum black, outlined 
in scarlet ; abdomen cadmium-yellow, almost entirely covered 
by the ordinary white waxy secretion common to the group; 
tegmina below brilliant carmine-red, the basal two thirds 
streaked transversely with grey; a few white-centred glau- 
cous-grey rounded spots scattered irregularly over the external 
third ; costal border crossed by black spots and dashes; ex- 
ternal border with a marginal series of small black spots. 
Wings below much as above, but the nervures beyond the 
middle relieved in greyish white, and the white spots congre- 
gated on the apical instead of the abdominal half, the borders 
also greyish, veins at base scarlet, as above: body below 
scarlet, margins of metasternum stramineous; middle and 
posterior coxe clouded with black. Exp. tegm. 89 millim. ; 
corp. long. 26; noti lat. 9; long. cum capite 12}; abdom. 
long. 133. 


Sumatra (Ch. Curtis). Type B.M. 


Bibliographical Notices. 129 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


The Zoological Record for 1880 (vol. xvii.). 
Edited by KE. C. Ryz. London: 1881. 


Zoologischer Jahresbericht fiir 1880, 
Redigirt von Prof. J. Vicr. Carus. Leipzig: 1881. 


Iv is with very great satisfaction that we are able to report that 
the two zoological records (proper) for the year 1880 appeared 
before the end of the year 1881. We shall not here take any notice 
of the reports which appear as part of the ‘Archiv fiir Natur- 
geschichte ;” for they have acquired an antiquarian right to appear 
whensoever they please. Rivalry has shown itself to be so far ad- 
vantageous that the early appearance of what we will call the 
Naples ‘ Record’ for 1879 has given a new, and a needed, impetus to 
the more speedy publication of the volume which appears under the 
auspices of the Zoological Record Association. 

When we look in a broad way at what is to be expected from 
an effort of this kind, the first question we have to ask ourselves 
is as to the scope of such a work; from a theoretical point of view, 
we expect anatomical, embryological, and palzeontological studies to 
be no less recognized than the work of the descriptive and syste- 
matic zoologist. When we examine it from a practical point of 
view we find that, in addition to these requirements, we haye to 
demand compendiousness, facility of reference, and peculiar attention 
to such points as might easily escape a worker in a narrow groove. 
It is not so necessary to refer in detail to Prof. Huxley’s work on 
the gills of crayfish as to an obscure notice of rare species in a 
journal with a limited circulation: no student of carcinology can 
fail to hear of the one; but it is far from all that will, from more 
general sources, become acquainted with the existence of a paper by 
Mr. Haswell on some new Amphipods from Australia and Tasmania, 
Compendiousness is hardly to be associated with a detailed state- 
ment of every fossil fish or coral; and that work is more particu- 
larly undertaken by the ‘ Geological Record.’ Thus, then, we find 
that the English ‘ Record,’ of which the 17th volume has now ap- 
peared, and which has been under the care of such practised and 
practical workers as Dr. Gunther, Prof. Newton, and Mr. Rye, has 
dealt with anatomical and paleontological study in much less detail 
than with the ever-growing and overpowering force of the descrip- 
tions of new forms. On the other hand, the Naples ‘ Record’ takes 
all zoology for its province. As it has thus put itself into rivalr 
with a publication which had learnt its true position, and had been, 
in some departments, served tor many years by the same exper ienced 
hands, let us see how it has justified its boldness. Last year we 
refrained from criticism from the reverentia que debetur pueris 3 but 


130 Bibliographical Notices. 


we fear that the kind of work which received last July somewhat 
severe treatment from our contemporary, the ‘ Ibis,’ is not a little 
repeated in the volumes now before us. 

We have, however, a somewhat difficult task; we demand facility 
of reference, and the work gives us indices which look most com- 
plete ; even, however, with their aid we cannot find any indication 
of a report of Prof. Huxley’s paper on the Evolution of the Ver- 
tebrata. We cannot believe that it is omitted; but perhaps it 
does not contain sufficient names for undiscovered and hypothetical 
groups to bring it within our foreign friends’ idea of what should 
constitute a zoological essay. 

Let us then take rather some representative group of working 
zoologists ; perhaps we can not do better than select for this purpose 
the eleven who prepared the English ‘ Record’ for the year 1879. 
They will be found to fall into two groups, one of which is well, 
the other insufficiently reported. Mr, Forbes will have some trouble 
to find his third paper on the “ Anatomy of Passerine Birds ;” for 
it is not in the index ; the title is not given in the chapter on Birds, 
but it is placed among the general papers on the anatomy of Verte- 
brates. So, again, his paper on the Ploceine birds is not in the 
index; and we leave our ornithological readers to imagine his feel- 
ings when he finds Pytelia (wieneri) appear as Pitylia ; Pytilia has, 
we know, been used by Dr. Cabanis; but Mr. Forbes deals with that 
point in a footnote to his paper. Mr. Kirby’s parting gift to Dublin 
(his account of the new species of Lepidoptera in the collection of 
the Museum of the Royal Dublin Society), Mr. Bell’s paper on Pen- 
tastomum, which appeared in the pages of this journal, Mr. Ridley’s 
essay on foreign sponge-spicules, which was thought worthy of 
publication by a society which is in the habit of taking the opinion 
of experts on the value of the papers submitted to it, seem all to have 
been neglected. It is hard on the poor parasitic Arachnids that 
the only paper written about them during the year 1880 should be 
forgotten ; it is not right that a maiden paper on sponges should be 
neglected. Did the student of the Arachnida look for O, P. Cam- 
bridge or for Argyrodes in either Autoren- or Sachregister he would 
find that the important paper which is noted in the body has not 
found its way into the necessary appendages. Dr. von Martens would 
appear to have been well treated; and that Mr. M‘Lachlan comes 
off well, cela va sans dire, when we add that he falls to the recorder- 
ship of so experienced and so admirable a worker as Dr. Hagen. 
Mr. Saunders and Mr. O'Shaughnessy, with two papers each, are 
duly recorded, as are Mr. Hickson and Mr. Bourne with one each ; ; 
and Mr. Bourne, indeed, gets as much as what would amount to 
one tenth of his own paper, and to about four times as much as 
his own excellent summary. 

But what shall we say of the treatment given to works on syste- 
matic zoology, so important as those which form part of the Cata- 
logue of the British Museum? Last year Mr. Sharpe was very 
incompletely reported ; this year we are calmly told that Lord Wal- 
singham’s quarto volume on Lepidoptera has not been seen by the 


Bibliographical Notices. 131 


Recorder. If Recorders undertake work when they live at inacces- 
sible distances from the libraries of great cities, they must suffer for 
their zeal and buy the books ; if they plead that British-Museum 

catalogues are very expensive, we can only answer that the just- 
mentioned naturalist’s account of the Pterophoride of California, 
which might have been bought for a few shillings, is not even men- 
tioned by name; nor would Dr. Jentink have been ruined by the 
price of the second edition of Mr. Pascoe’s ‘ Zoological Classification,’ 
which he notes as not haying been seen. 

There are some striking errors in judgment: we must own that 
we do not think we could have recorded Mr. B. Clarke’s ideas on 
zoological classification once (it is here done twice) without a very 
serious disturbance of our risible faculties ; we should have doubted 
the value of teaching zoologists how to clean cover-glasses ; and 
although we know that a correspondent of ‘Science Gossip’ performs 
admirably well his duties as a waiter at a hotel in Canterbury, we 
should not have handed to posterity his account of his inspection of 
a Rotifer. We should have refrained from taking advantage of our 
position to name an unnamed species (pt. 1. p. 289); and we should 
not have done more than give the titles of the papers in which Pro- 
fessors Agassiz and Bell amused the Zoological Society with their 
different accounts of what the elder Agassiz meant. 

One or two other criticisms remain to be made; if the chapter on 
sponges is to be taken as a type of the whole, misprints abound ; 
e.g. Chalina fostilis for C. fertilis (p. 174); Monoxide for Monax- 
ide (p. 176); the char ane generic term Protoschmidtia has a t 
between the Pandr; Cladoriza, which, by the way, is a genus of 
Sars’s (1872), and not a new genus, is spelt Chladoriza; and on the 
same page (p. 185) we have vilifiea for silifica. Some of Vosmaer’s 
new species of Clathria are given, but C. elegans is omitted. Among 
the Bryozoa we find no note of Mr. Haswell’s new species, Myrio- 
zoum australiense. 

To sum the matter np, we will make two comparisons between a 
-part of the Naples ‘ Record’ that appears to us to be, from their point 
of view, particularly well done, and the same part in the English 
Record. Prof. Ludwig and Prof. Bell both appear to devote the 
greater part of their energies to the Echinodermata; and both omit 
one, though a different, paper of considerable importance. We can- 
not understand how one who has to do with collections which come 
from all parts of the world to the British Museum could have 
neglected to make himself acquainted with the important work of 
Mobius on the fauna of Mauritius; and Ludwig’s omission of De 
Loriol’s valuable monograph on Egy ptian fossil Echinids is a matter 
for regret. Mr. Bell notices it, Gl we observe, does not fail to 
indicate that the veteran echinologist is not satisfied with his new 
genus. But, as to brevity (no inconsiderable virtue), compare the 
two. The Englishman writes, ‘“ Asterias paleocrystallus, Sladen, 
is a Pedicellaster; Ann. N. H. (5) v. pp. 216, 217.” The Naples 
Recorder gives seven lines to the same point. Lengthiness some- 
times leads to confusion; no one who looks at the German account 


132 Bibliographical Notices. 


of Mr. Dobson’s new worm would’ imagine that the generic term 
Pterygodermatites was due to Wedl; but with the several lines there 
given the student is not reminded, as he is in the English work, that 
Rictularia is an older generic term. 

The references are often incomplete; compare that of Giinther’s 
‘Introduction to the Study of Fishes,’ an account of which is, horre- 
scimus referentes, given in a third language (Italian), Orley’s 
Monograph of the Anguillulidee, or Balfour and Sedgwick’s memoir 
on the Head-kidney of the Embryo Chick (pt. iv. p. 186). 

A reference to the last paper, which is omitted seemingly from 
the English ‘ Record,’ reminds us that Mr. Rye’s coadjutors fail some- 
what in their appreciation of anatomical works; “les ganglions sont 
confondus” is not to be translated by the “ganglia are con- 
founded” (Ins. p. 2). Neither Mr. Kirby nor Mr. Ridley refer to 
their illustrious countryman’s epoch-making work on comparative 
embryology ; medical helminthology might, we should think, be 
more fully treated; the researches of Scott and Balfour on the low- 
her Pisces might have had a word of explanation ; a few words on 
the freshwater Medusa would not have been unacceptable ; and 
something of general importance could surely have been found in 
Prof. Martin Duncan’s fine work on Sind corals. 

On the whole, however, we would recommend the working zoo- 
logist to put his trust in the English ‘ Record ;’ and we shall perhaps 
be pardoned if we suggest to the Naples staff that, having done the 
chief work for which they were called into existence, that of 
awakening the Englishman to a sense of the necessity of early 
appearance, they will reconsider the advisability of producing a work 
hasty and imperfect in execution, cumbrous for employment, un- 
certain in its accuracy, and ill-proportioned in its design. 


Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society. New series, vol. iii. 
part 11.(1880). 8vo. Pp. 83-174. Also, new series, vol. ii. 
(1877-8-9). Flora [recent] of the Bristol Coal-field, Edited by 
J. W. Wuire. Part I. Thalamiflore. 8vo, 40 pages. Bristol, 
1881. 


As usual, this publication of the Bristol Naturalists is full of 
good matter. Dr. S. P. Thompson gives a concise and suggestive 
treatise on hearing with two ears, and describes also a new phonau- 
tograph. The breathing of aquatic larve, the local Lepidoptera, 
and the Fungi are special subjects ; also the boulders of the Broms- 
grove district. Notes on recent investigations on the course of 
storms, by Dr. Burden; on the preparation of a local Flora, by J. 
W. White; Mr. C. Jeck’s optimist view of “ Darwinism”; and 
Mr. Leipner’s “ Naturalist’s Ramble in Guernsey,” are all worthy of 
attention. 

The first instalment of a new local flora, made by the personal 
exertions of the Society, and edited by the ‘* Honorary Secretary of 


Miscellaneous. 133 


the Botanical Section,” is issued with this part. It contains the 
Thalamiflorals. Other portions will follow year by year. The next 
will give the Calyciflorals ; the third, the Coralliflorals ; the fourth, 
Apetalous Plants; and the fifth and last, the Endogens, Gymno- 
sperms, and Vascular Cryptogams. 


Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova-Scotian Institute of 
Natural Science of Halifax, Nova Scotia, Vol. v. part ui. for 
1880-81. 8vo. Pp. 223-315. Halifax, N.S., 1881. 


ContTrnvations of geological research in Nova Scotia, by the Rey. Dr. 
D. Honeyman, Professor of Geology in Dalhousie College, and detailed 
descriptions of lievrite and of the trap-minerals of Nova Scotia, by 
Edwin Gilpin, Government Inspector of Mines, and some Geolo- 
gical Notes by A. Cameron and Alfred Hare, constitute a goodly 
portion of this part. In Botany, Dr. Somers treats of the Fungi and 
Mosses of the country; and Mr. A. W. Mackay enumerates the 
Lichens. The birds of prey have an interesting memoir by Dr. J. B. 
Gilpin, an acute observer. He states that the Rev. Mr. Wainwright, 
a missionary in Labrador, with good eye and hand, shot an eagle 
rising eight feet from the ground with a fisherman’s child in its 
claws, and dropped it so cleverly as not to hurt its living prey. 
Dr. Gilpin also gives a lively account of the dwellings of the Musk- 
rat and Beaver of Nova Scotia. The ice-storm of January 1881 is 
noted by H. 8. Poole, F.G.S., and Mr. R. Morrow, among the mis- 
cellaneous materials of this useful and interesting number of the 
Nova-Scotian Institute’s Proceedings. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Origin of the Spermatozoids in the Hydroids. 
By M. A. bE VARENNE. 


In a preceding note I had the honour of presenting to the Aca- 
demy a summary of my researches upon the origin of the ovum in 
the Hydroids* ; and I now wish to communicate the results to 
which my observations on the origin of the male sexual products in 
the same group have led me. 

In the species that I have observed the mother cells of the sper- 
matozoids appear not in the gonophores, medusoid buds, or Meduse, 
as has hitherto been supposed, but in the tissues of the colony 
itself, in what Allman calls the canosarc. Weismann has lately 
described the same phenomenon in the genus Plumularia; but he 
thinks that it occurs with the spermatic cells only in this genus. I 
regret that I cannot adopt his opinion. 


* See ‘ Annals,’ October 188], vol. viii. p. 821. 


134 Miscellaneous. 


The three species that I have studied are Campanularia flexuosa, 
Gonothyraa Loven, and Podocoryne carnea. I selected these three 
species for the purpose of following a course parallel to that which 
I pursued in regard to the development of the ovum, ‘The first has 
its sexual generation represented by gonophores, which remain con- 
stantly attached to the hydroid polype; the second presents a semi- 
medusa, and the third a free medusa. 

I find it impossible to share the opinion of those authors who 
accept the ectodermic origin of the male sexual products in these 
species. 

In Campanularia flewuosa we find in the endoderm of the stem 
before the appearance of any gonophores, some large highly-refrin- 
gent cells; these are the primitive mother-cells. They are round, 
and possess large nuclei with anucleolus. The presence of a certain 
number of mother cells induces the formation of a gonophore, 
which is at first only a simple cecal diverticulum of the endoderm 
and ectoderm. The endoderm of this diverticulum is thus occupied 
by a certain number of mother cells; and at this moment we can 
ascertain that the intermediate lamella certainly passes over these 
differentiated cells, and that consequently the origin of the testis 
is certainly endodermic. 

It is very important, for the recognition of these facts, to observe 
the gonophores as young as possible, when the large mother cells, 
which are known by their refringency, occupy the endodermic 
wall of the body of the polype and are in immediate contact 
with the digestive cavity of the colony, and when the cecal diver- 
ticulum above mentioned begins to make its appearance. In fact, 
after this moment the primitive mother cells multiply rapidly, and 
the daughter cells, which are much smaller and always possess re- 
fringent nuclei, form a testicular mass of a horseshoe form, which 
very rapidly increases in size. At the same time the testicular 
mass ceases to form part of the endodermic wall, and to be in direct 
contact with the digestive cavity of the colony ; for the non-differ- 
entiated endoderm, previously interrupted at this point by the 
testicular mass, becomes reconstituted beneath this mass, and there 
forms a continuous layer. Thus, in consequence of this multipli- 
cation of the mother cells and the reconstruction of an uninterrupted 
endodermic layer beneath the testicular mass, it is very difficult at 
this moment to recognize the origin of the testis, which has become 
an isolated mass, between the ectoderm and the endoderm recon- 
structed beneath it; and in consequence of there being this endo- 
derm of new formation, which may be mistaken for the primitive 
endoderm, beneath the testicular mass, one may very easily suppose 
that the intermediate lamella passes beneath the mother cells, and 
that therefore the origin of the spermatozoids is ectodermic. It is 
this, I believe, that has Jed into error the authors who accept the 
ectodermic origin of the male sexual products. 

In Gonothyrea Loveni the affair takes place in the same manner, 
and I need not dwell upon it further. 

In Podocoryne carnea, in the region of the body of the hydroid 


Miscellaneous. 135 


polype where the medusze are to bud forth, we find the endodermic 
wall occupied by large refringent cells; these are the primitive 
mother cells. Soon the endoderm and the ectoderm form a cecal 
diverticulum, into which the mother cells pass. This diverticulum 
will become a medusa; and the mother cells will occupy its endo- 
derm ; the intermediate lamella passes over them. 

I will not enter into the details of the development of the me- 
dusa, as I shall soon have the honour of laying before the Academy 
a memoir upon this subject. It will suffice to say that after this 
period the testicular mass grows rapidly, that the endoderm is re- - 
constituted in the form of a new uninterrupted layer beneath this 
testicular mass, and that the mass of spermatozoids finally occupies 
the manubrium of the medusa between the ectoderm, which has 
become considerably thinner, and the newly-formed layer of endo- 
derm already mentioned. 

To sum up, in these three species 

1. The male sexual products do not originate in the gonophores, 
medusoid buds, or medusze, as has been supposed, but in the cano- 
sarc of the hydroid polype itself, as I have already shown to be the 
case with the ovum. 

2. The primitive mother cells of the spermatozoids are derived, 
like the ova, from differentiated endodermice cells. 

3. Like the ova again, these mother cells pass into a diverticulum 
of the walls of the body; and this diverticulum by development 
becomes a gonophore, destined to be always attached to the hydroid 
polype, or asemimedusa, or a free medusa. 

4, The origin of the sexual products and their development there- 
fore present a very great analogy in the male and female colonies. | 

5. If we accept these facts as demonstrated, the gonophores, the 
semimedusze, and the meduse in both the male and female colonies 
can be regarded only as representing the sexual individuals; and it 
consequently appears that alternution of generations cannot be 
accepted.— Comptes Rendus, December 12, 1881, p. 1032. 


On the Phenomena of Division in Kuglypha alveolata and the Mono- 
thalamous Ehizopods in general, By Dr. Aue, Gruser. 


The investigations of Dr. Gruber upon the phenomena of the 
multiplication by division in Luglypha alveolata and other Mono- 
thalamous Rhizopods reveal important facts in the history of these 
creatures. They show especially how the envelopes of the body 
being more or less supple or resistant, influence the mode in which 
division is effected. 

If we group the Monothalamia in accordance with the nature of 
their covering, we may form a first category for those of which the 
carapace consists of little plates of various forms produced by the 
sarcode of the animal itself. It is here that we must place the 
species upon which the author has made the most complete inyesti- 
gations. 


136 Miscellaneous. 


Leidy observed two examples of Euglypha alveolata united by 
their soft parts in the oral region—that is to say, at the orifice of the 
shell. One of these individuals was at first much smaller than the 
other ; but at the end of an hour it had attained the normal dimen- 
sions, and currents of protoplasm passed from one individual to the 
other. This fact alone seemed to indicate that this was a pheno- 
menon of division rather than of conjugation. But the observation 
was too imperfect to permit any certain conclusions to be drawn from 
it. Dr. Gruber has completely elucidated the mode of reproduction 
in question, by following step by step all its phases in the same 
individual. 

In a well-developed specimen of Euglypha alveolata we observe 
in the region where the nucleus is situated some small very refrac- 
tive bodies, which preceding observers have regarded as being the 
little plates destined to form the new carapace after a moult. This 
interpretation, which is correct so far as the nature of the bodies is 
concerned, is not so with regard to the part they have to play. 

According to Dr. Gruber’s observations a certain quantity of pro- 
toplasm projects from the carapace through the aperture of the latter. 
At the same time the little plates just mentioned set themselves in 
motion, and arrange themselves one behind thevether along the wall 
of the carapace. Fyrom this a series is soon seen to issue and arrange 
themselves round the process of protoplasm that has been expelled 
through the aperture. The quantity of this protoplasm gradually in- 
creases ; and at the same time fresh platelets issuing from the parent 
individual become imbricated upon its surface. In from half an hour 
to an hour these pieces, about eighty in number, have taken their 
places, and the new creature has acquired the aspect of a fir-cone ; 
finally, a little later, they present their definitive arrangement, and 
the Huglypha that they protect only differs from that which has 
given it birth by the absence of a nucleus. 

While the carapace is forming, the maternal nucleus undergoes 
certain changes. I'ine granulations or curved lines make their ap- 
pearance in it. It soon presents movements, slowly changes its 
form, and finally becomes elongated in the direction of the major 
axis of the animal. It then shows a longitudinal striation, which 
grows more and more distinct; and at the same time its length 
comes nearly to equal that of the animal. Then it becomes con- 
stricted and divides into two halves, one of which remains in the 
original individual, while the other passes into the newly-formed 
one. After passing away from the point of union of the two Lugly- 
phe, these nuclei lose their striation and are distinguishabie only in 
the form of more transparent spaces. 

In the protoplasm a movement of circulation then commences, 
and takes place both in the interior of each individual and from one 

-individual to the other; this lasts for about a quarter of an hour 
and then ceases. After some changes of little importance a loosening 
occurs at the point of union of thet two Huglyphe ; pseudopodia make 
their appearance there; and finally the two creatures separate and 
are equally complete, 


Miscellaneous. 137 


The observations of F. E. Schultze on Quadrula symmetrica, and 
those of Leidy on Trinema acinus, show that in these two genera 
the same things evidently take place as in Huglypha ; that is to say, 
the platelets protecting the body are produced in the interior of 
the parent individual, and afterwards conveyed round the body of 
the daughter individual. M. Gruber has almost completely traced 
these same phenomena of division in Cyphoderia ampulla, the cara- 
pace of which is not formed of a comparatively restricted and toler- 
able constant number of plates, but rather of an infinity of little 
particles which gives this envelope the aspect of shagreen. 

The phenomena of division seem to be nearly the same in the 
Arcelle. 

In the Monothalamia with carapaces formed of foreign materials, 
such as the Difflugiw, which are covered with grains of sand «e., 
individuals have been observed united by their buccal poles; and 
this state has been regarded as the result of conjugation. According 
to Dr. Gruber this interpretation is incorrect, and the individuals 
thus joined must be the product of a division on the point of com- 
pletion. With Bitschli he assumes that these Rhizopods first of all 
introduce into their bodies the foreign substances which are to serve 
for the formation of the envelope. The sand-grains, Diatoms, «c. 
are then transported to the outer surface of the newly-formed indi- 
vidual, just in the same way as the platelets of the Huglyphe, 
Quadrule, &e. 

The forms which are protected by an inflexible chitinous carapace 
also present the same mode of multiplication. ‘This would seem to 
be proved by Dr. Gruber’s observations on Microgromia socialis, and 
Schneider’s on Difflugia enchelys. 

On the other hand, in the genera which have an envelope formed 
by a flexible membrane adherent to the sarcode of the body, divi- 
sion takes place, as in the Amwbe, in the mode that may be denomi- 
nated normal, because it is that which is by far the most frequent 
in animal cells. A constriction is produced in the middle of the 
body, and causes the formation of two individuals.—Zertschrift f. 
wiss. Zool. xxxv. p. 431, & xxxvi. p. 104 (1881); Bibl. Univ., 
Archives des Sciences, December 15, 1881, p. 624. 


The Mediterranean Species of Fierasfer. By Prof. C. Emery. 


Fierasfer acus, the commonest species in the Mediterranean, 
attains a length of 19 centim. (about 73 inches), and takes up its 
abode preferently in the large Holothuriw, such as Holothuria tubu- 
losa and Stichopus regalis. The author has frequently observed the 
process adopted by the little fish for introducing itself into the body 
of the Echinoderm. It commences by examining the whole length 
of the latter until it has discovered at which end the anus is situ- 
ated. It places its muzzle against this orifice, and then, at the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol, ix. 10 


138 Miscellaneous. 


moment when the sphincter dilates to allow the escape of the water 
which has served for respiration, it bends round quickly, and gliding 
its slender tail along its body, passes it in an instant into the cloaca 
of the Holothuria. This first step taken, the rest of the operation 
may occupy more or less time. <A small Mierasfer attacking a large 
Holothuria sometimes succeeds in making an entrance at once. 
But should there be any disproportion of size the parasite waits for 
the respiratory stream to dilate the anus, and then pushes further in ; 
and it is only by long-continued efforts that it finally enters. Prof. 
Emery has seen as many as seven of these fish successively enter 
the body of the same individual. 

The Mierasfer lodges at first in the respiratory tree of the Holo- 
thuria, which opens into the intestine not far from the anus; but it 
is also found in the perivisceral cavity, because the respiratory tree 
is most frequently torn by the efforts of the little fish, especially 
when it receives several of them at the same time. The Ficrasfer, 
however, is not a true parasite feeding at the expense of its host, 
but gets its nourishment from the sea by pushing its head out of the 
Holothuria. The position of its anus, which is placed very near the 
head, also enables it to evacuate the faecal matters and the sexual 
products without quitting its domicile. 

This singular fish consequently makes use of the Holothuria as a 
habitation, or as a refuge from its enemies. It is therefore what 
we may call a RE in the words of Van Beneden, or, as Prof. 
Emery expresses it, a lodger-parasite (inguilinus)—R. Accad. der 
Tancei, Atti, ser. 3, val. vii. 1880; Bibl. Univ., Archives des Sciences, 
December 15, 1881, p. 627. 


Mode of Capture of Lizards in Southern Europe. By Dr. T. Ermer. 


In my memoir on Lacerta muralis cerulea I described the peculiar 
method, usual in Italy, by which the boys there catch lizards: they 
make a noose at the end of a long stiff haulm of grass, and fill this 
with saliva so as to appear like a shining mirror. They hold the 
grass-haulm towards a lizard, which, being very inquisitive, 
comes nearer and nearer in order to examine the apparatus, and in 
the midst of its curiosity easily allows the noose to be drawn over 
its head. 

The celebrated statue of the Sauroctonus*, as is well known, 
represents a youth, still of tender age, who, leaning with his left 
arm upon the trunk of a tree, and holding in his right hand a piece 
of a rod, in a watchful attitude follows with his eyes a lizard running 
up the trunk of the tree, with the object, as the archeologists think, 
either of tickling or transfixing it with the above-mentioned rod, 
as with a dart, a fragment of which the rod would represent. The 
latter opinion, so far as I know, relates to the statement of Plinyr, 


* Savpoxrovos, lizard-killer. t, Hist: Nat, xxv. 70, 


Miscellaneous. 139 


who says, ‘ fecit ” (ex sere Praxiteles, to whom he ascribes the statue) 
“ puberem Apollinem subrepenti lacerte cominus sagitta insidiantem, 
quem sauroctonon vocant.” Apollo is supposed to wish to obtain 
predictions from the struggles of the dying lizard. An epigram of 
Martial* relating to our statue runs as follows :— 


“ Sauroctonos Corinthius” [2. e. of Corinthian brass]. 


“ Ad te reptanti, puer insidiose, lacertee 
Parce, cupit digitis illa perire tuis.” 


The lizard, therefore, is creeping up to the boy. ‘This and the 
whole bearing of the Sauroctonus, which is quietly expectant and 
almost negligent, the attitude of the right arm and hand, the mode 
in which the latter holds the rod in its fingers, lightly and easily, 
not firmly and securely as one holds a dart with which one intends 
to kill, and, lastly, the peaceable expression of the face, indicating 
sport rather than any thing serious, all appear to me to show most 
definitely that im the Sauroctonus we have before us a boy waiting 
for a lizard with a grass noose and not with a dart. It is by this 
explanation that the whole statue becomes intelligible, and appears 
in all its harmonious truth to life. 

It is well known that there is in the Vatican a copy of the original 
in marble, which was dug up on the Palatine Hillin 1777; another, 
smaller one, in bronze, found near 8. Balbina, in the Villa Albani, 
in Rome; another in Paris, &ce. The first two I know well by per- 
sonal inspection. In the best-known and finest of them, that in the 
Vatican, both arms from the shoulders are new. In the example in 
the Villa Albani the arms are old; according to one of the state- 
ments accessible to me at the moment, the right hand has, however, 
been restored in this?. Be this as it may, the attitude of the right 
arm, hand, and fingers in both cases is such thet it can be connected 
only with the light and easy holding of a grass-haulm, and not of a 
dart. I would, however, lay the chief stress upon the other charac- 
ters of the statue, which, as already stated, can only be brought 
into accordance with the former conception. 

It would be interesting to know whether the method of capturing 
lizards with the noose is practised in Greece, as is very probable, 
considering the old relations of the Greeks and Romans ; but even 
if this should not be the case, these re'ations would suffice to have 
given Praxiteles the material for his statue. 

Thus the practice of this method would be shown to be very 
ancient. To what ancient times similar practices may be traced 
back, how tenaciously they transmit themselves to later ages and 
maintain themselves therein, is proved by a fresco painting in the 
Etruscan Museum of the Vatican, representing a boy who allows a 


P xiv. 172. 
+ In the example in Paris also the right forearm and hand are new, 
as also the fingers of the left hand. 


140 Miscellaneous. 


bird held by a thread attached to its legs to flutter about. This is 
a practice which is still one of the commonest acts of the daily 
cruelty to animals witnessed in Italy, and has consequently oceupied 
thoughtless human creatures at least since the time of the Etruscan 
people, which loses itself in the obscurity of an unknown past.— 
Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, xlvii. (1881) pp. 514-516. 


Note on some obscure Points in the Organization and Development 


of the Echinorhynchi. By M. Méenry. 


The Kehinorhynchi are generally regarded as entirely destitute 
of a mouth and digestive organs, M. Lespés has described what 
he thought was a digestive organ in the trunk of Echinorhynchus 
gigas; but his view has not been adopted by subsequent authors; 
and M. Mégnin thinks that the cavity that exists in the interior of 
the trunk is the result of a disposition rendered necessary by the 
alternate erection and retraction of the trunk, like the finger of a 
glove, frequently observed in these worms. 

His own investigations have been pursued for several years upon 
different species of Hchinorhynchi, both adult and in the state of 
encysted larvae, obtained from fishes, reptiles, birds, and Cetacea ; 
and he states that, although the cavity of the trunk may not be a 
digestive organ, such an organ nevertheless exists. In many Lehi- 
norhynchi there are two pyriform organs, which open at the base of 
the neck in the species which have not the trunk sessile, and at the 
base of the trunk in those which have no neck. These organs, 
called menisci, were regarded by Dujardin as a salivary apparatus ; 
but all other helminthologists have confessed ignorance of their 
significance and function. ‘Tn some encysted larvee of Echinorhynchi, 
obtained from the cellular tissue of Varani and of a pheasant, the 
author found that these menisci filled the cavity of the body and 
opened at the base of the trunk in a large buccal pore with finely- 
folded lips. Ina specimen of Echinorhynchus brevicollis from the 
whale the menisci were replaced by two long cylindrical tubes, 
opening into a furrow at the base of the trunk, and extending to 
the extremity of the body on each side of the generative organs. 
The interior of these tubes was lined with polyg gonal cells strongly 
impregnated with fat-globules of a reddish-yellow colour ; and the 
author describes them as presenting a complete analogy with the 
bifid intestine of certain Distoma. 

This intestine exists in the encysted larvae of the Hehinorhynchi, 
but is atrophied and represented only by the menisci in most of the 
adults, although, as above stated, it persists in some. The fact of 
the presence of a bifurcate intestine in the Echinorhynchi approxi- 
mates those worms to the Trematoda, and removes them from the 
Nematoda, with which they have hitherto been classed.—Comptes 
Rendus, December 12, 1881, p. 1054. 


EE AUNGN-ACLS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[FIFTH SERIES. ] 


No. 51. MARCH 1882. 


XVIL— The Sponge-fauna of Norway ; a Report on the Rev. 
A. M. Norman’s Collection of Sponges from the Norwegian 
Coast. By Professor W. J. Souuas, M.A., F.R.S.E., &. 


[Plates VI. & VII.] 
[Continued from vol. v. p. 409. ] 


Order TETRACTINELLIDA, Marshall. 
Group Groprwa, Carter (continued). 


Genus PacHyMaTISMA, Bwk. 


Pachymatisma Johnstonia, Bwk. 


Alcyonium primum, Diose. (?), Donati, Hist. Nat. de Ja mer Adriat, 
(1758). 

Halichondria Johnstona, Bwk. Trans. Micr. Soe. vol. i. p. 63, pl. vi. 
(1841) ; Hist. Brit. Sponges, Johnst. p. 198 (1842). 

Pachymatisma Johnstoma, Bwk. Monogr. Brit. Spong. ii. pp. 3 & 51; 
O. Schmidt, Zweites Suppl. Spong. d. Adriat. Meeres, p. 12 (1866) ; 
Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, vol. iv. p. 11. 

Caminus osculosus, Grube, Mitth, w. St. Malo u. Roskoff, p, 182, pl. ii. 
fig. 3 (1873). 

Bowerbank’s faithful description of this sponge renders un- 
necessary any thing more than a supplement on some points 
of its histology. 

Ann. & Mag. -N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 11 


142 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


1. The Cortex.—(i) The outermost layer of the cortex is 
an exceedingly thin, colourless, and transparent membrane, 
which rests on a layer of bacillar spicules, homologous with 
the layer of minute stellates in other Geodine sponges. 

(ii) The bacillar layer is single, 7. e. only one bacillus 
thick, the bacilli lying parallel to its surface, orientated in 
every direction, in close contact with each other. Since there 
is nothing intervening between the superficial membrane and 
the bacillar layer, it is clear that the former must be the 
ectoderm, if the generalization hold good that all the skeletal 
parts of the sponge originate in the mesoderm. That it now 
exhibits no ectodermic structure is in full accordance with 
Schulze’s observations, who states that he has never yet seen 
the characteristic platten-cell outlines in spirit-specimens, but 
only in fresh specimens under silver or gold treatment. 

(iii) The succeeding dermal layer is described by Bower- 
bank * as “a stratum of membranous structure and sarcode 
destitute of gemmules (globates).” It is of very variable 
thickness, in some places 0°0038 to 0:0075 inch across, in 
others absent, the underlying globates then coming in contact 
with the bacillar layer; it closely resembles the vesicular 
or vacuolated connective tissue of Geodia Barretti (see anted, 
vol. v. p. 251) ; in some parts it consists simply of separate 
colourless, transparent, more or less oval, or polygonal cells 
with remarkably thin walls and devoid of contents, except for 
a very small quantity of colourless sarcode, in which may 
usually be detected a nucleus with its nucleolus (PL. VI. figs. 5 
and 13); in other places, however, the tissue exhibits in 
addition an intermediate substance, which joins the adjacent 
cells together, and appears to result from the metamorphosis 
and fusion of their walls; the intermediate substance is 
usually colourless and structureless ; but sometimes it assumes 
a dusky grey tint, owing to the presence of abundant minute 
granules; it also appears in some cases to become finely 
fibrillated (Pl. VI. fig. 5). 

(iv) The globate layer, 0°03 inch thick, has the same 
structure as in other Geodine sponges. The ligaments which 
join adjacent globates together consist of fine structureless 
parallel fibrille, amongst which at intervals occur parallel- 
lying granular threads, sometimes containing a nucleus and 
nucleolus (Pl. VI. fig. 11). They are probably derived, like 
the connective-tissue fibres, from elongated fusiform cells with 
hyaline walls and granular axial threads, in which the hyaline 
walls have become completely fibrillated, while the axial 
thread remains unchanged. 

* Phil. Trans. 1862. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 143 


(v) The subcortical layer is similar to that of Geodia 
Barretti. 

2. The Mark.—This is chiefly composed of a granular 
connective tissue like that of other Geodine sponges, but 
partly also of vesicular connective tissue; in places groups 
of granular protoplasmic cells, containing a number of 
highly refractive globules resembling oil-drops, are met 
with. The ciliated chambers measure about 0:001 inch in 
diameter. 

3. The Canal-system.—(i) Incurrent canals. Commencing 
with an examination of the surface of the sponge, we find that 
pores are not universally distributed over it, some parts being 
quite destitute of them; and in these places transverse sec- 
tions of the crust prove the corresponding absence of chones. 
In the poriferous surface we can frequently distinguish a 
number of roundish or polygonal opaque white areas, sepa- 
rated by slightly more translucent interspaces; in these areas 
are set the pores, a group of six to ten pores in each, though 
sometimes only one or two are visible, or, it may be, even 
none. Ifthe tissue bearing the pores be removed from the 
sponge and examined in glycerine under the microscope 
(Pl. VI. fig. 4), it will be found to consist of a layer of dermal 
vacuolated tissue, covered by the epidermal and_bacillar 
layers; between adjacent groups of pores, and serving to 
define them from each other, a row of globate spicules re- 
placing the dermal tissue is seen in addition. The dermal 
tissue forms a thick framework between the pores, but thins 
out towards their margins, leaving these to be constituted by 
the epidermal and bacillar layers alone. It is quite clear 
that these pores, although doubtless capable of opening and 
closing by iris-like movements of the clear marginal mem- 
brane, are not vague and transitory, as has been asserted, but, 
on the contrary, persistent and well defined. In my speci- 
mens they are usually elliptical in form. With regard to 
their size, concerning which much confusion exists in pub- 
lished writings, I find that the diameter averages about 0°075 
inch ; sometimes it becomes as much as 0°12 inch, or as little 
as 0°002 inch. The majority are clearly visible to the naked 
eye. On examining the surface from which the poriferous 
layer has been removed, it will be found that a chonal cavity 
lies beneath each cluster of pores; the opaque white areas 
in which they are set are thus in fact chonal roots, the opacity 
and whiteness being due to the absence of the globate layer 
beneath them. 

The chones, of which we have next to speak, are closely 


similar to those of Geodia Barretti; they were first described 
11* 


144 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 
by Bowerbank *, and afterwards more fully by Carter t. My 


own observations, made on thin slices mounted some in gly- 
cerine and some in balsam, all showing the structure in the 
clearest possible manner, are different from those of Carter in 
several particulars, and accord with those made by me on 
Geodia Barrett?. A transverse section of the rind, giving a 
longitudinal section of the chones, is represented in fig. 3, 
Pl. VI. The chonal roof consists of the epidermis and bacil- 
lar layer above, bearing the pores; beneath follows the 
vacuolated tissue, with interspersed fibrous elements concen- 
trically surrounding the pore-canals, which descend one from 
each pore. The pores in the centre of the roof lead directly 
into the chone, those at its sides into lateral canals, which may 
be regarded as an extension laterally of the main chonal 
cavity above the globate layer and beneath or through the 
dermis. They are best exposed in tangential sections of the 
chones. There is no trace of small independent canals tra- 
versing the crust outside the chones. ‘The ectochone has the 
form of a truncated cone, the base being directed outwards ; 
it is provided below with a well-developed sphinctral muscle, 
the origin of which is about on a level with the inner face of 
the globate layer; the endochone has almost or entirely dis- 
appeared, and the subcortical crypt is of very variable size 
and irregular form. 

The epidermis and its associated bacillar layer are con- 
tinued from the pores inwards, lining the poral canals and the 
whole cavity of the chone ; they extend through the aperture 
of the sphincter (the bacilli becoming very rare here), and 
cover the walls of the subcortical crypt. Beneath the bacil- 
lar layer in the walls of the ectochone is a layer of dermal 
vacuolated tissue, about 0°002 inch thick ; it lies immediately 
on the globate layer. 

The chonal sphincter varies in thickness according to its 
degree of contraction ; when fully closed, its lower side has a 
mamillary form and projects into the cavity of the subcor- 
tical crypt; this swollen protuberance may have given rise to 
the notion of a spiral tube descending from the sphincter, 
which does not really exist. It is covered by small roundish 
cells, which are most clearly seen at its central margin, and 
which are, without doubt, ectodermal. It consists chiefly of 
dark granular muscle-fibres, which stain deeply with car- 
mine; they have a concentric and radiate arrangement, but 
are mostly concentric. 

(ii) The Excurrent Canals. The same differences as dis- 


* 2 


rit. Spong. vol. i. p. LOL. 
t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, vol. iv. p. 18. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 145 


tinguish the excurrent and incurrent canals in Jsops are to be 
met with here. 

The ultimate excurrent canaliculi flowing from the flagel- 
lated chambers join together mto larger canals; and these, 
after one or more confluences, empty themselves into one 
or other of the main excurrent trunks, which, maintaining a 
tolerably uniform diameter for a considerable part of their 
course, at length open freely into a large, more or less spheri- 
cal chamber (Pl. VI. fig. 1, C, fig. 2, 6); this chamber com- 
municates, through an aperture guarded by a thick muscular 
sphincter, with a smooth-walled cylindrical tube (fig. 1, T, 
fig. 2, a), the external opening of which is somewhat reduced 
by an extension inwards of its surrounding margin. The 
walls of this tube, as well as its outer rim, consist of vacuo- 
lated tissue, covered by the epidermis, dermis, and_bacillar 
layer ; the vacuolated tissue extends down to the subcortical 
layer, which here consists of gelatinous connective tissue of the 
usual composition (fig. 1, ¢), bacilli, and long, delicate, 
thread-like fibres, a little swollen, granular, and nucleated in 
the middle, and directed lengthwise towards the sphincter ; 
the free face of the subcortical layer, which here forms the 
wall of the spherical chamber, is covered by a dense layer of 
dark grey granular fibres (fig. 1, f). 

The vacuolated tissue of the outer tube exhibits as it ap- 
proaches the sphincter an increasingly large admixture of 
fibres, which appear partly to arise between its cells, partly 
to be introduced from the globate layer, 

The sphincter is formed by the union of the subcortical 
tissue with that of the wall of the outer tube. When these two 
meet they assume a common direction, so as to extend across 
the axis of the tube; the tissue of the outer tube forms the 
upper part of the sphincter, and is traceable as a distinct 
component almost close up to its centre; it gives us the 
distinct small epidermal cells covering the upper surface, the 
bacilli beneath, and lower still the vacpolated cells inter- 
mixed with granular fibres. The subcortical layer forms the 
lower two thirds of the sphincter; it furnishes the layer of 
epithelial cells covering the lower face of the muscle; its 
outer dark granular fibrous layer sweeps into the .lower part 
of the sphincter, increasing in thickness as it goes; while its 
gelatinous connective tissue constitutes the middle layer of 
the sphincter, extending into it as an intrusive wedge-like 
mass. Near the centre of the sphincter all these various 
constituents, except the epidermal and epithelial layers, are 
represented by dark-grey granular muscle-tibres alone, which, 
taking a concentric, radiating, and vertical direction, form a 


146 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


central bobbin-shaped mass, easily distinguished from the 
other constituents by its dusky tint and the deep stain it takes 
with carmine. One must not omit to mention that amongst 
the muscle-fibres abundant bacilli occur thickly dispersed. 
These little spicules indeed pervade the whole of the sphincter, 
as much in one part as another: but it contains no stellates ; 
these first appear in the underlying spherical chamber, the 
walls of which are lined by stellates and bacilli together. 

The Skeleton—The bacilli are clearly homologous with 
the minute dermal stellates of Geodia, their distribution in 
the sponge being precisely similar; in both sponges these 
dermal microliths pass through the cortex and enter the mark, 
into which, however, they extend only a little way, soon dis- 
appearing as we trace them towards the centre of the sponge, 
their place being taken by the larger stellates proper to the 
mark. 

This homology is a point of some interest, since, taking into 
account the close family relations of Geodia and Pachyma- 
tisma, it clearly indicates for the bacilli and stellates a common 
origin; and the question arises as to which of the two is the 
more primitive form. Examining first their ontogeny, we 
find it possible to trace the bacillus from the adult form, 
cylindrical with rounded ends and roughened surface (like a 
comfit), to a smooth fusiform spicule with a central globular 
enlargement and pointed ends (fig. 10 6), which we may re- 
gard as a biradiate stellate. 

From this we pass to a form in which the central enlarge- 
ment has disappeared, and then finally to a fine hair-like rod 
(fig. 10a), remarkably similar to one of the trichites of which 
the trichite-sheaves of Stedletta Normani are composed. 

Turning next to the minute stellate of G. Barrett’, we are 
able to trace it backwards, its thick rays becoming of hair- 
like fineness, and the whole progressively smaller, until it can 
be no longer followed under a Zeiss-H immersion lens; and 
yet it remains a multiradiate stellate to the end. Thus, from 
ontogeny we seem here to get no help at all. The two forms 
differ greatly in respect of variability, the minute stellates 
showing but little constancy in the number of their rays, some 
possessing twice as many as others ; while the bacilli, on the 
other hand, are remarkably stable, seldom varying at all; now 
and then they sprout off a third ray (fig. 10, d,e), but so 
rarely that one has to look long for an instance. Since when 
once the stability of a form is disturbed it often continues to 
present variations, we might hence regard the bacilli as the 
original undisturbed forms, and the stellates as the variable 
descendants of a bacillus-sport. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 147 


The stellates of the mark possess a comparatively small 
number of rays, a character in curious consistency with the 
substitution of biradiate bacilli for: multiradiate dermal stel- 
lates in this genus; six or eight rays is a common number ; 
as many as twelve may occur; but reduction to four, three, or 
even two, is frequent. With only two rays in the same 
straight line, the spicule presents a central globular enlarge- 
ment and looks like a magnified copy of a young bacillus. 

A study of the various forms of these stellates is a study of 
nearly all the characteristic forms of spicules which distin- 
guish the various groups of sponges: hexactinellid, tetracti- 
nellid, triradiate are all here, and a great number of other 
forms besides. We seem in these spicules to have the results 
of unhindered variation, freed from the conditions imposed by 
a selective environment. 

The long-shafted spicules in the specimen under examina- 
tion exhibit a great variety of monstrous growths: in many a 
number of siliceous globules cover as excrescences one end of 
the spicule (fig. 9); in others one end becomes bifid, trifid, 
or even quadrifid (fig. 6), the last deviation bemg met with 
in the usually simple ‘proximal end of the shaft of a tetracti- 
nellid form ; some, again, possess simple ends, but a double 
body (fig. 7) ; ; and, finally, im one instance the end of a spicule 
has sprouted out rays which are arranged in a combination of 
prong and anchor endings in one (fig. 8). Since anchors 
do not occur normally in Pachymatisma, this variation is of 
particular interest. Bowerbank has already remarked, in his 
description of the species, on the great variety of these 
spicules, and particularly says that their radii are frequently 
bifurcated or contorted to a great extent. This, and the 
irregular disposition of the trifid spicules, is worthy of notice 
in connexion with the possibility of a transition from the 
trifid to the quadriradiate Tetractinellids and the Lithistids. 

Many of the spicules appear to be subject to some disease, 
by which the central canal has been enlarged till it occupies 
one third of the entire diameter, the axial thread remaining as 
a straight sharply defined rod of the usual SIZe ; sometimes it 
projects quite freely at the end of the spicule. 

By manipulating the cover-glass over teased fragment of 
the sponge the axial thread could be ‘ ‘wrigeled” out nearly 
entire from the spicule. It is faintly bluish, transparent, 
structureless, very flexible, like a piece of sewing-thread, and 
takes a decided stain with. magenta. 

Some of the spicules are united where they touch in crossing 
each other by some tough brown-coloured matter, which stains 
with magenta and looks like spongin. 


148 Prop, Wide Sollas onthe 


The globates agree in their general character and mode of 
development with those of other Geodina; and I have now 
only to allude to the statement that in their young form they 
closely resemble stellate spicules. This I cannot substantiate ; 
closely as I have searched for transitional forms between 
globates and stellates, I have never yet been able to find any, 
any more than between stellates and bacilli. In thin slices 
mounted in balsam I have been able to trace the globates 
down to a young form, measuring something under 73'5p inch 
in diameter; but even in this earliest stage it consists of a 
vast number of minute trichites united into a central globule at 
their inner ends. Its outline is spherical, owing tothe trichites 
ending at the same distance from the centre; and itis enclosed 
in a granular cell with a large young nucleus on one side, 
which takes a deep tint with carmine. It thus differs from a 
young stellate in just the same way as the stellate from a 
bacillus, 2. e. by a great difference in the number of its rays. 
As the globate increases in size, each trichite becomes longer, 
thicker, and roughened over its free end, so as to resemble 
closely an adult bacillus. The globate, indeed, might now 
be well compared to a collection of bacilli, radiately grouped 
and fused together at their inner ends. 

Classification.—The generic distinction of Pachymatisma is 
well founded, and is further supported by the character of its 
oscular openings. 

In Geodia Barrett’, which we regard as an illustrative species 
of the genus Geodia, we likewise have an oscular tube; but it 
differs in a most important manner from that of Pachymatisma ; 
for while the latter is separated by a sphincter at its base from 
a common chamber below, in which the excurrent canals open 
freely by unconstricted apertures, the former, on the other 
hand, is without the common chamber and the common sphin- 
cter, and the excurrent tubes are severally and separately 
sphinctrated as they open directly into the oscular tube itself. 
In Geodia the oscular tube appears to result from the union of 
a number of excurrent chones, like those of /sops; in Pachy- 
matisma it is produced by the over-development of a single 
one. In Cydonium there are no oscular tubes, and both ex- 
current and incurrent chones (if the distinction can here be 
maintained) are covered with a cribriform or poriferous roof, 
the very reverse of what holds in /sops, where neither excur- 
rent nor incurrent chones are so provided. ‘Translating the 
foregoing distinctions into a different nomenclature, it would 
seem that in Jsops we have a compound stock consisting 
of a number of separate individuals, somewhat resembling 
an Astrwa-stock amongst corals; in Geodia groups of these 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 149 


individuals have become united into individuals of a higher 
order ; in Pachymatisma single individuals have become more 
complicated by a branching or budding off of main excurrent 
canals, which are here to be regarded each as an individual of 
a lower order ; in Cydoniwm we appear to have a case of lipo- 
stomism, the functions of an osculum being vicariously carried 
on by the poriferous chones. 

Indicating the individual expressed by a single excurrent 
chone by the symbol 1, and that expressed by a single main 
excurrent canal by 1, we may briefly formulate the relations 
of the four genera in the following diagram :— 


LS OPIS  charsiay tt opico tet ot oes Oe, Pe hh aay ee 
GORE. 5 aisles css paerwess Coy Ce ee) 
Pachymatisma ........ Oi 2 Ons re. O 220 OF el 
En 
Ti Te tll op tuckh BB ere eB p 
Cydonium P ......00e. No obvious individuality beyond that 


of the entire stock. 


Distribution. Kors Fiord, Norway, Station 23: 180 fathoms. 

Bowerbank cites this sponge from Torquay, south coast 
of Ireland, Orkneys, and Wick, Scotland. We now have it 
from Norway; and Grube describes it, as pointed out to me 
by Mr. Norman, under the name of Caminus osculosus from 
St. Malo. It thus extends from Norway and the Orkneys on 
the north, to St. Malo on the south, and as far west as the 
Guliot caves on the south coast of Ireland ; bathymetrically, 
it ranges from low-tide level to 180 fathoms. 


Group Terra (Teruyina), Carter. (Pl. VII.) 
Genus TETILLA, O. 8S. 


Tetilla cranium, Mull. 


1789. Alcyonium cranium, Miill. Zool, Dan. t. 85. f. 1. 

1815. Tethya cranium, Lmk. Mem, d. Mus. i. p. 71. 

1816, Aleyonium cranium, Lmx. Hist. d. Polypes, p. 347. 

1818. Spongia pilosa, Mont. Mem. Wern. Soe. vol. 11. p. 119, pl. xii. 
figs. 1-3. 

1828. Tethya cranium, Flem. Brit. Animals, p. 519. 

1834. Tethya cranium, Blainv. Mém. d’Act. p. 544. 

1842. Tethea cranium, Jobnst. Brit. Spong. p. 85, pl. i. figs. 1-8. 

1864. Tethea cranium, Bwk. Monog. Brit. Sp. 1. p. 182, pl. xxxi. 
fig. 362, 

1866. Tethea cranium, Bwk. Monog. Brit. Sp. ii. p. 85. 

1866. Tethya cranium, O. 8. Adriat. Spong. il. Suppl. pl. i. fig. 14. 

1867. Tethya cranium, Gray, P. ZS. p. 548. 

1870. Tetilla cranium, O. S. Spong. Atl. p. 66. 

1871. Tethya cranium, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vill. p, 104. 


150 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


1872. Tethya cranium, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 419, 
| o-e.ct yn iteaes). 
1874. Tethya cranium, Bwk. Monog. Br. Sp. iii. p. 315, pls. xiv. & 
xxxix. 


This interesting sponge, the occurrence of which in the 
Norwegian seas had been early noticed by Bishop Pon- 
toppidan (Lamx. Joc. cit.), is well represented in Mr. Nor- 
man’s collection by several small but perfectly preserved 
specimens. A clear insight into its exquisite structure is 
afforded by a series of thin slices obtained by means of the 
freezing microtome, and mounted in balsam or glycerine. My 
chief regret is that its beauties have not found a more skilful 
pencil to portray them. 

The sponge is approximately spherical in form, white, and 
with a hairy appearance due to the projection of the ends of 
the spicular fibres beyond its general surface. An oscule is 
clearly present, though Bowerbank and other observers have 
failed to find it. On this pomt Bowerbank is most explicit 5 
his specimens were some two hundred in number, and, after 
careful searching, he could discover no trace of an oscule, 
pores, or intermarginal cavities, all of which in Mr. Nor- 
man’s specimens can be easily demonstrated. Carter, it 
should be added, has called attention to the presence of a 
group of oscules in a specimen which came under his observa- 
tion (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, 1872, vol. ix. p. 419). 

The oscule is a nearly circular opening, usually small (from 
0:03 to 0°07 inch diameter), obliquely terminating a tunnel- 
like tube (fig. 6, 0, transv. sec.) which runs for a short distance 
along the surface of the sponge; the tunnel-like roof of the 
tube is a thin imperforate membrane formed by the extension 
of the dermis ; the floor is the ordinary dermis of the general 
surface, which retains its pores, and by their over-develop- 
ment assumes the character of a fenestrated membrane or 
network with round meshes. 

The skin or dermal membrane rises tent-like about the ends 
of the projecting spicular fibres, and extends continuously 
from one to another, so as to completely invest the sponge. 
It is best seen by cutting off the ends of the projecting 
spicules, and viewing under an inch lens by reflected light 
(tigs. 15, 16). One can then observe shining through the 
surface of the skin a number of thread-like fibres, which 
radiate outwards and downwards from the circumference of 
each spicular fibre as a centre, branching as they go, and 
anastomosing with those of adjacent centres to form a poly- 
gonal network, by which the overlying dermal membrane is 
mapped out, as it were, into a number of polygonal areas. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 151 


It is in these areas, which may be even and plain, or sub- 
divided by smaller fibrous threads into a number of round 
or oval spaces, that the pores are situated: they are 
very small, from 0°001 to 0-002 inch in diameter; and the 
poriferous membrane is so tender and delicate that it would 
probably be torn away by an observer unsuspicious of its pre- 
sence, and in this way may have escaped the notice of Bower- 
bank; when removed, the projecting spicular fibres appear 
below, each rising out of a fleshy papilla, the lower half of 
what we shall term a spicular column of the cortex. A good 
representation of the surface of the sponge, as thus denuded 
of its dermal membrane, is given by Johnston (loc. cit. pl. 1. 
fig. 3). The spaces between the papille (Pl. VII. fig. 6), 
roofed over by the dermal membrane in the uninjured sponge, 
correspond to the intermarginal or subdermal cavities of other 
sponges. 

Bisecting the sponge through its oscule, we distinguish on 
the cut face an external whitish rind and a pale greyish mark 
sharply defined from it; the skin and subdermal cavities are 
readily observable, forming the outer half of the rind; its 
inner half is a continuous whitish layer. In the mark, nume- 
rous canals are seen cut across ; and one large one approaching 
close to the oscule, along a spiral course conformable to that 
of the spicular fibres, is clearly one of the main excurrent 
canals. 

We now proceed to give a more detailed account of the 
structure of the sponge, as revealed in thin slices examined 
under the microscope. 

The Ectoderm.—The study of this layer is full of perplexing 
difficulties, owing partly, no doubt, to the fact that one is 
limited to particular methods in investigating it, but partly 
also to the want of constancy in those characters which it 
clearly displays. It is in the subdermal cavities that its 
structure is most satisfactorily seen. There, on the sides of the 
spicular columns (PI. VII. fig. 13) one may sometimes discover 
it as a superficial layer of irregularly polygonal plate-like 
cells, zy to zs'oy Inch in diameter, with small circular nuclei 
of a faint bluish tint, 7455 to zoty> mech in diameter, 
which sometimes project outwards beyond the plane of the 
membrane. ‘This structure, by the loss of the polygonal 
outlines of its cells, readily passes into a thin membrane 
with scattered nuclei, of just the same size and appear- 
ance as those in the well-defined cells. If this were the 
only change, no difficulty concerning the ectoderm of the 
subdermal cavities need be felt ; but in some places the minute 
C-and S-shaped spicules of the mesoderm areplainly imbedded 


152 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


in the nucleated membrane, each spicule surrounding a nucleus, 
which does not differ in any apparent respect from those of the 
plate-like polygonal cells. There can be no question that 
these minute spicules and their nuclei are associated parts of 
the same cell; but how comes this cell into the ectoderm if 
all spicular structures are a product of the mesoderm? Can 
a mesoderm-cell have wandered into the ectoderm ? and if one 
kind of mesoderm-cell why not others? and then what be- 
comes of the sharp distinction between these two layers? The 
simplest explanation would, of course, be that of mistaken 
observation ; but, after repeated examination of my prepara- 
tions, I can see no reason tor admitting this. But this is not 
all; for in many places a thin annular wall appears about the 
small round nuclei (Pl. VII. fig. 9), whence results a flat oval 
cell about s;45o inch in diameter, devoid of contents except for 
alittle clear colourless protoplasm, which may form a little 
slightly granular heap about the nucleus and extend from it 
to the outer wall; the appearance of the linmg membrane is 
now that of a thin structureless film imbedding flat oval cells, 
at intervals varying from that of their own diameter up to 
close contact. No other structure can be seen more superfi- 
cial than this, either when viewed face on or in transverse 
section, and consequently, one can scarcely help regarding 
it as the ectoderm; it is at least conceivable, though not 
probable, that it results from a change in the form of the 
plate-like cells, consequent on immersion in spirits; if these, 
on shrinking, assume an oval form and become connected by 
an exudation from the mesoderm which subsequently har- 
dens, an appearance similar to that described might be pro- 
duced. 

The skin (Pl. VII. fig. 7), as the outer covering membrane 
may be briefly called, exhibits another change of structure. 
This consists in the appearance of animmeasurably thin struc- 
tureless membrane, which is in many places thrown into nume- 
rous minute wrinkles having no apparent arrangement, except. 
whentraced tothe margins of the pores, to which they are radiate. 
It rises tent-like about the projecting spicules individually. 
Associated with it, but lying on its under surface, as can be 
clearly perceived by examining it in optical section where it 
rises into tent-like projections or is most wrinkled, are the 
circular pale bluish nuciei of the subdermal epithelium, often 
so regularly disposed at nearly equal distances from each 
other, that one feels almost bound to regard the nuclei and 
membrane together as an ectoderm from which the polygonal 
outlines of cells have disappeared—until one finds round some 
of these nuclei, and lying on the underside of the membrane, 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 153 


the same kind of oval annular wall before described. Hamate 
spicules are also found lying beneath the outer membrane. 
The interpretation of these observations is most difficult. If the 
outermost membrane be the ectoderm, why do not at least 
nuclei appear in it? since they are plainly seen in the sub- 
dermal ectoderm, and these have the same appearance as the 
nuclei which here occur below the outer membrane. If it is 
not ectoderm, but a structureless cuticula, where is the ecto- 
derm? for it appears very improbable that a heterogeneous 
layer of oval cells, spicule-cells, and bare nuclei can represent 
this layer; by no means impossible, however, since, in spite 
of the beautiful demonstrations we have had from the masterly 
hand of F. E. Schulze, I do not yet feel quite convinced of 
the uniformity of this structure over all parts of the sponge, 
or that it presents the same constancy as in the other Metazoa. 
But it is reckless to speculate in the absence of any of the 
evidence possible, and the silver treatment may eventually, 
as I almost expect, bring out of the apparently structureless 
cuticula the polygonal outlines of epithelial cells ; but, till that 
welcome sight appears, one must be content to take the facts 
as one finds them; and so provisionally the outermost layer 
is for me a cuticula, and the mixed cellular layer beneath a 
heterogeneous ectoderm. The cuticula and ectoderm together 
cover the exterior of the sponge, except in some cases near 
the small oval pore-areas (Pl. VII. fig. 15), which are situated 
in the meshes of the polygonal dermal network; in these it 
often happens that the cuticula is absent, or has thinned away 
beyond one’s power of observation; for, although present on 
the surrounding skin, it is not possible to see what becomes 
of it as itis traced into the pore-area. The membrane in 
which the pores in these instances are set appears, when 
looked down upon from above, to consist of a structureless 
film which does not stain with carmine, and in which are 
imbedded granules, naked nuclei, similar nuclei surrounded 
by hamate spicules which often project out of the membrane, 
and flat oval-walled cells with similar nuclei; thus it has 
the same appearance as the ectoderm of the subdermal cavities. 
In addition, fine delicate filaments may be seen, which fre- 
quently run parallel in groups, crossing one another in the 
space between two pores, and then diverging so as to touch 
tangentially the edge of the pores. In the dermal network 
which forms the floor of the oscular tube and the roof of the 
subdermal cavity below, we can perceive a similar structure 
(Pl. VII. fig. 8); but transverse sections show here a super- 
ficial ectodermal layer with a thin mesodermic layer between, 
where the network is thickest; im the very thin layer which 


154 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


lies between two pores the ectodermal layers come nearly into 
contact, though a few fine fibrils still seem to separate them ; 
they clearly show, however, imbedded in their midst, and not 
lying below them, the characteristic round nuclei with hamate 
spicules surrounding them. These thin and narrow trabecule 
seldom contain oval cells ; they are not wide enough; but 
these, along with granular cells, occur in the larger nodal 
areas where three or more trabecule meet (PI. VII. figs. 9 
& 10). 

The edges of the pores are sometimes bordered by minute 
granular fusiform cells with a minute spherical nucleolus in 
an oval nucleus. 

Between the upper and lower ectodermal layers of the skin 
is a layer of mesoderm of somewhat variable character, but 
mainly consisting of a clear colourless jelly-like matrix, in 
which are imbedded various cellular elements (PI. VII. fig. 2). 
The most widely diffused, perhaps, are little circular or oval 
rings zj/59 Inch in diameter, highly refractive, and of a pale 
bluish tinge, enclosing round nuclei ~g}oe ch in diameter, of 
similar optical characters ; these, scattered irregularly through 
the clear ground-mass, give it a curious appearance like 
spotted muslin. Immediately beneath the annular cells 
of the ectoderm succeed a number of separate, irregularly 
rounded, granular greyish-coloured cells with round nuclei; 
they might very well be an early form of the annular cells. 
Sometimes they form a layer two or three cells deep, some- 
times thin out altogether. The remaining cellular constitu- 
ents are fusiform granular cells, variously distributed ; lying 
parallel side by side, they form the fibrous strands, which run 
just below the epidermis to map out the pore-areas from each 
other; sometimes they form a thin layer beneath the surface, 
in which they wander in all directions, and_ occasionally 
extend singly at right angles to the surface from the upper to 
the lower ectodermic layer. Approaching the spicular 
columns the dermal mesodermic layer thickens out, so that 
the upper and lower ectodermic layers become gradually more 
and more separated from each other—the upper rising tent- 
like about the outer ends of the spicular columns, the lower 
descending in a similar but inverted tent-like curve down the 
continuations of the columns beneath the skin, and so round- 
ing off the upper corners of the intermarginal cavities. In 
correspondence with this thickening-out of the dermal meso- 
derm, its fusiform fibres diverge fan-like as they enter the 
spicular column, the more superficial ones running parallel 
to their respective surfaces. ‘The fusiform fibres in the 
vicinity of the spicules run parallel to them, though near 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 155 


the external ends of the spicular columns they appear to 
run at right angles to them, and appear to unite with them 
by their frayed and expanded ends. 

At its base the spicular column expands by a thickening 
of the mesoderm as it extends along with the ectoderm over 
the upper face of the fibrous layer of the cortex, to form the 
fioor of the subdermal cavities. Below this superficial 
stratum the fibrous layer consists of similar fusiform fibres to 
those of other parts of the mesoderm, but surrounded by a 
more condensed layer of matrix; they are about 74, inch 
long, yotoy Inch wide, highly refractive, faintly bluish, granular, 
with an oval vesicular nucleus and round refractive nucleolus ; 
the surrounding mesoderm, the walls of these cells, is clear, 
colourless, and sometimes slightly fibrillated. The inner 
face of the fibrous layer is coated with an adherent granular 
mark. 

The fibrous layer is traversed by the smaller fusiform 
acerate spicules represented by Bowerbank (Brit. Spong. 
vol. i. fig. 862), which run through the fibres like stakes 
through wattlework. In Bowerbank’s figure these spicules 
all lie parallel to each other, at right angles to the general 
direction of the fibrous layer; but in none of my slices is 
such an arrangement to be seen; the majority of the spicules 
run obliquely through the fibrous layer, sloping convergently 
towards the spicular columns at their base, and midway be- 
tween crossing each other obliquely in different directions, 
some running at right angles to the fibres. The fibres of the 
fibrous layer lie concentric with the surface of the sponge, 
running in winding curves orientated in all directions, like 
the similar fibres in the cortex of Stelletta Normani (Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, vol. v. pl. vi. fig. 3). The deeper 
half of the fibrous layer has a duskier, darker tint than the 
more superficial, and takes a deeper stain with carmine. As 
to its function, it is probably a fibrous connective tissue, as I 
previously asserted of the corresponding layer of Geodia 
Barretti (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 253). 

The fibrous layer becomes still more modified in the same 
direction immediately about the incurrent canals, a little 
below the middle of their course through it; here the fusi- 
form axial threads are more closely approximated, the inter- 
vening tissue is of a darker grey, and the stain with carmine 
strikingly marked ; the arrangement of the fibres is for the 
most part very regularly concentric ; but a few are radiately 
disposed. With this change in appearance there is a change 
of function, and the fibres form a true muscular sphincter, 
which is to be observed in the prepared slices in all stages of 


156 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


contraction. It is clear from the preponderance of the con- 
centric fibres that the chief work done is in the contraction 
and closure of the sphincter; its return, on the relaxation of 
the concentric fibres, to a completely open state is completed 
by the opposing radiate fibres. This sphincter (Pl. VII. 
fig. 6) is precisely homologous with the chonal sphincters of 
Geodina and Stellettina. The fibrous layer with its spicules 
is homologous with the fibrous globate layer of the Geodina. 

The Mark.—The mesoderm of the mark chiefly consists 
of a clear transparent matrix densely charged with more 
refractive, transparent, minute round granules (z5}50 to 
sobvo Inch in diameter), so thickly strewn that they appear 
almost in contact, and so evenly that no place seems to 
contain more than another: here and there at intervals 
small nuclei appear; and the mark surrounding them takes a 
deeper stain with carmine than elsewhere. If such a tissue 
as syncytium exists anywhere, then surely it is here. 
Fusitorm fibres occur in the vicinity of the spicule-fibres, 
running parallel to the spicules, and also about the large 
water-canals, building around their course an indefinite fibrous 
layer. Most markworthy are certain large granular amcebi- 
form cells with characteristically large oval nuclei and round 
nucleoli, like ameebiform ova, which are found embracing the 
spicules (Pl. VI. fig. 17) as though they were wandering cells 
creeping along them. 

The endodermic cells of the flagellated chambers contribute 
a large share to the substance of the mark; they now appear 
as spherical vesicles zs)> inch in diameter, containing a 
spherical nucleus zgby5 Inch in diameter, which colours in- 
tensely with carmine. Carter has represented one of these 
chambers in his description of Tetilla (Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. 1872, vol. ix. pl. xxii. fig. 7), but has mistaken it for an 
ovum. 

The Ova.—Sparsely scattered without apparent order 
through the mark are a number of very variously-shaped 
Ameba-like cells, distinguished By their gisproportionately 
large nucleus and nucleolus. They occur of all sizes, from 
yioa imch diameter to 74; inch, and are without doubt the 
ova in various stages of development. As soon as they attain 
a size of about -4, inch across they occupy a distinct cavity 
in the mark, which serves as a brood-chamber. Pseudopo- 
dial extensions, which may become branched, proceed from 
them, and, passing out of the brood-chamber, wander for a 
considerable distance on the surrounding substance of the mark. 
No trace of fibrillation could be detected in these processes. 
The large oval nucleus, sometimes 545 inch in diameter, with 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 157 


its nucleolus yy inch in diameter, looking like a globular 
oil-drop, lies nearer one end of the ovum than the other, im- 
bedded in granular protoplasm, which immediately about the 
nucleus takes a far deeper stain with carmine than elsewhere. 
At the end of the cell, away from the nucleus, yolk-granules 
(for such I take to be the heap of large refractive granules 
represented at g, fig. 5) make their appearance, and increase 
in quantity with age till the whole cell is crowded with them, 
except in the immediate vicinity of the nucleus. Some of the 
yolk-granules appear to present a vesicular form. On the 
whole, one cannot help being impressed with the similarity 
of this ovum to that of Hydra. 

The Spermatozoa.—In the three specimens I have examined 
no trace of these structures was discoverable ; and since the 
ova occur in every stage of development, the presumption is 
in favour of the sexes being distinct in Zetil/a. Large clus- 
ters of granules occupy a large part of some specimens; but 
these are segmentation-spheres of a developing parasite. 

The Canal-system.—Vhe characters and arrangement of the 
pores have already been described. They lead directly into 
the subdermal cavities, which extend continuously from one 
spicular column to another, and communicate between the 
columns with each other. In the floor of each subdermal 
cavity are the inner ends of several ectochones, separated by 
the usual sphincter from the corresponding endochones ; it is 
thus clear that each subdermal cavity is equivalent to the 
outer halves of several ectochones which have become con- 
fluent, or, vice versd, that those ectochones of a Geodine which 
lie in an area bounded by surrounding spicular fibres are equi- 
valent to a single subdermal cavity of Tetilla. In Stelletta 
Normant this is neatly indicated by the subcortical crypts, 
which have just the same distribution below the fibrous 
cortex that the subdermal cavities of Zetilla have above it; 
they therefore clearly map out the areas which would be 
occupied by similar subdermal cavities were they present; and 
it is interesting therefore to find that they receive from the 
cortex not one but several endochones between each pair of 
spicular fibres, as shown in transverse section. ‘lhe incurrent 
canals, after entering the mark, soon branch, and continue to 
branch repeatedly ; but they give off at once and all along 
their course minute short canaliculi, which directly enter 
the flagellated chambers. These are yo'c> inch in diameter, 
nearly spherical, and very numerously developed. ‘lhe cham- 
bers less abruptly communicate with the incurrent system 
by excurrent canaliculi, which are usually longer than the 
incurrent, the excurrent canals join together into a main 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 12 


158 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


trunk, which traverses the cortex in a manner not yet ob- 
served, and then continues over its surface beneath a tunnel- 
like extension of the skin in the manner previously described, 
finally terminating in the osculum. 

The Skeleton.—The main spicules, which are collected into 
fibres, are developed in granular spicule-cells, as will be more 
fully described in treating of the embryo. The cortical ace- 
rates and the fibrous layer are clearly homologous with the 
globate and fibrous layer of Geodina; and the inference ts 
also deducible that the cortical acerates are likewise homo- 
logous with the geodine globates; surprising as this imfer- 
ence is at first sight, itis partly supported by the fact that both 
are developed in remarkably similar nucleated cells. Again, 
as the trichite sheaf is homologous with the globate, so it 1s 
also homologous with the Teté//a acerate; and here we are 
brought to see the essential difference between the sheaf and 
the acerate, the former being a fibrillated rod and the latter a 
concentrically-layered one. 

The hamate spicules are found embracing a small round 
nucleus with a little granular sarcode ; but no cell-wall is ever 
seen (PI. VII. figs. 4 and 10) ; so that one is led to conjecture 
that the spicule may be the ceil-wall, especially as it closely 
resembles in size and appearance the annular cell-wall, to which 
we have made frequent reference in describing the dermis. 
The nucleus of the hamate spicules is entirely different in 
size and character from that of the large spicule-cells and of the 
geodine globate; it is much smaller, no larger than the 
nucleolus of the latter, and shows no distinct nucleolus. It 
is of importance to notice that the hamates are not developed 
several in one cell, as Carter has asserted of the common 
tricurvate spicules, as Schmidt has shown for the trichites of 
Esperia, and I, subsequently, for the trichites of Stedletta 
Normant ; each hamate has sole possession of its own nucleus ; 
in other words, each hamate cell produces but one hamate 
spicule. Carter mentions that he has also found two examples 
of a bihamate occurring singly in its mother cell (A. & M. N. 
H. 1874, vol. xiv. p. 104, pl. x. fig. 11). 

The Embryo.—The segmentation of the ovum has not been 
observed in any of its stages; but sections of three embryos 
are shown in very thin slices; they each lie in a brood- 
chamber lined by a distinct membrane (endothelial) and a thin 
layer of fibrous tissue. ‘T'wo, nearly spherical and 0-033 inch 
in diameter, are still sold throughout; the third (Pl. VII. 
fig. fy, oval, measuring: 0043 inch along its major and 0:033 
inch along its minor axis, 1s also solid, except for the presence 
of the subdermal cavities, which are well developed over one 


Sponge-jauna o7 Norway. 159 


halt the circumference, and the flagellated chambers, which 
are abundantly present in the mark and sometimes seem to 
be in connexion with the subdermal cavity by a minute in- 
current canaliculus. There are otherwise no discernible 
canals in the mark. The mark is clearly distinguished from 
the cortical layer of gelatinous connective tissue “which repre- 
sents the non-fibrous layer of the adult cortex. The fibrous 
layer is at present represented merely by a thin layer of fusi- 
form fibres in a granular gelatinous matrix, developed from 
the exterior of the mark and appertaining more to it than to 
the cortical gelatinous tissue; it is entirely unprovided with 
special spicules. The thick ’ spiculated fibrous layer of the 
adult cortex is thus comparatively late in developing. No 
pores are yet visible in the skin, which consists of an external 
wrinkled membrane, with round nuclei in a layer beneath it 
(cuticula and ectoderm ?), and a mesodermic layer of ae 
nous connective tissue, containing pale oval granular cells 
dispersed through it. The subdermal cavities are lined by a 
thin membrane with round nuclei imbedded in it with tolerable 
regularity: this epithelium may be in continuation with the 
ectoderm somewhere ; but my specimen does not show it. The 
centre of the mark consists of colourless gelatinous tissue 
containing irregularly stellate and fusitorm cells ; but its outer 
half is eranular, as in the adult sponge, and crowded with 
flagellated chambers ; if these are in connexion with a cleavage- 
cavity, it is curious that there is nothing in my specimen to 
indicate it. Many Ameba-like cells are present in the mark ; 
and in one of them a young acerate spicule is seen almost 
wholly immersed, as though the latter had developed within 
t (Pl. VII. fig. 12) ; and, considering that the cell is almost 
precisely similar in shape and in the size and character of its 
nucleus and nucleolus to that in which the Geodia globate 
develops, this suggestion seems not improbable. With re- 
gard to the character of its nucleus it also resembles closely 
the ova of the sponge, but differs in other respects, its outer 
sarcode being more transparent, less densely finely granular, 
and staining much more faintly with carmine. Much more 
close is its resemblance to the Ameba-like cells previously 
mentioned as associated with some of the large spicules of the 
adult sponge: and on reexamining these I find that the asso- 
ciation is much more common than I had before supposed 5 it 
appears ip all not fully-developed spicules of which I ont 
get a gf d view, and not only in TZetilla, but in Geodia 
Barrett? wd Lsops Phlegrei as well; moreover, in a great 
numbey sf cases | could trace from the heap of sarcode which 


surrounds the nucleus a thin granular film extending towards 
12*° 


160 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


each end of the spicule, up to which, indeed, it completely 
reaches (Pl. VII. fig. 18). In these cases the spicule-sheath 
is no other than a single enveloping large cell; and since the 
spicule increases in thickness by successive onlayerings to its 
surface, and nothing intervenes between it and the surround- 
ing cell, we are obliged, so it would appear, to regard the 
latter as the medium through which the spicule increases in 
size; but the very young spicules appear in a similar cell, 
which only differs in being smaller and having a correspond- 
ingly smaller nucleus and nucleolus, ¢. e. in bemg younger. 
Hence it follows that the ensheathing cell is the true parent 
and nurse of the large spicules with which it is associated ; 
it probably only disappears on the completion of their 
growth. 

The spicules most conspicuously present are the projecting 
forks, which, with the grapnels with recurved rays and the 
long fusiform acerates, lie in parallel bundles, radiating not 
directly at right angles to the surface, but a little obliquely, 
their inner ends being tangential to an imaginary sphere con- 
centric with the centre of the sponge. The tendency to a 
spiral arrangement, which Sclimidt has well explaimed as 
naturally following from the form of the spicules, is thus 
early declared. Although the points of the forks frequently 
project through the skin, yet their centre of origin from the 
shaft always remains beneath or inside it. Most of the fully- 
developed grapnels (and most of them are fully developed, all 
three rays being present, although O. Schmidt asserts they do 
not become complete till the young sponge has left the parent) 
are completely covered by the skin; but those still incom- 
plete, with only one or two teeth, as figured by Schmidt and 
Carter, more often protrude for some distance outside it, so 
that they appear to be in a retarded stage of development in 
adaptation to some special requirements of the larval state— 
it may be, for escape from the maternal tissues. 

There are no short fusiform acerates, such as occur in the 
fibrous cortex of the adult ; but hamates in their various forms 
are well represented. 

Distribution. JKors Fiord, Norway, Station 13, 200-300 
fathoms; Station 16, Station 23, 180 fathoms, 

The species is also found about the Shetland Islands in 
deep water; Iceland, Florida: 152-183 fathoms. 

The other described species of the genus are :— 

1. 7. antarctica, Carter, A. & M. N. H. 1872, vol. ix. 
p. 412, pl. xx. Loc, Antarctic Ocean, lat. 745° to 774°S,, 
long. 175° W.; depth 206-300 fms. Distinguished by ab- 


sence of hamates. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 161 


2. T. arabica, Carter, A. & M. N. H. 1869, vol. iv. p. 3, 
p. i. figs. 1 to 13, pl. il. figs. 19 and 20. Loc. S.E. Arabia. 

3. T. atropurpurotdea, Carter, A.& M. N. H. 1870, vol. vi. 
p. 176, pl. xii. figs. 1-10. Loc. Unknown. Distinguished 
by its large hamates, which are spined, three terminal spines 
at each end giving them a resemblance to a tridentate an- 
chorate. 

4. T. casula, Carter, A. & M. N. H. 1871, vol. viti. p. 99, 
pl. iv. figs. 1-9. Loc. Port Elizabeth, Natal, Cape of Good 
Hope. Distinguished by absence of grapnel-like anchors and 
general form. 

5. T. dactyloidea, Carter, A. & M. N. H. 1869, vol. iii. 
p- 15; 1872, vol. ix. p. 82, pl. x. figs. 1-5. Loc. S.E. coast 
of Arabia. 

6. T. euplocamus, O. S. Spong. Algier. 1868, p. 40, pl. v. 
fig. 10. Desterro, Brazil. 

7. T. insidiosa, O. S. Atl. Spong. Faun. 1870, p. 66, pl. vi. 
fig. 11. Loc. Florida, 17 fms. 

8. T. lens, O. 8. Atl. Spong. Faun. 1870, p. 66, pl. vi. 
fig. 10. Loc. Florida, 135-152 fms. 

9. T. polyura, O. 8. Atl. Spong. Faun. 1870, p. 66, pl. vi. 
fig. 8. Iceland, 85 fms. 

10. 7. radiata, Selenka, Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. 1880, xxxiii. 
p. 467, pl. xxvu. Loc. Bay of Rio Janeiro, 3 fms. 

11. 7. stmillima, Bwk. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 15, pl. iii. 
figs. 6-13. Loc. South Seas. 

12. T. tethyoides, O. S. Atl. Spong. Faun. 1870, p. 66, 
pl. vi. fig. 9. Loc. Florida, 100-123 fms.; Iceland. 

13. T. zetlandica, Carter, A. & M. N. H. 1872, vol. ix. 
p- 417, pl. xxi. figs. 1-6, 11-17. Loc. Shetland Isles. 
Distinguished from 7. cranium by the absence of hamates. 

Schmidt’s genus Craniella is defined as a corticate Tetilla, 
a rind according to Schmidt being absent in the latter genus ; 
but since we have shown its decided presence in 7. crantum, 
it becomes highly doubtful whether it is really absent in the 
remaining species ; I have therefore reunited Craniéella with 
Tetilla under the common name of Tetilla. 

The absence of hamates from some species of Teé7lla is 
probably a case of degeneration similar to that of the loss of 
trifid spicules in the geodine sponge Caminus, or of ancho- 
rates from Schmidt’s species Dirrhopalum clopetartum, with 
regard to which Mr. §. O. Ridley *, in his exhaustive paper 
on his genus Dirrhopalum, confirms Schmidt’s statement as 
to their absence, though not in the case of D. gymnazon, where 

* “On the Genus Plocamia, Schmidt,” by Stuart O, Ridley, Journ, 
Linn, Soe, vol. xy. p. 476, 


162 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


he shows that they exist. Vosmaer *, falling into the old 
snare of classifying from a single character, exclaimed against 
my placing D. plenum along with Schmidt’s forms, on the 
ground that it possesses anchorates, which the latter were not 
supposed to possess by Schmidt. I have no doubt that, on 
second thoughts, this able investigator will admit that the 
assemblage of characters is after all of greater importance 
than a single one. 

Classification.— Tetilla is a genuine though somewhat 
divergent member of the corticate Choristide, with close 
affinities to the Desmacidina; it links together the suborders 
Tetractinellida and Monaxinellida. The evidence for this 
statement is found first in its embryological development, next 
in the characters of the Esperiad Rhaphidotheca Marshall- 
Halli, Kent. In the embryo we find some of its tetractinellid 
spicules in course of development; they commence with a 
swelling at the distal end of large uniaxial spicules, from 
which afterwards teeth are budded off one by one. This is 
true both for the grapnel- and fork-shaped spicules. Thus 
the uniaxial clearly precedes the tetractinellid form in deve- 
lopment, a fact of signal importance in the discussion 4s to 
which originated first, Monaxinellida or ‘Tetractinellida, 
and in complete correspondence with observations made on 
the order of development of the spicules in the Calcispongie. 

In the next place, in Lhaphidotheca Marshall- Halli we find 
the distal ends of some of the large spicules which project from 
the skeletal fibres beyond the skin distinctly thickened into 
globular or oval or cylindrical bulbs, in which the axial 
thread ends in a slight spherical expansion. ‘To suppose that 
these spicules are parasitic in nature or foreign bodies appro- 
priated by the sponge is an altogether untenable idea, as I shall 
show when dealing more in detail with this species; they 
agree in all respects with the other chief spicules of the 
sponge, except in this one important particular, that they have 
a dilated or thickened distal end, and thus maintain persis- 
tently, though in an exaggerated form, a stage through which 
the trifid spicules of Tetella very rapidly pass. ‘The rounded 
swelling of the distal ends of projecting spicules is not confined 
to Rhaphidotheca ; [have it in a less marked form in a suberite 
to which I give the name of Radiella schenus (cxotvos, a bull- 
rush). 

In the next place, amongst the various forms of small 
spicules with which Rhaphidotheca is richly provided, we find 
trichite sheaves and C- and S-shaped hamates. ‘The pre- 


* «The Sponges of the Leyden Museum,’ by G. C. J. Vosmaer. Family 
Desmacidine, p. 154. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 163 


sence of the latter, so characteristic throughout the Des- 
macidina, would of itself have afforded us a hint as to the 
alliances of Tetilla ; but, taken in conjunction with the evi- 
dence furnished by the ends of the spicules, if gives us a very 
strong case indeed. The swollen terminations of the spicules 
of R. Perens suggest the possibility of a polyphyletic origin 
for the erranivellde The trichite sheaves of Rhaphido- 
theca deserve a word of mention; for though they are found in 
several groups of sponges, yet they are most commonly present 
in Desmacidina and Stelletta; and a genetic connexion be- 
tween these two groups being ‘probable. on other grounds, we 
may regard the sheaves as derived from a common ancestor, 
and thus gain some hope of tracing out their origin in the 
other group of sponges in which they occur. 

If the Zetcl/a embryo, taken in conjunction with Rhaphido- 
theca, furnishes evidence of a passage from the Monaxinellida 
to the Tetractinellida, so no less does it show by the late 
development of its rind a passage from the non-corticate to the 
corticate sponges, and proves, what we should have predicted 
on @ priort grounds, that the latter were preceded by the 
former. Schmidt’s group of Corticata (Rindenschwiimme), 
though heterogeneous as at first constituted, appears to me a 
good one if restricted to Tetractinellid sponges possessing 
rinds; and I consequently adopt it so amended in the table 
which follows below. ‘This appears to be a good place for 
offering a few observations on the classification of the ‘Vetrac- 
tinellida. In my paper on the Trimmingham flints I pro- 
posed to divide the ‘Tetractinellida into those with loose or 
separate spicules (Choristide) and those with spicules mutu- 
ally interlocked to form a network (Lithistide).  Zittel, 
placing greater stress on the branching character of the latter 
spicules, had previously declared for a wider separation between 
the Choristide (Tetractinellida) and Lithistids than this would 
imply; but Oscar Schmidt (rightly, as it seems to me) declares 
this tour-rayed character of the spicules to be fundamental, 
although he maintains the ordinal distinction of Tetractinellida 
(my Choristide) and the Lithistide. ‘The presence in the 
Lithistide of trifid forks and anchors precisely similar to those 
of the Choristide is for me a strong point in favour of their 
common derivation; and the primary difference les in the 
different character of the chief four-rayed elements. In the 
Choristide the chief tetractinellid spicules are confined to 
the surface (the tetractinellid character is only skin deep) ; ; and 
they are clearly differentiated into shaft and rays, which have 
a very definite direction with regard to the surface of the 
sponge, the shaft being usually radial and the rays developed 


164 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


at its distal end. In the Lithistide the distinction into shaft 
and rays is not strictly maintained, but all four rays have the 
same value, and start at once from a common centre; moreover 
they are the chief skeletal spicules, while in many of the 
Choristide the mass of the chief spicules are uniaxial. 

Thus, as the Tetractinellid character is the most funda- 
mental, I propose to include all sponges which exhibit it as 
Tetractinellida; and as the next differentiation would appear 
to result from the development of quadiradiate body-spicules 
in 'Vetractinellids which previously possessed only trifid super- 
ficial spicules, I divide the Tetractinellida into Tetractinellida 
Externa and Completa. The Externa will then fall into 
Corticata and Non-corticata (Leptochrota, thin-skinned), the 
Completa into Scolopide (sharp-pointed), such as Dercitus, 
and Lithistide. The term Choristid may still be con- 
veniently used to designate Tetractinellids in which the 
spicules are not conjoined into a lithistid network. 

The following ‘Table shows the relations between the 
different Tetractinellida as | conceive them to exist :— 


Lithistidee 
Scolopidee -————- Completa 
Corticata 
| 
TETRACTINELLIDA, [xterna Leptochrota 
| 
DESMACIDINA. 
or 
j Completa J ae 
Tetractinellida 4 eens eas C 
Bete \ Corticata HORISTID®. 
( ; ) Leptochrota 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PuaTE VI. 


Pachymatisma Johnstont, 


— 


Fig. 1. Section through the oscular tube (T), separated by the sphincter 
from the underlying escular chamber (C): 6, bacillar layer ; 
v, vacuolated connective tissue ; ce, gelatinous connective tissue ; 
f, fibrous layer. x 11. 

. Section through the sponge, showing the oscular tube (a) and the 
oscular chamber (6), with main excurrent canals (c) opening into 
it. Nat. size. 

Fig. 3. Section through the commencement of an incurrent tube, showing 

the poral canals, ectochone, and sphincter. x 15. 
Fig. 4. View from above of the poriferous roof: a, chone; p, pore; g, 
globate spicule. x 25. 


bo 


Fug. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 165 


Fig. 5, Vacuolated or vesicular connective tissue, with the gelatinous 
matrix becoming fibrillated. x 515. 

Fig. 6. Quadritid proximal end of a trifid fork. 

Fig. 7. A twinned spicule. 

Fig. 8. Distal end of a spicule with fork and grapnel-ray. 

Ig. 9. Tubercular outgrowths on distal ends of spicules. 

Fiy. 10, Bacilli: a-c, in successive stages of development ; a, earliest 
stage; 6, second stage; c, adult spicule; d and e, varieties with 
an additional ray. 

Tig, 11. Connecting fibres between two globates, showing imbedded era- 
nular threads with nuclei. x 640. 

Fig. 12. Cells with granules of reserve food. x 515. 

Fig. 13. Vacuolated or vesicular tissue at the edge of an ectochone: g, 
elobate spicules. x 157. 


PLATE VII. 


Tetilla cranium. 


Fg, 1. Section through an embryo still imbedded in the maternal tissues 
(x 26). 

Fig. 2, Section of the upper corner of a subdermal cavity (x 157). 

Fig. 3. Section through the entire sponge (nat. size), 

Fig. 4. Tamate spicules enclosing nuclei (x 640). 

Fig. 5, Ovum with extended pseudopodium-like processes: g, yolk- 
granules, x 157. 

Fig. 6. Section through a part of the sponge, showing the structure of 
the cortex, subdermal cavities, and the oscular tube (0) cut 
across (x 15). 

Fig. 7, Poriferous membrane of fig. 15 (x 157). The crossing lines, 
indicating fibrils, have been too heavily drawn by the engraver. 

Fig. 8. Network forming the floor of the oscular tube (x 157). 

Fig. 9, A node of the preceding network (Xx 500). 

Fig. 10, A trabecula of the same (x 640), 

Fig, 11, Axial thread of one of the fibres of the fibrous connective tissue 
(x 640). 

Fig. 12. Young spicule in its cell from a Tetilla embryo (x 640). 

Fig. 13. Ectoderm from the interior of a subdermal cavity (x 640). 

Fig. 14. Endodermic cells from the walls of a flagellated chamber 
(x 640), 

Fg. 15. External view of the skin, showing pores in ‘poriferous areas 
(xX 52). 

Fig. 16. eterna view of the skin, with its fibrous network showing 
through ; the meshes of the network are not subdivided as in 
preceding figure, but pores are still present. Xx 25. 

Fig. 17. Spicule-cell surrounding a large chief spicule, drawn on same 
scale as fig. 12, to show the increase in size of the nucleus and 
nucleolus (x G40). 

Fig. 18. Large spicule completely enclosed in spicule-cell (x 166), 


[To be continued. | 


166 Mr. F. J. Bell on the Genus Asterias. 


XVITI.—Note on the Species of the Linnean Genus Asterias 
which are ascribed to Retzius. By I. Jerrrey Benn, M.A. 


By the almost universal consent of naturalists, two papers 
written within the first fifty years of the Linnean zoology are 
ascribed to one whose name, by his own services and by those 
of his family, is one of the best known to biologists. On 
p. 234 of the fourth vol. of the ‘Nya Handlingar’ of the 
Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Academien (1783). commences 
a paper entitled “ Anmiirkningar vid Asterte Genus, af A. J. 
Retzius ;” and in its ten pages there are enumerated fifteen 
species. That this paper is correctly ascribed to Retzius 
admits of no manner of doubt. 

A second paper, dealing with the same subject and entitled 
a dissertation, appeared more than twenty years later; this 
paper is ordinarily ascribed to the same author as the paper 
already spoken of, and allowed to be his. 

Ts it not, however, somewhat remarkable that a natu- 
ralist who was more than sixty years of age and had 
twenty-two years before dealt with the subject, should be 
then producing a dissertation (though a dissertation which is 
indeed of very considerable value, for it enumerates fifty 
species)? ‘The paper in question is thus quoted by, three 
leading authorities :-— 

“ And. J. Retzius dissertatio sistens species cognitas Aste- 
riarum. Lunde, 1805, 4’’*. 

“ Retzius, A. J. Dissertatio sistens species cognitas Aste- 
riarum. 1805” f. 

“ Retzius—Diss. sistens species cognitas Asteriarum. Bru- 
zelius et Lunde, 1805, 87 pages. Bruzelius in B. H. N. J. 
p- 560” f. 

All these three systematic writers are obviously enough 
referring to the same dissertation, though M. Perrier’s citation 
would be a little dificult to one who would like to see only 
similar cases united by a conjunction, and who had not at 
hand the second edition of Engeimann’s ‘ Bibliotheca Zoo- 
logica:’ here, on p. 351, s. v. Retzius, he will find after the 
title, «“ resp. Nic. Bruzelius, Lund, 1805 (387 pag.), Bruzelius 
in B. H. N. I. p- 560 hiernach zu ‘streichen.” 

Miiller and 'Troschel would seem undoubtedly to have 
known the work now in question at first hand; they write 
in their preface, ‘‘ Die Abhandlung von Retzius Dissertatio 


* Miller & Troschel, Syst. der Ast. p. ix. 
+ Lyman, Il. Cat. M. C. Z. 1865, p. 9. 
Perrier, Rey. de Stellér. Paris, 1875, p. 33, 


Mr. F. J. Bell on the Genus Asterias. 167 


ete., ist nach Linck die erste systematische Arbeit von Wich- 
tigkeit, und, in Beziehung auf Beschreibung von Arten, 
eigentlich die einzige iiltere von Werth. Sie ist so gut wie 
vollig unbekannt, von keinem Schriftsteller citirt, und die 
Citate der Schritten beziehen sich bloss auf seine iltere 
Abhandlung in den Schriften der schwedischen Academie.” 

But, now, is this dissertation by Retzius at all? Not, 
at any rate, so far as the title will allow us to judge. If, 
instead of copying Miiller and Troschel, or consulting a 
bibliographical work, we go to the original itself, we find the 
title to be “* Dissertatio sistens species cognitas Asteriarum... 
Quam, consentiente Ampliss. Ord. Philos. sub Praesidio D. 
M. And. J. Retzii [here follow eight lines reciting Retzius’s 
dignities]| pro Laurea modeste exhibet Nicolaus Bruzelius, 
Scanus. In Lyceo Carolino die i Juni Mpcccy. Lunde, 
Literis Berlingianis.” 

If we ascribe an essay with such a title to Retzius, then 
must we give him such other contributions as were ‘‘ modestly 
offered”? by Planander in his ‘ Animadversiones in classem 
Piscium Linneanam,”’ or Danielssen on Entomology, or 
Jacobson on the Crocodile, all of which were read during his 
tenure of the presidential chair. 

One further proof of the position I take up may be offered 
from the body of the paper itself. After speaking of earlier 
writers on the subject, the author says, ‘‘ Non paucas demum 
post illum observarunt ac descripserunt O. IF. Miiller et P. C. 
Abildgaard in Zoologia Danica et Praeses in novis actis Reg. 
Academ. Scient. Holmensis editis pro anno 1783.” In no 
other than this connexion is the name or assistance of Retzius 
referred to. 

Had the object of the preceding lines been to bring before 
the zoological world an essay containing names which would 
‘“‘antedate”’ those in common use, I should have published 
them with pain, and I should have suggested whether it 
would not be advisable here as elsewhere to let the dead bury 
their dead. But this, 1 am glad to say, is not the object of 
these lines; nor have they for any one of their results any 
alteration of the specific names which have been selected with 
care and judgment, and with a knowledge of the existence of 
this dissertation. 

In one or two instances it may relieve us of difficulty. The 
Ophioderma longicauda of Miiller and ‘Troschel becomes in 
Mr. Lyman’s ‘Preliminary List” Ophiura levis; this 
specific appellation is used only by Mr. Lyman, who has 
taken it from Kondelet (1554) ; Lamarck called the species 
lacertosa; but as Bruzelius (Diss. p. 28) called it longicauda, 


168 F. Schmidt and T. R. Jones on 


we are enabled to retain for this common species the name by 
which it is best known, and that without any evasion of the 
rules which have been suggested for the preservation of zoolo- 
gical peace. Dr. Gray and Prof. Perrier are shown to be 
justified in their adoption of the specific term Schmddeliana for 
the Culctta discoidea (Lamk.) of Miiller and Troschel. 
Henceforward, however, those zoologists who add to the 
specific name the name of its author must bear in mind that 
Nicolaus Bruzelius claims to share with Retzius in some of 
the earlier specific titles given to various brachiate [chino- 


derms. 


XIX.—On some Silurian Leperditiz. 
By Fr. Scumipt and Rupert JONES. 


To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of 
Natural [listory.’ 
GENTLEMEN, 

M. Fr. Schmidt, of the Academy of Sciences, St. Peters- 
burg, one of the relatively few paleontologists who have 
taken up the study of Leperditiw and their allies, has favoured 
me with the following criticisms on my ‘ Notes on the Pale- 
ozoic Bivalved Entomostraca’*, published in the Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii. Nov. 1881. His long 
and intimate acquaintance with these Entomostraca in Scan- 
dinavia and Russia makes his opinion of great value, especi- 
ally in the comparison of the English with the North-Kuropean 
species, and of these latter among themselves. M. Schmidt 
writes thus :— 

“1. You regard Leperditia balthicat (His.) and L. Histn- 
gert, Schmidt, as varieties or sexual forms; but they belong 
to different geological horizons, as shown in my memoirf, 
and there is a striking specific difference between them in the 
strong transverse striation on the inverted plate of the left 
valve of the true J. balthica, as shown in your pl. vi. figs. 4 0, 
5b, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1856, and previously noticed by 
Hisinger and Keyserling. The inverted plate of LZ. [Mistn- 
gert is quite smooth. This latter species belongs to the 
lowest part of the Upper-Silurian series of Gothland—that is, 

* These “Notes,” marked “ XII,” should be “ XIII.”; and the 
‘* Notes ” marked “ XIII.,” in Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. September 1879, 


should be ‘ XIT.” 

+ See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. November 1881, p. 334.  M. Fr. 
Schmidt and others adopt the term baltica; but I prefer the Linnean 
form of the word, asin “ Tellina balthica.”—T. R. J. 


le A>] 


{ Ueber die russischen silur, Leperd. 4to, 1873. 


some Stlurian Leperditic. 169 


to the ‘ Wisby group’ (so termed by Lindstrém and myself) ; 
and it is very often found near Wisby and in the neighbour- 
ing localities on the north-west coast, as well-preserved perfect 
(bivalve) specimens. L. balthica occurs only in the Middle- 
Gothland stage, and principally on the east coast, near Fari 
and Slite. It is not rare, but the valves always occur separate. 

“In Norway both species are met with on the island of 
Malmé (I was there in 1875), in the Bay of Christiania ; but 
L. Hisingert is found only on the east coast of that island, 
in limestones corresponding to the ‘ Wisby group’ of Goth- 
land; whilst Z. balthica is found on the west coast in strata 
with Pentamerus oblongus (Kjerult’s ‘ Stage VI.’), correspon- 
ding to the Middle-Gothland stage. 

“ With us, in the Baltic Provinces of Russia, LZ. Hisingert 
is found also in the lowest stage of the Upper Silurian (my 
zone G). The form shown in fig. 22 (L. Histngert, var., 
Schmidt) of my memoir, there termed a variety of ZL. Hiscén- 
gert, belongs to the stage H (with Pentamerus oblongus or 
esthonus), and may now be better named L. balthica, vay. 
contracta, Jones, as it seems to be identical with your variety 
contracta (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1881, p. 337) ; and, 
moreover, some traces of the transverse striation are visible 
on the inverted ventral plate of the left valve. The typical 
L. balthica does not occur with us; but it is often met with 
in the erratic Silurian boulders of Northern Germany. 

€2. Another point I have to object to is about L. grandis, 
Schrenck (L. gigantea, F. Rémer). You believe* that Bar- 
rande is right in calling it an /sochilina, notwithstanding that 
in establishing that genus you pointed out that the carapace 
is eguivalve, the margins of the valves meeting wndformly, and 
not overlapping as in Leperditia. I figured two right valves 
in my figs. 5 and 6, and two left valves in figs. 3 and 4; and 
you can see there the inverted plate on the ventral border 
of the left valve in fig. 3a, and the striking difference be- 
ween the two valves when comparing the ventral borders of 
the left and the right valve in figs. 3a and 5a. The right 
valve must have been overlapping. The difference in that 
aspect between our species and other Leperditie consists 
merely in the inverted plate of the left valve occupying only, 
a middle part of the ventral border, and not the whole of it. 
L. grandis could thus be, perhaps, the type of a new subgenus, 
but by no means an Lsochilina. ‘The external outline of the 
valves is very constant; and I cannot see any varieties in that 
respect. Nor can I agree with you in uniting your large 
specimen from Rupert’s Land to our species. Your form 

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Nov 1881, p. 347. 


170 F. Schmidt and T. R. Jones on 


may be an Jsochilina, as the margin extends around the 
ventral border, and there is no inverted plate to be seen ; but 
the valve is highest at the anterior part and not along the 
ventral border, as I have shown to be the case with L. grandis. 

“ Barrande himself, in describing the left valve of Z. 
gigantea, sent to him by F. Rémer (Syst. Silur. Boheme, 
vol. i. suppl. p. 535), says, ‘ Limbe aplati, relativement large 
aux deux bouts de la valve et disparaissant presque complete- 
ment vers le milieu du contour ventral, sur plus d’un quart 
de la longueur. Ce limbe est endommagé sur une partie du 
contour de Lep. gigantea, et nous l’avons restauré dans la 
région médiane:’ pl. 34. figs. 4-6. That restoration, how- 
ever, was not correct. ‘The real form of the ventral border 
you will find in F. Rémer’s original woodeut (Zeitschrift d. 
deutsch. geol. Gesell. 1858, p. 356), exactly corresponding 
to the specimen which I saw in the Breslau Museum. M. 
Barrande himself is now entirely of my opinion with regard 
to the genus of L. gigantea or grandis. 

“3, As to your English specimens of L. balthica and L. 
Hisingert, it would be difficult to identify them with ours, as 
your Leperditiv apparently are scarce and not well preserved. 
With us, and in Scandinavia (and, it seems to me, in North 
America also), the Leperditiw occur abundantly in Upper- 
Silurian strata, and appear to be very well adapted tor charac- 
terizing the different stages, as they do not pass from one 
geological horizon toanother, like some Trilobites and Brachio- 
pods. Now let me try to review the Leperditie from the 
Baltic Provinces, Scandinavia, and England, described in 
your last ‘ Notes,’ as far as possible for me to do. 

“Your fig. 1, pl. xix., may be the actual L. balthica of 
Hisinger. Figs. 2 and 13 I willingly accept as the types of 
L. balthica, vay. contracta, Jones. Figs. 3 and 4 are doubtful 
forms. Fig. 5 [Z. HMisingeré?] seems very near to, if not 
identical with, our L. Keyserlingt (see my fig. 384), corre- 
sponding also in geological position, Fig. 6 [L. Hisingert, 
var. gracilenta, Jones] {1 would like to regard as intermediate 
to Z. phaseolus (His.), as defined by Kolmodin, and my Z. 
tyraica, both of which occur in the Uppermost Silurian. 
Both L. phaseolus (L. Angelintd, Schmidt), with us and in 
Gothland, and Z. tyratca, on the Dniester in Galizia and 
Podolia, have the characteristic angular spot around the eye- 
tubercle, separated by a narrow space from the central (mus- 
cular) spot (see my figs. 11 and 13), and may be regarded as 
mere local varieties. Your fig. 14 [Z. balthica, var. contracta|, 
from Kamenetz-Podalsk, will be the true LZ. tyratca, as other 
forms do not exist in that country. I studied the Dniester 
Silurians, in 1872, at that place; and Prof. Alth of Krakow 


some Silurian Leperditie. 171 


agrees entirely with me as to the Leperditie. Your figs. 15 
and 16 Iregard as L. phaseolus, because the two spots are 
visible. The locality of Randefer in Oesel belongs to the 
uppermost (Ludlow) strata of that island ; and L. phaseolus 
and L. grandis are the only Leperditiw there in that stage. 
It was my opinion also that L. phaseolus, His., is the same 
as my L. Angelini ; but I changed the name, as Hisinger 
had apparently mixed different forms in mentioning L. phaseo- 
lus as got from Wisby, where L. Hisingerd only is met with. 
Kolmodin, in citing L. phaseolus from Wisby, merely follows 
Hisinger. Its geological position is in the uppermost 
(Ludlow) strata of Southern and South-eastern Gothland. 

“4, Thave lately got some new materials of the original 
‘Cypridina marginata, Keyserling *, from the Petchora 
country. The characteristic margin is visible only on casts, 
and not on well-preserved specimens. The right valve shows 
an angular prominence on the ventral border, like your Leper- 
ditia arctica, but nearer to the posterior end. I will describe 
the species fully in a supplement to my memoir on the 
Russian Leperditie, together with some other forms of that 
genus.” 

I. I have to remark that, in accordance with M. Fr. 
Schmidt’s suggestions, L. balthica and L. Hisingeré are more 
distinct specifically than Iwas inclined to consider them, ‘Their 
collocation with certain Silurian horizons is of great interest ; 
but we must be careful not to limit “species” too strictly to 
definite strata, in case the distinctions become too artificial. 

II. I was wrong to give latitude to Zsochilina in the deve- 
lopment of the ventral margin rather than to Leperditia in 
diminution of that feature. But as the specimen from Rupert’s 
Land is distinct, in M. Schmidt’s opinion, from Schrenck’s 
and Rémer’s species, and is still an /sochilina, we can retain 
the specific name given to it at page e 347, but as 1. grandis, 
Jones, instead of “Lg grandis (Schrenck),” ‘Schrenck’s species 
being a Leperditia with a slight inversion of the ventral 
margin. 

III. If we follow M. Schmidt’s well-founded su ggestions, 
we shall regard my fig. 5 (pl. xix.) as L. Keyser ling?, 
Schmidt; fig. 6 as L. gracilenta, Jones; fig. l4as L. tyraica, 
Schmidt ; fie. 16 as L. phaseolus ; and his own eee ened 
as L. balthica, var. contracta, Jones. ‘The other forms in 
pl. xix. of my “ Notes,” viz. figs. 3, 4, 7-13, 15, and 17, 
remain as there named. 

Your obedient Servant, 
T. RuperT JONES. 

* See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. November 1881, p. 347. At line 4 of 
the page, for Upper-Silurian read Lower-Silurian, 


172 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Buprestide. 


XX.—WNew Genera and Species of Buprestidee and 
Heteromera. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE. 
Buprestidae. 

Ptosima Bowringtt, n. sp. 

Cylindrica, lete cyaneo-violacea, nitida; thorace creberrime evi- 
denter punctato; elytris punctato-striatis, apicem versus fascia 
sanguinea ornatis. 

Long. 4 lin. 

Head gently convex, thickly and finely punctured. Thorax 
very distinctly, not very strongly, very thickly punctured, but 
the punctures are not crowded; the punctures stronger to- 
wards the sides, but the anterior angles are nearly smooth ; in 
the middle of the base there is a short impressed line. Elytra 
with lines of very distinct punctures ; near the suture and at 
the apex there are impressed striz ; the interstices have each 
a single line of finer and more distant punctures. ~ A little 
way from the apex there is a bright red fascia, made by a 
triangular spot on each elytron uniting with the other at the 


suture. 

Hab, China (J. C. Bowring, Esq.). Brit. Mus. 
Ptosima apicata, n. sp. 

Subcylindrica, dorso depressiusculo, sat nitida, olivaceo-wnea; fronte 
purpurascente, parum concava, crebre sat fortiter punctata, ver- 
tice subtilius punctulata, guttis duabus flavis ornata ; thorace cre- 
berrime punctato, antice convexo, basi media paulo producta, 
minus crebre punctata, lea brevi impressa, lateribus maculis 
duabus flavis; elytris striatis, striis crebre punctatis, interstitiis 
uniseriatim minus crebre punctatis, maculis sex flavis ornatis, apice 
dentato. 

Long. 6 lin. 


Resembles P. amabilis, L. & G., im general form and ap- 
pearance, and agrees with it in having the apex of each 
elytron tridentate. It differs in having the forehead slightly 
concave. ‘The thorax is longer, and more angularly produced 
in the middle of the base; the sides are slightly angular in 
front of the middle; and the posterior angles are not turned in ; 
there is a small yellow spot on the anterior angle, and a much 
larger one near the hind angle. ‘The scutellum is more elon- 
gate triangular. The scutellar region of the elytra is im- 
pressed ; the strie are more distinct and the punctures on the 
interstices are as strong as those in the striw; the suture at 
the apex is finely and more thickly punctured. ‘There is an 
oblique yellow spot over each shoulder, a transverse one 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Buprestide. 173 


about the middle, touching the margin but not reaching the 
suture, and a third some distance from the apex. The under- 
side of the body is more bluish. There is a yellow spot on 
the posterior coxa, and on the side of the first, second, and 
fifth segments of the abdomen. ‘The prosternum is closely 
and very strongly punctured. The metasternum is less 
strongly and less closely punctured. The basal segment of 
the abdomen is thickly and strongly punctured, the second 
segment not quite so strongly, and the third, fourth, and fifth 
less closely and less strongly punctured in the middle. 


flab. India? Brit. Mus. 


ANCYLOTELA, n. gen. 


General character of Ptosima, but less cylindrical, more 
pear-shaped. ‘The thorax is subglobose, very convex, at the 
middle considerably broader than the elytra; at the base there 
is a slight constriction. Elytra at the base the same width as 
the base of the thorax, but with the shoulders a trifle wider ; 
very flat on the back, impressed at the scutellum, gently 
narrowed posteriorly, arcuately acuminate at the apex; there 
is a strong acute tooth on the margin a little way from the 
apex, with a stronger one above it; at the suture there is a 
sharp ridge, which terminates in a strong tooth just above 
the apex ; the apex itself is truncate and has four very short 
teeth. The abdomen has the second segment distinctly an- 
gularly produced in the middle; the third segment is very 
slightly so; the third and fourth segments have their apical 
angle very prominent, almost dentitorm. 

‘The general form of this insect, combined with the curious 
armature of the elytra and the structure of the abdomen, neces- 
sitate the formation of a genus for its reception. It should be 
placed next to Tyndaris. 


Ancylotela oculata, n. sp. 


Subpyriformis, cenea, nitida; thorace subgloboso, creberrime trans- 
versim aciculato-punctato, antice linea longitudinali impresso, basi 
media angulata fovea impressa, ad angulos anticos macula flava 
magna medio puncto nigro ; elytris striatis, striis confertim punc- 
tulatis, interstitiis dorsalibus planis, parce punctulatis, lateralibus 
convexiusculis fortius punctatis, paulo pone medium macula late- 
rali flava. 

Long. 51 lin. 


Hab. Chili. Brit. Mus. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 13 


174 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Heteromera. 


HETEROMERA. 
Tenebrionide. 


HomM@0GENUS, n. gen. 


General form elongate ovate, very convex. Third joint of 
the antenne as long as the first and second taken together ; 
the sixth to eleventh broad, flat, and opaque. Prosternum 
prolonged posteriorly into a deflexed acuminate process. 
Mesosternum deeply excavated to receive the prosternal pro- 
cess; the sides of the excavation raised, but not angular (as 
they are in Amenophis). Hpipleural fold of the elytra broad 
at the base, gradually narrowed to near the apex, where it 
suddenly vanishes. Legs rather long, the femora linear ; the 
posterior tibiee cylindrical, not channelled. Thorax trans- 
verse, rather flat, deeply emarginate in front, all the margins 
very narrowly incrassate, the anterior angles very prominent. 

‘This genus may be placed near Taravides, Waterh. (= Nyc- 
tobates sinuatus, see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, xvi. 
pp. 288, 289) ; but it differs from that and all the allied genera 
in the form of the thorax. The convex elytra most nearly 
resemble those in Amenophis, Th. (Arch. Ent. 11. p. 93) 5 but 
the posterior tibize are not channelled as in that genus, and 
the mesosternal excavation has not the sides angular. 


Homaogenus laticorne, Nn. sp. 


Nigrum, convexum, parum nitidum ; thorace sat planato, crebre 
subtiliter punctulato, transverso, antice profunde emarginato, an- 
gulis anticis sat latis, obtusis, lateribus sinuatis, basi utrinque 
sinuata; elytris bene convexis; thorace multo latioribus, quin- 
tuplo longioribus, ad apicem arcuatim acuminatis, fortiter striatis, 
striis fere impunctatis, interstitiis dorsalibus vix convexis, parum 
nitidis, lateralibus sat convexis opacis, corpore subtus pedibusque 
sat nitidis. 

Long. 16 lin. 

The head is densely and very finely punctured; the epi- 
stoma is rather less densely so, and is lightly impressed on 
each side. ‘The five basal joints of the antenne are smooth 
and shining, the following joints broad; the seventh and 
eighth are a little broader than long, the inner apical angle 
more acute than the outer one. ‘The striz of the elytra at 
first sight appear impunctate ; but on close examination they 
are seen to be finely punctured ; the interstices are coriaceous 
and finely and irregularly scratched. 

Hab. Sumatra. Brit. Mus. 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Heteromera. 1 fica: 


Amarygmine. 


EULYTUS, n. gen. 


General characters of Hupezus, but with the eyes smaller 
and widely separated above. ‘Thorax transversely quadrate, 
with the anterior angles slightly prominent, and the base 
simply and gently arcuate. lytra at the base the same 
width as the thorax; the disk of each elytron with a double 
sublateral inflation; the apex declivous and acuminate. 
Mesosternum with the anterior angles made by the excava- 
tion more prominent. Metasternum very short, in the middle 
not quite so long as the basal segment of the abdomen : 3 para- 
pleura narrow posteriorly, with the inner margin flexuous. 
Intercoxal process of the abdomen very broad and very 
obtusely rounded; the apical segment with a well-marked 
impression at the apex (??). Antenne and legs as in 
Hupezus. 


Eulytus nodipennis, n. sp. 


Niger, nitidus ; thorace subtilissime crebre punctulato ; elytris stria- 
tis, striis interruptis punctis impressis, discis inflatis. 
Long. 8 lin. 


Head very thickly punctured; there are two small impres- 
sions between the eyes, and a third on the vertex. Thorax 
shining, one third broader than long, gently convex, margined 
in front and at the sides, very delicately and thickly punc- 
tured ; the anterior angles moderately prominent and acute ; 
the sides subparallel to near the front, where they converge. 
Scutellum strongly transverse and finely punctured. Elytra 
with all the discoidal portion raised above the level of the 
thorax, strongly declivous and acuminate at the apex. The 
striz are well marked, but are interrupted, and have numerous 
elongate impressions. ‘The disk of each elytron is inflated 
laterally ; and this inflation is transversely impressed in the 
middle, so that it is divided into two, the fifth and sixth 
striz uniting between them; the interstices are excessively 
finely punctured, ‘The legs are thickly punctured, ‘The 
antenne are thickly punctured, the four apical joints opaque. 

Hab. Kast Africa. 

Of this very remarkable species I have only seen a single 
example in Colonel Shelley’s collection. 


13* 


176 Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fungi. 


XXI.—WNotices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. 
BERKELEY, F'.R.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq., F.L.S. 


[Continued from ser, 5, vol. vii. p. 151.] 


* Agaricus (Lepiota) cristatus. 

A beautiful form occurred in a fern-case at Blackheath, 
exactly according with Krombholz’s t. 25. f. 26-30. It had 
not the strong smell of the ordinary form. 

1927. A. (Tricholoma) Schumacheri, Fr. Hym. Kur. p. 69 ; 
Fl. Dan. t. 2267. fig. 1. 

In a hothouse, Apethorpe, Norths. Found once only ; 
agreeing very closely with the figure in FI. Dan., especially 
as regards the gills. 

1928. A. (Tricholoma) porphyroleucus, Fr. Hym. Eur. 
p. 5. 

Coed Coch, Oct. 1881. The long-stemmed form. 

1929. A. (Clitocybe) ¢ncilis, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 94. 

Shrewsbury, W. Phillips. 

*A. (Clitocybe) obsoletus, Batsch, fig. 103. 

Hothorpe, Norths., Nov. 23, 1881, Miss R. Berkeley. 

Just the plant of Batsch, but the odour varying from that 
of bitter almonds to that of aniseed. The term odsoletus used 
by Batsch does not refer to an odour less than that of A. 
JSragrans, but to the pallid tint as compared with his A. obso- 
lescens. 

*A.(Mycena) coherens, A. & S. p. 163. 

Coed Coch. Amongst pine-leaves in great perfection. It 
has much affinity with A. balaninus, B.; but that has the 
margin of the gills purple. They have, however, the same 
fulvous bristles on the surface. 

1930. A. (Mycena) exctsus, Lasch, in Linn, vii. no. 538. 

Hothorpe, Norths., Miss Ruth Berkeley. 

Magnificent specimens of this species occurred Nov. 17, 
1881, in the above locality. Pileus 3 inches across, stem 
4 inches high, root 2 inches long. The specimens were either 
solitary or subcespitose; gills purplish, strongly cut out 
behind. The fig. Bull. t. 518 I is more characteristic of the 
specimens than that im Iries’s ‘ Icones,’ taken from smaller and 
probably more superficial individuals. 

*A. (Omphalia) buccinalis, Sow. t. 107. 

This is certainly no form of A. wmbelliferus; and it is too 
fleshy to be the same as A, stellatus. It is, as Sowerby says, 
not uncommon, and is in great perfection this Jan. 8, 1582. 

It has the habit of A. ptychophyllus, Cd., a species not 
noticed by Fries ; but the gills are not plicate. 


Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fung’. 177 
1931. A. (Omphalia) f directus, B. & Br. Albus, gracil- 


limus, pileo gomphitormi apice plano, stipite ascendente versus 
basin pilis longis vestito ; lamellis longe decurrentibus. 

On dead leaves, Chiselhurst, Nov. 1865. Stem slightly 
rufous, thread-like, not an inch high. ‘The same species was 
sent by G. W. Smith, May 4, 1870. 

1932. A. (Pleurotus) pantoleucus, Fy. Ic. t. 88. fig. 2. 

Blown out of a tree at Coed Coch during the great gale of 
Oct. 14, 1881. Exactly the plant of Fries, of which a draw- 
ing was originally sent from Sweden under the name of A. 
spodoleucus, Ic. t. 87. tig. 1. 

1933. A. (Pleurotus) revolutus, Kickx, p. 158. 

On a poplar tree, Penzance, T. Pengelly. J. Ralfs (no. 
367). 

A magnificent Agaric, clearly that of Kickx, but considered 
by Fries a form of A. salignus. It is clearly the same with 
A. corticatus, Saund. & Sm. t. 4. fig. 2. Tne stem is short, 
but distinct and swollen, 

1934, A. (Pleurotus) limpidus, Fr. Ic. t. 88. fig. 3. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. 

1935, A. (Entoloma) lividus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 189, 

Hast Dereham, Norfolk, the Rev. J. M. Du Port. 

1936. A. (Entoloma) Batschianus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 191. 

Coed Coch, Oct. 1881, Miss Ruth Berkeley. Spores rather 
regular, 0003 inch in diameter. 

1937. 4. (Entoloma) bulbigenus, B. & Br.; A. Persoont- 
anus, Phill. Gard. Chron. 1881, p. 874; A. sericeus, Pers. Ic. 
Giawlesers ts 6. 1. 2: 

East Dereham, Rev. J. M. Du Port. Sibbertoft, Norths., 
Feb, 1882, Miss Ruth Berkeley. Just the plant of Persoon, 
who indicates in his figure the sclerotioid bodies at the base, 
though he does not mention them in the text. The name of 
A. Persoonianus requires to be changed, as there is a species 
of similar name. IT'r. Hym. Hur. p. 25. Spores ‘0004 to 
°0005 inch in diameter. 

1938. A. (Entoloma) speculum, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 197. 

Coed Coeh, Oct. 1881. Spores irregular, 0005 inch in 
diameter. 

1939. A. (Pholiota) verruculosus, Lasch, Fr. Hym. Eur. 
Oy 22k. 

King’s Cliffe. A subspecies, according to Fries, of A. 
SQUaTTOSUS. 

*A.(Pholiota) caperatus, P. Syn. p. 293. 

Var. macropus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 215. 

King’s Clitte. 

t Non tuba direct?, non eris cornua flexi—Ovy. Met. 


178 Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fungi. 
1940. A. (Pholiota) dissimulans, B. & Br. Pileo primum 


erebio, campanulato obtusissimo vix viscidulo hygrophano 
demum explanato albido, margine involuto; stipite deorsum 
incrassato candido, basi gossypino ; annulo erecto ut plurimum 
persistente ; lamellis pallidis argillaceis sinuato-adnatis demum 
decurrentibus, 

On sticks of hawthorn and sloe. Hothorpe, Miss R. 
Berkeley. 

Pileus at first of the colour of A. erebius, but at length be- 
coming pale and expanded, about 1 inch across. Stem fistu- 
lose, Th transverse dissepiments. Gills at length decurrent. 
It ought perhaps to be recorded in the section Tubori ia, which, 
however, is a purely artificial division, and the ring is ag ainst 
this. It must be placed at the head of the hyg -rophanous 


Pholiote, t though itis not allied to the species in that division. 


ae (Inocybe) Bongardi, Fr. Myc. Kur. p. 229. 

Coed Coch, 1881. Spores bulging on one side, as in 
Eunotia, ‘0005 inch long. 

PAL. (Inocybe) flocculosus, B. Eng. FI. v. p. 97. 

Coed Coch, Oct. 1881. Spores. irregular, ‘0003 inch in 
diameter, sometimes slightly elongated. 

eA. (Inocybe) scabellus, Fy. 

Hothorpe, Miss R. Berkeley, Nov. 23, 1881, with A. 
scaber. 

This does not seem to be a common species ; but we were 
glad to get it again, as it enables us to ascertain that it has 
granulated spores, like A. fastiqiatus. 

1941. A. (Inocybe) cesariatus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 234. 

Coed Coch, Oct. 1881. Spores even, ‘0004 long. 

1941 bis. A. (Hebeloma) senescens, Batsch, fig. 197. 

Amongst fir trees, Gwrwch Castle, exactly resembling the 
figure of Batsch, which does not seem to have been noticed 
by Fries. 

Pileo e convexo explanato leviter glutinoso ochraceo-fulvo, 
extremo margine subtiliter tomentoso albo ; stipite primum 
deorsum bulboso fusco, dein, excepto apice candido tomentoso, 
squamuloso, solido; lameliis confertis primum pallidis adnexis, 
dein cinnamomeis ; carne alba, odore acri. 

Sometimes semiglobose ; stem 5 inches high, always dark 
below ; pileus 3 inches or more in diameter. 

1942. A, (Hebeloma) subcollartatus, B. & Br. Pileo con- 
vexo subearnoso pallido centro subfusco leviter elutinoso, velo 
floccoso evanescente ; stipite farcto demum subtiliter fistuloso 
basi brunneo puly erulento ; Jamellis ventricosis secedentibus 
collarium breve interruptum formantibus argillaceis acie 
candidis. 


Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fungi. 179 


On naked soil, Sibbertoft, Oct. 1881; about an inch in 
diameter. Allied to A. mesopheus, of which we were at first 
inclined to consider it a variety. Spores elliptic, uninu- 
cleate, ‘0005 inch long. 

*4. (Hebeloma) firmus, P. Ic. et Desc. tab. 5. figs. 3, 4. 

This appears to be a very variable species. The figure in 
the ‘Icones’ does not accord in several respects with the cha- 
racters in Hym. Eur. The pileus is neither campanulate nor 
umbonate, but at length depressed. An Agaric, certainly re- 
ferable to this species, occurred at Hothorpe, Norths., Feb. 8, 
1882, in which, though the essential characters are the same, 
the pileus is at first of a deep brown, but hygrophanous, 
changing to tan-colour. The stem obviously though minutely 
scaly ; the gills adnate with a minute decurrent tooth, at first 
pale, then argillaceous, their margin distinctly edged with 
snow-white particles. 

1943. A. (Flammula) vinosus, Bull. t. 54. 

Abundant on the Morfa, Conway, Miss R. Berkeley. A 
very interesting species which has scarcely been gathered 
since the time of Bulliard. Spores pale umber, *0002 inch 
long, shortly ovate. 

1944, A. (Flammula) astragalinus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 248. 

Sent from Glamis by the Rev. J. Stevenson, in whose 
specimens the flesh was intensely red, and when bruised, as 
described by Fries, became black. Perhaps the most beauti- 
ful of Agarics. 

1945. A. (Flammula) apicreus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 249. 

Coed Coch, 1881. Very acrid. 

1945 bis. A. (Naucoria) lugubris, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 253. 

Coed Coch. A single specimen only, in a mountain-fir 
wood. 

Spores very irregular, *0002 to ‘0003 inch long, subglobose. 

1946. A. (Naucoria) melinotdes, Fr. non Bull., excepta 
560. fig. 1 F, the other figures belonging to A. hypnorum. 

Kew, Dr. Cooke. Spores elliptic, *V006 inch long, with 
one or two nuclei. 

1947. A. (Naucoria) sederotdes, Bull. t. 588. 

Amongst moss, Sibbertoft, Nov. 10, 1881. Spores *0004 
to (0005 inch long, half as much wide. This and the two 
neighbouring species, though externally resembling each 
other, have very different spores. 

1948. A. (Naucoria) cerodes, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 257. 

Amongst moss, Sibbertoft, Sept. 23, 1881. Spores ‘0003 
inch long. 

1949. A. (Crepidotus) epigeus, Pers. Syn. p. 377; A. 
depluens, Batsch, fig. 122. 


180 Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fungi. 


On the clay of the marlstone, Hothorpe, Nov. 10, 1881, 
Miss Ruth Berkeley. The spores of this species are oblong, 
0004 inch long, not irregular, and more or less angular, as in 
the plant usually referred to A. depluens, as figured by Hoff- 
mann}; so that its affinities seem rather to be with Crepidotus 
than Claudopus. 

The present is exactly the plant of Batsch; and we think 
it better to leave the name with what has formerly been 
considered his species, and retain that of Persoon. A. depluens 
occurred in 1881, on sawdust, at Coed Coch, just as it 
is figured by Hoffmann. It has sometimes a distinct stem, 
as we have ourselves foundit. The gills in A. epigeus are no 
longer red when dry. 

1950. A. (Hypholoma) lacrymabundus, Fr. Ic, 134. fig. 1. 

The species figured in the ‘Icones’ occurred last October 
at Coed Coch and near Hereford. What has usually passed 
under this name is A. velutinus, P. We find the spores ‘0003- 
"0004 inch long, in A. pyrrhotrichus ‘0005-0006. 

*A. (Hypholoma) cascus, Fr. Hym. Kur. p. 294. What 
we described in the ‘‘ Notices”? as an abnormal state of A. ap- 
pendiculatus is undoubtedly this species. 

1951. A. (Hypholoma) piluleformis, Bull. t. 112. 

Penzance, Mr. Ralts.. ‘This is possibly a veil-bearing state 
of the very common A. spadiceus, though Fries says “ velum 
etiam primitus absolute nullum.”” We are inclined rather to 
consider it the young of A. hydrophilus, Bull. t. 511; still 
we think it right to record its occurrence in Cornwall. We 
do not suppose with Fries that it has any thing to do with 
Bolbitius. 

1952. A. (Psilocybe) hebes, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 303. 

On grass by the side of a chestnut-plantation amongst dead 
leaves. Hothorpe, Miss R. Berkeley, Nov. 19, 1881. 

Not exactly the form figured by Fries in the ‘ Icones,’ as 
the stem is taller; but the colour of the hygrophanous pileus is 
the same exactly, the spores atropurpureous. Pileus at first 
obtuse; but in drying it becomes spuriously and minutely um- 
bonate. Spores ‘0007 inch long. 

*A. (Psathyra) corrugis, P. Syn. p. 424. 

Shanklin. The short form figured by Corda in Sturm’s 
Deutsch]. Fl. under the name of A. vinosus. 

1953. A. (Psathyra) gossypinus, Bull. t. 425. fig. 2. 

Coed Coch, Oct. 1881. Spores -0004 to *0005 long. 

1954. A. (Psathyra) nolitangere, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 309. 

Amongst moss. Sibbertoft, Sept. 3, 1881. Spores -00055 
long, more elongated than in A. gossypinus. A. pennatus, 
Quélet, =A. semivestitus, B. & Br. 


Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fungi. 181 


1955. A. (Psathyra) microrhizus, Lasch, no. 468. 

On the naked soil. Sibbertoft, Sept. 3, 1881. Gregarious, 
varying in size from a few lines to 1} inch, when it approaches 
the finer forms of A. gossypinus. 

1956. A. (Psathyrella) trepidus, Fy. Syst. i. p. 238. 

Hothorpe, Miss R. Berkeley. Pers. Myc. Eur. t. 29. fig. 1 
is an excellent figure of this species. 

* Coprinus aratus, B. Outl. p. 176. 

A group of this fine species of large size occurred at Ho- 
thorpe, Dec. 5, 1881. 

As the character given before was drawn up from a solitary 
specimen gathered in a very different situation, it requires a 
little amendment. The disk is sometimes rugose, sometimes 
even; the gills are at first attached, but so slightly that they 
easily part from the stem, so as to appear free; but they are 
still connected at the base, asif there were aslight collar. For 
“lamellis liberis,” ‘ lamellis secedentibus”’ should be substi- 
stuted. 

1957. C. alternatus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p.327; Fl. Dan. 1961. 
fig. 1. 

East Dereham, Rev. M. Du Port, at the same time with 
A. lividus. 

This is scarcely a Coprinus, but rather a Psathyrella. 

1958. C. papillatus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 326. 

Shrewsbury, P. M. Berkeley. In a fern-case. 

1959. Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) serarvus, Fr. Hym. Eur. 
p- 350. 

Glamis, Rev. J. Stevenson. A small form. 

1960. C. (Dermocybe) cotoneus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 372. 

Clifton, C. Bucknall. 

1961. Paxillus Fagi, B. & Br. Eximie gregarius, crispus, 
sursum pallidus, subtus aurantius, lamellis crispatis aurantiis. 

On a beech-stump. Coed Coch. Forming a wide crisped 
mass of great beauty, very different in appearance from P, 
panuordes, which is confined to fir wood or sawdust. 

1962. Hygrophorus fusco-albus, Fr. Hym. Kur. p. 410. 

Amongst moss. Gwrwch, 1881. Remarkable for its dis- 
tinct floccose veil. 

* Marasmius Wynnet, B. & Br. 

A good figure of this beautiful species is given in ‘ Fungi 
Tridentini’ by Bresadola under the name of Clitocybe xantho- 
phylla. 

*M. scorteus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 468. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. 

1963. Polyporus Micheli, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 533. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. 


\ 


182 Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fung?. 


1964. P. acanthoides, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 540. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. 

1965. P. pectinatus, Kl. in Linn. vui. p. 485; Fr. Hym. 
Eur. p. 559. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. We follow Fries, though with some 
hesitation, in considering the European forms figured by 
Quélet identical with the Indian species. It cannot, how- 
ever, be referred either to P. salicinus or P. conchatus. 

1966. P. velutinus, Fy, Syst. i. p. 868. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs, who has also sent P. hirsutus. 

1967. P. mucidus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 577. 

4 Penzance, J. Ralfs. On the under surface of very decayed 
is. 

1968. Dedalea cinerea, Fr. Syst. i. p. 336. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. 

The thick substance separates this from every form of D. 
unicolor, also the inciso-strigose surface of the pileus. 

1969. Hydnum Weinmanni, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 613. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. 

1970. 4. aurenm, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 613. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. A fine species, with a merulioid aspect. 

1971. H. denticulatum, P. Myc. Eur. u. p. 181. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. 

1972. Irpex carneus, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 622. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs. When perfect it is a true [rpex. 

1973. aide lirellosa (P.), Dedalea lirellosa, P. Mye. 
Kur. iii. p. 2, tab. xvii. figs. 2, 3. 

Penzance, ‘J. Ralfs. This is not noticed by Fries in Hym. 
Kur. ; but it is very distinct. 

* Stereum vor ticosum, Fr, Hym. Bie p- 659. 

Noble specimens of this very beautiful species, remarkable 
for its costate hymenium, were sent from Penzance by Mr. 
Ralfs, who is in a position in Cornwall to send many more 
novelties. 

1974. Cortictum umbrinum, A. & S. p. 281. 

Penzance, J. Ralfs; Hothorpe, Feb. 1882. 

1975. C. maculeforme, Fr. Hym. Eur. p. 656. 

Penzance, J. Ralts. 

* Sparassis crispa, Fr. Syst. i. p. 465. 

Penzance, J. Ralts. 

This seems to be a southern species, not having occurred 
in this country north of Norfolk. 

1976. Clavaria pyxidata, P. Comm. t. i. fig. 1 

Penzance, J. Ralts. 

1977. Calocera corticalis, Fr, Hym. Eur. p. 681; Batsch, 
fig. 162. 


Messrs. Berkeley and Broome on British Fungi. 183 
Penzance, J. Ralfs. 


1978. Penicillium macrosporum, B. & Br. Aurantiacum, 
sporis globosis maximis. 

On a decaying Lactartus, J. D.C. Sowerby, whose drawing 
is in the collection of the British Museum. 

1979. Cercaspora Bloxami, B. & Br. Maculis orbiculari- 
bus pallidis ; sporis elongato-fusiformibus utrinque acuminatis 
multiseptatis. 

On decaying leaves of turnips. Twycross, Rev. A. 
Bloxam. For merly distributed as Septoria Blowamt. 

1980. Ovularia elliptica, B. & Br. Gard. Chron. 1881, ii. 
p. 3840 cum icone. 

On various lilies. Spores 0012 long. 

1981. O. syringe, B. Gard. Chron. 1881, ii. p. 665 cum 
icone. 

On leaves of Syringa, Aberdeenshire, A. Stephen Wilson. 

1982. Mystrosportum alliorum, B. Gard. Chron. 1878. 

On onions. Culver, Exeter. 

1983. Puccinia oxyriw, Buch. White, MSS. 

On leaves of Oxyria reniformis. Ben Blabhein, Skye, Dr. 
Buchanan White, Sept. 1881. Spores, including the short 
hyaline stem, ‘0024 inch long; the divisions of the head sub- 
globose, even. 

1984. Gleosporium Lindemuthianum, Saccardo, Fung. It. 
1032. 

On pods of Phaseolus. Very destructive at Sibbertoft in 
1881. 

1985. Leotia chlorocephala, Schwein. Syn. p. 88. 

Hampshire, Miss Broadwood. ‘The tint of green is so dark 
that it is nearly black, so that the house- -painters might call it 
invisible green. JL. atrovirens, P., occurred at Coed Coch in 
Sept. 1881 ; but it is clearly merely a state of Geoglossum 
viride, W hich accompanied it, ‘Ihe specimens agreed in every 
respect with the figure in Myc. Eur. t. 9. figs. LS 

1986. Spheria lepr osa, P. 

Penzance, J. Ralts. Spores 0008 inch long, narrow. 

* Valsa crategi, Currey. 

On.dead twigs. Spores ‘0012 long. 

1987. Spheria aggregata, Lasch in Kl. Herb. Mye. it. 
no. 541; Fuckel, no. 977. 

On Luphrasia officinalis. Penzance, J. Ralfs. 

1988. Didymium effusum (Lk.). 

On fronds of hart’s tongue. W.G. Smith. 


184 Mr. S. O. Ridley’s Contributions to the 


XXIT.—Contributions to the Knowledge of the Alcyonaria, 
with Descriptions of new Species from the Indian Ocean 
and the Bay of Bengal. By Stuarr O. Riprey, M.A., 
F.L.S., Assistant in the Penis sick Department, "British 
Museum. 


Or the new species which form the chief feature of this paper 
two were recently obtained by a collector at Mauritius, Mr. 
V. de Robillard, and purchased of him by the Trustees of the 
British Museum, and, from their novel structural characters and 
‘remarkable size and beauty, give great promise of important 
results to be obtained whenever this little-known branch of 
the fauna of Mauritius is moré fully investigated. Extra- 
ordinarily fine specimens of the beautiful Cadligorgia (Prim- 
noa) plumatilis, M. Kdw. & Haime, and the Hydrozoan 
Stylaster flabelliformis, were obtained from the same source. 
Notes are added on some of the genera of Gorgontde 
established, mainly on external characters, by Dr. Gray ; the 
types are in the British Museum, and have now been sub- 
mitted to microscopic examination. ‘The results appear suffi- 
ciently important to be worth recording, as many of these 
genera can hardly be said to be known to science, owing to 
the ignorance in which the descriptions leave us as to their 
more minute characteristics. 
The measurements of spicules given below represent the 
average maximum sizes of the spicules and are inclusive of 
tubercles. 


Axcroninz, Kélliker. 


Neputiya, Audouin. 
Nephthea, Audouin, Expl. pl. Descr. Egypte, i. p. 230. 


The only described species which can be admitted in this 
genus, as distinguished from Ammothea by the large size of 
its cortical spicules, from Hunephthya by their not projecting 
from the surface of the coenenchyma, and from Spongodes by 
the polype-spicules not projecting beyond the retracted polype, 
are :— 

N. Chabrolii, Audouin (incl. crnominata, Sav.), Expl. pl. 

Descr. Egypte, lc. Red Sea. 

N. (Aleyonium, Q. & G.) aurantiaca, Quoy & Gaimard, 
Voy. Astrolabe, p. 277, pl. xxii. figs. 16-18. New 
Zealand. 

aN. coccinea, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, vii. 
p- 3875, China. 


Knowtedge of the Alcyonaria. 185 


N. aurantiaca, Verrill, Proc. Ess. Inst. iv. p. 191. China 
Sea, 23° N. lat. 

N. nigra, Pourtalés, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. i. p. 130. 
Sand Key, Florida. 

Other species have been assigned to it, but transferred to 
other genera (e. g. Hunephthya, Verrill, op. cit. vi. p. 80, and 
Spongodes, Klunzinger, Kor. Roth. Meer. p- 38). 

A new species is now added :— 


Nephthya burmaensis, n. sp. 


Base spreading, lamellar, coriaceous ; vertical portion con- 
sisting of short (the “primary ”’) lobes, about 10 millim. in 
diameter, which themselves divide almost immediately into 
the ultimate polype-bearing lobules (or secondary lobes), 
which are slender, viz. only about 3 millim. in diameter, and 
so numerous as to conceal most of the lobes and the common 
base. A few single polypes are also borne directly on the 
primary lobes. The lobules or secondary lobes are thickly 
covered with the large polype-cells, whose bases occupy almost 
the whole of the surface of the lobule. The polype-cells project 
outwards almost at right angles to the lobule, with a slight 
upward direction ; they are prominent cy lindrical bodies, 
measuring 2°5 millim. in length by 1:25 millim. in diameter, 
and terminate (in the closed “condition) i in a rounded end, on 
which the eight segments of the contained polype are indi- 

cated by the presence of eight distinct pairs of smallish 
spicules, whose distal points form a circle round the orifice of 
invagination, the spicules themselves lying in the direction of 
the long axis of the polype. 

The two spicules forming each of these terminal pairs 
are generally parallel and in close juxtaposition with each 
other, but sometimes diverge proximally, forming a V. A 
collar of clos sely appressed “spicules lies at the base of this 
crown, the long axes of the spicules being at right angles to 
those of the latter. The succeeding spicules as far as the 
base are iregularly arranged, Sah distinct gaps between 
them, more or less across the long axis of the lobes or lobules ; 
those of the base are closely aggregated and mostly parallel 
to each other. Spicules a ate in spirit, of one type through- 
out, viz. curved, fusiform, pointed at ends, thickly covered 
with prominent blunt tubercles, themselves covered with small 
tubercles; the tubercles sometimes approach a_verticillate 
arrangement in the larger spicules. ‘The spicules (i.) of the 
crown are elongated and somewhat sh arply pointed, those (it.) 
of the base rather thick in the middle, tapering rapidly to 


186 Mr. 8. O. Ridley’s Contributions to the 


the rather sharp point; those (iii.) of the intermediate area 
are long, blunter, and more uniform in diameter throughout the 
spicule. Size of spicules (i.) of crown about 1 by ‘1 millim., 
(ii.) of base 5 by ‘1 to 1:4 by °28 millim., (i.) the largest 
of intermediate area 2 by *2 millim.; but there is a ovadation 
in size from the intermediate area to the crown on the one 
hand, and to the base on the other. 

Colour of soft parts very pale flesh-colour. 

Hab. British Burmah (coll. Mus. Brit.). 

Examined. In spirit. 

Obs. The species is represented by a small colony of three 
primary lobes rising from the common base, which clasps a 
small calcareous mass; maximum height 25 millim., maxi- 
mum width 45 millim. It was presented to the national 
collection by W. Theobald, Esq., in company with some 
Crustacea. 

From all the species assigned above to the genus either the 
pale colour of the soft parts or the whiteness of the spicules 
distinguishes it; N. Chabrolit, which seems to have the dull 
general coloration, differs in its very large polypes and their 
green spicules. N. niger is, of course, black; and if the 
“‘coste ’’ assigned to it are ridges resembling the coste of 
Madreporaria, they constitute another point of difference ; but 
I am not sure what is intended by the term. 


MOoRCHELLANA, Gray. 
Morchellana, Gray, P. Z. 8, 1862, p. 30. 


Having examined the type specimen of the species on which 
this genus is based (viz. M. sprnulosa, Gray, l. c., figured), I 
cannot see sufficient reason for its generic distinction from 
Spongodes, with which it agrees in having a large spicule 
projecting longitudinally at the side of the poly pe- cell. 
The wall of the stem is thin, and contains small fusiform 
spicules. ‘The brittleness mentioned by Dr. Gray appears to 
be due to the impregnation of the specimen by salt previous 
to its immersion in spirit and the perhaps consequent 
alteration of the consistency of the spicules, which shows itself 
in their unusual brittleness and opacity. The same fact 
accounts in part for the infrequency with which the projec- 
tion of the polype-spicule can be made out, owing to its 
fracture In many cases. 


Knowledge of the Alcyonaria. 187 


Primnoacez. 


Vittogorcia, Duchassaing de Fonbressin & Michelotti. 
Villogorgia, Duch. de Fonbressin & Michelotti, Mém. Cor. Antilles, 


2. 
Paramuricea, Kélliker (pars), Icones Histiol. p. 156; Studer, MB, Ak. 
Berlin, 1878, p. 653. 
Lissogorgia, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. 1864, p. 215. 
? Blepharoyorgia, Duch. & Mich. Rey. Spong. Zooph. Antilles, p. 15. 
Boarella, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) v. p. 406. 
Brandella, Gray, Cat. Lithophytes Brit. Mus. p. 30. 
Plexaura, pars, Klunzinger, Kor. Roth. Meer. p. 52. 


Type Viilogorgia nigrescens, Duch. & Mich. 0. ¢. 

No good reason seems to exist why Kdélliker, writing in 
1864, should have replaced the name given in 1860 to this 
genus by the authors of the ‘ Mémoire sur les Coralliaires 
des Antilles’ by a fresh appellation, still less for Dr. Gray’s 
action in 1870 in ignoring the work of all three writers. But 
Kélhker’s name may be with advantage retained for a part 
of his genus. 

It may be defined as consisting of Gorgoniide with well- 
branched corallum, with entirely horny axis, scarcely or not 
at all concealed, except on ultimate branches, by » thin 
coenenchyma; covered on all sides by scattered verruce ; 
more or less anastomosis of the branches occurs. Verruce 
prominent, cylindrical, surrounded or not by a crown of 
projecting linear spicules. Spicules of ccenenchyma large, 
tuberculate, 4—8-stellate, and fusiform; those of verruce 
large, tuberculate, fusiform, accompanied by flattened, 
superficially tuberculate, and laterally scalloped forms 
(“ Stachelplatten,” Kolliker, Icon. Histiol. pl. xvii. fig. 19 a, 
&c.). The genus thus limited would probably include Para- 
muricea placomus, Esper (IXdll.), 2. spinosa, Kolliker (tess 
P. (Villogorgia) nigrescens, Duch. & Mich. (/.c.), P. gracilis, 
Studer (/. c.), P. borealis, Verrill (Am. J. Sci. [3] xvi. p. 218), 
Gorgonia cancellata, Dana,= Antipathes jlabellum, Pallas, 
Brandella intricata, Gray (¢.¢.), Lissogorgia flecuosa, Verrill 
(Proc. Essex Inst. iv. pp. 48, 187), and perhaps Antipathes 
clathrata and A. feniculata, Esper. 

For species without the Stachelplatten of the cortex Para- 
muricea might be retained as a subgenus, although in external 
characters it cannot be distinguished from typical forms of 
Villogorgia ; and the peculiar spicule of that genus is, as Kél- 
liker believes, probably represented by the quadri- and octo- 
radiatesof this group. Into this division would fall Paramuricea 


intermedia, Kolliker (/.¢.), Boarella flabellata, Gray (Ann, & 


188 Mr. 8. O. Ridley’s Contributions to the 


Mag. Nat. Hist. [4] v. p. 406), and a new species, P. maur?- 
tvensis, described below. It is possible that some of the 
species referred above to the typical group, Villogorgia, s. str., 
but whose minute characters are impertectly known, may 
prove to belong to this division (e. g, Antipathes flabellum, 
Pallas). 

Echinogorgia, Kolliker (7. ¢.), appears to be distinguished 
from Vellogorgia by the thickness of the cortex, which hides 
the axis, and by its commonly bright or pale colour. 


Villogorgia tintricata. 

Brandella intricata, Gray, Cat. Lithophytes Brit. Mus. p. 30. 

This species (the typical and only species of the genus to 
which Dr. Gray assigned it) was very shortly described, with, 
however, a fairly characteristic woodcut of some terminal 
branches. ‘The type specimens, which are merely the peri- 
pheral portions of what was probably a single colony, are in 
the British Museum ; and from them I have obtained details 
as to the characters of the spicules which justify the course I 
have taken in suppressing its genus and attaching it to Vello- 
gorgia. 

Spicules of cortex, (1.) fusiform, with rounded ends, covered 
with numerous inconspicuous rounded tubercles, with two or 
three rounded projections from the centre at one side, size *28 
by °044 millim. ; or they may have two lateral projections, 
longer and on opposite sides, and measure *25 by ‘035 millim., 
thus forming a transition to the well-marked quadriradiate 
form (ii.), which has four cylindrical radii, the two pairs of 
radii being usually inclined at an obtuse angle to each other, 
well tuberculated, with distinct and prominent but small 
tubercles, size *18 by °035 millim. (iii.) Flattened, disk- 
like, tapering into two or more terminal points, the margin 
more or less scalloped into teeth, and the surface slightly 
embossed with low tubercles; a few small fenestra pene- 
trate the disk; size *34 by ‘18 millim. Polype-spicules (iv.) 
fusiform, similar to (1.), or with a central zone of long tubercles, 
size “35 by :108 to *37 by ‘071 millim. (v.) Disk-lke 
forms of similar characters and size to those of the general 
cortex (perhaps really belonging to it). 

In external characters it is hardly distinguishable from V, 
mauritiensts (q. Vv. mfra). 


Hab. Dewi(?) Reef, Bass’s Strait. 


Villogorgia (Paramuricea) flabellata. 
Boarella flabellata, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 406. 
Having examined the typical specimen of this species, I 


Knowledge of the Alcyonaria. 189 


am able to say that it is a true ’/logorgia of the Paramuricea 
division. The mouths of the verruce have the normal number 
of eight valves, not ten, as stated by Gray; and they are 
terminated by sharp, distinctly projecting fusiform spicules, 
The verruce are not confined, as a rule, to the lateral margins, 
as stated by the same author, but, as in other Paramuricee, 
distributed over all parts of the surface of the branches. In 
general appearance it much resembles V. mauritiensis. The 
fusiform cortical spicules (i.) are sharply pointed, have a few 
angular sharp tubercles, and resemble those of Hehinogorgia 
intermedia, Studer ; size *32 by ‘035 millim. The stellates of 
the cortex (i1.) have long slender and rather irregular and 
curved arms, from four to five in number, the fifth in a different 
plane from the rest; the body is usually rather elongate; a few 
medium-sized tubercles on body and arms; maximum length 
"212, thickness of body °035, of arms at base ‘026 millim. 
The spicules of the verruce are either (111.) elongate fusiform, 
exactly like (1.), but measuring *46 by 035 millim., or (iv.) 
coarser fusiform, with one part bent at a considerable angle 
to the rest of the spicule, sharply pointed and tuberculate 
after the same manner as (i.), size °895 by ‘071 millim. Colour 
ereyish brown, except near base, where the black colour of the 
axis appears through the cortex. 

fab, Unknown. 

Obs. The genus Boarella lapses altogether, since B. flabel- 
lata is the type and the only species belonging to it. 


Villogorgia mauritiensis, sp.n. (Fig. 1.) 


Corallum branching frequently in one plane; branches sub- 
dichotomous, showing tendency to be suppressed on the inner 
aspect, given off at intervals of from 7 to 28 millim, as arule; 
angle of branching varying from about 30° in the case of the 
larger, to from 45° to 80° in the terminal branches. Stem and 
main branches slender in proportion to size of corallum ; ter- 
minal branches filiform, viz. “4 millim. in diameter excluding 
the verruce; anastomosis frequent in central parts, forming 
elongate meshes, uncommon near periphery. Axis of main 
branches strongly compressed laterally, the antero-posterior 
diameter being about twice that of the lateral diameter. Sub- 
stance of axis black, glabrous, tough and elastic, and light, 
except in the ultimate twigs, where it is brown. Cortex very 
slight, forming a brownish film on the main branches, but 
not concealing the axis, becoming slightly thicker, viz. about 
‘07 millim., towards the periphery. Verruce distributed over 
all parts of the branches, not leaving any posterior bare 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol, r= 14 


190 Mr. 8. O. Ridley’s Contributions to the 


space; more thickly towards the terminations of the twigs, 
where they are almost or quite in contact at their bases; 
distribution approximately alternate; prominent, cylindrical, 
blunt ; length of verruce of terminal twigs ‘7 to ‘75 millim., 
breadth *75 millim., those of the larger branches somewhat 
smaller. 

Spicules of general cortex :—(1.) fig. 1, A, linear, the shaft 
cylindrical, tapering more or less towards one end, the thicker 
two thirds bearing scattered, rather distant, prominent verru- 


Fig. 1.— Villogorgia mauritiensis. 


A. Fusiform spicule of cortex, x 90 diam. B, Fusiform spicule of ver- 
ruce, X 90 diam, C. Different forms of octoradiate spicule of cortex, 
x 100 diam, 


ciform tubercles, roughened at their free ends, size °35 by 
"053 millim. ; (ii) fig. 1, c, quadriradiate stellates, generally 
with a somewhat elongate body, almost smooth, from which 
two pairs of radii are given off in one plane at an angle of 
from 90° to 135° with one another, and two pairs of similar 
tubercles on opposite sides of the body, in a plane at right 
angles to that of the other two pairs, the radii blunt or sub- 
acute, bearing some large rough tubercles, or with the body 
developed at the expense of the rays, which then form 
merely lateral angles of a short barrel- or capstan-shaped 
shaft; size *14 by :035 millim. Spicules of verruce of one 
kind only, viz. (i) fig. 1, B, the same as no. i., but rather 
longer and with more numerous tubercles, size *39 by :053 
millim. Colour, dirty black on main branches, wainscot- 
brown on terminal branches. 

Hab, Mauritius, 80 fathoms (coll. Mus. Brit.). 

Obs. The single specimen which represents this species was 
recently obtained from Mr. V. de Robillard in the dry condi- 
tion. It is of remarkable size, viz. height 32 inches 
(800 millim.), maximum breadth 18} inches (462 millim.) ; 
the antero-posterior diameter of the first main branch is 
? millim., the lateral diameter 3 to 5 millim. It has an 


Knowledge of the Aleyonaria. 191 


irregular thin base of parchment-like substance, covering a 
bivalve shell &e. 

Its peripheral portions strongly resemble the type specimen 
of V. (Brandella) intricata, Gray, in general appearance, but 
differ in the rarity with which anastomosis occurs in this part 
of the corallum and in the broader shape of the meshes of the 
reticulation. It differs in spiculation from that species chiefly 
in not possessing the flattened tuberculate disks of the cortex ; 
it differs from V. (Paramuricea) intermedia in the inferior pro- 
portions of its spicules, and from V. (Plexaura) torta in the 
much larger size of these parts, and in the more pointed and 
less strongly tuberculate character of the fusiform spicules. 
As stated above, the species falls into the Paramuricea section 
of the genus Villogorgia. 

It is not impossible that specimens of this species may have 
been included by Studer (MB. Ak. Berlin, 1878, p. 653) 
under Paramuricea cancellata, Verrill, as he describes speci- 
mens from the Indian Ocean having a well-marked lateral 
compression of the branches. 

‘The known species of the subgenus may be thus tabulated :— 


Length of |Length of 
cortical | polype- | Cclour. | Locality. 
spicules. | spicules. | 


millim. millim. 


Villogorgia (Paramuricea) 18-55 | “4-62 ? Hab. ? 
intermedia, Aoliiker. 

Villogorgia (Plexaura) ‘032—086)016—048 |Black. Kast of Red 
torta, Klunzinger. Sea. 

Villogorgia mauritiensis, 14-35 | -39 Dirty black Mauritius. 
sp. n. to brown. 

Villogorgia (Boarella) | *21-32 | 35-46 |Greyish Hab. ? 


flabellata, Gray. brown. 


MENACELLA, Gray. 
Menacella reticularis, Gray. 


This, the type species of the genus Menacella, founded by 
Dr. Gray in 1870 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v. 
p- 406), is nominally based on Gorgonia reticulum (not reticu- 
laris, as erroneously printed), Pallas. It strongly resembles 
species of Villogorgia in external characters—that is to say, 
the type specimen, as labelled by Dr. Gray, in the British 
Museum ; but it is necessary to point out that this is not in 
reality referable to Pallas’s species, which is described by 
that author as red in colour or “pallida,” and as “ inter 

14* 


192 Mr. §. O. Ridley on the Alcyonaria. 


Gorgonias omnes ponderosissima,”’ whereas this species could 


hardly be of a less specific gravity, and is coloured grey or 
dirty white. The species must therefore be cited as iMena- 
cella reticularis , Gray, nec reticulum, Pallas. 

In its spiculation it differs very decidedly from the members 
of the genus Véllogorgiain having none but simple tuberculate 
fusiform spicules, with strongly microtuberculate or exfohating 
tubercles ; the spicules are black in colour, with the excep- 
ag of the tubercles, which are colourless ; the largest measure 


5 by +101 millim. 


GorgonrtiacexZ, Valenciennes. 


VERRUCELLA, Kolliker (nec M. Edw. & Haime). 


Juncella, Klunzinger, pars. 


Verrucella candida, n. sp. (Fig. 2.) 


Corallum branching dichotomously in various planes ; 
branches few and long and at considerable intervals; the 
terminal branches, where normally developed, from 3. to 
15 inches long (75 to 875 millim.); branches given off at 


angles of 45° to 90°. 


Fig. 2.— Verrucella candida, 


A. Fusiform whorled spicule of verrucee, x 290 diam. Band D. Diffe- 
rent forms of double-headed spicule of cortex, x 240 diam. C, 
Cylindrical spicule of verrucee, x 800 diam. FE. Part of corallum, 
including the third bifurcation from the base, nat. size. 


Stem and larger branches cylindrical, the stem 6 millim. 
thick, the branches decreasing but slightly i in diameter to- 


Mr. E. J. Miers on a Freshwater Crustacean. 193 


wards the periphery of the colony, where they are 2 millim. 
in long diameter (exclusive of verruce), being flattened at this 
point. 

Cortex compact, from *5 millim. thick on stem, to *25 millim. 
on apical portions of branches; surface minutely ridged lon- 
situdinally ; no longitudinal grooves. Verrucee prominent, 1 
to 2 millim. apart, truncate-conical, 2 millim. long by °75 
millim. in apical diameter, flexible, and apt to become flattened 
at their external halves; equally distributed over stem and 
lower parts of branches, but towards free ends becoming almost 
confined to the lateral surfaces. Axis hard, smooth. 

Spicules of cortex of one kind, viz. (1.) double-headed 
forms with very narrow bare median space, the heads being 
covered with about three series each of small smooth rounded 
tubercles 3 size 106 by -062 millim. Spicules of verrucze of 
two kinds, viz. :— (il.) cylindrical, rather blunt, tuberculate, 
with numerous small rounded tubercles irregular ly scattered all 
over, size ‘123 by °044 millim. ; (i.) fusiform, pointed at 
ends, with ee median bare sp ace, and on each side of this 
about four whorls of tubercles like those of nos. 1. and il. ; 
size ‘142 by ‘044 millim. Colour pure white, that of axis 
yellowish brown. 

Hab. Mauritius, 90 fathoms (coll. Brit. Mus.). 

The very fine and pertect single specimen was collected by 
Mr. V. de Robillard at Mauritius ; it is ZO inches (500 millim.) 
in maximum height, 15 inches (375 millim.) in maximum 
lateral expansion of branches. 

Obs. ‘The very long verruce appear to distinguish this from 
all, and the peculiar mode of branching from most, Verrucelle ; 
in the latter point it resembles V. granifera, Kolliker ee 
Histiol. p. 140, pl. xix. fig. 4), the spicule figured by that 
author being of similar character to, though more pointed 
than, no. u1., described above; but the verrucae: of that species 
are described as but slightly prominent and the coenenchyma 
as yellowish brown; itis recorded as from the coast of Africa. 
I do not feel sure what ought to be the name of the genus ; 
Kolliker seems to have based his genus on the later rather 
than the earlier species of Milne-Hdwards and Haime’s genus. 


XXII.—Note on a Freshwater Macrurous Crustacean from 
Japan (Atyephyra? compressa, De Haan ?). By Kpwarp 
J. MIERS, Pi.L.54 HZ. 

'THE specimens ‘hich are the subject of this note were sent 

to the British Museum by my friend Dr. P. Mayer, of Naples, 

with the request that I should determine the species. They 


194 Mr. E. J. Miers on a Freshwater Crustacean. 


were collected by an American gentleman, Dr. Whitman, who 
describes them as occurring very abundantly in freshwater 
(not brackish) ponds and ditches in the vicinity of ‘Tokio, 
Japan. Their embryology and development, I am informed, 
is being studied by Mr. Ishikawa, of the University of 
Tokio. 

These specimens I tind upon examination to be very pro- 
bably identical with the species long ago described by De 
Haan * as Ephyra? compressa, which von Martenst refers to 
the genus Atyephyra, Brito-Capello. As the specimens 
before me differ in some particulars from the published de- 
scriptions, I have thought it useful to place on record the few 
following notes, which were made while endeavouring to 
determine the species. 

Atyephyra compressa has been hitherto a desideratum to 
the British Museum ; nor have we at present in the national 
collection any specimens of the genera to which it is appa- 
rently most nearly allied— Tioglocaris, Dormitzer,and Mersia, 
Kingsley (=Zphyra, Roux). My observations, which refer 
only to the external characters proper for distinguishing the 
genera and species, will, I trust, in no way interfere with, but 
merely supplement Mr. Ishikawa’s work, which will, I 
believe, ere long be published. 

Atyephyra compressa differs from the Portuguese species, 
Atyephyra rosiana, on which Brito-Capello founded the 
genus Atyephyra }, in that the palpiform appendages articu- 
lated with the bases of the thoracic limbs (exopodites) are 
wanting to the three posterior pairs in A. rosiana, and the 
palm or penultimate joint in the first and second legs is some- 
what excavated at its proximal end. I have not either the 
time or material necessary for a comparative study of the 
genera of Atyide; but I think it probable that the presence 
of these palpi upon all the thoracic limbs in the Japanese 
species may be a character suflicient to separate it generically, 
when I would propose to designate it Paratya. ‘There are 
specimens in the collection of the British Museum from 
a freshwater stream near Cintra, presented by the Rev. A. 
E. Eaton, that I refer to Atyephyra rosiana, which onl 
differ from Brito-Capello’s specific description in having the 


* In von Siebold’s ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ Crustacea, p. 186, pl. xlvi. fig. 7 
(1849), 

+ Archiv f. Naturgeschichte, xxxiv. p. 51, pl. i. fig. 4 (1868). 

{ “ Descripgao de algunas especies de Crustaceos, &e.,” in Mem, Ac, 
Sci. Lisboa, iv. p. 61, pl. i. fig. 1 (1867). 


Mr. E. J. Miers on a Freshwater Crustacean. 195 


terminal postabdominal segment not acute, but somewhat 
rounded at its distal extremity ; the number of rostral teeth 
(in five specimens) varies between 2 and >. 

I may be allowed to point out, moreover, that the presence 
of these palpiform appendages (exopodites) both in Atyephyra 
and the nearly allied genus, Troglocaris, Dormitzer *, which 
inhabits caves in Carinthia, necessitates the removal of these 
genera from the subfamily Atyine to the Ephyrine, as cha- 
racterized by Mr. Kingsley in his very useful synopsis of the 
genera of Crangonide, Atyide, and Palemonide fT. 

Troglocaris differs from Atyephyra in its rudimentary eyes 
and in the more largely dilated penultimate joints of the tho- 
racic limbs ; Jersia (Hphyra) has a marine habitat, and, as 
von Martens has shown, is distinguished by possessing a 
mandibular palpus{, by the position of the interior lateral 
spine of the carapace, the carinated postabdomen, and by other 
characters. 

As regards specific distinctions, the specimens received from 
Tokio differ from De Haan’s original description of A. com- 
pressa in having the rostrum armed with fewer teeth on the 
upper and lower margins, and the postabdominal appendages 
biramose, not simple, as stated by De Haan. In the figure 
in the ‘ Fauna Japonica,’ however, they are represented as 
biramose; so possibly De Haan’s description is after all in- 
correct as regards this particular. With regard to the 
dentition of the rostrum, De Haan says that the upper margin 
has twenty to twenty-four teeth, and the lower margin four 
teeth ; the largest number of rostral teeth in any specimen I 


have examined is + and ~; this, however, is a very 
variable character, since scarcely two specimens out of fifteen 
examined by me were found to agree exactly in this particu- 
lar; in one there were only $ teeth. Von Martens figures 
an example with § teeth. There can, I think, be no doubt 
of the specific identity of his specimens (which were obtained 
at Yokohama) with ours ; but it remains for naturalists work- 
ing in the country and with larger material to determine 
whether this species be indeed the Atyephyra? compressa (De 
Haan) or a distinct but closely allied form. 


* Lotos, ili. p. 85, pl. ili. (1853). 

+ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 415 (1879). 

{ Mr. Kingsley’s diagnosis of his family Atyidz needs emendation as 
regards this character, 


196 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Zephroniz. 


XXIV.—Deseriptions of new Species of Myriopoda of the 
Genus Zephronia from India and Sumatra. By ARTHUR 
G. Burusr, F.L.S., F.Z.5., &c. 


Tue following species have been received during the last two 
or three years, and are all perfectly distinct from any species 
hitherto named. 


1. Zephronia tumida, sp.n. (Fig. 1.) 


Head and nuchal plate blackish ; first dorsal segment dull 
castaneous, clouded on the borders with blackish ; second to 
eleventh dorsal segments with a broad 
ochraceous band in front (the anterior mar- 
gins of these bands being laterally excava- 
ted), otherwise blackish; a faint indication 
of a dusky dorsal line down the centre and 
one or two blackish dots here and there upon 
the ochreous bands; last dorsal segment 
dull castaneous, with blackish posterior 
margin; eyes, antenne, and tarsal claws blackish, and re- 
mainder of legs dark piceous as usual. 

Head rather narrower than usual, sparsely but deeply punc- 
tured, more finely and densely in front, obliquely shelved in 
front and deeply impressed with a small anchor-shaped em- 
bossed marking just above the mouth; the central area and 
sides longitudinally swollen, as in no other species; the poste- 
rior margin rather deeply excavated; nuchal plate a little 
shorter and less tapering at the extremities than in the allied 
species, with a linear anterior marginal carina, coarsely and 
sparsely punctured excepting along the anterior border, where 
the punctures are numerous, fine, and irregular ; dorsal seg- 
ments finely but densely and deeply punctured, almost granu- 
lose ; the lateral wings of the first segment narrow, granulose, 
with very slender marginal carina ; terminal segment, viewed 
in profile, very slightly oblique, with a slight depression at its 
posterior third. Length 48 millim.; width 21 millim. 

N. Assam. Type, B.M. 

I have taken the above description from a single adult 
spirit-specimen recently presented to the collection by F. O. 
P. Cambridge, Esq. ‘The species in coloration and pattern. 
comes nearest to Z. tagrina and zebraica, but differs from the 
former in its more swollen head, greater width, and altogether 
different punctuation, and from the latter in its swollen instead 
of smooth head, densely punctured segments, and differently 
formed terminal segment. 


Mr, A. G. Butler on new Zephroniz. 197 


2. Zephronia marmorata, sp. n. 


Blackish piceous, irregularly blotched with reddish casta- 
neous ; head black, excepting at the back, which is piceous, 
indistinctly spotted with reddish castaneous; nuchal plate 
piceous, with castaneous margins ; terminal segment piceous, 
with broad irregularly undulated posterior border. 

In structure it approaches Z. zebratca (of which we possess 
the type dried and two magnificent spirit-examples, received 
from the India Museum); but it is more convex, a little nar- 
rower; the head, instead of being smooth with a few scattered 
coarse punctures over the posterior two thirds, is somewhat 
flattened and irregularly rugose; the nuchal plate is also 
flattened ; but possibly this may be an abnormal condition due 
toshrinking. It is, however, distinctly broader in the middle, 
the dorsal segments are slightly roughened, not punctuated, 
excepting the terminal segment, which is rather coarsely 
granulose and laterally a little compressed. Length 
47 millim., width 22 millim. 

India, exact locality unknown. Type, B.M. 

In its marbled character this species comes nearest to the 
beautiful Ceylonese species Z. versicolor of White ; the latter, 
however, is a brilliantly polished species, with coarse punctua- 
tion along the front of the segments, and differing altogether 
in the outline of the first dorsal segment, which in Z. marmo- 
rata, When viewed from the front, forms a regular arch, 


3. Zephronia barbata, sp.n. (Fig. 2.) 


Nearest to Z. levissima of India. Head blackish, brown in 
front ; nuchal plate and first dorsal segment blackish ; second 
to fifth segments piceous, slightly reddish in 
front ; sixth to eleventh segments castaneous, 
with their anterior borders broadly paie 
testaceous, and the posterior margins black- 
ish; terminal segment dark castaneous, 

Head quadrate, very tfeebly excavated 
behind, with a rather shallow angular an- 
terior carina behind the mouth; slightly 
depressed on each side in front, rugulose, with a few shallow 
“coarse punctures, anterior two fifths covered with rather dense 
short brown hair ; the whole of the head, however, is more or 
less hairy; nuchal plate convex, smooth, rather short and 
broad. Lateral wings of first dorsal segment rather wide and 
with well-defined marginal carina; all the dorsal segments 
smooth, shining, excepting along the anterior borders, which 


198 Geological Society. 


are dull, and crossed longitudinally by short shining embossed 
lines and dots, unlike those of any known species of this 
genus. Length 28-42 millim., width 14-21 millim. 
Sumatra (Carl Bock). Type, B.M. 
From three dried examples in the collection. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


January 25, 1882.—R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. * On the Fossil Fish-remains from the Armagh Limestone in 
the Collection of the Earl of Enniskillen.” By James W. Davis, 
Esq., F.G.S., F.L.S. 


The author described in this paper a large collection of fossil fish- 
remains at present at Florence Court, Enniskillen, but which will 
soon he removed to the new Natural History Museum in the Cromwell 
Road. The collection comprises, besides specimens collected by the 
Earl of Enniskillen from the Carboniferous Limestone of Armagh, a 
large series acquired from the famous collection of the late Captain 
Jones, M.P., the remaining portion of which is in the Geological 
Museum of Cambridge. Several genera and species were described 
by Prof. Agassiz in his ‘ Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles’ 
(1883-43), and again referred to by J. E. Portlock, F.R.S., in his 
‘Report of the Geology of Londonderry and parts of Tyrone and 
Fermanagh’ (1843). 

In 1854 Prof. M‘Coy described many new genera and species in 
his work on the British Paleozoic Rocks and Fossils, principally 
derived from a study of the portion of Capt. Jones’s collection 
deposited in the Cambridge Museum. Prof. Agassiz paid a visit to 
Florence Court in 1858, and appended names to some of the fossil 
teeth in Lord Enniskillen’s cabinets, intending to describe and figure 
the new forms, and to revise the whole of his former work. His 
death prevented this intention from being carried into effect. As 
far as possible the determinations of Prof. Agassiz have been adhered 
to in the present paper. 

The detached and isolated condition in which the remains are- 
found renders any appreciation of the relationship of the teeth and 
spines, or even of the teeth only, to each other extremely uncertain 
and difficult. Some speculations as to the probable organization and 
characteristics of the Carboniferous fishes which they represent, 
evolyed during a long consideration of the specimens, have therefore 
been postponed to a future opportunity. 


Geological Society. 199 


The following is a list of the genera and species described in the 
paper :— 


Ctenacanthus plicatilis, C. dubius, C. levis, C. pustulatus, C. tubereu- 
latus, Compsacanthus carinatus, Cosmacanthus marginatus, C.carinatus, 
Lispacanthus retrogradus, Cladacanthus paradowus, C. major, Gia- 
thacanthus triangularis, Cladodus polyodon, C. curvus, C. destructor, 
Curcharopsis Colei, Copodus cornutus, C. furcatus, C. spatulatus, 
O. minimus, Lobodus prototypus, L. planus, Mesogomphus lingua, 
Pleuragomphus auriculatus, Rhymodus transversus, R. oblongus, Cha- 
racodus ungulatus, C. luneatus, Pinacodus gonoplax, P. gelasi, Dimy- 
leus Woodi, Mylaw batoides, Mylacodus quadratus, M. Sesarma, 
Homalodus trapezifor mis, H., quadr atus, Petalodus quadratus, P. re- 
curvus, P. inequilateralis, Polyrhiz odus magnus, P. Cole, P. elongatus, 
P. sinuosus, P. attenuatus, P. constrictus, Ohamarodus linearis, C. 
acutus, Glossodus marginatus, Harpacodus dentatus, H. clavatus, 
Streblodus oblongus, S. Colei, S. Eyertoni, Deltodus sublevis, D. ex- 
pansus, D. nobilis, Deltoptychius acutus, D. gibberulus, Sandalodus 
Morristi, Psephodus magnus, Peecilodus Jonesti, P. gibbosus, Tomodus 
convecus, Xystrodus striatus, X. angustus, X. Egertoni, Helodus 
crassus, H. tenuis, H. clavatus, H. dilatatus, H. acutus, H. rich- 
mondensis, H. trianqularis, H. biconus, H. expansus, Rhamphodus 
dispar, Petalorhynchus psittacinus, Pristodus falcatus, 


2. “On an extinct Chelonian Reptile (Notochelys costata, Owen) 
from Australia.” By Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.G.S. 


The fossil reptilian remains hitherto transmitted to the author from 
Australia have been limited to parts of the skeleton of Megalunia 
prisca, Ow. The present specimen, sent last year by Prof. Liversedge, 
is the first fossil Chelonian. The specimen was found in a forma- 
tion at Blinder’s River, Queensland, of which the nature and age 
are not stated. It is, however, petrified. The fossil consists of the 
anterlor portion of the carapace and of the plastron, brought into 
unnaturally close contact by posthumous pressure. A minute descrip- 
tion of the several parts was given, from which the author concluded 
that though the characters of the carapace might be interpreted as 
identifying the Chelonian with a true turtle (Chelone), those of the 
plastron show the well-marked distinctions of T’rionyax and Chelys, 
On the whole, however, the modifications, especially of the carapace, 
show a nearer affinity to the marine turtles (Chelone) than the 
known Chelydrians exhibit, and indicate a more generalized type. 


February 8, 1882.—R. Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S 
SPrecident a in the Ghain. 


The following communications were read :— 


“Dey 


1. “ Description of some Iguanodon Remains discovered at Brook, 
Isle of Wight, indicating a new Species, /yuanodon Seelyi.” By 
J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S. 


After referring to the Zguanodon remains preserved in the 


200 Geological Society. 


Brussels Natural-History Museum, the author described some fossils 
obtained by him in 1870 from a bed between the red and purple 
clays and the flint gravel capping the cliff in Brook Bay. The 
ilium, when complete, was not less than 124 centim. long, with 
a maximum vertical extent of 33 centim. The dorsal border is 
stout, and slightly overhangs the outer surface. The preeacetabular 
process is relatively short; and the postacetabular part of the bone 
tapers more than in Mantell’s Zguanodon. The femur, when entire, 
could not have been less than 108 centim. long; the girth of the 
condyles is 82 centim., and their breadth 32 centim.; the tibia is 
shorter than the femur. Both metatarsi demonstrate the existence 
of but three functional toes; the middle metatarsal is the longest, 
attaining 35°5 centim., the outer metatarsal 29 centim., and the 
inner 26 centim.; the inner toe has three phalanges, the middle 
four, and the outer toe five. The toes of the Jyuanodon therefore 
correspond to the second, third, and fourth toes of Hypsilophodon. 
The ungual phalanx of the inner toe is 17 centim. long, that of the 
middle toe nearly 18 centim. long, and that of the outer toe about 
15°5 centim. long. 

The humerus is about 10 centim. long. Its proximal end has a 
well-developed posterior or inner process, and a large deltoid 
crest. The caudal vertebra, three probably between the 4th and 
the 10th in this series, have very four-sided articular surfaces sug- 
gestively like those hitherto referred to Pelorosaurus. The chevron 
bones are very stout and long. The differences in their ilia show 
this and Mantell’s Tquanodon to be specifically distinct ; and with 
this new /quanodon the author connected the name of C, Seely, Ksq., 
M.P., of Brook House, in recognition of his courteous permission 
to éxcavate the cliff for the recovery of the fossils, naming it 


Iyuanodon Seelyt. 


. “On a peculiar Bed of Angular Drift on the high Lower- 
Chalk Plain between Didcot and Chilton.” By Prof. J. Prestwich, 
ALA. E.R.S., £.G8. 


In making a railway from the main line to Chilton, this bed of 
drift was cut through for a distance of about 1i mile. It lies on a 
flat plain extending from the foot of the escar pment of Upper Chalk 
to the top of that of Lower Chalk. In places it is full 28 feet thick. 
At first a fine chalk rubble, it becomes after a while coarse, and is 
divided by clay-beds into an upper and a lower deposit. Here small 
boulders and bones occur, the latter much shattered ; but Hlephas 
primigenius, Rhinoceros tichorhinus (?), Bison priscus, Cervus taran- 
dus, Hquus, &c. have been identified. The boulders are Sarsen-stone ; 
and there are small fragments of flint. Shells of Pupa marginata, 
Helix hispida, and H, pulchella have been found. The drift (which 
is widely spread) is from 150 to 260 feet above the Thames ; at 
highest 407 feet above the sea. The author compares it to the 
rubble-beds overlying the raised beaches of Sangatte and Brighton. 
It is unconnected with any river-course, is not of marine origin, and 
its materials, where not local, are derived from the southward. 


Bibliographical Notice. 201 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


Oonchologische Mittheilungen als Fortsetzung der Novitates Concho- 
logice. 8vo. Cassel: Verlag von Theodor Fischer, 1881. 


Sucu is the title of a work, of which the first volume is now 
before us, brought out under the able supervision of Dr. E. von 
Martens, of Berlin. It is published in octavo form, instead of quarto 
like the important work of which it is a continuation, consists of LOL 
pages of text and 18 coloured plates. The entire volume, with the 
exception of a single treatise by Dr. Bottger, of Frankfort, on the 
species of Pupa of Oceania, is from the pen of Prof. Martens, which 
in itself is a guarantee of its excellence. In an introductory chapter 
the author explains the sense in which he employs the different terms 
of measurements of univalve shells, also the terms applied to the 
various colour-markings on their surface, and the direction in which 
they are placed, concluding with similar observations regarding 
bivalve Mollusca. The thirty succeeding pages give an account of a 
number of interesting Helicide, principally from Central Asia. All 
of these are fully described and figured ; and although many of them 
are not absolutely new to science, still the detailed descriptions, 
accompanied by many valuable notes on allied species, and a 
complete synonymy, are none the less welcome. Further on, other 
species of Pulmonata are treated upon, of which Tornatellina gigas, 
from the Caroline Islands, is perhaps the most striking. Pages 33- 
49 contain descriptions of some remarkable marine Gastropods, 
notably a large species of Pleurotomaria from Japan, being the fourth 
living representative of a race which until quite recent times was 
regarded as extinct. Dr. Bottger’s paper on the Pupide of Oceania 
is a most valuable contribution to our knowledge of these minute 
forms. In conclusion, we must call attention to the excellence of 
the plates, which, without exception, have every appearance of 
accuracy ; and in some individual cases the figures are really artistic. 
The coloration is good, not being exaggerated, as is the case in some 
works on conchology. We trust that a publication of such utility 
to conchologists will meet with the support it deserves, and that the 


second and succeeding volumes will retain the high character of the 
first. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On some peculiar Organs of Eudendrium ramosum., 
By Dr. Aveusr WEISMANN, 


In investigating the origin of the sexual products in Eudendrium 
ramosum Dr. Weismann has discovered some singular organs, of 
which there is never more than one upon the side of each calyx. 
They have nearly the appearance of the tentacles, but are three 


202 Miscellaneous. 


times as thick, in certain cases even equal in thickness to the stem. 
They present the two layers which constitute the walls of the body, 
and contain a prolongation of its cavity. ‘They are present only on 
a small number of hydranths, about one ninth of the whole. They 
are capable of movement, as, indeed, is indicated by the presence of 
a strongly-developed muscular layer, and are furnished with a great 
abundance of urticating organs, whence the name of enidophores 
given to them by Dr. Weismann. ‘These urticant capsules are more 
especially grouped at the extremity of the cnidophore, where they 
form several layers among the cells of the ectoderm. In the deeper 
layers of the endoderm there are subepithelial cells giving origin to 
circular muscular fibres which present nuclei, and upon which a 
striation is observed here and there. 

The enidophores only make their appearance in hydranths which 
have attained their full development. They show themselves tirst 
of all in the form of an elevation of the ectodermic wall, situated upon 
a small annular projection which occurs at the lower part of the calyx, 
and which Dr. Weismann calls the wrticant wall (Nesselwall). This 
name has been given to it because it is the part of the calyx which 
contains the greatest quantity of urticating organs, at any rate in 
Eudendrium ramosum. Below this urticant wall there is an annular 
grooye; and immediately beneath this groove is seen what Dr. 
Weismann calls the glandular ring (Drisenring). At this point 
the ectoderm only presents a layer formed of cells which produce a 
viscous secretion. 

If, on the one hand, it is evident that the cnidophores are power- 
ful weapons for the hydroids which possess them, on the other it is 
difficult even for so sagacious a naturalist as Dr. Weismann to 
understand their special use, since they are the appanage of only a 
small proportion of the hydranths of a colony. 

There are two points to be noted with regard to these singular 
organs—namely, that they do not occur in the other species of Hu- 
dendrium, and that they occupy a completely asymmetrical position. 
The author compares the cnidophores with certain structures met 
with in the Hydractinide, the Plumularide, the Milleporide, &e., 
and which one might be tempted to regard as their homologues. 
He shows that they differ from these completely from a morpholo- 
gical and histological point of view, and that we have to do here 
with organs of a special nature.—Mittheil. aus der zool. Stat. zu 
Neapel, vol. ili., 1881; Bebl. Univ., Arch. des Sci., January 15, 
1882, p. 103. 


Jote on the Pearly Organs of Scopelus, 
By H. B. Gurry, M.B., Surgeon R.N. 

Dr. Giinther* has called upon travellers to examine fresh speci- 
mens of pelagic fishes provided with ‘luminous organs,” in order to 
ascertain, if possible, the functions of these organs, and also to dis- 
cover Whether or not the luminosity (if such be their function) is 


* ¢JIntroduction to the Study of Fishes,’ p. 706, 


Miscellaneous. 203 


subject to the will of the fish. I have recently had the opportunity 
of observing some fresh-caught Scopelz. 

On the night of October 18, 1881, when near the Cape of Good 
Hope (in lat. 35° 45’ south, long. 12° 30’ east), the net brought ina 
small Scopelus*, which was unfortunately dead. It could not have 
been in the net for more than a few minutes; but a very short 
delay in hauling in appears sufficient to kill these animals; and, in 
fact, in order to obtain them alive it would be necessary to examine 
the net every five minutes. The individual I caught was about 
two inches in length, and possessed the characteristic pearly bodies 
on the sides of the head and body; in addition, there were seven 
other considerably larger pearly organs arranged along the dorsal 
border of the body close to the caudal fin. No luminosity was ex- 
hibited by these organs ; nor did irritation excite its display. I 
examined the larger of these bodies, those from the dorsal border, 
and found them to vary in diameter from =/,; to ;4, of an inch. 
Each consisted of a limiting membrane investing a dense mass of 
granular and nuclear matter, which was ejected with some degree 
of force when the membrane was ruptured. 
The form of the organ is shown in the 
accompanying rough sketch: from its poste- 
rior or ilattened surface springs a fine net- 
work of tubes or vessels freely anastomosing, 
and varying in size from 54, to 72, of 
an inch across, The same granular mate- 
rial filled these tubes ; but it was somewhat 
diffluent, and in one of the organs I ex- 
amined there was a decided flow of the con- 
tents of the tube for a short period, though 
it may have been due to the pressure of pearly orean from a 
the coyering-glass. I was not able to trace Scopelus taken Gnthe 
the mode of origin of these tubes with ex- — Cape of Good Hope. 
actitude ; and I should also observe that, Size of the tubes 5355 to 
under the microscope, muscular tissue was —1s'00 inch; size of or- 
generally to be noticed amongst the sub- #2 roo to x60 inch, 
stances adhering to the detached organ; but whether it had any 
particular relation to the pearly organ or was simply brought up 
with the deeper tissues, I was unable to determine. 

On the night of November 7, 1881, in about the same locality 
(lat. 35° 17’ south, long. 17° 43 east), two Scopeli were caught at 
night, one dead and the other gasping; both of them were of the 
same size as the former specimen I obtained; but they were desti- 
tute of the large dorsal pearly bodies which I have described. The 
dead one evinced no luminosity; nor did it exhibit any on irrita- 
tion; but the one that had some life remaining displayed a faint 
though an undoubted luminosity in the pearly bodies of the pectoral 
region, which were larger than those which were situated on other 


* This specimen appears to me to be the same as that depicted in the 
‘Study of Fishes’ (Scopelus boops). 


204 Miscellaneous. 


parts of the body; irritation failed to diminish, or increase, or even 
to excite the effect. 

With reference to the moot point as to whether these hodies are 
accessory eyes or merely luminous organs, | may mention that one 
of the causes of the diffused phosphorescence of the sea I have ob- 
served to lie in the bright phosphorescence constantly emitted by 
the eyes of a small shrimp (about half an inch in length) which 
abounds in the South Atlantic; we have in this animal, therefore, 
an instance of a ‘luminous eye.” I hope you will pardon this 
suggestion of mine; but I thought it right to imsert it, in the event 
of there being any thing novel in it. 


H.M.S. ‘Lark, Sydney, 
December 1881. 


On the Occurrence of Centrolophus pompilus on the Hast Coast of 
England. By Dr. A. Ginrner. 


I am indebted to Henry Laver, Esq., for a very fine example of 
the Black-fish (Centrolophus pompilus), which was caught on the 
20th of November last by Captain Cranfield of Rowhedge, at the 
mouth of the Colne. 

The majority of the British specimens of this fish have been ob- 
tained on the coast of Cornwall; and, so far as I am aware, this is 
the first instance known of the fish having wandered so far east- 
wards. 


The oldest Artiodactyle. By E. D. Corn. 


Members of this order have been found in the Upper Eocene of 
North America (Achenodon) ; but none have been determined as yet 
from the American Suessonian or Lower Eocene. <A species repre- 
sented by teeth from the Siderolitic beds of Switzerland has been 
referred to Dichobune (D. campichii, Pict.); but dental characters 
alone are not sufficient to distinguish that genus from the Perisso- 
dactyle Phenacodontide*. Dr. Lemoine found astragali of a small 
Artiodactyle in the Suessonian of Reims, which he has recently 
ascribed to his Lophiochwrus Peroni, which he beleves (Proceedings 
French Assoc. Adv. Sci., Montpellier, 1880) to be a suilline. I have 
reported an astragalus from the Wind-River formation of Wyoming 
Territory, which is almost exactly similar to those found by Lemoine. 
A specimen of Mioclenus brachystomus, Cope, now to be described, 
enables me to characterize with some degree of completeness this 
interesting form, which precedes in time all the known American 
Artiodactyla. 

The characters of the tarsus are typically those of the order 
Artiodactyla. The astragalus exhibits a distal trochlea which is 
continuous with the sustentacular facet, and which articulates with 
both cuboid and navicular bones. 


* See ‘American Naturalist,’ 1881, December. 


Miscellaneous. 205 


The distal portion of the fibula is free from the tibia; and its shaft 
becomes very slender; but it is possible that a more perfect speci-: 
men would display it as continuous. Its distal extremity articulates 
with the ascending tuberosity of the caleaneum. ‘The cuboid facet 
of the latter is narrow. The cuboid and navicular are distinct from 
each other and the cuneiforms; the mesocuneiform is shorter than 
the ectocuneiform, and ts co-ossified with it. 

There are probably four metatarsals. ‘The median pair are dis- 
tinct, but appressed ; their section, together, subcircular ; the lateral 
metatarsals are slender; the external one is wanting, but its facet 
on the cuboid is yery small. 

These characters are in general similar to those of the genus 
Dichobune ; but Cuvier* does not state whether the cuneiforms are 
co-ossified in that genus or not. They are united in Anoplotherium. 

Mioclenus differs from Dichobune in the presence of but one 
internal tubercle of the superior molars, and in the single external 
tubercle of the superior premolars. Both genera are referable to a 
family to be distinguished from the Anoplotheriide by the presence 
of external digits. This has been already named by Gill the Dicho- 
bunide. The genus Lophiocherus is not yet fully characterized ; but 
its inferior true molars are very elongate and have their cusps con- 
nected by oblique ridges.— Amer. Nat., Jan. 1882. 


On the Genus Cladocora, Ehrenbery. 
By Dr. A. von Hemmer. 


The author finds the structure of the polypes of Cladocora to agree 
exactly with that of the Actinie, and only the basal half of the 
polype modified by the acquisition of the solid calcareous skeleton. 

The exclusively mesodermal formation of the skeleton, already 
established for the larvae of Corals, is confirmed in Cladocora; and 
the author describes a cell-layer originating from the mesodermal 
lamella, and situated between it and the calcareous matter, the 
elements of which he names chalicoblasts. Within the chalicoblasts 
are produced the calcareous particles which unite to form the well- 
known acicular systems shown by sections of the coral skeleton. By 
the chalicoblasts caleareous material is gradually secreted at the 
external surface of the polype ; and by this means the growth of the 
polypary, in the direction of its longitudinal axis, is effected, while 
the body of the polype itself is implicated in this only in so far as 
that it is in toto pushed upwards.— Anzeiger d. kais. Akad. Wiss. in 
Wien, December 15, 1881, p. 272. 


The Characters of the Teniodontia, By E. D. Corn. 
Additional material gives the following results with regard to the 
affinities of this suborder. There are three allied groups, represented 
* ¢Ossemens fossiles,’ v. p. 185, Gaudry, Enchainemen ts du Régne 


Animal,’ p. 147. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. x. i 


Or 


206 Miscellaneous. 


by the genera Esthonyx, Tillotherium, and Calamodon of the Ame- 
rican Eocene, which are equally unlike each other. Esthonyw, as I 
long since showed, is related to the existing Hrinaceus—very nearly, 
indeed, if the dentition alone be considered. Its anterior incisor 
teeth are unusually developed, and have, as in Hrinaceus, long roots. 
One pair, at least, in the lower jaw has enamel on the external 
face only, and enjoys a considerable period of growth. The genus 
Tillotherium is (fide Marsh) quite near to Esthon ye; its molars 
and premolars are identical in character with those of that genus, 
the only important difference being found in the incisors. Here one 
pair above and one pair below are faced with enamel in front only, 
and grow from persistent pulps asin the Rodentia, This character 
has been included by Marsh in those he ascribes to his * order” of 
Tillodontia ; but as he includes Hsthonyx in that order*, which does 
not possess the character, if is not very clear on what the supposed 
order reposes, The rodent character of the incisors is the only one 
I know of which distinguishes 7illotheriwm trom the Insectivora. I 
have on this account retained the Tillodontia as a suborder, and re- 
ferred Lsthonyw to the Insectivora. 

The T'seniodontia agree with the Tillodontia in the possession of a 
pair of inferior incisors of rodent character; but it adds several re- 
markable peculiarities. Chief among these is the character of the 
inferior canines. In the Tillodontia they are either wanting, as in 
Erinaceus, according to the Cuvierian diagnosis, or they are insig- 
nificant. In Calamodon they are of large size, and, though not so 
long-rooted as the second incisors, grow from persistent pulps. They 
have two enamel faces, the anterior and posterior, the former like 
the corresponding face of the rodent incisors. ‘I'he function of the 
adult crown is that of a grinding tooth. This character distin- 
guishes Calamodon as a form as differeat from 7'%llotherium as the 
latter is from Hsthonya. There are, however, other characters. The 
external incisors, wanting in T'llotherium, are here largely deve- 
loped, and, though not growing from persistent pulps, have but one, 
an external band-like, enamel face. Their function is also that of 
grinders. The fact that the rodent teeth in the lower jaw are the 
second incisors, renders it probable that those of the Tillodontia hold 
the same position in the jaw. ‘This is to be anticipated from the 
arrangement in Esthonyw, where the second inferior incisors are 
much larger than the first and third. The superior dentition of the 
Teeniodontia is unknown. ‘There are two families, the Ectoganidw 
with two species, and the Calamodontidz with five species.—<dAmer. 
Nat., Jan. 1882. 


On « small Collection of Lepidoptera, principally from Candahar. 
By Artur G. Burusr. 
In 1879 we received from Lieut.-Colonel Charles Swinhoe a col- 
lection of Lepidoptera from Western India, Beloochistan, and Afgha- 


* Report of U.S. Geol. Survey 40th Parallel, by Clarence King, vol. i, 
p. 377. 


Miscellaneous. 207 


nistan, an account of which I published in the ‘ Proceedings of the 
Zoological Society’ for last year. 

Towards the end of the year Colonel Swinhoe was in London for 
a short time; and before returning to India he placed in my hands 
for identification a small series of butterflies and moths collected by 
him in Kurrachee, Beloochistan, and Afghanistan. Notes upon 
most of the species accompanied the collection”. 

The following is a list of the species :— 


RHoPALOCERA. 


1. Epinephele interposita 9, Krschoff. Chaman, S. Afghanistan, 
11th May. 
Captain Roberts also took a single male at Kandahar. 


2. Epinephele rowane 3, Felder. On the Khojak (Chaman), on the 
15th June. 
We have this species from Kandahar. 


3. Hipparchia thelephassa §, Hiibner. Chaman, 11th May. It 
occurs also at Kandahar. 


4, Mipparchia anthe 2, var.?, Boeb. Taken on the 14th May at 
Chaman. 
It differs somewhat from European examples on the under surface ; 
but it would not be safe to regard it as distinct until more examples 
have been seen. 


5. Hipparchia parisatis, Kollar. The only butterfly seen in a long 
ramble on the 21st May, 1880; it was “caught amongst a 
small plot of potatoes.” 


6. Pyrameis cardui, Linn. Kandahar. 

“Kandahar, October, November, March, and April. The gardens 
about Kandahar are full of them; in the last two months they were 
in regular swarms. I send you the only one I appear to have kept ; 
it is very large.”—C. S. The specimen is of about the ordinary 
size of the European examples; and therefore it would appear that 
the majority of the Afghan specimens were small. 


7. Lampides beticus, Linn, Quetta, Beloochistan. ‘A few both 
in September and May ; never met one beyond.”—(C. S. 


8. Lycena fugitiva 9, Butler. Taken at Quetta in May 1881; it 
is larger than a female previously received and more brightly 
coloured, but agrees in its markings. 


9. Lyccena persica, Bienert. “ Kandahar, October and November, 
very common; many Quetta examples.”—C. S. 
The specimens from Quetta are, however, in all probability males 
of L. fugitiva. 
* Unfortunately several of the rarer species are unique in the collec- 
tion, and therefore cannot be retained for the Museum. 


208 Miscellaneous. 


10. Chrysophanus phleas, Linn. Kurrachee, in November ; Kan- 
dahar, in October, November, and January. 


Var. timeus, Cramer. Kandahar, in October. 


Var. stygianus, Butler. Kandahar, in October. 

An examination of the forty-one examples of this species obtained 
at Kandahar, and submitted to me for examination, has shown that 
the form named by me C. stygianus cannot be specifically separated 
from C. phleas. 


11. Strymon mirabile ?, Erschoff. Taken at Chaman on the 16th 
May. 
This specimen is in such bad condition that I am doubtful of its 
identification ; it may be Thecla mirabilis $, Erschoff. 


12, Aphneus acamas, Klug. ‘“ Only observed at Chaman ; eight 
taken in May, and one in October.”—C. 8. A male left with 
me is labelled 14th May; but two females as “ caught in a 
maize-field near Chaman, 16th August, 1880.—H. S. W.S. 
Barnes.” A fourth example was so much shattered as to be 
worthless. 


13. Colias sareptensis, Staud. Four examples, ¢ 2, taken at Kan- 
dahar in October. 


14. Colias pallida, Staud. Ten examples, ¢ 9. Kandahar, in 
March and April. 

In my paper upon the collection made by Captain Roberts I have 
treated this form as a hybrid between C. sarcptensis and C. erate ; 
but, if this be the case, it is singular that the present collection con- 
tains three times as many of this form as of the typical C. sarep- 
tensis, and also that none of them are indicated as taken in October, 
which latter fact would indicate that, if a hybrid, it is one only 
produced in the spring months. 


15. Colias erate, Esper. & @, Kandahar, in March, April, and 
October: those of the last-named month all females. 

Colonel Swinhoe naturally failed to discriminate between C. 
sareptensis and the females of C. pallida and C. erate, as also be- 
tween the males of C. pallida and C. erate. The former appears to 
me to be designated in the following note as the “ largest kind ” (or 
this may refer to some only of the specimens, others not noticed 
being larger yet so like the largest as to be mentally included with 
them); the latter is probably ‘the smaller kind with imperfect 
black border on primaries.” This is the note :— 

“* Colias—One example of the largest kind taken at Chaman in 
May, three at Kandahar in October, one in November, and seven at 
Quetta in May. 

‘Of the smaller kind, with imperfect black border on primaries, 


two examples taken at Kandahar in November, one in October,”— 
0. NS. 


Miscellaneous. 209 


I doubt if any description alone would satisfactorily point out to 
a collector the exact differences by which these forms could be at 
once separated; but the distinctions, such as they are, may be 
summed up thus :— 


Colias sareptensis. 


3. Yellow, rather brighter than the European C. hyale, but with 
the spotted border more like that of C. erate 9. 

®. White, like the variety C. heltce of C. edusa, the hind wings 
clear with indistinct orange spot. 


Colias pallida. 


3. Yellow, like C. erate g, but usually smaller, and with a 
series of indistinct yellow spots through the centre of the outer 
border of the primaries. 

9°. White, much as in the preceding species, but sometimes a 
little more ycllow in tint; the hind wings decidedly greyer, with 
the orange spot large and vivid; a fairly well-defined submarginal 
series of bell-shaped pale spots. 


Colas erate. 


Yellow in both sexes; ¢ with black border, as in C. edusa, the 
© with spotted border, much as in that species; hind wings with 
spotted border and conspicuous orange spot. 


16. Teracolus fausta, Olivier. Kandahar, in October. 
**Common in October and November ; seen in no other months.” 
A continuation of this note in the next line seems to imply that 
the species is common in Quetta and alsoin India. I have not seen 
any from Quetta; but the species from Scinde (7. solaris), obtained 
by Lieut.-Col. Swinhoe, is very distinct, and is, so far as we know 
at present, restricted to Scinde. 


17. Belenois mesentina, Cramer. 2, Quetta, in May; 3, Kanda- 
har, in October. 
Also said to be common at Kandahar in November and April. 


18. Synchloe daplidice, Linn. ¢ 2, Quetta,in May; ¢ caught in 
a maize-field near Chaman on the 16th August, 1880, by H. 
8S. W. 8. Barnes. 


19, Pamphila karsandra, Moore. ¢ 9, Kandahar, October and 
November. 

Of the female Col. Swinhoe remarks :—‘“‘Scarce: have afew Quetta 
examples.” it should, however, be observed that the female was 
supposed to be ?. mathias, and therefore may be distinct from 
those taken at Quetta. 


210 Miscellaneous. 


20. Erynnis dravira, Moore. ¢ 9, Kandahar, October. ‘‘ Kan- 
dahar, October, November, and April; very common ; have 
many Quetta examples.”—C, S. 


HEreRocERA. 


21. Macroglossa stellatarum, Linn. ‘+ Kandahar, November, Decem- 
ber, and January, very common ; have many Quetta examples.” 
—C.N. 


22. Deiopeia thyter, Butler. ‘‘ Kandahar; only one example. I 
have many Quetta specimens.”—C. S. 


23. Leucania Loreyit, Dupon. “ Quetta, in May.”—C, 8. 


24, Spelotis undulans?, Moore. Dubrai, on the 3rd October 1880. 
It is very rare in collections: we have only a single specimen 
in the Museum. 


25. Agrotis aversa, Walk. Kandahar, in April: it is rare in col- 
lections. 


26. Agrotis segetum, Denis. Dubrai, on the 3rd October 1880 ; it 
is a little paler than European specimens. 


27. Heliothis armigera, Hiibn. Kandahar, in April 1881. 
28. Agrophila sulphuralis, Bergstr. Kandahar, in November. 


29, Plusia circumflewa, Linn, Kandahar, in October. 
We only possess this species from Europe. 


30. Autophila ligaminosa ?, Eversmann, Kandahar, in April. 
The specimen seems to agree with Kversmann’s description ; but 
we do not possess the species in the Museum. 


31. Acidalia ornata, Scopoli. Kandahar, October and November 
1880. 


32. Sterrha sacraria, Linn. Kandahar, October and November 1880. 

33. Pyralis farinalis, Linn. Kandahar, in April 1881. 

Bile Aglossa pinguinalis, Linn, Quetta, in May; Kandahar, in 
nel example (No. 29), taken at Kandahar in October, 

is referable to the variety asiatica of Erschoff. 


35. Pyrausta ostrinalis, Hiibner. One example of the broad-banded 
variety taken at Kandahar in November. 


36. Herbula cespitalis, Denis. Kandahar, in November. 


Miscellaneous. 211 
37. Herbula meleagrisalis, Walk. Kandahar, in November. 
38. Aischremon disparalis, Herr.-Sch. Kandahar, in November. 


39. Scopula ferrugalis, Hiibnu. Kandahar, in November. 

The whole of the moths numbered (20) were sent in two pill- 
boxes, and having been shaken together throughout the whole dis- 
tance from Kandahar to London, the only wonder is that there s 
any thing left to recognize them by. Lepidoptera, especially moths, 
cannot travel safely in this way. The only advantage of it is that it 
saves the collector a little trouble; but this is more than counter- 
balanced by the injury done to the specimens, all of which are 
necessarily more or less ruined as cabinet examples, and some, if not 
most, invariably rendered utterly unrecognizable. I think I can speak 
without prejudice upon this point withregard to the present collection, 
as here the orthodox envelopes considerably exceed the pill-boxes ; 
it is, however, very unfortunate that the Microlepidoptera, which 
require more careful collecting than any others, are, as a rule, con- 
signed to such unsafe receptacles—and not only so, but are usually 
accompanied by one or two examples of some common JVoctuca, as 
if in order to ensure their destruction. : 


40. Stenopteryx hybiridalis, Hibner, Kandahar, October and No- 
vember 1880, February 1881. 


41. Acrobasis ? tmbella, Walk. Kandahar, May 1880. 

This is apparently an Lpischnia; it agrees well with Walker’s 
type, which, however, is said to be from Africa. Like many of these 
Microlepidoptera, it is probably a widely distributed species. The 
example is a good deal rubbed. 


New Forms of Coryphodontide. By E. D. Corr. 

The Wasatch beds of the Big-Horn basin have yielded several 
important additions to this family. Of eleven species found, two 
belong each to a new genus, and one is a novelty of the little-known 
genus Metalophodon. ‘The characters of the genera of the family 
may be stated as follows :— 


I. Two internal cusps of the last superior molar. 
All the true molars with a developed posterior external WY JMJanteodon, 
II. One internal lobe of the last superior molar. 


a. Last superior molar with posterior external cusp. 
Anterior two molars with posterior external Y........ Zctacodon, 

aa, Last superior molar without external posterior cusp. 
+ Anterior two molars with posterior external Y. 
Astragalus transverse, with internal hook ............ Coryphodon. 
Astragalus subquadrate, without internal hook ........ Bathmodon. 
Tt First superior molar only with posterior external Y .. Metalophodon. 


The type of Mantcodon is the M. subquadratus, which was about 
the size of an ox. ‘The characters of its superior molars are more 


212 Miscellaneous. 


like those of Perissodactyles than are those of the other Corypho- 
dontide. ‘The type of Hetacodon is the FE. cinctus, a species of about 
the dimensions of the last named. Its last superior molar is paral- 
lelogrammic, and has a cingulum all around it except on the external 
side. Of Coryphodon a species larger than any yet known has been 
abundantly found by Mr. Wortman, which I call, in a paper now 
passing through the press, C. anav. The new Metalophodon is as 
large as the Hetacodon cinctus, and has the second true molar more 
triangular and less oval than in the type J. arimatus. The posterior 
external y of the last molar is reduced to a cone. I have called it 
M. testis—Amer. Nat., Jan. 1882. 


An Anthropomorphous Lemur, By EK. D, Corn. 


The stock from which the true Quadrumana have been derived 
is supposed to have been the Lemurs; but no type of that suborder 
has hitherto been found which presents any near resemblance to 
either of the four families of monkeys. ‘The two inferior families 
Cebide and Hapalide agree with most of the Lemuridie in having 
three premolar teeth; but those of the upper jaw generally have 
well-developed internal lobes like the true molars, while most of 
those of the Lemurs have none. One group of Lemurs, the Indri- 
sine, agree with the higher monkeys in having but two premolars ; 
but these also are only one-lobed. 

A nearly perfect cranium of a species of Anuptomorphus, Cope, 
shows that this genus had but two premolars in the superior series, 
as in the Indrisine, but that they are two-lobed, as in the Simiid 
and Hominide. Of these two families the Hominide is the one to 
which Anaptomorphus makes the nearest approach in dental charac- 
ters. ‘The canine is small, with a crown little longer than those of 
the premolars, and is not separated from the latter or from the 
incisors by any appreciable diastema. All but one of the superior 
incisors are lost from the specimen; but those of the lower jaw, 
which I discovered in 1872, were nearly erect as in man and the 
Simiide, and not procumbent as in most Lemurs. The cerebral 
hemispheres are remarkably large for an Eocene mammal, extending 
to between the middles of the orbits; the anterior parts, at least, are 
smooth. The cerebellum projected beyond the foramen magnum 
posteriorly, as in Zarsius. The orbits are large, approaching those 
of Varsius, but are not so much walled in by a septum from the 
temporal fossa as in that genus. The superior molars have only one 
internal cusp. 

The species, which I propose to call Anaptomorphus homunculus, 
has a wide palate much as in man; and the true molar teeth dimi- 
nish in size posteriorly. The pterygoid and zygomatic fossee are 
short and wide, and the petrous bone is large and inflated. The 
animal was nocturnal in its habits and was the size of a marmoset. 
The genus is nearer the hypothetical lemuroid ancestor of man than 
any yet discovered.— Amer. Nat., Jan. 1882. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[FIFTH SERIES. | 


No. 52. APRIL 1882. 


XXV.—On certain Points in the Morphology of the Blas- 
toidea, with Descriptions of some new Gencra and Species. 
By R. Erueripce, Jun., and P. HerBert CARPENTER, 
M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College. 


In the following pages we give some zoological descriptions 
of certain new genera and species of Blastoids which have 
come under our notice during the preparation of our joint 
memoir on the group. We propose in this memoir to limit 
our zoological work to the British species* only, though this 
is by no means the case with our morphological researches. 
These have led us to establish three new genera for some very 
singular types, which are described in the following pages, as 
they do not occur in this country. Their morphology will 
be discussed in full in our larger work, with the aid of the 
beautiful figures which are being prepared by our friends 
Messrs. C. Berjeau and P. Highley. 

* A revision by competent hands of the American species of Blastoidea, 
like that of the Paleeocrinoidea which is being so ably conducted by 
Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer, is a very great desideratum. We have 
attempted in vain to work out the synonymy of many so-called species, 
owing to the want of material or of satisfactory descriptions and tigures, 
The so-called Codaster pulchellus of Miller snd Dyer (Journ, Cincinn. Soe, 
Nat. Hist. 1878, i. p. 55) is a case in pé.at. “here is no mention of 
hydrospiral slits in the specific diagnosis ; noy are any shown in the figure; 
and we cannot help suspecting that this species represents a type very 
different from the original Codaster of M‘Coy. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 16 


214 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


The basis of the classification which we have been led to 
adopt is the morphology of the hydrospires and of their ex- 
ternal openings, the so-called spiracles. We find that the 
structure and distribution of these organs, together with the 
arrangement of the various elements composing the ambulacra, 
present characters of much systematic value. 

Besides discovering various new generic types, both British 
and foreign, we ee been led to onmt entirely new concep- 
tions of some of the already existing genera, e. g. Oropho- 
crinus (Codonites) and Granatocrinus ; while we are able to 
give more precise definitions of Troostocrinus and of Tricelo- 
crénus than have hitherto been attempted. 

In order to facilitate the comprehension of our specific 
descriptions, we give the following explanation of our termi- 
nology :— 

The plates forming the calyx are the basals, radials or fork- 
pieces, and the deltoid pieces or orals * 

In Codaster trilobatus and in the more flat-topped American 
species of the genus the middle line of each oral is cecupied 
hy a more or less strongly marked ridge, the oral ridge. But 
in other species of Codaster and in the allied genus Phawno- 
schisma this ridge is represented merely by an edge, from 
which the sides of the orals slope sharply downwards towards 
the ambulacra. This oral ridge is often very prominent at 
the central ends of the oral plates of Pentremites, so as more 
or less completely to separate the proximal ends of the passages 
which lead to the hydrospires of adjacent ambulacra. 

In most Blastoids each radial is more or less fork-shaped, 
the handle of the fork being the bedy of the radial (which is 
separated from the basals by the baseradial suture), while the 
two prongs are the limbs. Between them is the radial stnus, 
which is occupied by the ambulacrum. ‘This terminates in a 
more or less prominent ‘dip?’ on the upper edge of the body 
of the radial 7. 

Of the ambulacral structures which together fill up the 


* As far as we can judge from various passages on pp. 12 and 13 of 
the ‘Revision of the Paleocrinoidea’ by Messrs. Wachsmuth and 
Springer, these authors seem to hold the same view as we do respecting 
the homology of the deltoid plates of the Blastoids with the “ consoli- 
dating plates ” of Cyathocrinus and the ovals of the Pentacrinoid. But 
they make no definite statement to this effect. 

+ According to Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer, The lower part of 


the forked p!) 9 »> to the ambulacrum is the first radial—in Blastotdo- 
crinus, the ole vn Blastoid, the suture is visible—and the two sides 
of the fork, i bemg interradial, form together a second radial ” 
(Revision, ° Weare sorry that we cannot agree with the American 


paleontologists in this view. We have unfortunately been unable to 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 215 


radial sinus to a greater er less extent, the most important is 
the lancet-plate, which is excavated lengthways by the food- 
groove or ambulacrum proper. Upon or against it rest the 
side plates (pore-plates, Mtt.), which thus conceal it more or 
less completely; they ave marked by minute pits, from 
which delicate grooves slant outwards towards the marginal 
pores. The latter are unconnected with the pinnules, which 
are arranged in a single or double row at the sides of the 
ambulacra. Their bases are apparently inserted into the 
above-mentioned pits or pinnule-sockets. In many species the 
distal edge of each pore is bounded by an outer side plate 
(supplemental pore-plate, /tt.). 

Between and more or less beneath the ambulacral fields are 
the interradial systems of lamellar tubes or hydrospires. 'The 
openings of these tubes directly on the ventral surface of the 
calyx, as in Codaster and Phenoschisma, are the hydrospire- 
shits. When these organs are concentrated beneath the am- 
bulacra, the gap between the edge of the lancet-plate and the 
sides of the radial sinus is the hydrosptre-cleft ; it leads down- 
wards into the hydrospire-canal, into which the hydrospires 
open by their slit-like upper ends. The hydrospire-cleft is 
much reduced and somewhat modified in the American species 
of Orophocrinus, but is widely open in the European species, 
especially in the Belgian ones, so as to expose some of the 
hydrospire-shts. In Pentremztes proper it is also wide, but is 
bridged over by the side plates, between which are the hydro- 
spire-pores. In Granatocrinus and Schizoblastus the inner wall 
of each hydrospire, @. e. that nearest the median line of the am- | 
bulacrum, is often carried upwards in certain parts of the 
ambulacra towards the ventral surface. Here it appears as a 
narrow plate-like edge between the lancet-plate and the side 
of the radial smus. We have seen this hydrospire-plate very 
distinctly in Schizoblastus melo and in some of the British 
species of Granatocrinus (G. ellipticus, G. derbiensis). It 
bears a number of lateral processes, which meet corresponding 
ones upon the sides of the radial sinus, so that the hydrospire- 
cleft is represented merely by a row of pores alternating with 


examine any specimens of Blastoidocrinus, which we only know from the 
figures of Billings and Schmidt. But we imagine the suture referred to 
by Wachsmuth and Springer to be the suture between the radials and 
orals (oro-radial), just as is shown in the hypothetical figure given by 
Billings (‘Canadian Decades,’ iy. p, 20), in whose interpretation of the 
calyx we entirely concur. 

The form of the radials in the Mesozoic Phylloc»tnus also indicates 
clearly that the fork-pieces of the Blastoids are prir itively simple and 
undivided. ae 


216 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


these processes. The hydrospire-pores, therefore, are formed 
without the intervention of any ‘‘ pore-plates,” which, for this 
and other reasons, we prefer to call “ side plates.” 

The hydrospire-canals open externally by the spiracles, 
which are arranged at the summit, round the peristome ; they 
may be either single (Granatocr ‘nus) or paired (Schizoblastus, 
Troostocrinus) . The spiracle or spiracles of the anal inter- 
radius may be confluent with the anal opening to form the 
anal spiracle. 

In the better-preserved examples of many American Blas- 
toids the mouth and peristome are concealed beneath a vault 
of minute irregular swinmit-plates, any definite arrangement of 
which is rarely traceable. This vault is sometimes continued 
down the ambulacra by a series of tiny covertig-plates, which 
close in the food-grooves completely and convert them ito 
tunnels just as in recent Crinoids. “In none of the European 
Blastoids that we have seen has any indication of these struc- 
tures been preserved. 

As some considerable time must still elapse before the pub- 
lication of our memoir, we wish to direct the attention of our 
fellow workers to one or two morphological points of interest. 

In the ordinary Pentremites the hydrospiral tubes beneath 
the ambulacra extend along the entire length of the radial 
sinuses and communicate with the exterior “by the marginal 
pores ; but in the little P. conotdeus, Hall, and P. Koninckianus, 
Hall, of the Warsaw limestone *, the h 1ydrospiral tubes appea 
to be absent trom the terminal third of the ambulacra. Phe 
sinus 1s considerably shorter on the inner than on the outer 
aspect of the radial; and the hydrospiral tubes end abruptly on 
the inner face of the plate, while the ambulacra extend much 
further towards the base of the calyx. Examples of both 
species are common with the shell filled up by a foraminiferal 
matrix, which thus forms a complete cast of itsinterior, This 
may be readily exposed by the removal of the shell; and it is 
then seen that the length of the ambulacra externally is 
ereater than that of their internal casts. We have been un- 
able to detect this peculiarity in any other species of Pentre- 
mites, but we think it very probable that our American col- 
leagues may be more fortunate. Sections through the upper 
part of the calyx of P. conoideus show that it possesses hydro- 
spires constructed on the ordinary Pentremites type. We have 
not, however, been able to obtain thoroughly satisfactory sec- 


oOo 
(ions through the distal portions of the ambulacra ; but from 


* We cannct: help suspecting the identity of these two so-called 
species. 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. . 217 


what we have seen we think it possible that the hydrospiral 
tubes may be continued onto the ends of the ambulacra actu- 
ally within the substance of the radial plates. This is at any 
rate the case throughout the greater part of the length of the 
ambulacra of 7i¢ewlocrinus, as we have found from sections of 
T. Woodmani, and from the examination of some large 
isolated radials which may, we think, possibly belong to 7. 
obliquatus, Romer, sp. We take this species to be an en- 
tirely different one from that which was described later by 
Meek and Worthen under the same name. 

Some valuable observations have been recently made by 
Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer*, and by Dr. Hambachf, 
on the structure of the ambulacra of the Blastoids. This is 
more especially the case with regard to the subambulacral 
canals, which were first discovered by Rofe in Granatocrénus 
ellipticus, although their true nature was misinterpreted by 
him; for he believed the lancet-plate of this type (then re- 
ferred to Pentremites) to consist of two lateral halves. As 
Hambach has pointed out with respect to other species, this 
does sometimes appear to be the case in worn specimens; for 
when the superficial portion of an ambulacrum has been re- 
moved the canal within the lancet-piece (which was seen, 
though misinterpreted, by Rofe) is not unfrequently exposed. 

We have had the advantage of examining the whole of Mr. 
Rofe’s collection, together with many specimens of Ganato- 
crinus Norwoodi; and we are convinced that in Granato- 
erinus, as we define the genus {, there is but one subam- 
bulacral plate, the lancet-plate, which is pierced by a 
longitudinal canal. Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer §, 
however, have described and figured the lancet-plate of Pen- 
tremites as imperforate, but as resting on an underlancet-plate 
which encloses a canal. Hambach ||, on the other hand, de- 
scribes the lancet-plate of typical Pentremites (P. florealis, P. 
sulcatus, P. pyriformis, &c.) as “pierced through the centre, 
in its whole length, by a very fine canal;” and we are in- 
clined to think that he is right. 

For although we agree with Wachsmuth and Springer in 
finding two subamulacral pieces in Pentremites, it seems to us 
more probable that the canal should'be in the upper or lancet- 


* « Revision of the Paleeocrinoidea.—Parts i., 11.,” Proce, Philad. Acad. 
1879, 1881. 

+ “Contributions to the Anatomy of the Genus Pentremites, with De- 
scriptions of new Species,’ Trans. St. Louis Acad. vol. iv. no. 1, pp. 145 
160. 

{ See posted, 

§ Revision, part 1. pl. ii, fig. 5. || Loe, et, p 149, 


218 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


piece than in the lower and much thinner underlancet-piece, 
which we have also found in Orophocrinus (Codonites). ‘The 
former corresponds to the perforate lancet-plate of Granato- 
erinus, which is the only subambulacral plate figured by 
Wachsmuth and Springer in G. Norwood’; so that in this 
respect our observations appear to be in accordance with 
theirs. 

According to Hambach* there is also “a longitudinal duct 
or vessel resting in the concave furrow of (¢.e. beneath) the 
lancet-piece, and running from the apex of the ambulacral 
field to the summit, where it connects with a circular duct 
(esophageal ring?) surrounding, on the interior side, the 
central orifice or annulus centralis.” 

But no mention is made by Hambach of the particular 
species in which this second canal oceurs—though, so far as 
we can judge from the figure to which he refers in connexion 
with the above passage, he appears to be speaking of a Pen- 
tremites. In this case he must have seen canals both in the 
lancet-plate and in the underlancet-plate of this type ; while 
Wachsmuth and Springer have only seen the latter, and we 
have only been able to make out the former, viz. that within 
the Jancet-plate. 

We believe it to have lodged the radial water-vessel. In 
Pentremties and Orophocrinus, which have two subambulacral 
plates, there is an opening at the proximal end of each ambu- 
lacrum, between the edges of two adjacent oral plates and 
the end of the underlancet-piece. It was first discovered and 
figured in Pentremdtes by Wachsmuth and Springer}, whose 
observations we are glad to be able to confirm. In Granato- 
ertnus its distal side is incomplete, owing to the absence of an 
underlancet-piece. ‘The vessel contained in the canal within 
the lancet-plate passed downwards through this opening on its 
way to join an oral ring. By careful grinding down of the 
summit of well-preserved specimens we have been able to 
demonstrate the presence of this organ and its connexion with 
the canals within the lancet-plates in the following species— 
Pentremites pyriformis and P. burlingtonensis, Granatocrinus 
Norwoodi and G, ellipticus, Schizoblastus Sayt, Pentremitidea 
@’Archiact, Orophocrinus inflatus and O. stelliformis, and 

odaster trilobatus. We venture to think that there can be 
but little doubt as to its being the water-vascular ring ; but 
we cannot say whether it is identical with the ‘ circular duct 
(cesophageal ring ?) ”? described by Hambach f, as his state- 


* Loe, cit. p, 151. + Revision, part i. pl. iii, fig. 4, 
1 Woe.2cie, pw lok: 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 219 


ments about it are somewhat obscure. He says that he has 
been so fortunate as to obtain this structure entirely from a 
well-preserved specimen of Pentremites (1. e. Granatocrinus} 
Norwood’, but that it is connected with the longitudinal duct 

vessel beneath the lancet-piece. As, however, no second 
subambulacral canal has been detected in this species either 
by Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer or by ourselves, we 
cannot help suspecting that Dr. Hambach must have seen 
the “ longitudinal duct” ina Pentremites and the “ circular 
duct”? in Granatoerinus Norwoodi; but, in default of further 
information, we cannot absolutely identify this ‘ circular 
duct’ with the oral ring described above. 

Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer* have suggested that 
“the passage directly beneath the Cee ey field is pro- 
bably the dorsal or axial canal (¢e. of the Crinoid arm), 
which by the inverted position of the arms became the inner 
instead of the outer passage.”” We are not sure that we 
quite understand Mr. Wachsmuth’s theory of the ambulacra 
of the Blastoids. If they represent the inverted arms of a 
Crinoid, surely the food-grooves ought to be internal and not 
external. But if by this and similar expressions Mr. Wachs- 
muth means to describe a Blastoid ambulacrum as a Crinoid 
arm partially bent upon itself, we are disposed to agree with 
him. 

It is probable enough that the Binatone possessed a cham- 
bered organ and axial cords radiating from it, as in the 
Crinoids ; but we do not think that these cords were lodged 
within the lancet-plates or underlancet-plates of the ambulacra, 
as supposed by Wachsmuth and Springer. 


We propose to limit the name Pentremites to those Blas- 
toids which resemble 2. Godont, Defr., P. sulcatus, Rémer, 
and P. pyriformis, Say, in their structure and general appear- 
ance. ‘Ihe ambulacra are broad and petaloid ; and in most 
species the side’ plates merely rest against the edges of the 
lancet-plate, without covering any part of it. ‘The central end 
of each oral plate is flat and later rally expanded, with a more 
or less marked oral ridge in the middle line that divides it 
into two lateral halves. Each arm forms the floor of a passage 
leading along the lower part of the radial sinus over the upper 
ends of the hydrospire-slits. It is converted into a canal (the 
hydrospire-canal) by the side plates, which are wedged in 
between the lancet-plate and the side of the radial sinus. 
Those nearest the centre may either meet one another over the 


* Revision, part il, p. 35 (207), 


220 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


oral ridge or abut against its sides. So far as we are able to 
judge from the material at our disposal, the American species 
of Pentremites are all similar to P. Godonz, and readily recog- 
nizable as belonging to this generic type as defined above. 
In 1857 Mr. Sydney 8. Lyon * announced the discovery in 
certain species of Pentremites of three small pieces situated 
below the basals, which he considered to represent the true 
basals ; and he’emended the formula of the genus accordingly. 
This view was afterwards supported in part by Messrs. Meek 
and Worthent, who bore out Lyon’s statement as to the pre- 
sence of a dicyclic base in the calyx of Pentremites, but re- 
garded the lower series as supplementary basals rather than as 
true basals. 

We have given great attention to this important question, 
and must confess that up to the present time we have quite 
failed to detect any plates which could be regarded either as 
supplemental or as under basals. We cannot help thinking 
that the plates so regarded are nothing more than the upper- 
most stem-joint more or less modified. Indeed it appears. to 
us that Messrs. Meek and Worthen were themselves not alto- 
gether clear on the subject; for in the description of their 
ficures of Orophocrinus (Codonites) stelliformis, O. & 8., they 
say :-— Fig. 5, a. A side view of a small specimen, showing 
the part under the base that has been, by some, supposed to 
be in the Pentremites the true basal pieces, to be really only 
some six of the upper joints of the column, anchylosed to- 
gether and to the base ” }. 

In the meantime we wish it to be distinctly understood that 
we do not commit ourselves to either view, but leave the 
question an open one for further consideration and investi- 
gation. 


Genus PENTREMITIDEA, d’Orbigny, 1849 
(emend. E & C. 1882.) 
Pentremitidea, d’Orbigny, Prodrome de Pal. 1849, i. p. 102. 
Pentremitidea, VOrbigny, Cours Elémentaire, &e. p. 139, 

Gen. char. Calyx varying in outline from elongately 
clavate-pyramidal to pentagonal obpyriform; summit trun- 
cate or convex; base usually long and conical. Number and 
disposition of the plates similar to those of Pentremites proper, 
but the orals inconspicuous, confined to the summit, and never 
visible in a side view ; radial plates always strongly lobate. 


* DP. D. Owen's 3rd Report Geol. Survey, Kentucky, 1857, p. 468, 
+ Illinois Geol. Survey Report, 1873, y. p. 464 (note). 
t Loe, cit, v. expl. of pl. ix. fig. 5, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 221 


Ambulacra narrow in all but one species, not greatly de- 
pressed within the radial sinuses. Side plates lying actually 
on the lancet-plate, and usually hiding it from view. Spira- 
eles usually large, and, as well as the hydrospires, con- 
structed like those of Pentremites. Anal aperture confluent 
with the two spiracles at its sides, to form a common anal 
spiracle. 

Obs. The name Pentremitidea* was proposed by D’Orbigny 
in 1849 for two Devonian Blastoids from Spain, which he 
believed to be peculiar in having a calyx composed of but 
two rows of plates, the basals and radials. Rémert showed, 
however, that the two species in question, P. Paillett’, VA. 
& de Vern., and P. Schultzii, VA. & de Vern., are provided, 
like other Blastoids, with the third row of plates or orals. 
On these grounds, therefore, Pentremitidea has not been 
adopted by later writers on this interesting class. It appears, 
however, that P. Pacllett’, in common with a limited number 
of other forms, possesses peculiarities of calicular structure 
which separate it at once from Pentremites as understood by us ; 
and we propose, in consequence, to rehabilitate d’Orbigny’s 
name for such species. 

It may be contended that an entirely new name would 
have been preferable in this case. I*rom the fact, however, 
that @’Orbigny’s types, although unknown to him, happen to 
possess the chief points of structure on which we propose to 
separate the genus from Pentremites, we prefer to adopt his 
name rather than unnecessarily burden science with a new one. 

Pentremitidea has a more slender and elongate calyx than 
Pentremites, or else one approaching in outline to that of 
Orophocrinus. ‘These apparently dissimilar forms possess, in 
common, a slender base, narrow ambulacra, and oral plates 
entirely limited to the summit. The side plates of the ambu- 
lacra lie directly on, and in a great measure cover, the lancet- 
plates, except In one species. Such characters are diametri- 
cally opposed to those of Pentremites, when restricted (as we 


* It may be well to state here that, in a paper read atthe York meet- 
ing of the British Association in September 1881, one of us referred to 
the genus Pentremitidea and to P. Pailletti as having the hydrospiral slits 
more or less concealed by the ambulacra, but partially visible at their sides. 
We have since found, however, that a species presenting these characters 
(which will be described under the generic name Phenoschisma) has been 
hitherto confounded with the true Pentremitidea Pailletti, from the same 
locality, which it somewhat closely resembles in external form. 

This fact seems to have escaped the notice of the donors of these 
fossils to the national collection, both types sharing in a common label~ 
“ Pentremitidea Paillettt.” 

+ ‘Monographie der Blastoideen,’ Byrlin, 1852, p. 49. 


222 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


propose that this name should be) to such species as P. Glodoni, 
Detrance, sp., P. sulcatus, Rimer, and P. pyriformis, Say, &e. 

The variability of external form is perhaps as marked in 
this genus as in any member of the Blastoidea. 'T'wo distinct 
types are met with, the pyriform and clavate. Starting with 
the type species, P. Paillett’, representing the former, we have 
in the one direction a gradual transition through P. lusita- 
nica to the much more elongated calyx of P. Schultzi’, with 
its truncated summit and expanded ambulacra. In the other 
direction we observe a gradual change in outline through 
P. etfelensis to P. clavata and P. acutangula, and so on to 
the Orophocrinoid species P. angulata and P. similis. 

The amount of truncation of the summit also varies consi- 
derably. In P. Schultzii we see the limit of variability, the 
summit being broad, flattened, and extending across the whole 
width of the calyx. The width of the summit is decidedly 
less in P. Paillett’, again smaller in P. lusitanica, and still 
more so in the aberrant P. angulata and P. similis. Similarly, 
the broader the summit the wider the ambulacra; hence we 
meet with the greatest development of this kind in P. Schultzd?, 
the ambulacra gradually becoming narrower in P, lusttanica 
and P, Paillett’, and reaching the limit in the same two forms 
mentioned above. 

As regards the more intimate structure of the ambulacra, 
we may describe three examples. In the first of these, P. 
Schultz’, the ambulacra are very wide, flattened, or a little 
concave, and more or less deltoid in form. The lancet-plate 
elongately petaloid, more markedly so than in most Blastoids. 
The side plates abutting against it are fourteen on each side, 
narrow, and oblong. ‘The outer side plates are very small, 
placed quite at the extremities of the side plates, and nearly 
on the same level with them. In the clavate and pyriform 
types the structure is more or less similar, as, for instance, in 
P. clavata and P. lusitanica. The side plates do not reach 
the edges of the radial forks; but the intervening spaces are 
bridged over by the outer side plates, alternating with the 
pores, which are very large. 

We are acquainted with the hydrospires of only two species, 
P. Schultzii and P. Paillett’, im both of which these organs are 
eight in number on each side of the ambulacra. 

One of the most important features in Pentremitidea is 
given by the oral plates, which, in consequence of their very 
small size and close connexion with the summit, afford one of 
the most stable characters of the genus. In most of the 
species they are quite inconspicuous, and cannot be distin- 
guished except as forming the dividing septum of the spira- 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea, 223 


cles. They are visible in P. lusttanica, and again in P. 
Schultzit, but ave of a much more elongated form in the latter 
species. 

The species we propose to place in Pentremitidea are the 
following :— 


Pentremites Paillett’?, VOrb. Devonian; Asturias. 

P. Schultzii, VOrb. Ditto. 

P. acutangulus, Schultze. Devonian; Hifel. 

P. clavatus, Schultze. Ditto. 

P, etfelensis, F. Romer. Ditto. 

Pentremitidea lusitanica, nobis. Devonian; Spain 
(? Asturias). 

P. angulata, nobis. Ditto. 

P, similis, nobis. Devonian; Eifel. 


Pentremitidea appears to be essentially a Devonian genus, 
being altogether unrepresented in the Carboniferous rocks. 
Half its known species occur in the Eifel, and the rest 
in the Asturias. The fine collection of Mr. Wachsmuth 
contains an unnamed Blastoid from the Upper Silurian or 
Lower Devonian of Charleston, Indiana, which we cannot 
distinguish from the Spanish Pentremitidea Paillett?. So far 
as we know at present, this is the only species of Blastoid 
which is common to Europe and America. We think it 
very probable that some of the more obscure American species 
of Pentremites will also have to be referred to this genus. 


Pentremitidea lusitanica, sp. nov. 


Sp. chav. Calyx clavate-pyriform, elongated, expanding 
eradually upwards; peristome truncate; base elongate and 
pointed. Basal plates only a trifle shorter than the radials, 
forming an elongated cup, the lower portion of each plate 
bearing a strong central ridge, which assists in the ornamen- 
tation, Radial plates rather narrow, elongated, and arched 
from the lip downwards along the body. ‘Three impressed 
lines diverge from the lip, one to each infero-lateral angle 
and one along the middle line. Radial sinuses with sharp 
erect margins, making an angle of about 134° with the trun- 
cated peristome ; lips a little thickened and simply rounded. 
Ambulacra elongately petaloid; lancet-plates broad, almost 
wholly fillmg up the radial sinuses; side plates large and 
oblong, their outer margins rounded, about fifteen in number 
on each side the ambulacra; outer side plates narrow, bent 
down at a much greater angle than the side plates. Surface 
ornamented by fine close concentric raised lines parallel to the 


224 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


margins of the various plates, those on the lower portions of 
the basal plates being of a peculiar V-shaped pattern. 

Obs. This is a well-marked species, which may be at once 
distinguished from Pentremitidea clavata, Schultze, P. acutan- 
gula, Schultze, P. Schultz’, de Verneuil, and the two species 
next to be described, by the outline of the calyx. It differs 
sharply from P. Paillett?, the type of the genus, in the lobation 
of the radials, the smaller angle of inclination of the radial 
sinuses, and in their shorter length. P. lusitanica to a cer- 
tain extent resembles P. edfelensis, I. Romer, of which 
Schultze has given a figure. Indeed, this species is its closest 
ally; but here, again, the radial angle is quite different, and 
gives to the Nitel species the appearance of possessing a longer 
and more curved sinus in each radial, and a very much less 
breadth across the peristome. 

Loc. and Horizon. Asturias, Spain; Devonian (Mus. Nat. 
History). 


Pentremitidea angulata, sp. nov. 


Sp. char. Calyx pentagonal obpyriform, enlarging upwards 
to the distal extremities of the ambulacra, which are nearly 
equatorial ; section decagonal, without re-entering angles be- 
tween the ambulacra; summit small. Basal plates a little 
less than half the length of the radials, forming a strongly 
triangular cup, with three prominent angles, one correspon- 
ding to an interradius, the two others opposite ambulacra ; 
surface of the plates between the angles hollowed out; base 
of attachment for the column triangular. Radial plates elon- 
gated, their surfaces in two planes which cut one another at 
the equatorial line of the calyx: the upper, sloping away to 
the summit, consists of the limbs; the lower, or the body 
below the radial lips, extends to the basiradial sutures and 
is hollowed out; a median ridge passes downwards from each 
lip to the basiradial suture, whilst the angle produced by the 
union of the two planes forms the greatest periphery or 
equator of the calyx. The lateral margins of the radial limbs 
are not placed in depressions, but the line of union of every 
two adjacent limbs forms a prominent angle of the calyx. 
Radial sinuses very narrow and long, with prominent lips. 
Oral plates quite apical. Ambulacra long and very narrow, 
maintaining almost the same width throughout their whole 
course ; lancet-plates nearly as wide as the sinuses; side 
plates about twenty im number on each side of an ambulacrum, 
short but broad.  Spiracles close round the mouth; anal 
spiracle with a prominent outer margin. Surface ornamented 
in the usual way. 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 225 


Obs. This is a very interesting and peculiar species, repre- 
senting, with that next to be described, one extreme type of 
the genus. The form of the calyx and the angulation of the 
radial plates will readily separate P. angulata from all the 
described species. ‘The abruptly clavate outline indicates an 
approach to P. clavata, Schultze ; but no other resemblance is 
observable; whilst with P. s¢mzlis (nobis), although after the 
same general type, no definite comparison can be made. 

There is a curious resemblance in external form between 
Pentremitidea angulata and Phenoschisma caryophyllatum, 
de Koninck sp., a member of a distinct genus that differs 
altogether from Pentremitidea in its other characters. _Pentve- 
mitidea angulata is the aberrant species of the one genus as 
Phenoschisma caryophytlatum is of the other. Both agree to a 
certain extent in outward form, and differ in this particular 
trom the other species of their respective genera. 

Loc. and Horizon. Asturias, Spain; Devonian (Mus. Nat. 
History). 


Pentremitidea similis, sp. nov. 


Sp. char. Calyx pentagonal obpyriform, expanding rapidly 
upwards above the basiradial sutures; section strongly pen- 
tagonal, the greatest periphery being nearer the summit than 
the base; the latter is sharp, and the former depressed. 
Basals forming a small slightly expanded cup.  Radials 
arched, broad at their bases, expanding very slightly upwards 
to the level of the lps, the limbs then rapidly decreasing to 
the summit, and forming strong projecting lobes around the 
calyx; sinuses very narrow, straight, the angle about 134°. 
Orals almost invisible. Ambulacra narrow. 

Obs. Although we are only able to give a limited definition 
of this species, it is nevertheless sufficient to show how clearly 
distinct it is from any other Pentremitidea. On the other 
hand the resemblance of the calyx in general form to that of 
an Orophocrinus, especially that of the typical species O. stel- 
liformis, is very remarkable ; but here, of course, the resem- 
blance ceases. The radial angle, the length of the ambulacra, 
and the greater amount of calycular surface between their 
distal extremities and the base of the calyx in P. similis 
separate it from P. clavata, Schultze, to which it is nearly 
related. The form of the radial plates in P. angulata, irre- 
spective of other characters, at once separates the latter from 
P. similis. ‘The Messrs. Sandberger have described a peculiar 
form from the Rhenish Devonian rocks, which is much too 
depressed a species to be confounded with ours, even supposing 
the former to be a Pentremitidea. 


Loc. and Horizon. Eitel; Devonian (Mus. Nat. History). 


226 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


Genus PH&NOSCHISMA, gen. nov. 


Gen. char. Calyx elongately clavate or obclavate; the 
number and disposition of the plates and general composition 
of the ambulacra similar to those of Pentremites. The oral 
plates are very small, inconspicuous, and always confined to 
the summit, where they are either horizontally placed or in- 
clined inwards. The radials bear three more or less distinet 
folds diverging from the lips; and the two contiguous limbs 
forming the anal side are more or less abortive. Radial 
sinuses wide and deep, generally with steep sides. Spiracles 
as distinct apertures absent, the hydrospires opening externally 
by a series of elongated slits with intervening ridges, distri- 
buted in subparallel series on the sloping sides of all the 
radial sinuses; they are either both radial and oral or only 
radial in composition ; and being only partially covered by the 
ambulacral plates, their distal ends (or even the entire length 
of some) are visible on the sides of the radial sinuses. Lancet- 
plate concealed by the side plates (in all but one species) ; 
outer side plates very small. Anus a separate opening, and 
further removed from the summit-centre than in Pentremites. 
Column, when compared with the size of the calyx, larger 
than in the last-named genus. 

Obs. We have established Phenoschisma for a small num- 
ber of interesting species hitherto included in Pentremites, 
The late Mr. E. Billings, in a remarkable article “On the 
Structure of the Crinoidea, Cystoidea, and Blastoidea” *, 
referred as follows to the peculiar structure of the ambulacra 
in Pentremites caryophyllatus, de Koninck t :— The ends of 
the fissures of the hydrospires are seen along the sides of the 
angular ridges, which extend from the apices of the pyramidst 
to the angles between the arms. I do not think that such 
species can be referred to Pentremites ; andif I had specimens 
before me instead of figures only, I would most probably in- 
stitute anew genus for “their reception.” 

It affords us much pleasure to adopt the suggestion of Mr, 
Billings by proposing the name Phcenoschisma for Blastoids 
possessing these characters. ‘They differ from Pentremites in 
four essential points of structure—-the absence of true spi- 
racles around the peristome, the presence of a distinct anal 


* Amer. Journ. Sc. 1869, xlviii. p. 80. 

+ Billings seems to haye merely copied De Koninck’s figure of this 
species (/.¢. p. 79, fig. 11), which is erroneous in that the “direction of 
these fissures is given from below the ambulacya outw: ards, whereas in 
reality they are subparallel to the latter (see ‘ Crinoides du Terr, Carb. 
ery 1854,%. 7%. £, 35.0). 

fet, e. the oral plates (= deltoids of authors). 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 227 


orifice, the oral plates being of inconspicuous size and con- 
fined to the summit, and the “marked ch ange in the disposition 
of the hydrospires and their method of opening externally. 

In Pentremites it will be remembered the hydrospires are 
situated internally immediately right and left of each ambu- 
lacrum, then communicate above with the common hydrospire- 
eanal, which opens externally by means of the pores ranged 
along each side of the ambulacra, and also through the spi- 
racles at the apex. But no part of the hydrospiral apparatus 
is visible externally, the whole of it being concealed by the 
lancet-plate and side plates of the wide ambulacra. 

In Phenoschisma, on the other hand, the radial sinuses are 
much wider and deeper than are those of LPentremites. The 
lancet-, side, and outer side plates fail to fill them com- 
pletely, and are confined, generally speaking, to the bottom 
of the cavity of each sinus. ‘The spaces so left uncovered, 
consisting of the sides of the sinuses, formed by the inturned 
edges of the radials and orals, but chiefly, and sometimes 
wholly, of the former, are occupied by a variable nunber of 
subparallel slits, which are in fact the openings of the hydro- 
spires exposed to view. The slits near the bottom of the 
cavities are the longest and most completely covered, and 
those near the top of each sinus the shortest, the outer ones 
being sometimes visible throughout their entire length. The 
number of the slits exposed and the amount of their exposure 
entirely depend on the relative size of the side and outer side 
plates, and how far they extend in a lateral direction towards 
the sides of the sinuses. In this way the hydrospiral canal 
and true spiracles are dispensed with, the hydrospires com- 
municating directly with the exterior without the aid of any 
intermediate orifices. 

Phenoschisma is allied to the genus Codaster, M‘Coy, both 
in the structure of its respiratory organs and also ‘in the 
absence of ambulacral pores. It differs, however, from 
M‘Coy’s genus in the partial exposure only of the hy drospiral 
slits, and in their presence in the anal interradius, as well as 
in the four others. Pha noschisma, 1m Consequence, possesses 
ten groups of hydrospires, whilst Codaster has only eight. 
Further, the former genus has relatively smaller orals than 
the latter , and it may possess outer side plates to the ambu- 
lacra. 

Phanoschisma differs from Orophocrinus in the fact that the 
ambulacra are nowhere in contact with the sides of the radial 
sinuses, as in Von Seebach’s genus, and that the oral plates 
never show in a side view of the calyx. To Pentremitidea 
Phenoschisma stands in the same relation that it does to 


228 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


Pentremites, except as regards the oral plates, which resemble 
those of the former genus. 

Spiracles, in the true sense of the word, do not exist in 
Phenoschisma. At the same time there are visible in Ph, 
acutum, Phill. sp., some small openings at the central ends of 
the ambulacra, which may serve as such, and coexist with the 
exposed hydrospire-slits. They are imperceptible in Ph. 
Archiaci, nobis, but are present to some extent in Ph. 
car’ yophyllatum, de Kon. sp. 

The species vary considerably in the amount of exposure 
of the hydrospiral shts. In Ph. acutwm one slit is usually 
visible for the greater part of its length, though it may some- 
times be entirely concealed upon one side of an ambulacrum. 
Ph. caryophyllatum shows one uncovered slit and the distal 
ends of four or five others, while in Ph. Archiact two slits 
are completely visible and four others partially so. 

Finally, the exposure is carried to the greatest extent in 
Ph. Verneuili, nobis, which has the majority of its slits 
uncovered. 

So far as the genus is at present known to us, the form, 
with one exception, is elongately pyriform, ‘The abnormal 
species is Ph. caryophyllatum, which is a shorter, rounder, 
and more depressed species than any of the others. ’ Similarly 
the ambulacra are narrow in all but this species, where they 
become to a certain extent petaloid. Again, the side plates, 
except in the same species, lie actually on the lancet-plate, 
and not against it as in Pentremdtes. ‘This is a feature which 
is very characteristic of the genus Granatocrinus, and is again 
seen in Pentrenitidea. 

The retention of the small cue neoneey a orals at the 
summit of the calyx, so that they are invisible in a side view, 
is avery marked feature in Pe a and a constant 
character throughout the genus. They are of Jarger size in 
the aberrant Ph. caryophyllatum than in any of the other 
species. We have succeeded in exposing the watervascular 
ring of this genus, and find that it is of essentially the same 
character as that of Pentremites, Orophocrinus, and Granato- 
erinus. It is perhaps a little smaller, and the canals leading 
from the apertures in the lancet-plate rather longer. 

The anal aperture varies in its character according to the 
species. Tor instance, in Ph. Archiact the contiguous limbs 
of adjacent radials forming the anal interradius are shortened 
and truncated, so as partially to surround the anus. In PA, 
acutum, Phill. sp., on the other hand, the cristitorm aspect of 
the other interradii is in no way altered in the anal inter- 
radius, and the surface of the oro-anal plate is hollowed out 
for the partial reception of the aperture. 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 229 


We propose to include the following species in the genus 
Phenoschisma :— 


Pentremites acutus, Phillips. Carboniferous Limestone, 
England. 

Pentremites caryophyllatus, de Koninck. Carboniferous 
Limestone, Belgium. 

Phenoschisma Verneuil’, nobis. Devonian, Spain. 


Phenoschisma Archiact, nobis. Devonian, Spain. 


Our researches have not disclosed the existence of the 
genus during Silurian times; but it appears to have made its 
first appearance during the Devonian period, as represented 
by the Devonian rocks of Asturias, Spain. Phenoschisma 
reappears in the Carboniferous Limestone of England and 
Belgium, but, so far as we can ascertain, is unrepresented in 
the American Paleozoic rocks, unless Pentremites kentucki- 
ensis, Shumard*, from the Subcarboniferous rocks near 
Louisville, Kentucky, be referable to this interesting type. 


Phenoschisma Verneutli, sp. nov. 


Sp. char. Calyx elongately pyramidal, with a sharp- 
pointed base and a hollow summit excavated in the direction 
of the rays. The ambulacra are separated by strong inter- 
radial processes, each of which is formed by the union of the 
adjacent limbs of two contiguous radials. Section distinctly 
pentagonal at the distal ends of the ambulacra. Basal plates 
forming an elongated cup about two thirds the length of the 
radials and a little longer than the bodies of those plates. 
Radial plates large, arched, with prominent lips, from which 
three folds diverge downwards ; limbs long and projecting 
above the summit, except the two contiguous ones forming 
the anal interradius, which are flattened or depr essed ; sinuses 
very wide and deep, with high sloping sides. The four 
similar oral plates very small, “but the anal-oral larger and 
diamond-shaped. Ambulacra linear, scarcely increasing in 
width; lancet-plate narrow, entirely concealed ; outer side- 
plates’ very small and triang ular; side plates from twenty to 


twenty-five, apparently oblong ; I hydrospire-slits from twelve 
to eighteen, crowded together. Mouth small; anus roundly 
triangular. Surface ornamented by sharp strize parallel to 
the margins of the plates. A distinct border follows the 
margin of each radial plate, defined by a faint groove. 

Obs. Pheenoschisma Verneuili needs no comparison with 
other species of the genus, except with Ph. acutwm, Phill. sp., 


* Trans. St. Louis Acad. i. p. 239, t. ix. f. 18. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 1 


230 Messrs. R, Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


from which it differs in size, in the elevated nature of its 
interradii, and in its greater number of hydrospiral slits. As 
regards form, Ph. Vernewili represents one extreme modifica- 
tion of the genus, and Ph. caryophyllatum another. 

Loe. and Horizon. Asturias, Spain; Devonian (Mus. Nat. 
History). 


Phenoschisma Archiact, sp. nov. 


Sp. char. Calyx clavate, becoming more pentalobate with 
age. The angles of the pentagon correspond to the distal 
ends of the ambulacra ; and its sides are concave, not straight. 
Base long and sharp; oro-anal surface truncate. Basal 
plates very long and slender, longer than the radials, expand- 
ing very ovadually into a small cup, the surfaces ornamented 
with concentric strie having two different directions. Radial 
plates small, lobate about the lips, projecting somewhat up- 
ward, and obliquely truncate on their upper margins; those 
of the anal interradius are a little flattened. Surface sonieenet 
angular in the middle line from the lips down to the basi- 
radial suture. Sinuses short, having a radial angle of about 
130°, and somewhat petaloid. Orals confined to the immediate 
neighbourhood of the mouth. Ambulacra short, a little peta- 
loid ; lancet-plate lanceolate, narrow, deeply triangular in 
section ; side plates few, six to eight or nine, oblong; outer 
side plates triangular, very small. Hy drospire- slits six on 

each side, the sixth partially covered by the lancet-plate, two 
only being entirely exposed when the side plates are in 
position, “Hydrospires i in the form of long, pendent, slender 
sacs. Mouth small; anus roundly triangular. Surface of 
lates ornamented with concentric sirie. 

Obs. Ph. Archiact does not possess the elevated inter- 
radial spaces of Ph. Verneudli, and is thereby distinguished 
from it, apart from their differences in other characters. The 
outline of the calyx generally, the form of the anal interradius, 
and the general features of the ambulacra and hydrospire- 
slits separate it from Ph. acutum. It is also unlike Ph. caryo- 
phyllatum, but may be said to be a transitional form between 
the two former species and the latter. The ornamentation of 
the basal plates is quite similar to that of a species of Pentre- 
mitidea (P. lusitanica), and might lead to a confusion of the 
two species should the generic characters not be properly 
attended to. 


Genus CopasTEr, M‘Coy, 1849. 
Codaster, M‘Coy, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1849, 11. p. 250, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea, 231 


Codaster vel Codonaster, M‘Coy, Brit. Pal. Foss. 1851, fase. i. p. 122, 
t. 3 D (expl.). 

Codonaster, F. Romer, Wiegmann’s Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte, 1851, 
xvii. Bd. 1s Pool. 

Obs. Without absolutely redefining Codaster, we may say 
that, on the whole, we accept M‘ Coy’ s definition as accurately 
describing the characters of the genus. Some few emenda- 
tions and additions are necessary. Jor instance, the radial 
plates (M‘Coy’s suprabasals) not only “‘reach to the trun- 
cated summit,” but they are more or less inturned at the edge 
of the summit towards the apex, so as to form limbs in the 
usual way, which enclose narrow radial sinuses like those of 
other Blastoids. Oral plates also are present, appearing as 
diamond-shaped plates on the truncated summit in well-pre- 
served specimens. Four of these bear along their median 
line the ‘thick, rapidly tapering ridges” of Mé Coy, which 
are in no way an abnormal structure, “but only represent the 
crests of the orals (and sometimes the combined orals and 
radials) of other genera. 

So far as our own researches have gone, we have been quite 
unable to detect the supplemental basals described by. Miss: 
S. Lyon * in any species examined by us. The “rough 
parallel striae ”’ and the ‘ impressed lines”? between them “of 
M‘Coy appear to have been a great stumbling-block to the 
earlier investigators of this genus. Lyon remarks, “the de- 
pressed triangular intervening spaces are filled with seven or 
more thin pieces lying parallel to the pseudambulacral fields, 
articulating with the summit of the second radials, and the 
prominent Tidge lying between the pseudambulacra. These 
pieces were evidently ¢ capable of being compressed or de- 
pressed +. It is almost needless to observe that the view 
ascribing to the hydrospiral grooves the nature of distinct 
pieces is nq longer tenable. 

In 1861 Prof. James Hall observed that the striated inter- 
radial spaces of his Codaster Whitei “appear to be composed 
of separate linear plates like the pectinated rhombs of the 
Cystideans; and in one place, where broken through, they 
are seen to be discontinued almost to the inner face of the 
Sena nce; giving the appearance of numerous thin parallel 
lamelle”’ =. These remarks may be said to have foreshadowed 
the important discoveries which were afterwards made by the 
late Mr. Rofe, and published in 1865, He found, by cutting 


* D. D. Owen’s 3rd Kentucky Report, p. 493. 

+ Loe. cit. p. Bas 

t Boston Journ. Nat. History, 1861, vii. no. 2, p. 327, 
Mig 


232 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


thin sections for the microscope, “that the ridges on the 
striated interradial surfaces are the tops of a series of folds of 
a thin test or membrane, the alternate folds being so united at 
the ends as to form aseries of long but very narrow sacs ;”” and 
he further suggested their respiratory character *. These 
organs were called hydrospires by Billings t, who has con- 
firmed Rofe’s observations; and after a careful examination 
of Rofe’s material, we are glad to be able to add our own 
testimony as to the accuracy of his descriptions. The full 
complement of hydrospires is deficient, as Mr. Billmgs has 
very justly pointed out, by two sets, in consequence of one 
interradius being completely occupied by the large vent; 
there are therefore eight sets, instead of ten as in the closely- 
allied Phanoschisma, Pentremites, and other genera. Owing 
to the direct communication of the hydrospire-slits with the 
exterior, there are no hydrospire-canals or spiracles. 

From an examination of the British Codasters we can con- 
firm the description given by Billings of the structure of the 
ambulacra in a Canadian species §. As there are no hydro- 
spire-canals, there are no pores; and we doubt whether outer 
side plates are present in all species. Although we agree 
with most of Billings’s descriptions of structural characters, 
we cannot accept his deductions from them as to the Cystid 
affinities of Codaster, a point which we shall touch upon later. 

Messrs. Meek and Worthen have suggested || that the 
puncta in the hydrospiral grooves communicate directly with 
the hydrospires, and represent the spiracles of other Blastoids. 
We cannot assent to this; nor are we at all clear that puncta 
exist in the impressed lines on the interradial areas of 
Codaster. M‘Coy only described them with doubt; and no 
definite evidence has presented itself amongst the large num- 
ber of British specimens of Codaster examined by us. 
Neither do we see the slightest reason to suppose that any 
portion of the hydrospire-apparatus was capable of movement, 
as suggested by the following remark of 5. 8. Lyon {j:— 
“these pieces were evidently capable of being compressed and 
depressed.” 

The number of hydrospires varies considerably according 
to species. In M‘Coy’s C. trtlobatus there are as many as 


* Geol. Mag. 1865, ii. p. 251. 

+ Amer. Journ. Sc. 1869, xlviii. pp. 78-80. 

{ Loe. cit. 1870, xlix. p. 54. 

§ Loc. cit. 1869, xlviii. p. 79. 

| Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1869, p. 84 (note). 

4] D. D. Owen’s 3rd Report Geol. Survey of Kentucky, 1857, p. 494. 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 233 


ten exposed in each area, or sometimes nine exposed and one 
partly concealed under the side of the adjacent ambulacrum. 
In other varieties of this species we meet with seven grooves 
or slits; and some may be seen with eight. In C. acutus, 
M‘Coy, the number varies from three in the young condition 
to four, five, or six, according to the state of growth; but 
invariably one and sometimes one and a half are concealed, as 
in C. trilobatus*. The hydrospire-slits in C. pyramidatus, 
Shumard, are six or seven in number, and seven or more in 
C. alter -natus, Lyon. Lastly, in C. Hindei, nobis, there are 
seven apertures on each of the interradial spaces, one of which 
is more or less covered by the edge of the ambulacrum. 

Wesce no reason to doubt that Codaster possessed the usual 
plated integument over the central aperture, as noticed by 
Mr. Billings f ; but we have not been fortunate enough to 
discover it in any of our British specimens. ‘The outline of 
the ambulacra varies but little. ‘Chey are lanceolate in the 
British species, narrow and linear in C. americanus, narrow 
in C. White’, and petaloid in C. pyramidatus. 'The side 
plates do not cover the lancet-plate entirely, but rest on its 
sides, leaving about a third of its width uncovered. The sides 
of the lancet- plate are always deeply notched for the reception 
of the side-plates. he latter vary in number according’ to 
species; the British form possesses from six to ten on each 
side. C. Whited has twenty-three or twenty-four {, whilst in 
C. pyramidatus there are twenty-two. We have not been 
able to detect outer side plates in the British species; and, as 
before mentioned, there are no pores; but each side plate 
carries a large socket for the reception of the appendages. 
The structure of the ambulacra in the American Codasters 
appears to be somewhat different. Lyon described the ambu- 
lacra of C. alternatus as “divided into four equal parts by 
three indented lines.” Shumard described and figured the 
same thing in C. pyramidatus ; and the structure of our C. 
Hinde? is identical. The middle one of the three indented 
lines is the ambulacral groove, the two lateral ones bounding 
the side plates, which here lie on and almost entirely conceal 
the lancet-plate. The outer side plates are e placed outside the 
lateral “indented lines,” and project somewhat upwards ; 
pores were not observed. 

The interradial or oral ridges present some marked pecu- 


* These two so-called species appear to graduate into one another; and 
some doubt if they can be regarded as distinct, 


+ Loe. cit. 1870, xlix. p. 5d. 
T Boston Journ, Nat. Hist. 1861, vii. no. 2, p. 327, 


234 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


liarities ; and the outline of the summit depends very consider- 
ably upon the flatness or arched character of the plates which 
bear these ridges. In C. pyramidatus they are flat, broad, 
and lanceolate, sharp in O. White7, and barely separating the 
slits of adjacent interradii at their outer extremities. But 
they becoine wider towards the mouth; and their proximal 
ends in this species and in C. alternatus bear small tubercles. 
In the latter species the oral ridges project somewhat above 
the general surface of the summit and slope inwards; but in 
C. pyramidatus they are inclined outwards, and to a certain 
extent alsoin C. Hinde?. 

The radial sinuses are short in all the species, and usually 
triangular. The anusis either rhombic, as in C. pyramidatus 
and C. trilobatus, or ovate (C. alternatus). ‘The column 
appears to have been circular and very small. 

Codaster differs from Pentremites and Granatocrinus in the 
greater distinctness of the summit from the remainder of the 
calyx, in the absence of spiracles and the presence of the 
large ‘interradial anal opening, in the reduction in the number 
of the eroups of hydrospires ‘from ten to eight, owing to their 
absence from the anal interradius, in this opening directly 
to the exterior instead of being withdrawn beneath the ambu- 
lacra, and, lastly, in the absence of lhydrospire-pores. The 
same iobtiatiers also separate Codaster from LPentremitidea, 
Schizoblastus, Lricelocrinus, and Zroostocrinus. ‘here is a 
nearer affinity existing between Codaster and Pheenoschisma 
in the exposure of the hydrospiral slits on the surface of the 
calyx, and in the absence of definite spiracles; but in the 
latter genus the anal interradius is occupied by hydrospires, 
and the outline of the calyx in the two genera is quite 
different. 

Codaster was established by M‘Coy as a Blastoid; but 
Mr. Rofe* regarded it as a connecting-link between the 
Crinoidea and Cystoidea, Pentremites being more closely 
allied to the former, and Codaster to the latter. On the other 
hand, Billingst definitely referred it to the Cystoidea, because 
there is no connexion between its hydrospires and the cavities 
of the pinnule borne on the ambulacra, such as he assumed 
to exist in Pentremites. 

We cannot learn that any other palexontologist but Prof. 
Zittel } has definitely adopted this view, which is far from 
commending itself to us. If Codaster is a Cystoid, so are 


* Geol. Mag. 1865, ii. p. 251. 
+ Amer. Journ. Se. 1869, xlviil. p. 80. 
{ Handb. d. Pal. 1820, Bd. i. Abth. 1, p. 424, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 235 


Orophocrinus and Phenoschisma, which are also devoid of 
pores at the sides of the ambulacra leading into the hydrospires. 
But Codaster is a true Blastoid in every respect; and we 
think that Billings was led to this erroneous conception by 
his not having emancipated himself from the old doctrine of 
the pinnules of Pentremites being placed directly over the 
hydrospire-pores bordering the ‘ambulacra, a theory now 
abandoned by all the more prominent writers on the Blastoidea. 

The following species are comprised in the genus Co- 


daster — 


* Codaster acutus, M‘Coy. Carboniferous Limestone, 
England. 
C. alternatus, Lyon. Upper Helderberg group (Lower 
Devonian), Kentucky. 
C. americanus, Shumard. Upper Helderberg group 
(Lower Devonian), Kentucky. 
C. pyramidatns, Shumard. Upper Helderberg group 
(Lower *Devonian), Kentucky. 
*O. trilobutus, M‘Coy. Carboniferous Limestone, Eng- 
land. 
O. White’, Hall. Burlington group (Subcarboniferous). 


Codaster thus appeared first in the Lower Devonian of 
North America, and was represeuted by three species. It 
extended into the Carboniferous Limestone of the same con- 
tinent and of the British Islands ; but we believe it to be un- 
known in the Upper Palzozoic rocks of the continentof Europe. 

If the Blastoid described by Messrs. Miller and Dyer as 
Codaster pulchellus + belongs to this genus, which we very 
much doubt, Codaster will then range back in time as far as 
the Niagara group (Wenlock). 


Codaster Hindet, sp. nov. 


Sp. char. Calyx obtusely conoid and wall-sided; summit 
more or less truncated and decagonal; oral crests ‘of nearl 
equal length with the eeces Basal and radial plates 
about equal in length, the latter convex, most sharply so in 
the middle line; but the limbs are placed at such an angle 
that the union of every two produces a perfectly flat aes to 
the calyx; sutures not marked by any depression; sinus 
rhombic. aoa regular oral plates rhomboid and arched, 
with a narrow sharp oral ridge, either in the same general 
plane w ith the summit or inclined very slightly outwards, 


* Probably identical. 
+ Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 1878, t. ii. f. 13. 


236 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


and terminating around the mouth in blunt processes. Am- 
bulacra lanceolate-petaloid, tapering but little, with a well- 
marked food-groove, and another groove on each side sub- 
parallel to it. Lying on the lancet-plate between the food- 
groove and these lateral grooves are the side plates, that 
portion of the ambulacra outside the latter being in all proba- 


5 
bility firmly anchylosed outer side plates; pinnule-sockets 


) 
large. Hydrospire- slits seven in number in each interradius, 
half exposed, and one covered by the edge of the adjacent 
ambulacrum. Mouth very small; anus rhomboid. Surface 
smooth in the example under examination, but probably 
ornamented by striz following the margins of the plates. 

Obs. We are indebted for this interesting species to our 
friend Dr. G. J. Hinde, who believes it to be identical with 
Codaster canadensis, Billings (MS.).. The few remarks * 
made by Mr. Billings about C. canadensis are quite insuffi- 
cient for its identification; and we have therefore much 
pleasure in associating our specimen with the name of its 
discoverer, who has so earnestly worked in the field of 
Canadian paleontology. 

The form of the radial plates, irrespective of other charac- 
ters, at once distinguishes C. H/indet from C. pyramidatus, 
Shumard, and therefore probably also from C. americanus of 
the same author. The diagnosis of C. Whiter, Mall, partakes 
more of a generic than of a specific character ; but it also 
appears to be a distinct species. The length of the radial 
sinuses and ambulacra, and the angle at which they are 
inclined to the general plane of the summit, sharply distin- 
guish C. alterratus, Lyon, from CO. Hinder, and give the 
two species a very ‘different appearance. Further, in the 
summit of the former, when viewed from above, portions of 
the inturned upper edges of the radial plates are visible ; but 
in C. Hinde the perpendicular position of the sides of these 
plates quite prevents their appearing on the ventral aspect, 
where nothing is visible but the true summit-characters. 

Loc. and Horizon. Arvkona, Ontario, Canada. Hamilton 


Group, Upper Devonian (Coll. G. J. Hinde, Ph.D., F.G.8.). 


Genus GRANATOCRINUS (Troost, 1850, MS.), Meek & 
Worthen (redef. E. & C. 1882). 
Orbitremites, J. K. Gray (MS.), Synop. Brit. Mus. 1840, p. 63. 


Granatocrintes, Troost (MS.), Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Science for 
1849, p. 62. 


* Amer. Journ. Sc. 1869, xlviii. p. 79. 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 237 


Granatocrinus, (pars) Hall, 15th Annual Rep. State Cab. N. York, 
1862, p. 146; (pars) Shumard, Trans. St. Louis Acad. 1865 (?), ii. 
p- 875; (pars) Meek & Worthen, Illinois Geol. Survey Report, 
1866, 11. p. 274. 

Obs. The majority of American paleontologists have agreed 
to distinguish as a separate genus a series of forms having 
the general structure of Pentremites Norwoodi, O. & 8., P. 
melo, O. & §., and P. Say’, Shumard. 'To these have been 
applied the name Granatocrinus, which was first proposed by 
the late Dr. G. Troost as Granatocrinites, the type being the 
G. cidariformis, Troost. Neither of these ever became more 
than a MS. name; and, according to Dr. Shumard*, the 
species is identical with Pentremites granulatus, Romer. 
The latter unfortunately is equally little known, having 
been described only from an internal cast, no mention being 
made of the summit-characters. Under these circumstances, 
and for a due appreciation of the generic characters, we are 
obliged to seek another type. We believe this may be most 
readily found in Pentremites Norwoodi, O. & S., not only 
from its general acceptance as a typical G'ranatocrinus, but 
as one of the species first referred to this genus. 

We believe that Prof. James Hall was the first to use the 
name Granatocrinus t, although without any precise defi- 
nition, and after him Dr. Shumard {, who included in it a 
larger number of species than have been retained by later 
American writers. ‘The first actual description of Granato- 
erinus to appear was by Meek & Worthen§, who supplement 
their definition by the following remarks :—‘‘ The generic 
formula of this group is exactly the same as that of Pentre- 
mites, Say, so far as regards the number andar rangement of 
the pieces forming the body, though the form and proportions 
of these pieces are so unlike as to give a very different out- 
line and general physiognomy to the entire fossil. ‘They are 
therefore readily distinguished from Nay’s genus, as properly 
restricted, by the irregular oval, elliptical, or subglobose torm, 
concave or less protuberant base, and much narrower and 
more elongated pseudo-ambulacral areas, which extend the 
entire length of the body, so as to give it more the appear- 
ance of an Echinoid. ‘Lhey likewise present differences in 
the arrangement of the ovarian(?) openings of the summit, 
which are more intimately connected with the interradial 
pieces, being sometimes excavated one into each lateral 


* Trans. St. Louis Acad. ii. p. 375. 

7 15th Annual Report State Cab. Nat. Hist. New York, 1862, p. 146. 
ft Op. eit. 

§ Ilinvis Geol. Survey Report, 1866, ii. p. 274. 


238 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


margin of these pieces (G. Sayi)—or, in other instances, 
piercing directly through them, so that each pair appears 
externally as a single opening (G. melo and G. Norwoodt), 
though they divide into two distinct canals before passing 
entirely through the plates. ‘The typical forms of this genus 
also have the interradial pieces proportionately much larger 
than in the true Pentremites, though this 1s not a constant 
character.” 

On a comparison of the species thus separated from Pen- 
tremites and united under Granatocrinus, we tind that they 
belong to two well-defined morphological groups. ‘To the 
first of these, having for its type Pentremites Norwoodi, O. & 
S., we propose to restrict the name Granatocrinus ; and to the 
other, typified by Pentremites Sayt, Shum., we apply the 
name Schizoblastus. 

The lancet-plate of an ordinary Pentremites does not fill the 
radial sinus, but only occupies its central portion. Between 
it and the walls of the sinus therefore a groove is left, at the 
bottom of which are the slits of the hydrospires. This groove 
is continued from the peristome on either side of the apical 
end of each oral piece and down to the end of each ambula- 
crum. It is not, however, left open, but is converted into the 
‘“‘hydrospire-canal”’ by the side plates, which are wedged in 
between the lancet-plate and the walls of the sinus. In the 
proximal portions of the ambulacra these walls are formed by 
the oral plates, the central ridge of which is sometimes com- 
paratively prominent, so as to separate the proximal side 
plates of adjacent ambulacra, but sometimes so reduced that 
these plates meet their fellows over the top of the oral ridge. 
In either case, however, the passage from the peristome be- 
tween the lancet-plate and the calycular plates becomes con- 
verted into a canal, which 1s rooted over by the side plates 
and opens at the summit by the so-called spiracle. ‘This is 
the structure of the summit in Pentremites proper. 

In Granatocrinus Norwoodt, and in all the species met 
with in British rocks, with one exception, the lancet-plate 
almost entirely fills up the radial sinus, and the narrow 
hydrospiral canals are continued upwards through the substance 
of the oral plates *, opening externally usually by five, but in 
one case (G. Rofit) by ten, apertures T. Most of the other 


* This structure was originally described by Dr. C. A. White in G, 
Norwoodi (Boston Journ, Nat. Hist. 1865, vil. no. 4, p. 483). 

+ We have a specimen of G‘. Norwood: in which one of the oral plates 
is pierced by two spiracular openings instead of by one only. This is the 
natural condition of four of the oral plates of the British G. Rofi/, the 
fifth one having a large anal spiracle as in all the species of this genus, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 239 


American species referred to Granatocrinus, as G. melo and 
G, Sayt, have ten notches in the sides of the oral plates, 
instead of pores, and will constitute our genus Schizoblastus. 

The species forming Granatocrinus so emended are, the 
following :— 


I. Typical Species. 


G. Norwoodi, O. & 8. Burlington Limestone (Sub- 
carboniferous), Lowa. 


G. ellipticus, Plill. Carboniferous Limestone, England. 
G. derbiensis, Phill. 9 a 5 
G. orbicularis, Phill. si ‘s . 
_o campanulatus, BE Coy... v ,, - ,, 
of Gr. A Ee, sp. nov. 5 os 3 
G. M*‘ Coyt, sp. nov. ss 5 Ay 


Il. Aberrant and Doubtful Species. 
G. elongatus, Phill.; G. Rofi’, sp. nov. Both from the 


Carboniterous Limestone. 

The form and general appearance of the calyx presents a 
remarkable uniformity of type throughout the species which 
we have restricted under the name ot Granatocrinus. Two 
broad divisions may be traced—the first after the type of G. 
Norwoodi, the second atter that of G. ellipticus. In the first 
the form is subglobose ; and, includes all the British species 
except the one named. ‘The latter forms a division of itself 
and is elongately elliptical. 

The summit is more or less flattened in all, or even at times 
a little depressed. ‘lhe base is usually small, flattened, or 
concave, the amount ot the concavity varying according to 
species, the basal plates never being visible in a side view : 
in G@. Norwoodi it is narrow and deep, in G. orbicularis 
broad and shallow, the same in G, edlipticus, rather deeper in 
G. derbiensis, broad and almost flat in G‘. campanulatus, in 
fact broader in this species than in any other. 

The proportions of the radial and oral plates of Granate-= 
crinus vary considerably ; some species have large radials 
and small orals, others small radials and large orals. Generic 
subdivision has before now been attempted according to the 
relative sizes of these plates; but, as Messrs. Meek and 
Worthen have very justly observed, speaking of the orals in 
particular, “there are so many gradations in this character, 
however, that it does not seem to be possible to make it a 
means of separating the species into two well-defined sec- 


* These will be described in our more extended work on the Blastoidea, 


240 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


tions’’*. In this we entirely concur. G. Norwood? possesses 
very large radial plates, extending from the edge of the 
hollow base almost to the very apex of the calyx, and corre- 
spondingly small orals. On the other hand, in the British 
species, although the radials maintain their ceneral superiority 
of size in all but one species, the orals are “larger than in the 
American type. A gradation, however, 1s traceable in G@. 
pisiformis, i which they are smallest, to G. orbicularis, 
which possesses the largest oral plates with the exception of 
G. derbiensis. In the latter they attain an inordinately large 
size, the radial plates being only just sufficiently high to en- 
close within their sinuses the distal ends of the lone ambu- 
Jacra. The spiracles open in all the species, whether the oral 
plates are large or small, on the mamillary projections at the 
apices of the latter af bute hole Ga pisifor mis they are bounded 
externally by nodular elevations of the plates. Dr. C. A. 
White has shown that the anal spiracle in G. Norwood? is 
bordered on the outer side by a solid projection formed by a 
part of the oral plate f. Meek and Worthen suggested that 
the anal plate consisted of three pieces§; but we have not 
met with any evidence confirming this view. 

The ambulacra of Granatocrinus are alw ays long, curved, 
and narrow, and reaching to the base—the calyx usually 
resting, when placed on its base, on the distal ends of the 
ambulacra. ‘This appears to be an essential character 6f the 
genus, and is one of the points in which it agrees with Sehizo- 
blastus. ‘The side plates in the ambulacrum of Granatoertnus, 
unlike those of Pentremites, do not lie against the sides or 
edges of the lancet-plate, but actually upon it, so as to conceal 
the greater part of it. ‘he portion left exposed i is the crenu- 
Jo ridge of the lancet-plate, bearing the zigzag ambulacral 

- food-groove. ‘This is the structure in G. ellipticus, Ge: 
PE ainilatis G. orbicular is, and G. derbiensis, whilst in 
G. Norwood? it is perhaps more exposed than in any other 
species we have as yet been able to refer to this genus. The 
side plates are variable in number according to species (from 
twenty to eighty), and are usually transversely elongated. 
The ambulacra are at times deeply impressed within the 
prominent edges of the radial forks. 

A good deal of variation is shown in the formation of the 
pores. In G. orbicularis they are enclosed between the margin 


* Tilinois Geol. Report, li. p. 275. 

+ First pointed out in G. Norwoodi by Owen and Shumard (Journ. 
Acad. Nat. Sciences Philadelphia, 1850, 11. pt. 1, p. 64). 

t Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. 1865, vii. no. 4, p. 483. 

§ Illinois Geol. Surv. Rep. 1878, p. 465, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 241 


of the radial, the lower margin of the side plate above, and the 
upper oblique margin of the outer side plate, and are, roughly 
speaking, triangular in shape. The result of this is that the 
pores are excavated wholly in the outer side plates; but in G. 
ellipticus a slightly different arrangement is met with. Here 
the pores are excavated out of the side plates themselves, the 
upper edge of the outer side plates being quite straight and not 
at ali cut into. In G. campanulatus the pores are scarcely 
excavated in the ambulacral plates at all, but are almost wholly 
so in the edges of the radial plates. There also appear to be 
slight modifications in the arrangement of the sockets placed 
on the side plates. In G@. orbicular’s they terminate narrow 
grooves which arise from the lower sutures between the side 
plates and the outer side plates, running almost straight on to 
the centre of each side plate. There is a similar structure in 
G. elongatus, a somewhat aberrant form, which will probably 
have to be referred to the present genus. But in G. ellipti- 
cus the groove communicating with the socket arises from 
the suture separating the side plates themselves, and must 
have been in direct communication with the pore. 

We have come to the conclusion that in Granatocrinus, as 
understood by us, there is no under lancet-plate, as there is 
in Pentremites and Orophocrinus ; and we are glad to find our- 
selves in accord with Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer on 
this point *. 

In Granatocrinus the hydrospires are few in number. G. 
Norwoodi possesses two on each side of an ambulacrum, 
whilst G. campanulatus, G. orbicular’s, G. ellipticus, and 
G. derbiensis have only one each. ‘The abnormal species G. 
elongatus, to which we shall refer further on, possesses three 
on each side. 

The central aperture and spiracles in the type species G. 
Norwoodi, as originally pointed out by Messrs. Owen and 
Shumard, are closed by a conical integument of small plates +; 
but our researches amongst the British species have not 
rewarded us by the discovery of a similar feature. Through 
the disinterested kindness, however, of Mr. Charles Wachs- 
muth we have been afforded the opportunity of examining 
some fine examples of G. Norwood in that condition. It has 
also been pointed out by Dr. C. A. White that in the same 
species this plated integument passes down and covers the 
central food- groove of the ambulacra ¢. 


* oRevision,’ pt. 2, t. xx. /f.'6. 

+ Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences Philadelphia, 1850, ii. pt. 1, p. 65; also 
see Shumard, in Swallow’s Missouri Geol. Report, 1855, p. 186. 

{ Boston Journal, /.c. p. 484; see also Meek and Worthen, Proc, Acad, 
Nat. Sciences Philadelphia, 1869, p. 85. 


242 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


The calyx in Granatocrinus is highly ornate. Concentric 
strie, often becoming reticulate, or fine granules arranged in 
lines, cover the plates. 

We append a list of doubtful species of “ Pentremites,” 
which we have been unable to refer either to Granatocrinus 
or to Schizoblastus. We have not seen specimens of any but 
the first mentioned; and though figures have been published 
of some, they are of as little use as most of the specific diag- 
noses for the determination of the generic affinities of fliese 
doubtful forms :— 


Pentremites angularis, Phillips. Carboniferous Lime- 
stone, Hneland. 

P. curtus, Shumard. Archimedes Limestone (Subcarbo- 
niferous), Missouri. 

P. Shumard’, M. & W. Burlington group (Subcarbo- 
niferous, Iowa. 

P. Remer?, Shumard. Chemung group (Upper Devo- 
vian), Missouri. 

?P. calyce, Hall. Hamilton group (Upper Devonian), 
W. New York. 

?P. leda, Hall. Hamilton group (Upper Devonian), 
W. New York. 

?P. lycortas, Hall. Hamilton group’ (Upper Devonian), 
W. New York. 

?P. maia, Hall. Hamilton group (Upper Devonian) ; 
Moscow, New York. 

P. cornutus, M. & W. St.-Louis group (Subcarbonife- 
rous), Illinois. 

Te. granulatus, Roemer. 

P. lotoblastus, White. Subearboniferous, Arizona. 


We possess in our English Carboniferous Limestone a 
species, Pentremites efongatus, Phillips, which is to all intents 
and purposes a Granatocrinus, so far as general appearance 
goes. ‘The ambulacra, however, are relatively wider than in 
a typical Granatocrinus; and the spiracles are formed more 
after the type of Pentremites proper. ‘The contracted apex and 
base, with concavity of the latter, the long curved ambulacra, 
long radials, and small orals, correspond nevertheless so 
closely with those of the cans genus that we feel somewhat 
undecided at present whether to place it there or frame a 
separate genus for its reception. 

In its emended form G'ranatocrinus is strictly confined to 
rocks of Carboniferous age—one species being found in the 


5 
United States of North America, and six in England. On the 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 243 


other hand, the number of American Stee may at an 
moment ie augmented by one or more of the doubtful ones. 
Further, if certain forms described by Prof. James Hall are 
subsequently found to be referable to this type, the genus will 
have commenced its existence in the Upper Devonian of North 
America. 


Genus SCHIZOBLASTUS, gen. nov. 


Gen, char, Calyx resembling that of Granatoer¢{nus in form 
and composition of the ambulacra. Oral plates of variable 
size, but usually small. Spiracles double, being linear or 
oval clefts between the lancet- -plate and notched edges of the 
orals, further removed from the peristome than in Pentremites, 
and fet floored by the oral plates (as in the latter genus) ; 
those in the anal interradius may or may not be confluent with 
the anal aperture. 

Obs. That some restriction of the then existing genus 
Granatocrinus was felt to be necessary by American “palzeon- 
tologists may be gathered from the following remarks by 
Messrs. Meck and W orthen, who, speaking of Pentremites 
melo and P. projectus, say, “Both of these forms differ from 
the typical species of Pentremites, in having each pair of 
ovarian openings distinctly separate, instead of closely united, 
with merely a thin septum between . . . . They constitute a 
subgenus of Pentremites’’*. The form of. the calyx in Schizo- 
blastus is, as a rule, pentagonal subglobose, or melon- shaped, 
and when viewed in section is either simply pentagonal, as in 
= Sayt, or imperfectly decagonal, as in S. melo, S. melonordes, 

- S. missourtensts. The summit and base are much con- 
ane when compared with the apices of other genera. The 
former is, generally speaking, to some extent flattened, whilst 
the latter varies between very concave, truncate, or slightly 
protuberant. In S. melo, S. Say, 8. melonoides, and! 4S: 
missourtensts the concavity is but slight, in some indiy iduals 
so much so as to appear almost flat, w hilst in S. glaber it is 
broad and apparently truncate. On the other hand, in 8S. 
granulosus the base is deeply concave, the radial plates being 
quite hidden in the depression, so that the *y are invisible in a 
side view. A similar concavity also exists in & pisum. 
Lastly, in S. neglectus and S. projectus the base projects to a 
greater or less degree, and is visible when the calyx is placed 
in an erect position before the observer. 

The radial plates resemble those of Granatocrinus by their 
extreme variability in size. In S. melo, S. melonotdes, and 


* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Philadalphia, 1861, p. 142. 


244 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


S. projectus they are very large, extending through all but 
the whole length of the calyx. Those of S. Say7, on the con- 
trary, are exceedingly short, extending upwards only suffi- 
ciently far to enclose the distal ends of the long ambulacra in 
their forks or sinuses. ~In 8. glaber and S. missourdensis the 
radials are again short, but not quite to the same extent as in 
S. Say?, whilst in te, former they are much incurved below, 
to assist in forining the truncate base. ‘The radial sutures are 
placed in concavities or re- entering angles of the calyx in S, 
melo, and, to a certain extent, in S. missourvensis, giving to 
the entire body a markedly lobate appearance, and to the cross 
sections a roughly decagonal outline. ‘The oral plates of this 
genus have no depressed apical tongues more or less divided 
by a median ridge into two late: -al halves, each of which 
forms the floor of a spiracle, as is the case in Pentremites. 
The size of the orals is naturally in inverse proportion to 
that of the radial plates. For instance, they are very small in 
S. melo, S. melonoides, and S. projectus, aud confined quite to 
the summit. They are comparatively smallagain in S. piswm, 
but of medium size in S. glaber and S. gr anulosus, and more 
than one third the length of the body in S. neglectus. In 8. 
Say?, on the contrary, the orals reach their extreme limit of 
size, to compensate ‘for the diminished radial plates. This 
species occupies the same position in Schizoblastus that G. 
derbiensis does in Granatocrinus, the relation of the two sets 
of plates in question affording a very marked point of resem- 
blance between the two genera. 

The spiracles are oval or linear slits, one on either side of 
each ambulacrum, but situated at a relatively ereater distance 
from the centre than those of Pentremites. ‘The hydrospire- 
cleft between the edge of the Jancet-plate and the side of the 

radial sinus is roofed over and converted into a canal by 
the side plates, the outer faces of which rest against the 
straight edges of the orals at the proximal ends of the ambu- 
lacra. These straight edges, however, are not continued right 
up to the peristome. Some little distance before reaching it 
they bend inwards towards one another, and then curve out- 
wards again before converging towards one another at the 
apex of the plate. At these points, therefore, the hydrospire- 
clefts are slightly wider than at the more distal parts of the 
ambulacra; and as the latter decrease in width the side plates 
fail to fill up the gap between the lancet-plate and the orals, 
which is thus left open as a spiracle, and is not closed by the 
suminit-plates when these are present. ‘The spiracles of 
Schizoblastus, speaking generally, are much more outside the 


gs 
orals than those of Pentremites. It is well shown in S. Say?, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 245 


where the anus perforates one of the oral plates, while the 
spiracles are partly formed by notches in its side*. The 
spiracles vary but little in size, and, as a rule, are very small, 
as in S. pisum, S. neglectus, S. melo, &c., but of larger size 
in S. glaber, The anal spiracle i is always very dispropor- 
tionate in size as compared with the others. . It is frequently 
bounded on its outer margin by a tubercle or boss of greater 
or less elevation, as in S. neglectus, S. granulosus, and S. melo. 
The anal opening is said to be circular in 8. piswm, ovate in 
S. Say?, and pyriform in S. melo. The summit of iS. melo 
presents some departures from the type described above, which 
approximate it to Pentremites proper. ‘This is especially marked 
in specimens which have the side plates en s¢tw at the central 
ends of the ambulacra. A wide median ridge rising from the 
apex of each oral plate separates two spiracular openings, 
which are apparently constructed upon the same type as those 
of Pentremites, viz. floored by oral plates and leading into a 
hydrospiral canal, roofed in by side plates. 

The real state of the case, however, is as follows ‘he 
lancet-plate is separated from the radial plates by the thick 
upper edge of the inner wall of the hydrospire-tubes. Minute 
cross pieces between this plate and the sides of the radials 
convert the hydrospire-cleft into a canal opening externally 
by pores between these cross pieces, whilst the side plates, 
resting on the latter, alternate with the pores as usual. But 
this hydrospive-plate terminates at the oro-radial suture; and 
at the central end of the ambulacra the lancet-plate comes into 
direct and continuous contact with the orals without leaving 
any intervening pores, although the side plates rest on it as 
usual. Between the converging edges of the lancet-plate and 
the large notches in those of the oral plate at its sides are the 
spiracular openings, which lead downwards beneath the lancet- 
plate into the hydrospiral canal, and are not floored by the 
oral plates, as are those of Pentr emites. But the anal spiracle 


* The peculiar manner in which the spiracles of Schizoblustus ar 
formed is excellently shown in Wachsmuth and Springer’ s figure of 
S. Sayt (Revision, eye But we cannot at all acquiesce in their a in- 
terpretation of the ‘calye cular plates of this type. It is generally supposed 
to have large orals w hich form the greater part of the caly x. The above- 
named authors, however, limit their name to small rhomboid pieces im- 
mediately Sand the summit, which we take to be merely the apical ends 
of large oral plates. Further, they represent a suture as occurring below 
these ‘tongues and the great plates outside them, which they indicate as 
the fork-piece (radials). We cannot, however, make out either this 
suture or the interradial one represented by them as between the two 
limbs of adjacent radials; for the latter occupies the middle line of what 
we, like earlier writers, take to be large deltoid or oral plates. 


Mon: & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 18 


246 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


is so large as to remove all trace of the broad median ridge 
separating the two spiracles at the sides of the corresponding 
oral plates ; and the lateral tubes are therefore fused with the 
anus into one large anal spiracle—a character which increases 
the resemblance between the summit-structure of this species 
and that of Pentremites proper. Except in S. melo, the spiracles 
of Schizoblastus are at the sides of the proximal side plates, 
whilst those of Pentremites are between the latter and the 
mouth. 

We have not succeeded in ascertaining whether or not the 
Jancet-plate is double, as in Pentremites ; but we believe that 
itisnot. In S. Say? it is undoubtedly traversed by three 

canals, one being that of the water-vessel. ‘The nature of the 
other two is not at present clear tous; but we hope to discuss 
the question fully in our larger work. The side plates in 
Schizoblastus rest on the lancet-plate, partially hiding it from 
view, and not simply against it as in Pentremites. 

It is scarcely visiblein S. melonoides, S. pisum, and S. neg- 
lectus, rather more exposed in S. melo, and still more so in 
S. Say?, in which it occupies the median third of the ambu- 
lacrum. ‘The side plates vary from about twenty to eighty 
in number on each side of the ambulacrum. They number 
about twenty-six in S. prswm, from twenty-five to thirty in 4. 
neglectus, S. glaber, and 8. granulosus, and eighty in S. Sayé. 
Outer side plates are unknown in S. melonoides, S. pisum, S. 
neglectus, and S. glaber. 

We are acquainted with the number of hydrospires in only 
S. Sayz, in which there are four on each side. 

Not unfrequently a sulcus of variable depth occurs on each 
side the ambulacra, between the ends of the side plates and 
the edges of the radial sinuses. ‘The ambulacra are either 
on the same level with the general surface of the calyx, as in 
S. Sayi and S. projectus, or a little below it, as in S, granu- 
losus. 

The surface of the plates in Schizoblastus is usually highly 
ornate; but S. glaber is described as smooth. The species 
definitely included in this genus are :— 


Pentremites melo, Owen and Shumard. Subcarboniferous, 
Iowa, Missouri, Llinois, &e. 

P. Sayt, Shumard. Ditto. 

Granatocrinus melonoides, Meek & Worthen. Burling- 
ton group (Subcarboniferous) , Lowa. 

G. pisum, Meek & Worthen. Burlington group, Iowa. 

G. neglectus, Meek & Worthen. Ditto. 

G. glaber, Meck & Worthen. St.-Louis group, Llinois. 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 247 
Granatocrinus granulosus, Meek & Worthen. Keokuk 


group (Subcarboniferous), Illinois. 

Pentremites missourtensis, Shumard. Chemung (Devo- 
nian), Missouri. 

Granatocrinus projectus, Meek & Worthen. Burlington 
group (Subcarboniterous), Lowa. 

Pentremites Pottert, Hambach. Ditto. 


With the exception of one species, S. méssourtens¢s, which is 
found in the Chemung group (a division of the North-Ame- 
rican Devonian), the whole of the species are of Carboniferous 
age, and confined to America, 


Genus ‘TRoosrocrinus, Shumard, 1865. 


Troostocrinus, Shumard, Trans. St. Louis Acad. 1865, ii. p. 3884 (note) ; 
Meek & Worthen, Illinois Geol. Report, 1873, v. p. 507. 


Obs. This genus was proposed by Dr. Shumard, in his 
useful Catalogue of North-American Paleozoic fossils, for 
subfusiform species of Pentremites, after the type of P. Rein- 
wardtit, Say, possessing a slender outline, triangular base, 
and linear ambulacra. ‘The genus was never described in 
detail, but was adopted by Messrs. Meck and Worthen pro- 
visionally. To it they ascribe species with a triangular base, 
flattened on all three sides, a narrow fusiform body, elongate 
and tapering below, and narrow ambulacra. 

Dr. Shumard’s remarks are as follows:—‘‘ There appear 
to me good reasons for removing this and other subfusiform 
species, as Fentremites Retnwardtii, P. lineatus, P. bipyra- 
midalis, P. Worthent, and perhaps P. Gr osvenort, ‘from among 
the Pentremites, and grouping them together in a separate 
subsection under another name. ‘These and allied forms are 
remarkable for their slender subfusiform shape, linear pseud- 
ambulacral fields, triangular base, and simple summit-struc- 
ture. These external differences would seem to imply cor- 
responding modifications in the internal economy of the animals 
of more than specific importance. If, from a more thorough 
study of such species, it should be deemed advisable to separate 
them from the genus Pentremites, | would propose the name 
Troostocrinus for the group,” &c.* 

In this proposal we entirely concur; but as our acquain- 
tance with the genus depends simply on the structure of 7, 
Reinwardtii and T. lineatus, we shali confine our descriptive 
remarks to these species. The most important morphological 
difference between Zvoostocrinus aud Pentremites lies in the 


* Lee. cit. 


248 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 


structure of the spiracles. Those of Troostocrinus are at the 
sides of the proximal side plates, as in Schizoblastus, while 
those of Pentremites are between the proximal side plates and 
the mouth. The spiracles, more especially those of 7. lineatus, 
are intermediate in structure between those of Pentremites and 
the American species of Orophocrinus. The distal portions 
of the ambulacra. resemble those of a Granatocrinus, the 
lancet-plate and its superposed side plates almost completely 
filling up the radial sinus, so that the hydrospiral pores are 
small and i inconspicuous. "Towards the summit, however, the 
width of the deep radial sinuses increases considerably, while 
that of the ambulacra decreases a little, and the side plates do 
not meet the orals, The hydrospiral canals therefore open 
out into linear spiracular apertures, those of the anal side 
being nearer the centre than, and quite distinct from, the anus. 
If the distal portion of the lancet-plate were in continuous 
instead of interrupted contact with the sides of its radial sinus, 
T. lineatus would have the same form of respiratory openings 
as Orophocrinus gracilis, M. & W.sp., a slit extending for 
a short distance along each side of the ambulacra. 

On the other hand, if the summit were rounder, the radial 
sinus shallower, and ne spiracles shorter and w ider, Troosto- 
erinus would be es sentially a Pentremite with narrower am- 
bulacra than usual. Therein lies the difference between the 
two types, and also between Troostocrinus and Pentremitidea. 
We believe that this form of spiracie, coupled with the cha- 
racters indicated by Dr. Troost, will prove to be of generic 

value; and we propose to adopt Troostocrinus accordingly. 

The peristome is more contracted in 7. Retnwardtii and T. 
“ineatus than in almost any other Blastoids. The oral plates 
are very minute, entirely confined to the summit, as well as 
inconspicuous, like those of Pentremitidea and Pheenoschisma. 
The ambulacra are deeply set in the radial sinuses, but deeper 
in 7’. fineatus than in the other species. The side plates are 
few in number in 7. Retnwardti’, but much more numerous 
in 7. lineatus. ‘Che lancet-plate is almost entirely concealed 
by the side plates, as in some species of G'ranatocrinus and 
Schizoblastus. In YT. lineatus it contains three canals ar- 
ranged in a triangle, similar to those of Sch¢zoblastus. The 
hydrospires, in the only two forms in which we have seen 
them, are three or four in number on each side; 7. Retnwardtit 
possesses three, and 7’. dineatus four. 

The following is a full list of the species which will pro- 
bably be comprised in Troostocrinus *:— 


* We are acquainted by examination with the two type species only, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 249 


Pentremites bipyramidalis, Hall. Keokuk limestone 
(Subcarboniterous), Missouri. 

P. clavatus, Hambach*. Subcarboniferous, Illinois. 

P. Grosvenor’, Shumard. Archimedes limestone (Subcar- 
boniferous), Indiana. 

P. lineatus, Shumard. Encrinital limestone (Subcarbo- 
niterous), Illinois. 

P. Reinwardtti, Troost. L. Helderberg group (Upper 
Silurian), Kentucky. 

P, subcylindrica, Hall, Niagara group (Upper Silurian), 
Ohio. 

P. subtruncatus, Hall. Hamilton group (Up. Devonian), 
Towa. 

P. Worthent, Hall. Keokuk limestone (Subearboni- 
ferous), Iowa &e. 


If all the above species are rightly placed under Z’roosto- 
erinus, the genus then made its first appearance in the Upper 
Silurian, ‘reappeared i in the Upper Devonian, and culminated 
in the Carboniferous. We are not acquainted with any 
Troostocrinus from the Paleozoic rocks of this country or of 
the continent; so that it appears to be entirely an American 
genus. 


Genus OropHocrinus, Von Seebach, 1864. 


Or tae von Seebach, Nachr. k. Gesellsch. zu Gottingen, 1864, 
». 110 

Cis Meek and Worthen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 
18069, p. 84 (note) ; Meek and Worthen, Illinois Geol. Survey Report, 

18738, v. p. 465, 

Obs, Von Seebach was the first to point out the distinction 
of this generic type from that of the ordinary Pentremites ; 
and although it received the name Codonttes five years later, 
we feel bound to follow Ludwig and Zittel in using Von 
Seebach’s name rather than that of the American authors. 
Both chose for their type the Pentremites stelliformis, Owen 
and Shumard. 

The second description by Meek and Worthen is sufficiently 
explicit to make it unnecessary for us to redescribe the genus ; 
we need only at present point out a few of its peculiarities, 
more especially in connexion with the European species. 

But two species of Orophocrinus are at present known, 
both of them from the American Carboniferous series, viz. 


T. Reinwardti and T. lineatus; but the other species agree so well in form 
and outline with these, that we can hardly doubt their generic identity. 
* Non P, clavatus, Schultze, Devonian, Eifel, 


250 Messrs. R. Etheridge, Jun., and P. H. Carpenter on 
O. stelliformis, O. & S., sp., and O. gracilis, M. & W. In 


European frocks of corresponding age five species are now 
known to occur. There are two ee Blastoids referable to 
this type, viz. Pentremites inflatus, Phillips, and P. pentan- 
gularis, Miller, sp., whilst the other three are met with in 
the Gi honierou: Limestone of Beletum—Pentremites Puzo 
Miinster, P. Orbignyanus, de Koninck, and P. Water oust 
de Kon. The first two of these are somewhat aberrant forms, 
presenting considerable differences from the American species, 
which approximate them to Phenoschisma and Codaster. 

The gap, however, is bridged over so completely by O. ¢n- 
flatus, Phillips, sp., and O. W. ‘aterhousianus, de Kon., sp., that 
we have no choice but to refer them to this genus. 

Orophocrinus differs from Pentremites proper, Granatocrinus, 
Schizoblastus, Pentremitidea, and probably also from 7Zroosto- 
ertnus and Tricelocrinus, im the absence of marginal pores to 
the ambulacra and of circumoral spiracles. ‘The place of these 
organs is taken by the ten elongated slits which run parallel 

or subparallel to the ambulacra. Turther, the anal aperture 
of Orophocrt tnus is separate and distinct fron these hydrospiral 
openings, having no connexion whatever with the latter, as is 
the case with the fifth or complex spiracle of the genera men- 
tioned above. Lastly, the orals, in consequence of the absence 
of distinct spiracles, are e imperforate. Orophocrinus thus pos- 
sesses only one series of openings leading to the hydrospires, 
viz. the ten elongated slits bordering the ambulacra. The appa- 
rent difference innumber between the latter and the five spiracles 
of a Pentremite is lessened when we recollect that in the last- 
named genus the spiracles are divided internally by a septum, 
whilst in| Schtzoblastus they are separately developed and 
correspond in number to the hydrospire-clefts of Orophocrinus. 

In the widening of these clefts in the Belgian species, O. 
puzos, Miinster, sp., and O. Orbignyanus, de Kon., sp., and 
the partial exposure of the hy drospire- slits, we see a fore- 
shadowing of the conditions met with in Phanoschisma and 
Codaster. In both these genera there is hkewise a separate 
anal aperture, whilst the anal interradius bears hy drospire- 
clefts in Pheneschisma and Orophocrinus, but not in Codaster. 

A tendency towards the form of the trie Pentremite is ex- 
hibited by one species in particular, the O. gracilis, M. & W.* 
more than in any of the others. Although possessing the cha- 
racteristic features of Orephocrinus, the upper portion of the 
calyx is much higher and less depressed than in the typical 
O. stelliformis. It also bridges over the gap between the 
American and European species; for not only are the hydro- 


* Loe. cit. v. t. 8. f. 6, 


the Morphology of the Blastoidea, 251 


spire-clefts in the latter much wider than in the former, but 
they are also contiguous to the ambulacra, without the inter- 
vention of a part of the radial plate. 

D’Orbigny’s Dimorphicrinus* is undoubtedly congeneric 
with Orophocrinus. In the original definition it is said to 
have cnly two rows of plates; but de Koninck has since 
shown + that it was founded on Platycrinites pentangularis, 
Miller, which he considered a Pentremite deprived of its 
oral plates, whilst we hope to definitely show its relation to 
Ovophoerinus. 

We agree with the late Mr. Billings in regarding the strue- 
ture of Orophocrinus as of more than generic importance when 
compared with that of other Blastoids; and we follow Meck 
and Worthen, as does Zittel, in regarding Orophoerinus as a 
Blastoid and not a Cystidean, as it was asserted to be by 
Billings}. He seems to have been led to this conclusion by 
the discovery of specimens with the peristome closed by 
minnte plates, and by his peculiar views as to the mouth being 
confluent with the anal aperture. The absence of hydrospire- 
pores and spiracles we believe to be points of the greatest 
structural importance within the Blastoidea, but not sufficient 
in themselves to eliminate Orophocrinus from that class. 

The oral plates, except in well-weathered specimens, are 
difficult to see, but are usually acutely arrowhead-shaped 
(O. We aterhousianus, O, gracilis, and O. Orbignyanus), ox 
double diamond-shaped, with a constricted middle, as in O. 
stelliformis. ‘he anal aperture is large, and either oval, asin 
the last-named species, or elongately and roundly triang ular, 
In O. stelliformis it also has an outer raised margin ; but we 
have not observed any tube or small proboscis as described in 
this form by Messrs. Wachsmuth and Springer §. 

The ambulacra are linear in all but O. Orbignyanus, where 
they broaden out, and they possess only one groove, the food- 
groove, not three as in Codaster, We have not succeeded in 
detecting any sign of outer side plates, unless it be in O. Or- 
bignyanus ; but of this we cannot be sure. Meek and Worthen 
say they are unknown in O. stelliformis; but they appear to 
figure them in O. gracilis||.. The length ot the hydrospire- 

cletts is a variable ‘character. They are shortest in O. stedli- 
formis, but extend nearly the whole length of the ambulacra 
in O. Waterhousianus and O. pentangularis, and quite that in 
O. inflatus and O. Orbignyanus. As betore stated, no true 
spiracles are present ; but the clefts enlarge upwards towards 

* Prodrome de Pal. 1849, i. p. 156. 

+ Rech. Crinoides Terr. Carb. Belgique, p. 194, 

{ American Journ. Sc. 1870, 1. p. 234. § Revision, pt. 2. 

|| Ltinois Geol. Sury. Report, 1873, v. t. 8. f. 6, 


252 On the Morphology of the Blastoidea. 


the peristome and form a kind of spurious spiracle; this is 
particularly noticeable in O. stelliformis. The lancet-plate 
appears to be exposed in all the species in its upper part; but 
towards the distal extremity the side plates meet in the middle 
line and close over it, the amount of covered surface varying 
according to sae 

The side plates are very numerous in 0. dnflatus and O. 
pentangularis ; but the state of preservation of our specimens 
does not permit of the actual number being ascertained. O. 
steli/formis is said to possess fifty; and twenty-two exist in 
O. gracilis, There are at least twenty-five in O. Water- 
housianus, and something under twenty in O. Orbignyanus. 
The hydrospires, so far as we are acquainted with them, vary 
from four to eight. There are five in O. stedliformis, from 
seven to eight in O. inflatus and O. pentangularis, and 
least four in the two Belgian species. 

We have not observed in either of the European species a 
plated peristome as described by Dr. C. A. White*; but we 
entertain little doubt that it existed in the perfect form. 

The following are the species we refer to Orophoerinus :— 

Codonites gracilis, M. & W. Burlington group (Sub- 
carboniferous), Iowa. 

Pentremites inflatus, Gilb. Carboniferous Limestone, 
England. 

OF rbignyanus, de Kon. Carboniferous Limestone ; 
Belgium. 

Platycré inus pentangularis, Miller. Carboniferous Lime- 
stone, England. 

Pentreniites puzos, Miinster. Carboniferous Limestone, 
Belgium. 

Codonites stelliformis, O. & 8., sp. Burlington group 
(Subcarboniferous), Towa &e. 

Pentremites Waterhoustanus, de Kon. Carboniferous 
Limestone, Belgium. 


From the above list it will be seen that Orophocrinus is 
entirely confined to rocks of the Carboniferous period, occur- 
ung however, in those of Britain, Belgium, and America. 
It thus has a wider geographical distribution than any of the 
other genera occurring in Britain, Granatocrinus being as yet 
MAO orn on the continent, w ale the Pentremitidea of Spain, 
the Eifel, and the naan Devonian rocks does not occur in 
Britain ; and Phanoschisma of England, Belgium, and Spain 
is but very doubtfully recognizable among the American 


Blastoids. 
* Boston Journ, Nat. Hist. 1863, vii. p. 486, 


Mr. T. Stock on Kammplatten. 253 


XXVI.—Further Observations on Kammplatten, and Note 
on Ctenoptychius pectinatus, dg. By Tomas Srock, 
Natural-History Department, Museum of Science and 
Art, Edinburgh*. 


[Plate VIII. figs. 1-4 a.] 
Mr. T. P. Barxkas, F.G.8., has, with great kindness, allowed 


me to examine the entire series of Kammplatten contained in 
his cabinet. ‘Three of them are of interest, and deserve careful 
description. 

No. 6+ (Plate VIII. fig. 1, nat. size, and fig. 1 a, twice nat. 
size). Length 11 lines; ” originally it was somewhat longer, 
Lamella 4 lines, greatest breadth 2 lines; convex on the upper 
surface, concave on the lower. The pectination is very fine. 
Along the middle line there is a series of about eighteen 
minute punctures. ‘The handle is noticeable for its gre eat rela- 
tive length; along two thirds of its course it 1s directed to- 
wards the pectinated edge of the lamella; it then bends away 
from it at a very obtuse angle till it is cut off by the edge of 
the slab. Its exposed margin is fringed oy i very narrow 
and slightly raised border (see Pl. VILI. ig. 1a), which, when 
examined by the lens, is seen to be broken up into a series of 
coarse denticulations, which pass at intervals into more or less 
prolonged ridges. ‘here are dubious traces of a border on the 
opposite margin, seen in the matrix where the extremity has 
been broken away. 

Horizon. Low-Main seam, Coal-measures, Northumber- 
land. 

Locality. Newsham. 

Collection of Mr. T. P. Barkas, F.G.S. 


No.7 (Pl. VIII. fig. 2, nat. size, and fig. 2a, twice nat. 
size). Length 4 lines; greatest diameter of the lamella 
1 line. The lamella is pectinated along the lower two thirds 
of its margin; the denticles are about seventeen in number ; 
they are the marginal prolongations of striz, whose origin can 
be traced back to an indistinct ridge which is continuous with 
that of the handle to be described. The stria and their den- 
ticular terminations all take a parallel but distinctly oblique 
direction. The handle (see Pl. VIII. fig. 2a) is short (14 line), 


* The first part of this communication was read before the Edinburgh 
Geological Society, Jan. 19, 1882. 

af The numbers are continuous with those of the preceding paper on 
the same subject, ‘ Annals,’ Aug. 188], p. 95, 


254 Mr. T. Stock on Kammplatten. 


broad, and divided longitudinally into two areas; the one is 
formed by a depression, which follows the curve of the 
handle to its junction with the pectinated margin of the 
lamella, the other by an elevated ridge, which occupies the 
remainder of the surtace. 


Same horizon, locality, and collection as the last. 
No. 8 (Pl. VIII. fig. 3, nat. size, and fig. 3 a, twice nat. 


rr) 

size). Length 5 lines; greatest width of the lamella 14 line. 
The lamella and handle form distinct areas, as in all the 
specimens so far observed. The lamella is feebly denticu- 
lated on one margin. The denticles are about eleven in 
number, more horizontally directed than in No, 7, and appear 
to be the slightly prolonged terminations of striz, whose course 
cannot be observed very far back. The lamella, like those of 
No. 6 and No, 2 of the preceding paper*, and in the same 
relative position, is marked by a series of about fifteen punc- 
tures. The handle (see Pl. VIII. fig. 3a) is short (2 lines), 
broad, and thick. It rises eradually from the plane of the 
lamella, and terminates abruptly in an elevated polished boss ; 
close to but beneath it there is a rather deep depression; and 
also close to it, but rather to the underside of it, a much shal- 
lower depression can be detected by the aid of the lens. On 
the handle, near where it enters the lamella, there are a 
few coarse striw, which terminate about halfway acros 
towards the non- -pectinated aspect of the specimen in ‘ani 
elevated denticular prominences. Obscurer indications of 
these striw and their denticular terminations can be observed 
along nearly the whole of the length of the handle. 

Same horizon, locality, and collection as the preceding. 

A further ex fanneton of the black-band ironstone of Burgh 
Lee, near Edinburgh, has resulted in the discovery of several 
specimens, referable for the most part to the form described as 
No. 5 in the preceding paper. One of them, however, is of 
sufficient interest to be worthy of separate description, 


No. 9 (Pl. VIII. fig. 4, nat. size, and fig. 4a, twice nat. 
size). Length 5 lines = ereatest width of the lamella 11 line. 
The lamella is damaged along the denticulated (?) margin, so 
that it is impossible to say W hat was its original shape. ‘The 
handle is 3 lines long, much broader than that of the rest of 
my specimens from the same locality, long in proportion to 
the entire length of the plate, and tapering to a rounded ex- 
tremity. A prominent elevation occupies the centre of the 
handle, is broadest where it enters the lamella, and gradually 

tapers to a fine point in the opposite clirection, 


* Op. jam cit. p. 94, pl. vi. fig. 2. 


Mr. T. Stock on Kammplatten. 255 


Horizon. Carboniferous Limestone series. 
Locality. Burgh Lee, near Hidinburgh. 


In my own enilection: 


It was known from the specimens described by Prof. Fritsch 
that the Bohemian Kammplatten were concave on one surface 
and convex on the opposite, corresponding with similar con- 
cavities and convexities on the next apposed plates of the series. 
The British specimens are constructed on the same plan. Some 
of them, however, give evidence of the existence of special 
provisions by which the plates were more closely united with 
each other. ‘These articulatory specializations are not very 
strongly developed in all of the specimens ; yet they amount in 
some to a considerable degree of complexity of type. On 
several of them (Nos. 2, GY ; zane 8) there are minute punc- 
tures or short transverse scratches occurring with uniformity 
of position along the exposed surfaces of the lamellae. These 
possibly fitted into corresponding prominences on the concave 
areas of the lamella of the succeeding plates, though I have 
not been able to verify this by observa ition, as nearly all the 
plates that I have seen have been presented with their convex 
sides upon the slabs. On the handle, however, of the plate 
described as No. 8 in this communication (Pl. VIII. fig. 3 a) 
there are striz termini iating at about the centre in dentioaler 
prominences, which probably fitted into shallow excavations 
on the concave area of the handle next in the series. Again, 
in the same specimen, the two pits near the end of the handle 
and the boss-like termination of the handle itself probably 
fitted into elevations and a depression on corresponding parts 
of the next plate. In this specimen, therefore, there is a high 
degree of articulatory specialization. Inv No.7 (Pl Vine 
fig. 2 a) it is of a more simple character, but very distinet ; for 
the rather deep g eroove and elevated ridge on the handle ane 


have fitted into a similar ridge and groove on the next plate. 


Again, in No. 9 (PI. VIII. fic 4 a), there is a well-developed 
elevation upon the handle, which, there is no reason to doubt, 
fell into a corresponding Hellaw ae the plate next in succession. 
In No. 6 (Pl. VIII. tig. 1 a) there is the interesting peculiarity 
of a raised border, dev veloped along one margin certainly, and 
possibly along the other, of the handle, which may be inter- 
preted as an articulatory provision. The function, however, is 
not perfectly clear. 

Thanks to this series of detached plates, we obtain a little 
additional light as to the structure of the apparatus of which 
they were the parts. That this is not entirely sufficient to 
remove the doubt surrounding their affinities is tolerably clear ; 


256 Mr. T. Stock on Ctenoptychius pectinatus, Ag. 


nevertheless it appears to me that the view of the labyrintho- 
dont origin of these bodies is more conformable with the facts 
of their structure (as I have endeavoured to describe and in- 
terpret them) than with any other “ theory”’ that can at pre- 
sent be offered. Whatever may be their ultimate fate, the 
reference to Ctenoptychius may safely be disregarded. Prof, 
Fritsch has certainly contributed an interesting puzzle to 
science, the solution of which will no doubt be found as the 
rocks are made to yield up their fossil contents. 

I regret that my specimens from Loanhead are not well 
suited for microscopical prepar ation. 

Mr. John Ward, F.G.S., tells me that Kammplatten are 
found in the Staffordshire coal-field. 

Mr. T. P. Barkas corrects* Ctenoptychius marginalis, 
Barkas, to C. marginalis, Ag. There appears to be a little 
doubt as to the authorship of this species, if species it is. It 
seems to have been first recorded in Portlock’s Geol. Report 
on Londonderry &e., once at p. 461, from a list of fossils sup- 
plied by Capt. Jones, M.P., and again at p. 769; but, curiously 
enough, the authority is not appende .d in either case. It i is 
omitted too from an interesting account of the genus recently 


published + by Mr. J. W. Davis, F.G.S. 


Note on Ctenoptychius pectinatus, Ag. 
[Plate VIIL. figs. 5-17.] 


THE fossils known as Ctenoptychius pectinatus, Ag., are pretty 
generally distributed throughout the Carboniferous Limestone 
and Calciferous Sandstone series of Midlothian. Specimens 
have been collected by the Scottish Geological Survey at 
Juniper Green, and from beneath St. Anthony’s Chapel, in 
the Queen’s ’Park, Edinburgh. ‘They appear to occur 
sparingly (at any rate, few specimens have been collected) 
below the limestone of Burdiehouse, from which the type 
specimens came; but above that horizon they increase in 
frequency, reaching their greatest abundance in the strata 
worked tor coal eal ironstone along the line of country be- 
tween the Venturefair colliery at Gilmeton, and the pits at 
Glencorse. From these workings, and especially from Guil- 
merton and Loanhead, I have obtained, partly through the 
intervention of my friend Mr. W. T, Kinnear, a large number 
of specimens, which I could easily have increased if it had 
been worth wile. An examination of this abundant mate- 
rial shows that, as Messrs. Hancock and Atthey long since 


* « Ctenoptychius oy Kammplatten,’ ‘Annals,’ Noy, 1881, p. 850. 
+ ‘Annals,’ Dec. 1881, p. 424. 


Mr. T. Stock on Ctenoptychius pectinatus, Ag. 257 


pointed out*, every gradation exists between the broad forms, 
which Agassiz called C. denticulatus, and the short, named 
by him C. pectinatus. I have endeavoured to represent 
(Pl. VIII. figs. 5-17)f a series which connects the two ex- 
tremes, A consideration of the figures will show that there 
is a considerable range of variation, not only in the width of 
the specimens, but in the extent to which the roots are deve- 
loped and the denticles pointed and fasciculated. 

In the forms represented by figs. 6, 12, and 17, the den- 
ticles are blunt. In the specimen shown in fig. 12 and in 
one of those seen on the slab, fig. 17, the concave surface is 
represented ; but in these cases the concavity is shg¢ht and the 
denticles are very little separated at their apices. The blunt 
appearance is not due to abrasion. ‘The whole of the speci- 
mens in fig. 17 are bluntly denticulated, and presumably 
belonged to the same individual, the only instance of the kind 
that has as yet occurred to me. It seems more reasonable to 
believe that all of these obtuse forms are indicative of indi- 
vidual variation rather than of specific difference. The 
greatest amount of fasciculation may be observed on the fine 
example shown at fig. 16, the denticles of which tend to 
arrange themselves in groups of twos and threes. The speci- 
men is somewhat fractured; and I have slightly restored the 
fang-like es In fig. 13 there is very little, if any, fasci- 
culation. In fig. 15, an “imperfect specimen, the free area is 
low and very straight. Figs. 10 and 14 represent examples 
of the ordinary type, but viewed on their concave aspects. 
Fig. 10 has an abnormally prolonged base. Most of the speci- 
mens give evidence of the production of the covered area into 
fang-like extensions. 

Messrs. Hancock and Atthey suggested that these plates 
might be dermal appendages. The more generally received 
view appears to be that they are, as Agassiz thought, Sela- 
chian teeth. ‘The unusual prolongation of the base into roots 


to) 


or fangs is nevertheless paralleled in e. g. Polyrhizodus, a 


Selachian tooth; and the histological characters do not point 
decisively ina way. 


* “Notes on the Remains of some Reptiles and Fishes from the Shales 
of the Northumberland Coal-field,” Nat. H. Trans. Northumberland and 
Durham, vol. i. part 1. p. 115 (1869) 

+ The figures are all of the natural : size, and are drawn from specimens 
obtained at Loanhead in the Carboniferous-Limestone series, 


{ Loe. cit, 


258 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 


XXVII.—On some new Species of Araneidea, with Cha- 
racters of a new Genus. By the Rev. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, 
WEA. C.M.Z.5., ie. 


[Plate XIIL.] 


TuE spiders described here are all European, having been sent 
to me nearly two years ago by Dr. Ludwig Koch, by whom 
they were found near Nuremberg. 

It must be a matter of profound regret to all arachnologists 
that this able author should be incapacitated (I fear perma- 
nently) for further arachnological studies by a malady which 
has seriously affected his sight. 


Family Theridiide. 
AULETTA, gen. nov. 


This genus is closely allied to Neriene, Bl. ; but the spider 
on w hich it is founded can hardly be contained 4 in any of the 
genera into which the large assemblage of spiders now included 
in Nervene must inevitably be some day subdivided. 

Cephalothorax oblong-oval, much longer than broad, very 
deeply excavated or indented at its posterior extremity ; the 
lateral marginal constrictions of the caput are gradual. 

Eyes as in Nervene. 

eek subequal, moderate in length and strength, apparently 
4,1, 2, 3, or 1, 4, 2, 3, furnished with hairs and very slender 
bristles only, each tarsus terminating with three claws. 

Falces rather long, strong, and projecting forwards, armed 
with a few sharp teeth on their inner sides near the extremity ; 
fang short and weak. 

Maxille tolerably long, subparallel, nearly straight, very 
slightly and obliquely truncated at their extremity on the 
outer side. 

Labium somewhat oblong, and half the length of the 
maxille. 

Sternum large, of a somewhat oblong heart-shape, nearly 


oOo” 
as broad as long. 


Auletta excavata, sp.n. (PI. XIII. fig. 1.) 


Adult female, length 75 of an inch. 

The whole of the fore part of this spider is of a yellow- 
brown colour, slightly tinged with reddish. 

The cephalothor ax is margined by a slender black line, and 
has a remarkable appearance, owing to the extensive excaven 
tion of its posterior extremity ; in ‘other respects its form is 


Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Avaneidea. 259 
ordinary enough, the profile line of the upper side forming a 
tolerably regular convex curve. ‘The height of the clypeus is 
less than half that of the facial space. 

The eyes are of fair size and rather closely grouped toge- 
ther. Those of the hind central pair are the largest, and are 
separated by less than a diameter’s interval, each being still 
closer to the hind lateral eye on its side. ‘lhe four posterior 
eyes forma straight line. ‘The fore central pair, together with 
those of the two lateral pairs, forming a strong and even 
curved line, whose convexity is directed forwards. Those of 
the fore central pair are nearly contiguous both to each other 
and to the fore laterals. 

The abdomen is of a rather short-oval shape, very convex 
above, and fits into the posterior thoracic excavation 3 it 1s of 
a dark brownish-black hue, clothed with rather longer than 
ordinary slender hairs. 

he spinners are short, compact, and of a yellow-brown 
colour. The genital aperture (owing to some shrinking of 
the adjacent parts) was not easy to make out satisfactorily ; 
the figure given, however, is, I think, tolerably correct. 

‘This spider, whose remarkably excavated thorax has chiefly 
induced me to found a new genus upon it, was kindly sent to 
me trom Nuremberg by Dr. L. Koch, by whom it was found 
in that neighbourhood. 


Genus WALCKENAERA, Bl. 
Walckenaéra antepenultima, Spsn.- (Pl XTi fig.3,) 


Adult male, length = of an inch. 

The whole of the fore part of this minute spider is yellow- 
brown, the legs rather paler than the rest, and the abdomen 
tinged with sooty brown. 

The cephalothorax is of ordinary form; the lateral constric- 
tion on each side at the caput is very slight, and the profile 
line forms a pretty even curve to the fore part of the ocular 
area; the caput is thus not abruptly raised above the rest. 
The height of the clypeus is less than one third of that of the 
facial space ; and from behind each lateral pair of eyes a nar- 
row somewhat three-cornered indentation runs backwards ; and 
there is a curved (indented?) line close in front of the thoracic 
junction. 

The eyes are small and form an area nearly as long as it is 
broad at its fore extremity. Those of the fore central pair are 
very minute, contiguous to each other, and (with those of the 
two lateral pairs) form a curved line whose convexity is 


260 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 


directed forwards. Those of the posterior pair are separated 
from each other by slightly more than an eye’s diameter, this 
interval being less than that which divides each from the ‘hind 
lateral eyes on its side. 

The legs are rather slender, not very long, thinly clothed 
with fine hairs; and their relative length appears to be 1, 4, 
2, d- 

The falces are not very strong, moderately long, vertical, 
and a little divergent at their extremities. 

The palpi are short, the radial and cubital joints about equal 
in length; but the fener. is much the strongest ; its fore part on 
the upperside i is rather produced ; and its extremity is indented, 
leaving two small points or projections, of which that on the 
inner side is longer, stronger, and more obtuse than the other. 
The digital joint is rather large, of a somewhat roundish form, 
rather flattened or truncate at its fore extremity. The palpal 
organs are not very complex, consisting chiefly of two rather 
strong reddish yellow-brown, curved, continuous processes. A 
long slender , tapering, black, filifor mH spine runs from the inner 
side beneath and round the margin, and across the fore extre- 
mity of the digital joint, projecting rather prominently from the 
outer extremity, its fine thread-like point in contact with some 
whitish membrane. 

The maville and labium are of normal form, and call for 
no special notice. 

The sternum is large, considerably convex, and very glossy. 

The abdomen is oval, very ars above, and glossy; it 
had (so far as I could see) no hairy clothing, though perhaps 
the hairs were originally very few and fine and had been 
rubbed off. 

A single example of this little spider was also sent to me 
some time ago by Dr. Ludwig Koch, by whom it was found 
near Nuremberg. It is allied to Walchkenaéra precox, Cambr., 
and also to W. subttanea, Cambr., and to Lrigone pallens, 
Cambr., but may easily be distinguished by the position of 
the eyes, the form of the radial joints of the palpi, and the 
structure of the palpal organs. 


Walckenaéra orbiculata, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. 2.) 


Adult male, length 5 of an inch. 

The cephalothorax, legs, palpiy and falces of this spider are 
of a yellowish hue, slightly tinged with brown; the cephalo- 
thorax is margined by a fine black line, and the tibie and 
metatarsi of the first pair of legs (with the tibie of the second 
pair, which are less deeply tinged) of a deep yellow-brown hue 5 


Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 261 


the abdomen is of a dull drab colour, slightly suffused with 
sooty brown. 

The cephatothorax is very short and of a nearly circular 
form, being, in fact, slightly broader than long and with no 
lateral constrictions at the caput; this portion is greatly ele- 
vated, the elevation directed backwards, rounded behind, 
flattish, sloping in front from the summit to the eyes, and 
marked off from the caput by a very strong, deep, tapering, 
horizontal indentation, which runs backwards from just above 
each lateral pair of eyes. The height of the clypeus is half 
that of the facial space ; it projects forwards at its lower part, 
following very nearly the same general slope as that of the 
ocular area, along the middle of which last are a few short 
divergent hairs. 

The eyes are of moderate size and seated on black spots ; 
they form a large quadrangular figure whose length is equal 
to its breadth at the lower part, the upper side (formed by 
the posterior pair of eyes) being shortest. Those of the 
posterior (or upper) pair are placed on the fore part of the 
upperside of the cephalic eminence, and are separated from 
each other by a little more than a diameter’s interval; and 
those of the lateral pairs together with the fore centrals form 
very nearly a straight transverse line. 

The degs are rather long, moderate in strength (4, 1, 2, 3), 
and clothed only with hairs and a very few slender erect 
bristles or strong hairs. 

The palpi are of moderate length. The cubital and radial 
joints are short and of equal length; the latter has its fore 
side produced into a very prominent, rather strong, tapering 
apophysis, whose pointed extremity is slightly hooked or 
abruptly bent downwards. ‘The digital joint is rather large, 
of an uregular oval form, with a somewhat conical promi- 
nence near its base on the edge of theinner side. The palpal 
organs are tolerably complex, with two strong, obtuse, promi- 
nent corneous processes ; and their extremity is furnished with 
a long, slender, but conspicuous black, filiform, boldly and 
sinuously curved spine, which, issuing from their outer side and 
passing beneath them, curves round and over their inner side. 

The falces are small, straight, conical, and very strongly 
directed backwards towards the sternum, which is of a subtri- 
angular form, somewhat suffused with a sooty hue, and mar- 
gined with a black line. 

The abdomen is of moderate size, oval, and projects greatly 
over the thorax. 

This very distinct species was also sent to me from Nurem- 
berg by Dr. L. Koch. It bears a strong resemblance at first 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 19 


262 Dr. A. Giinther on some Reptiles from Madagascar. 


sight to W. ludicra, Cambr., but is larger*; the caput is 
proportionally less high; and the form and structure of the 
palpi and palpal organs are quite different. 


Genus Linyputa, Latr. 
Linyphia misera, sp. n. 
Linyphia turbatrix, Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1879, p. 206. 


In naming this spider (/. c. supri), the fact that the name 
“ turbatrix”’ had been conferred two years before upon an 
arctic species (/. c. October 1877, p. 281) was overlooked; it 
becomes therefore necessary to rename the British species, 
upon which the name ‘‘ misera” is now conferred. 


List of Spiders. 


Auletta excavata, sp. n., p. 258, Walckenaéra antepenultima, sp. n., 
Pl. XI. fig. 1, p. 259, Pl. XIII. fig. 3. 
Walckenaéra orbiculata, sp. n, Linyphia misera, sp. n., p. 262. 
p. 260, Pl. XIII. fig. 2. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 


Fig. 1, Auletta (g.n.) excavata, sp.n., p. 258. a, spider, enlarged; 6, 
ditto, in profile, without legs or palpi; ec, ditto, from above; d, 
maxille, labium, and sternum; e, genital aperture; f, natural 
length of spider. 

Fig. 2. Walckenaéra orbiculata, sp. u., p. 260. a, spider, enlarged; 6, 
ditto, in profile, without legs or palpi; c, caput and falces, from 
in front; d, right palpus, from in front on the inner side; e, 
natural length of spider. 

Fig. 8. Walckenaéra antepenultima, sp. n., p. 259. a, outline of spider, 
from above, without legs or palpi; 4, ditto, in profile; ¢, caput, 
from above and behind; d, left palpus, from in front; e, ditto, 
from aboye, in front and rather sideways; f, natural length of 
spider. 


XXVIUL—WNinth Contribution to the Knowledge of the Fauna 
of Madagascar t. By Dr. ALBERT GinTueER, F.R.S. 


THE following new species of reptiles were obtained, with 
many others previously described, by the Rev. Deans Cowan, 


* Though, from the shortness of the cephalothorax and the projecting 
of the abdomen so much over it, the spider is in reality no longer than 
W. ludicra, Cambr. 

+ 7. “Description of anew Snake from Madagascar,” Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. 1873, xi. p. 374. 

8. “Seventh Contribution to the Knowledge of the Fauna of Mada- 
gascar,” ibid. 1881, vii. p. 857. 


Dr. A. Giinther on some Reptiles from Madagascar. 263 


in Eastern Betsileo, more especially at Arkafana. The col- 
lection contained also large series of Gongylus splendidus, 
Chameleon O Shaughnessii, Chameleon brevicornis (with 
which C. gularis is identical), Sanzinia madagascariensis, &c. 


Gongylus macrocercus. 


Supranasal shields narrow, in contact with each other. 
Rostral shield with the upper margin straight. Frontal 
broad, single, with a straight posterior margin. Vertical 
large, bell-shaped, narrower in front than behind, with a 
shallow notch in the middle of its hind margin, the small 
central occipital fitting into the notch. One pair of occipitals. 
Nostrils in a notch of the rostral shield; postnasal only one 
fifth the size of the loreal. Seven upper labials, the fourth 
larger than the third, and situated below the eye. Anterior 
lower labial rather narrow, succeeded by a single mentale, 
which is rather broader than long; seven lower labials. 

Hyelids scaly; ear-opening small, round. Body surrounded 
by twenty-seven, twenty-eight, or twenty-nine longitudinal 
series of scales. There are from seventy-three to seventy- 
seven transverse series of scales between the mentale and the 
vent ; the body therefore is slender. 

Four preanal scutes, the two central ones being the largest. 

Fore limbs small, reaching but littie beyond the ear-opening 
when laid forward. ‘Toes short, the third and fourth equal 
in length. The hind limb and toes short, the fifth toe 
longer than the second, the fourth and fifth longer than the 
third. Upper parts brown, finely mottled with darker ; lower 
parts whitish. 


millim. 
A. B 
Distance of the snout from the eye........ On, 4:6 3 
” a x ear-opening.. 13; 12°5 
: ss forelimb .. 27; 23 
iy fe a VOMUrecsigere ste 90; 92 
MDeTIC GH Ob CHET LBIL, chert a one caus esi ong erates clause 150 ; (broken) 
a DPE AL OEG AANUIL Ss oF ovececa bay hensgttay oes 15; 12 
# Seer tltd PONG bOG: aie crise seen eye, oa « 35; 2 
: Gad CONTEC UETEUI? Sore ei chey evel eonisihco teat 25; 20 
. fe OUrGaT DIN TOEh FAS 3s els! «ats ees 


Several specimens from Eastern Betsileo. 


Ptyas infrasignatus. ' 


Head moderately broad and high, distinct from neck, with 
the snout not elongate. Body rather elongate. Tail of 
moderate length. Lye rather large. MRostral shield a little 

19% 


264 Dr. A. Giinther on some Reptiles from Madagascar. 


broader than high, scarcely reaching the upper surface of the 
head. Anterior frontals half the size of the posterior. Ver- 


tical rather broad, with the lateral margins convergent, equal 
in length to the anterior. Occipitals rather small. One 
loreal shield only, square ; one preocular, extending onto the 
upperside of the head, but not reaching the vertical. ‘Two 


postoculars. Hight upper labials, the fourth and fifth enter- 


r 


ing the orbit. ‘Temporals scale-like, 24+2+3. Scales lan- 
ceolate, much imbricated, smooth, in nineteen rows. Ven- 
trals without any keel, 156-160; anal bifid, subcaudals 69- 
72. The maxillary teeth slightly increase in length poste- 
riorly ; but the hindmost is considerably larger than the others, 
and there is no vacant space between it and its predecessor. 

Brownish olive above, with an indistinct hghter line from 
each occipital along each side of the anterior half of the body ; 
the lower parts are whitish or reddish, with numerous small 
blackish spots ; these spots have a tendency towards forming 
regular longitudinal series, three bands being thus formed in 
one of our specimens, one along the middle and one along 
each side of the belly. An oblique black stripe runs from 
the eye to the angle of the mouth. 

The largest of three specimens is 37 inches long, the tail 


measuring 8 inches. 


Arkafana, Eastern Betsileo. 


Dromicus sealineatus. 


Scales in seventeen rows; body and tail moderately slender ; 
ventrals 146, 148, 150; anal bifid, subcaudals 79, 76, 75. 
Head rather small, eye of moderate size. Vertical large, as 
long or nearly as long as an occipital. Loreal higher than 
long, two pre- and two postoculars. Hight upper labials, the 
fourth and fifth entering the orbit; temporals 1+2+38, the 
anterior in contact with the lower postocular only. 

Dentition diacrantherian. Upper parts dark brownish 


Dr. A. Giinther on some Reptiles from Madagascar. 265 


olive, with six black longitudinal bands, of which, however, 
two or more may be indistinct or disappear altogether. The 


bands of the middle pair are separated by the three median 
dorsal series of scales, narrow, and frequently absent. The 
upper lateral band commences from the lower postocular, and 
passes behind into a broad band, bordering the subcaudals. 
The lower lateral band runs along the edge of the abdomen, 
and is sometimes narrow, sometimes broader. Lower parts 
whitish, with more or less numerous blackish spots, the spots 
being much more developed in the female than in the male. 

Three specimens from Kastern Betsileo, the largest 24 inches 
long, the tail measuring 6} inches. 


Dromicus macrocercus. 


Extremely similar to D. sexlineatus, but much more elon- 
gate and slender. Scales in seventeen rows; ventrals 156, 
156, 159; anal bifid; subcaudals 153, 139, 152. Head 
rather small, eye of moderate size; vertical not quite so long 
as occipital ; loreal square; one pre- and two postoculars. 
Hight upper labials, the fourth and fifth entering the orbit ; 
temporals 1+2+38, the anterior in contact with the lower 
postocular only. Dentition diacrantherian. The coloration 
is the same as in DL, sexlineatus, with the exception that the 
two median dorsal bands are scarcely indicated. 

Three specimens from Kastern Betsileo, the largest being 
42 inches long, the tail alone measuring 21} inches. 


Tachymenis infralineatus. 


Scales smooth, in nineteen series, those of the vertebral 
series not enlarged. Ventrals 186; anal entire; subcaudals 
62. Head moderately broad, depressed ; loreal subtriangular, 
as high as long; one preocular, extending onto the upper- 
side of the head, but not reaching the vertical. 'T'wo post- 
oculars. Seven upper labials, the third and fourth entering 
the orbit; temporals 1+2+48, the anterior in contact with 
both postoculars. None of the anterior maxillary or palatine 


266 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


teeth are enlarged; but the hindmost of the upper jaw is 
distinctly the largest and grooved. 


Upper parts greyish olive, with a blackish median line 
along the posterior part of the trunk and of the tail. A 
similar but less distinct line runs along the outer edge of the 
subcaudals and posterior ventrals. An oblique blackish line 
from the eye towards the angle of the mouth. Lower parts 
whitish ; anteriorly with some blackish specks, which congre- 
gate and form a well-defined narrow black band along the 
middle of the belly and the tail. 

One specimen from Eastern Betsileo is 31 inches long, the 
tail measuring 6 inches. 


XXIX.—Some Sponges from the West Indies and Acapulco 
in the Liverpool Hree Museum described, with general and 


classificatory Remarks. By UH. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e. 
[Plates XI. & XII] 


In the following report of Sponges from the West Indies and 
Acapulco, collected for the Liverpool Free Museum by the 
Rev. H. H. Higgins, M.A.*, and Capt. W. H. Cawne 
Warren respectively, I propose to identify those which are 
already known, and to name and describe those which hitherto 
have not been published, availing myself at the same time 


* Mr. Reginald Cholmondeley, of “Condover Hall,” Shrewsbury, 
having chartered the yacht ‘ Argo’ for a cruise in the West Indies during 
the winter of 1876-77, kindly offered to take a naturalist with him on 
behalf of the Liverpool Free Museum, upon which the Rev. H. H. 
seeing, M.A., solicited by the committee of the museum, undertook this 
oflice. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 267 


of this opportunity to couple with these descriptions general 
and classificatory remarks, aided by descriptions and references 
to species in the British’ Museum and elsewhere which will 
best illustrate the subject, thus endeavouring to heap up still 
more matter for some one to embody ina ‘Manual of the Spon- 
gida,’ based, if he should think fit, on my ‘‘ Notes Introduc- 
tory to the Study and Classification of the Spongida ”’ 
(‘ Annals,’ 1875, vol. xvi. p. 1, &e.), since it is useless for 
me to commence a work of this kind now, which I can never’ 
expect to complete. Had I had twenty years ago the amount 
of knowledge of the Spongida which the opportunities and 
time of the last twenty have given me, I might have done 
this myself, and more; but as it Is, ut must be left to the next 
generation. 

I had hoped to find a “key ” in the collection of sponges 
from the West Indies to those described and illustrated 
in the ‘Spongiaires de la Mer Caraibe,’ published in 1864 
by MM. P. Duchassaing de Fonbressin et Giovanni Mi- 
chelotti (Natuurk. Verh. Holland. Maat. te Haarlem, vol. xxi. 
Ato, with twenty-five coloured plates) ; but that hope has not 
been realized, since the work is so full of errors, typographical 
and others, the descriptions so incomplete, and the represen- 
tations so coarse, that I have hardly ever referred to it 
without vexation, still more increased by the evidence that 
its otherwise rich contents must thus, for the most part, for 
ever remain unavailable, just as many of the illustrations ot 
the Spongida in Savigny’s ‘Zoology of Egypt,’ which, 
although so exquisite that one can almost see in them the 
objects ; themselves, are, for want of accompanying descriptions, 
rendered utterly useless. 

For instance, ij the. ‘Spongiaires de la Mer Caraibe’ we 
have the generic term ‘Thalysias” spelt in four different 
ways, viz. as “Yalysias”’ at p. 24, “Halysios” at p. a 
“Thalisias”’ at p. 82, ‘ Thalysias”’ at p. 84; and after all, 1 
Dr. de Fonbressin’s pamphlet ot 1870, entitled a ‘ Revue és 
Zoophytes et des Spongiaires des Antilles’ (where we in vain 
Jook for an apologetic explanation of the unsatisfactory way 
in which their ‘Mémoire’ on the Spongida was published) 
the same term is spelt ‘Zhalystos” (p. 88)*; while in no 
instance, beyond the term “ aciniform,”’ is the spicule either 
delineated or described, although the authors, in their historical 
sketch at the commencement of the memoir (p. 11), manifest 


* Hereafter the two works of de Fonbressin and Michelotti above 
mentioned will be referred to under the abbreviations of “de F. et M.” 
and “ Revue” respectively. 


268 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


an acquaintance with both Dr. Bowerbank’s and Dr. Oscar 
Schmidt's works! 


Now, as it is essential for recognition that the microscopy 
and spiculation of each sponge should accompany it, if not in 
illustration, at least in description, so it is evident that in the 
absence of this alone, to say nothing of the shortcomings of 
the publication generally, the ‘ Spongiaires de la Mer Caraibe’ 
must for ever remain a kind of “ Eldorado,” in which there 
are anumber of good things, but no one can ‘oat at them. 

Having thus imtroduced the su bject, [ wi ill now proceed to 
a description of the sponges, which will be arranged in ac- 
cordance with my classification, beginning with 


Order I. CARNOSA. 


Family 2. Gumminida. 
Chondrilla nucula, Sdt. 


This flesh-like sponge seems to grow most abundantly all 
over the West-Indian seas and upon every thing submarine 
with which it comes into contact. In many places, as at 
Puerto Cabello, the specimens have partly-enclosed fragments 
of sedge (Spar tina), much as leaves of grass still green are 
seen to pass through the pileus of an agaric, thus indicating 


fw) 
great rapidity of erowth in either instance. 


Perhaps the 
most remarkable features in Chondrilla nucula are its con- 


tracting to a very small size when dric¢ d, and swelling out to 
a comparatively large one when soaked in water—a property 
in the officinal sponge with which we are familiar ; but this 
is fibrous, w hereas Chondrilla nucula when dry is nearly as 
hard as wood, and when wet presents the toughness, consist- 
ence, and elasticity of india-rubber, with the softness of 
gelatine ; while, like the officinal sponge again, it may be dried 
and soaked repeatedly without apparently undergoing any 
deterioration in structure. 


Order I]. CERATINA. 


Family 1. Luffarida. 
Luffaria cauliformis, n. sp. 
Cauliform, cylindrical, round, solid, long; simple or 
branched irregularly; erect, straggling, on repent ; rising from 
a contracted base of attachment, ‘terminating in a diminished 


f=) 
round point, swelling out slightly between ; uniting with each 


and Acapulco Sponges. 269 


other where in contact, and with all other kinds of objects in 
their course. Stiff, but fragile. Colour black. Surface uni- 
formly reticulate in relief, covered with black dermal sarcode 
except where the vents, more or less linearly arranged in two 
rows, present themselves on opposite sides of the cylinder. 
Internal structure fibro- reticulate, tympanized with black 
sarcode in the interstices; fibre ‘round, anastomosing, of a 
clear golden amber-colour, uniformly cored or axiated with a 
small but distinct pith of greyish-white microgranular sub- 
stance ; rigid but fragile, contrasting strongly in its bright 
colour with the black sarcode ; diminishing in size as it ex- 
tends upwards and outwards from the centre to the circum- 
ference, where it ends in simple branches, covered as before 
stated, unless waterworn by the dermal sarcode. Size of 
largest caulis or stalk about 18 inches long by half an inch 
in diameter in its widest part. 

Hab, Marine. Attaching itself to all objects with which 
it may come into contact while growing. 

Loc. Antigua, Nassau. 


Obs. The black colour of the sarcode, rigid although fragile 
fibre, with its distinctly and uniformly. axiated character, 
terminating on the surface in simple branches instead of 
knotted aggregations, chiefly separate the cauliform Luffarie 
from those of the same form and appearance among the 


Aplysine that will hereafter be described. 


Luffaria cauliformis, var. rufa. 
The same as the foregoing, only of a light brown-red 
colour. 
Loe. Antigua. 


Luffaria cauliformis, var. elongo-reticulata. 

The same as the last, but with the meshes of the fibro- 
reticulate skeletal structures more elongated and more 
obliquely directed upwards and outwards from the centre. 
Colour grey. 

Loc, Nassau. 


General Observations. 


The cauliform species of Luffarta, like the ‘ creeping 
Cereus” (C. flagelliformis), are all solid; and of course the 
vents oe on the surface, as in the cauliform digitate 
Chaline; whileanother kind, although not exactly ‘cauliform,”’ 
is long, tubular, and hollow, ex. gr. L. fistularis auctt. and 
L. Archeri, Higgin, in which, of course, all the vents open 


270 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


into the interior, which thus forms a ‘cloaca.’ I use the 
words “of course’ ’ advisedly, because the vents in all cases 
must open in these ways respectively. 


Family 2. Aplysinida. 
Aplysina aerophoba, Nardo. 


Several specimens (see Schmidt, in Spong. Adriatisch. 
Meeres, p. 25, and type specimens in the British Museum). 
Loc. Antigua. 


Aplysina compressa, n. sp. 


(Fragment.) Compressed, curved, flat, flabelliform, thinning 
out towards the upper or unbroken margin. Firm in the 
dried state, black and shining, like “satin.” Surface wrinkled 
by irregular polygonal divisions, in which the ridges are 
much more elevated on one (? the outer) side than on the other 
(?the inner) one, where the vents are. Fibre concealed by 
the black sarcode, except at the broken edges and waterworn 
parts, where it presents an opaque yellow colour, contrasting 
strongly with the rest of the sponge. Size of the fragment 
4x 2x4 inch in its greatest dimensions. 

Hab. Marine. 

Loc. Long Key Island, Nassau. 

Obs. This looks like a fragmentof a once flabelliform or 
vase-like structure. As I have before stated, the chief diffe- 
rence between this kind of Aplysina and Luffaréa is more or 
less empirical, being one of degree in which the core of the 
fibre of the former exceeds in thickness the wall of the trans- 
parent kerasine cylinder which surrounds it, while in the 
latter it is the opposite. Generally too, perhaps, the growth 
of this kind of Aplysina is more massive, sessile, and spread- 
ing, while that of Luffarva is more cauliform and ascendant. 
In the two species, viz. A. carnosa and A. corneostellata, 
however, and in the mixed form, A. capensis (¢ Annals,’ 1881, 
vol. vil. p. 110), the surface is covered with minute hair-like 
filaments, which are the terminations of the internal fibrous 
structure. There is a quadrilateral compressed specimen of 
this kind (apparently a tragment too) in the British Museum 
(no. 177, “ 5c”), where the vents, which are large and on 
the margin, represent a Pandean-pipe arrangement, 


Aplysina cauliformis, n. sp. 


Cauliform, cylindrical, round, solid, long; simple or 
branched irregularly ; erect, straggling, or repent, rising 


and Acapulco Sponges. 271 


from a contracted base of attachment terminating in a di- 
minished round point, swelling out shghtly between; uniting 
with each other where in contact, and with all other kinds of 
objects in their course. Texture resilient. Colour light 
pinkish brown. Surface even or subpenicillate. Vents 
round, numerous, situated linearly or flute-like in two rows on 
opposite sides of the stem, or more or less irregularly scattered 
over it. Structure essentially fibrous; fibre simple, rather 
flaccid, with indistinct granular axis, reticulated, diminishing 
in size upwards and outwards from the centre to the circum- 
ference, where it is gathered together into subpenicillate 
projecting knots; void of foreign bodies throughout. Size of 
longest stalks, of which there are many, about 1 foot long and 
+ to 1 inch in diameter. 

Hab. Marine. Growing upon hard objects, often in con- 
junction with Polytherses and Luffaria cauliformis. 

Loc. Nassau. 

Obs. The absence of foreign bodies in the fibre, flaccid 
character, and brownish-pink colour, so far unite this sponge 
to A. carnosa, Sdt., and A. corneostellata, Carter, that, how- 
ever different it may be in other respects, these kinds of 
Aplysine appear to be its nearest allies; for, although the 
subpenicillate knot-like terminations of the fibre on the sur- 
face are without the “ hair-like filament” of A. carnosa &e. 
still they are a nearer approach to it than those of the Luffa- 
rian species last described, where there are none. <Aplysina 
cauliformis appears to be the same as Callyspongia tenerrima, 
ders et Me (p.57, pl. x. fig: 3). 

Aplysina longissima, n. sp. 

Whip-like, cauliform, cylindrical, round, solid, long; 
simple or branched scantily and irregularly ; erect, rising from 
an expanded incrusting base, diminishing gradually to a 
round point. Very rigid and resilient. Colourless or grey. 
Surface uniformly even towards the free extremity or youngest 
part, becoming covered with star-like knots of the fibre, in- 
creasing in size and prominence towards the base, where this 
structure is strikingly beautiful. Vents large, round, and 
scattered over the expanded base, becoming less evident up- 
wards. Structure essentiaily fibrous; fibre simple, rigid, 
stiff, with indistinct granular axis, reticulated, diminishing 
in size upwards and outwards from the centre to the cireum- 
ference, where it 1s gathered together in the star-like knots 
mentioned; void of foreign bodies throughout. Size of 
largest specimen 27 inches long by half an inch in diameter: 
expanded or incrusting base about 2 inches square. 


Dee, Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


Hab. Marine. Growing upon hard objects. 

Loc. Nassau. 

Obs. 'The same remarks with reference to classification 
apply to this as to the last species, from which it differs 
chiefly in being much more rigid, colourless, and ornamented 
on the surface, especially towards the lower part, with a much 
more beautiful development of the star-like structure, in 
which the terminal knots of the internal fibre become abso- 
lutely conoidal from their prominence. 


Aplysina (Spongia, de I. et M.) fenestrata. 


Massive, sessile, lobate, hollow ; lobes erect, amorphous or 
conical. ‘Tissue flexible, resilient. Colour black, becoming 
brown where waterworn, Surface polygonally reticulated, 
tympanized with black glistening sarcode in the interstices, 
which are bordered by projections of the subdermal fibre. 
Vents large, on the prominent parts of the body. Internally 
fibrous, elastic, columnar, like that of honeycomb, irregularly 
prismatic, about half an "inch thick, forming a perpendicular 
structure between the surface and the internal cavities, whose 
shape is therefore more or less indicated by the form of the 
mass externally. Fibre stiff, flexible, of a deep amber-colour, 
cored indistinctly with a granular axis, void of all foreign 
objects ; forming a reticulated line in each angle of the pris- 
matic structure, interunited by transverse filaments, which 
terminate on the surface in the way mentioned. Size of 
largest specimen about 6 x 4 x 2 inches. 

Hab. Marine. 

Loc. Long Key Island, Nassau. 

Obs. With kerasine flexible fibre void of all foreign objects 
in the core, which is indistinctly granular, we have no other 
order for the reception of this species but the Ceratina and the 
family Aplysinida; still, having evidently been described and 
figured by de I’. et M. under the name of ‘“ Spongia fenestrata” 
(p. 86, pl. 11. fig. 7), their specific although not their generic 
name has been retained. British Museum, Nos. 179 and 484, 


Order III. PSAMMONEMATA. 


Family 1. Bibulida. 


Spongia officinalis auctt. 


Massive, sessile, globular, or lobed; lobes erect, conoid, 
each terminating in a large oscule. ‘Texture ‘vesilient, 
firm. Colour pur irple- -black above, becoming colourless below. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 273 


Surface uniformly and finely reticulated in relief, on account 
cf the dermal sarcode subsiding on the subjacent fibrous 
structure. Vents uumerous, large and scattered, chiefly on 
the prominent parts. Internal structure finely cellular, arising 
from the sarcode tympanizing the meshes of the fine skeletal 
fibro-reticulation ; traversed by the branches of the excretory 
canal-system, which terminates in the vents mentioned; fibre 
for the most part tough, translucent, resilient, and yellowish 
in colour, terminating on the surface in pointed knots or tags, 
cored with a little sand, from which the psammonematous 
filament, otherwise difticultly distinguishable, may be traced 
internally. Largest specimen, which is the subglobular one, 
6 x 3 x 5 inches. 

Hab. Marine. Growing on hard objects. 

Loc. Puerto Cabello. 

Obs. Having in my possession a specimen of the so-called 
“ best Turkey sponge” of commerce, which was obtained in 
the Black Sea and preserved in spirit while fresh, [am enabled 
to compare it satisfactorily with the West-Indian specimens, 
of which there are both dry and fresh ones, and thus to state 
that there is no specific distinction between the two. The 
coarser forms from the Mediterranean, called in commerce 
“honeycomb sponges,” are also to be found in the West 
Indies ; and, indeed, the two kinds appear to me to occur 
together at the Cape, the Mauritius, in the sea around S.W. 
Australia, and all over the world; but not being so large, or 
so plentitul, or of such a convenient shape as in the Mediter- 
ranean, their occurrence for the most part is disregarded in a 
commercial point of view, although a good collection from diffe- 
rent localities would form a most interesting zoological 
demonstration of their comparative differences. Meanwhile 
the vitality of these sponges is so great that they are now 
grown from ‘cuttings’? mm the Adriatic for commercial pur- 
poses. When a section of the West-Indian sponge in its 
dried state is made, the internal structure presents a light 
brown colour, which contrasts strongly with the dark purple- 
black thin layer of the dermal sarcode; and this is the case 
also with the coarser kinds. It is very probable that there 
are degrees of fineness between the “best ‘Turkey sponge” 
and the “‘ honeycomb” ones; but to describe these would be 
more troublesome than useful in a zoological point of view. 


Family 2. Hircinida. 
fircinia caracasensis, n. sp. 
Massive, sessile, globular, with a tendency to rise into 


274 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


lobes. Texture firm. Colour dark purple above, becoming 
brown and colourless below. Surface uniformly reticulated, 
wherein the knots of the reticulation and the intervening lines 
of the subjacent fibro-skeletal structure are rendered more or 
less in relief by the extent to which the dark dermal sarcode 
subsides between them, thus presenting a polygonally-divided 
area, in which the larger divisions are marked by the salient 
points of the knots, often filamented, and a smaller structure 
of the same kind, but more delicate and soft, occupies tie 
interstices. Wents numerous, large and small, Saireredl In- 
ternal structure uniformly cellular, formed in the way stated 
in the last species; traversed by the branches of the excretory 
canal-system, which ends in the vents mentioned; fibre 
kerasine, resilient, cored to a great extent with foreign. bodies 
(sand- Lorains &e.). Size of specimen, which is subglobular, 
about 8 x 5x 4 inches. 

Hab. Marine. Growing on hard objects. 

Loc. Puerto Cabello and Nassau. 

Obs. By comparing this with the last species, we come to 
the conclusion that the chief differences arise from the fibre 
being coarser, more generally cored with foreign bodies 


i=) 
(sand-grains &c.), and the structure less compact than that 
of Spongia officinalis, wherein the bibulous property on this 
account so far exceeds that of even the finest-structured 
Hircinta that the latter is of course never used for domestic 
purposes. It is possible that this species may be represented 
by de F. et M. in their figure 4, pl. iv., under the name of 
“Spongia lacinulosa,” if the surface-filaments thereon deline- 
ated are to be identified with those often observed on the 


waterworn parts of [ircinta caracasensts. 


PoLYTUERSES, de F’. et M. 


There are several specimens of this so-called sponge, which, 
indeed, is no sponge at all, but a /ircinia in which the sar 
code has been myster iously replaced by the parasitic filament 
for which I have proposed the name of “Spongtophaga com- 
munis.” Tsay “ mysteriously,” because no one yet has been 
able to follow the transformation or development of the para- 
site, or determine, if indeed conjecture, what it is; for an 
account of which, so far as is known, together with an illus- 
tration, | must refer the reader to my paper on the Parasites 
of the Spongida (‘ Annals,’ 1878, vol. i. p. 165). 

It attacks Hircinic of different degrees of fineness of struc- 
ture in all parts of the world, and so simulates the sponge 
itself that de F. et M. took it for one, and called it ‘ Poly- 


and Acapulco Sponges. 275 


therses ’’—since it is exceedingly plentiful in the West-Indian 
seas, growing in some parts where the water is hardly a metre 
deep (de F. et M., “ Revue,” p. 37), and yet 1 found a specimen 
equally affected by it which was dredged near Cape St. 
Vincent on board H.M.S ‘ Porcupine’ in 374 fathoms.  Al- 
though, in most instances, the whole of the sarcode is 
destroyed, still in many this is only partially the case, while, 
of course, there are also many instances wherein there is no 
trace of the filament at all to be seen, and the Aircinia re- 
mains so far intact. Lastly, the transformation goes on so 
gently and yet so completely that the delicate white lace- 
like reticulation which is often seen in the dermal sarcode 
tympanizing the polygonal divisions between the projecting 
points of the fibrous structure on the surface of the Hircinia 
is frequently left when every particle of sarcode that was 
in contact with it has disappeared, thus remaining on a 
tympanizing membrane formed by the filaments instead of 
the sareode. ‘This lace-like reticulation arises from the deli- 
cate fibro-reticulation in the dermal sarcode, before mentioned, 
attaching to itself microscopic objects of all kinds, which 
sometimes goes on to such an extent as to produce a con- 
tinuous incrustation, in which case, of course, the reticulated 
structure becomes obscured. 


Group 16. ARENOSA. 
Dysidea tubulosa, nu. sp. 


Tubes erect, grouped in juxtaposition ; fragile. Colour 
white, chiefly from being densely charged with a small white, 
filiform, branched coralline (Janta). ‘lubes 1$ inch high and 
+ inch in diameter when dry. 

Hab. Marine. 

Loc, Nassau. 

Obs. This, in description and figure, corresponds with de F. 
et M.’s Terpios yania (p. 101, pl. xxii. figs. 8, 9), im which 
the spicules are said to be ‘ aciniformes,’’ whatever this may 
mean ; butit is not the case, in particular, with our specimen, 
where the variety of different forms of fragmentary sponge- 
spicules and other foreign bodies at once testifies to its nature ; 
hence the name above given. As we cannot assume that the 
Jania, when growing by itself, has this tubular form, so we 
cannot assume that it belongs to the Dys¢dea alone; hence 
it may be produced by the two growing together part passu ; 
although another instance of this kind was dredged in the 
harbour of Acapulco by Capt. W. H. Cawne Warren, in 


which the sponge is Lentera jfibulata, Sdt., in combination 


276 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


with the same species of Jania, forming a globular sessile 
mass with large crevice-like vents. 

Of course, “there is no alliance between these specimens 
and de F. et M.’s species Lerpios fugax, which will be de- 
scribed hereafter. 


Order LV. RHAPHIDONEMATA. 
Family 2. Chalinida. 
Chalina rubens, Pallas. 


Massive, lobate, sessile, erect or flat, convex, repent, in- 
crusting, lobes often extended into long processes characterized 
by |! large round vents. ‘Texture firm, ‘yesilieat. Colour dark 
or light crimson-red, often reddish brown when fresh, light 
brown- grey to white after exposure on the shore. Surface 
covered with a fine fibro-reticulation interrupted only by the 
vents. Vents large, round, numerous, elevated at the margin, 
scattered generally over the mass, or more or less contined to 
particular parts, especially in the cylindrical erect forms, 
where they present a broken linear arrangement on opposite 
sides of the column. Internally composed of uniformly reti- 
culated fibrous-structure, much coarser but less dense than 
that of the surface; traversed by the branches of the excretory 

canal-system, which terminates at the vents mentioned ; fibre 
resilient, kerasine, cored with proper spicules. Spicule ‘of one 
form only, viz. acerate, smooth, slightly curved, fusiform, 
sharp-pointed, about 50 by %-G000th inch in its greatest 
dimensions* (Pl. XI. fig. 7), more confined to the fibre than 
to the sarcode. Size of largest specimen about 9 inches high 
and 5 inches in diameter at the base, with lobes 1 to 2 inches 
thick. 

Hab. Marine. Growing on hard objects. 

Loc. Nassau. Long Key Island. 

Obs. This sponge has been known for a very long time 
under the name of Spongia rubens, given to it by Pallas 
(Elench. Zoophytorum, p. 389. no. 238),=S. digitata, Esper, 
tab. 50,=S. arborescens, Lam. (An. s. Verteb. vol. 11. p. 374, 
no. 98), and last ?= Amphimédon, de F. et M.u(p..78) Vari- 
able, however, as the form and colour in different specimens 
may ‘be, the prevailing character of the species, which appears 
to be very plentiful in the West Indies, growing especially 
about the branches of AMillepora alcicornis, may be traced 


* The measurements will be chiefly given in 6000ths of an inch, to 
accord with the delineations in the Plates. See “Note” at the come 
mencement of the “‘ Kxplanation of the Plates.” 


and Acapulco Sponges. 277 


throughout, while the spiculation above stated is always the 
same. 

It is often accompanied in its repent-incrusting form by 
Thalysias carbonartay de F. et M.,= Spongia carbonaré va, of 
Lamarck, who states that it is found enveloppant de grandes 
portions du Millepora alcicornis” (vol. i. p. 3857. no. 20) ; 
but the friable structure of the latter, as well as its colour, 
oe in every other respect like Ghilina rubens, dist 
guishes the two; while the lighter-coloured species of Thaly- 
stas are still more compact and friable, although still with ie 
same spiculation and structure. Yet Thalysias has been 
placed by me in the order Holorhaphidota, and Chalina in 
that of the Rhaphidonemata! simply because the absence of 
friability in the latter arises from the kerasine element in the 
fibre preponderating over the spiculiferous core, whilé in the 
Holorhaphidota it is the opposite. 

This is the case with the British species Halichondria 
simulans, Johnst., whose varieties are so numerous that he 
calls it “ polymorphous.” Indeed H. simulans is not unlike 
a British representative of the West-Indian Chalina rubens. 
So it is with a sponge similar to H. sdmulans at Ceylon 
(? Hartog Is., W. Australia) and Port Elizabeth respectively, 
but with a bihamate flesh- -spicule, in which the former has 
the resiliency of a Chalina and the latter that of an Tsodictya 
(numbered respectively in the British Museum 106, registered 
59. 2. 28.36, and 202 , registered 71. 5. 12. 1). 

Chalina rubens also exists in thé sea about 8. Australia; but 
the specimen which I have is of a light yellow colour; however, 
it seems, like the West-Indian specimens, to come nearer to 
the British species Halichondria palmata, Johnst., which I 
have taken for the type of the group Palmata (viz. no; 2) Sin 
my order Rhaphidonemata. 


Family 2. Cavochalinida. 
Tuba lineata, de F. et M. (p. 74). 


Vase-shaped, flabelliform , compressed or bivalvate, with the 
halves, which are thin ands separate, in close approximation, 
but marginally tnited on one side only and at the base of flie 
Pecten-like form. Size about 9 inches leng by 6 inches high. 


(Spicule, Pl. XI. fig. 4.) 


Loc. Dominica. 


Tuba digitalis, de F. et M. (p. 49, pl. viii. fig. 2). 


Vase-like or tubular, patulous, proliferous, consisting of 
several individuals of different sizes grouped together, so as to 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 20 


278 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


form an irregular lobate mass. Orifice ciliated. Differing 
from the species last mentioned, viz. 7. lineata, in the absence 
of the fine dermal reticulation usually characterizing these 
sponges, which is replaced by a penicillate surface formed of 
prolongations of the tissue, between which are an equal 
number of holes, now, like the vents, opening into the interior, 
but probably in the fresh state covered by a dermal fibro- 
reticulation supporting the sarcode in which the pores were 
situated. Largest specimen, which is that described, 4 inches 
high by 4 inches thick. (Spicule, Pl. XI. fig. 5.) 
Loc. Nassau. : 


Tuba armigera, de F. et M. (p. 43, pl. viii. fig. 3). 


Irregularly cylindrical, crooked, solid, repent, long, simple 
or branched, scantily furnished with prolongations of the 
tissue in the form of coarse spines. _ Surface covered with the 
usual fine, smooth, dermal fibro-reticulation. Vents large 
and numerous. Largest specimen about 8 inches long by $ 
to 1 inch in diameter. (Spicule, Pl. XI. fig. 6.) 

Loc. La Guyra. 

Obs. The group of sponges to which the foregoing three 
species belong appears to me to be more developed in the West- 
Indian seas than in any other part of the world, judging from 
the amount and variety of them in the British Museum. They 
are for the most part aculeated, and all hollow ; all are com- 
posed of resilient fibre, and the fibre cored with a variable 
amount of spicules, in which, as in Chalina rubens, the kera- 
sine element greatly predominates. ‘The spicule is of one 
kind only in all, and this for the most part smooth, curved, 
fusiform, and sharp-pointed, viz. the typical “ acerate,” vary- 
ing somewhat in size and form, although still always “ acerate” 
(PI. XI. figs. 4,5, 6). The colour, when dry, is always tawny 
yellow, and the resiliency that of sponges in which the kerasine 

- element preponderates over the amount of spicules, as just 
stated. ‘lo this group de Fonbressin and Michelotti have 
given the name “ Tuba” (p. 44), but, as usual, have not 
made any allusion to the spicule ; their division of it, however, 
into three sections seems to be so reasonahle that I will here 
insert them, viz. :— 


“ Section 1. 


“ Orifice du Siphon fortement cilié. 

“q@, issu fin, surface extérieure munie de processus spini- 
form-encrotités. 

““h, Tissu grossier, surface extérieure hérissée de pinceaux 
de fibre non-encroutés. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 279 


“ Section 2. 
“ Orifice du Siphon plutét frangé que cilié. 
“ Section 3. 


“ Orifice nu, c. a. d. moffrant ni cils ni pinceaux bien 

formés, ni frangés.”’ 

To these sponges Schmidt has given the name of “ Sipho- 
nochalina,”’ and, after enumerating several of them (Spongf. 
Atlantisch. Gebiet. p. 384), adds that they present “an un- 
broken line of varieties.” 

The groups Spinifera, Aculeata, Subaculeata, and Ciliata, 
in my classification, were intended to receive the whole of 
de I’. et M.’s genus Tuba; the three latter in the second 
family, viz. Cavochalinida, and the former in the first family 
viz. Chalinida; hence Zwha armigera, being solid, should have 
been inserted next to Chalina rubens among the Chalinida, 
but has been placed here for convenience. A few words, 
however, will show how the solid form of Chalina may pass 
into the hollow one. ‘Thus, when the cylindrical stem is solid 
and erect, the vents are on the surface or outside; while if 
the stem is repent and the vents grow upwards into hollow 
tubes at the expense of the repent portion, then the vents 
of the erect portions open into the interior or inside of the 
tubes, and the specimen thus becomes a Cavochalina; but if 
the vents of the repent portion do not grow upwards in this 
way, then the species remains solid, increases in size, and 
of necessity comes into the first family, or that of solid Chaline; 
hence our Zuba armigere falls into the group Spinifera, 


Tuba acapulcaensis, n. sp. 


Massive, globular, lobed, erect, consisting of a group of 
short branches anastomosing with each other as they grow up 
into the form mentioned, more or less extending beyond the 
circumference, aculeate, solid, or hollow. Consistence resi- 
lient. Colour different shades of fawn. Surface of the 
branches more or less aculeated, aculeations consisting of 
spiniform prolongations of the fibrous structure. Vents on the 
surface of the solid branches, opening into the interior in the 
hollow or tubular ones. Internal structure fibrous, resilient ; 
fibre chiefly kerasine flexible, cored or axiated by the spicule 
of the species in different degrees of plurality. Spicules of 
one form only, viz. acerate, variable in size, chiefly confined 
to the fibre. Size of largest specimen, of which there are 
upwards of a dozen, about 6 imches in diameter; largest 
branches about one third of an inch thick. 

20* 


280 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


Hab. Marine. Growing on hard objects. 

Loc. Harbour of Acapulco, 4-9 fathoms. 

Obs. The above name and description apply to a great 
number of specimens of Chalina dredged by Capt. W. H. 
Cawne Warren in the harbour of Acapulco and presented to 
the Liverpool Free Museum. One cannot help seeing at a 
glance that they are all a uniformly massive, sub-branched 
development of the genus 7Z’uba, which so abounds on the other 
side of the Isthmus of Panama, in the West-Indian seas, 
under such a variety of definite and beautiful forms. Here, 
in the harbour of Acapulco, so far as these specimens inform 
us, the growth, although extremely exuberant and equally 
characterized by the spiniferous prolongations of the tissue, 
presents a sameness which is totally devoid of any striking 
form. For convenience, here also the specimens with tubular 
and solid branches respectively have been described together. 
In short, after all, they are but varieties of the same fabric. 


Pseudochalinica (new family). 


In my order Psammonemata I have proposed the family 
“ Pseudohireinida ” for receiving all sponges that, in addition 
to the sand-grains &e. (foreign microscopic objects) axiating 
their fibre, also present “ proper spicules ”—that is, spicules 
formed by the sponge itself; but as this mixture often occurs 
in adult sponge-forms which rather belong to sponges charac- 
terized by the “proper spicules”? themselves than by the 
sand-grains, it seems to me desirable that each order should 
have a family of this kind for the adult forms which 
are most characteristic of it. Thus, two instances in 
sponges which evidently belong to the Rhaphidonemata have 
come to my notice, viz. one in the solid Chaline, which I 
have grouped under the head of “ Digitata,” and the other in 
the hollow Chaline, which I have named ‘‘'Tubulodigitata ;” 
these I will now briefly describe under the names of Chalina 
digitata, var. arenosa, and Cavochalina digitata, var. arenosa, 
respectively :— 


Chalina digitata, var. arenosa, n. s. 


Stipitate, quickly dividing pollachotomously into several 
caulitorm branches ; branches thick, round, even, solid, with 
vents plentifully scattered over the surface. Fibre kerasine, 
resilient, covered or axiated with acerate spicules, among which 
there are many microscopic foreign objects, sand-grains, Ke. 
Size of specimen 15 inches long. (British Museum, no. 106**, 
registered 57. 1. 2. 9.) 


and Acapulco Sponges. 281 
Hab, Marine. 


Loc. New Zealand and Australia. 


Cavochalina digitata, var. arenosa, Nn. S 


Base of attachment irregular, subsessile, rising into a group 
of hollow knotted tubes, simple or branched, increasing in 
size towards the free ends, which are thus rendered patulous. 
Vents numerous, opening internally. Fibre kerasine, resilient, 
cored or axiated with acerate spicules, among which are many 
microscopic foreign objects, sand-grains &ce. Size of group 
10 inches high and 64 inches broad ; free ends of tubes 1-2 
inches in diameter, (British Museum no. 589, registered 
(2/9. 21. 25.) 

Hab, Marine. 

Loc. Swan River, W. Australia. 


Order V. ECHINONEMATA. 
Family 1. Ectyonida. 


Ectyo nN Sparsus, Gray. 


Of this sponge there are two specimens, of which the largest 
presents an irregular form about 6 inches in its longest dia- 
meter, growing upon a piece of an old coral detritus, covered 
with Polytrema miniaceum. 

Loc. Antigua. 

Obs. This species, which I described and illustrated under 
the above name (‘ Annals,’ 1871, vol. vii. p realy ple xvii.) 
is evidently the “‘ Ajelas”’ of de F. et M. (p. 76, pl. xy. tigae 
and 2), and so common in the West Te: ‘that it would 
be hardly possible to find a collection of sponges from thence 
without it. I possess a species from the Mauritius, differing 
only in the larger size and still greater beauty of the ornamen- 
tation on the surface of the spicule. It appears to be repre- 
sented in Europe by Clathria coralloides, Sdt. (Spong. Adriat. 
Meeres, 8. 58, Tat. v. figs. 10 and 11). Representations of 
two different species are given by Dr. Bowerbank under the 
name of ‘¢ West-Indian erepess ” (Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. i 
pp: 275, 276, pl. xvi. figs. 289 and 290), called afterwards 
respectively Eetyon sparsus and E. fasciculart as by Dr. Gray 
in 1867 (Proc. Zool Soc. 1867, p. rete while Schmidt, in 
1870, enumerates several species "from the West Indies under 
the generic name of “ Chalinopsis” (Spongf. Atlant. Gebiet. 
S. 59 et seq., Taf. v. figs. 2a, 6, spicules only). I have not 
yet seen specimens from any other part of the world, although 


282 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


T can hardly doubt its existence generally under the same or 
other representative forms. 


Order VI. HOLORHAPHIDOTA. 
Family 1. Renierida. 


In the West-Indian collection, the Amorphina are repre- 
sented by :the ubiquitous Halichondria panicea, Johnst. 
(spicule, Pl. XI. fig. 8); the Isodictyosa by the British 
ae Isodictya simulans , BE. (spicule, Pl XL. tie..9) -*and 

the Thalyosa by the W est-Indian genus Thalysias, de F. et 
M., in a repent form of the white species subtriangularis. viz. 
T. repens, mihi, and the black one by 7’. carbonaria, before 
mentioned (spicules, Pl. XI. figs. 10 and 11 respectively). 


Group 5. FIBULIFERA. 


Tibularia massa, n. sp. 

Massive, solid, lobate, beautifully reticulate, lobes ending in 
large vents respectively. ‘l'exture hard, but friable. Colour- 
less when dry, ? pink or red when fresh. Surface even, regu- 
larly reticulate, interrupted only by the openings of ies ventee 
Vents on the prominent parts large but not numerous. Internal 
structure also even/y reticulate throughout, like the surface ; 
traversed by the branches of the excretory canal: -system 3 fibre 
composed of the care: spicules of the species. Spicules of 
three kinds, viz.:—1, skeletal, acerate, smooth, cylindrical, 
curved, round at the ends, about a by 4- S00 I inch in its 
greatest dimensions (Pl. XI. fig. 13,@); 2, acerate, smooth 
fusiform, nearly aera in sheaf-like bundles when small, 
heconnne dispersed when large; when hair-like in the in 
o) Oh trichites,” in bundles about 20-G000ths inch long, and 
when large and dispersed about 385 by 1-6000th inch in its 
greatest dimensions (figs. 13, b,c) ; 3, flesh-spicule, bihamate, 
smooth, sunple, C- shaped, siomoid, a bout 4- 6O000ths inch long 
(fig. 13, d). No.1 is chiefly confined to the skeletal fibre 
nos. 2 and 8 are abundantly disperse -d throughout the s sarcode: 
Size of ye which is only a fragment, about 43 inches 
long, 2 broad, 2 high. 

Hab, Marine. 

Loc. Long Key Island, Nassau. 

Obs. This in structure is a very beautiful species, on account 
of the uninterrupted regularity of its reticulation throughout, 
which literally is “isodictyal.” The larger acerates are no 
doubt derived from the hair-hke small ones, which, coming 


) 


and Acapulco Sponges. 283 


from the sheaf-like bundles, thus testify to their original deve- 
lopment in plurality in a cell, and subsequent enlar gement in 
the sarcode. ‘There is a specimen of this sponge in the British 
Museum, numbered 216, also supposed to come from the West 
Indies, which, from its weather-worn condition, appears in 
like manner to have been picked up on a beach. Its spicula- 
tion and structure entitle it, like the next species, to a place 
among the Fibulifera, the sheaf-lke spicules being con- 
sidered an adjunct. 


Fibularia ramosa, n. sp. 


Stipitate, subcylindrical, solid, simple or branched irregu- 
larly. Texture loose, light, fragile. Colour brown, Surtace 
uniformly reticulate, ending towards the free extremity of the 
branches in little plumose tufts, which are the terminations of 
the fibro-skeleton. Structure internally plumose, radiating, 
fragile, composed of spiculo-fibre tympanized in i reticula- 
tion by the sarcode. Spicules of two kinds, viz. :—1, skeletal, 
ptooth, acerate, curved, fusiform, pointed at en end, about 

55 Ey 13 -6000th inch in its oveatest dimensions (PL. xe 
fig. 2, a) ; ; 2, flesh-spicule, bihamate, are oS C- 
shaped sigmoid, about 4-6000ths inch long (fig. 12, d). No. 1 
is chiefly confined to the fibro-skeleton, and 2 plentifully scat- 
tered throughout the sarcode. Size of largest stem, fragment 
or branch (for it is much broken up in pieces), about 7 by 
3 inch in its greatest dimensions. 

Hab, Marine. 

Loc. Puerto Cabello. 

Obs. ‘The delicate structure and spiculation of this species 
claim for it a place in the group Hibulifera, wherein the fibre 
is almost solely composed ot proper spicules. Like the speci- 
mens of this species in the British Museum, viz. no. 206, reg. 
no. 41. 8. 16. 9, and no. 412, both of which come from the 
West Indies, it is plentifully infested by the isolated polyp 


(Bergia) on the surtace. 
Fibularia anchorata, n. sp. 


Massive, leathery, lobed, sessile. Texture tough, resilient. 
Colour yellowish brown. Surface uniformly covered wa a 
wrinkled dermal structure in relief, whose lines are rough and 
muricated, tympanized in the intervals by the dermal sarcode. 
Vents large, chiefly on the prominent parts of the lobes. Struc- 
ture internally more or less cavernous, from the presence of 
large fenestral portions of membranous thick sarcode, which 
pret across the intervals between the more e compact pa 
sarcode and fibre charged with the spicules of the species 5 


284 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


mixed with foreign microscopic objects, viz. sand-grains, 
fragmentary sponge-spicules, &c.  Spicules of three kinds, 
viz. :—1, skeletal, acerate, smooth, curved, fusiform, pointed at 
each end, about 35 by 1-6000th inch in its greatest dimen- 
sions (Pl. XI. fig. 14, a); 2, flesh-spicule, bihamate, minute, 
simple, C-shaped, and sigmoid, about 4-6000ths inch Jong 
(fig. 14, d) 5 3, flesh- -spicule, eqmanchorate, very minute, about 
24 =G000ths inch long (fig. 14,¢,d). No. 1 ‘is chiefly con- 
Raed to the skeletal ‘fibre, iit no. 2 plentifully and no. 3 
scantily dispersed throughout the sarcode. Size of specimen 
about 4 inches square. 

Hab. Marine. Attached to Porites furcatus. 

Loc, Antigua; Falmouth harbour. 

Obs. The crumb-of-bread-like appearance and dermal struc- 
ture of this species very much resemble those of Halichondria 
incrustans, while the presence of the equianchorate, which, 
although extremely minute, is in form also like that of 
this sponge, tends to ierease the analogy; but the single 
acerate form of skeletal spicule, together with the abundance 
of minute bihamates, allies it more to the Fibulifera, Fyrom 
the variety of microscopic foreign objects present in the fibre 
and sarcode, it might at first Be conjectured that the equi- 
anchorate, which is an exceptional occurrence, was a foreign 
object also; but there are several specimens of the same species 
in the British Museum, numbered 206d, “nn,” &c., from 
the West Indies, in which the same kind of anchorate is 
equally present ; so we must conclude that it belongs to the 
species; and hence the designation. 

The presence of foreign objects with the proper spicules . 

ives this sponge a en character, which would claim for it 
a family, lke that of the (oD sendocnalnits ” before men- 
tioned, which, under like conditions, might be termed 
“ Pseudofibularidina.’ 


Renitera fibulata, Sdt. 


Globular, massive, furnished with large patulous crevice-like 
vents. Densely charged with the minute coralline, Janéa, to 
which I have before alluded under ‘ Dystdea tubulosa” 
(p. 275). Dredged in the harbour of Acapulco by Capt. W. 
H. Cawne Warren. 

Obs. The type specimen of Rentera accommodata, Sat., 
from Cette, in the British Museum, not only contains the usual 
bihamates but tricurvates also (Spong. v. Algier, p. 30). 


and Acapulco Sponges. 285 


Group 6. TIALICHONDRINA. 


Halichondria isodictyalis, n. sp. 


Massive, sessile, lobate. Consistence fragile. Colour light 
fawn. Surface uniformly reticulate in relief, except where 
interrupted by a vent. Vents scattered over the surface 
generally. Structure crumb-of-bread- like, reticulate, delicate, 
fragile, traversed by the branches of the exer retory canal-system. 
Spicules of four forms, viz.:—1l, skeletal, acuate, smooth, 
curved towards the blunt end, which is rather smaller than the 
rest of the shaft; eradually sharp-pointed, about 40 by 13- 
6000th inch in its greatest dimensions (Pl. XI. fig. 2, a); 2, 
sabskeletal, a tibiella with slightly fusiform shaft and inflated 
ends, about 50 by 14$-6000th inch in its greatest dimensions 
(fig. 2,5) ; 3, flesh-spicule, equianchorate, shaft simple, curved, 
arms slightly everted, about one third of the length of the 
shaft, 6-6000ths inch long (fig..2, cc); 4, flesh-spicule, 
ora C-shaped, sigmoid, “bihamate, 4-6000ths inch long 
(fig. 2 a). Nos. 1 and 2, "intermixed generally, ave chiefly 
confined to the spiculo- skelet al structure, which is arranged 
isodictyally ; nos. 38 and 4 are scattered more or less abun- 
dantly throughout ae sarcode. Size of largest fragment, of 
which there are several (all of which appear to have come from 
the same mass originally, as they are all intermingled with 
the same species of coralline, viz. L/abellaria opuntia), 4x 3 
x 2 inches. 

Hab. Marine. Growing about and enclosing Flabellaria 
opuntia in the West Indies, or densely charged with miliary 
gravel at Acapulco. 

Loc, Puerto Cabello and harbour of Acapulco. 

Obs. The external appearance of this sponge, where it is 
most free from the objects among which it has been growing, 
is very like that of Halichondria incrustans ; but the isodictyal 
arrangement of the spiculo-skeleton, the spineless acuate, and 
the shaft of the anchorate being simple instead of inflated 
above and below the middle (as in //. ¢nerustans), are sutli- 
cient differences to establish a distinction, and to call for a 
different designation ; hence the term ‘‘ ¢sodictyalis.” 

The specimens, which are charged with the miliary gravel 
among which the sponge has thus grown, were dredged in the 
harbour of Acapulco, in 4-9 fathoms, by Cape W. EH. Cawne 
Warren. 


Halichondria pustulosa, n. sp. (Pl. XI. fig. 1, a-g.) 


Erect, branched irregularly, branches nodose or knotted 


286 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


and pustuliferous (Pl. XI. fig. 1). Consistence soft, friable. 
Colour faint white-yellow. Surface uniformly smooth, except 
where interrupted by the presence of little conical pustules 
puckered towards the apex (tig. 1, aa and b). Vents and 
pores respectively in the pustules, which are iregularly 
and plentifully scattered over the surface. Internal struc- 
ture soft, compact towards the centre, becoming less so to- 
wards the circumference, where the pointed ends of the spicules 
penetrate the crust of the surface, but do not extend beyond 
it. Spicules of five forms, viz.:—1, skeletal, long, acuate, 
curved chiefly towards the blunt end, gradually sharp-pointed, 
spined chiefly towards the base, less so afterwards, 90 by 
4-6000ths inch in its greatest demensions (fig. 1,c) ; 2, short, 
acuate, curved chiefly towards the blunt end, which is some- 
what inflated, gradually sharp-pointed, spined throughout, 
spines towar ds the pointed end recurved, longest spines ‘ound 
the blunt end, about 45 by 4-6600ths inch in its greatest dimen- 
sions (fig. 1,e) ; 3, subskeletal, acuate, smooth, slightly 
curved, fusiform, head smaller in its transverse diameter than 
the shaft, which terminates gradually in a sharp point, bee 
90 by 21-G000ths inch in its greatest dimensions (fig. 1, d) ; 
4, flesh-spicule, equianchorate ‘ ‘angulate,” very short and 
robust, shaft very much curved, arms thick, broad, and 
much expanded, about a quarter the length of the shaft, 
7-6000ths inch long, shaft 14-6000th inch in diameter 
(fig. 1, f); 5, flesh- -spicule , bihamate, simple, sigmoid, and C- 
shaped, 10- GOUOths inch 1long (fg. 1, 9). Nos. I to 3 are con- 
fined to the axis and body; no. 4, in great abundance, forms 
a thick crust which is supported on the points of no. 1, while 
no. 9 is comparatively scanty. Size of specimen about 3 inches 
long, largest stem about 1 inch in diameter at the base ; pus- 
tuliform eminences about 1-12th inch in diameter at the base, 
and about half as high, but very variable. 

‘Hab. Marine, 50-70 fathoms. 

Loc, Sea between Patagonia and the Falkland Islands. 

Obs. This sponge, dredged by Capt. W. H. Cawne Warren 
in the locality mentioned, is a species of /Lulichondria, allied, 
although considerably different in the form of its spicules, to 
ai chondria incrustans. It is chiefly characterized by the 
presence externally of the little pustuliform eminences men- 
tioned, which may be assumed to be the localities respectively 
of the vents and the pore-areas, since there is nothing else on 
the surface to represent these eee At first they look very 
much like the insulated parasitic polyps Bergia; but being 
conical, closed, and puckered towards the apex, instead of 
open, cup- like, and shallow, connected with a canal beneath 


and Acapulco Sponges. 287 


instead of being confined to the dermal structure, and pos- 
sessing neither tentacles nor thread-cells, they are thus satis- 
factorily distinguished from polyps. We already have an 
instance of this pustuliferous character in Greyella cyathophora, 
which I described and illustrated several years ago (‘ Annals,’ 
1869, vol. iv. p. 190, pl. vii.), if not in Schmidt’s Cribrella 
hospitalis also (Spongt. Atlantisch. Gebiet. S. 56, Taf. iv. 
fig. 12). he parasitic polyp Bergéa, with which alone this 
pustuliform eminence can be confounded, is merely located on 
the surface of the sponge as a commensal, while the ‘ pus- 
tuliform eminence” is a part of the sponge itself, connected 
with the interior by means of a pore-area or excretory canal, 
like the heads of Cliona corallinoides &c., whereon, as in 
many sponges, the radiated arrangement of the spicules per- 
mits of their being closed or opened as required; but in 
Greyella cyathaphora the pore-areas alone are confined to the 
pustulitorm eminences, while the oscules or vents are present 
under the common ‘torm. Besides this striking character in 
Halichondria pustulosa, the thick incrustation and the ex- 
tremely robust, obese form of the equianchorate of which 
the latter is composed are equally specific. 


Reniera digitata, Sdt. 

This appears to grow in great abundance about the wharf 
at Antigua, and when fresh to present a “ red” colour, which 
in the dried state it still slightly retains. ‘he spiculations re- 
spectively in the mounted type specimens of Lenitera digitata 
and Myxilla anhelans, Sdt., in the British Museum are the 
same. (See Pl. XI. tig. 3, a—c.) 


Phorbas amaranthus, de F. et M. (p. 92, pl. xxi. fig. 1). 

Cauliform, irregularly compressed, repent, straggling, bud- 
ding into a branch here and there most irregularly, twisting 
back upon itself and uniting where in contact, adhering to 
any foreign objects if may touch during its course of growth. 
in short, doing every thing but growing regularly, Consistence 
firm. Colour dark-red purple. Surface over the points of the 
branches or younger parts cancellous or irregularly reticulated 
in relief, with the lines of the reticulation serrate or jagged, 
becoming more compact in the older parts, where the dermal 
sarcode conceals the points of the serrations, so as to leave 
nothing but a smooth surface ot rounded processes with a 
number of holes, most of which appear to be connected with 
the branches of the excretory canal-systems, which in accor- 
dance with the mode ot growth, are numerous. Interna 
structure fibro-cellular throughout, becoming less compact 


288 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


towards the circumference; sarcode deeply coloured by an 
abundance of diffused pigment, presenting an amaranthine or 
red-purple hue. Spicule of one kind only, viz. acerate, small, 
thin, smooth, cylindrical or subfusiform, slightly curved, and 
sometimes indistinetly inflated at the ends, about 50 by 
3-6000th inch in its greatest dimensions (PI. XI. fig. 15), 
chiefly confined to the fibre, which, with a minimum of kera- 
sine, is composed of them, and in a looser way dispersed 
throughout the sarcode. Length of main stem in the largest 
specimen about 21 inches, breadth 1 by $ inch in diameter. 

Hab. Marine. Adhering to any object with which it may 
come into contact. 

Loc. Nassau. 

Obs. Such are the characters of this species, which are so 
like those of de F. et M.’s Phorbas amaranthus that I have 
described it under their name. In colour and structure it is 
so much like Halichondria birotulata, Higgin, from the same 
neighbourhood, that nothing but a microscopic examination 
of the respective e spiculations can reveal the differences ; and 
notwithstanding the extreme likeness to it of the sponges which, 
in my Supplementary Manaar Report, [ have named A.os 
anchorata and A. fibulata, especially in the extreme irregu- 
larity of their growth (‘ Annals, 1881, vol. vi. pp. 382, 383, 
pl. xvii. figs. 3 &c.), I now t think the whole should be rele- 
gated to the group Halichondrina; for the light which a 
general examination of the good specimens of Phorbas amaran- 
thus from the We est Indies has thrown on that of the ‘ im- 
perfect specimens ” from §, Australia, above mentioned, not 
only proves to me that the latter belong to the same eroup as 
Phorbas amaranthus, but that they should be withdrawn from 
the genus <A.os, ‘and their generic name changed to 
Por bas.” As Lalichondria birotulata, Diggin, which is 
found with Phorbas amaranthus in the West- ‘Indian seas, is 
also largely developed on the south coast of Australia, it is 
not improbable that the latter exists there also in addition to 
Awos, now Phorbus anchorata and P. fibulata, already de- 
scribed from thence (op. et loc. cit.). 


Group 8. ESPERINA., 

Although the name “ Esperia” originated with Nardo 
(‘ Isis,’ 1833), it was Dr. Oscar Schmidt who first defined 
it satisfactorily, im 1862 (Spongf. Adriat. Meeres, 8. 53), 
adding just previously the literature of the subject, to which 
T cannot do better than refer the reader for every thing else in 
this respect. Having already taken the appellation for the 
basis of my group ‘ Esperma” (‘ Annals,’ 1875, vol. xvi. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 289 


p. 179, &e.), I have only to repeat here what the occasion 
seems to require. 

Character—The group Esperina is mainly characterized 
by the presence of the ¢regueanchorate, which occurs in no 
other to my knowledge, except that of Hyndmanina, where 
not only the dark brown colour of the sponge itself, but the 
unique form of one of its flesh-spicules (the “ contort bipo- 
cillated bihamate”’ of Dr. Bowerbank, Brit. Spong. vol. 1. 
p- 248, fig. 125) is also, to my knowledge, met with nowhere 
else. ‘The largest inequianchorate known was found by 
Schmidt in Esperia diaphana, trom Florida, which measured 
(65 millim.,” about equal to 1-40th inch long, while the 


2) 
smaller ones, although still large, only reached “0°12 millim.”’ 
=1-222nd inch, which accords more with those in his 


mounted type specimen now in the British Museum, where 
the largest I could find only amounted to a little more than 
the last-named measurement (Spongf. Atlant. Gebiet. 1870, 
S. 57, Taf. iv. fig. 15). Other flesh-spicules occur in Esperia, 
viz. bihamate, tricurvate, and the sheaf-like bundles of fine 
spicules termed “ trichites”” by Prof. Sollas; but the pre- 
sence or absence (perhaps influenced by their scarcity) of one 
or all of these seems to be as accidental as unintelligible ; so 
their value in specific distinction is not much: ex. gr., in my 
mounted fragment of the type specimen of Hsperta (Raphio- 
desma, Bk., 1870) florea, there is a tricurvate which no doubt 
belongs to the species; and in one of Esperia (Rhaphiodesma, 
Bk.) dingua there are sheaf-like bundles of trichites, neither 
of which are mentioned in the descriptions or illustrations of 
these sponges respectively by Dr. Bowerbank (Brit. Spong. 
vol. u. of 1865, illustrated in vol. 11. of 1874). 

Again, the skeletal spicule, although always acuate, is not 
simply so; for very often it is sub-pinlike and presents a pecu- 
liar elongated elliptical inflation, sometimes widened in the 
centre like askittle or barrel ; it is also always single—that is, 
unaccompanied by any other skeletal form; while the inflation 
may vary so as to pass from the simple uninflated acuate into 
the shapes mentioned, even in the same specimen; hence, if 
the illustration should be taken from the former it will be 
acuate, and, if from the latter, sub-pinlike. Thus, in Dr, 
Bowerbank’s illustration of Esperia (Lthaphiodesma) lingua, 
the form is a simple acuate (Brit. Spong. vol. iii. pl. Ixxvii, 
fig. 2), while in my mounted fragment ot the type specimen 
in the British Museum it is sub-pinlike or elliptically inflated 
with a central swelling. Variable, however, as the shape of 
the obtuse end of the skeletal spicule may be, an average 
one may be obtained by extended observation, while the form 


290 My. H.-J. Carter on some West-Indian 


generally of the skeletal spicule is so far peculiar in itself that 
a practised eye can almost always recognize its Esperian cha- 
racter, 

Size.—In measuring these spicules, again, great care should 
be taken; for here as well as elsewhere it should never be 
forgotten that things must be small before they are great; 
hence both skeletal and flesh- -spicules of all sizes below the 
average largest may be present in the specimen; hence the 
necessity ot ‘finding out the average : thus, the so-called ‘ ten- 
sion- spicula,” viz. figs. 16 and 3 in Dr. "Bowerbank’s illus- 
trations of Lsperia (Re haphiodesma) jlorea and lingua respec- 
tively, appear to be only small forms of the skeletal spicules 
(figs. 15 and 2), which, as the dermal layer becomes part of the 
internal structure in the course of growth, become enlarged 
to the size of skeletal ones. 

Loseites.—The well-known “ rosettes ?? which characterize 
the spiculation of Lsperia, viz. the globular development of a 
multitude of inequianchorates (instead of a single one in acell, 
as with the bihamates and tricurvates, &c.), which radiate from 
a common centre with their small ends inwards, is not always 
confined to the ¢nequianchorate flesh-spicules ; for the same 
kind of development may occur in Desmacidon titubans, Sat., 
where the anchorates are equally developed at each end, as 
seen in Schmidt’s mounted type specimen of this sponge in 
the British Museum (PI. XII. fig. 24, 9,4). No one, how- 
ever, has described and illustrated the development of the 
“yosette ”’—that is, the zequianchorate in plurality in its cell ; 
although singly it has been done by Schmidt and myself i in- 
dependently (Nord- See Exped. 1872, “ Zoologie,” Taf. 1. ; 
and ‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv. p. 100, pl. x.) 

_ Lastly, there is a characteristic dermal structure in Esperia 
which for uniformity and beauty of its stellification equals, if 
not surpasses, any other of the kind. This consists of a stelli- 
ferous lacework formed by intercrossing bundles of the 
skeletal spicules (whose interstices when fresh are tympanized 
by the dermal sarcode in which the pores are situated), 

supported by a more or less rigid spiculo-fibrous structure 
internally, that, especially when rigid, is equally characteristic 
of Esperia. Sometimes, however, the ‘ lacework ” structure 
of the surface seems, from some cause or other, to become a 
broken-down or confused layer of spicules, in which state the 
two conditions may be seen to pass into each other in the same 
specimens ; or the dermal layer together with the softer struc- 
ture filling the interstices of the rigid skeletal fibre may be 
washed away altogether, while the latter remains in a naked 
condition (see Schmidt’s representation of Lsperia Contarendi, 


and Acapulco Sponges. 291 


Spongf, Adrit. Meeres, Taf. v. fig. 2; and tae own of Lsperta 
villosa, * Annals,’ 1874, V0 belay. pl. xl. fig. 18, a); after 
which the soft structure may again spread ae or wholly 
over it, so that the specimens often present themselves with 
much of the skeletal fibre still, so to speak, unclothed. This, 
however, is only where the fibre-skeleton is very rigid, which 
is not the case in all instances, as in Lsperta (Léhaphiodesma) 
Lingua, and also in the West-Indian species about to be de- 
scribed, in which the difference in the structure is not so much 
marked. Indeed the type specimen of the former, viz. 
Lthaphiodesma lingua, Bk., seems to have been squeezed up 
together into its present “ tongue-shape ’’ by the hand, which 
does not seem unprobable, seeing that the type specimen 
which Mr. Peach sent to Dr. Bowerbank from Shetland “was 
cut to pieces in the dredge and rotted in drying” (Brit. Spong. 
wet pa lOO). Sometimes the lacework of the dermal layer 
of Halichondria panicea is so much like that of Lsperva that, 
without microscopic examination of the spicules, the difference 
cannot be determined. We shall also find by-and-by that 
there is a still greater resemblance in this respect between 
Esperia and Hymedesmia Johnsoni of the following group. 
In the meanwhile I will describe the West-Indian specimen. 


Esperia levis, n. sp. 


Massive, sessile, lobate. Consistence light, soft. Texture 
tomentose. Colour light brown, in some parts reddish. Sur- 
face irregularly lobate, uniformly covered by the dermal layer 
above mentioned, but with the stelliform arrangement of the 
spiculation for the most part reduced to an amorphous con- 
dition. Vents on the summits of the lobes. Internal struc- 
ture more fibrous, but with the spiculation almost as much 
confused as in the dermal one. Spicules of five forms, viz. :— 
1, skeletal, for the most part acuate, slightly curved, smooth, 
shaft fusiform, broader in the centre than the obtuse end, 
abruptly sharp- pointed, about 115 by 8-6000ths inch in its 
greatest dimensions (PI.XI. fig. 16, @); 2, flesh-spicule, inequi- 
anchorate, about 18-GO00ths inch long, head and naked part 
of shaft about equal in length, smaller and about one third of 
the whole, arms at their ends respectively equal in length 
(fig. 16, 6); 38, flesh-spicule, bihamate, smooth, C-shaped, 
more or less ‘sigmoid, about 10-G000ths inch long ‘fig. 1Gee 
4, tlesh- spicule, trichites, separate, and in sheaf-like bundles, 
about 16-6000ths long (fig. 16, d) ; 5, minute inequianchorate, 
in which the arms of the head nearly extend down to the 
lower or smaller end, and the latter presents an elongation of 
the shaft (?) into a pointed process about 5-6000ths long (fig. 16, 


292 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


e, f). No.1 is chiefly confined to the fibre, and the rest, 
of various sizes, more or less abundantly scattered perce 
the softer substance, but especially abundant in the dermal 
layer, where the inequianchorates are present in the form of 
rosettes. Size of largest piece, of which there are several, 
about 5 x 24x 1 inch. 

Hab. Marine. Growing over all kinds of objects in its 
course, which seems to have been vagrant about the sea- 
bottom, as some of the pieces, besides enclosing shells, present 
the waterworn appearance of having been subjected to attri- 
tion in shallow water, which may account for the pulpy 
amorphous condition of the dermal layer. 

Loc. Puerto Cabello. 

Obs. ‘This sponge in structure and spiculation is very like 
Esperia lingua; only the smaller end of the large imequian- 
chorate is proportionally longer in the latter, and not so round 
when viewed in frout. Like Z. lingua, too, the confusedness 
of the general structure in both species seems to have been 
broken down through some cause or other. With the excep- 
tion of the pointed process at the small end of the mdnute 
anchorate, there is very little else to make it differ from Z. 
dingua, whose representative it may be in the West Indies. 
Out of all my mountings (and I have several of different 
kinds of Esperie from different parts of the world), there is 
only one in which this character is present; and that is a 
small specimen in the late Dr. Bowerbank’s collection, now in 
the British Museum, labelled ‘Comoro Is., Mozambique,” 
wherein every other part so agrees with the West-Indian one 
that, without the labelling, I should have adjudged it to this 
locality ; but, in Schmidt’ s report of the German expedition 
to the North Sea in 1871, there is a figure of this kind of 
process in a minute inequianchorate about ‘0°03 millim.” 
(Taf. i. fig. 7)—that is, about 8-6000ths or 1-2000th inch in 
“Hsperia anceps,” = Desmacidon anceps (1. ¢.), which he con- 
sidered a “variety.” It is, however, characteristic of the 
inequianchorate in the Hyndmat nina (see the illustrations of 
Halichondria Pattersoni, Bk., Brit. Spong. vol. i. pl. xlvi. 
fig. 5, and Ridley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, in Alebion 
proximum, p. 119, pl. x. fig. 8, 6), where the latter is 6- 
G000ths inch long, or twice the size of Schmidt’s and my own 
specimens. 


Further Observations on the Esperina. 


Having thus giv ena description of the specimen of Esperia 
obtained when the ‘ Argo’ was at Puerto Cabello, I will now 
continue my observations on the group. Commencing with 


and Acapulco Sponges. 293 


Schmidt’s numerous species (and we need not go further back, 
as it would only lead us into the region of doubt, which has 
been well summed up by Schmidt himself, as before stated), 

there are twelve species from the Adriatic, aR which ten are in 
his publication of 1862, and the two others, with figures of 
the inequianchorate | only of an “ Indian species, iim. the, lst 
Supplement ; three in the Atlantic sponges of 1870; three in 
the report of the expedition to the North Sea (Deutschen 
Meere) of 1871; two in that of the expedition of 1872 (Nord- 
See Expedition) ; and one in that of the summer expedition 
to the Baltic (Ost-See) in 1871 (Berlin, 1873, 5. 148), viz. 
Esperia lucifera. Of these the figures of the anchorates of 
the “Indian species” and two of the Atlantic ones, viz. #, 
diaphana and Ly. immitis respectively, are the only ones which 
seem to me to possess an amount of difference in their inequi- 
anchorates respectively which renders them of any specific 
ralue ; while all the rest are so much alike that the anchorate 
alone 1 ei of no utility for this purpose. My observations are 
taken rather from Nchmidt’s type specimens on the slides in 
the British Museum than from his published descriptions and 
illustrations, in which I find that /. ¢mmitis is my 7. socialis 
of 1871, also from the West Indies (‘ Annals,’ vol. vil. p. 276, 
Dlexvillsdie. 7, &e.). 

Of the British species of Hsperva represented by Dr. Bower- 
bank, viz. L/ymeniacidon subclavata (B.S. vol. ui, pl. xxxvil. 
figs. 9-13) and Lthaphiodesma floreum (ibid. figs. 14-19), 
both on valves of a Pecten, the inequianchorates appear to be 
alike, although the skeletal spicules are so far different in the 
illustrations that the former is simply acuate, ¢.e. without 
terminal inflation, and the latter sub-pinlike; but this difte- 
rence, as | have said before, is not of much specific value, as 
it is Het more persistent than the absence or presence of the 
tricurvate, which also, as before mentioned, exists in my 
mounting of the latter. As for the anchorate of HH. subclavata 
being ‘ bidentate,” this I regard as an ocular delusion, having 
never found less an an Wee teeth or arms if carefully looked 
for, a fact which will be better understood by reference to my 
descriptive and illustrated anatomy of the imequianchorate 
(annals: 1871s vol. vilerp. 20%, pl. xvik. Tes (8. Gey 
Thus, if the anchorate be viewed laterally, only two arms 
will appear, viz. the anterior and the nearest lateral, giving a 
bidentate aspect, while if it be viewed in front all three will 
appear; but neither is so convincing as an end view, which 
can only be obtained when the a ehon ate is tilted upwards : 
and then the two lateral arms, one on each side the shaft, with 
the anterior arm in the middle supported on the “ falcate”’ 
septum, become convincingly obvious. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol, ix. 21 


294 - My. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


The spiculation of Hymentacidon macilenta, Bk. (which is 
also an Hsperia), obtained from the most insignifica unt “ frag- 
ments’ in point of size, of which “the largest piece only 
shehtly exceeded an one in length, and was about three lines 
in width ” (B.S. vol. ii, p. 176), such as I have often found 
here (Budleigh Salterton) about the roots of Lam¢naria digt- 
tata, seems tome but a variety of Msperta (Rhaphtodesma) 
jlorea, in which all three of the flesh-spicules are present, 
VIZ. ineqtuanchorate, bihamate, and tricurvate (B.S. vol. ii. 
pl. xxxii. figs. 7-13). “ Rhaphiodesma” (Dr. Bowerbank’s 
last generic name for Esperian sponges) stmplisstmum (B. 8. 
vol. ii. pl. xe. figs. 1-5) is evidently from the spiculation no 
Esperia at all, while Desmacidon rotalis in the same plate 
(figs. 8-14) undoubtedly i is one, and the great length of the 
head of the anchorate relativ ely ‘considered “(that i is, in propor- 
tion to the size of the other parts) a characteristic feature, 
especially as the figure is that of a full-grown anchorate 
magnified upon the same scale as that of &. floreum, Bk., 
viz. “*x 530 linear,” and not a minute incipient form. Here 
again the skeletal spicule is simply acuate ; and the structure 
represented in fig. 9 is evidently that of the lace-like dermal 
layer characteristic of an E. usperta, to which I have alluded. 
In R. sordidum (pl. Ixxvi. figs. 18-19) we seem to have an 
insignificant specimen, which is only a slight variety in spi- 
culation of 2. floreum, wherein the Picnee has been more 
strongly developed, while R. lingua (pl. Ixxvii.), in the com- 
paratively greater length of the arms of the smaller end of the 
inequianchorate (fig. 4), does present a characteristic form 
although the head of the skeleton-spicule (fig. 2) should in- 
stead of acuate be sub-pinlike, 7. e. elliptic, inflated in the 
centre, skittle-shaped ; for the average 1s so in the type specimen, 
which, as a whole, appears, as before stated, to derive its 
general tongue-shaped form from having been squeezed up in 
the hand after it was drawn on board in a comminuted state. 
Still, such is the rigidity of the fibro-skeletal structure in many 
instances, that if there had been any present some would 
have remained to testify to the fact ; hence we may infer that 
the structure was always soft, as it now is, like that of the 
West-Indian specimen above described. Reviewing thus all 
that has been put forward by Dr. Bowerbank, together with 
my own actual experience, I see no indication, from the spicu- 
lation, of there being in his ‘Monograph. of the British 
Spongiade’ any more than two well-characterized species of 
Lisperia, Viz. Bhaphiodesma. floreum and R. lingua. 

But that there are more British 1 species of Lspertia, m 
examination of the sponges dredged on board H.M.8. ‘ Por- 


and Acapulco Sponges. 295 


cupine’ between the north of Scotland and the Fiirée Islands 
will show (‘ Annals,’ 1874 and 1876, vols. xiv. and xviii. 
pp. 215 and 316 respectively). In Esperia cupresstformis 
(vol. xiv. pl. xiv. figs. 16-19) the general form and spicula- 
tion will be found to be very remarkable ; while in the variety 
bihamitifera (vol. xvii. pl. ne ng. 14) it is hardly less so. 
The species /. borassus (ibid. fig. 13) has hardly any thing 
to characterize it beyond the peculiar arrangement of its 
spicules, which have nothing remarkable in their forms beyond 
the common run. In #. placot des, however, we have all the 
common characteristics spiculation, tovether with the rigid 
fibro-structure internally and the lace-like dermal layer in the 
grooves or “pore-areas ”” (fig. 12, &, 2) between the placoid 
plates, “while the latter in their structure give the species 
this striking peculiarity. But when we turn back to £. villosa 
(vol. xiv. pl. xii. figs. 18-15), there we find an egudanchorate 
instead of the usual Ksperian form (that is, with unequal 
ends), which makes one doubt the appropriateness of the 
generic term, as will be more particularly shown by the fol- 
lowing obser" vations, Viz. 

While engaged in bees over my slides of different 
Esperia for “the present occasion, I recurred to that bearing 
the spiculation of the “ Unknown Sponge,” published in mg 
‘Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society (1879, vol. 
pl. xviia, tig. 12), which, it may be remembered, was font 
in the form of a mere film on the foraminiferal test ot Aphro- 
sina informis, Carter, that, again, was on the branched eel 
Amphihelia oculata, Duncan, which had been dredged on board 
H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in the Atlantic Ocean, between the north 
of Scotland and the Firée Islands, and ; immediately saw that 
there existed a great resemblance , almost an identity, 
between it and the spiculation of Esperia villosa. It may be 
remembered also ue in both these instances, the bihamate 
was strikingly i: is, in the former 823-6000ths and 
in the latter 40-G000ths on long, a coincidence of large sizes 
in these flesh-spicules which first attracted my attention to 
the respective slides, as in no other case has the bihamate been 
found so large. I have already stated that the anchorate wag 
equiended in Esperia villosa; and I might here add that it 
is of that shape which IL have termed navicular or weaver’s 
shuttle-like, thus totally opposed to the usual form in Lsperi ia, 
ViZ. inequianchorate, but precisely like that of the “ Unk oun 
Ce In the latter, being a mere film, there is nothing 
but the spiculation to judge “from ; but in Esperia vi llosa, 
which is comparatively large, the surface is totally different 
from that usually characteristic of Esperia, as may be seen 


296 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


from my description and delineation (op. et loc. cit.), while the 
only things that are like Hsperia are the skeleton-spicule in 
both the “Unknown Sponge” and FE. villosa, and the rigid 
skeleton-fibre in the latter. Under these circumstances I 
propose to change the name of ‘Hsperia villosa”? to that of 
“ Hsperiopsts villosa, "and for the present to place it in the 
following group, viz. Hymedesmina. 

But lest it should be asked, ‘* Why add it to Hymedesmina 
in particular?” it may be observed that the nearest known 
structures to /’sperta have been placed in the Hymedesmina. 

Thus, in one of the massive specimens of //ymedesmia 

Johnson, Bk., dredged on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ between 
the north of Scotland and the Firée Islands, which had grown 
upon a little stone, and which, being su beylindrical, is an 
inch long by half an inch in diameter, “the same kind of stelli- 
ficate lace-like dermal structure and the same kind of rigid 
spiculo-fibrous skeleton exists as in a similarly-constituted 
Esperia. Moreover, another but membraniform specimen that 
had grown over the surface of a Stedletia which had itself 
grown on the branch of a stony coral obtained from the sea 
about the island of Madeira (British Museum, no. 3860 and 
361, presented by the Rev. R. F. Lowe), is so like the dermal 
layer of Esperda that at first I took it for one, until convinced 
to the contrary by microscopical examination, when I found 
the skeletal spicule also to be almost identical in form with 
that of Esperia, accompanied, too, by a large tricurvate (PI. XI. 
fig. 20, a, b) ; so that, but for the presence of that extraor- 
dinary form of flesh- spicule (fig. 20, c, d, e), to which I shall 
allude more particularly hereafter, these specimens might be 
taken for those of an Esperta. Hence, with the Esperian 
structure of the fibro-skeleton of Lsperta villosa, now Hspert- 
opsis, and its Esperian skeletal spicule, together with the 
extraordinary sizes of its flesh-spicules respectively (extra- 
ordinary for a navicul’form anchorate), its massive as well as 
membranous forms are better placed with the THymedesmina 
than with the Esperina, where their anchorates, being equi- 
ended, would at once break down the main characteristic of 
our eroup. 

It might be observed, toc, that the forms Espertopsis villosa 
and Hymedesmia Hoinaons: respectively were brought up in 
the dredge together, or, at all events, at the same station, Viz. 
OL OL 18695 a tor they were in the same jar that bore this 
label. 

This opportunity also might be taken of stating what is 
known of //ymedesmia Johnsont, Bk, 1864, = Desmacidon 
Johnson, Sdt., 1870, as it has not been found to have grown 


and Acapulco Sponges. 297 


much beyond a membranous form on most occasions. In the 
first place, two species or one and a variety of it, occur, viz. 
Hymedesmia Johnsoni, which, in addition to the double- 
hooked “ trenchant” flesh- spicule, common to both (PI. XI. 
fig. 20, c, d, e), has a single form of acwate skeleton-spicule, 
viz. Esperian (PL. XI. fig. 20) and a tricurvate flesh-spicule 
strongly developed (fig. 20,6); the acuate spicule clearly, 
from Dr. Bowerbank’s illustration of a membranous erowth 
from Madeira (B. 8. vol. i. p. 35, pl. xviii. fig. 293), indicates 
that vt is Hymedesmia Johnsoni, Bk., and has been found 
between the north of Scotland and the Firée Islands, as above 


zr) 
stated, also on a Stelletta coming from Madeira in a mem- 


g 
branous form by myself; to which we may add the coast of 
Portugal probably (Schmidt, Spongf. Atlantisch. Gebiet. 
p- 5d) : ; as well as that from Shetland figured by Dr. Bower- 
bank in 1874 (B.S. vol. ii. p. 208, pl. Ixxiv. figs. 1-3) 
under the name of Halichondria falcula, which is probably 
the largest massive specimen (being about 2 inches long and 
1 inch broad) that has yet been obtained. Although the tri- 
curvate spicule is only mentioned in the specimens from the 
north of Scotland and Madeira, the acuate spicule is sufficient 
for identification in the others. 

Schmidt’s form, on the other hand, was obtained from the 
coast of Florida, and from its possessing in addition to the 
trenchant anchorate an acerate skeleton-spicule, accompanied 
by a bihamate flesh-spicule only (Pl. XI. fig. 21, a, 6), might 
be termed LHHymedesmia Schmidtii. His specimen was mem- 
braniform (Spong. Atlant. Gebiet. p. 53) ; and this form and 
spiculation also occur among the dredgings of H.M.S. ‘ Por- 
cupine, as evidenced by a smnall fr agment of a massive speci- 
men obtained at the entrance of the English Channel in 725 
fms. at Station 36; so that there are evidently two different 
spiculations of this sponge characterized by the same peculiar 
anchorate, however much alike the general forms may be. 

At the conclusion of his article on Desmacidon Johnsoni= 
Hymedesmia, Bk., Schmidt states that the ‘ trenchant” spi- 
cule (Bowerbank’s term, because the inner edge of it is thinned 
off like a knife) with hook at each end is allied toa bihamate ; 
but in Hymedesmia Schmidtii the other flesh-spicule w hich 
is so abundantly present is a verttable C-shaped and sigmoid 
bihamate, whose contrast in form with the early development 
of the great trenchant spicule w hen both are about the same 
size is most evident (Pl. XI. fig. 21, a, b,c). The reversed 
position of the hooks, viz. one turning right and the other 
left (“‘rechts und links’ ’) like the ends of a bihamate, seems to 
have influenced him in this decision (figs. 20 & 21, c). But 


298 Mr. H. J. Carter on some W: endian 


setting aside for a moment the fact that in Hymedesmia 
Schmidtii the trenchant spicule is accompanied by genuine 
simple C-shaped bihamates, we find in the other sponge which 
I have placed in this group, viz. Desmacidon titubans, Sdt., 
that the central arm at both ends of the undoubted anchorate 
is similarly reversed and accompanied by an abundance of 
C-shaped bihamates, although of unusual size (Pl. XII. fig. 24, 
c-h). Comparing this anchorate, then, to the trenchant spicule 
of HH. Schmidt’i as well as to that of H. Johnsoni, which is 
the same, we must infer, I think, that this spicule represents an 
anchorate as I have called it, and not a fibula or bihamate. 
Lastly, it has been generally supposed that no equiancho- 
rates are ever found in the “ rosette’-form presented by the 
cnequianchorates in Hsperta; but in Schmidt’s type specimen 
of Desmacidon titubans, in a slide at the British Museum, 
may be seen “ rosettes’ of the equianchorate peculiar to this 
species and similar to those of Hsperva (Pl. XII. fig. 24, 2’). 


teturning uow to the group Esperina, I have observed that 
in some species of Hsperta there is a very minute egudancho- 
rate of the navicular shape in great abundance and not more 
than 24-G6000ths inch long (Pl. XI. fig. 19, a, 6). This was 
first noticed in specimens belonging to the British Museum, 
viz. in nos. 123 and 286, both of which, unfortunately, are 
without locality, while the other figures on them are “28a” 
and “ 68, 11. 26.24” respectively ; and just now I have found 
it in the mounting of a specimen from this beach (Budleigh 
Salterton) otherwise possessing a spiculation like Lsperva 
florea, Bk., but with the skeleton-spicule a simple acuate, 7. e. 
without any inflation of the blunt end. It is also present in 
a specimen from the Mauritius (£. plumosa, mihi), to be here- 
after mentioned. Schmidt also noticed this kind of minute 
equianchorate as a ‘‘ variety,” in the spiculation of his 
Esperia anceps, figured in his report of the sponges found b 
the ‘Germania’ in her expedition of 1871 to the North Sea 
(Taf. 1. fig. 8), of which the measurement is given under its 
other name, viz. Desmacidon anceps (p. 482) as “0:03 mil- 
lim.,” which is much the same as that above stated, hence 
very minute. It certainly is more minute than the minutest 
inequianchorates visible in the same slides; and therefore the 
éequianchorate may possibly begin its development in this 
form. However, it does net appear in the ovular embryo of 
Esperta, while the ¢nequianchorates do, as my representation 


will show (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv. pl. xxi. fig. 25). The 
specimen of /’sperva trom the Mauritius in which this minute 


equianchorate occurs was picked up by Col. Pike some years 


and Acapulco Sponges. 299 


ago when U.S. Consul there, and finally came to me through 
Dr. Dickie for examination. From its present feathery form, 
its spiculation may be briefly described under the name 


Esperia plumosa, n. sp. 


Skeletal spicule sub-pinlike, with the head much smaller 
than the thickest part of the shaft, 80 by 23-6000ths inch in 
its greatest dimensions ; inequianchorate 12 by 5-6000ths 
inch ; ; a simple C-shaped bihamate 21 by 1$-6000ths, and a 
tricurvate 20-6000ths inch long; all of the ordinary forms ; 
together with the minute egu¢danchorate 25-GO00ths long, in 
great abundance, but perhaps not more so than the minute 
bihamates and tricurvates; while the smallest ¢mequiancho- 


rates are about 4-GO000ths inch long. 
Esperia obscura, 0. sp. 


Is a fragment of a massive specimen about 2x 2x1 inch 
in its greatest dimensions, with all the characters of Hsperta, 
viz. lace-like dermal layer, rigid interior fibre, and acuate 
(sub-pinlike) form of skeletal spicule, but with an inequi- 
anchorate about 5-G000ths long so transparent in its detail 
that all 1 can give of it are the representations (PLT: fie Ws) 
in the hope that it might be thus recognized and finally” illus 
trated anatomically. 

Loc, Fremantle. Found in a rotten state in Dr. Bower- 
bank’s collection. 


RHAPHIDOTHECA, Kent. 
In the specimens of Rhaphidotheca Marshall. Halli, Kent, 


and Lf. affinis, Carter, both of which are “speria, the apenas 
rates differ so little that, unless the accurately delimesred forms 
respectively are placed side by side as I have done (Journ. 
Roy. Microscop. Soc. 1879, vol. i. pl. xvil. a, figs. 3 and 4), 
nad differences are almost afte slight to be of any specitic 
value; and, after all, they y may be only varieties ; while the 
presence of the pin- hae es spicules 1 in each, with their heads outer- 
most, accompanied by their spdrular tlesh-spicules, has been 
shown to be adventitious (ibid. pp. 497, 498) or appropriated, 
having first belonged to another sponge. It is remarkable 
also that the specimens should come from parts wide apart, 
viz. Lthaphidotheca Marshall-Halli from the Atlantic on ane 
coast of Portugal, and 7. affin’s from the Atlantic between 
the north of Scotland and the Fiirée Isl: nds, both upon closely 
allied forms of branched stony corals, in one of which m 
Cliona abyssorum with the same kind of smooth spirular flesh- 
spicule occurs. 


300 On West-Indian and Acapulco Sponges. 


Peculiarity in the Anchorate. 


The only undescribed species of Esperta that I have ex- 
amined, in which the inequianchorate possesses a decided 
peculiarity, i is the following, viz. 


Esperia Cunninghami, n. sp. 


Massive, lobate, sessile. Colour now pale yellow. Sur- 
face undulating, rugose; dermal layer lace-like, formed of a 
stout reticulated structure, composed of smooth ’spiculo- fibre, 
underneath the interstices of which is a finer one of the same 
kind, whose interstices in the fresh state are tympanized by 
the dermal sarcode in which the pores are situated ; supported 
internally by a rigid spiculo-fibrous skeleton, whose branches 
become thicker towards the older and first-formed parts of the 
structure, which is traversed by the branches of the excretory 

canal- system that open here and there in large vents on the 
surface. Spicules of five forms, viz.:—1, skeletal, acuate, al-. 
most cylindrical, smooth, curved, abruptly sharp-pointed, 
shehtly constricted inside "the head, or with the latter ellipti- 
cally inflated, about 112 by 2-6( )00ths inch in its greatest 
dimensions (PL. XI. fig. 17, a, 6); 2, flesh-spicule, inequi- 
anchorate, 10—20-6000ths inch long, head oblong, narrow, a 
little longer than the rest of the body, anterior or petaloid arm 
a little shorter than the lateral ones, which are somewhat 
everted at the free end; anterior arm of the smaller or lower 
end prolonged upwards into a pointed conical process (fig. 17, 
¢, g); 8, flesh-spicule, bihamate, very fine, back or shaft 
straight, suddenly curved in opposite directions at the ends, 
about 6-GOO00ths inch long (fig. 17, d,h); 4, flesh-spicule, 
simple, tricurvate, very small, bow-shaped, 10-6000ths inch 
long (fig. 17, e); 5, trichites in sheaf-shape bundles about 
the same length (fig. 17, f). No. 1 is chiefly confined to the 
dermal and skeletal structure ; 2 is sparsely present, chiefly 
in the dermal layer, together with 3 and 4, which are ex- 
tremely fine and scanty. Size of one of the largest of the 
pieces, of which there are many, all belonging apparently to 
the same specimen, which must therefore have been very large, 
6 by 4 inches in its greatest diameter, 

Hab. Marine. 

Loc, Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands, and Otter Island, 
Patagonia. 

Obs. 'The “ process’? which is extended upwards from the 
central or petaloid arm of the lower end of the inequiancho- 
rate, and is a simple elongation of this tongue-like part (fig. 17, 
g), 18 the most distinguishing and striking character in this 


Drv i. Orley on Nematodes. 301 


species. Probably the larger size mentioned is the fully- 
developed. form, although by no means the most sled 
The bihamate is also peculiar, and so difficult to find from its 
fineness and scarcity that I do not place much dependence on 
the form and size given of it; hence consider that what I have 
stated requires confirmation. Possibly in some parts of the 
specimens which have not come under my observation the 
flesh-spicules may be larger, more marked, and more plenti- 
ful; but after a prolonged cearch I have not been able to find 
them. The skeletal spicule, as in most other species, varies 
in the form of the head, being in one part simply acuate and 
in another more or less inflated (fig. 17, a, 6). The speci- 
mens, according to the label, were obtained by Dr. Cunning- 
ham, after whom the species is named, and found at the places 
mentioned. ‘They are all in the British Museum, and, besides 
my running no, 441, bear the register nos. 68. 6. 29,22 and 
72.4. 19. 3 respectively. Mr. Stuart Ridley has alluded to 
them (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 117, pl. x. fig. 5) for com- 
parison with his Lsperta magellanica, the spiculation of which 
is of the common ty pe. 

Although Lsperta Cunninghami is the only species in 
which I have found the “ inequianchorate”’ to present the 
peculiar character above mentioned, there is another in which 
the bihamatecqually possesses one; and that is the serrated form 
in Lsperta serratohamata, found ‘among the Gulf-of-Manaar 
Ba omcns from Ceylon (‘ ‘Annals,’ 1880, vol. vi. p. 49, pl. v. 

- 20, 6). 


[To be continued. | 


XXX.—Leport on the Nematodes in the Possession of the 
British Museum, with a Review of the Classification of 
the Order. By Dr. L. ORLEY. 

[Plate X. } 


Since the year 1853, in which Baird’s ‘Catalogue of the 


Species of Entozoa contained in the Collection of ihe British 
Museum ’ appeared, the collection has been enriched by the 
addition of some interesting forms, the enumeration of which 
will afford matter of interest to those acquainted with the 
group. Our knowledge of the Nematodes has undergone such 
changes during the last thirty years, that a fresh survey of 
the collection was certainly desirable. Many species reputed 


302 Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 


to be distinct are young forms of other species; and the syste- 
matic arrangement has much altered with the merease of our 
knowledge. To take one example :—Ascaris tncisa, Rud., 
has been recognized as the young form of Ascaris depressa, 
Rud. ; a large number of the species of Ascaris have been 
removed to other genera; and all the forms assigned to the 
genus Agamonema, Dies., have been discovered to be imma- 
ture Asearids. For this reason, indeed, I have put asexual 
forms aside, and have described, without giving specific names, 
those which seemed of special interest. 

Although the collection of Nematodes cannot be set down 
as a very rich one; yet it derives value from the circumstance 
that a tolerably large number of genera are represented, and 
that it contains the original specimens of the species described 
by Baird and Siebold. ‘The specimens are unfortunately, as 
in most other collections, not in the best state of preservation 5 
so that a renewal of many species is very desirable. The 
ereatest attention has, indeed, been devoted to the collection 
recently ; but it is impossible to restore those specimens in 
which decomposition has already set in. Some little experi- 
ence in the matter has taught me that if the worms are washed 
in 10-per-cent. nitric-acid solution and killed in weak alcohol, 
they will keep remarkably well, if they are gradually trans- 
ferred to stronger spirit, and if strong spirit be added to the 
old alcohol every six months. 

I must content myself on this occasion with simply enume- 
rating the species in the collection, without going into the 
literature after the manner and with the same fulness as in 
Baird’s Catalogue; for Linstow’s Compendium * contains 
almost the entire bibliography, and I could at best only copy 
this. However, I shall take the liberty of enumerating cer- 
tain species which are accidentally omitted from Linstow’s 
Catalogue and of correcting certain errors, in order to supple- 
ment this useful book where possible f. 

By the kindness of Dr. A. Giinther, the Keeper of the 

* A very complete account of the literature of Entozoa is to be found 
in Dr. Cobbold’s excellent work ‘ Entozoa, &c., 1879. 

t 1. Ascaris levissima, Baird, ‘ Catalogue of the Species of Entozoa,’ 

London, 1853, p. 25. Hab. India. 
2, Ascaris bifaria, Baird, ibidem, p. 26. From the Korea, 

Ascaris undulosu-striata, Baird, is introduced as noduloso-striata, 
and the host Sarcorhamphus is set down in the alphabetical list as 
Sacorrhamphus. 

4, Filaria gracilis, Rud. Synops. Entoz. p. 208; Dujardin, Hist. 

nat. d. Helm. p. 46; Schneider, Monogr. d. Nemat. p. 87. Zab, 

In the peritoneum of Layothriv Humboldtu and Cebus capucinus, 

5. Filaria sanguinea, Rud, Synops. pp. 6 & 211; Dujardin, Hist. 

d. Helm, p, 61. 


Co 


e 


Dr: i. Orley on Nematodes. 303 


Zoological Department, I received permission to examine 
the collection, and was assisted in every way by Prof. 
Jeffrey Bell; I then exerted myself to arrange it according 
to the most recent system. i confess 1 found difficulty 
in deciding on which system to proceed; for, as is well 
known, various opinions prevail on the subject. Laying aside 
the old elaccrseations of Rudolphi and Diesing, there remain the 
views of Bastian, Dujardin, and Schneider, and, further, those 
important discoveries which have been made by Leuckart and 
Claus on the Rhabditide and by Bitschli and de Man on 
free-living forms. [I must say, at the same time, that our 
knowledge is, relatively, so poor with regard to the two latter 
groups that a monograph especially ot ‘tie Rhabditide is much 
to be desired. Our acquaintance also with the general deve- 
lopment of the Nematodes is very limited, so that we have 
no characters except those of the anatomy and biology by 
which to direct our systematic arrangement of the group. 

The first question to be solved is whether the free-living 
should be placed with the parasitic forms, or whether the two 
should form independent groups. 

In answer to this, different investigators have put for- 
ward different opinions. Dujardin * and Schneidert placed 
the free-living and parasitic forms together, while Bastian f 
considers em to be independent of ack se The two 
first named had but little acquaintance with the free-living 
forms, while the latter investigated both groups profoundly, 
leaving however, unfortunately, the Rhabditide out of con- 
sideration. 

In the system of Dujardin we find all free-living forms 
united under the name ‘ Knopliens,” with two parasitic 
genera Passalurus and Atractis, a proof that they had some 
characters Im common. When our knowledge became so 
immensely increased by the investigations of Bastian we came 
into the possession of characters which admitted of the sepa- 

ration of the two parasitic genera. Schneider endeavours to 
classify both groups by the muscular system ; but Butschli§ 
and other workers have sufliciently proved that by it the most 
closely related forms are separated. 

Since jveuckart|! and Claus 4] carried out their studies on 

* Hist. nat. d. Helm. (Paris, 1845). 

+ Monographie der Nematoden (Berlin, 1866), 


{ “ Monograph of the Anguillulide,” Transactions of the Linnean So- 
ciety of London, vol. xxv. 1865, 


§ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der freilebenden Nematoden (Dresden, 1873), 
| Menschliche Parasiten, 1863 and 1876, 


4] Beobachtungen uber die Organisation und Fortpflanzung von Lepto- 
dera appendiculata (Marburg, 1869), 


304 Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 


Rhabditidee and Rhabditoid larvee we have become Samana 
with transitional forms which appear to connect the free- 
living and parasitic groups. ‘he chief of these are Rhabditis 
nigrovenosa and appendiculata, which show a close connexion 
with the parasitic g oenus Oxyure. is, both from a biological and 
an anatomical point of view. So thoroughly does Biitschli* 

recognize this relationship that he considers it desirable to 
mate the genera Oxyuris, Cephalobus, Anguillula, and Rhab- 
dit’s into one genus. I have proposed tT the name Rhabditi- 
forme for the group. Our task, then, is to discover whether 
this group can be maintained in its independence, and whether 
the parasitic and free-living forms are to be separated, or 
whether a continuous a of modifications connects all 
Nematodes, admitting of no lines of demarcation. We have 
thus ponte to the point at which Bastian commenced fifteen 
years ago; and it is to be regretted that the characters which 
he put Rend as distinguishing the two groups from one 
another have not been remembered as well as they deserved. 

I shall saat in the first place, that characters exist by 
which the so-called Rhabditiforme may be separated from the 
real free-living species or Anguillulidee. 

De Mant was the first to ‘demonstrate that our terrestrial 
and freshwater forms have been developed from three or more 
marine original forms; and I have assigned to that which 
gave rise to the Rhabditiforma: the name of “ Protoncholaimus.” 
From this the species of Mononchus and Diplogaster are 
developed. Diplogaster is even provided with a doubly- 
bulbed cesophagus, a sign that it inclines to a parasitic life ; 
but the organs usually coincident with a free existence, such 
as the circumoral bristles and the lateral circular markings, 
are not wanting. From Diplogaster apete other forms in 
two directions; one division has kept the bristles and lateral 
circular markings and acquired a caudal sucker as well (Plectus, 
Bst.), while others have entirely lost these organs, necessary 
to a free life; this may be taken asa sign that they have 
passed into a parasitic state of pristenee, It is just these 
latter ee which represent the group of the Rhabditiforme. 
All other free-living species known at present have at least 
one of the organs I “have named; and many have eyes besides. 
Points of difference occur in the mode of reproduction and 
manner of life. 


* « Ueber freilebende Nematoden,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxvi. 

+ Monographie der Anguilluliden : Budapest, 1880. (Editio separata e 
“Természetrajzi fizetek,” vol. iv. partes i., 11. 1880. A muszeo nationali 
hungarico edita. ) 

{ ‘Onderzoekingen over vrij in de Aarde levende Nematoden,’ Leide, 
1875, 


Brie Orley on Nematodes. 305 


The difference, on the other hand, between the free-living 
and truly parasitic forms is much oreater ; ; for we find distine- 
tive characters both in the structure of the cuticle, and in that 
of the reproductive organs and nervous system. The cuticle 
of the free-living fone is tolerably thin in comparison with 
that of the parasites; the genital tube is simple and devoid 
of convolutions in the former, while in the latter the structure 
is complicated and there are many convolutions. In the para- 
sitic forms the nervous system is represented exclusively by 
an oesophageal ring made up of nerve-fibres and nerve-cells, 
while in the free-living forms it is either entirely absent or 
consists only of a few fibres. A study of the cellular mass 
belonging to the nervous system (?) which surrounds the 
cesoph agus in the free-living group discloses another impor- 
tant eee: On the piles hand, the Rhabditiformz stand 
near the free-living forms in these latter points, and are sepa- 
rated from the parasitic forms by the same characters ; though, 
at the same time, the parasitic stage of Rhabditis nigrovenosa 
approaches the parasites in many points. O.xyurts is not to 
be joined to the Rhabditiforme; for it has higher structural 
relations. 

Differences are to be detected which perhaps may connect 
the simplest with the most complicated metamorphosis. In 
the first place, every Nematode has a larval stage; in this 
stage all are alike, and all, with few exceptions, lead a free 
existence, a proof that the parasitic are derived from the free- 
living forms. But while the parasitic larva: must of necessity 
perish if they are unable by any means to reach the interior of 
other animals, the free-living forms develop into sexually 
mature worms without changing their abode. But how is it 
with the Rhabditiforme ? Schneider’s investigations have 
already shown us that most Rhabditide require for their de- 
velopment soil or liquid which has become foul; and later 
experiments appear to establish the conclusion that the deve- 
lopment of the Rnhabditidee is carried out in the midst of de- 
composing matter. Lhabditis nigrovenosa and appendiculata 
also require a nidus of filth for their later developmental stages, 
but have the power of developing into the sexually mature con- 
dition in this position, while their nearest allies, the Oxyurids, 
can only develop within the bodies of other animals. And 
this development into the sexual state apart from a host cha- 

racterizes both free-livers and the Rhabditiforme, while the 
contrary is the distinguishing mark of the parasites. If we 
study those Rhabdititorme: which are found in the interior of 
man and the higher animals, we find, from the researches of 
various investigators, that these species reach the mature con- 


306 Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 


dition just as well out of the body as within it, and that their 
development 1 is not in the least influenced by the latter posi- 
tion. This rule applies with greater or less accuracy to the 
other genera which are grouped with Rhabditiforme. Angui/- 
lula aceti, it is true, lives in artificially prepared vinegar, but 
only in the larval state, while it develops sexually and repro- 
duces only in fenvenied, vinegar. 

Most of the Cephalobi live in roots of moss which have more 
or less undergone decay ; and most Rhabditide live in decom- 
posing organic matter, or in earth which contains it. We 
Bee ten, “that it is just as much a necessity for the Rhabditi- 
nee find a resting-place in decomposing matter as it is 
for the parasitic forms to reach by some means the inside of 
an animal; while the free-living forms, unfettered by such 
requirements, develop directly antler most varied and inde- 
pendent external conditions. ‘The preservation of the species 
is effected in different ways; for while the parasites secure 
this end by producing enormous quantities of ova, with the 
Rhabditidee, which produce but few eggs, it is managed by 
the constant aggregation of the individuals in large numbers 
and by their extremely 1 rapid development, whiGh occupies 
sometimes only twenty-four hours; while their tenacity of 
life and their habit of wandering gives them the power of 
becoming widely distributed. Some Rhabditiforme, indeed, 
appear to occur singly ; but this cannot be decided for certain, 
owing to the imperfect extent to which their habits are known : 
in cases where isolated individuals are fonnd it is always 
possible that they may be merely stray members of a colony. 
It is seldom that the free-living forms live together; they are 
generally (with the exception of the parasitic “Pylencht) to be 
found singly ; they lay very few eggs; and hence the different 
species are always found to be feebly represented, Diplogaster 
rivalis may be mentioned here as showing a transition to the 
Rhabdititorme ; for it usually occurs in large numbers in wet 
ditches among ‘Algw, and also reproduces, as I have often 
convinced mys self, eh ereat rapidity in decayed Algae. 

Biitschli was the first who endeavoured to unite the genera 
Oxyuris, Rhabditis, Cephalobus, and Anguillula, on account of 
their apreement in “the structure of the caudal termination in 
males &e. ; ; these genera would seem to be closely allied. De 
Man has placed them in the family ‘‘ Odontospheride ;” I 
have called the family Rhabditidee. De Man associated with 
them the Flectide and Diplogasteridee ; > but although I[ 
cannot deny the close affinity of these forms with the above- 
mentioned genera, yet they possess so many of the charac- 
ters requisite to a free existence that we are justified in sepa- 


Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 507 


rating them from the Rhabditiforme, at least until more 
exact study shall show other limits to be necessary for the 
group. 

Now the Rhabditiforme lack all the chief points usually 
coincident with a free life—namely, the circumoral bristles, 
lateral circular markings, and Eaudal sucker. ‘Those struc- 
tures which have been pointed out in some Rhabditide as 
short bristles around the mouth are rather to be described 
as long pointed papille, and occur in some other parasitic 
forms as well. Almost ail Rhabditide possess an cesophagus 
with either two roundish swellings or one elongated anterior 
dilatation, and with a font bulb provided with a val- 
vular apparatus. An esophagus of this kind is found else- 
where only in the genera most nearly akin to them (Plectus, 
eae r), and in the representatives of the genus Jylen- 
chus (the parasite of plants)—a proof that the passage to a 
parasitic mode of life is marked by a modification of this kind 
in the structure of the cesophagus. The 7y/ench?, however 
in their other characters are very nearly related to the Rhab- 
ditiforme, inasmuch as the above-mentioned characters are 
wanting in them; and I hope the time may come when a 
closer examination will allow us to place them with the Rhab- 
ditiforme as a distinct genus. 

Summing up what has been said, we find that there are 
perhaps few orders in which so continuous a series of forms 
exists asin the Nematodes. But that it is possible to separate 
by a transitional group the two divisions distinguished by 
Bastian I have now endeavoured to show ; andeven if I have 
carried out this separation imperfectly, I should still have for 
consolation the expectation that the careful researches of 
Leuckart, Claus, Biitsehli, and De Man will yet enable us to 
establish more satisfactory boundary lines. 

Although the complete chain of forms is not known to us, 
and although our present knowledge allows us only tenta- 
tively to fix boundaries to the eroups, I take the liberty of 
proposing the following three suborders as those which best 
represent our know ledge up to the present time. 

I. Nematentoz poetical -worms completing their early 
stage in the free condition, their maturity as parasites in the 
bodi ies of the higher or the lower animals ; the species being 
perpetuated by the production of immense numbers of ova, 
whose development is more or less complicated. ‘The canis 
is fairly thick, the mouth provided with papilla and lips ; the 
buceal cavity al the male caudal end may be either simple 
or complex. The nervous system consists of distinct nerve- 
cells and fibres, surrounds the cesophagus, and is always well 


308 Preeti, Orley on Nematodes. 


developed. The genital tube is complicated by many convo- 
lutions. 

Il. Rhabditiforme.—Smmall, chiefly microscopic thread- 
worms, which live generally free, but in exceptional cases as 
parasites, and have without exception the power of deve- 
loping to the sexually mature state in organic substances in a 
state of decomposition, or in earth saturated with such sub- 
stances, such condition being necessary to the process. ‘The 
species is perpetuated not so much by the production of an im- 
mense number of ova as by the habit which they have of living 
in colonies, of developing with great rapidity, and with a meta- 
morphosis which is either slig] a or complicated by dimorphism 
of the sexes. They are devoid of all the principal characters 
usually coincident with a free life, such as circumoral bristles, 

caudal suckers, and lateral circular mar kings. The cuticle is 
tolerably thin ; the nervous system consists more of fibres than 
cells, and is feebly developed and often wholly wanting. ‘The 
cesophagus has two dilatations, the posterior of which is 
provided with a valvular apparatus. The genital tube is of 
simple structure, not convoluted. The mouth has lips or 
papille ; the buccal cavity is usually very simple. 

1G Anguillulide. —Small microscopic thread-worms lead- 
ing a free existence in mould or in water throughout all their 
staves, developing without a complex metamorphosis. Though 
small, they produce large eggs. Provided with the organs 
belonging to a free life, “such as bristles, caudal sucker, and 
eral ecular markings, and even with eyes in many cases. 
Buceal cavity simple or complex, according to the conditions 
under which they live. The nervous system is either entirely 
absent or composed only of a few fibres. Genital tube simple ; 
no convolutions. 

The Nematodes of the British-Museum collection belong to 
the Nematentozoa, with the exception of two species which 
belong to the group Rhabditiforme; the Anguillulide are 
not represented. With regard to the first group, I must dis- 
tinctly lay down that not one of the existing classifications re- 
presents the true relationships, and we shall certainly have long 
to wait for a natural arrangement. Of all those which have 
been proposed I have found that of Schneider to be the best ; 
and although we have found the arrangement according to 
the muscular system not to be thoroughly satisfactory, I have 
adopted it provisionally. For this reason, this group includes 
all the genera contained in Schneider’s monograph, with the 
exception of Enoplus, Pelodera , Leptoder a, Anguillula, Mermis, 
and Gordius; and it is divisible into fhe subordinate groups, 
Polymyarii, Meromy: aru, and Holomyaru. 


Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 309 


For the Polymyarii Schneider enumerates ten genera, of 
which Hnoplus is not to be regarded as rightly placed among 
them, and the genus Cer -atospira is not “represented in the 
collection. On the other hand, I add to the group the genus 
Spiroptera, lately characterized by Linstow, and the genus 
Agamonema as an appendix, which contains young forms of 
Ascaris, and probably of other genera. or this reason 
Agamonema is not, strictly speaking, a genus at all, but 
merely a collector’s name for various young stages of Newnes 
tozoa. Thus we have ten genera of £ Polymy aril represented in 
the collection. 


A. Polymyarii, Schn. 
I. Genus Ascaris, Rud. 


Mouth provided with two lips; two spicula of similar form ; 
preanal papille: to the number of twenty and upwards. 

The species are arranged according to the systematic posi- 
tions of the hosts. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. lumbricoides, Zin. Homo sapiens*, 
ee . Troglodytes niger. 
» (=suilla, Duj.). Sus scrofa. 
2. incisa, Rud.t Talpa europea. 
3. mystax, Schrank. Leopardus varius. 
e. is Felis domestica. 
No locality. 
Canis vulpes. 
No locality. 


bk) bb 
3a. 4, var. triquetra. 


39 99 
36. 4, Var. marginata. Canis familiaris. 
is 5 5 aureus. 
3c. ,, var. leptoptera. Felis leo. 


Felis concolor. 
Canis lupus. 


9 99 
3d. ,, var. microptera. 


4, transfuga, Rud. 
5. bicolor, Baird. 


39 (?) 


6. osculata, Rud. 


29 ”? 
” bb] 
99 9 


: 99 99 
similis, Baird. 
. megalocephala, Clogn. 
. Halicores, Owen, 


co CO ~T 


* Specimens of different races, 


Ursus arctos.s 
Trichechus romarus. 
No locality. 
Phoca vitulina. 
>>  groenlandica. 
5,  barbata. 
> -anmulosas 
Monachus albiventer. 
Phocat. 
Equus caballus. 
Halicore cetacea. 


+ Has been considered the young stage of A. depressa, Rud. 


¢ From Arctartic region. 


Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 5. 


Vol. ix. 22 


310 


No. 
A); 
ole 


12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
is. 
19. 


20. 
21. 


22. 
23. 


24, 
20. 


26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 


31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 


OD. 
36. 
37. 


38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 


Droit; 


Species. 
simplex, Rud. 
ensicaudata, Rud. 


39 tb) 
spiralis, ud. 
unduloso-striata. 
depressa, Rud. 
Salvini, Baird. 
semiteres, Rud. 
serpentulus, Rud. 


microcephala, Rud. 


spiculigera, Jud. 


99 3” 


29 9 


holoptera, Rud. 


92 
suleata, Rud. 


99 99 


3%”) 9 
tenuicollis, Rud. 
cephaloptera, Rud. 


39 ” 
radiosa, Schn. (?). 
anoura, Duj. 

993 33 


99 99 
obconica, Baird. 


Boddaertii, Baird. 
truncatula, Rud. 
dentata, Rad. 
constricta, Rud. 

ry) 93: 
rigida, Schn. 

acuta, Rud. 

clavata, Rud.* 
capsularia, 2, 

39 39 

99 99 
mucronata, Schr. 
collaris, Rud. 
labiata, Rud. 


+ Ie] 99 
rotundata, Rud. 


meleagrina, Kollar. 


bifaria, Baird. 
levissima, Baird. 


Orley on Nematodes. 


Species of host. 
Phoezena communis. 
Turdus iliacus. 

» musicus. 

Strix flammea. 
Sarcorhamphus papa. 
Gyps fulvus. 
Oreophasis Derbyana, 
Vanellus cristatus. 
Ardea cinerea, 

99 
Carbo cormoranus. 
Mergus serratus. 
Jolymbus septentrionalis. 
Pelecanns ? 
Testudo mauritanica. 

»  «« greeca. 

»  geometrica. 

5,  Mauritanica. 

greeca. 
Alligator fissiceps. 
Tropidonotus fasciatus. 
Clotho arietans. 

5, rhinoceros, 
Python molurus. 
Coryphodon pantherinus. 
Coluber corais. 
Uranops angulatus. 
Herpetodryas Boddaertii. 
Perca cernua. 

Mullus barbatus, 
Jottus scorpius. 
Scizena aquila. 
Lophius piscatorius. 
Blennius viviparus. 
Gadus morrhua. 


Aphanopus carbo. 

No locality. 

Gadus cotta. 

Platessa flesus. 
Alepocephalus rostratus, 
Murvena anguilla. 

Raiat. 

Pearl-oyster. 

No locality. 


9 39 


* Has been regarded as young stages of different Ascarids, 


+ From Madeira. 


Dr. Lk Orley on Nematodes. 311 


II. Genus Eustroneyuus, Dies. 


Mouth without lips; mouth-opening circular, surrounded 
by papille. Bursa cup-shaped. One spiculum at the tail-end 
of the male. 

Eustrongylus gigas is the only representative of the genus 
in this collection. Male and female examples occur from Sus 
scrofa (domestic). 


il]. Genus PHysALoprera, Rud. 


Mouth surrounded by two semicircular lips ; two spicula, 
differing in form; a dilated heart-shaped bursa investing the 
caudal termination. One unpaired papilla in front of, and ten 
pairs of constant papille behind, the anus. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. saginata, ud. Tityra leuconotus. 
2. alata, Rud. Faleo tinnunculus. 
3. megalomastoma, Rud. 5 nisus, 
4. sp.? Sveb. Emys venusta. 
5. obtusissima, Molin. Oxyrrhopus plumbeus. 
6. retusa, Lud. From a large Tropidolepidura. 


IV. Genus Hereraxis, Duj. 


Mouth trilabiate ; lips sometimes so small as to be incon- 
spicuous; two dissimilar spicula; male with sucker in front 
of anus; three constant preeanal papillee and several postanal 
ones. 


No. Species. Species of host, 
1. maculosa, Rud. Columba domestica. 
2. inflexa*, Rud. Tetrao urogallus. 

- o Gallus gallinaceus. 
3. vesicularis, Rud, Pavo cristatus. 
4. faveolata, Rud. Platessa flesus. 


V. Genus Finaria, Miiller. 

Filaria, Rud. 

Spiroptera, Rud. (in part). 

Lyorhynchus, Rud. 

Mouth-parts showing the greatest variety in form; two 
dissimilar spicula; four preanal papille. 

I here describe two new species, and point out one young 
form. 

* Ascaris inflexa, Rud. 
2s 


312 Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 


Filaria spiralis, n. sp. (Pl. X. fig. 2, a, 6.) 


Female: length 1:1 millim., breadth 0°46 millim. ; length of 
the body to that of the cesoph.=7:1; length of the body to 
that of the tal=40:1. 

Body of nearly the same breadth throughout; head com- 
pressed anteriorly, termination of tail acute. ° Mouth surrounded 
by six small lips, containing a quantity of pulp; the two 
lateral of these lips are somewhat lar ger than the four median, 
which, however, are provided with a “tooth-like process. ‘The 
lips are stout, and are so closely appressed that it 1s very 
difficult to separate them. The mouth leads into a small vesti- 
bule. The cuticle is elevated into six dermal lobes, corre- 
sponding to the lips; these are connected together and form 
a kind of tube over the head ; ; they are especially characteristic 
of our worm; their edges are smooth, not toothed. Height of the 
tube 0-1 millim. ‘The cesophagus appears to consist of a short, 
strongly fibrillated portion, and an opaque richly eranular 
part, which 1s nearly twelve times as long. The intestine 
is formed of a number of rows of polyhedral cells, and is coiled 
in its more posterior portion. The female generative organs 
were incompletely developed in the specimens under examina- 
tion; but the vulva was observed at the sides of the anterior 
end of the head. Of the ten specimens, not one was a male. 

The cuticle is thrown into well-marked rings, a at the 
head and tail, which are smooth. 

This worm was found encapsuled between the serous and 
muscular layers of the stomach of an Australian frog, [Hez/o- 
porus albopunctatus ? It was coiled wp very much like 
Trichina spiralis; and hence its specific name. It differs in 
very many points from any £%/arta which has yet been found 
encapsuled in the Amphibia ; and I cannot ideutify it with 
any described &ilurta or Sptroptera. 


Filaria ecaudata, mili (=F. obtusa, Rud.). 
(Bl. XK. fi fiz. 1, a—d.) 

Male, length 85 millim.; female 80 millim. Pe 
3 millim. : ; leng th of the body to that of the cesoph.=20: 
length of the body to that of the tail=1000:1. 

Body of the same breadth throughout and rounded; the 
head and tail terminate acutely. Head rounded off, pretty 
‘broad. Mouth small, round, with six papilla ; it leads directly 
into the cesophagus, which is so constricted anteriorly by the 
connexion between the lateral lines, that it is divided into 
an anterior and a posterior portion. ‘The latter passes directly, 
and without the intervention of a bulb, into the intestine. In 


1; 


Dre ts Orley on Nematodes. $13 


the former there are the two horny structures resembling 
triangular teeth which have been already described by Dujardin 
and Schneider. The intestine is nearly straight, and is made 
up of a large number of cells. The rectum is an extremely 
fine long chitinous tube; anus quite at the tip of the tail, 
the orifice can only be made out with the aid of high powers, 
The tail is not widened out, but is rounded and has much the 
same form in the male and female. he coils of the ovaries 
are very numerous, and extend from the caudal end as far 
as the anterior portion of the cesophagus. A large number 
of ova were found in the ccelom. Vulva 0-1 millim. from the 
end of the head. A long and much coiled testis extends from 
the commencement of the intestine to the anus, and fills up 
the body-cavity. Theseminal ducts are extremely short. Two 
unequal spicula. Four pairs of papilla, at the margin of the 
end of the tail, around the anus; there are no papillee behind 
the anus. The males appear to be more common than females. 

Found in Lamprotornis eneus ; organ not given. 

I feel no doubt that this worm is identical with the /¢laréa 
obtusa of Rudolphi, and that it is closely allied to &. pungens, 
Schn., from which, however, it is specifically distinct, on account 
of the form of its tail and the absence of papillae behind the 
anus of the male. The free end of the horny process in the 
cesophagus does not form a denticulate projection ; nor is the 
head more pointed than the tail. Again, the anus of /. pun- 
gens is situated further forwards than it is in £. ecaudata. 1 
have found it necessary to make a change in the specific name, 
in consequence of Schneider's discovery that Spiroptera obtusa 
is a Filaria. I have endeavoured by correct description and 
figures to fix the characters of this species. 


Filaria, sp.? (Pl. X. fig. 3, a & 6.) 


Length 1°35 millim., breadth 0:5 millim.; length of the 
body to that of the cesoph.=10:1); length ‘of the body to 
that of the tail=100: 1. 

Body tapering gradually towards either end, and terminating 
in a sharp tail. Mouth without lips, surrounded by six very 
small papilla. A short delicate pharynx leads into the ceso- 
phagus, which is fairly muscular at its commencement and 
termination ; it g1 radually passes into an oval enlargement. 
The intestine is straight and is constricted at some points ; 
its wall, which is formed of a number of small polyhedral 
cells, is enormously thick. The anus is somewhat putfed out 
by elevations of the cuticle; the anus is near the tip of the 
tail. The cuticle is very strong and so finely ringed as to 
appear to be almost smooth. ‘The two lateral areas are espe- 


314 Derek; Orley on Nematodes. 


cially well developed, and the lateral vessels, which branch 
repeatedly and give off ramules in all directions, are very 
characteristic. The lateral vessels unite in the region of the 
cesophageal enlargement; the strongly chitinized efferent 
duct opens on the ventral side at about the middle of the 
cesophagus. Sexual organs still undeveloped. 

In many points this worm resembles Agamonema piscium, 
Rud., a form which has indeed been found by Van Beneden 
in the bat; there seem, however, to be important differences. 
As I have as yet been only able to examine one specimen, [ 
will not describe the species as new; on the other hand, no 
Filaria has ever yet been found under the skin of a bat ; and 
as this was found in avery rare species from Guatemala (Dieli- 
durus albus), I have thought it right to give a description 


of it. 
No. Species. Species of host. 
1. medinensis, Gmelin. Homo sapiens. 


gracilis, Rud. 


99 9 


b» 99 
sp. ? (young stage), 
strumosa, Rud. 
n. sp., Sieh.* 
obtusa, Rud. 


sanguinolenta, Rud. 


quadrispina, Dies. 
nasicola, Duj. 


Lagothrix Humboldtii. 
Ateles ? 

Cebus capucinus. 
Diclidurus albus. 
Talpa europsea. 

Mus musculus. 

Canis familiaris. 
Mustela frenata. 
Putorius foetidus. 


10. strongylina, Rud. Sus scrofa (domestic). 
11. megastoma, Rud. Equus caballus. 


12. papillosa, Rud. ie uf 
13. microstoma, Schn. aS 33 
14. inflexocaudata, Sieb. Phocena communis. 
15. Sturni, Pall. Sturnus vulgaris. 
16. ecaudata, mihi t. Hirundo urbica. 

- <3 Lamprotornis eeneus. 
17. anthuris, Rud. Corvus cornix. 
18. laticeps, Rud. Falco tinnunculus. 
19. leptoptera, Rud. », buteo. 


. attenuata, Rud. 


»» peregrinus. 
Corvus cornix. 


He} 99 
21. horrida, Dies. Rhea americana. 
22. spiralis, n. sp. Heiloporus albopunctatus ?¢. 
23. sanguinca, Rud. Galaxias scriba. 
PS si Osmerus eperlanus. 
oF 35 Cyprinus erythrophthalmus. 
” ” Anguilla fluviatilis. 
* =F. strumosa, Rud. + -=2% obtusa, FR. 
} An Australian frog. 


Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 315 


VI. Genus Sprroprera, Linstow. 
Spiroptera, Rud. (in part). 
Mouth-parts various in form; two dissimilar spicula; eight 
preanal papille. Bursa asymmetrical. 


No. Species. Species of host. 

J. euryoptera, Rud. Lanius minor. 

2. adunea, Crepl. Larus argentatus. 

3. crassicauda, Mehlis. Colymbus septentrionalis. 


VII. Genus AGAMONEMA, Dies. 


No constant characters can be assigned; contains young 
forms of Nematodes, which are chiefly to be found encysted in 
fishes. No good species exist; those assigned to it were 
established by the older investigators. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
Labrax lupus. 
Aphanopus carbo. 
Gadus morrhua. 
Salmo salar. 

2. bicolor, Dies. Osmerus eperlanus. 
3. capsularia, Dies. Clupea alosa. 
Merlucius valparaiso, 


1. communis, Dies. 


” 9 
e 


VIII. Genus ANCYRACANTHUS, Dies. 
Mouth-parts various in form. Mouth-opening small; two 
dissimilar spicula ; from fifteen to twenty papilla, arranged in 
a line singly or in pairs. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. cystidicola, Rud. Salmo fario. 
2. impar, Rud. (?). 5 fe 


IX. Genus Hepruris, Creplin. 


Head with four lips; two dissimilar spicula ; two preeanal 


papille. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. androphora, Nitsch. Triton cristatus. 
2. siredonis, Baird. Siredon mexicanus. 


X. Genus CucuLLanus, Miller. 
The mouth traverses the entire breadth of the head in the 


316 1D Yoael Be Orley on Nematodes. 


form of a slit leading into a circular mouth-capsule; two 
similar spicula ; seven to eight preanal papille. 
Two species occur from two hosts. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. microcephalus, Duj. Emys guttata. 
2. elegans, Zed. Murena anguilla. 


B. Meromyarii, Schn. 


Of the Meromyarii Schneider enumerates ten genera, of 
which Leptodera and Pelodera (both = Rhabditis, Du). ) are "not 
to be regarded as rightly placed among them ; and Labiduris 


g 
and Dermatoxys are not representetl in the collection. 


XI. Genus NeMATOxys, Schn. 


Mouth provided with three very small lips; two similar 
spicula. Body covered with many papille both in male and 
female. 

Nematoxys ornatus, Duj., is the only representative of the 
genus in this collection, from Rana esculenta. 


XII. Genus Oxysoma, Schn. 


Mouth providedwith three lips, %symmetrical. Two similar 
spicula ; three preanal papille constant. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. brevicaudata, Zed. Bufo variabilis. 

fe Anguis fragilis. 
2. acuminata, oyick Rana temporaria. 


XII. Genus Oxyurtis, Rud. 
Ascaris, Rud. (in part). 
Passalurus, Duj. 
Orolaimus, Duj. 
Stychocephalus, Dies. 


Lips very inconspicuous ; two dissimilar spicula. Bursa 
present or absent. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. vermicularis, ud, Homo sapiens. 

2. obvelata, Rud. Mus musculus. 

3. ambigua, Jud. Lepus timidus. 

4. tetraptera, Netz. Mus sylyaticus. 

5. curvula, Rud, Equus caballus, 


Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. BLT 


XIV. Genus Arractis, Duj. 


Lips inconspicuous ; two dissimilar spicula; three preeanal 
papillee. 

Atractis dactylura, Duj., is the only representative of the 
genus in this collection, from Testudo greca. 


XY. Genus Sprroxis, Schn. 


Mouth provided with two lips; two dissimilar spicula of 
large size. 

Spirowis contorta, Schn.(?), is the only representative of the 
genus in this collection, from Hmys europea. 


XVI. Genus StrRonGyLus, Rud. 


Dochmius, Molin. 
Ancylostomum, Dubini. 
Sclerostoma, Rud. 
Diaphanocephalus, Dies. 


Mouth-parts various in form; buccal cavity with chitinous 
teeth ; two similar spicula. Bursa funnel-shaped. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. striatus, Zed. Erinaceus europeus. 
2. trigonocephalus, Rud. Canis familiaris. 

3. annulatus, Seb. 390 5 Laps: 

4, dispar, Dies. Felis concolor. 

5. clathratus, Baird. . Loxodonta africana. 
6. sipunculiformis, Baird. Klasmodon indicus. 
7. filaria, Rud. Ovis aries. 

8. micrurus, Mehlis. Sus scrofa. 

9. paradoxus, Wehlis. eee 

10. armatus, Rud. Equus caballus. 

11. tetracanthus, Dies. as Fs 

12. trachealis, Sieb. Perdix cinerea. 

:. 5 Gallus gallinaceus, 

13. nodularis, Rud. Anser cinereus. 

14, mucronatus, Baird, Phymatura palluma. 

15. auricularius, Rud. Rana temporaria. 


C. Holomyarii, Schn. 


Of the Holomyarii Schneider enumerates eight genera, of 
which Anguillula, Mermis, and Gordius are not to be ree Bee 
as rightly placed among them, and two genera are not repre- 
sented in this collection ; on the other hand, I add to the 
group the genus Trichedes , lately characterized by Linstow. 
Thus we have four genera of Holomyarii represented in the 
collection. 


318 Dr. L. Orley on Nematodes. 


XVII. Genus Tricnosoma, Rud. 


One spiculum ; vagina protrusible. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. contorta, Creplin. Corvus frugilegus. 
2. resecta, Duj. ie re 

3. brevicollis, Rud. Anser cinereus. 


XVIII. Genus Tricnopes, Linstow. 
Trichodes, Linstow, Troschel’s Archiv, 1874, i. 
No spicula; no bursa. Male in the oviducts of female 
during copulation. 
Trichodes crassicauda, Bllg., is the only representative of 
the genus in this collection, from Mus decumanus. 


XIX. Genus TRICHOCEPHALUS, Goeze. 


Body hair-like at anterior and thick at posterior end. The 
caudal end of male screw-shaped. 


No. Species. Species of host. 
1. dispar, Rud. Homo sapiens. 
2. unguiculatus, Rud. Lepus timidus. 


XX. Genus PseuDALIUS, Duj. 


Two similar spicula. Bursa bilobate, spoon-shaped, or 
wanting. Papille numerous. 
No. Species. Species of host. 
1. inflexus, Rud. Phocsena communis. 
2. convolutus, Dies. ‘i “ 
. ma Globiocephalus svineval. 
3. minor, Dies. Phoceena communis. 


RHABDITIFORM ZA. 


Rhabdonema nigrovenosa, Leuck. (= Ascaris nigrovenosa, 
Rud.), and Rhabditis elongata (= Leptodera elongata, Baird) 
are the only representatives of the suborder in this collection ; 
the former occurs from Lana temporaria, the latter from 
Siredon mexicanus. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X., 


Fig. 1. Filaria ecaudata, mihi: a, head of male, mag. 70 diam. ; 8, tail of 
male, mag. 70 diam.; c, head of female, mag. 70 diam. ; d, tail 
of female, mag. 70 diam. 

Fig. 2. Filaria spiralis, n. sp.: a, head of female, mag. 70 diam.; , tail 
of female, mag. 70 diam. 

Fig. 3. Filaria? (young stage): a, tail, enlarged; 6, part of the body, 
showing the ramifications of the lateral vessels, mag. 70 diam. 


Mr. H. W. Bates on Geodephagous Coleoptera. 319 


XXXI.—WNew Species of Geodephagous Coleoptera from 
North-west Mexico. By H. W. Bates, F.R.S. 


THE following new species form part of a collection recently 
received by Messrs. Godman and Salvin from their corre- 
spondent, Mr. Forrer, and are here published in anticipation 
of the Supplement to Coleoptera, vol. i., of the ‘ Biologia 
Centrali-Americana,’ in which work all the species of the 
same collection will be recorded. They were collected on the 
elevated plateau inland from Mazatlan and in the State of 
Durango, a part of Mexico the zoology of which is but little 
known. It will be a surprise to coleopterists to hear of the 
occurrence so far south of the genera Carabus and Cychrus, 
hitherto unrecorded from Mexico or any part of ‘Tropical 
America, and especially to learn that the species are not allied 
to northern species of the Pacific slope or the Rocky Moun- 
tains, but to forms peculiar to the Atlantic States of North 
America. The section Scaphinotus of the genus Cychrus is 
especially characteristic of the Atlantic States. 


Cicindela euthales. 


C. Catharine quoad formam similis, sed corporis lateribus nudis. 
Viridis, opaca, fronte, sutura lateribusque elytrorum nitidis ; labro 
albo margine antico medio late producto tridentato, utrinque 
sinuato, angulis rectis; fronte verticali utrinque (et vertice) 
subtilissime striata; capite inter oculos haud concayo; palpis 
nigris; thorace transverso, lateribus albo pilosis vix rotundatis, 
antice angulatis, dorso transversim indistincte striguloso ; ‘elytris 
apice conjunctim rotundatis, dorso haud conspicue sculpturatis, 
immaculatis; corpore subtus viridi-nitido, lateribus cupreo-violaceis 
nudis ; pedibus cupreis. 

Var. nigra, opaca, abdomine medio et apice nitido; labro albo. 

Long. 43-52 ling®  gaQO% 

Hab, Mexico, Ciudad, Durango (Forrer). 
Of similar form to C. Catharine, but more closely allied to 

C. voessa, in the elytra not being visibly sculptured and in 

the naked sides of the body Meneathe It differs from C. toessa 

by the forehead being more vertical and distinctly strigose on 
each side, and (in the green form) by the different colour of the 
side mar eins of the elytra and the under surface of the body. 


Cicindela nephelota. 
Minus elongata, postice paullo dilatata, supra fusco-senea opaca 
nigro-fusco varia, elytris vitta marginali (ab humero usque ultra 
medium continuata, post humerum a margine paullulum remota) 


320 Mr. H. W. Bates on Geodephagous Coleoptera. 


intus ramulos duos emittente, primum brevem, secundum obliquum, 
subrectum versus suturam extensum, lunula apicali et gutta antico- 
discoidali albis; labro albo antice medio paullulum producto 
denticulato, utrinque sinnato, angulis subrectis; palpis rufo- 
testaceis, articulis *apicalibus cupreo-wneis; capite toto valde 
strigoso, inter oculos paullo coneavo; thorace parvo, lateribus 
medio rotundatis nee angulatis, disco utrinque conyvexo, longe 
incumbenti-piloso, striguloso ; ely tris Insequalibus, haud profunde 
punctatis, signaturis albis, albo-fusco marginatis ; corpore subtus 
nitido, eyanco, pectoris lateribus igneo-cupreis parce pilosis ; pedi- 
bus cupreis. 


Long. 32-4} lin. ¢ 9. 
Hab, Mexico, Ciudad, Durango (Forrer’). 


This Sirens little species is not closely allied to any 
Cicindela known to me. It seems to approach nearest C. semi- 
circularis. 


Carabus Forreri. 


Elongatus, niger, subnitidus, capite levi, epistomate utrinque fovea 
profunda, labro medio excavato; thorace levi, lateribus fere 
cequaliter arcuatis, margine explanato fortiter reflexo, angulis 
posticis longe productis apice obtusis; elytris elongato-ovatis 
obsoletissime striato-punctulatis punctisque majoribus — triplici 
serie; abdominis segmentis 3 apicalibus basi transversim sulcatis. 


Long. 102 lin. @. 
Hab, Mexico, Ciudad, Durango (Lorrer). 


Of the elongate and narrow form of C. Agass?ziv and 
tedatus, but the thorax quite different from either of those 
species, being smooth, broadly margined, and approaching in 
shape that of C. sylvosus. 


Cychrus (Scaphinotus) mexicanus. 


Oblongus, niger, subyiridi-tinctus; thorace cordato-quadrato, margine 
antico ut in C. elevato emarginato utrinque rotundato, postice 
multo magis angustato, angulis posticis longe productis acutis, 
margine laterali minus quam in C. elevato explanato-reflexo; 
elytris anguste oblongo-ovatis, humeris obtuse rotundatis valde 
explanato-reflexis, dorso punctato-striatis ; abdominis segmentis 
3 terminalibus basi transversim suleatis ; metasterno et abdomine 
impunctatis ; epipleuris rugoso-punctatis. 

Long. 94 lin. go. 


Hab, Milpas, Durango, Mexico, alt. 5900 feet (Forrer). 

Of much narrower and less ovate form than C. elevatus or 
any other ae of the genus, resembling at first sight a 
Carabus, e. g. Pp ean he explanated and fariede up 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Cetoniide. 32k 


margins of the thorax and base of the elytra are of the same 
nature as in C. excavatus, but much narrower; and the thorax 
is rather strongly narrowed behind. The epipleure of the 
elytra are more feebly rugose-punctate than in C, excavatus ; 
and the sides of the metathorax and basal ventral seg ments, 
instead of being sculptured as in that species, are smooth. 


XXXII.—Deseriptions of new Cetoniide, Buprestide, and 
Cerambycide from Madagascar. By CuHarues O. 
WATERHOUSE. 


THE ee described in this paper were received by the 

British Museum in a collection recently brought to this 
= ; 

country by the Rev. W. Deans Cowan, to whom we are 

already so much indebted for numerous interesting novelties. 

‘They were chiefly collected a few miles to the north of Fiana- 

rantsoa. 


Cetoniide. 


Kuchrea flavoguttata. 


Statura FE. histrionice, nigra; capite ochraceo, linea mediana nigra ; 
thorace ochraceo cruce discoidali nigra; elytris velutinis, singulis 

~ guttis novem ochraceis ; pygidio utrinque ochraceo. 

Long. 11 lin. 


The thorax is shining, finely and not very thickly punc- 
tured; the yellow colour occupies about half the surface, 
leaving the narrow lateral margins, the base, and a cross on 
the disk black. Scutellum black and smooth. There is a 
yellow spot on each epimeron, Elytra dull and velvety, each 
with nine yellow spots, viz. two between the suture and the 
first costa, three between the first and second coste (two near 
the base and one beyond the nuddle) , three on the sides, and 
one at the apex. ‘The pygidium is chiefly yellow ; but the 
base, the middle, and a small spot (in the yellow) on each 
aides are black. There are two transverse yellow spots at the 
side of the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments, and 
one on the side of the first and sixth segments; there is one 
below the anterior angle of the thorax, and three at the sides 
of the sterna. 

From another source there is in the British Muscum an 
example which has the thorax black, with ten yellow spots, 


322 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Cetoniide. 


two on each lateral margin and three in a longitudinal line on 
each side of the disk. The spots on the elytra are also 
smaller. I believe this to be merely a variety. 


Coptomia olivacea. 


Olivacea, nitida; thorace utrinque punctis nonnullis impressis, 
marginibus incrassatis; elytris striis impressis (striis in foemina 
punctatis), apice ruguloso; pygidio transversim confertim strigoso. 

Long. 7-8 lin. 


At first sight this might be mistaken for C. mauritiana ; 
it is, however, of a more olive-green, and is much shorter, ete. 
ihe: thorax 1 e relatively a little shorter and broader, smooth, 
except some rather large punctures near the hinder angles. 
The elytra are relativ ely shorter; and the apical callosity is a 
little further removed from the apex; each elytron has three 
pairs of impressed lines (besides some interrupted lateral 
ones) ; these are strongly punctured in the female, smooth in 
the male. The apex is rugulose-strigose, the rugosity ex- 

tending along the side of the apical callosity. The pygidium 

1s moderately convex and alike in the two sexes. ‘The sternal 
process is very strong, not quite so long as in C. mauritiana, 
rather more triangular when viewed from below, much broader 
at the base when viewed laterally. The abdomen in the 
female is punctured in the same way with few punctures ag 
in the same sex of C. maurit/‘ana; but in the males there is 
more punctuation and more pubescence. 

The anterior tibia in the maie are simple, in the female 
tridentate. 

Coptomia modesta, Waterh. 


(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, iv. p. 81.) 


This species is most variable in colour; but the uniform 
green form with pitchy legs is by far the commonest. 

Var. 1. Pale yellowish g green, with yellow elytra. 

Var. 2. Reddish yellow, with the back of the head, the 
disepidal area of the elytra, the sterna, and base of the 
abdomen dark green. 

Var. 3. Grass-green; elytra yellow, with the suture, 
margins, and the space between the two discoidal 
strie green. 

Var. 4. Black; the elytra brown, with the space between 
the discoidal strie and the margins black. 

Var. 5. Black, with the tibie and tarsi pitchy. 

Var. 6. Like var. 3, but with a white line or spot on 

each side of the first to fourth abdominal segments, 
and a large white patch on each side of the pyg sidium. 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Cetoniide. 323 


The elytra have frequently a bluish tinge. The species 
ae I described as C, elegans (Ann. & Mac. Nat. Hist. 1879, 
» p» (9) is only a variety of this species, somewhat like 
var. 3, but with only a green spot on the disk of the elytron, 
the suture only green at ‘the apex. 

As a rule there are no white spots on the sides of the abdo- 
men; but frequently there is a white line on each side of the 
basal segment. I have only seen one example with white on 
the pygidium, as in var. 6. 


Stenotarsia (Linotarsia*) plagiata. 


Picea; thorace elytrisque fulvo-flavis, opacis, illo plagis duabus 
(plus minusve confluentibus) nigris, elytris singulatim plagis dua- 
bus nigris. 

Long. 6-7 lin. 


I have had specimens of this species for some time separated 
from Stenotarsia Scott’, Janson, but did not, until I had seen 
more examples, venture to describe it as a distinct species. It 
differs from C. Scotdd in having the clypeus much more 
densely punctured. The thorax (instead of being nearly 
round) is more narrowed in front, and is altogether rather 
broader; it generally has two black patches on the disk; but 
these are sometimes united. The scutellum is yellowish, but 
pitchy at the base. ‘The elytra are more narrowed towards 
the apex, have the shoulders more prominent; and the round 
spots of S. Scotti? are replaced by more quadrangular spots, 
which sometimes cover the greater part of the elytra. 


Anochilia punctatissima. 


Nigra, sat lata, subdepressa, punctatissima ; thoracis lateribus vitta- 
que humerali ferrugineis. 9. 


Long. 12 lin. 


Allied to A. republicana, Coq., but larger and broader, and 
at once distinguished by the whole of the upper surface of the 
insect being densely and strongly punctured, the sides of the 
thorax and elytra being especially rugose. The scutellum is 
smooth in the middle. The thorax is much broader than in 
A, republicana, and has the sides from the middle to the base 
parallel; the lateral margins are incrassate and reddish. 
Py gidium transverse, transversely rugose at the apex, and 
strigose at the base. The sternal process is very short and 
transverse. The underside of the insect is shining, but 
coarsely punctured. ‘The anterior tibixw are tridentate ; ; the 
posterior tibie are fringed on the inner side with long black 


* Kraatz, Deutsch. ent. Zeit. 1880, p. 306. 


324 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Buprestide. 


hair. The rusty red stripe on the elytra extends from the 
base at the shoulder to beyond the middle. 


Buprestide. 
Pycnobothris dejecta. 


Elongata, sat angusta, subparallela, parum nitida, enea; thorace 
crebre punctato, elytris perparum angustiore, parallelo, ad api- 
cem solum subito oblique angustato; elytris subparallelis, ad 
apicem angustatis, fortiter striatis, striis punctatis, singulatim 
maculis duabus rotundatis marginalibus tomentosis ornatis, apice 
truncato ; corpore subtus «neo, rugoso; abdominis segmento ultimo 
crebre punctato et piloso, plaga mediana ovali nitida levi cuprea. 

Long. 9 lin. 


This species is nearest to P. compacta, Waterh. (Trans. Ent. 
Soc. 1880, p. 194), but is narrower and more parallel. The 
thorax is rather strongly and closely punctured ; the median 
impression is scarcely noticeable. ‘ihe elytra are behind the 
middle a little wider than at the shoulders, then narrowed to 
the apex; the striw are strongly impressed, and are well- 
marked, even at the sides; the interstices near the suture are 
moderately convex, those towards the sides are slightly 
wrinkled by the punctures in the striw ; the second interstice 
has five or six small round pilose impressions ; on the mar- 
gin, a litttle way below the shoulder, is an ovate impression 
(filled with yellow pile) ; and here there is a slight dilatation of 
the margin; there is a second similar impression about half- 
way between the middle and the apex; the apex is narrowly 
truncate, but not compressed. ‘The underside of the insect 1s 
rugose. The prosternal process is deeply lined on each side, 
densely and finely punctured and pilose in the middle in the 
male, sparingly punctured and not pilose in the female. 
Apical segment of the abdomen closely punctured and pubes- 
cent, with an ovate highly polished coppery space in the 
middle, extending from the base to the apex, narrower than 
Atal compacta. 


Pycnobothris quadrimaculata. 


Elongata, parallela, sat convexa, parum nitida, latera versus opaca, 
obscure enea; thorace elytris perparum angustiore, transverso, 
sat crebre punctulato, linea mediana impressa, lateribus parallelis, 
ad angulos anticos solum subito incurvatis; elytris post medium 
paulo Jatioribus, dein arcuatim angustatis, ad apicem truncatis, 
punctato-striatis, maculis quatuor rotundatis impressis et flavo- 
tomentesis ; corpore subtus plagis guttisque cyaneis ornato ; abdo- 
minis segmento ultimo punctato, lincis duabus longitudinalibus 


elevatis cyaneis instructo. 
Long. 10 lin. 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Buprestidae. 325 


Very like P. ruficauda, Th., in general colour and sculp- 
ture, but much more parallel in form; the thorax scarcely 
narrower than the elytra, parallel at the sides to very near 
the front angles, then suddenly obliquely narrowed. The 
elytra are not at all expanded below the shoulders; the broad- 
est part is behind the middle; the three or four dorsal lines 
are unpressed, the rest are only lines of fine punctures; the 
second interstice has a line of small punctiform pilose impres- 
sions, and there are numerous others on other parts of the 
elytra; each elytron has two large round impressions, the 
first is at the middle of the elytron, not quite touching the 
margin; and attached to this is a small spot on what would be 
the fourth interstice ; the second large spot is close to the 
apex; the apex is narrowly truncate and pilose (not com- 
pressed), the outer angle dentiform. The prosternal process 
is moderately thickly punctured, with a strongly impressed 
line on each side. ‘lhe middle of the metasternum is almost 
smooth, but has a median impressed line. ‘he apical seg 
ment of the abdomen has two longitudinal smooth lines; I 
know of no other species which has this character. 


Coccinellopsis sobrina. 


Ovalis, sat convexa, fere nigra, sat nitida; elytris singulatim maculis 
tribus auratis Impressis, marginibus impressis sat crebre punctu- 
latis; corpore subtus cupreo ; abdominis segmento ultimo polito, ad 
basin punctato, et in medio punctis nonnullis asperso. 

Long. 10-13 lin. 


Very close to C. auriventris, L. & G., and scarcely to be 
distinguished on the upperside from that species. It differs 
below in the apical segment of the abdomen. ‘This segment 
in auriventris is smooth, with a triangular punctured space at 
the base on each side, bounded by a pubescent oblique line ; 
the middle of the base is left smooth. In C. sobrina the 
punctuation is carried all across the segment at the base, and 
the middle portion is also always more or less punctured. 

The colour of the underside is less bright than in CL aurt- 
ventris, and is more or less purple-coppery ; and the reflexed 
margins of the elytra are bluish green. 

One specimen has a little brassy colour at the sides of the 
sterna and on the femora; and the reflexed margins of the 
elytra are coppery. 


Cocetnellopsis leviventris. 


Fusco-enea, nitida, sat lata, antice et postice attenuata; elytris 
convexis, ad apicem declivis, guttis nonnullis pilosis impressis, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 25 


326 Mr. ©. O. Waterhouse on new Cerambycide. 


apice anguste truncato, corpore subtus parce punctulato, prosterno 
elytrorumque marginibus violaceis. 


Long. 103-12 lin. 


Quite unlike any species known to me. In some respects 
it calls to mind Amphisbeta tmpressipennis in general colour, 
the character of the spots, the shght truncature of each elytron, 
the absence of any distinct anal plate, &c.; but the shorter 
form, expanded and concave under margins of the elytra, 
oblige me to place it in the genus Coccinellopsis, The broadest 
part is about the middle ; and the insect is much narrowed 
anter iorly and posteriorly. The thorax is longitudinally im- 
pressed in the middle, and very lightly impressed on each 
side ; moderately thickly and rather finely punctured. The 
ely tra have no distinct shoulder rs; that is, they are at the base 
not wider than the thorax, and eradually become wider to the 
middle ; the discoidal area before the middle is very convex, 
the sides slope down, and the apical portion slopes down very 
much ; the margins are not at all reflexed, finely punctured ; 
there are fine punctured lines on the dors sal region ; there are 
numerous small pilose punctured impressions (particularly 
posteriorly), and there are three rather larger round spots on 

each elytron, one below the slight humeral callosity, one about 
the middle, snd another between that and the apex. On the 
underside, the sides of the sterna and the posterior coxe are 
of a more brassy colour. ‘The prosternal process and the 
middle of the metasternum are almost without punctures, flat, 
and of a purple colour. ‘The abdomen is sparingly punctured, 
very shining, finely pilose at the sides; the apical segment is 
sparingly punctured, about as long as broad, triangular, with 
the apex rounded. ‘The under margins of the elytra are 
violet, with a reddish-brown tint at the base. 


Cerambycide. 


Artelida aurosericea. 


Flava, dense aureo-pilosa ; antennis fuscis, elytrorum apice parum 
infuscato; tibiis posticis ad apicem dilatatis, hirsutis. ¢. 
Long. 73 lin. 

This species is close to A. erinita, Th. (Syst. Ceramb. 
p- 148), but differs in being of a brighter yellow, clothed with 
more golden pubescence, in having the antenne brownish (ex- 
cept at the base) ; the abdomen is yellow ; and the apical half 
of the posterior tibie is also yellow and rather less dilated. 
The lateral tubercles of the thorax are short and conical; there 
are four tubercles on the dorsal region, but they are very slight 
and obtuse. The elytra are obtuse at the apex, but not dis- 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Cerambycide. 327 


tinetly truncate. The fifth segment of the abdomen is slightly 
emarginate in the middle of the apex, a character which 1s 
not visible in A. crinita. 

M. Thomson states that the example in Chevrolat’s collec- 
tion isamale. If he is referring to the specimen which was in 
that collection when it came to the British Museum, I think 
he is in error. The specimen appears to me to be (as well as 
one since received) a female. The male would undoubtedly 
have the claw-joint dilated, as in the allied species ; and the 
structure of the antennz and abdomen appear to denote the 
female sex. 

Leptocera rufofemorata. 
Nigra, subopaca ; capite thoraceque crebre punctatis ; elytris viola- 
ceis, subseriatim crebre punctatis ; femoribus anticis rufis. 


Long. 6 lin. 


Closely allied to L. humeralis, Buq., and of the same form, 
except perhaps the elytra, which are a trifle more parallel. 
The antenne are longer than the whole insect, the basal joint 
thickly punctured, the third to the eleventh joints clothed with 
grey pubescence. ‘The thorax is rather long, very thickly 
punctured, and rather more finely punctured than in LZ. hume- 
valis, the sides very gently arcuate. The elytra are very 
thickly punctured, rather strongly so near the base, more 
finely at the sides and apex; on the disk near the base the 
punctures form lines; the suture is lined with grey pubes- 
cence; the apex is slightly truncated, but the outer angle is 
not so dentiform as in L. humeralis. ‘The femora are strongly 
inflated ; the anterior bright red, except at the base and ex- 
treme apex. ‘The middle femora have an obscure red line 
above. 

Leptocera pulchra, 

Nigra, opaca ; antennis piceis; thorace creberrime punctulato, late- 
ribus leviter arcuatis ; elytris subparallelis, viridibus vage aureo- 
tinctis, coriaceis atque vermiculosis, crebre subtiliter punctulatis, 
apice obtuso, cupreo; abdomine parum nitido, sat crebre punctato, 

Long. 11-12 lin. 

Antenne rather thick ; in the male considerably longer than 
the whole insect; in the female they scarcely reach to the 
middle of the elytra ; the basal joint is thickly punctured with 
larger and smaller punctures. Thorax about as long as broad, 
slightly narrowed in front and behind, suddenly constricted i in 
front, immediately before the front angles ; the anterior and 
posterior margins thickened; the surface 1s densely covered 
with very small and larger punctures, The elytra are only 


slightly narrowed towards the apex, green with golden and 
23* 


328 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Spirostrepti. 


blue tints in parts. The sculpture is peculiar, consisting of 
very dense extremely fine punctuation on a wrinkled surface, 
with small punctures scattered over the more raised intervals. 
Viewing the insect laterally, there is a whitish pubescent line 
below the eye, continued along the flanks of the thorax and 
onto the metathoracic epipleura. The legs are thick, and the 
femora much inflated, more or less clothed with pale grey pile. 


XXXIII.—Deseriptions of some new Spectes of Myriopoda of 
the Genus Spirostreptus from Madagascar. By ArTHur G. 
Buruer, F.L.8., F.Z.8., &c. 

THE species here described were obtained at Ankafana, Bet- 

sileo country, by the Rev. Deans Cowan. 


edule ; . 
1. Spirostreptus Cowant, sp. n. 


Black, with the head, antenne, nuchal plate, legs, preanal 
and anal segments, and a transverse dorsal band on the front 
of all the other segments bright red. 

Body long, smooth, but not polished, very shghtly attenua- 
ted in front and behind; head large, semicircular when seen 
in front; clypeus bilobed, the lobes rounded, scarcely sepa- 
rated, excepting by a small conical notch in front, on each 
side of which is a single puncture, smooth. Antenne with 
rather short joints, excepting the second, which is half as long 
again as the third, the latter being shghtly longer than the 
remaining joints, smooth, cylindrical, the first to fifth attenu- 
ated towards the base, with a few scattered bristles, increasing 
in number towards the sixth joint, which is rather densely 
setose and of a shcrt oval form; the seventh joint is a mere 
terminal button; oculir plates semicircular, transverse, com- 
posed of six transverse and five or six oblique facets; nuchal 
plate with a lateral indentation in front near to the margin, 
but not extending into the dorsal region, terminating on each 
side in an obtusely triangular lobe, feebly striated along its 
inferior margin; second segment much prolonged below, 
deeply depressed above the anterior border, coarsely rugulose 
striate, remaining segments up to the preanal one finely an 
sparsely reticulate-striated, excepting at the sides, where the 
striation becomes deeper and denser, divided into two parts by 
a deep depression just beyond the middle, behind which they 
are very distinctly tumid ; preanal segment terminating above 
in an obtuse angle, its lateral margins being oblique and very 
slightly coneave; preanal plate transverse, elongate-triangu- 
lar, obtusely keeled in the centre, and with an obtuse terminal 
angle; anal plates broadly and obtusely carinate at the mar- 


Mr. A. G. Butler on new Spirostrepti. 329 


gins; fifty-three segments in all; legs rather long, the second 
and third joints long and compressed. 

Total length 114 millim., or about 44 inches; width of 
nuchal plate 9 millim., at centre of body 11 millim., of pre- 
anal segment 7 millim. 

Evidently quite a common species in the Betsileo country. 


2. Spirostreptus trachydermus, sp. 0. 


Black, with the clypeus reddish, the antenne and legs 
bright ochre-yellow. 

Body very long, dull, distinctly attenuated in front, but 
very slightly so behind ; head rather small, smooth, elongated, 
almost quadrate when viewed in front; clypeus bilobed, the 
lobes being angulated, divided in front by a broad conical 
excision. Antenne with rather long joints, the second and 
third joints especially, the second nearly half as long again as 
the third; smooth, scarcely setose, cylindrical, the joints at- 
tenuated behind, the sixth pyriform, the seventh a very small 
button ; ocular plates forming an oblique semielliptical patch, 
the anterior edge of which is occupied by eleven facets, whilst 
the series, counted from the inner margin, consist of eight 
facets from the first to the fourth series; nuchal plate with 
two deep indentations at the sides in front, followed by two 
shorter indentations, again succeeded by a fifth, which runs 
obliquely from the posterior to the anterior margin; the 
dorsal surface in front is deeply reticulated, the indented 
markings becoming wider towards the middle, and changing 


at the back into short longitudinal striae; the dorsal sezments 
are smooth in front, and show under a high power a series of 
extremely fine embossed transverse lines; the posterior por- 
tion of the front half of the segments is finely granulose, and 
divided from the posterior half of the segments by a deep 
sulcus ; posterior portion tumid, rugose, and crossed longitu- 
dinally by numerous deep longitudinal indentations; preanal 
segment coarsely reticulate, very narrow, very distinctly 
convex along its lateral posterior margins, and terminating 
dorsally in an obtuse point; preanal plate very coarsely 
granulose, broad, triangular; anal plates coarsely granulose 
reticulate, compressed behind ; fifty-four segments in all ; legs 
long and flattened. 

Total Jength 153 millim., or about 6 inches; width of 
nuchal plate 9 millim., at centre of body 11 millim., of pre- 
anal segment 8 millim. 

Apparently about equally common with the preceding 


Species. 


330 . Miscellaneous. 


3. Spirostreptus corculus, sp. n. 


_ Head testaceous, with the front of the clypeus and labium 
castaneous; antenne reddish castaneous; a broad blackish 
band connecting the ocular plates; nuchal plate blackish 
brown, with whitish anterior margin; dorsal segments with 
a whitish central stripe, in front of which they are dark 
ochreous and behind it stramineous, excepting at the sides, 
where there is a broad diffused brown longitudinal band; 
along the centre of the dorsal region there is also a more 
defined blackish band; legs pale flesh-coloured. 

Body long, smooth, polished, rather suddenly attenuated 
towards the anal extremity : head rather large, almost circular 
when viewed in front; clypeus expanded at the sides, trun- 
eated in front, without a central sutural line; antenne with 
long cylindrical joints, much as in the preceding species ; 
ocular plates cuneiform, but with convex anterior margin, 
next to which there are ten facets, whereas. the posterior 
margin only numbers from seven to eight; nuchal plate 
scarcely narrower at the sides than in the dorsal region, and 
therefore terminating on each side in a regularly-arched lobe, 
which is obliquely striated and has an indented line in front ; 
dorsal segments tumid behind the middle line, longitudinally 


striated ‘at the sides; preanal segment carinated along the 
posterior margin, oblique at the sides, and very slightly 
convex, terminating in a rather obtuse angle; subanal plate 
narrow, elongate-triangular, indented in front; anal plates 
compressed along the dorsal and posterior margins; fifty-six 
segments in all; legs rather long and slender, slightly com- 
pressed, 

Total length 26 millim., or about 1 inch ; width of nuchal 

late 2 millim., at centre of body 2} millim., of preanal seg- 

ment 1} millim. 

Fairly numerous, but not so much so as the two larger species. 

Dr. Karsch describes a species of Spérostreptus from N.E. 
Madagascar in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwis- 
senschaften ’ for last year (p. 48), under the name of Spzro- 
streptus (Nodopyge) alligans ; and, notwithstanding the brevity 
and imperfection of the description, which even fails to give 
measurements, I am satisfied of its distinctness from any of 
the species here described. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
The Genus Caiterella versus Spongiophaga Potts. 
Mr. Epwarp Ports referred to a paper (‘On Spongiophaga Pottsi, 
n. sp.,” Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., Nov. 1881) by H. J. Carter, 


Miscellaneous. cel 


F.R.S., &¢., in which that eminent scientist gives an interpretation, 
differing from his own, of the statosphere tendrils which form the 
characteristic feature of the new genus of freshwater sponges to 
which Mr. Carter’s name had been attached in recognition of his 
very distinguished services. He wished to consider the subject 
entirely apart from its personal relation to themselves, and only 
as it concerned the stability of a genus, in which, as he claimed, 
for the first time in the history of freshwater sponges, these 
tendrils had been noticed as distinctive features. 

He then, at some length, gave his reasons why we should not 
aceopt Mr. Carter’s theory of the parasitic nature of these tendrils 
or filaments, saying that of the two points in the paper most 
likely to impress a student who had not seen specimens of the 
genus referred to, or one unfamiliar with the general subject, the 
first was founded upon certain appearances represented in figure 2 
of Mr. Carter’s plate. This figure shows an “ axial canal”’ through 
the centre of the filament, widening into the “ tubular prolongation 
from the process of the chitinous coat” of the statosphere and 
representing the supposable digestive tract of the animal parasite. 

As after repeated and very careful examination of numer us 
specimens, both in a fresh condition and atter being subjected to 
different methods of preparation, he had failed entirely to meet 
with an instance showing similar appearances, he referred speci- 
mens of all three species “of the genus to Prof. Jos. Leidy, whose 
fame as an accurate observer is world-wide ; to Mr. Jno. A. Ryder, 
and to Prof. Kellicott and Mr. Henry Mills of Buffalo, the discoverers 
of one of the above species. The efforts of these gentlemen were 
equally unsuccessful, their opinion being well expressed in Prof. 
Leidy’s words, “In my mind there can be no question as to the 
tendrils being part of the structure of the statoblast; and their 
parasitic nature would never have occurred to me.” ‘ The tendrils 
are homogeneous extensions of the inner capsule of the statoblast ; 
and I see no trace of the appearance to which you refer in Carter’s 
figure 2.” A paragraph from the letter of Prof. Kellicott makes a 
further point. These processes ‘‘ are not found on the statoblasts 
of any other species in the Niagara river; I have examined hun- 
dreds of the statoblasts of Carterella tubisper ma, and have not found 
one without said tube. I brought some of these, having wintered in 
the river, to my room last May ; after a few days, there was sponge- 
growth ; so this form, if a parasite, did not destroy the life, &c.” 

The second point made by Mr. Carter was ‘that the species 
marked ©. tubisperma from Buffalo was identical, as shown by its 
spiculation, with one marked Heteromeyenia repens from Lehigh Gap, 
Pa. That one of these identical species should exhibit the tubular 
prolongation and accompanying tendrils, while the other did not, 
was considered presumptive evidence that the former was affected 
in some abnormal way. To this Mr. Potts answered, that while 
there was unquestionably much similarity in shape of the birotulate 
spicules of the two sponges, covering the ‘seed-bodies ” in the 
ordinary fashion as a second or outer coat, the Lehigh-Gap species 
alone exhibited the second class of long birotulates, interspersed 


gon Miscellaneous. 


with the others, which had induced him to place it in the genus 
Heteromeyenia, For this reason he believed the species were not 
identical, and this argument fails. 

In continuation he reasoned that it should not be considered a 
matter of surprise that the statospheres of some genera pertaining 
to the family of freshwater sponges should present tentative 
features of this character. In a paper published so long ago as 
1859, Mr. Carter called attention to the resemblance in appearance 
and function between the statoblasts of the Polyzoa and the so-called 
“seed-bodies” of Spongilla. The parallelism is rendered more 
complete when we observe that in those forms of Polyzoa possessing 
a comparativ ly rigid ectocyst, the statoblosts are circular or len- 
ticular with smooth margins. ‘Some of these are no doubt washed 
out from the tubular body from time to time during the winter, to 
extend the species to other places ; while enough are retained by it 
to renew the growth in the original locality. On the other hand, 
where the body-mass is simply gelatinous, as in Pectinatella, Crista- 
tella, &e., decaying away and releasing the statoblasts on ale first 
approach of winter, these are provided with either a single row or a 
more complicated series of marginal tentacular hooks, by which they 
become matted together, entangled with roots, stems, &c., or held to 
rough places on planks or stones. 

The same relation to the permanency of their skeleton structure 
we find existing amongst these genera and species of freshwater 
sponges. The statospheres of nearly all species are provided with 
some arrangement for protection and retention. These vary greatly 
in kind and degree, inversely according to the protection afforded 
them by the surrounding skeleton. Perhaps the lowest in the 
series in this regard is Meyenia Leidyt. This is a thin incrusting 
sponge, the skeleton-spicnla stout and firmly matted together, 
maintaining the position of the form and the mass throughout the 
year. The statospheres are formed in the autumn, in the lowest 
parts of the sponge, within special capsules formed by interlacing 
spicula. It is hardly possible these should wash away; and 
accordingly we find no means provided peculiar to themselves for 
detaining them. Their armour consists of a closely laid series of 
birotulate spicula with entire margins, excellent as a shield, but 
hopelessly useless as a means of retention, On the other hand no 
apparent means of diffusion are provided; and as a consequence the 
Species seems to be extremely local, none having been noticed 
except in the stream where the first specimen was gathered, and 
within a few yards of the probable spot. 

Spongilla fragilis of Leidy, when seen during the summer-time, 
nearly resembles in form the above-mentioned species ; its skeleton- 
structure, however, is mth more fragile, and is frequently detached 
and washed away. leaving a uniform series of statoblasts standing 
side by side, w ith no special coating of spicules for each, as in most 
other species, but grouped and held together by a common coating 
of cellular or granular matter, covered by and imbedding a great 
number of cylindrical spined spicules. A variety of this is often 
observed (whether it differs specifically in other respects he could 


Miscellaneous. 333 


not be certain) in whicn the statospheres are segregated into groups 
of four or more, spherically enclosed in a similar coating, thus 
appearing like one large seed. While the statoblasts of the former 
arrangement retain their positions during the winter and germinate 
there in the spring, it may be that this is a character assumed for 
diffusive propagation. 

In Spongilla lacustris and similar branching sponges, the appar- 
ently conflicting ends of retention and diffusion are attained in a 
different way. The “seed” are formed in the interstices of both 
the sessile and the branching portions. In the former they are 
retained during the winter, partially by the agency of recurved 
spines upon the acerates projecting from the seed-coat ; while the 
fragile branches soon break off and float their contained statospheres 
to distant parts. 

The massive sessile character of many sponges, repeated through 
various forms of Spongilla and Meyenia, partially protects their 
statospheres from the accidents of the winter season ; and when that 
protection fails them, the rays of the birotulate spicules of the 
latter and the curved acerates of the former come in play to retain 
a sufficient number until the time of germination in the spring. 

Three species of American sponges have been grouped under the 
generic name eteromeyenia, characterized by the presence of a 
second form of birotulate spicules interspersed amongst the more 
familiar series. These are about double the length of the former, 
and are terminated by long recurved hooks. The framework of 
two of these species is altogether filmy and fugitive; the stato- 
spheres are not held within the interspaces of the skeleton or 
retained in any other way, and are therefore dependent upon the 
above hooks for their attachment to proper bases for future 
growth. 

Completing the series of retentive agencies, we find the stato- 
spheres of the three species of the disputed genus Carterella provided, 
in addition to their birotulate spicules, with long curling or twisting 
tendrils, extensions, as we have heard, of the tough chitinous coat. 
These are required to meet the emergency occasioned by the 
looseness of their skeleton-texture, from which the sarcode-flesh 
dying early washes away, most of the spicules soon following in the 
winter floods. The eggs are thus left to the protection of the above 
tendrils, which lap them together, bind thei to the remaining 
spicules or the roots of water-weeds or shore-plants ; or, assuming 
the role of the hair the plasterer uses, bind the deposited silt about 
them and both to the stones, where they await the appointed time 
for a new growth. This function is very clearly shown in the 
collection in Mr. Potts’s possession ; and the resemblance in material 
structure of these tendrils to that of the specialized hooks of the 
forms of Polyzoa referred to is very striking. He hopes there- 
fore that, as both analogy and observed facts seem to indicate the 
correctness of his position, Mr. Carter will be willing to accept the 
compliment intended and which is so well deserved.—Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Philad., Dec. 6, 1881. 


Bi Miscellaneous. 


Atlantic Actiniaria of the Dredyings of the Despatch-boat ‘Le 
Travailleur.” By M. A. F. Marron. 


The Actiniaria met with in the Bay of Biscay by the Commission 
of the ‘Travailleur’ may be referred to seven species, of which six 
are new to science; these are Chitonactis Richardi, nov. sp., Ge- 
phyra Dohrnii, vy. Koch, var. vasconica, Edwardsia flaccida, nov. sp., 
Edwardsia scabra, nov. sp., Edwardsia rigida, nov. sp., Palythoa 
glomerata, nov. sp., and Pulythoa eupaguri, nov. sp. 

The animals evidently cannot, in the present state of our know- 
ledge, serve clearly any considerations of zoological geography. We 
should show, however, that amongst them the only known type 
(Gephyra Dohrnit) belongs to the Mediterranean fauna. But the 
true physiognomy of the Ccelenterata of the Bay of Biscay cannot 
be shown until we join to the Actimiaria of this region the Corals 
and the Alcyonaria, which present, besides several undescribed 
forms, some Mediterranean and Mexican species. 

It should, in the first place, be remarked how important is the 
position occupied in our list by the genus Kdwardsia. Moseley has 
already found one species (Edwardsia coriacea) near Cape St. Vin- 
cent, at a depth of 600 fathoms. Our Kdwardsia flaccida 
represented by numerous individuals, and at various stations, from 
600 to 1160 metres. Hdwardsia scabra and EF. rigida also descend 
to 1100 metres. However, these species do not differ in organiza- 
tion from those which frequent the coasts. They have not more 
than eight cells, though their tentacles may be more numerous, as 
if recalling one of the most interesting stages in the embryogeny of 
the Actiniaria. 

Their histology falls under the ordinary plan of structure; but 
some external morphological peculiarities very distinctly characterize 
our three species. 

In Edwardsia flaccida the rugose portion of the column is of a 
bright brownish-yellow tint. It is traversed by eight furrows, cor- 
responding to the septa. The foot-region may protrude in a trans- 
parent ampulla. The upper portion of the column is smooth and of 
a deep carmine colour, The tentacles are ten in number. 

Edwardsia scabra is likewise furrowed, but is distinguished by 
the tuberosities of its column, Edwardsia rigida is of a charac- 
teristic brown tint, and possesses peculiar mesodermic projections. 

The Palythow have already long been known from great depths, 
Palythoa glomerata forms polypidoms in inerusting layers upon the 
radioles of Cidaris, on corals, and on /sis. Palythoa eupaguri lives 
in curious commensalism with a new species of Hupagurus*, towards 
which it plays the part of Adamsia palliata, always associated with 
Eupagurus Prideauxii. 

Gephyra Dohrnii of the Bay of Biscay is more brilliant in colour 
than the Mediterranean individuals ; it is also a little larger. We 
have observed it only in isolated cases upon the stems of Isis. We 
consider it to be an Atlantic race. It is undoubtedly alongside of 
this type, and consequently in the vicinity of Paractis, that we must 


* Eupagurus Jacobi, A, Milne-Edwards, 


Miscellaneous. 335 


range Actinia abyssicola and A. gelatinosa, found by Moseley at 
Amboina and at the Bermudas upon the deep-sea Isidide. 

Chitonactis Richardi must be reckoned amongst the largest of 
Actiniidse, and finds its place in the family Bunodide. This genus, 
erected by Fischer, is characterized by its false epidermis, so that it 
is to the true Bunodes what Phellia is to Sagartia. The histological 
structure of Chitonactis, however, is very distinct from that of 
Bunodes. The ectoderm is formed of slender fusiform cells closely 
resembling one another. The column being thick and coriaceous, 
the mesoderm acquires a great development, and presents at its 
centre very numerous patches of annular muscular bundles identical 
with those of Calliactis effeta. The existence of so peculiar a his- 
tological conformation in these two Actiniidee, perfectly distinct in 
other respects, evidently corresponds to the rigidity of the column, 
in which contraction cannot be effected except by bringing into play 
a mesodermal muscular system, represented, doubtless in a rudimen- 
tary manner, in several types, but offering here its maximum 
development. 

Chitonactis Richardi has been met with in two totally different 
conditions, the influence of which has heen sufficient to produce two 
very remarkable races. One is represented by large specimens 
fastened upon the branches of Mopsea elongata. The column is 
almost perfectly smooth ; and the cuticular deposits exist ouly upon 
the tubercles. The foot grasps the branches of the Isidian by ex- 
tending tonguelets, or by folding over in two large lips. The other 
race includes rather smaller individuals, found rather nearer to the 
coast, and at a depth of only 306 metres. Their columns are en- 
tirely covered by cuticular lamella. These Chitonactines attach 
themselves directly to the sandy mud, in such a manner that the 
foot, not finding sufficient resistance, buries itself, producing an 
immense ampulla which resembles the extremity of the body of 
certain errant Actiniaria, 

Thus this small collection of malacodermous Zoantharia possesses 
real interest. It merits special notice the more as the deep-sea 
species are still very little known. It is sufficient now to remark 
that Moseley has described only six abyssal forms at the ter- 
mination of the Ste expedition of the ‘Challenger.’ — — Comptes 
Rendus, February 13, 1882, p. 458. 


Colour in Autumn Leaves. 


Mr. Thomas Meehan referred to an excursion to the Salt Marshes 
of New Jersey, organized by a member of the Academy, Mr. Isaac 
C. Martindale, and generously seconded by the Camden and Atlantic 
Railroad Company, which furnished a special train of twelve 

cars for the company, with the privilege of stopping along the road 
at interesting botanical points. This gave unusual opportunity to 
examine fee vegetation of the Salt Marshes, which at this season of 
the year presented a scene of coloured beauty unequalled perhaps 
in the whole world. 

Mr. Meehan remarked that the vegetation which for the most 
part made up this flora was either precisely the same as those which 


336 Miscellaneous. 


entered into the flora of similar localities in Western Europe, or 
else of species so closely allied that only critical examination would 
show the distinction. The plant which gave the greatest brilliancy, 
chiefly on account of its numerical proportions, was Salicornia her- 
bacea, the same plant which abounds along European shores. To 
the rich rosy red of this species Salicornia mucronata (of Bigelow, 
S. virginica of most authors) added a rosy brown. Although this 
species is American, there are forms of S. herbacea on the English 
coast which approach it. The third species is S. ambiqua of 
Michaux, a perennial species and the analogue of the British XS, 
radicans. ‘This one never changes its bright green colour till 
severe frost destroys it. The lively green very much enlivens the 
brilliancy of the orange, red, and brown hr the other marsh-plants. 
The species precisely the same with those of England which gave 
colour to the marshes, besides these Salicernias, were Salsola Kali, 
Sueda maritina, Atriplew patula, Polygonum maritimum, Spartina 
stricta, Spartina juncea, and Ammophila arenaria—the three last, 
grasses which add much by their ight browns to the richness of the 
whole. Statice limonium, by its faded blue-grey tint, gave a pecu- 
liar element to the colour. Aster flexuosus, closely related to Aster 
trifolium of European marshes, furnished a tint of purple-green. 
So far as could be observed of the many other species of plants 
which might be collected, these were the only ones giving character 
to the beautifully coloured picture the marshes presented at this time. 

The most interesting inquiry here presents itsel{—Why should 
plants common in the main to both continents, colour so much 
more brightly in America than in Europe? We are reminded 
that what we sce here in these marsh-plants does not hold good 
with close allies in other species. Among trees and shrubs there 
are some peculiar to each country, but closely allied, in which all 
the American alles colour, w hile the European rarely do. He 
named on the American side, Betula populifolia, Fraxinus sambuci- 
folia, Quercus alba, Crategus cordata, Ulmus americana, Alnus 
serruluta, Castanea americana, as against Betula alba, Fraxinus 
excelsior, Quercus robur, Crategus oxyacantha, Ulmus campestris, 
Alnus glutinosa, and Castanea vesea. The whole American line had 
autumn colouring, of which the parallel European line was wholly 
destitute. Thesetrees did not lose this characteristic by removal to the 
other continent. In America there were many of the European: species 
five or ten generations from seed; and yet these last generations 
showed no more disposition to embrace the colour-characteristics of 
their American cousins than did the first progenitor brought from 
abroad. We were so accustomed to associate our bright clear 
autumn skies with the colour of our autumn foliage, that facts like 
these stagger us. Why should several generations of these E Juropean 
trees resist our climatal influences? But we have to remember that 
the colouring of fruits and folage is not wholly the result of 
chemical power; what for want of a better name we know as vital 
power, claims a share. 

Some apples have colour on the sunny side, while the rosy cheek 
never appears on those of the same variety hidden by the foliage ; 


Miscellaneous. — B37 


and in these cases it is self-evident that sunlight is a cause of colour. 
Yet if we pluck such a variety from the tree, and place it in the 
sunlight, it will not colour; so that we see here that there must be 
a connexion with the living principle in the tree to enable the solar 
rays to act. Yet it requires a relaxation of the leaf’s hold on life 
to bring out these colours. At any time during the summer a 
maturing leaf on an American tree exhibits bright Heolour: yet if a 
dying eae half-coloured, be plucked from the parent stem, there is 
no further change in the tint. Many leaves pass through grades, as 
green, hight yellow, orange-brown to scarlet. If they are Tethered 
at yellow or brown they remain yellow or brown, and so on all 
through these stages. Colouring, therefore, could not wholly be 
considered chemically; for though decay, wien we take to be a 
chemical action, is going on during the colouring stage, complete 
separation from the living tree at once stops the process. 

If we consider these two facts together, and then some other 
known natural laws, we may form some reasonable hypothesis, 
There is, for instance, the principle of heredity, so ably insisted on 
by Mr. Darwin, in connexion with all living things. A force once 
applied to an object exerts an influence after the power has been 
removed. A wheel runs round after the hand which turns it is 
taken away; anda change in a plant brought about by any cir- 
cumstance will continue in connexion with that plant some gene- 
rations after the circumstances have ceased to exist. That this is 
so has been proyed by Naudin with hybrid (or perhaps we should 
say crossed) lettuces, and in other ways. Supposing, then, these 
closely allied species to have been originally of one parentage, how 
did the power in one case to change to bright colour, or in the 
other to resist the tendency to colour, originate? If by chemical 
power alone, it would occur at once, as a piece of white wood is at 
once browned by fire ; but with the vital principle opposed to this 
chemically destructive principle, it would take more time to accom- 
plish this change, and, the change once made, would again require 
more time to again alter the fixed condition. This is essentially the 
foundation of fhe law of heredity; and under its operation we could 
not reasonably look for a change in the colouring-power of these 
European trees, although light were an active agent, under even 
more than five or ten infieritme generations. 

At any rate we have in these pala plants the evidence that 
the plants of one country, in that country colourless, can be made to 
take the most brilliant colours when growing in ours. That these 
plants had one primary origin is certain, though the ancestry may 
have been separated by thousands of years, We know that plants 
introduced at once do not change at once; heredity forbids it. We 
may assume, therefore, that it was only after some generations on 
the American coast, under the influence perhaps of American light, 
that these European plants showed their American colours. We can 
see in these annual plants, with a new generation every year, the 
results in numerous generations, as we cannot see in the more slowly 
reproducing tree. 


338 Miscellaneous. 


Mr. Meehan thought that though we could not say we had yet 
reached an unchaliengeable solution of the cause of autumn colour 
in American foliage, considerations like these brought us nearer to 


the end.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., Nov. 1, 1881. 


Centrolophus pompilus. 
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 


GENTLEMEN,—In your issue for this month Dr. Gunther, when 
alluding to the capture of a Blackfish (Centrolophus pompilus) at the 
mouth of the Colne, observes that, so far as he is aware, ‘‘this is the 
first instance known of the fish having wandered so far eastwards.” — 

In 1841, one 14 inches in length was taken at Lossiemouth; in 
1850 Mr. Alder remarked on one captured at Cullercoats, in 
Northumberland; while in the ‘ Zoologist,’ 1852 (p. 3504), Mr. 
Rudd mentions one obtained at Redcar, in Yorkshire. 

Yours truly, 
Francis Day. 


P.S. The same example was recorded by Mr. Laver in the 
‘ Zoologist,’ 1882, p. 75. 
Cheltenham, March 4, 1882, 


On a Fetal Kangaroo and its Membranes. 
By Henry C. Coapman, M.D. 


Since the publication, nearly fifty years ago, of Prof. Owen's 
invaluable paper * ** On the Generation of the Marsupial Animals,” 
in which the foetal Kangaroo and membranes were first described, 
no further contribution has been made to our knowledge of this 
very important subject. Indeed some naturalists at the present 
day seem indisposed to accept Prof. Owen’s statement that there 
is no connexion in the Kangaroo between the foetal membrane and 
the uterus, or, in other words, that no placenta is developed, and 
therefore doubt that the division of the Mammalia into non-placental 
and placentalis not a valid one. Even though the present communi- 
cation should not contain any thing particularly new, I trust, how- 
ever, that it will not be received without interest, if for no other 
reason than that it confirms essentially Prof. Owen’s descriptions. 

One would have naturally supposed that, during the past half 
century, among all the Kangaroos killed in Australia and opened 
in various zoological gardens, at least one foetal Kangaroo would 
have been found. As a matter of fact, however, this docs not 
appear to have been the case; or, at least, if such was found, no 
record was made of it. Impressed with this fact, I never failed to 
examine the generative apparatus in the female Kangaroos which 
died from time to time in the Philadelphia Zoological Garden, with 
the hope that I might obtain an embryo. In September 1879 I 
was successful, finding the specimen which forms the subject of the 


* Phil. Trans, 1834, 


Miscellaneous. 339 


present communication, and to which I incidentally alluded in a 
previous communication to the Academy * 

The female Kangaroo in which I found the embryo was a fine 
example of the Macropus giganteus, and had taken the male about 
fourteen days before its death, which was caused by injuries 
inflicted upon itself, due to a fright incident to the boxing the 
animal for shipment. ‘The embryo was therefore not more than 
fourteen days old. On opening the uterus of the left side, which 
was considerably swollen, the embryo Kangaroo was seen through 
the transparent cherion. The chorion, which was thickened in 
places, insinuated itself between the folds into which the lining mem- 
brane of the uterus was thrown. The chorion, however, was 
entirely free from villi or villous processes of any kind, and was 
pertectly separable in its entire extent from the uterine surface ; 
indeed it was readily turned out of the uterus intact. On opening 
the chorion, the embryo Kangaroo was seen enclosed in a very 
delicate amnion, which was easily lacerated. What at once struck 
me, on opening the chorion, was the large size of the umbilical 
vesicle and the undeveloped condition of the allantois, which, 
though small, was undoubtedly present, consisting of a pear-shaped 
vesicle or diverticulum from the posterior part of the intestine. 
The umbilical vesicle adhered to the chorion by that part of its 
surface most remote from the umbilicus, the line of demarcation 
between chorion and umbilical vesicle being indicated by a circular 
blood-vessel. When in the fresh condition, the umbilical vesicle 
was seen to be highly vascular. The blood-vessels that ramified 
over its surface consisted of two veins and an artery. The veins 
began as one yessel from the under surface of the liver, which 
diverged at the umbilicus and united again on the umbilical vesicle 
as a terminal or marginal vein, 7. e. the circular vein just referred 
to and which indicated the line of contact of the umbilical vesicle 
with the chorion. The third vessel was an artery, and through the 
mesenteric could be traced to the aorta. These vessels evidently 
correspond to the omphalo-mesenteric or vitelline veins and arteries 
of other vertebrate embryos as seen, for example, in the embryo 
chick. The disposition of the umbilical vesicle with reference to 
the chorion (its large size and vascularity) reminded me also very 
much of the rabbit or rodent type of development. While, as we 
have just seen, the umbilical vesicle was in contact with the 
chorion, the rudimentary allantois, on the contrary, hung freely by 
its pedicle or urachus in the space between the amnion, the stem of 
the umbilical vesicle, and the chorion. 

When the allantois was first examined, there could be distinctly 
seen three very fine vessels, two of which appeared to come from the 
aorta and corresponded therefore to the umbilical or hypogastric 
arteries of the placental mammals, while the remaining vessel I 
considered to represent the umbilical vein of the same. The small 
size of the allantois and the rudimentary condition of its blood- 


* “ Placenta of the Elephant,” Journal of Phil. Acad, vol. viii. p. 5. 


340 Miscellaneous. 


vessels, taken in connexion with the length of the embryo and the 
short time that the latter remains in the uterus, makes it impossible 
for me to think that in the Kangaroo a placenta is ever developed. 
T use the word placenta in the sense ordinarily accepted, meaning 
a structure which consists of the interlacing of the allantoic blood- 
vessels with those of the decidua serotina of the uterus—that is, of 
that part of the hypertrophied mucous membrane of the uterus 
in contact with the ovum. Further, while the umbilical vessel is 
fused through part of this surface with the chorion, the chorion 
is only in contact with the inner surface of the uterus, not adhering 
to it in any way. The disposition of these miciminenes in the Kane 
guroo embryo i is therefore different from the so-called placenta of 
certain Sharks, which consists in the interlacing of the omphalo- 
mesenteric blood-vessels with those of the uterus. This structure 
in the Sharks, though called a placenta, is not homologous with 
the mammalian placenta, this consisting, as we have seen, of the 
allantoic vessels and those of the uterus. The Kangaroo cannot 
be said, therefore, to have a placenta in cither sense in which that 
word is used. The small size of the embryo Kangaroo at birth 
would lead me to suppose that it drew its nourishment from the 
umbilical vesicle like the reptile or bird, rather than from the 
uterine walls as in the mammal. If the uterus does contribute 
to the nourishment of the foetal Kangaroo, such nutriment must 
osmose through the omphalo-mesenteric vessels. The contact of 
the chorion with the uterus, however, is of a very adventitious 
character. The embryo Kangaroo itself measured six eighths of an 
inch in length from the mouth to the root of the tail. The latter 
was one eighth of an inch long. The mouth was open; and the 
tongue, though large, was not protruded. ‘The palpebral folds 
were not developed. There was no sign of an auricle. Four bran- 
chial clefts could be distinguished. The anterior extremities were 
well developed; but the digits had not appeared. The posterior 
extremities were represented only by small buds, not very apparent 
except with a lens. Indications of the ribs were distinctly visible. 
The membranous spinal cord could be seen, the elements of the 
vertebre being as yet ununited. A penis was visible just in front 
of the anus. On the supposition that the theory of evolution is 
true, one would naturally expect to find forms intermediate in their 
structure and development between the reptiles and birds on the 
one hand and the placental mammalia on the other. <As is well 
known, in the structure of its skeleton and generative apparatus, 
the Ornithorhynchus resembles very closely the reptile and bird, 
while, as we have just seen, the foetal membranes of the Kangaroo 
recall the corresponding parts in the reptilian-bird type and Fie. 
shadow those of the placental mammal. If the parts in question 
have been truthfully described and correctly interpreted as partly 
bridging over the gap between the non-placental and placental 
vertebrates, they supply exactly what the theory of evolution 
demands, fal furnish, therefore, one more proof of the truth of 
that doctrine.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., Dec. 27, 1881. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[FIFTH SERIES.] 


No. 53. MAY 1882. 


~-- ~< 


XX XIV.—Notes on the Structure and Development of Sipho- 
naria australis, Quoy & Gaimard. By Professor F. W. 
Hutton, of Canterbury College, New Zealand. 


[Plate XV.] 


THE only account of the structure of Siphonaria that I have 
been able to see is that given by MM. Quoy and Gaimard 
in the Zoology of the Voyage of the ‘ Astrolabe.’ These 
naturalists showed that Siphonaria was a pulmonate Gastro- 
pod with a gill in its respiratory chamber; and they described 
the alimentary and reproductive organs; but as, at the time 
they wrote, the latter organs in the pulmonates were not 
understood, they did not interpret the different parts quite 
correctly. 

Siphonaria australis is common in Lyttelton Harbour; and 
I have made some observations on its structure and develop- 
ment which appear to me to be of sufficient interest to warrant 
their publication ; a list of the New-Zealand species, with 
descriptions of their dentition, will be submitted to the New- 
Zealand Institute. 

Alimentary System (Plate XV. fig. 1).—'The buccal mass is 
reddish purple; the salivary glands, which are large and 
white, open into it, and not into the cesophagus, as stated by 
MM. Quoy and Gaimard. The cesophagus is short, and 
gradually expands into the wide and longitudinally plicated 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 24 


342 Prof. F. W. Hutton on the Structure and 


stomach, which is of a yellowish-white colour, The liver is 
large and pale yellow; the hepatic ducts open into the fundus 
of the stomach. The intestine leaves the stomach abruptly 
on the left side, and passes straight forward to the heart; 
after passing round the aorta, it crosses obliquely backward 
over the stomach to the right; after making another short bend 
forward and to the left, it bends once more backward and to 
the left, descends as far as the end of the stomach, and then 
passes straight to the anus, which lies in the lobe of the pul- 
monary opening. Numerous particles of calcite are scattered 
about the various organs. 

Reproductive System (figs. 2 and 7).—The ovo-testis is 
rounded, like that of Limax, and of a brownish-yellow colour ; 
the hermaphrodite duct is rather short and blackish. The 
albumen-gland is short and of a pale yellow colour, like the 
swollen portion of the oviduct. ‘lhe spermatheca is brownish 
or purplish, oval in shape, and with a long stalk. ‘The vas 
deferens leaves the oviduct near the anterior end of the 
swollen portion. ‘The oviduct is suddenly narrowed ; and this 
narrowest portion, together with the vas deferens and the 
stalk of the spermatheca, penetrate into the musculature of 
the foot ; they then turn sharply forward, and open with the 
penis in a common genital opening on the right side of the 
head. The penis is narrow and curved, and has a large pale 
yellow are for the secretion of the spermatophore. ‘The 
spermatophores (fig. 7) are long and cylindrical, rounded at 
one end, and rather suddenly narrowed into a long tail at the 
other. They are quite smooth. 

The renal organ (figs. 8 and 4, @) is double, one half being 
attached to the lower, the other to the upper wall of the respi- 
ratory chamber, in such a position that the one half les over 
the other. It lies on the left side of the animal; and imme- 
diately at its apex is situated the heart. 

Transversely across the animal, from the renal organ to 
the respiratory opening, lie the gills (figs. 3 and 4, e). There 
are two of them, attached, like the renal organ, to the upper 
and lower surfaces of the respiratory chamber; but the lower 
one is very feebly developed. ‘These gills are not free, but 
are merely folds of the integument crossing between two large 
vessels in the walls of the respiratory chamber. Kvidently 
they are adaptive in origin, and not homologous with the gills 
of other Mollusca. ‘The interior of the respiratory chamber, 
and the gills, are richly ciliated; and the animal seems to 
respire air and water indifferently. The respiratory orifice is 
often seen open, both in the air and under water; but in the 
latter case the lobe below the opening is generally raised, 


Development of Siphonaria australis. 343 


so as to divide it into inhalant and exhalant openings (see 
fig. 5). 

~The experiments of the Rev. J. Tenison-Woods, described 
in the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society of Tasmania’ for 
1876, p. 54, appear to corroborate this view. In the aqua- 
rium the animal always leaves the water, like Littorina; it 
would seem therefore to prefer breathing air, 

Nervous System (fig. 6).—The cephalic ganglia are small, 
and connected by a long and thin commissure; the optic 
nerves proceed from them as usual; but there are no eyes or 
tentacles. On this point I can confirm Mr. Tenison- Woods, 
notwithstanding that Quoy and Gaimard have figured the 
eyes. The pedal ganglia are moderately close; and each 
sends off two large nerves to the foot; otocysts are developed 
on these ganglia. ‘The parieto- splanchnic ganglia are re- 
markable for being asymmetrical, both being on the right 
side; they send off nerves to the reproductive organs. 

Development (figs. 8-12).—The eggs are enclosed in an 
elongated gelatinous mass attached by one side to rocks, in a 
more or less semicircular form. ‘The eggs are ovoid, about 
‘007 inch in length, and jomed to each other by a fine string. 
The embryo is at first spherical and ciliated, revolving rapidly 
in the egg. It then becomes constricted across the middle ; 
and one of the halves develops stronger cilia, becomes bilobed, 
and forms a well-developed velum. The other half becomes 
invested with a nautiloid shell. ‘wo otocysts are developed ; 
the foot grows out below the velum; and an operculum is 
formed on its posterior end. A retractor muscle arises from 
the periphery of the shell on the left side, and, passing above 
the body, is inserted in the foot. By means of this muscle 
the animal can be completely withdrawn into the shell, which 
is then closed by the operculum. In this state the young 
animal leaves the egg, and makes its way through the now 
softened jelly by vigorous use of the velum. Once in the 
water, the animal swims away rapidly; and after some time 
the shell falls off, the operculum still remaining on the foot. 
The jelly seems to be softened by the attacks of Infusoria. 
1 have not been able to trace the development further. 

‘These observations were made on ova laid by Siphonaria 
australis in an aquarium; and there is no doubt as to the 
species to which they belong. ‘hey show that it is a true 
pulmonate, and that the gill does not indicate an intermediate 
form between Pulmonata and Branchiata. They also show 
that the Pulmonata have been derived from opereulated bran- 
chiate mollusks with a curled shell. 

In their reproductive organs and in their dentition the 


24* 


344 Mr. E. A. Smith on a Species of Fusus. 


Pulmonates approach much more nearly to the Opisthobranchs 
than they do to the Prosobranchs ; we must therefore suppose 
that they are derived from the former; and it seems to me 
that there are more reasons for uniting the Opisthobranchs 
with the Pulmonates than with the Prosobranchs. The Gas- 
tropoda would thus be divided into two subclasses. The 
moneecious Gastropods (Gastropoda monwca) would contain 
the two orders Pulmonata and Opisthobranchiata, while the 
dicecious Gastropods (Gastropoda diwca) would contain the 
two orders Prosobranchiata and Heteropoda. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 


Fg. 1. Stphonaria australis: alimentary system, X 3. a, buccal mass ; 4, 
salivary glands; c, odontophore; d, heart; e, stomach; f, in- 
testine ; g, liver; A, rectum. 

Fug. 2. Reproductive system, X 3. a, penis; , vas deferens; c, gland; 
d, ovo-testis ; e, hermaphrodite duct; f, swollen portion of ovi- 
duct ; g, albumen-gland ; 2, narrow portion of oviduct; 7, sper- 
matheca; A, rectum, 

Animal with the respiratory cavity laid open, x 2. a, head; 4, 
anus; c, heart; d, renal organ; e, gill. 

Portion of gill and half the renal organ, xX 10. d, renal organ ; 
e, gill. 


Fig. 3. 
4, 

Fig. 5. Animal seen from below, x 2. a, foot; &, head; ec, respiratory 
LG; 
ae 


Fig 


opening and lobe; d, mantle. 

Nervous system, X 6. a, cephalie ganglion ; 6, pedal ganglion ; 
ce, parieto-splanchnic ganglia; d, reproductive orifice. 

Fig. 7. Spermatophore, x 12. 

Fig. 8. Mass of ova, nat. size. 

Fig. 9. Ovum with embryo, x 160. 
‘tg. 10. Ovum with embryo further advanced, x 160, 

Fig. 11. Veliger of Stphonaria australis, X 160. a, velum; 6, otocyst ; 

ce, foot; d, operculum ; e, shell; f, retractor muscle. 
Fig. 12. Embryonic shell of Siphonaria australis, x 160. 


Fig 


XXXV.—Description of a Species of Fusus. 
By Enear A. Smiru. 


Fusus corpulentus. 


Shell large, ponderous, fusiform, uniformly light yellowish 
brown, strongly spirally costate, striated and sulcate, longi- 
tudinally grooved on the upper whorls, and marked with strong 
lines of growth on the rest of the surface. Volutions about 
nine, sloping and very slightly concave at the upper half 
convex below the middle, and somewhat constricted at the 
base ; thickened above, just below the suture. Spiral ridges 


Mr. EK. A. Smith on a Species of Fusus. 345 


six in number on the upper whorls, about as broad as the 
sulci between them, about twenty-four on the last, with fine 
strie in the interstices. Those on the first six whorls sub- 
granular through being crossed by coarse longitudinal sulci, 
which produce a clathrated surface. As the shell increases, 
these sulci gradually diminish and become merely coarse strie 
or lines of growth. On the last and penultimate whorls the 
fourth spiral ridge from the top is tubercular, the tubercles 
gradually increasing in prominence as the lip is approached. 


Half natural size. 


At the tubercles (about twelve in number on the body-whorl) 
the shell is somewhat longitudinally plicate. Last whorl 
decidedly concave above, a little angular at the tubercular 
ridge, convex beneath it, gradually narrowing into a rather 
short cauda. Aperture elongate, narrow, together with the 
short, wide, oblique, and slightly recurved canal occupying 
almost three fifths of the entire length of the shell, yellowish 
and rosy white within. Columella gently arcuate at the upper 
part, oblique and straightish below the middle, of the same 
colour as the aperture, with only a very thin deposit of callus 
at the upper part. Outer lip not thickened, wavy at the edge, 
shallowly grooved within, the grooves corresponding to the 
ridges ot the exterior. 


346 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


Length 64 inches, greatest diameter 3% ; aperture with the 
canal 38 long, 1} wide. 

Hab. 

This species has lately been purchased by the British Mu- 
seum, and, although of large size, is apparently undescribed. 
It isa ponderous shell, in form not unlike certain species of 
the genus Masciolaria, and well distinguished by the character 
of its sculpture. ‘The uppermost of the spiral ridges forms 
the thickening beneath the sutural line; andthe two beneath 
are a little finer than the three others upon the lower convex 
half of the whorls. 


XXXVI.—Some Sponges from the West Indies and Acapulco 
tn the Liverpool Free Museum described, with general and 


classificatory Remarks. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e. 
[Plates XI. & XII.] 


{Concluded from p. 301. } 


Family 2. Suberitida. 
Group eA Ar 
Cliona caribbea, n. sp. 


Sponge excavating ; appearing on the surface of old coral 
(Porites) in irregularly scattered subcircular holes, varying 
in size under a quarter of an inch in diameter, which commu- 
nicate through short channels with cavernous ragged excava- 
tions interiorly ; c channels filled with tubular processes of the 
sponge, open and marginated at the holes or closed by a per- 
forated diaphragm, communicating internally with the sponge, 
which tapestries the cavernous excavations. Texture loose. 
Colour ochraceous yellow. Vents represented by the open 
holes ; pore-area by the diaphragms. Spicules of two forms, 
viz. :—1, skeletal, pin-like, smooth, curved, consisting of a 
spherical head followed by a constriction and then a fusiform 
shaft, about as wide in the thickest part as the head, graduall 
terminating in a sharp Bou nese about 95 by 21° G000ths 
of an inch (Pl. XII. fig. 26, a) ; 2, flesh-spicule, a spinispi- 
rula, extremely slender, about 7-6000ths inch long, presenting 
five or six bends (fig . 26, bc)... Size ot, specimen indefinite and 
undeterminable, from the internal extent of the excavations 
being concealed. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 347 


Hab. Marine. Burrowing in hard calcareous objects. 

Loc. Island of St. Vincent, West Indies. 

Obs. The characters generally of this sponge are almost 
identical with those of our Cliona celata, when burrowing in cal- 
careous objects ; but the globular form of the head of the skeletal 
spicule, taken on an average, and the presence of the flesh- 
spicule cause it to differ. Whether or not Cliona caribbewa 
ever occurs in a free state analogous to Rhaphyrus Griffithsiz, 
Bk., which is that taken by C. celata after having completely 
destroyed the oyster-shell in which it may have been burrow- 
ing, must be determined by further research. 


General Observations. 


Here it may be stated that, without mounting a micro- 
scopic frangment of this sponge in balsam, the flesh-spicules, 
from their extreme delicacy, would pass unnoticed; and such 
is the case with many other sponges of this kind, in which 
the minute size and crooked spinispirular form of the 
flesh-spicule render the latter difficult of detection until the 
sarcode is made clearer and more homogeneous by drying 
and subsequently mounting in Canada balsam. At the same 
time it must be remembered that the flesh-spicules are chiefly 
confined to the surface in many instances, and therefore may 
not be seen in a fragment from the interior, also that they do 
not exist in all these sponges; hence the necessity of deter- 
mining these points in the way that I have mentioned. 

The spinispirula in the Suberite sponges, by which is 
meant those in the groups Cavernosa, Compacta, and Laxa, 
was first noticed by Dr. Bowerbank in 1864 (Mon. Brit. 
Spong. vol. i. pl. ui. fig. 72), when, together with an un- 
spined spirula (¢bid. fig. 71), it was found inadvertently in 
Halichondria sanguinea, Jolnst. (tb. p. 239), where he con- 
sidered them to be of “extraneous” origin; but when we 
remember that no sponge, in texture and spiculation, is more 
suberitic, ¢. e. cork-like, than a dried H. sanguinea, the presence 
of such spicules there does not seem strange; but it is strange 
that the edentical form of this spinispirula should be repeated 
eight years afterwards (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, pl. xlix. fig. 7) 
as the type spicule of a large free massive Suberite of an ochre- 
yellow colour from Madeira, called by Dr. Bowerbank 
“ Hymeniacidon angulata,”’ when one from the sponge itself, 
with the slightest difference (for there are no two spinispirulas 
exactly alike), would have been much more satisfactory. 

In 1864 also, Schmidt gave a good figure of a spinispirula 
(Spong. Adriat. Meeres, Ist Suppl. Tat. iv. fig. 12) from a 
“corticate”? sponge (Rindschwamm) from the island of 
Cyprus, but without any further notice. 


348 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


Meanwhile Albany Hancock (in 1867) found, described, 
and figured the spinispirula in several “li xcavating Sponges ”’ 
(‘ Annals,’ vol. xix. p. 229, pls. vil. and viii.). 

Again, in 1878 Schmidt figured the spinispirula of a sponge 
which he described under the name of Spirastrella cunctatrix 
(Spong. Kiiste v. Algier, 8. 17, Taf. 111. fig. 8), likening it to 
the one from Cyprus, and also that of Tethya bistellata 
(Spong. Adriat. Meeres, 8. 45, Taf. vu. fig. 1); lastly, in 
1870 he gave this form forthe flesh-spicules of his Chondrilla 
phyllodes and Vioa Johnstonit respectively (Spong. Atlant. 
Gebietes, Taf. vi. figs. L and 18). Here it might be observed 
cursorily that, however much the stellate and spinispirular 
flesh-spicules may be but transitionary forms of one another, 
as stated by Schmidt (op. cit. 8. 5), yet the same cannot be 
said of the acerate and pin-like spicules which respectively 
characterize his Vioa Johnstonii of 1862 (Spong. Adriat. 
Meeres, S. 78, Taf. vii. fig. 17) and that of 1870 (J. ¢.), 
albeit both are excavating sponges, and both possess the same 
beautiful carmine colour. But neither colour nor habit are 
always of much value in a specific point of view; for the 
Australian species, viz. Alcyonium purpureum of Lamarck, 
which is also a Suberite, and another Australian species in the 
Liverpool Free Museum, although equally carmine in colour, 
are different in spiculation, if not in habit also, from the pre- 
sence of the spinispirula in the former with a fine structure, 
and the absence of it in the latter with a gritty one of adven- 
titious matter. Hence I should be inclined to change the 
name of Schmidt’s Vioa Johnstonii of 1862 to that of Vioa 
Schnidtc’, which in the form of its skeleton-spicule, viz. an 
acerate, agrees with my Lhaphidhistia spectabilis of the Mau- 
ritius (‘ Annals,’ 1879, vol. ii. pl. xxvi. figs. 13 and 14), 
The spinispirula, under various forms, is so often combined 
with a pin-like skeletal spicule, and the latter is so generally 
characteristic of the Suberite-sponges, that we cannot help 
connecting them with this kind of spiculation ; at the same 
time it is not always the case, as the occurrence of an acerate 
form in the instances just mentioned proves. To be able 
to demonstrate a corky texture in sponges which hardly 
exceed a mere film in thickness, as in Rhaphidhistia specta- 
bilis, which possesses the longest and most beautiful spini- 
spirula that | have ever seen, 1s of course impossible ; hence 
the spiculation alone here remains for guidance. 

Having mounted fragments of many Suberites for the pur-- 
pose of proving what I have above stated—that is, to see 
if they contained any flesh-spicule besides the pin-like skeletal 
one,—I will give a list of those that I myself have examined, 


and Acapulco Sponges. 349 


including such as have been found by others to present the 
spinispirula or any other form of flesh-spicule ; in doing which, 
it will be best to divide them into the three groups mentioned 
in my Classification, viz. the Cavernosa, Compacta, and Laxa, 
typified respectively by Rhaphyrus Grifithsii, Bk.,= Cliona 
celata, Johnst. (the free form of an excavating sponge !), 
Suberites domuncula, Sdt.,= Halichondria suberea, Johnst., 
and Cliona corallinoides, Hancock. But to this I must now 
add a fourth group under the name of ‘‘ Subcompacta,” typi- 
fied by Suberttes massa, Sdt., because I find that it will be 
more convenient to limit the ‘‘Compacta” to the strictly 
compact forms, to keep the “ Laxa” chiefly to the excava- 
ting Suberites, and to make the ‘Subcompacta” a group 
between the ‘Cavernosa” and ‘ Compacta,” since the 
coarser cellular structure of Rhaphyrus Grifithst’, Rhaphio- 
phora patera (Neptune’s cup), &c., which mostly have a grey 
or brown colour, cannot be so advantageously classed with 
the less coarse ones, which are chiefly of an ochraceous-yellow 
colour—all, however, having, like the ‘ Cavernosa,”’ that con- 
densed structure on the surface which seems to have led 
Schmidt to place his Spirastrella cunctatrix among his “ Cor- 
ticate ” (“ Rindschwiimme,” Spong. Kiiste v. Algier, 1868, 
aed) 

In giving this indication of the Suberites that I have exa- 
mined (of course, all in the dried state) to see if they contain 
any flesh-spicule, it will also be desirable not only to catalogue 
them as above mentioned, but, in each group, to divide 
those which do not from those which do possess a flesh- 
spicule. Again, as the form of the spinispirula differs in 
different species, it will be desirable to add some note of this, 
in which the largest size is given respectively, remembering 
that they will be found in each instance in a fragmentary or 
less pertect state in all sizes below this. Lastly, as I shall 
have to introduce some hitherto undescribed species, it will be 
necessary, Where possible, not only to name but to briefly 
characterize some of them at the same time. 


List of Suberites with and without the flesh-spicule. 
CAVERNOSA. 


Without flesh-spicule. 
Rhaphyrus Griffithsii, Bk.,=free form of Cliona celata. 


Rhaphiophora patera, Gray (Neptune’s cup). 


~, 


350 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


With flesh-spicule. 


Spongia Dysont, Bk. This is the name on the largest 
specimen of this sponge in the British Museum, presented in 
1862. =Hymeniacidon pulvinatus, Bk., on a small specimen 
of the same species presented in 1872. At Belize, the locality 
of this sponge, an enormous specimen is said to have been. 
found growing on a rock which could not be touched with the 
oar of the boat; and hence its head alone was taken off for 
preservation. It is still undescribed ; but there are many 
specimens of it in the British Museum under my running 
no. 457, the two largest of which are flat pieces, registered 
nos. 66. 5. 24. 12 and -13, labelled ‘‘ Spongia Dysont,” the 
former in size 20 x 25x 44, and the latter 333 x 272 x 8 inches 
in their greatest dimensions.— Character. Massive, convex. 
Structure cellulo-cavernous. Colour in the dry state grey- 
violet. Surface smooth, remarkably irregular from its nodular 
projections, furnished plentifully with isolated ecribriform 
patches of vent-holes, which open into the cellular cavities 
beneath. Skeletal spicule pin-like (Pl. XII. fig. 25, a) ; flesh- 
spicule a spinispirula with five bends about 4-6000ths inch 
long (fig. 25, b,c). 

Suberites capensis, mihi, n. sp.—Character. Massive, cake- 
like, flat compressed, semicircular. Structure cellulo-caver- 
nous. Colour brown externally. Surface uniformly rough, 
and compact on each side, loose on the margin, which is semi- 
circular and an inch thick, where the vents, which are large 
and numerous, are situated, Pandean-pipe-like. Skeleton- 
spicule pin-like ; flesh-spicule a spinispirula with four bends 
about 5-6000ths inch long. In the British Museum labelled 
“ Port Elizabeth,” running no. 10, registered no. 71. 6. 5. 
1. Size 144 x 5} inches by 1 inch thick. 


SUBCOMPACTA. 


Without flesh-spicule. 


Suberites antarcticus, mihi. British Museum, running no. 405, 
registered 44. 4.?.?. Dredged by Sir James Ross in 744° 
S. lat., in 206 fathoms (Expedition of 1841), undescribed. 
Character. Stipitate branched; branches digitate, nodose, 
pollachotomous ; structure subcavernous ; colour dark house- 
mouse; spicule pin-like, with large spherical head. Size 
of specimen about 54x 3 inches. 


Suberites, ?sp. Undescribed. Liverpool Free Museum. 
Structure charged with grit, ?sea-bottom detritus; colour 
deep carmine. Australia, 


and Acapulco Sponges. dol 


Suberites,? sp. Undescribed. Mauritius. Character. Mas- 
sive, growing into short branches on the surface ; colour ochre- 
yellow. In my cabinet. 


- Suberites, ?sp. Undescribed. Character, Massive, growing 
into short branches; colour ochre-yellow. Coast of Por- 
tugal. Kent collection, British Museum, no.4. Size 3x 4x 
14 inches. 


Suberites massa, Sdt. Character. Massive, sub-branched ; 
colour ochre-yellow. Adriatic. T'ype specimen in British 
Museum. 

N.B. The last three species will probably be found to be 
the same. ; 


Suberites,? sp. Character. Massive, growing among and 
enclosing shell-detritus; colour ochre-yellow. Tucacas, in 
small lagoon.” Expedition of the ‘ Argo.’ 

Obs. The habit of enclosing fragments of hard calcareous 
objects, which finally disappear among the substance, is very 
common among the Suberites, giving them a gritty character ; 
but whether this be for the organic or mineral matter, or both, 
that they contain, I am not able to say; it may be for the 
carbonic acid with the lime; but be this as it may, Suberttes 
domuncula is often found under a shell-like form, having thus 
destroyed the shell itself on which it grew, while the destruc- 
tion of shell-tissue by the burrowing (excavating) sponges is 
notorious. 


With flesh-spicule. 


Spirastrella cunctatrix, Sdt. 1, Algiers, “im frischen Zu- 
stande wahrscheinlich violet oder roth.” 2, Mauritius, 
? violet or purple washed out. Bowerbank collection, British 
Museum. 3, Australia ; colour the same ; specimen rounded b 
attrition; surface rough, tuberculate; size 6x 4x2 inches. 
Bowerbank collection, British Museum. Spinispirula very 
stout, the largest and most perfect about 10-6000ths inch long. 


Spirastrella cunctatrix, variety. Mauritius. On a little 
erab’s back about half an inch in horizontal diameter. Liver- 
pool Free Museum. Character. Amorphous ; colour white. 
Spinispirula very short and thick, composed of two bends 11 
by 9-6000ths inch in its greatest dimensions (including the 
spines). ‘This appears to be a monstrous “ variety” on ac- 
count of the number of grotesque forms assumed by the 
skeletal spicule in which the spinispirula appears to take part. 

Suberites, ?sp. Undescribed. Character. A group of ob- 
conical tubes united at the base, presenting a warty or tuber- 


352 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


cular surface outside; colour ochre-yellow. Size 6x4 x 23 

inches. Australia. Bowerbank collection in British Museum. 

Spinispirula stoutish, consisting of four bends 10-6000ths inch 

long. : 
(o) 


Suberites, 2?sp. Undescribed. Mauritius. Character. Mas- 
sive; colour ochre-yellow. A fragment in my cabinet. Spini- 
spirula thin, small, consisting of three bends 5-6000ths inch 


lone. 


Suberites, ?sp. Undescribed. Belize. Character. Massive, 
lobate ; verrucose on the surface ; colour ochre-yellow. Liver- 
pool Free Museum. Presented by Dr. Archer. Spinispirula 
thin, but very perfect, consisting of four bends 10-6000ths 
inch long. 


Suberites coronartus, mihi. Undescribed. Honduras, Ja- 
maica, Bahama Islands. Character. Massive, lobate, verrucose 
on the surface; colour ochre-yellow. Bowerbank collection, 
British Museum. Spinispirula consisting of one bend, semi- 
circular, with the spines on the outside and over the ends 
only ; spines capitate and in single file. Size about 4-GO00ths 


inch long (Pl. XII. fig. 27, 6, c). 


Suberites, ?sp. Undescribed. Trincomalee. Character. 
Massive, sessile, growing up into conical lobes, more or less 
rugose at the base, warty ; colour dark yellowish brown. 
Size 3x2x11 inches. Bowerbank collection, British Mu- 
seum. Spinispirula variable in size; the largest consisting of 
four bends, 8-6000ths inch long. 


Hymeniacidon angulata, Bk. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 632, 
pl. xlix.), Madeira. Sessile, coating; ochreous yellow. Size 
of largest piece 12x75x2 inches. Spinispirula “ minute,” 


variable 3 in form. No measurement given. 


Aleyonium purpureum, Lam. Australia. Colour a beauti- 
ful carmine, Spinispirula, like all the rest, very variable in 
form and size, the largest and most perfect consisting of one 
ee a half to two bends, 5-6000ths inch long (PI. A 

fig. 28, 5, ¢). 

Of this sponge I have only seen a small slice, about 3 inches 
long and 1 inch square, evidently cut out from a much larger 
specimen, and bearing the condensed surface, with the sub- 
cavernous or subcompact structure internally, common to the 
group. (British Museum, ‘¢ Lamarck collection,” nos. 46 and 
42 together.) 


and Acapulco Sponges. 353 
CoMPACTA. 


Without flesh-spicule. 


Hymeniacidon carnosa, Bk. British Seas, = Halichondria 
carnosa, Johnst. Also from Vancouver’s Island, between tide- 
marks. British Museum, no. 317, registered 68. 8. 17. 26, 
labelled “J. K. Lord, Esq.” 


Suberites montiniger, Cart. Barents Sea. Colour greyish 
black (‘ Annals,’ 1880, vol. vi. p. 256). 


With flesh-spicule. 


Halichondria suberia, Johnst.,= Suberites domuncula, Sdt. 
British and other seas. Flesh-spicule a short curved cylin- 
drical acerate with obtuse ends, inflated in the centre, micro- 
spined and about 8-6000ths inch long. (Bowerbank, Mon. 
eos Vola. pl. iv. fig! 95.) 


Halichondria ficus, Johnst. British and other seas. Flesh- 
spicule the same. 


Suberites montalbidus, Cart. Barents Sea. Colour greyish 
white. Flesh-spicule the same, but poznted at the ends 
(‘ Annals,’ 1880, vol. vi. p. 256). ? Kqual to S. Lutkenit, 
Sdt., Greenland (Spong. Atlant. Gebiet. 8. 47). 


LAXA. 


’ Without flesh-spicule. 


Cliona celata, Johnst. British and other seas. Burrowing 
in hard calcareous objects, especially oyster-shells, also in 
limestone rocks. 


With flesh-spicule. 


Cliona northumbrica, spinispirula 1-1800th, C. vastifica, s. 
1-2100th, C. corallinotdes, s. 1-2000th, C. gracilis, s. 1-1500th, 
C. Howset, s. 1-600th, C. mazatlanensis, s. 1-1300th, C. lobata, 
s. 1-500th of an inch long. (Hancock, ‘ Annals,’ 1867, vol. 
X1x. p. 229, pls. vii. and vill.) 


Cliona vermifera. Smooth spirula, five bends, ‘“ scarcely ” 


1-400th inch long. (Hancock, zbid.) 


Cliona abyssorum. Smooth spirula, eight bends, 1-300th inch 
long. (Carter, 2bid. 1874, vol. xv. p. 249, pl. xiv. fig. 33.) 

Obs. It is easy to learn by the “ smooth spirula” how the 
addition of spines forms the “ spinispirula.”’ 


354 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


Cliona mucronata. Spinispirula 0:0006 inch long. C. 
ensifera. Spinispirula the same. C. swbulata. Spinisvirula 
thinner and longer, measurement not given. (Sollas, aed. 
1878, vol. i. p. 5A, pls. i i, and il.) 


Vioa Johnstonti, Sdt. (Spong. Atlant. Gebiet. 8.5, Taf. vi. 
f. 8). Colour carmine. Spinispirula four bends, 10 to 15- 
6000ths inch long. ‘Type specimen in the British Museum. 


Vioa Schmidtit, Carter, = V. Johnstonit, Sdt. (Spong. 
Adriat. Meeres, 8. 78, Tat. vi. fig. 17). Skeleton-spicule 
acerate ; flesh-spicule stelliform. 


eee ee spectabilis, Cart. Mauritius (‘ Annals,’ 1879, 
vol. ii. p. 800, pl. xxvii. figs. 13 and 14). Skeleton-spicule 
acerate; flesh- -spicule a spinispirula of nineteen bends, 1-300th 
inch long. The longest and most beautiful that I have 
seen. 


Vioa Cartert, Ridley (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 129, pl. xi. 
figs. 2 and 2 b). Colour carmine. Spinispirula ‘0412 millim. 
long =8-6000ths inch. ‘“ Victoria Bank,” off S. Brazil. 


It must not be thought that the foregoing list embraces the 
whole of the Suberites proper (that is, the sponges which 
belong to the four groups above mentioned), but rather only a 
few of them, to show that the pin-like skeletal spicule is often 
accompanied by a spinispirular or other flesh-spicule, as well 
as often without it. ‘There are, of course, scores of instances 
in which neither might be the case, ex. gr. Suberites jistulatus, 
in which the skeleton-spicule is inflated at both ends and the 
flesh-spicule an equianchorate (‘ Annals,’ 1880, vol. vi. pl. v. 
fig. 22). Or the skeleton may be acerate (pointed at both 
ends) and the flesh-spicule a stellate, as just noticed in Vioa 
Schmidtii, Carter. ‘Then, in general form, the species may 
be furnished with long tubular appendages, as in S. jistulatus 
also; or the colour may be soot-black, as in S. fuliginosus 
(‘ Annals,’ 1879, vol. iu. p. 347, pl. xxvii. fig. 9). In short, 
there are so many more sponges already described, and so 
many more likely to be discovered which might be relegated 
to one of the four groups mentioned, that, although in my 
“ Notes” &c. I have proposed to sive a third part, in which 
these and every other published species of sponges would be 
catalogued, | must, for want of time, leave this useful compi- 
lation to some one else, and content myself with the few sug- 
gestive remarks (notes) that I am now making. 

There is also the genus ‘“Latrunculia” of Bocage, in which 
an acuate or acerate skeleton-spicule, as the case may be, is, 


and Acapulco Sponges. 355 


in several Species, combined with the flesh-spicule that I Bene 
termed “sceptrella” (‘ Annals,’ 1879, vol. iii. p. 358, 
pl. xxix. figs. 13-21), which so often passes into the “ spre 
spirula,” that both forms may sometimes be found together 
in the same sponge, ex. gr. Latrunculia corticata (‘ Annals,’ 
1879, vol. iii. pl. xxvil. fic, ia,0,.c). 


Terpios fugax, de Fonbr. et Mich. (p. 102, pl. xxiv. fig. 6). 


Laminiform, almost immeasurably thin, spreading over hard 
objects (Porites) in the manner of paint. Colour copper- 
green. Surface in form that of the object over which it may 
be growing. Consistence sarcodic (no fibre), charged with 
the spicule of the species, together with innumerable globular 
bodies (? cells), extremely minute and of a copper-green colour. 
Spicule of one kind only, viz. pin-like, smooth, very thin, 
slightly curved; head globular, acuminated terminally, fol- 
lowed by a thin shaft, which, after a short distance, gradually 
diminishes to a sharp point, about 70 by 3-6000th inch in its 
greatest dimensions (Pl. XII. fig. 29), scattered plentifully and 
uregularly throughout the sarcodie film of which the sponge 
is composed. Size of the largest specimen about that of the 
branched one of Porztes fur’ catus over which it has grown, So: 
31 inches in diameter. 

“Hab. Marine. Growing over hard objects. 

Loc. Falmouth Harbour, Antigua. 

Obs. This appears, from description and illustration, to be 
Terpios fugax, De I. et M.; but, from the form of the spicule 
not having been given, it is impossible to go beyond the de- 
scription and representation for identification. 

There is a species which grows on the rocks of this shore 
(Budleigh Salterton) in small patches, to which [have alluded 
in my a on the “ Parasites of the Spongida”’ (é Annals,’ 
1878, vol. 1. p. 164), chiefly to notice the presence of the 
parasitic eealeian (Hypheothr tx cerulea, Carter) to which 
it owes its beautiful colour; but as I have never published 
any description of the sponge itself, I will now do it under the 
name of 


Terpios cerulea. 

Laminiform, almost immeasurably thin, spreading in little 
patches over the surface of the New Red Sandstone rocks 
here. Colour cobalt-blue when fresh, fading much on 
drying, but not disappearing altogether. Consistence sarcodic 


(no fibre), charged with the spicule of the species, and in- 
numerable short parasitic oscillatorian filaments (Hypheothrix 


356 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


cerulea, Carter), whose granules or cells bear the colouring- 
matter of the sponge (Pl. XII. fig. 30, 6, ¢). Spicule of one 
kind only, viz. pin-like, smooth, slightly curved ; head globular, 
acuminated terminally, followed by a narrow, annular infla- 
tion, and then a conical shaft, which, after a short distance, 
becomes diminished gradually to a sharp point ; about 80 by 
1-6000th inch in its greatest dimensions (fig. 30, a) ; scattered 
plentifully and irregularly throughout the sarcodic film of 
which the sponge is composed. Size of largest specimen seen 
about half an inch square. 

Hab. Marine. Growing over hard objects. 

Loc. Budleigh Salterton, 8. Devon. 

Obs. This appears to be an instance of what the Germans 
call “ symbiosis.” There is very little difference, except in 
colour, between it and the foregoing species, viz. Terpios fugaa ; 
hence I have adopted De Fonbressin and Michelotti’s generic 
name for this kind of sponge. ‘The form of the spicules ap- 
pears to be the same, in so far as they are not fusiform, but 
diminish gradually from the head to the point, that of the British 
species being the largest. As regards the colouring material, 
this is situated in free granules (?cells) in Terpios fugaa, 
which in 7. cerulea are in short oscillatorian sheaths. Dr. de 
Fonbressin in his “‘ Review’”’ states that, as these sponges often 
penetrate into the cavities of marine objects (? Vioa viridis, 
Sdt.), the genus Terpios establishes ‘une véritable transition 
aux Hponges perforantes”’ (p.49)—thatis, the excavating Sube- 
rites in my group Laxa. Of the same character appear to be 
Rhaphidhistia spectabilis and Hymerhaphia spiniglobata (An- 
nals, 1879, vol. iii. pp. 300 and 301, pl. xxvi. figs. 18 and 
15, &e.). 

DONATINA. 


Turning our attention to the remaining group in the family 
Suberitida, viz. “Donatina,” we find its subdivision already 
foreshadowed by the number of different sponges hastily, and 
therefore provisionally, inserted under this heading (“ Notes,” 
&e., p. 198). 

Thus all the species from Suberites appendiculatus to 
Trachya pernucleata, with their like, might be included under 
a group named “ Polymastina,” as stated in the ‘Annals’ of 
1876 (vol. xviii. p. 392), which group might be again sub- 
divided into two sections, one of which presents a delicate 
structure and is well represented by the British species in 
Dr. Bowerbank’s third volume, ex. gr. Polymastia robusta 
(Mon. B. §. vol. iii. pl. x. fig. 5, 1874), and the other just 
the opposite, viz. an intensely compact and hard structure, 


and Acapulco Sponges. 357 


well represented by the Cape species briefly described in the 
‘Annals’ (2. c. p. 393), for which I would now propose the 
name of Trachya durissima, as the genus was characterized 
in 1870 (‘ Annals,’ vol. vi. p. 178, pl. xiii. figs. 11-16). The 
spiculation in both sections is the same, viz. a stout skeletal 
spicule radiating from the centre, faced by a minute one 
which, inserted between the pointed ends of the former, gives 
a compactness to the surface ; both spicules are for the ‘most 
part acuate or pin-like, although the skeletal one in Trachya 
pernucleata (op. et loc. cit.) happens to be acerate ; while the 
extreme compactness of the genus Trachya makes it resemble 
Donatia lyncurium so much that the Cape species of Poly- 
mastina (viz. Trachya durissima) might be easily mistaken 
for it at first sight. Keller’s Tuberella, found in the Bay of 
Naples, appears to me to belong to this section (Archiv f. 
mikroskop. Anatomie, Bd. xviii. S. 276, Taf. xiv. 1880). 

For Axos Cliftont I have provisionally proposed a group 
under the name “ Axona” (‘ Annals,’ 1881, vol. vii. p. 3881) ; 
but, as already stated, the examination of the species Phorbas 
amaranthus, de F. et M., from the West Indies, has thrown 
so much light on the Australian species Awona anchorata and 
A, fibulata, which were described trom very ‘ impertect speci- 
mens”’ (‘ Annals,’ /. c. pp. 382, 383), that I would now relegate 


them to the group Haliehondvitia miles the generic name of 
“ Phorbas.”’ 


XENOSPONGIA. 


For Xenospongia patelliformis, from Torres Straits, and 
Halicnemia patera, Bk., a British species, there might be a 
group named “ Xenospongina,”’ = Xenospongiade, Gray 
(“ Arrangement of Sponges,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 547). 
See spiculation (PE XIE fig. 32, a-c). 


PLACOSPONGIA. 


Again, for Placospongia melobesioides, from Borneo, Ceylon, 
and South , America, there might be a group named “ Placo- 
spongina,” = Placospongiadw, Gray (op. et loc. cit. p. 549), 
in which he skeleton-spicule is pin-like (Pl. XII. fig. 33, a, 
6), combined with a spinispirular flesh-spicule, like that of a 
Suberite (fig. 33, e, f, 7), faced and axiated (for the sponge is 
branched) by a ’ massive ageregation of elliptical siliceous 
balls like those of a Geodia (tig. 33, c, g), or mixed with a small 
spherical subspined one like that of Chondrilla nucula (fig. 33, 
d, h)—thus uniting in spiculation two groups, viz. the Su- 
berites, as above divided, and Geodina, in which the spicular 
characters of the former preponderate. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 25 


358 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


DONATIA. 


Lastly, we come to the only remaining species in ‘‘ Group 
14, * viz. Donatia lyncurium (after which it was named 

« Donatina’ ’), which, being a corticate sponge with a peculiar 
structure and spiculation still allied to the family Suberitida, 
will be best left where it is. 


Hence the emended classification would stand thus :— 


Order VI. HoLORHAPHIDOTA. 


Family 2. Suberitida. 


Group 1. CAVERNOSA. Group 5. PoLyMAsTINA. 
2, SUBCOMPACTA. 6. XENOSPONGINA. 
3. CoMPACTA. 7. PLACOSPONGINA. 
4, Laxa. 8. DoNATINA. 


It must not be considered that these are all hasty specula- 
tions, which have only to be read and forgotten, but rather that 
they are attempts to reduce to useful classification a number of 
objects -which, although a part of Nature’s creation, have 
hitherto been almost contemptuously disregarded, not so much 
perhaps from their having passed unnoticed, as from the ques- 
tion whether they belong to the animal or vegetable kingdom 
having been undecided. But now that they have been ad- 
mitted to belong to the former, the subject must be seriously 
grappled with by the comparative anatomist, and a classifi- 

cation developed for aiding the memory, which, as in other 
instances of the kind, can only be produced by time, thought, 
and experience extending over many generations, like that 


of botany. 


Returning to a description of the sponges belonging to the 
Liverpool Free Museum, J have now to add that of a curious 
variety of Donatia lyncurt tum dredged by Capt. W. H. Cawne 
Warren in the harbour of Acapulco, after which a_ brief 
history of the species of Donatia will be given. 


Donatia multifida, n. sp. (Pl. XII. fig. 22, a-e.) 


Membraniform, lacinulate, expanded, flat or erect, fan- or 
vase-shaped, proliferous. ‘Texture hard, tough. Colour now 
pinkish. Surface even, presenting white lines radiating from 
the excentric expansions to the circumference, which is fim- 
briated by irregular lacinulate processes of variable length, 
ending in thin expansions of attachment, by which they 
become adherent, like the tendrils of a scandent plant, to 


and Acapulco Sponges. 359 


the hard objects (empty shells, &c.) among which the sponge 
may be growing (PI. XII. fig. 22); terminal expansions of 
the processes charged with the flesh-spicules of the species, 
into which the “white line” in the process, consisting of 
a bundle of skeletal spicules, is spread out. Spicules of 
four kinds, viz.:—1, skeletal, acuate, smooth, straight or 
very slightly curved, obtuse and almost imperceptibly inflated 
at the big end, then as slightly constricted and followed 
by a fusiform shaft, which terminates gradually in a round 
point in the largest and in a sharp one in the rest, about 
138 by 23-1800ths inch in its greatest dimensions, but of all 
sizes under this measurement; 2, flesh-spicule, globostellate, 
4-1800ths inch in diameter; 3, flesh-spicule, stelliform, 
3-6-radiate, rays long, straight, or crooked, branched or 
spined irregularly, parting from each other directly (that is, 
without nucleus or body in the centre, thus opposed to the 
“ slobostellate’’ form), about 10-6000ths inch in diameter 
(Pl. XII. fig. 22,d); 4, flesh-spicule, minute, sexradiate, 
body globular, rays straight, ending respectively in globular 
inflations, which are microspined, about 3-6000ths inch in 
diameter (fig. 22,¢). No. 1 is chiefly confined to the radiating 
bundles which form the skeleton; nos. 2 and 4, in great abun- 
dance, chiefly to the circumference, among which no. 3 is 
sparsely scattered. Size variable, according to extent of deve- 
lopment; the largest specimen about an inch in diameter ex- 
clusive of the circumferential filaments. 

Hab. Marine. Growing plentifully among the detritus of 
the sea-bottom in 4-9 fms. 

Loc. Acapulco. 

Obs. This sponge in structure, spiculation, and colour is 
precisely like Donatia lyncurtum, but differs from it in its 
mode of growth, which looks like a globular form that had 
been shattered by some explosive force in the centre (Pl. XII. 
fig. 22,aa). Frequently it presents a floral or cup-like form, 
erect or inverted, with a naked central portion like a pistil in 
the centre (fig. 22, f). The filaments from the circumference 
seem to serve the purpose of propagation as well as attach- 
ment. 


General Observations. 


As Donatia lyncurium appears to be a world-wide species, for 

I havemyself had specimens from Great Britain (this place), the 
West Indies (‘Argo’ expedition), the Cape, Mauritius, and 

South Australia, independently of the other placesin whichit has 

been found, whose differences in hardly any instance are sufli- 


cient to justify a multiplication of species, although they may 
O5* 


360 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


require a different nomenclature, I will here briefly state its 
history. 

Dimly introduced among his  Aleyones”’ about 1725 by 
Marsiglhi, we are chiefly indebted to Donati for the first good 
description and figure of this sponge, in 1750, under the name 
of Tethya spherica (Storia nat. marin. Adriatic. Venet. pp. 60— 
64. n. 1, 2, tab. x.) Lamarck called it Tethya lyncurtum 
(An. s. Vertébres, 1816, vol. ii. p. 386). Montagu, in 1818, 
was the first to call it Spongia, and place it among the species 
of British sponges then known (Wern. Mem. vol, u. p. 117, 
pl. xiii. figs. 4 and 5). In 1833 Nardo gave it the name of 
Donatia lyncurtum (‘ Isis,’ p. 522, Spongiariorum Classifi- 
catio); and Johnston introduced it into his ‘ History of 
British Sponges,’ &c., under Lamarck’s name (p. 85 &e. pl. i. 
figs. 9 and 10). In 1862 Schmidt, thus following Johnston 
and Lieberkiihn (Spong. Adriat. Meeres, S. 44), and Bower- 
bank in 1866 (Mon. B. 8. vol. ii. p. 92), used the same 
appellation. 

Now came the time for separating the “‘ Tethyae” of La- 
marck; and thus we find the late Dr. J. E. Gray, in his 
“ Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges” (Proc. Zool. Soc. 
1867, p. 492), making Tethya lyncurium of Lamarck the type 
of the first division of his family Tethyade under Nardo’s 
name ‘‘Donatia,” and Tethya cranium, Lam., that of the ninth 
division under the name cf ‘Tethya (op. et loc. cit. pp. 541 and 
543 respectively). 

The necessity for this separation became much more evident 
to me when I described and illustrated side by side Donatia 
lyncurtum, from this place, and Tethya arabica, which I 
found im situ growing ona rock on the south-east coast of 
Arabia (‘ Annals,’ 1869, vol. iv. p. 1, pls. i. and ii.). So that 
in 1875, when my “Notes Introductory to the Study and 
Classification of the Spongida” were published, I found it 
advisable to place Donatia lyncurium in the second family of 
my Holorbaphidota under the name of “Donatina,” and Te- 
thya cranium in the third or following family in the “ Pachy- 
tragida” under the heading of ‘Tethyina ;” thus it is to be 
hoped these two incongruous species may never again be 
brought together. 

In 1872 the late Dr. Bowerbank described and figured a 
Donatia from 8.W. Australia, which he called Tethea Ingalli 
(Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 119, pl. v. figs. 11-17) ; and the following. 
year two other specimens which came from the same locality 
were named respectively Zethea robusta and T. Cliftoni (ib. 
pp. 10 and 16, pls. 1. and iii.); while in 1879 Dr. Béla 
Dezs6, of Kolozsvar, aided by Prof. F. E. Schulze’s prepara- 


and Acapulco Sponges. 361 


tions, published two memoirs entering far more satisfactorily 
than any one who had preceded him into the general descrip- 
tion of the microscopic characters and reproduction of Tethya 
(Donatia) lyneurium (Archiv f. mikroskop. Anatomie, Bd. 
xvi. 8. 626, Taf. xxx.-xxxill., and Bd. xvii. 8. 151, Taf. xii). 

But in no instance has that spiniferous character of the 
ray been particularly noticed which is represented in my 
figure from a specimen of the British species found at this 
place (‘ Annals,’ 1869, U.c. p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 6, 6), to which I 
would now call attention, because its pointed and spinous form 
if enlarged would be analogous to that of no. 3 in Donatia 
multifida (fiz, 22,2), and to that which we shall see hereafter 
becomes a character in the Cape species or variety. Sometimes 
the spines in the British species cover the end of the ray in 
the small staple stellate to such an extent as to simulate the 
presence of a globular inflation, which is actually the case in 
the Adriatic form (Béla Dezsé, op. cit. Bd. xvi. fig. 4), also 
in the Australian ones, as I learn from Dr. Bowerbank’s 
figures (loc. ctt.) as well as my own slides, and, indeed, in 
Donatia multifida (Pl. XII. fig. 22, e). But it is in the Cape 
species, which is more robust than any of the rest in its adult 
state as well as in its spiculation, that the three forms of 
flesh-spicules mentioned in Donatia multifida become most 
distinct, where “no. 2” (referring to the numbers in the 
description of D. muli¢fida), the largest, viz. the globostellate, 
measures 30-6000ths, ‘no. 3,” the stellitorm, with spinife- 
rous rays, 12-6000ths (Pl. XII. fig. 23), and “no. 4,” the 
minute sexradiate, 3-G000ths of an inch in diameter respec- 
tively. In the specimen from Mauritius “no. 3”’ is only 
5-6000ths inch in diameter; so that after all the differences 
are only in degree, and those only sufficient to form a variety. 
Still, hitherto it does not appear to me that this third form ot 
flesh-spicule, viz. no. 3, so characteristically developed in the 
Cape species (fig. 23), has been publicly noticed. 

Respecting varieties in spiculation, however, it should 
always be remembered that our observations are necessarily 
very limited, on account of their having to be made on perhaps 
only one or two fragments of the entire specimen, and that 
specimen perhaps the only one that can be obtained from 
the locality; whereas, if our observations had been extended 
further, our statements might have had to be modified, 
and therefore should always so far be considered provisional. 
Perhaps, too, for the same reason, the fragments examined by 
two individuals respectively might not contain exactly the 
same form of spicules. 

Here I would also notice that the “ globostellate” (“Notes,” 


362 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


p- 33, l. c.) which comes nearest in form to that of Donatia, 
where the body is large and the spines short, is that of Chon- 
drilla nucula, while that of C. sacciformis, Carter, from 
Mauritius, in size and figure is almost identical with it. 
Moreover there is a great resemblance in structure and spicu- 
lation between Donatia lyncuriun and Axos Cliftont, wherein 
the small flesh-spicule, viz. “no. 4” in the former, is almost 
identical in form with a similar one in the latter; and the 
globostellate of Donatia lyncurtum only a modification of the 
sexradiate cross-like one with multifidly-spined rays in A.xos 
Cliftoni, as may be seen where the central part or body of the 
latter is much enlarged. 


Family 3. Pachytragida. 


Group GEODINA. 
Geodia tumulosa, Bk., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 628, pl. xlvii. 


On an agglomeration of two large pebbles &c. a foot in dia- 
meter, bearing two speciinens of Polytherses, Cliona caribbea 
in Porites, and four species of sessile stony corals, all of 
considerable size, (the largest Polytherses, which is conical, 
being 5 inches high and the same in diameter at the base), 
together with a large piece of wood artificially squared and 
somewhat eaten by marine animals, but by no means in a 
state of decay, is a specimen of G'eodia tumulosa, Bk., which 
has grown over nearly one third of the mass, which was found 
at Puerto Cabello, in the Caracas. The specimen of Geodia 
is well characterized in Dr. Bowerbank’s representation of this 
species, the localities for which are stated to be ‘ Honduras and 
Jamaica,” and therefore requires no description of my own 
beyond the above, which is given in detail, to show by the pre- 
sent state of the weod in the conglomerate with what rapidity 
these marine animals grow and thus firmly cement together 
such large detritus, 

There is another, small, thin specimen, about 24 inches 
square, that had also grown between stones at the island of 
St. Vincent, and seems to be De F. et M.’s Geodia caribbea, 
in which the surface-character is different from that of the 
foregoing specimen (apparently their G. gibberosa, Lam.), but 
which I shall presently endeavour to show is but a varia- 
tion of G. tumulosa, Bk., and, finally, G. gibberosa, Lamarck. 

The spiculation is the same in both the specimens from 
Puerto Cabello and St. Vincent: that is to say, the zone- 
spicule in each consists of a long shaft, terminated by three 
simple arms expanded laterally and a little advanced (PI. XII. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 363 


fig. 31); the forks and anchors, being the (so to speak) 
“‘ orappling”’- spicules, are of course always concomitants, 
although not always seen; while the large acerate body- 
spicule and the flesh-spicules, viz. the siliceous balls accom- 
panied by the minute stellates, are also the same. Such is 
also the spiculation in the six species from the West-Indian 
seas described and illustrated by Dr. Bowerbank (Proc. Zool. 
Soc. 1872, ’73, and ’74), while there is such a sameness in 
other respects, that if nothing but the form of the specimens 
is to determine the species, so little dependence is to be placed 
on this that they may all be set down as the same, subject to 
variation. 


General Observations. 


The Geodina, like the Esperina, have in most instances so 
little that is different in their respective spiculations, that by 
this alone it is impossible to distinguish them. Size goes for 
nothing, since a large specimen may have large spicules and 
a small specimen smaller ones, while in both the forms are 
the same. Again, if we search for specific differences in 
general development and surface-characters, the same species 
under certain circumstances may assume different forms ; so 
that, in fact, we have nothing to do but to consider them all 
as belonging to one species, whatever names may be used for 
the varieties. ‘Thus the two specimens just mentioned have 
the same kind of spiculation, although the external or surface- 
characters differ in the way to which I shall more particularly 
allude presently. As already stated, the six species from the 
West-Indian seas, described and figured by Dr. Bowerbank 
(op. et loc. cit.), have the same kind of spiculation among 
themselves, and the same as those from Puerto Cabello and 
St. Vincent respectively. But Dr. Bowerbank has stated 
that the porous areas in his G. tuberculosa “ appear like a 
series of impressions made by the poimt of a pin,” while each 
of the porous areas in G. tumulosa presents a plurality of pores 
(P. Z.S. 1872, pp. 627 and 629 respectively) ; hence, if we 
combine the pinhole pores of G. tuberculosa with the adult form 
given by Dr. Bowerbank of G. tumulosa, we shall have just 
what is to be found in our species from Puerto Cabello, while 
the plurality of pores in the areas of G. tuberculosa may find its 
analogy in the specimen from St. Vincent. ‘These facts seem 
to be repeated in the West-Indian specimens described and 
illustrated by De I’. et M., inasmuch as it is stated of G. gib- 
berosa, Lam., that the pores are “ punctiformes” (p. 105, 
pl. xxv. fig. 1a), and thatin their G. caribbea the porous area is 
“‘ finement réticulée ” (p. 106, pl. xxiv. fig. 8). With refer- 


364 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


ence to the former of their specimens, therefore, I cannot help 
identifying it with our specimen from Puerto Cabello, and 
the latter with that from the island of St. Vincent ; for both 
kinds of pores east on the surface of the latter. Thus Dr. 
Bowerbank’s G. tuberculosa and Gt. tumulosa appear to me to 
be the same as Lamarck’s G. gibberosa, which also came from 
the West Indies. 

Now I have just boiled out in nitric acid fragments of both 
our specimens, viz. that from Puerto Cabello and that from 
St. Vincent. But for the spiculation generally of the latter 
being a little smaller, the two are identical; and yet the 
surface of the former is covered with pin-holes regularly and 
quincuncially arranged in a thick crust of siliceous balls, &c., 
while the latter is for the most part covered by a dermal re- 
ticulation in which the interstices are cribbled with pore-holes 
in a thin one. 

This discrepancy I will now endeavour to explain. It may 
be remembered, Ist, that in many sponges, especially among 
the Holorhaphidota (ex. gr. Halichondria panicea, Johnst., 
Esperia), the pores are situated in plurality in the delicate 
films of dermal sarcode which tympanize the interstices of the 
skeletal reticulation, thus rendered cribriform ; 2ndly, that in 
the Psammonemata, where the dermal sarcode is thicker and 
the interstices (that is, the polygonal divisions on the surface) 
much larger, the tympanizing sarcode is again divided by a 
minute subreticulation of soft colourless fibre, which appears 
in relief on the surface of the polygonal divisions respectively, 
and presents one or more pores in each of its interstices ; drdly, 
that in many Jfircinie this reticulation becomes still more 
evident by the addition of minute microscopic objects (sand- 
erains, fragments of sponge-spicules, &c.), which give it a 
strikingly beautiful lace-like appearance, especially from its 
whiteness when dry; 4thly, that this addition of foreign objects 
often goes on to such an extent as to thicken the lines ot the 
reticulation into a continuous incrustation, leaving only the 
openings of the pores. 

Now we have only to apply this to Geodéa, in which the 
siliceous balls and their accompanying minute stellates repre- 
sent the ‘“‘ minute foreign objects,” to understand how, in the 
specimen of G. gébberosa from the island of St. Vincent, we 
have a plurality of pores in the interstices, and in that from 
Puerto Cabello single ones, like pin-holes, in the thickened 
crust. Indeed, as before stated, the two conditions exist 
together in the specimen from St. Vincent, and therefore 
prove that these differences only depend on degree of deve- 
lopment. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 365 


Thus we are led to the conclusion that in the selection of 
material trom foreign sources by the fHirciniw, and in the 
supplying of it from itself by the Geodie, the sponge evinces 
the power not only of selection, but of transporting from 
place to place with definite arrangement what it requires, 
together with the power or producing this material itself when 
it cannot obtain it from other sources. 


ADDENDUM. 


Insert immediately after “ Family 2. Cavochalinida,”’ 
p- 277, ante, the following :— 


Patuloscula procumbens, n. sp. 


Cauliform, rhizomatous, procumbent, solid, throwing up 
thumb-like hollow processes, or simply branched, with large 
patulous vents ; processes short, erect, annularly inflated, in- 
creasing in size upwards, and somewhat contracted at the 
orifice, which is large and circular. Texture resilient. Colour 
pale amber or deep dark amber, bordering on purple, which is 
probably the real colour when fresh. Surface smooth, even. 
Composition fibrous, resilient. Spicule of one form only, 
viz. acerate, smooth, curved, fusiform, sharp-pointed, 20 b 
13-6000ths inch in its greatest dimensions, small, and scanty. 
Size of specimen 53 inches high by 14 x7 inches square. 

flab. Marine. 

Loc. West Indies, Grenada. 

Obs. 'The light amber colour which gives this specimen 
such a beautiful appearance seems to have been produced by 
cleansing with acids, since some specimens of the same species 
in the British Museum still retain a trace of the “purple 
colour”? common to this kind of Chaline. Besides a similar 
specimen to that im the Liverpool Free Museum, which was 
presented to the British Museum by Mr. T. H. Higgin, 
F.LS. (reg. no. 77. 3. 9. 3) there are others in the latter, viz. 
no. 140, registered 45. 5. 12-20 and -21, and no. 264, regis- 
tered 45. 5. 12-18, -15 and-16. It is some time since I gave 
the above name to this species, which will illustrate the group 
“Tubulodigitata”” in my classification ; and at the suggestion 


of Mr. 'T’. H. Higgin, I’.L.8., I now add the description. 


To the above may also be added two very fine specimens of 
“the same family from Grenada, and in the ‘Argo’ collection, 
viz. Tuba plicifera, de F. et M. p. 58, pl. x. fig. 2, and Tuba 
(Callispongia) Eschrichtit, de I’. et M. p. 56, pl. xii. fig. 1. 
The former illustrates group 8, viz. “ Ciliata,” in my Classi- 
fication; and as the latter (which is more or less covered 


366 Mr. H. J. Carter on some West-Indian 


with the usual aculeations) belongs to the genus “Tuba” as 
much as the former, I have given this generic name to it, but 
would place this in the 6th group, viz. ‘ Aculeata.”’ The speci- 
men of 7. plicifera is composed of thick ridged fibre, with a 
circular fringed orifice, about 10 inches high by 5 inches in 
diameter; and that of J. Hschrichttt, which is long and 
trumpet-shaped, is more or less covered with a remarkably 
irregular form of the outgrowth mentioned, about 164 inches 
high and 34 inches in the longest diameter at its orifice, which 
is elliptical and not fringed. All three specimens have the 
same light fawn-colour, and all three the same kind of acerate 
spicule; that of 7. plicifera is 18 by 3-6000ths inch, and 
that of 7. Eschrichti 18 by $-6000ths inch, in their greatest 
dimensions respectively, so that it is finest in the thickest 
fibre, but very scanty in all three. 

Kach specimen presents a young one at its base, which is 
blind at the free end (that is, without orifice). 


List of part of the Sponges from the West Indies in the Liver- 
pool Free Museum collected by the Rev. H. H. Higgins, 
M.A., labelled “Argo Expedition, 1876,” submitted for 
examination in the month of November 1881. 


CARNOSA. 
Chondrilla nucula, Sd¢., p. 268, 


CERATINA. 


Luftaria cauliformis, n. sp., p. 268. | Aplysina aerophoba, Nardo, p. 270. 
; ao 

, var. rufa seu fusca, ., compressa, n, sp., p. 270. 

p- 269. cauliformis, n. sp., p. 270. 

,var. elongoreticulata,n., . —— longissima, n. sp., p. 271. 


p. 269. fenestrata, de I, et M., p. 272. 
PsAMMONEMATA. 
Spongia officinalis auctt., p. 272. Polytherses, de F. et M., p. 274, 
Hircinia caracasensis, n. sp., p.273. Dysidea tubulosa, n. sp., p. 275. 
RHAPHIDONEMATA. 
Chalina rubens, Pallas, p. 276. Tuba digitalis, de F. et M., p.277. 
Patuloscula procumbens, n. sp., armigera, de EF. et M., p. 278. 
. 865, —— plicifera, de F. et M., p. 3865, _ 
Tuba lineata, var. flabelliformis, —— Eschrichtii, de # et ML, p. 
de F. et M., p. 277. 365. 
EcuinoNEMATA. 


Ectyon sparsus, Gray, p. 281. 


and Acapulco Sponges. 


HoLorRHaAPHIDOTA. 


Halichondria panicea, Johnst.,p.282. Reniera digitata, Sdt., p. 287. 
Isodictya simulans, Johnst., p.282. | Phorbas amaranthus, p. 287. 
Thalysias repens, de F. e¢ M., Esperia levis, n. sp., p. 291. 


p. 282. Suberites ? sp., agglomerated with 
carbonaria, Lam., p. 282. shell-detritus, p. 550. 
Fibularia massa, n. sp., p. 282. Cliona caribbzea, n. sp., p. 546. 
ramosa, n. sp., p. 283. Terpios fugax, de F. et M,, p. 356. 
anchorata, n, sp., p. 283. Donatia lyneurium, Nardo, p. 359. 
Halichondria birotulata, Higgin, Geodia gibberosa, Lam., =G. tu- 
Ann. 1877, vol. xix. p. 296. mulosa, Bk., p. 362. 


—— isodictyalis, n. sp., p. 285. 


List of Sponges dredged by Capt. W. H. Cawne Warren in 
the Harbour of Acapulco &e. in 4-9 fathoms, July 1880, 


submitted for examination at the sume time. 


Tuba acapulcoensis, n. sp., p. 279. Halichondria pustulosa (South At- 
Reniera fibulata, Sdt., p. 284. lantic Ocean), n. sp., p. 285. 
Halichondria isodictyalis, p. 285. Donatia multifida, n. sp., p. 358. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Note.—All the spicules, with the exception of figs, 81 and 32, are 
drawn to a scale of 1-48th to 1-6000th of an inch, that their relative sizes 
may be seen; but figs. 31 and 82, being of a much larger size, are, for 
convenience, drawn to a scale of 1-48th to 1-1800th inch. The “more 
maenified ” views of the smaller spicules are upon no scale at all, but in- 
tended to show in a larger form that which cannot be well shown in a 
smaller representation. 


PuaTEK XI, 


Fig. 1. Halichondria pustulosa, n. sp. (nat. size). aa, pustuliform emi- 
nences; 6, the same, more magnified; ¢, skeletal spicule, long ; 
d, subskeletal spicule, smooth ; e, subskeletal spicule, short, spined ; 
Ff, anchorate, front and lateral views; g, bihamate. 

Fig. 2. Halichondria isodictyalis, n. sp. a, skeletal spicule ; 3, tibiella; 
ce, anchorate, front and lateral views; d, bihamate; e, anchorate, 
more magnified, front and lateral views. 

Fig. 3. Reniera digitata, Sdt. a, skeletal spicule; 6, tibiella; ¢, micro- 
spined acerate, 

tg. 4. Tuba lineata, spicule of. 

Fig. 5. Tuba digitalis, spicule of, 

Fig. 6. Tuba armigera, spicule of. 

Fig. 7. Chalina rubens, spicule of. a, point, more magnified. 

Fig. 8. Halichondria panicea, Johust. (Amorphina, Sdt.), spicule of. 

Fig. 9. Isodictya simulans, Bk, (Halichondria, Johnst.), spicule of. a, 
point, more magnified. 

Fig. 10, Thalysias repens, var. noy., spicule of. a, point, more magnified, 

Fig. 11. Thalysias carbonaria, Lam., spicule of, a, point, more magnified, 

Fig. 12. Fibularia ramosa, nu. sp. a, skeletal spicule ; 6, bihamates. 

Fig. 13. Fibularia massa, n, sp. a, skeletal spicule; 6, small acerate ; 
c, bundle of trichites; d, bihamates. 


wg. 14. 


Fig. 28. 


Fig. 29. 
Fig. 50. 


Fig. 81. 
Fig. 32. 


Fig, 33. 


On some West-Indian and Acapulco Sponges. 


Fibularia anchorata, n. sp. a, skeletal spicule; 6, bihamates ; 
ec, anchorate; d, the same, more magnified, lateral view; ¢ 
sand-grains, 

Phorbas amaranthus, spicule of. 

Esperia levis, n. sp. a, skeletal spicule ; 6, inequianchorate, front 
and lateral views; c, bihamate ; d, bundle of triehites ; e, minute 
inequianchorate ; 7, the same, more magnified, to show the sharp 
process of the shaft extended downwards. 

Lsperia Cunninghami, n. sp. a, skeletal spicule ; b, variously 
formed head in the same; c, inequianchorate, front and lateral 
views; d, ? bihamate ; e, tricurvate; 7, bundle of trichites; g, 
more magnified view of lower end of inequianchorate, to show 
extension of petaloid arm upwards into a sharp process; A, 
more magnified view of ? bihamate, to show its shape. 

Esperia obscura, n. sp. a, inequianchorate; 6, the same, more 
magnified, in different views, to show its enigmatical appearance. 
Esperia, minute equianchorate in several species of, a; 6, more 
magnified view, to show its shape. 

Hymedesmia Johnsoni, Bk. a, skeletal spicule; 8, tricurvate ; 
ce, “trenchant” anchorate in natural position, lateral view; d, 
the same, diagrammatic, to show its shape; e, earliest visible 
form. 

Hymedesmia Schmadtii, Carter, n. sp. a, skeletal spicule; 6, 
bihamate ; ¢, d, e, the same as just mentioned, this form being 
common to both species. 


PLATE XII. 


. Donatia multifida, n. sp., natural size. aa, sponges; bb6b66 
2 ) ] D ’ ? 


tendrils of attachment ; cc, bivalve shells, covered with a meio- 
besian incrustration ; d, spiniferous stellate ; e, small sexradiate 
stellate ; f, pistil-like process. of the centre. 
Donatia, Cape species. Spiniferous stellate. 


. Desmacidon titubans, Sdt. a, skeletal spicule; 6, subskeletal 


spicule; c, bihamate; d, anchorate; e, f,g, ditterent views of 
the anchorate, more magnified, to show its eguiterminal shape, 
&e.; h, rosette form. 

Spongia Dyson, Bk. a, skeletal spicule ; 6, spinispirula; ¢, the 
same, more magnified, 

Cliona caribbea, nu. sp. a, skeletal spicule ; 4, spinispirula; c, the 
same, more magnified. 

Suberites coronarius, n. sp. a, skeletal spicule; 6, spinispirula ; 
c, the same, more magnitied. 

Alcyonium purpureum, Lam. a, skeletal spicule ; 4, spinispirula ; 
ec, the same, more magnified. 

Terpios fugax, spicule of. 

Terpios cerulea, u.sp. a, spicule of ; , Oscillatorian filament ; ¢, 
the same, more magnified. 

Geodia gibberosa, Lam. Zone-spicule of, 

Xenospongia patelliformis. a, skeletal spicule ; 6, stelliform flesh- 
spicule, largest size: e, the smallest size seen. 

Placospongia melobesivides. a, skeletal spicule; b, head of same, 
of a different form; c, large siliceous ball, elliptical; d, small 
siliceous ball, spherical; e, f, spinispirulas; g, surface of large 
siliceous ball when fully developed, much magnified; h, spherical 
ball, more magnified ; ¢, spinispirula, wore magnified, to show its 
spines &e. 


Mr. A. S. Packard, Jun., on Limulus. 369 


XXXVII.—Js Limulus an Arachnid ? 
By A. 8. Packarp, Jun.* 


In an article by Professor E. R. Lankester in the ‘ Quarterly 
Journal of Microscopical Science ’ for July and October 1881, 
entitled ‘“Zdmulus an Arachnid,” the author, distinguished 
for his histological and embryological papers especially re- 
lating to Mollusks and Ceelenterates, takes the ground that 
Limulus, or the horseshoe or king crab, “ is best understood 
as an aquatic scorpion, and the scorpion and its allies as ter- 
restrial modifications of the king crab;’’ and on p. 507 he 
makes the following startling announcement :—-“ That the 
king crab is as closely related to the scorpion as is the spider, 
has for years been an open secret which has escaped notice 
by something like fatality.” While appreciating the thorough 
and critical nature of the learned author’s work, especially 
observable in his excellent paper on the structure of Apus, 
we venture to assert that in regard to the systematic position 
of Limulus Professor Lankester has mistaken interesting 
analogies tor affinities, and has on quite insufficient and at 
times wholly hypothetical grounds rashly overlooked the 
most solid facts and safe inductions from such facts, and 
arrived at very forced and, it seems to us, strange and “quite 
untenable conclusions. 

At the outset it will be remembered that Limulus differs 
from the T'racheates, including the cans in having no 
traches, no spiracles, and no Malpighian tubes. It differs 
from Arachnids in these characters, also in having compound 
eyes, no functional mandibles or maxille, the legs not termi- 
nating, as is generally the case in Tracheates, in a pair of 
minute claws; while its brain does not, as in Arachnida, 
supply both eyes and first ee appendages. On the 
other hand, Limulus agrees with Crustacea in being aquatic 
and breathing by external gills attached to several pairs of 
biramous feet; in having a simple brain, which, as in some 
groups of ty pical Crustacea (Branchiopoda, &c.), does not 
supply any of the appendages, while the structure of the cir- 
culatory, digestive, and reproductive organs agrees with that 
of ‘the Crustacea; and, as we have shown in our “ Embryo- 
logy of Limulus” (‘ American Naturalist’ for 1870), the 
development of Limulus is like that of certain other Crus- 
tacea with a condensed metamorphosis, the possession of an 
amnion being paralleled by that of Apus. In all essential 
points Limudus is a Crustacean, with some fundamental fea- 


* From the ‘ American Naturalist,’ April 1882. Communicated by the 
Author. ‘ 


370 Mr. A. S. Packard, Jun., on Limulus. 


tures in which it departs from the normal Crustacean type, 
and with some superficial characters in which it resembles the 
scorpion. The importance of these superficial characters 
My. Lankester exaggerates, and upon them with a number of 
supposititious, & prior?, pseudo-facts he constructs, by a pro- 
cess quite the reverse of the inductive method, a new classifi- 
cation of the Arachnida. 

We will now briefly criticise some points insisted on by 
Professor Lankester; and first, on p. 510, as regards the 
ensheathing of the nervous cord by an actual arterial vessel. 
This is to be met with in a less marked degree in the insects 
(Lepidoptera) as well as scorpions. As regards the com- 
parison of the nervous system of Limulus with that of the 
scorpion, the comparison and statement made in our second 
memoir, which Lankester sets aside, was based on a month’s 
careful study and description of the nervous system, particu- 
larly the brain of the scorpion, while our author draws his 
inspiration from Newport’s account and figures. The diffe- 
rences between the brain and thoracic ganglionic mass of the 
scorpion and that of Limulus are not even correctly stated by 
our author. ‘The brain of the adult scorpion, as we stated on 
p. 7 of our second memoir, sends off nerves to the simple 
eyes and to the first pair of appendages ; in Limulus the brain 
supplies the eyes alone, the first pair of appendages being 
supplied from the commissures, as in all phyllopod Crustacea. 
Had Mr. Lankester examined for himself the brain of the 
scorpion, he would not have given the strangely incorrect 
account on p. 511. In the first place, the nerves to the first 
pair of appendages arise from the brain itself, as we have 
seen and as has been stated by other authors*, and not, as 
Lankester says, from the cesophageal collar. Moreover, as 
we stated, the brain is situated in the top of the head of the 
Arachnida, and not on the same plane as the cesophageal 
collar as in Limulus. In regard to the morphology (not the 
internal structure) of the brain, Zémulus much more nearly 
approaches Apus and other Phyllopods than the scorpion and 
other Arachnida. 

In discussing the external anatomy of Limulus, Mr. Lan- 
kester claims that between the sixth abdominal segment and 


* Newport, whom our author quotes, expressly states that “imme- 
diately beneath the nerves to the eyes a large nervous trunk passes 
forwards from the front of the brain on each side to the small prehensile 
organs (a), which, in the scorpion, are modified antenne.” Balfour's 
embryological observations show that originally the brain of the spider 
is a double ganglion, the two forming the adult brain; our embryology of 
Limulus shows that the brain is from the beginning a single ganglion, 


Mr. A. S. Packard, Jun., on Limulus. 371 


the spine there are six segments. We venture to suggest 
that four of these segments are purely imaginary. Embryo- 
logy, as we have indicated in our figures, shows that there 
are but nine segments in the abdomen of Limulus, the spine 
forming the ninth. Our author speaks of the "us postanal 
spine,” when the anus is plainly situated in the base of the 
spine itself. It is a general law in the Arthropods that the anus 
opens in the terminal segment of the body. There are fifteen 
segments in the body ot Limulus, as embryology abundantly 
shows. In order to compare the body of Limu/us with its fifteen 
segments or arthromeres to that of the scorpion with nineteen, 
Mr. Lankester conjures up four additional segments, which 
are pure metaphysical inventions. The cephalothoracic plate 
or carapace is more. than once styled a “sclerite.”” The 
author here (as usual) sets aside the embryological proof that 
the carapace is composed of the tergites of six segments, and 
allows, apparently as the result of his own independent 
observations (as if no one had previously proved it*), that 
the carapace may ‘“‘ be considered as representing six coalesced 
tergites.”’ Partly on metaphysical grounds, and partly from 
the. presence of movable spines on the sides, which, however, 
are situated on the anterior limb- -bearing seoments of the 
abdomen, as well as on the seventh and eighth limbless seg- 


ments, our author is encouraged in the belief that these four 
hypothetical segments really exist. We prefer the plain 
teachings of observed facts, which are capable of demonstra- 
tion and proof, and would ask for better evidence than this 
article affords of the existence of such segments. We would 
also continue to regard the anal spine as the telson. Lan- 
kester’s “telson” is made up of the consolidated thirteenth 
and fourteenth segments of the body plus the anal spine or 
fifteenth (or ninth abdominal) segment. 

Our author sets out with the foregone conclusion that he 
“must” find in the “abdominal carapace ” of Limulus the 
representatives of the twelve abdominal segments of the 
scorpion, and so with a method of his own he creates them 


out of his ner consciousness. 


* Ina preliminary paper on the Embryology of Zimulus polyphemus 
read before the Amer. Assoc. Ady. Science, Au gust 1870, and printed in 
the ‘ American Naturalist’ for October 1870, w hich our author has ¢ appa- 
- rently not seen, the six segments cf the embryo Limulus when in the 
trilobite stage are figured, and the number of thoracic segments is stated 
in the text. This paper is a summary of the memoir printed in the 
‘Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History,’ and contains a 
general account of the embryology of Limulus, and appeared, with figures, 
over a year in advance of any other account of the embryology of Tavaies. 


372 Mr. A. S. Packard, Jun., on Limulus. 


In like manner he feels compelled to offer a new interpre- 
tation of the scattered, individual, simple eyes of the scorpion, 
and attempts to show that after all they are compound eyes, 
like those of Limulus, with the difference that in Scorpio they 
are “‘in a less compact form.” Now the compound eye of 
Limulus, like that of the lobster or any other Crustacean or 
insect, possesses a common basally undivided retina, in L7- 
mulus a common undivided outer cornea, while the two simple 
eyes in Limulus have each a separate cornea, a separate retina, 
and each ocellus is supplied by a separate nerve arising inde- 
pendently from the brain. 

In like manner our author labours to diminish the import- 
ance of the differences between the cephalothoracie appendages 
of the Arachnida and those of Lémutlus. 

Professor Lankester then ventures, we think somewhat 
hastily, to homologize the first pair of abdominal appendages 
of Limulus with a little triangular median sternite in the 
scorpion. Then he fancifully homologizes the comb-like 
organs of the scorpion with the second pair of abdominal legs 
of Limulus, and also homologizes the respiratory lamelle 
with the “lamelliform teeth of the scorpion’s comb-like 
organs.” ‘The author further seriously attempts to homolo- 
gize the four pairs of stigmata of the scorpion with the four 
last pairs of biramous respiratory feet of Limulus. On the 
same principle the stigmata of any insect are the homolea yes 
of its legs. What will My. Lankester do with the gill-plates 
of the KEurypterida, which are not arranged, according to 
Woodward, like those of Limulus, but are placed like the 
teeth of a rake ? 

Another surprise is added to the already long list by Mr. 
Lankester’s discovery (of which he makes great account) of 
what he calls “ parabranchial stigmata” in Limulus. He 
places them on the “sternal area of the segments ;” but his 
statements on the succeeding page and his figures plainly 
show that these little muscular pits are situated at the base of 
the biramous abdominal legs. Is there an instance in nature 
of stigmata being borne on the legs? Is there the slightest 
possible reason for regarding these pits as stigmata? We 
are then treated to a long series of suppositions, “accompanied 
by a series of elaborate hypothetical lithographic drawings, 
designed to “ illustrate the hypothesis as to the derivation of 
the lamelliferous appendages of Limulus and Scorpio from a 
common ancestral form.” ‘The late appearance of the lamella. 
on the feet of the embryo Limulus should teach any naturalist 
of sound judgment that they are most probably very special 
and late differentiations of the appendages. Besides this, 


Mr, A. S. Packard, Jun., on Limulus. 373 


paleontology shows that in the Carboniferous period there 
were scorpions almost generically the same as the existing 
ones, and with them Beilinurus, closely resembling the Meso- 
zoie and recent Limul’, which indicates that the latter type 
has always been a marine one, without any possible use for 
stigmata. Moreover the Eurypterine Merostomata with 
crustacean gills flourished as early as the Lower Silurian 
period. 

Passing over, for want of space and time, the three or four 
pages of trivial criticisms of our own views by Professor 
Lankester, we are thus brought to the close of Mr. Lankester’s 
article, and to his tabular view of his new classification of the 
Arachnida, one which is calculated at least to take away the 
breath of the ordinary systematist. 

Any attempt at reasoning with our author, whose methods 
are so opposed to the inductive mode of scientific reasoning, 
and whose views are often founded on baseless hypotheses, 
would probably be fruitless. He is “surprised” that we 
should persist in believing that Limulus is a Crustacean. 

We will in reply and to close this criticism simply quote 
some statements of the late Dr. von Willemoes-Suhm, whose 
important discoveries have been overlooked by all writers on 
Limulus. Our attention has been called to them through Mr. 
IX. Burgess by Professor Walter Faxon, who has kindly 
sent us the subjoined extracts from von Willemoes-Suhm’s 
letters. 

The first reference by von Willemoes-Suhm was in the 
‘Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,’ xxix. 1877; 
writing from Yeddo under date of May 7, 1875, he says, “ I 
have in the meantime discovered in the Philippines that the 
Limulus living there develops from a free-swimming larva, 
viz. a Nauplius stage, a fact of great significance to the whole 
doctrine of crustacean development. ‘The preliminary notice 
concerning it, which I shall soon send to the Royal Society, 
will soon come to your notice. Packard and Dohrn have had 
to do with an animal which, like the crayfish, has a condensed 
development ”’ (p. cxxxii). 

A fuller statement is in a postscript to a letter written 
aboard the ‘Challenger’ to Professor Kupffer, dated “ Zam- 
boanga, Mindaua, 4 Februar, 1875,” printed in ‘ Challenger- 
Briefe von Rudolf von Willemoes-Suhm, Dr. Phil., 1872- 
1875. Nach dem ‘ode des Verfasser herausgegeben von 
seiner Mutter,’ Leipzig, 1877, pp. 157, 158. 1 am indebted 
to Professor Faxon for the extract, of which I give the fol- 
lowing translation :— 

“‘T send you this postscript in order to forward early in- 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 26 


374 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curculionide. 


formation that it has befallen to me to find on the surface of 
the water here about five stages of development of Limulus 
rotundicaudu, which does not, like the North-American 
species, according to Packard and Dohrn, directly develop, 
but passes through a Nauplius stage, with one, afterwards 
with three eyes, wholly like a Phyllopod. A tail-spine is 
present, but jointed above, and in this stage shows a parallel 
with Hurypterus. Packard’s mode of development is a con- 
densed one ; and, as would appear, his, as well as Dohrn’s and 
Van Beneden’s, generalizations on the position of Limulus are 
throughout untenable, in so far as they remove this from the 
Phyllopods (Apus and Branchipus). They rather become 
closely allied through their common Nauplius with three 
pair of appendages ; and a part of the ‘Gigantostraken,’ espe- 
cially the Eurypteride, should be added to them. 

“ As soon as I reach Japan I hope to also examine the 
Limulus there. The larve here are unfortunately very rare 
and difficult to isolate ; but I have good preparations of the 
most important stages. I hope to fall in with the northern 
species.” 


XXX VIIIL.—Additions to the Australian Curculionide.— 
Part IX. By Francis P. Pascor, F.L.S. &e. 


EREMNINZ. GONIPTERIN2. 


Pephricus rattulus. Oxyops niveosparsa. 


Rae Genon DIABATHRARIIN”, 
: , Atelicus abruptus. 
Lipothyrea, n. g. erased eae 
chloris. bard a: 
Leptops crassicornis, 
furfuracea. HyLobune, 
acutispinis. Orthorhinus aspredo. 
glauca. carbonarius, 
puellaris. lateralis. 
—— posticus. 
AMYCTERINA, ERIRHININA, 
Bubaris, n. g. Nemestra vibrata. 
indemnis. 


Amorphorhinus arcanus. 


Aoplocnemis guttigera. 
suturalis. 


Pephricus rattulus. 


i: obovatus, fuscus, squamulis griseis disjuncte tectus ; antennis 
breviusculis ; tibiis anticis intus obsolete serratis. Long. 2 lin. 


Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curculionide. 375 


Hab. Richmond River. 

Obovate, brown, setulose, covered with approximate scales 
of a greyish hue, but only visible under a strong lens ; ros- 
tram and antenne rather short; prothorax transverse, 
rounded; elytra shortly ovate, striate-punctate, interstices 
convex ; anterior tibiz obsoletely serrate internally. 

This species is very like P. echimys, but differs in its 
shorter rostrum and antenne ; the joints of the funicle shortly 
cylindrical, not obconic, the second and third equal, not the 
second longest. ‘The elytra also are decidedly shorter and 
more rounded at the shoulders. On the prothorax in both 
species there are little circles of scales radiating from a centre 
and placed sufficiently near to give it a reticulated appear- 
auce. One of my specimens has two fine white lines at the 
base of the elytra. 


LIPOTHYREA. 


Rostrum arcuatum, haud carinatum; scrobes submediane, postice 
latiores, ante aculos evanescentes. Antennce tenues; clava dis- 
tincta. Ocult infra acuminati. Prothorax breviusculus, basi 
truncatus, lobis ocularibus distinetis, Scutellumnullum. Elytra 
ovata, basi prothorace haud latiora, Pedes normales; tibie cor- 
bellis cavernosis, Jetasternum breve. Processus intercoxalis 
latus, truncatus. 


This genus may be placed near Scotasmus, Schénh., although 
it has cavernous corbels and no scutellum. 


Lipothyrea chloris. 
ZL. ovata; squamulis grisescentibus dense tecta, supra vittis duabus 
ereruleo-viridibus ornata ; apicibus elytrorum acuminatis. Long. 

3 lin. 

Hab. Port Bowen. 

Ovate, closely covered with brownish-grey scales, with two 
bluish-green stripes above not extending to the apex; the 
sides and body beneath also of the same colour; rostrum 
shorter than the prothorax; scape impinging on the eye; 
funicle with the two basal joints equal, very slightly elongate, 
the rest gradually shorter ; club elliptic ; prothorax transverse, 
base and apex truncate, sides rounded ; elytra moderately con- 
vex, serlate-punctate, punctures numerous, distinct, slightly 
divergent at the apex, and apiculate; tibiae and tarsi with 
paler and more scattered scales. 


Leptops crassicornis. 


. 
L. ovata nigra, subnitida, parce silaceo-squamosa ; antennis incras- 


26* 


376 = Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curculionide. 


satis ; rostro valido, in medio carinato ; elytris tuberculis conicis 
instructis, Long. 7 lin. 


Hab. Queensland (Mackenzie River). 

Allied to Z. muricata, but with stout antenne and with 
fewer tubercles on the elytra; ovate, rather glossy black ; 
head with a deep fovea between the eyes, below a narrow 
glossy carina with a deep groove on each side; funicle with 
all the joints except the first two transverse ; basal joint of 
the club cylindrical; prothorax irregularly tuberculate, a 
rough excavation near the apex; scutellum small, indistinct ; 
elytra with several small tubercles and larger conical ones 
intermixed, three of the latter on the inner and four on the 
outer side, the intervals filled with small reddish-yellow scales, 
and more so than on the prothorax; body beneath and legs 
with fine hair-like scales. 

Leptops musimon, to which this species may be also com- 
pared, has, znter alia, a short stout rostrum, regularly sculp- 
tured, and an elevated tubercle over each eye. 


Leptops furfuracea. 


L. oblongo-ovata, nigra, sat dense silaceo-squamosa; antennis at- 
tenuatis ; rostro elongato, antice haud carinato; elytris postice 
tuberculatis, humeris acutis. Long. 6 lin. 


Hab. New South Wales. 

Oblong ovate, black, rather closely covered, especially on 
the elytra, with small reddish-yellow scales ; antenne very 
slender, second joint of the funicle longer than the first ; ros- 
trum as long as the prothorax, not carinated, the scrobe 
curving up towards the middle of the eye; prothorax slightly 
transverse, rugose, but scarcely tuberculate; scutellum 
rounded, prominent; elytra broader behind the middle, each 
with two lines of tubercles, those on the inner line gradually 
increasing in size, on the outer line less so, one terminating 
at the shoulder; legs rather slender. 

The punctures on the elytra are somewhat foveiform and 
ined with scales, some of which, as on other parts, are min- 
gled with larger ones. I do not know any near ally to this 
species: the sculpture of the elytra is similar to that of 
L. quadridens ; but their form is different. 


Leptops acutispints. 


L, ovata, nigra, squamulis albidis ubique dense tecta; elytris trica- 
rinatis, humeris spina acuta armatis. Long. 7 lin. 


Hab, Queensland. 
Ovate, black, everywliere covered with whitish scales, those 


Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curculionide. ote 


along the suture tinged with yellow ; rostrum robust, a slender 
somewhat abbreviated carina in front; antenne slender, the 
first two joints of the funicle subequal, club blackish ; pro- 
thorax transverse, with irregular punctiform impressions at 
the side, the middle with an oblong shallow depression not 
punctured; scutellum narrowly triangular; elytra rather 
broadly oval, seriate-punctate, punctures very distinct, the 
fourth series not extending to the base; on each elytron three 
well-marked carinz, the inner terminating in a sharp spine ; 
two smaller spines on the middle one posteriorly, and a slender 
acute spine at the shoulder at the commencement of the outer 
carina. 

In my specimens the carinee on the elytra are black, due, I 
think, to the scales being rubbed off. In colour this species 
resembles LZ. ctcatricosus; otherwise it has no affinity with 
that or any other Leptops known to me. 


Leptops glauca. 


L. ovata, nigra, squamulis pallide glauco-viridescentibus sat dense 
tecta ; prothorace oblongo; elytris carinatis. Long. 6 lin. 


Hab. New South Wales (Bungendore). 

Ovate, black, rather closely covered with pale glaucous 
(inclining to greenish) scales; rostrum nearly as long as the 
prothorax, without a median carina, a short nearly obsolete 
groove on each side; antenne slender, funicle with all the 
joints obconic, the first longest, second and third equal ; pro- 
thorax about equal in length and breadth, slightly contracted 
at the base, a deep median line not extending to the apex; 
scutellum shortly ovate; elytra moderately convex, each with 
four carinee covered with paler, or greyish-white, scales, the 
outer slightly callous at the shoulder; between the carina a 
double row of punctures nearly concealed by the scales; legs 
rather slender. 

This species, on account of its simple carinz and colour, 
may be placed near L. hypocrita, which has much broader 
elytra and a transverse prothorax. 


Lepiops puellaris. 

L. oblonga, dense griseo-squamosa ; prothorace elongato, basin ver- 
sus gradatim attenuato; elytris valde convexis, breviter ovatis, 
interstitiis elevatis. Long. 3-33 lin. 

Hab. Queensland (Bathurst). 

Oblong, densely covered with greyish scales; rostrum 
stout, subtricarinate in front; antenna slender, second and 
seventh joints of the funicle equal, the first stouter and rather 


378 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curuclionide. 


longer than the second; prothorax longer than broad, rounded 
anteriorly, then gradually narrowing to the base, slightly tu- 
berculate above; scutellum punetiform, indistinet; elytra not 
broader than the prothoyax at the base, very convex, strongly 
rounded at the sides, striate-punctate, the punctures linear, 

interstices broadly elevated, the alternate ones larger and 
bearing a row of ligulate scales; legs densely scaled, with 
ligulate scales at intervals. 

In this species the eyes are nearly round, and only very 
slightly, if at all, pointed beneath ; it is one of those excep- 
tions which may be found in aimost every group. ‘This species 
is remarkable for its narrow prothorax and very convex 
elytra, in the latter respect resembling L. tetraphysodes, but 
without its callosities. It is not unlike the species of White’s 
New-Zealand genus Brachyolus, which I hardly know how 
to distinguish from Leptops. 


BuBARis. 


Caput antice convexum ; rostrum basi angustius ; scrobes arcuate ; 
antenne breves, funiculo incrassato. Oculz subtransversi. Pro- 
thoraw apice haud productus, utrinque rotundatus, lobis oculari- 
bus distinctis. Hlytra postice latiora, humeris prominentibus. 
Pedes setiger1 ; tibie rect; tarsi breves, articulis tribus basalibus 
utrinque spina terminatis, 

A. genus with somewhat negative characters, differing from 
see ‘todes in its transverse eyes partially covered by the ocu- 
lar lobes, and from Mythites 1 in its narrow, but not filiform, tarsi. 

One of Lacordaire’s characters for Mythites, the moniliform 
funicle, only applies to the type (1/. sulevcollis). M. pithectus 
is congeneric with the species described below ; it differs, cnter 
alia, in having the prothorax prominent and rounded at the 
apex, not, however, produced so as to hide the head when 
viewed from above, as in Dialeptopus, Amorphorhinus, and 
others. 


Bubaris indemnis. 


B. ovatus, niger, prothorace apice truncato, granulis minusculis con- 
fertis munito, in medio leviter sulcato. Long. 4 lin. 


Hab. Mackenzie River. 

Ovate, black, head in front smooth; rostrum deeply sul- 
cate 5 prothorax rounded at the sides, broad and truncate at 
the apex, above with closely-placed small granules; longitu- 
dinal median groove nearly obsolete, except anteriorly ; elytra 
not broader than the prothorax at the base, much broader 
behind, irregularly granulate, granules small, approximate, 


Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curculionide. 379 


each tipped with a small seta, towards the apex rather abruptly 
declivous, the apex itself rounded (g only ?); anterior tibiz 
subbisinuate internally ; second abdominal segment very little 
longer than the third. 


Amorphorhinus arcanus. 


A. obovatus, niger, squamositate silacea vestitus ; prothorace granu- 
lato, in medio subsuleato ; elytris rugosis, carinis granulatis duplici 
serie obsitis. Long, 4 lin. 


Hab, Swan River. 

This species resembles A. australis, Germ. (Brachycerus) ; 
but, cnter alia, it has not the elevated ridge over the eye, but 
only a slight tubercle; the prothorax has several small granules, 
and in the middle a shallow linear longitudinal groove; and 
the elytra have two carine, just tipped with a line of small 
granules, not very marked on the inner carina; rostrum short 
and stout, with an oblong rhomboidal cavity in the excavation 
formed by the two ridges in front; antenne ferruginous ; pro- 
thorax with angular sides ; elytra rugose, flattish between the 
two inner carine, with a row of oblique impressions next the 
suture ; sterna and abdomen with small scattered punctures. 


Oxyops niveosparsa. 


O. ovata, nitide fusco-fulva, supra squamulis elongatis niveis con- 
densatis maculatim ornata ; rostro difformi. Long. 4 lin. 


Hab. Queensland. 

Ovate, glossy brownish fulvous, the elytra with conspicuous 
white spots composed of tufts of oblong scales ; rostrum short, 
stout, abruptly gibbous in front, its junction with the head 
with a raised angular line; last three joints of the funicle 
transverse ; prothorax closely granulate; scutellum narrow ; 
elytra moderately convex, each slightly apiculate, roughly 
striate-punctate, punctures large, approximate, interstices 
granulate, especially at the base ; body beneath and legs with 
scattered white scales. 

The peculiar rostrum differentiates this species from all others 
known to me. It may be placed after O. florea. 


Atelicus abruptus. 

A, oblongus, ochraceo-squamosus ; elytris, parte postica excepta, 
cinereis, basi haud tuberculatis, apice abrupte truncatis. Long. 
33 lin. 

Hab. Tasmania. 
This species is allied to A. enequalis, Waterh., but is some- 
what differently coloured, the elytra not so parallel at the 


380 =©Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curculionide. 


sides, with narrower, more decidedly defined carinz, the inter- 
stices broader, not tuberculate at the base, and the apex 
abruptly truneate, the two eallosities on the truncated portion 
in A. ¢nequalis forming in this species an elevated transverse 
fold; antennz shorter and stouter, the seventh joint of the 
funicle less closely joined to the club; on the prothorax a 
transverse slightly raised tubercular line curved forwards on 
each side, and of a lighter colour than the rest. The genus, 
which now contains seven species, is remarkable for the absence 
of the claw-joint. 


Atelicus erassipes. 


A, anguste eylindricus, ferrugineus, macula basali, prothoracis late- 
ribus, humeris, et annulo in apice elytrorum fulyo-squamosis ; 
pedibus crassiusculis. Long. 2 lin. 


Hab. Western Australia. 

Narrowly cylindrical, ferruginous; sides of the prothorax, 
spot at the base, scutellum, shoulders and ring on the apex of the 
elytra pale fulvous, caused by minute scales; head, rostrum, 
and disk of the prothorax apparently free from scales, the 
latter with scattered well-marked punctures ; elytra scarcely 
broader than the prothorax at the base, seriate-punctate, the 
interstices set with very minute pearly scales, as on the pro- 
thorax ; legs stout, femora and tibiee closely covered with ful- 
vous scales; tarsi less scaly. : 

Allied to A. atrophus, but more cylindrical, 7. e. the sides 
of the elytra nearly parallel, the elytra not so long in propor- 
tion, and with fulvous scales on the shoulders, prothorax, &c. 


Orthorhinus aspredo. 


O. cylindricus, niger, tubereulatus, squamulis minutis albis adspersus ; 
rostro elongato, recto; funiculo articulo primo elongato. Long. 
64 lin. 

Hab. Queensland. : 

Cylindrical, black, tuberculate, with. minute white scales 
scattered between the tubercles ; rostrum straight, half as long 
again as the prothorax, finely punctured, each puncture bear- 
ing a white scale ; basal joint of the funicle as long as the four 
next together ; prothorax constricted anteriorly, about as long 
as broad, a small tuft of ochraceous hairs on each side at the 
apex ; scutellum nearly semicircular ; elytra parallel at the 
sides, one or two rows of impressed punctures between irregular 
or unequal lines of tubercles, some of the tubercles tipped with 
a short spiniform process, base and middle of the elytra with 
a small tuft of ochraceous hairs, preapical callus also tufted ; 


Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curculionide. 381 


beneath and legs with scattered white scales; anterior tibie 
not toothed internally. 

A somewhat isolated species, except for the following ; its 
most prominent character is the length of the basal joint of 
the funicle ; the antenne are inserted at about a third of the 
length of the rostrum from the apex. 


Orthorhinus carbonarius. 
O. subcylindricus, niger, tuberculatus, vix squamosus ; rostro 
modice elongato ; antennis apicem versus rostri insertis; pro- 
thorace apice haud fasciculato. Long. 7 lin. 


Hab. New South Wales. 

Stouter than the preceding, and less cylindrical, with scarcely 
any distinct scales; rostrum rather stout and not quite so long 
as the prothorax, reticulately punctured, each puncture bearing 
a small whitish scale; antennz inserted near the tip of the 
rostrum, first joint of the funicle rather longer than the two 
next together; prothorax strongly constricted anteriorly, not 
fasciculate, and covered with approximate unequal tuber- 
cles; scutellum elevated, punctiform; elytra much broader 
than the prothorax at the base, with small punctures irregu- 
larly intermixed with unequal tubercles, the larger tubercles 
having an obvious linear arrangement, base and middle of the 
elytra slightly callous, preapical callus distinct ; anterior tibice 
bisinuate internally. 

The insertion of the antenne is pretty close to the apex of 
the rostrum in this species, as in O. arrogans and some 
others. 

Orthorhinus lateralis. 

O. subcylindricus, piceus, tuberculatus, ochraceo-squamosus ; elytris 
macula magna obliqua e squamulis condensatis notatis ; prothorace 
apice bifasciculato; rostro tenuato, quam prothorax breviore. Long. 
5 lin. 

Hab. Lord-Howe Island. 

Less cylindrical than O. centurio, Montr., with broader 
elytra and the oblique patch in the contrary direction, running 
from the base to the suture and meeting at about the middle ; 
rostrum slender, shorter than the prothorax ; insertion of an- 
tenne remote from the apex ; first joint of the funicle as long 
as the three next together; prothorax moderately constricted 
anteriorly, with small scattered glossy tubercles, the apex with 
two elevated tufts ; scutellum transverse, densely squamose ; 
elytra broader than the prothorax at the base, seriate-punc- 
tate, the interstices finely tuberculate, the alternate ones raised, 
preapical callus not prominent; legs rather stout; anterior 
tibie slightly bisinuate internally. 


382 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on Australian Curcultonide. 


This species is rather closely covered with reddish-ochraceous 
scales, except where they form the fine white patch on the 
elytra. 


Orthorhinus posticus. 


O. oblongo-ovatus, piceus, squamulis albidis sparse irroratus, postice, 
scutello pedibusque ochraceo-squamosis; antennis ferrugineis, 
articulo primo funiculi elongato; rostro breviusculo. Long. 
21-32 lin, | | 
Hab. Queensland (Wide Bay). 

Oblong ovate, pitchy, speckled above with small whitish 
scales, the posterior third of the elytra closely covered with 
ochreous or buff-coloured scales; rostrum short; antenne 
ferruginous, the first joint of the funicle as long as the three 
next together; prothorax transverse, finely granulate ; scutel- 
lum scutiform, densely covered with ochreous scales; elytra 
not.broader than the prothorax at the base, striate, the inner 
strie with obsolete, the outer with foveiform approximate 
punctures, interstices with a raised line of small tubercles ; 
body beneath and legs covered with ochreous scales. 

Allied to O. variegatus, but differently coloured and with 
a shorter rostrum; one of my specimens has the prothorax 
bordered with ochreous scales. 


Nemestra vibrata. 

N. subelliptica, fusca, squamulis ochraceis albisque maculas forman- 
tibus vestita; funiculo elongato; elytris striatis, interstitiis leviter 
granulatis. Long, 34 lin, 

Hab. Swan River. 

Subelliptic, brown, with irregular patches of ochraceous and 
whitish or silvery scales, the latter more condensed, but vary- 
ing with the individual; rostrum as long as the prothorax ; 
antenne ferruginous, funicle elongate, the first joint as long 
as the next two together, the remainder subequal ; prothorax 
not longer than broad, slightly granulose, a white or silvery 
stripe in the middle; scutellum punctiform, covered with white 
scales ; elytra elongate-cordate, the shoulders obliquely pro- 
duced, striate, interstices with a line of distant almost obso- 
lete granules; body beneath closely covered with silvery or 
opalescent scales ; claw-joint ferruginous. 

A stouter species than N. éncerta, with a longer funicle, the 
upper parts less granulose, the elytra shorter comparatively 
and broader at the base. ‘The genus may be distinguished by 
its quadrangular rostrum (¢. e. in transverse section). It is 
allied to Aoplocnemis, Schénh. 


Mr. A. G. Butler on new Blattariz. 383 


Aoplocnemis guttigera. 


A, anguste oblonga, rufo-picea, supra niveo-guttata, infra dense albo- 
squamosa; rostro elongato, striolato-punctato, apice latiore, 
punctato; elytris apice rotundatis. Long. 4} lin. 


Hab. Victoria ? 

Narrowly oblong, reddish-pitchy, a spot at the base of the 
prothorax, and others (one a common central) on the elytra, 
and three or four on the side posteriorly, of snow-white scales ; 
rostrum as long as the prothorax, striately punctured, the apex 
broader and simply punctured ; funicle with the first two joints 
as long as the next four together ; prothorax longer than broad, 
rugosely punctured ; scutellum broader behind; elytra striate- 
punctate, interstices subtuberculate, apex rounded; body be- 
neath covered with white scales; legs ferruginous, sparingly 
pubescent. 

The coloration, with the two long basal joints of the funicle, 
are the principal differential characters of this species. 


Aoplocnemis suturalis. 


A anguste elliptica, fusco-picea, supra vittis tribus albis ornata ; 
rostro punctato, quam prothorax longiore ; elytrissingulatim apicu- 
latis. Long. 3 lin, 

Hab. Melbourne. 

This species is allied to A. phalerata, Er., but is narrower, 
more elliptic, and with comparatively longer legs; rostrum 
longer than the prothorax and simply punctured throughout, 
and scarcely broader at the apex; funicle with the first two 
joints as long as the next four together; prothorax with 
crowded punctures, the intervals irregularly raised; elytra 
substriate-punctate, the punctures large and squarish, the inter- 
stices, except near the suture, raised but not tuberculate, the 
apex slightly narrowed and rounded at the sides, but each 
elytron ending in an apiculus. 


XXXIX.—On some new Genera and Species of Blattarize in 
the Collection of the British Museum. By AnrtTuurR G. 
BUTLER, Hl... 1 -Z.8.,.0c. 


Two of the species described in the present paper have recently 
been obtained from the Rev. Deans Cowan, by whom they 
were collected in Madagascar ; the others were added to the 
collection last year, and are from South India. 


384 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Blattarie. 


GROMPHADORHINA, Brunner v. Wattenwy]l. 


Of this extraordinary genus its author gives the following 
diagnosis in his analytical table of genera of Perispheride, 
“ Mares alati (?) ; femine aptere ;’’ but upon referring to his 
description of the same genus founded upon a male forwarded 
to him by M. Dohrn we find this diagnosis directly contradicted 
in the following words :—“ I] a tous le(s) caractéres du genre 
précédent (Homalodemas), i exception de labsence totale des 
organes du vol et des tubercules du pronotum développés en 
forme de cornes.” An examination of the figures of this 
singular species will convince any one that the latter is the 
correct description. 


Fig. 1. 


Fig. 1. Dicellonotus lucanoides, Butler. 
Fig. 2. Aluropoda insignis, Butler. 


1. Gromphadorhina Brunnert, sp. n. 


3. Pronotum black, shining, coarsely granulose, longer than 
broad, slightly contracted towards the front, which is regu- 
larly arched (not incised), and very strongly carinated along the 
anterior margin ; the anterior two fifths slightly convex, much 
lower than the remainder of the surface, which is nevertheless 
deeply excavated in the middle in the form of a broad U, on 
each side of which are two obtuse cuneiform prominences (not 
cleft at their extremities as in Gi’. portentosa); the lateral 
margins are slightly carinated: mesonotum bright castaneous, 
with blackish posterior border and a diamond-shaped central 
spot; very convex, oblong, a little wider at the sides than in 
the middle, but not produced backwards at the lateral angles, 
a fairly well-defined central longitudinal impressed line, and 
a number of scattered coarse shallow punctuations over the 


Mr. A. G. Butler on new Blattarie. 385 


whole surface: metanotum narrower than the mesonotum, 
distinctly produced at the lateral angles, and with slightly 
carinated lateral margins ; castaneous, with a black posterior 
border formed of three confluent triangular patches; a fairly 
well-marked central impressed line, and a few fine punctures 
scattered over the surface. Abdominal segments black, the 
first four with castaneous anterior borders, the second seg- 
ment concave in front and slightly sinuated behind near to 
the lateral angles, which are consequently prominent;  re- 
maining segments rectangular at the sides; all the segments 
finely and sparsely punctured, and with slightly carinated 
lateral margins ; the second and third granulate at the sides 
behind, fourth segment with a series of small denticulate 
granules along the posterior margin; remaining segments 
covered with small granules; the supraanal plate is narrow 
and rounded at the sides; cerci broken in the type. Head 
longer than broad, blackish piceous, with the eyes, antenne, 
and mouth castaneous ; frons smooth, rather finely and sparsely 
punctured ; a strongly embossed, transverse, slightly arched 
carina in the centre of the face, just in front of the antenne. 
Femora above piceous, the tibize and tarsi black ; femora below 
mahogany-red, flattened, finely and sparsely punctured ; tibize 
blackish, coarsely spined at the sides and distal extremities ; 
flat, and with a few fine punctures below; tarsi with soft pale 
stramineous pads; coxal plates mahogany-red internally, 
piceous with broad stramineous borders at the sides, from the 
keeled edge to the outer margin. First two ventral segments 
with deeply concave anterior margins ; the first segment con- 
vex behind and subangulated at the lateral angles, remaining 
segments with concave posterior margins, and the lateral 
angles rounded off; the whole surface convex, smooth, but 
covered with fine punctures, the sides also with a few irregular 
impressed lines; the last ventral segment is deeply excavated 
behind in the form of an open A, but without the acute apex ; 
the whole of the ventral segments are blackish, the last one 
with castaneous posterior margin ; subanal plate almost square, 
but broader in front than behind, and with shelving rugose 
sides, black with the lateral borders ochreous. Length of 
body 42 millim., of pronotum 12 millim. ; width of pronotum 
at the back 15 millim., of mesonotum 18 millim., of metano- 
tum 19 millim. 
Ankafana, Betsileo, Madagascar. 


AMLUROPODA, n. gen. (alAoupos, mrovs). 
Allied to the preceding genus, but differing totally in the 
form of the thorax, the pronotum of the male being trans- 
versely trapezoidal, with the anterior margin deeply excavated 


386 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Blattarie. 


and obtusely dentated at the sides, strongly keeled; the back 
of the pronotum also forms a nearly flat oblong transverse 
plane, a little higher than the anterior surface, and terminating 
on each side before reaching the margin of the pronotum in 
an obtuse angle; the meso- and metanotum are also deeply 
excised behind, the metanotum forming in consequence broad 
lateral pterygoid expansions; the antenne extend nearly to 
the extremity of the abdomen and are coarsely setose in the 
male; the tarsi are provided below with large soft pads, as in 
Gromphadorhina; the cerci are short, not extending beyond 
the supraanal plate. 


2. diluropoda gigantea, sp. n. 


$. Black, with broad, deep-red lateral borders, but those 
of the pronotum variable in extent, sometimes reduced to a 
small spot on each side; the meso- and metanotum with large 
patches of the same colour in front, and the first three ventral 
segments with their anterior margins similarly coloured ; the 
clypeus testaceous in front ; anterior margin of the pronotum 
and antenne clothed with ferruginous sete ; tarsal pads pale 
dull stramineous; the pronotum in adult examples is coarsely 
rugose and sparsely granulated at the sides; the meso- and 
metanotum are smooth in the centre, covered with fine reticu- 
lations, and finely and sparsely punctured, divided down the 
centre by a tolerably deeply impressed longitudinal line, 
marked on each side near the front by a small shallow impres- 
sion, and close to the posterior margin by a large and irre- 
gular impression ; the sides are obliquely depressed and some- 
what concave, rugose and granulated ; the abdominal segments 
are in structure similar to those of the preceding species, ex- 
cepting that their lateral angles terminate in small spine-like 
denticles. On the under surface the structure is nearly the 
same as in Gromphadorhina; but the last ventral segment 
has its hind margin excised in a regular arch. Length of 
adult example 69-73 millim., of pronotum 12-14 milli. ; 
width behind 26-33 millim., width of mesonotum at posterior 
angles 31-34 millim., of metanotum 30-32 millim. 

Young examples are similar in structure, but less rugose 
than the adult ones; but very young larval forms have the 
pronotal excrescences and the excavation of the anterior 
margin considerably less pronounced, and therefore much more 
like the female, in which the anterior margin is scarcely more 
than a straight transverse line, even in adult examples. 

The following sizes are before me, in addition to the adult 
males already noted:— ¢ ¢, length 51-52 millim.; ? , 47 
millim.; ¢ 9, 42-43 millim.; ¢ 9 , 35-38 millim. 


Mr. A. G. Butler on new Blattariz. 387 


Ankafana, Betsileo, Madagascar. 

A female form also occurs, which I suppose to be merely a 
colour variety, in which nearly the whole of the abdomen is 
bright castaneous. 

The following genus seems to me to be nearly allied to the 
Panesthia forceps of Saussure; but it is totally destitute of 
tegmina, which, according to M. Saussure (and as figured by 


fo) 
him), are rudimentary, but nevertheless present in the female. 


DICELLONOTUS, gen. nov. (d/keAXa, VOTOS). 


Pronotum smooth, transverse, with the anterior margin 
excavated in front and more or less produced into projecting 
horns; head concealed by the pronotum ; antenne moniliform, 

rather short, not extending quite to the middle of the body ; 
entire body ‘above with a distinct marginal carina; supraanal 
plate very wide, transverse, with well-defined lateral posterior 
angles, its posterior mar gin scarcely perceptibly undulated in 
the middle; cerci extremely short and corneous. 


3. Dicellonotus lucanoides, sp. n. 


¢. Above deep mahogany-red, clouded and bordered with 
black, the posterior abdominal segments wholly black ; below 
black, the femora reddish, the ventral segments with deep 
reddish posterior borders. Pronotum tumid, depressed in 
front, with the back of the depression plicated, and its surface 
bearing on each side a distinct embossed pustule ; the anterior 
margin slightly convex in the centre, but deeply excised in 
its relation to the humeral angles, which are produced for- 
wards into two long, robust, incurved, obtuse horns, keeled 
along their upper edge, which is a little tuberculated at its 
extremity, and with their inner surface transversely indented 
with irregular striz; lateral margins strongly carinated and 
slightly rugose ; posterior margin nearly straight, slightly 
convex ; meso- and metan otum transverse oblong, of nearly 
equal width throughout, smooth, with rounded carinated 
lateral margins, near to which there is a longitudinal elon- 
gate triangular shallow depression. Abdominal segments with 
carinated lateral margins; coarsely rugoso-punctate at the 
sides, the first to sixth segments in the dorsal region and a 
patch near the front of the seventh segment almost smooth ; 
the first and second segments with convex posterior margin ; 
the anterior border of the segments is represented by a ribbon- 
like continuation of the lateral carina, which, on the seventh 
segment, is longitudinally finely striated at the sides. Head 
almost cordiform, irregularly striolate. Legs extremely power- 


388 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Platypleura. 


ful, shining, with a few scattered coarse shallow punctures; 
the tibiee very coarsely spinose, anterior femora with two acute 
needle-like spines at about the middle of the inferior margin ; 
anterior tibia very short, pyramidal in shape, the spines radia- 
ting; tarsi of all the legs rather short, smooth, without pads ; 
ventral segments finely and irregularly striated in a transverse 
direction, Length (exclusive of humeral horns) 48 millim., 
with horns 54; of pronotum, including horns, 17 millim. ; 
width 23 millim., of mesonotum 24 millim., of metanotum 
26 millim. 
South India. 


4, Dicellonotus morsus, sp. 0. 


?. Allied to the preceding species, from which it may be 
at once distinguished by the following structural characters :— 
Pronotum considerably narrower, slightly reflexed in front, 
and with a rather deep almost semicircular excision of the 
anterior margin, giving the impression of two flattened short 
protuberances, but quite unlike the humeral horns of the pre- 
ceding species ; the remainder of the pronotum very similar, 
though decidedly narrower, longer, and more convex; the 
abdominal segments are coarsely and regularly punctured 
almost all over, though more finely towards the dorsal region, 
the sides, however, are not rugose; the anterior femora have 
three needle-like spines, instead of two, on the inferior margin ; 
and the head is decidedly longer and less cordiform. Length, 
including anterior processes, 47 millim.; pronotum between 
the processes 12 millim., including them 14 millim.; width 
20 millim., mesonotum 23 millim., metanotum 25 millim. 


South India. 


XL.— Descriptions of two new Species of the Homopterous Genus 
Platypleura from Madagascar. By Artuur G. Burter, 
BES5 2 -Z.8., ce. 

THE first species to which I have to call attention was ob- 

tained in 1879, from a collection made by Mr. Kingdon in 

Antananarivo. It has hitherto stood in the collection with P. 

madagascariensis of Distant, but is more nearly allied to P. 

gigas. It differs from both species in its inferior size, narrower 

head and notum, the almost rectangular anterior angles of the 
pronotum; and (being a female) it naturally differs in its 
small rounded lateral drum-flaps. 

From P. gigas it also differs in the decidedly less prominent 
membrana coste of the tegmina, and from P. madagasca- 
rvensis in its longer and less hairy face. 


Mr. A. G. Butler ox new Species of Platypleura. 389 


I conclude that this cannot be the ordinary female of P. 
gigas, since it differs markedly from that species in size, 
pattern, and coloration, in addition to the structural distine- 
tions above indicated. Should it prove to be so, the species 
would stand alone and distinct, even from its nearest allies, 
in having a female unlike itself; there is, in fact, extremely 
little variation cither in form, pattern, or size, in individuals 
of the same species of Platypleura, at any rate, so far as my 
experience goes. I therefore regard the female before me as 
a distinct species, more nearly allied in structure to P. Came- 
ront than any other form yet described. 


Platypleura angusta, sp. n. 


Rufo-testacea, capite et pronoto irregulariter nigro signatis, meso- 
et metanoto lateraliter fusco striatis, maculisque rotundatis dor- 
salibus nigris ; abdomine migro, nitente : subtus capite pedibusque 
castaneis testaceisque ; tympanorum laminis testaceis. Tegmina 
macula parva basali, alteraque apud basin, multo majore, oblonga, 
nigris, costalibus; area tota media maculis pyriformibus ovali- 
busque nigro marginatis variegata; plagis tribus fundo pallidio- 
ribus, prima fere media, secunda subcostali bifida, tertia ad 
angulum inferiorem sita; maculis submarginalibus sagittatis 
aliisque marginalibus nigris; venis fuscis. Ale paululum palli- 
diores ; area lata apicali et margine externo nigris. Corp. long. 
31 millim., pronoti lat. 14, tegm. exp. 96. 


9. Antananarivo (Avngdon). Type, B.M. 


Platypleura evanescens, sp. n. 

Paliide viridis, tegminibus canescentibus, fusco maculatis, venis 
partim fuscis, alis paululum brunneo-nebulosis, lacinia abdomi- 
nali presertim fusecscente; maculis submarginalibus fuscis; 
capite notoque nigro maculatis; mesonoto antrorsum fusco-albido 
plagiato ; abdomine castaneo, lateraliter nigro; corpore toto hic 
illic argenteo squamoso: tegminibus subtus multo distinctius 
fusco maculatis; corpore fusco-albido, albo squamoso ; pedibus 
testaceis, castaneo variis. Corp. long. 34 millim., pronoti lat. 16, 
tegm. exp. 105.. 

2 g. Antananarivo (Wills). Type, B.M. 
This species has the general coloration of P. semiclara of 

South Africa; the tegmina are formed as in P. gigas, with 

similarly expanded membrana coste ; the pattern of the mark- 

ings on the tegmina is also as nearly as possible identical ; 
the wings, however, are smaller, the face is shorter, the ante- 
rior angles of the pronotum more oblique, and the entire body 
narrower ; the drum-flaps are shorter, formed as in P. mada- 
gascarvensts ; the preanal ventral plate is decidedly narrower 
and longer ; the rostrum (as in /. gigas) extends to a point 
between the femoral articulation of the last pair of legs. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 27 


390 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Cirrous Appendages 


XLI.—Form and Nature of the Cirrous Appendages on 
the Statoblast of Carterella latitenta, Potts, dc., originally 
designated “ Spongiophaga Pottsi.” By H. J. Carter, 
ERS. &e. 


[Plate XIV.] 


Up to the time of my publishing all that I could learn 
from Mr. Potts’s “slides” respecting the cirrous appendages 
of the statoblast in that species of Spongitla which, in 
kind compliment to myself, he had named “ Carterella 
tenosperma’”’ (tor which appendages I proposed the name 
* Spongiophaga FPottsi,’ to commemorate his interesting dis- 
covery), I could come to no other conclusion than that they 
were so closely allied to those filaments in some of the marine 
sponges for which I had proposed the name “ Spongiophaga 
communis,’ that they might justly claim the same generic 
appellation (‘ Annals,’ 1881, vol. viii. p. 354, pl. xvii.). But 
natural history is progressive (that is, evolutionary), like every 
other kind of human knowledge, which, on the other hand, is 
so entirely based on assumption, that one feels ashamed of the 
least precipitancy, and never sate except under the most 
modest utterance. Yet there are perplexing questions in 
which we are apt to forget this, and so rush at the merest 
shadow of assistance to help us out of our difficulties. From 
such arose my proposing the generic name ‘ Spongiophaga” 
for the cirrous appendages on the statoblast of Carterella 
tenosperma—since, although the former is as abundant, com- 
mon, and evident to our senses, in the Hircinex, as the grass 
of the field, no one yet has been able to find out (with all our 
knowledge of creation) what it is or where it came from; but 
Mr. Potts’s discovery of the cirrous appendages among the 
Spongillina, where they had never been known or even sus- 
pected to exist before, and their great*resemblance to the fila- 
ments of Spongiophaga communis, led me to hope that a step 
towards the solution of this question had at last been attained ; 
and thus originated the name ‘ Spongiophaga Pottst.” De- 
sirable, however, as it may be to find out any thing that will 
throw some light on the nature of Spongiophaga communis, it 
now appears to me that we cannot hope for much in this 
respect from the cirrous appendages of the statoblast ; for in a 
specimen of Carterella latitenta lately received from Mr. Potts 
their form is so different and so much more indicative of their 
real nature that, whatever their oftice may be, their presence 


of U. erella latitenta, Potts. 301 


in some species of Spong?l/a and not in others must be accepted 
as analogous to the presence of the cirri on the statoblast of 
Pectinatella magnifica, and their absence on that of Plumatella, 
or, to adduce a more homely example, the presence of horns 
in most cattle and their absence in the “ Galloway breed.” 
Thus the “tubular prolongation of, and not addition to, 
the chitinous coat of the statoblast in Carterella latitenta, as | 
must now view it, isso much longer than that of C. teno- 
sperma, that it bears the proportion of 5 to 1, or 1-90th inch 
in the former to 1-450th inch long in the latter (compare 
fee 2.y 1m PLO XIV, with fe. ff. in’ pli xvi. “Annals, 
i. c.) ; while in other respects it is much the same, being 
in direct continuation with the chitinous coat and open 
or closed at the free end, as the case may be. On the 
other hand, the “cirrous appendage” may be single or 
double (Pl. XIV. figs. 2,9, and 3, gg), and commencing 
in a broad ribbon-like form about 1-180th inch wide, 
which embraces the tubular prolongation after the manner of 
a flange, about 1-360th inch from its free end (fig. 2, g m), 
goes on diminishing in width for a certain distance, when the 
ribbon-like portion (fig. 2, m mm) may cease, and the cirrus 
may end in a single or double, rownd or cord-like filament, 
afterwards continuing a whip-like diminution to its termination, 
also like that of Carterella tenosperma (fig. 2, 7¢ 1, and fig. 2, 
pl. xvii. ‘ Annals,’ /. ¢.), altogether about one third of an 
inch long, or twelve times the diameter of the statoblast ; but 
this, of course, is subject to much variety, as no two stato- 
blasts are exactly alike in their measurements. ‘The com- 
mencement of the cirrous appendage in C. latitenta, which, 
although broad, is very thin and transparent, may, if carefully 
examined under a microscope, be found to have a thickened, 
round, cord-like margin on one or both sides (fig. 2,4/), 
which, when traced to the termination of the ribbon-like por- 
tion, leave it separatedly in the round shape mentioned ; 
generally one side is thicker than the other, while the latter 
often becomes so diminished as to disappear altogether, and 
thus leave the intervening membranous expansion in the form 
of a simple alar appendage. This, which renders the cirrus 
so much like a ribbon in C. latitenta, is not altogether absent 
in C. tenosperma, where it may frequently be seen to unite 
the filaments into a disk-like form around the tubular prolon- 
gation, especially in C. tubisperma (figs. 7, 8, and 9), when, 
as before stated, it recalls to mind the webbed arrangement of 
the tentacles round the mouth or beak of a Cephalopod. Thus, 
although differently formed in different species, the plan of 
development in the cirrus 1s the same; and thus the greater 


27* 


392 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Gu. Appendages 


length of the tubular prolongation in C. latitenta, together 
with the consequently greater interval between the union of 
the cirrous appendage and the chitinous coat of the statoblast, 
enables one to examine these parts under the microscope much 
more satisfactorily than in C. tenosperma, where their com- 
parative shortness brings them close together, and thus ren- 
ders their points of union more or less indistinct (‘ Annals,’ 
Lic. pl. xvii. fig. 1). 

Identical, however, as the cirrous appendages in the species 
of Spongilla are, | have not been able to trace any connexion 
between them and the interior of the tubular prolongation in 
C. latitenta, although in the rounded or cord-like portions 
an axial line may occasionally be discerned as in the filament 
of C. tenosperma. 

Nor have I shown any union of this kind in my diagram of 
these parts in C. tenosperma (‘ Annals,’ @. c. pl. xvil. “fig. 2), 
although in the description it is assumed, from the axial line 
at the end of the cirrus widening, and its granular contents 
coming so near the like material in the tubular prolongation 
of the chitinous coat ; for in the diagram, which is meant for a 
vertical section, the line ‘‘d” is made to circumscribe the 
tubular prolongation, which would not have been the case had 
my inference, as it now appears, been as truthful as the re- 
presentation. ; 

But the question here is not so much whether the axial 
cavity of the filament has a direct communication with that of 
the tubular prolongation, as whether the “ glairy, fatty- 
looking globules” in the former are derived from the ‘ ger- 
minal contents of the statoblast,” all of which seems to be 
satisfactorily negatived by the form and disposition of the 
cirrous appendages in C’ latitenta. Hence my premises in C. 
tenosperma (op. et l. c.) ave worthless, and the argument based 
on them becomes an unfounded assumption. 

I have alluded to the statoblasts of Prof. Leidy’s Pectina- 
tella magnifica, some of which Mr, Potts kindly sent me for 
germination ; and 1 can see distinctly under the microscope an 
axial line of particles in the terminal branches of their cirri 
similar to that in the cirrus of C. tenosperma (fig. 6, d) ; so 
that the identity in structure and composition between the 
statoblast of Spongilla and that of the so-called “ winter-egg ” 
of the Bryozoa, which I endeavoured to show twenty-two 
years ago (‘Annals,’ 1859, vol. i. p. 331, pl. viil.), is now, 
as Mr. Potts has stated (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 
Dec. 6, 1881, p. 460; and ‘ Annals,’ April 1882), thus “ ren- 


dered more complete ”’—a fact which may tend to make the 


of Carterella latitenta, Potts. 393 


position of Spongilla in the animal series more clear than it is 
at present*, 

But, in alluding to specific differences in the species which 
do bear the cirrous appendages and those which do not, I can 
only say that the spiculation of the statoblasts of Sletero- 
meyenta repens (about which Mr. Potts himself seemed to have 
some doubt, as the label on his slide also bears “ ? Meyenia 
Baileyi”’) and those of Carterella tubisperma appears to me 
to present hardly more than “ varieties” of Spongilla Bailey?, 
Bk. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 13, pl. xxxvii. fig. 6), of 
which unfortunately neither Mr. Potts nor myself possess a * 
type specimen, so that we have nothing to fall back upon in 
this respect but Dr. Bowerbank’s description and illustration, 
wherein at page 13 he observes that the birotulate spicule is 
“four or five times as long” as that of Spongilla fluviatilis, 
which corresponds with the representations (op. et 1. c. figs. 1, 6 
and 6, 6), both of which are drawn to the same scale, viz. 
‘* x 660.” But, to be sure of the actual measurements of the 
bivotulates in Spongilla Bailey?, Bk., I applied for this to Mr. 
Stuart O. Ridley, F.L.8., who has charge of Dr. Bowerbank’s 
type specimens now in the British Museum ; and, in reply, he 
states that the birotulate spicules on the slide range from “* 93- 
25000ths to 147-25000ths inch ”’ in total length, thus evidencing 
a heterogeneous mixture of long and short spicules, in this 
respect similar to what is characteristic of Heteromeyenia repens, 
but in the matter of length more nearly allied to the biro- 
tulates in LHeteromeyenta argyrosperma, which, according to 
Mr. Potts’s mounted specimen, range from 1-333rd to 1-146th 
inch, where the maximum is still greater than that of S. Badleyz. 
This heterogeneous mixture in length of the birotulates around 
the statoblast I observe to be the case in all three species of 
Carterella, but more so in C. tubisperma and C. latitenta than 
in C. tenosperma, where they are not only much shorter and 
much more equal in length, but so different in shape as to 
justify specific distinction. 

Returning to the cirrous appendages, the tubular prolongation 
in the species which comes trom Buffalo, viz. Carterella tubi- 


* The little mass of statoblasts of Pectinatella magnifica from the 
Schuylkill river, Pennsylvania, which reached me in an equally small 
test-tube with water on the 9th November, 1881, began to germinate 
towards the end of February 1882, in well-water, occasionally changed 
during the interval. It was then transferred to a small freshwater aqua- 
rium (glass bowl) with Anacharis alsinastrum, where it continued to 
germinate freely up to the 8th April, when it gradually disappeared 
(? died out). Many of the statoblasts were entirely without cirri, although 
each opened like the rest, in the line of suture (after the manner of an 
oyster), and gaye issue to a finely developed Pectinatella. 


394 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Cirrous ee 


sperma (fig. 7,7), 1s still longer than that in C. latitenta, 
which, on the other hand, comes from the State Pennsyl- 
vania ; but the cirri themselves, although more numerous, are 
so reduced in size as to appear to be aborted when compared 
with those of the other species (figs. 7, g, and 8, 6). 

I have noticed, on this occasion, that the mamilliform 
process opening into the tubular prolongation of the chitinous 
coat is not given off from the latter, as represented in C, 
tenosperma (‘ Annals,’ l. c. figs. 1, e, and 2,e, &c.), but ap- 
pears to belong to the extremely thin membranous envelope 
‘ of the germinal contents (Pl. XIV. fig. 2,¢, &c.). The cir- 
cular rugee which are on the cirrus of C. “tenosper ma (‘ Annals,’ 
lc. fig. 2, g) I have not seen. 

Of course, there is much variety in the growth of the 
clrrous appendages i in Spongilla, since they could hardly belong 
to a sponge it this were otherwise: thus they may be very 
long, round, and whip-like, as in C. tenosperma (‘ Annals,’ 
bse. "fie. 1,999); or ribbon-like, as mm C. latitenta (PI. XIV: 
fig. 2 J 9g), or very small and in greater or less plurality, as 
in C. tubisperma (figs. 7 and 8); or there may be supernume- 
rary ones in the form of buds, as in C. datitenta (fig. 4, ee), 
or branched and anastomosing reticulately towards the free 
termination in the same species (fig. 5); or there may be a 
double set of cirri on the tubular prolongation, one below the 
other, as in C. tubisperma (fig. 9); or in the same species the 
tubular prolongation may be double or perhaps in greater 
plurality, arising probably from there being more than one 
hilous aperture on the statoblast, which is not unfrequentl 
the case (fig. 10, e,#) ; and so on, endlessly ; but the fore- 
going instances are sufticient for our purpose. 

Nothing can be more opposed to the advancement of natural 
history than burdening it with species which involve subse- 
quent contradiction, as nothing is more true than that the 
impression of “ bitter words” once spoken can never be entirely 
effaced ; after which, to myself, nothing is more pusillam- 
mous than assigning functions to developments which speak 
for themselves, as if Nature could not do without them. 
Hence I have “only alluded to the ‘ottice”’ of the cirrous 
appendages on the statoblast of certain species of Spongilla, 
which seems to me so ee that a child could point it out ; 
yet if we were asked, why they are not in all species of Spon- 
yilla, or on the statoblasts of all species of freshwater Polyzoa, 
or why the “ Galloway breed of cattle” has no horns, it 1s not 
inprobable that either question would be met with an ‘ opinion” 
which is more a matter of faith than of scientific inquiry. 


of Carterella latitenta, Potts. - 395. 


Thus, as Noiré states in Max Miiller’s translation of Kant, 
. Imagination i is the greatest foe to true knowledge.” — 

As regards the general description and the spiculation of the 
species of Spongilla which Mr. Potts has found in the State of 
Pennsylvania (to which may be added one of Tubella from 
the Schuylkill river, just received), some of which do and 
some do not bear the cirrous appendages, it is to be hoped 
that one and all will be fully published with illustrations, as 
the paucity of our information on the subject can ill afford 
to lose a contribution like that which the indefatigable re- 
searches of Mr. Potts, in one of the richest localities of the 
world for Spongilla, have enabled him to supply. Why I have 
apparently usurped a description of the cirrous appendages 
will have been made known by the above. 

Lastly, I would advert to Spongiophaga communis (one of 
the many developments which, in these days of accounting for 
every thing, has not been accounted for). What is it? and 
whence does it come? Abundant and common in Hir- 
cinta, as before stated, “fas the grass of the field,” replacing 
every part of the sponge but the inorganic skeleton so accu- 
rately and so completely that at first sight it is impossible 
to consider it otherwise, and yet so insidiously that it looks 
like a transformation, T stilt cannot help thinking that, 
although we cannot identify the cirrous appendages of the 
statoblasts .in Spongilla with it, yet they bear such a great 
resemblance to Spongiophaga communis, especially in Carte- 
rella tenosperma, that there is something analogous in the two 
growths, whatever this may turn out to be hereafter. It 
therefore must not be thought that because I have been obliged, 
through further information, to abandon the generic appella- 
tion ‘Bpongiophaga for the cirrous appendages, I shall rest 
with their discovery in Spongilla, any more than I did when 
at first they appeared to me to throw some light on the nature 
ot Spongiophaga communis. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


N.B.— Figs. 2, 3, and 7-9 are drawn to the same scale, viz. 1-48th to 
1-1800th inch, in nie that the relative size of their sey oral parts may 
be at once roalied: 


fig. 1. Carterella latitenta, Potts. Two statoblasts with their cirrous 
appendages, one bearing a single and the other a double cirrus. 
About the natural size. Statoblast 1-48th inch in diameter, 
cirrous appendage about one third of an inch long. 

Fig. 2. The same. Cirrus single. Magnified upon the scale above men- 
tioned. a, germinal contents of statobast ; 6, membranous envye- 
lope of the same; ¢, chitinous coat (indicated by the dark line) ; 
d, spiculiferous Coat (indicated by the dotted line); e, mamil- 


396 =9Mr. W. L. Distant on Malayan Rhopalocera. 


liform process of 6; f, tubular prolongation of the chitinous 
coat ; ggg, cirrous appendage; AA h, larger cord-like margin of 
the same, ending in the free termination 7; / &, smaller cord- 
like margin, ending in the free termination 7; mm m, ribbon-like 
expansion or chitinous membrane between the cord-like 
margins. 

Fig. 3. The same. Cirrus double. Letters a to h, inclusive, indicate the 
same parts as in fig. 2. hk, ribbou-like expansion between the 
cord-like margins ; //, ends of the cirri, broken off. 

Fig. 4, The same. Tubular prolongation, move magnified, to show super- 
numerary cirri in an incipient or bud-like state. a, tubular 
prolongation ; 65, double cirrus with the ends broken off; ce, 
ribbon-like expansion between the cord-like margins ; dd, broken 
ends of the cirri; ee, ineipient cirri. Scale about 1-48th to 
1-6000th inch. 

fig. 5. The same. Free end of cirrus, showing a branched, anastomosing 
form. Variety. 

Pectinatella magnifica, cirrus of statoblast of, much magnified, to 
show axial ne of particles, a, portion of eell-coat or float of 
statoblast ; 6, cirrus; c, head and terminal branches; d, axial 
line of particles, Scale 1-48th to 1-60G0th inch. 

Fig. 7. Carterella tubisperma, Potts. Letters a to f, inclusive, the same 
as in fig. 2. g, membranous disk round the free end of the 
tubular prolongation, giving off five minute cirri, 

Fig. 8. The same. Membranous disk, giving off ten minute cirri. 
Variety. 

Fig. 9, The same. Membranous disk and cirri double, one a little below 
the other, each giving off several minute cirri. Variety. 

Fig. 10. The same. Statoblast giving off two tubular prolongations. 
Letters a to g the same as in fig. 7. @, additional tubular pro- 
longation; e h, mamilliform projections of 6; d, remains of 
spiculiferous coat. 


jon 


Fig. 


XLU.—Undeseribed Rhapalocera from the Malay Peninsula. 
By W. L. Distant. 


Ypthima Newbold?, n. sp. 


Wings above pale brown. Anterior wings with a large 
subovate paler fascia, placed transversely on apical half, and on 
which is a large black ocellated spot, with a yellow margin 
and with two small bluish tale-like eyes ; this spot is placed 
a little beyond end of cell, its upper margin extending a little 
above first discoidal nervule, and its lower margin reaching 
the second median nervule. Posterior wings with a broad 
pale submarginal fascia, on which are three ocellated black 
spots, with yellow margins and bluish talc-like eyes, the first 
and smallest of which is placed between second subcostal and 
discoidal nervules, and the other two, which are largest and 
placed close together, are situated nearer to the posterior 


M. F. d’A. Furtado on Vitrina. 397 


margin and between the median nervules. Underside of wings 
pale greyish, mottled with brown ; ocellated spots as above, but 
posterior wings having two additional smaller ones placed 
close together near anal angle, between third median nervule 
and submedian nervure and the small spot, as seen above, 
much larger beneath. 

Expanse of wings 40 millim. 


Hab. Province Wellesley. 

Allied to Y. methora, Hew., but differs in having five instead 
of six ocellated spots on the underside of the posterior wings, 
which have also a different and more unicolorous hue. 

Llymnias discrepans, n. sp. 

Male. Closely allied to the male of £. wndularis, but smaller, 
with the rufous margin to posterior wings narrower and more 
obscure. 

Female. Differing much from the same sex of 1. undularis, 
smaller in size, the basal ochraceous shading to anterior wings 
above less in area, the subapical and submarginal spots smaller, 
blue instead of white, and placed much nearer outer margin. 
Posterior wings above fuscous, becoming more or less dull 
ochraceous on disk, and with a submarginal pale but obscure 
spot placed between discoidal and median nervules. Wings 
beneath pale testaceous, mottled with castaneous, with a very 
broad, regular, and paler outer margin to both wings ; anterior 
wings with a large, pale, angulated patch on costa near apex, 
from which to base are scattered some small pale costal spots; 
posterior wings with a white spot between first and second 
subcostal nervules. 

Iixpanse of wings, ¢ 60 to 68 millim., ¢ (one specimen) 
60 millim. 

Hab. Province Wellesley ; Penang. 

This is clearly a constant race of 4. wndularis, differing 
principally and strongly in the female sex. As other races of 
this species have received specific names, it becomes necessary 
to treat this form in the same manner. 


XLIUI.—On a Case of complete Abortion of the Reproductive 
Organs of Vitrina. By F. p’ArrupA FurTapo*. 


In the month of February 1881 I collected ten specimens of a 
species of Vitriéna upon bunches of heather on the mountains 
of Ladeira do Ledo, near 7 Cidades, in the island of St. Mi- 


* Translated and communicated by Prof. L, C; Miall, 


398 FP. @A. Furtado on Abortion of the 


chael’s, one of the Azores. These Vétrine were readily 
distinguished by their more vivid colour from the species 
which I had previously found in the island, and which are 
recorded by M. Morelet as occurring there. The shell re- 
sembles in its greenish tint, its dimensions, and its generally 
globular form that of V. mollis, which Morelet and Drouet 
found in Terceira only. 

I lost no time in dissecting one of the specimens, being 
anxious to compare the organs of generation with those of 
other species; but as soon as I had laid open the neck of the 
animal I was greatly surprised to find that the organs which 
I looked for were altogether absent. My curiosity being ex- 
cited, L dissected in succession seven specimens ; but in none 
of these could I find the least trace of reproductive organs. 

The ten examples agreed in colour, outward appearance, 
and internal structure. Differences of size were observed ; 
and in some the shells were less inflated than in others. 
From the size of the shell I infer that the individuals were of 
about the same age; and as they were all found close to- 
gether, they probably belonged to one brood. 

It seems to me improbable that ten individuals, the offspring 
of parents belonging to one and the same species, would offer 
so remarkable and regular an anomaly ; and I am therefore 
inclined to think that these Vetr¢ne are hybrids. Possibly 
the conditions of life in the Azores may be favourable to hy- 
bridity among terrestrial Gasteropoda. M. Morelet mentions 
a Bulimus intermediate between Lb. pruninus and Lb. vulgaris, 
which was found in St. Michael’s; and he adds, ‘‘on ne trouve 
dautre explication a cette singularité quwune alliance adul- 
térine entre les deux mollusques” *. M. Drouet cites the 
shell of a mollusk, found at Santa Maria, living side by side 
with Zonites volutella and Z. miguelinus, which agreed with 
the former in colour and with the latter in shape ft. I have 
not been able to procure examples of either of these mollusks 
for anatomical examination. Prebably they were sterile 
hybrids and have left no descendants. 

“The mandible and lingual ribbon of the asexual Vitrina 
avree perfectly with those of V. brumalis, the only species 
which I have been able to study. Before describing the shell, 
IT submit a Table of all the Azorean Vitrine, according to 
shell-characters :— 


l Right margin of peristome reflected ................ Jinitima. 
: martina ee : 
Right margin of peristome not reflected ......0..-.. Z 


* ‘Notice sur lhist. nat. des Acores,’ pp. 186, 187 (1860). 
+ ‘Elémerits de la faune acoréenne,’ p. 426 (1861). 


Reproductive Organs of Vitrina. 399 


¢ |Last spire angulated ...........-.--eeee eee een angulosa. 

= 9 Wastapire mot ang wlated terres nla d se ate iatelcieellecie celebs 3 

3g JA columella...... POR h peo e SPO Sore ORO e 4 

“ 7) No columella Ta Pea ese tonne tela so Se onus 5 

4 mHellenelicoid welobulate per eicies «state clattale lees ee pelagica. 
) Shell slightly globular; the last spire elongated...... lavata. 

~ Shell globular, resembling a young Helx............ mollis. 

gui Sheltdepressede ese ce ue dt cas oe ARIES 6 

. | Three spires in the shell, “ wltimaus magnus” ........ brumalis. 


The asexual Vitrine belong to sections 5 and 6, and are 
nearly allied to mollis, brumalis, and brevispira. he three 
species recorded from St. Michael’s are laxata, brumalis, and 
brevisptira; and we should therefore expect that the asexual 
mollusks, if really hybrids, would be the offspring of brumalis 
and brevispira. At first sight, however, they resemble most 
closely neither of these, but mollis, a species hitherto unknown 
in the island. It is, of course, possible that mo//’s occurs 
there but has been overlooked. I have not been able to find 
any sexual Vetrina in the neighbourhood of Ledo, except 
brumalis. 

(uite recently I have revisited the spot expressly to search 
for more neuters ; but the search was unproductive. 

Ponta Delgada, July 15, 1881. 


I have dissected two of the three Vitrine sent over by Mr. 
Furtado, without finding any trace of reproductive organs. 
The parts are usually very voluminous in snails, and it is not 
easy to make a mistake as to their presence in a normally 
developed animal. In order to invéstigate the point more 
carefully, the third specimen was cut into transparent slices 
and compared microscopically with similar sections of Helix 
aspersa ; but no reproductive organs were found. The multi- 
tude of details revealed by the microscope makes it difficult to 
speak confidently as to the complete absence of any structure 
which is not recognized; and I rely upon the simple dissec- 
tions more fully than upon the microscopic examination. 

Abortion of the reproductive organs has been observed in 
animals infested by parasites, e. g. in stylopized bees, in 
Lymnea stagnalis when attacked by Trematodes, and in 
female hermit-crabs attacked by Rhizocephala. The complete 
abortion of the parts in the remarkable case described by Mr. 
Furtado distinguishes it at once from the many cases of real 
or supposed functional defect met with in hybrids.—L. C. M. 


400 Geological Society. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


March 8, 1882.—J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., 


President, in the Chair. 
The following communication was read :— 


“On the Crag Shells of Aberdeenshire and the Gravel Beds con- 
taining them.” By Thomas I’. Jamieson, Hsq., F'.G.S. 


The author, in 1860, described beds of sand and gravel on the 
coast of Aberdeenshire, containing numerous fragments of Crag 
shells. His subsequent studies haye enabled him to throw much 
further light on these shells and their mode of occurrence. The 
deposits containing the shells are almost wholly confined to the 
districts of Slains and Cruden, and extend up to heights of 225 
feet above the present sea-level. They generally consist of coarse 
gravel with large subangular stones up to 24 feet in length, inter- 
mixed with sand and muddy materials ; the whole form ridges, like 
eskers or moraines, though glacially striated blocks are rare in them. 
The author describes the coast-section in detail, and shows that the 
shell-bearing gravels rest on materials that appear to be formed by 
glacial action and are coyered by the Red Clay which he regards as 
having been formed during the period of great submergence. The 
few entire shells are filled with a caleareous matrix; and fragments 
of the same material are found scattered in the gravel and sand. 
This lends support to the conclusion adopted by the author, that the 
sand and gravel have been accumulated by a glacier moving over 
preexistent Crag deposits. Among the shells found, 21 could be 
specifically determined ; and of these 67 per cent. occur in the 
Coralline Crag, 95 per cent. in the Red Crag, and 57 per cent. 
are living species. Only one species (V'ellina balthica) occurring in 
the Aberdeenshire deposits is not found in the English Crags. 


March 22, 1882.—J. W. Hulke, Esq., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. “On a Fossil Species of Camptoceras, a Freshwater Mollusk, 
from the Eocene of Sheerness.” By Lt.-Colonel H. H. Godwin- 
Austen, F.R.S., F.G.8. 

In this paper the author described a new species of fossil mollusk 
from the upper part of the London Clay, near Sheerness, where it 
was discovered by Mr. W. H. Shrubsole. He referred it to the 
genus Camptoceras, Benson, a recent freshwater type, hitherto known 
only from three species found in widely separated localities in India 
by different naturalists, The genus has a sinistrorse shell, with 


Geological Society. 401 


disunited whorls ; and the species, which the author named Cam- 
ptoceras priscum, is elongate, with the apex very acuminate and 
slightly curved, and consists of four whorls rather rapidly increasing 
and constricted at intervals, then becoming tumid. ‘he surface 
shows slight indications of spiral ribbing in the casts, The aperture 
is not distinctly shown, but was evidently oblique, circular or 
oblate, and slightly reflected. The length of the shell was about a 
quarter of an inch. Numerous specimens were obtained in a single 
fragment of clay. 


2. “ Note on the Os Pubis and Ischium of Ornithopsis eucamerotus 
(synonyms—Lucamerotus, Hulke ; Bothriospondylus (in part), R. 
Owen; Chondrosteosaurus, R. Owen).” By J. W. Hulke, Esq., 
F.R.S., Pres.G.s. 


In this paper the author reviewed the various contributions to 
the knowledge of this Dinosaur, for which he adopted Prof. Seeley’s 
generic name Ornithopsis, employing the name eucamerotus, origi- 
nally applied by him to the genus, as the specific name. He also dis- 
cussed the affinities existing between Ornithopsis and certain other 
Dinosaurs, such as Ceteosaurus and the American genera Camara- 
saurus, Atlantosaurus,and Brontosaurus. He then described the pubis 
and ischium which have recently been acquired by the British Museum 
from the collection of the late Rey. W. Fox, by whom they were 
purchased, together with the finest typical thoracic vertebra of 
Ornithopsis. The pubis was described as an oblong, flattened, 
nearly straight bar, about 11 inches wide in the middle and broader 
at the two ends, with an oval foramen in the acetabular dilatation 
of the proximal part, which unites by a straight suture with the 
anterior dilatation of the ischium; the latter is narrower, stouter, 
and more curved than the pubis. The length of the pubis is 
about 29 inches, and that of the ischium about 26 inches. At 
the proximal end of the ischium there is a posterior process which 
united with the ilium and formed the posterior boundary of the 
acetabulum, the inner border of this and the posterior part of the 
proximal surface of the pubis forming a common curve belonging to 
the acetabulum. ‘The author compared the arrangement to that 
found in Atlantosaurus immanis, Marsh. 


3. “On Neusticosaurus pusillus (Fraas), an Amphibious teptile 
having affinities with the terrestrial Nothosauria and with the marine 
Plesiosauria.” By Prof. H. G. Secley, F.R.S., F.G.S. 


These remains come from the Lettenkohle, a stratum between the 
Upper Muschelkalk and Keuper, and were obtained at Hoheneck, 
about 9 miles north of Stuttgart. They have been already noticed 
by Dr. Fraas under the name of Simosaurus pusillus; but the 
palate differs much from that of this genus, and from all others that 
are known. Neusticosaurus is the smallest representative of the 
Plesiosauria yet known, and has a special interest as exhibiting 
hind limbs with the characteristics of a terrestrial animal, while the 


402 Bibliographical Notice. 


fore limbs are modified into paddles. Two specimens have been 
obtained. The extreme length of the skeleton of the larger is about 
270 millim.; and, with the exception of the abdominal ribs and 
some parts of the pelvic girdle, it is perfect. The author described 
minutely the various parts of the skeleton, concluding with some 
remarks on the affinities of the Crocodiles with the Plesiosaurs. 
Neusticosaurus indicates that the latter had ancestors which were 
terrestrial in habit. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE 


Aid to the Identification of Insects. Edited by Cuartes OwEn 


Warernovuse. Lithographs by Epnwry Witson. London: E, 
W. Janson. 


Tux first volume of this work, to the earlier numbers of which we 
called attention last year in the March number of the ‘ Annals,’ 
now complete. Of the 100 plates, 85 have been taken from the inne 
specimens, lent for the purpose by their possessors, of whom a list 
is given. Mr. Waterhouse has also suppled short notes on many 
of the species, and two indexes, the one systematic and the other 
alphabetical. With few exceptions, the insects figured are remark- 
able either for their beauty or for their peculiar form and structure. 
One of the most singular is Apoderus tenvissimus, with a neck more 
than double the length of its body. Plectogaster pectinicornis and 
Cyclopeplus cyaneus are two curious longicorns. The Neuroptera 
are admirably figured; but by omitting the legs the effect of the 
handsome Ascalaphus Ramburii_ is consider: ubly impaired. Com- 
pare this with /elcopteryx rhodiogramma, and the difference is 
obvious. The Lepidoptera, represented in twenty-nine plates, are 
not so striking (considering the marvellous beauty of some of the 
order) as might be expected. One, however, with its enormously 
long-tailed hind wings (Fudemonis argiphontes) 1s an exception. 
Diptera and Orthoptera have each one representative; both orders, 
especially the latter, abound in remarkable forms. In the next 
volume we shall be glad to see some of them represented by so 
excellent an artist as Mr. Wilson. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
CHaRLes Darwin. 


In the face of the many and often admirable eulogia of Charles 
Darwin that have appeared in nearly all languages during the last 
few days, we feel that to add to their number is in some degree a 
work of supererogation; but we cannot refrain from offering our 
tribute of respect to the memory of the illustrious naturalist who 


Miscellaneous. 405 


has so lately departed from among us. And we feel that it is the 
more incumbent upon us to give expression to our profound feeling 
of regret at the loss which the whole scientific world has just sus- 
tained, as we were at the first opposed to the doctrines put forward 
by Mr. Darwin, and haye never been among the uncompromising 
supporters of the special form of the theory of evolution which was 
embodied in the ‘ Origin of Species.’ 

Of the character of his writings it is unnecessary for us to speak. 
Those who are capable of appreciating them know well how bril- 
hiantly the genius of true scientific investigation shines forth from 
every page ; how marvellously all details are brought together that 
bear upon the subject under consideration ; how the minutest points 
are seized and their indications followed until they lead to most 
important results; how patiently and carefully lines of experimental 
research are pursued ; how every fact that seems to make against 
the author’s views is candidly and conscientiously stated, often much 
more strongly than they could have been by his opponents them- 
selves; and, finally, how grandly, and yet how cautiously, the 
enormous mass of facts accumulated is generalized. These qualities 
of his work must in time have brought about a change in the senti-. 
ments of the public towards Darwin and his opinions; but the 
amount of prejudice with which they had from the first to contend, 
rendered still more violent by the injudicious course taken by some 
of his followers, makes it truly a matter of wonder that the merits 
of the man and the value of his labours should have met with such 
almost universal recognition within so short a period. 

One cause of this is no doubt to be found in the personal charac- 
ter of the great naturalist—the modesty and amiability, the extreme 
conscientiousness and candour which he displayed constantly in his 
life as in his works. Those of us who had the honour of his ac- 
quaintance can bear testimony to the manner in which these 
qualities came out in personal intercourse, rendering his conversation 
and correspondence always full of charm. In his writings also we 
find everywhere the workings of the same admirable qualities ; he 
never attempts to bear down an opponent or to shirk a difficulty ; 
weak arguments are acknowledged to be weak, and he never assumes 
a thing as a possibility in one page and adopts it as an established. 
fact in the next, ‘as the manner of some is.” 

Among naturalists, however, another cause may have operated 
to bring about the rapid acceptance of the new doctrine. It was 
impossible for even a staunch believer in the independent creation 


404 Miscellaneous. 


of species to read that most remarkable book, the ‘Origin of 
Species,’ without feeling that, whether the hypothesis maintained in 
it were true or false, its perusal had given him a new and broader 
view of the relations of organisms to each other and to the world at 
large. In the light thrown on it by the genius of Darwin, syste- 
matic natural history assumed a new form; new methods and new 
purposes of research grew out of the new views; and the investi- 
gations of naturalists carried out in accordance with these speedily 
led to the recognition of the fact that the doctrine of the origin of 
species by descent with modification, was, if not absolutely true 
in the particular form given to it by Mr. Darwin, at any rate the 
best scientific explanation of the observed facts of natural history. 

Thus, by his publications of the last twenty-four years, Mr. 
Darwin, already known as one of the best of English naturalists, 
has exerted a greater influence upon the study of biology than any 
one since the days of Linneus. But this is only the direct result 
of his labours ; indirectly they have changed the whole current of 
modern thought, and led to a conception of nature and of man him- 
self, the consequences of which are already widely felt in all civilized 
communities, and will infallibly, in course of time, effect a funda- 
mental change in all our philosophies, . 

By the influence that he has exerted in this direction, Mr. Darwin 
will rank, not only as the greatest of English naturalists, but as one 
of the foremost men of all time; and we cannot but rejoice that 
the prejudices which for some time prevailed against his views have 
been so far dispelled as to permit the burial of his remains in the 
resting-place of those Englishmen whom their country delights to 
honour. Those who assisted at his funeral will not soon forget the 
spectacle presented by Westminster Abbey on that occasion. 


Ona new Apterous Male among the Coccide (Acanthococcus aceris, 
Sign.) By M. J. Licnrensrern. 


The normal perfect state of the male of Gossyparia ulmi is. to 
have only rudiments of wings; and in another Coccid, also of the 
elm (Ritsemia pupifera), the author has indicated that the male is 
completely apterous. He has also described (Ent. M. Mag. vol. xiv. 
1877) an apterous form of male foundon the roots of grasses. He now 
states that the male of <Acanthococcus aceris, Sign., which is common 
on the maple, is also apterous. It presents the usual form of the 
males of the Coccidx, but shows no trace either of wings or balan- 
cers ; its length is 0°70 millim., its colour reddish brown ; the an- 
tenne are moniliform, of ten joints garnished with hairs, and 0-38 
millim. long. The abdomen terminates in an inflated joint bearing 


Miscellaneous. 405 


the penis, and placed between two triangular papilla, from which 
spring two long white caducous filaments, as in the Coccidee generally. 

The author ascertained the occurrence of these apterous males by 
rearing them; and he describes their development. The eggs are 
laid about the Ist of May, and hatched about the 20th to 25th of 
May, when the young larve disperse themselves over the maples, 
attaching themselves under the leaves and growing very slowly. 
They are then of an elongate ovoid form, pointed behind and covered 
with spines, whence the generic name. When the leaves fall the 
insects make their way to the bark and prepare for their winter 
sleep, which does not last very long. An enclosed larva in December 
or the beginning of January is sure to secrete through all its spines, 
which are really spinners, a felted cottony material which envelops 
it like a cocoon, closed in front, but transversely cleft behind. The 
cocoon finished, which is about the 14th of January, the insect casts 
its skin with the spinning-tubes, which has become useless, and 
rejects it through the posterior fissure. It then acquires a more 
elongate form, and appears as a small sac filled with liquid, having, 
as shapeless appendages, the two antenne and the six legs, which 
have scarcely any traces of articulation, and are only 0-009 millim. 
long. This pseudonymphal state lasts a week, when there is a new 
change of skin, which is again got rid of through the posterior 
fissure, and the true nymph appears. It has the limbs more deve- 
loped; the legs are 0°045 millim. in length, and show their articu- 
lations very clearly ; the antenne, although smooth and ringed by 
ten small lines, show by transparence the moniliform antenne of 
the perfect insect forming in their interior ; in a fortnight the perfect 
insect bursts this third envelope and rejects it again by the posterior 
fissure. Then appear the points of the two white filaments secreted 
by the insect, and which lengthen day by day ; finally the elegant 
little animal escapes backward, runs along the stems of the maples 
in search of the females, copulates, and dies. It is then the female’s 
turn to surround herself with a cocoon and to fill it with eggs, 
which will give origin to the next generation.—Comptes Rendus, 
February 20, 1882, p. 499. 


Note on Euripus consimilis of Westwood, 
By Artuur G. Burier, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e. 

I have just received from Mr. J. Wood-Mason an interesting paper 
upon the Lepidopterous genera Huripus and Penthema, the illustra- 
tions to which are admirably faithful. 

In this paper Mr. Wood-Mason has been unfortunate enough to 
fall into error, owing chiefly to the brevity of Westwood’s diagnosis 
of E. consimilis. It runs thus :— 


“ Diadema consimilis, Westw., nov. sp. 


“Northern India. Coll. East Ind. House. 
“ Diadema alis albis, anticis costa, venis, strigis tribus obliquis limbo- 
que apicali nigris ; posticis albis, venis anguste, limbo apicali (albo- 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. 1x. 28 


406 Miscellaneous. 


maculato) nubilaque transversa abbreviata pone medium, nigris; 

his subtus ad basin macula parva chermesina notatis, Exp. alar. 

antic. unc. 351,.” 

It would be supposed from the above deseription that the ground- 
colour of the wings in this species was pure white ; the fact that a 
pure white form does exist in the N.E. Himalayas would convince 
any Lepidopterist living in India that such was the case. I believe, 
however, that had Westwood been describing the Darjiling type he 
would have said ‘ alis niveis” rather than the more vague ‘ albis.” 

The type of E. consimilis, which is now in the collection of the 
British Museum, is of a yellowish cream-colour, not deep enough for 
‘‘ straw-coloured ;” it differs from the white form represented by 
Wood-Mason in nothing but its yellower colour, in which character 
it perfectly agrees with ‘jts male (EB. hallirothius). IT suspect it to be 
a dimorphie species ; and if so, it would be a mistake to regard the 
snow-white variety as a local race and give it a distinctive name. 
In the case of /. meridionalis, however, the pattern as well as the 
colouring (‘‘straw-coloured,” W.-M.) differs not a little; and 
therefore his name will stand for this race. 

The yellow colour of Westwood’s type is not due to age, but is the 
tint most prevalent in specimens of Huripus; were it caused by 
time it would be rather stramineous than of the pale creamy-sulphur 
tint which it is. Moreover, of all the examples which I have seen 
of this species, in both sexes (and I haye seen a good many besides 
the four yellowish ones in our collection), only one female, obtained 
from Dr. Lidderdale’s series, is, as Mr. Wood-Mason says, ‘ pure 
and dazzling white.” 


Descriptions of Spirostreptus from Madagascar, 
By A. G. Buruzr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. 


By a singular lapsus calami, I find that I have used the term 
‘nuchal plate” in place of “ first dorsal segment” in all three de- 
scriptions (‘ Annals,’ April 1882). The “ nuchal plate” is a convex 
and usually elliptical shield between the head and the first dorsal 
segment, and is present in all the species of Z~phronia and Sphero- 
therium. It is the part naturally described next to the head; and 
this may perhaps account for my blunder. 


The Aleyonaria of the Bay of Marseilles. By M. A, F. Marton. 


The investigation of the Aleyonaria collected by the ‘Travailleur’ 
during the expeditions of 1880 and 1881 has led me to prepare a 
summary of the Coelenterata of this group, observed by me during 
the last twelve years upon the shores of Marseilles. The species 
are numerous; and it seemed to me that the indication of their 
distribution at the various depths would be an important document 


Miscellaneous. 407 


towards the coming investigations. In the present note therefore 
I shall enumerate the forms captured in our bay in gradually de- 
scending from the shore to a depth of 200 metres. 

A. Littoral Zone, including the Meadows of Posidonia Caulini.— 
Although the Alcyonaria are not usually littoral animals, we find 
three species pretty abundantly in the zone that fringes the shore 
and extends to a depth of 20 metres. These littoral Alcyonagria are 
of small size, and belong to the family Cornularine. 

Lthizoxenia rosea, Ph. sp. The corms of this species occur pretty 
frequently attached to stones a few decimetres under water along 
the shore of Cape Janet. They are also met with, but more rarely, 
on the rhizomes of the Posidonic, at a depth of 15 metres, at some 
points on the shore of the isle of Ratonneau. 

Clavularia crassa, M.-Edw. (Cornularia crassa). The Cornularia 
crassa figured in the ‘Régne Animal’ is a true Clavularia without 
any cuticular covering, but furnished, on the other hand, with an 
abundance of sclerites. In the Bay of Marseilles Clavularia crassa 
abounds on the rhizomes of the Posidoniv of the creck of Ratonneau 
at a depth of 2 or 3 metres. Some corms of the same species not 
bearing more than three or four zooids, and presenting only a pale 
tint, have been observed at much greater depths (110 metres) at- 
tached to fragments of shells, beyond the bay, to the south of the 
Isle of Riou. The reproduction of this species takes place in June. 
The male colonies differ from the female in the length and slender- 
ness of the polypes. The ova, enveloped in a rather dense mucus, 
are borne at the extremity of the zooids, after the fashion of the 
ova of Dasychone lucullana. It was upon this species that Kowa- 
levsky and myself in 1879 observed a very distinct total segmenta- 
tion, the formation of a planula, and the histological differentiation 
of an ectodermic pseudomesoderm, not passing through the stage of 
a cellular blastodermic lamella. 

We have no zoological information as to the Neapolitan Clavularia 
named C. ochracea by G. von Koch (Morph. Jahrb. vii. livr. 3, 
1881). This Aleyonarian perhaps does not differ from the one here 
cited. 

Cornularia cornucopie. This species is easily recognizable by its 
little cornets secreted by the ectoderm, and resembling the protec- 
tive tubes of the Zubipore. In the Bay of Marseilles it is associ- 
ated with Clavularia crassa; but it is always rarer, and does not 
appear to quit the meadows of Zostera. 

B. Muddy and Sandy-muddy Zone beyond the Zostersxe.—The 
meadows of Posidoniw are sometimes margined by mud or muddy 
sand, sometimes by coralligenous gravels. The muddy spaces 
abound particularly in the north-western region of the bay; and 
there the depths vary from 30 to 80 metres. The Alcyonaria hold 
an important place in the fauna of these stations. 

Aleyonium palmatum, Pall. Very abundant. All the corms be- 
long to the typical form, the base of which is produced into a long 
peduncular stalk, destitute of zooids, and buried in the mud. It 
was collected in the Bay of Biscay in 18380, 


408 Miscellaneous. 


Veretillum cynomorium, Pall. Does not quit the muddy bottoms. 
Frequent near the Ile de Maire and the Goudes at 18 and 20 
metres. Descends to 80 metres in the north-western region, to- 
wards the mouths of the Rhone. ‘Taken in the Bay of Biscay. 

Pteroides griseum, Bob, The most abundant Pennatulid on our 
coasts. Inhabits the mud of the north-west, outside the isles of 
Ratonneau and Pomégue (60-80 metres). Some individuals pene- 
trate into the sandy mud to the south of Pomégue. ‘The two 

varieties, brevispinosa and longispinosa, are represented ; but the 
second is the more frequent. 

Pennatula rubra, Ell. Much rarer than the preceding. 

Pennatula phosphorea, L. Very rare in the regions of Pteroides 
graseum. 

Leptogorgia viminalis, Pall. The muddy and sandy-muddy bot- 
toms are not the ordinary stations of the Gorgonias; but along the 
north shore, from L’Estague to Méjean, we find, at 40, 50, and 70 
metres, a Gorgonia with slender branches, which I identify with 
Leptoyorgia viminalis. It is attached sometimes to the shells of 

etunculi, sometimes to stones or to tiles dropped from the lighters 
of Saint-Henry. The branches are sometimes very long and not 
much ramified, drooping; in other cases the polypary is more spread 
out, like a fan. 

Gorgonia graminea, Lam. Very rare. A few small polyparies, 
scarcely ramified, are associated with the Leptegorgic«. 

Sympodium coralloides, Pall. On Leptogorgia viminalis. 

C. Zone of Gravels, Sands, and Coralligenous Submarine Rocks.— 
From 30 to 70 metres. Shores of the isles Pomégue and Raton- 
neau. Submarine rocks off Montredon. Deep reefs of Mangespeu. 
Around the Zostere at Carry, Podesta, and Riou. Station of Coral 
and Gorgonias. 

Gorgonia graminea, Lam. Very abundant, and sometimes, espe- 
cially at Riou, forming very large polyparies. 

Gorgonia verrucosa, Pall. Less abundant than the preceding. 
The sarcosoma is often of a fine yellow colour. 

Muricea placomus, Lin. Rare. Coralligenous bottoms of Riou 
and Podesta. 

Corallium rubrum, Costa. Isle of Tiboulen ; around Ratonneau. 
From the Cap Couronne to Carry. Riou. 

Sympodium coralloides, Pall.—On all the Gorgonias. 

Paraleyonium elegans.—On incrusted Algee. Ratonneau, off Mon- 
tredon, Riou. Pretty frequent. 

Alcyonium palmatum, var. acaule, Marion. This form, which 
will be considered by some zoologists a true species, I have described 
in the ‘ Revue des Sciences Naturelles.’ It is characterized by its 
incrusting base furnished with zooids, and by its dense tissues 
closely packed with strong spicules. 

D. Muddy Sands of the open Sea, at depths from 100 to 200 
metres.—The Alcyonaria diminish rapidly in importance in propor- 
tion as we quit the bay and descend towards the great depths. The 
coral makes its appearance at some rocky points,—for example, to 


Miscellaneous. 409 


the south of La Cassidague. <Aleyoniwm palmatum is found to the 
east of Riou, at 90 and 100 metres, in a very fine muddy sand. The 
specimens belong to the pedunculate form of the muddy bottoms ; 
the tissues, however, are denser. Among the Pennatulids we no 
longer meet with Péeroides griseum; Pennatula rubra and P. phos- 
phorea alone persist. Some individuals approach the variety Pen- 
natula phosphorea aculeata. A variety of Clavularia crassa some- 
times occurs. 

It may be as well to femark, in conclusion, that this list, although 
including fifteen species, does not contain all the Aleyonaria indi- 
cated in the Mediterranean. Hitherto we have obtained only frag- 
ments of Mopsea elongata in the great depths, and we have not yet 
seen upon our shores Virgularia, Funiculina, Kophobelemnon, or, 
lastly, Stylobelemnon pusillus, which, however, issues from the 
Mediterranean, and occurs in the Bay of Biscay.—Comptes Rendus, 
April 5, 1882, p. 985. 


Alteration of Generic Names. 


We have been requested to publish the following alterations of 
the names of certain genera recently proposed in Capt. Broun’s 
‘Manual of New-Zealand Coleoptera’ *, they having been previously 
used either in that order or in other branches of zoology. 


Melanochroa for Cyclomorpha. 
Geochus for Geophilus. 
Phorostichus for Pachyodon. 
Dermothrius for Pachypeza. 
Hydora for Pachycephala, 
LInosomus for Stenopus. 
Priates for Priatelus. 
Methemus for Capnodes. 
Acrantus for Homarus. 
Incentia for Indecentia. 


On the Development of the Ganglion and of the “Ciliated Sac” in 
the Bud of Pyrosoma. By M. L. Joiner, 


The organ in the Ascidia known as the vibratile pit, the anterior 
tubercle, the olfactory organ, or the ciliated sac consists altogether, 
as is well known, not only of a vibratile cavity, but also of a canal 
which follows on it and loses itself, as was first shown by M. de 
Lacaze-Duthiers, in a glandular mass subjacent to the nervous 
ganglion. 

-An olfactory function has generally been ascribed to this organ ; 
nevertheless various hypotheses have been advanced as to its nature ; 


* This work was reviewed in the ‘Annals’ for May 1881, p. 412.—En. 


410 Miscellaneous. 


and finally M. Julien, after describing its structure in various As- 
cidia with great care, has regarded it, in agreement with M. KE. Van 
Beneden, as representing the hypophysis of the Vertebrata. 

The investigations which I haye been making for two winters 
upon the anatomy and gemmation of Pyrosoma, some results of 
which I have already communicated to the Academy, have led me 
to study the structure and formation of the ganglion and the pit in 
that Tunicate. It seems tome that the facts that [ have been able 
to ascertain must throw some light on the question. 

The ciliated pit or sac of Pyrosoma has been very well described 
by Huxley. According to that author it consists of an elongated 
canal applied along the median line against the branchial surface of 
the ganglion, probably terminating ceecally behind, opening in front 
into the branchial sac by a scarcely dilated orifice, and presenting a 
small projecting tubercle in its middle region. 

I may add that the walls of the canal are formed by a cubical 
epithelium destitute of cilia, that a few cilia and two or three flagella 
occur only quite at the entrance, at the point of union with the bran- 
chial sac, and that the median tubercle is formed by an aggregation 
of small rounded cells arranged around a diverticulum of the canal. 

The whole organ evidently represents the duct of the gland of the 
Ascidia ; the anterior ciliated part corresponds to the vestibule ; and 
the median tubercle seems to me to represent a rudimentary gland. 

In describing the formation of the vibratile pit in the bud of Py- 
rosoma, Kowalevsky expresses himself as follows:—‘ The wall of 
the branchial sac forms a small depression, which represents the 
first trace of the vibratile pit; this pit sinks a little into the gan- 
glion, which consists of an aggregation of cells, At this period the 
nervous system has lost its primitive canal-like form, and consists of 
an elongated aggregation of rounded cells, in the midst of which we 
no longer perceive more than a feeble indication of the original 
cavity.” This description, as we shall see, is very far from the 
truth ; for the ganglion, properly so called, does not present a cavity 
at any moment of its existence, while the primitive neural canal 
retains its cavity, which is nothing else than that of the ciliated sac. 

The section of the very young bud given by the Russian natura- 
list is correct ; and I have been able to ascertain that what he calls 
the first trace [or rudiment] of the nervous system, represented at 
the base of the stolon by a simple train of cells, becomes converted 
a little later into a canal; the constriction which separates the 
future zooids from one another finally converts it into a pyriform 
vesicle. 

Does this vesicle afterwards become obliterated to form the gan- 
glion, as supposed by Kowaleysky ? By no means; it continues to 
enlarge for a long time; its cavity dilates and its walls thicken 
gradually. Subsequently, and in buds which are already advanced, 
its posterior wall thickens still more, and from it separate some 
round cells which are placed between the vesicle and the ectoderm. 
The posterior wall then resumes its original thickness, and remains, 


Miscellaneous. Astal 


like all the rest of the wall, composed of easily recognizable cubical 
cells. The rounded cells, now interposed on the outer side, com- 
mence an active proliferation in all directions, and quickly form an 
oval aggregation, which begins to push inwards, towards the anterior 
wall, the posterior wall of the vesicle, which thus becomes com- 
pressed. 

The oval aggregation of cells is nothing but the ganglion properly 
so called, which has only to become enlarged and to extend beyond 
the sides of the vesicle in order to realize the adult state. As to the 
vesicle, which always retains its walls in their integrity, and with 
their histological structure so different from that of the ganglion, it 
has only to open at the bottom of a slight depression of the branchial 
sac, which advances towards its superior extremity, in order to con- 
stitute the ciliated sac of Huxley. 

From this description we see that the primitive nervous canal, the 
Nervenrohr, which was supposed to form the ganglion directly by 
its obliteration, is nothing but the ciliated sac, the canal of the sub- 
nervian gland which gives origin to no nerve; and the ganglion 
properly so called only proceeds from it indirectly, and only appears 
at a very late period. 

Such are the positive facts that I have been able to ascertain in 
Pyrosoma. What remains for me to say is only an induction which 
needs to be verified, but which appears to me to be founded upon 
sound arguments. Pyrosoma, notwithstanding its relations with the 
Thaliacew, is, by its general organization, a true compound Ascidian; 
it is therefore allowable to think that the neural canal observed in 
the larvie of Ascidia, and the cerebral vesicle, which is only a part of 
it, may, as in Pyrosoma, be merely the rudiment of the canal of the 
subnervian gland. 

This opinion is the more probable because the anterior portion of 
this canal opens in the Ascidian larva also into the branchial sac, 
and the ganglion properly so called is formed at its posterior part, 
although its mode of origin has not been exactly ascertained. 

Although we know the origin of the subnervian canal, at least so 
far as Pyrosoma is concerned, we have said nothing of its functions. 
Without having yet any positive evidence, I believe, with the 
majority of authors, that it really acts as a sensory organ, and pro- 
bably an olfactory organ. It may be objected that there is no 
nerve; but the posterior wall of the canal is applied so directly 
against the branchial surface of the ganglion, that it is very difficult 
’ to assert that some nervous fibrille, not longer than the thickness of 
a cell, do not directly traverse this wall ; it is not towards the vesti- 
bule that we must seek for these nerves, but at the bottom of the 
canal, or in the gland, which is perhaps only an organ destined to 
amplify the sensations. 

At any rate, if we have a gland here, its canal is not an excretory 
duct; for, besides that it is easy to see (as has been done by all authors) 
that in the living animal the movement of the cilia is directed to- 
wards the canal, and not outwards, one can easily ascertain, as I 


412 Miscellaneous. 


have done often enough, especially in the Salpe, by diffusing parti- 
cles of Indian ink in the water, that the current produced by these 
cilia is also directed towards the bottom of the pit; for all the parti- 
cles are soon accumulated there.—Comptes Rendus, April 5, 1882, 
p. 988. 


The Development of Limulus. By Prof. H. N. Moszrny, F.R.S. 


Prof. Moseley has published the following note on this subject, 
with reference to Dr. Packard’s paper, reprinted in the present 
number of the ¢ Annals” :— 


In a criticism published in the ‘American Naturalist’ for April 
1882 on Prof. Ray Lankester’s recent most able memoir, entitled 
“ Zimulus an Arachnid,” Mr. A. S. Packard, whose most important 
researches on Limulus are familiar to all zoologists, and to whose 
courtesy I am indebted for a copy of his criticism, after stating other 
grounds which lead him to differ in opinion from Prof. Lankester 
as to the close relationship of the king crab and the scorpion, quotes 
in his final paragraphs extracts from published letters written by 
my late lamented friend and shipmate, R. von Willemoes-Suhm, 
from on board H.M.S ‘Challenger,’ at the Philippine Islands and 
Japan, in February and May 1875, concerning certain Arthropod 
embryos which he had had under observation at Zamboangan, and 
which he then supposed to be the larve of Limulus rotundicauda. 
As Von Suhm and I worked together for more than two years daily, 
with our microscopes within two feet of one another, we naturally 
discussed all that we did and observed in common, and we frequently 
talked about these supposed Limulus embryos, and looked at them 
together. It is as well, therefore, since the statements concerning 
them are being made use of to assist in disproving the position as- 
sumed by Prof. E. van Beneden, Prof. Lankester, and others as to 
the Arachnid nature of Limulus, a position of the strength of which 
I am myself persuaded, that I should state in print that, long before 
his death, Von Willemoes-Suhm was completely convinced that he 
had been misled as to the larvae, and told me that he felt sure they 
were not those of Limulus at all, but belonged to a Cirriped of 
some sort. I some time ago told my friend, Prof. E. van Beneden, 
who inquired on the matter, that such was Von Suhm’s final conelu- 
sion; and I also long ago told Prof. Lankester ; and this is no doubt - 
the reason why no reference to Von Suhm’s letters was made by the 
latter in his memoir. 

It must be remembered that the only evidence in favour of Von 
Suhm’s Nauplius larvee being those of Limulus lay in their general 
appearance, which simulated to some extent that of an adult Limu- 
lus, and in the fact that they were caught with the tow-net in 
Zamboangan harbour, a locality at which Limulus rotundicauda 
occurs.— Nature, April 20, 1882. 

Oxford, April 15, 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[FIFTH SERIES. ] 


No. 54. JUNE 1882. 


XLIV.—On too new Muride from Tasmania. By 
OtprieLp Tuomas, F.Z.S8., British Museum. 


Amona the considerable collection of Australian Murida in 
the British Museum are the two following new rats from 
Tasmania, for the first of which I have found it necessary to 
create a new genus, which I propose to call 


MASTACOMYS *, g. n. 


Like Mus, but with the molars enormously broadened and 
of somewhat different pattern, and with fewer mamme. 


Mastacomys fuscus, sp. n. 


Fur extremely long and soft; general colour dark greyish 
brown both above and below, the hairs being bluish slate- 
coloured for the greater part of their length, with their tips 
light brown above and nearly white below. ars coloured 
like the back. ‘Tail and upperside of feet clothed with dark 
brown hairs, those on the former not lighter below. Skin of 
both feet and tail very dark-coloured. 

Ears rather large; tail shorter than the head and body. 
Hind feet with the fifth toe reaching just to the base of the 


* uaotaé, the chewing-organ, the jaw, from pacdopa, to chew. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 29 


414 Mr. ©. Thomas on new Tasmanian Muride. 


fourth. Sole-pads five on the fore feet and six on the hind. 
Mamme only four, there being no pectoral and only two 
inguinal pairs; these latter both quite close to the vulva. 
Cecum large, about 3 inches in length. 

Skull and incisor teeth of ordinary murine proportions ; but 
the molars most remarkably broad and heavy, the anterior 
ones each more than half as broad again as the palatal space 
between them. Their pattern also, as shown in the woodcut 
(fig. 2), is somewhat different from that of true Mus, as there 
are three cusps to the middle lamina of the first and the ante- 
rior lamina of the second tooth only., These third cusps, 


which are external, are very small, while the internal ones are 
unusually large. ‘Third molars remarkably large, as long as 
either of the preceding teeth. Front edge of the anterior 
zygoma-root (woodcut, fig. 3) markedly concave. Anterior 
palatine foramina very narrow, extending backwards to be- 
tween the middle of the first molars. Supraorbital edges 
without marked ridges. 

For dimensions see below. 

The type and only specimen of this interesting form is an 
adult female in alcohol, presented to the Museum in 1852 by 
Mr. Ronald Gunn. 

It is worthy of note that externally this rat is almost exactly 
similar to the next species, an animal also from Tasmania, so 
that an examination of the skull is needed to distinguish the 
two forms. 

The second species is a member of the restricted genus 
Mus, and I propose to call it, on account of the velvety 
nature of its fur, 


Mr. O. Thomas on new Tasmanian Muride. 415 


Mus velutinus, sp. n. 


Fur excessively long, soft, and velvety, almost like that of 
a Chinchilla in texture. General colour above a_ peculiar 
yellowish olivaceous grey, the hairs, which are nearly 1 inch 
long, being dark slaty grey for nine tenths of their length, 
with their extreme tips yellow. There are also many longer 
black hairs intermixed with the others. Belly bluish grey, 
the bases of the hairs light slate-colour and the tips dirty 
white. ars, feet, and tail uniformly dark brown. 

Skull rather light and slender, with well-marked supra- 
orbital ridges. Front edge of the anterior zygoma-root slanting 
in all three specimens, thus differing from all other Australian 
rats, in which it either projects forward above or is strongly 
concave below (see woodcut, fig. 4). 

Of this species two skins and a skeleton were presented to 
the Museum in 1877 by Mr. A. Simson. 


Dimensions. 
Mastacomys fuscus, Mus velutinus, 
@ in alcohol. adult skins. 
a. b. 
in. in. in, 
Head and body ........ 5°60 6°30 5:25 
TEST ASI ooe ora eRe 3°70 400 3:45 
PANTIGELOO LG) ta stelciae fare she. « 1:22 2202) lon 
Forearm and hand...... 1:55 ; 
Ear-conch, length ...... 68 63 
Miz 716500) CAT zits. sale' a> « 15 1:38 
Skulls. 
Mastacomys fuscus, Mus velutinus, 
type. Skullofd. Oftheskeleton. 
Greatest length.......... 1-42 134 1:30 
Breadth across zygomata.. 84 eral ‘68 
Length of lower jaw .... ‘98 88 “80 
Nasa DOGS: mises. «fhe. ‘1 “D2 ‘46 
Breadth between orbits .. ‘17 ‘20 | 
Anterior palatine foramina. *30 25 25 
Incisors to first uppermolars = *35 37 ‘36 
Upper molar series ...... 39 30 29 


Besides these two species, the British Museum possesses 
specimens of two other rats from ‘Tasmania, namely Mus fus- 
cipes, Waterh., and a species closely allied to, if not identical 
with, Mus lineolatus, Gould. All tour are long-haired rats of 
about the same size and proportions, with very similar] 
coloured fur; but they are all readily distinguishable by the 

29* 


416 Mr. H. J. Carter on remarkable Forms of 


characters of the skull and dentition. Mus tasmaniensis, 
Krefft *, “‘a new species of land-rat discovered by Mr. George 
Masters on the banks of the Ouse river,” is no doubt one of 
these four; but even if the type is found to be the same as 
one of the species here described, Mr. Krefft’s name for it 
cannot stand, as no description whatever has ever been pub- 
lished of it. 


XLV.—Remarkable Forms of Cellepora and Palythoa from 
the Senegambian Coast. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e. 


[Plate XVI. } 


Cellepora senegambiensis, u. sp. (Pl. XVI. fig. 1, a-v.) 


Zoarium asteroid, many-armed, about 2+ inches in diameter 
with a large hole at the base of the arms (Pl. XVI. fig. 1). 
Composition calcareous. Structure hard, firm. Colour white, 
spotted with greenish brown, Consisting of ten cylindrical 
arms, variable in form, size, length, and position, some- 
times bifureated. Built upon a depressed, turbinoid, littorine 
shell, over the whole of which—with the exception of the 
aperture, which is subcireular, about 1-3rd of an inch in 
its longest diameter, and still remains open (fig. 1, @)—the 
polyzoon has grown. Arms solid, composed throughout of an 
aceregate of white or colourless cells (zocecia) , heaped together 
irregularly in the form mentioned, mixed with others of a 
greenish-brown colour, which, grouped together, retain a radi- 
ating (? spiral) arrangement from the axis (which is also com- 
posed of the same coloured cells) to the surface (fig. 1, 0'), 
where they terminate in subverruciform gentle elevations 
(fig. 1, bb), varying in size from 1 to 2-12ths of an inch in 
diameter, and disposed more or less quincuncially about the 
same distance apart, but chiefly collected at the extremity 
of the arm. Zocecium conical and erect, or oval and recum- 
bent (fig. 1,¢¢ec); orifice circular, constricted unequally, the 
smallest part (sinus) posteriorly (fig. 1,¢dd and m), margined 
by a smooth, round, even rim, bordered in front by two or 
more tubercles (fig. 1,7), and behind by a prominent conical 
rostrum (fig. 1, 4), against which the sinus rests more or less 
perpendicularly (fig. 1,2) ; furnished with a chitinous opercu- 
lum. Surface of the cell covered with a branched anastomo- 


* Fauna of Tasmania, p. 3 (1868). 


en 


Ss 


Cellepora and Palythoa. 417 


sing structure in relief, radiating to the circumference (ng. 1, w) 
from thesummit of the’ rostrum, which isthus grooved (fig. 1,99), 
forming a reticulation whose interstices are respectively perto- 
rated by a hole furnished with a circular membranous dia- 
phragm (fig. 1, v) ; interstice irregular in size and form, sur- 
rounded by three or more tubercles (fig. 1, s). Ocscium 
globular, smooth, overhanging the orifice, which is thus more 
or less perpendicularized ‘by. it (fig. 1 OA). Avicularia lan- 
ceolate, numerous, variable in size, situated in the angular 
intervals left between the cells (fig. of eeeee). Zocecium in 
some parts covered with a minute’ calcareous granulation 
(? pellicle), especially over the rostrum, not even excluding the 
ehimous operculum of the orifice (fig. al. t). Size of specimen 

inches mm diameter from tip to tip "of the longest arms ; 
largest arm 1 inch long by half an inch in diameter at the 
base. 

Hab, Marine. 

Loc. Coast of Senegambia, West Africa. 

Obs. The most striking characters of this species are its 
asteroid form and spotted surface. Perhaps the colour of the 
dark parts may arise from an excess of chitine, as it is gene- 
rally transparent and diffuse. ‘The zocecia composing ‘them 
do not appear to differ from the rest, excepting in their 
prominence and more recumbent position, which, affording 
the best view of the surface of the cell generally, has been 
taken for the typical illustration (fig. 1, ¢); while those bear- 
ing the ocecium (fig. 1,7) appear to be confined to the colour- 
less and more erect forms, which, situated in the depressions 
between the verruciform or coloured portions, are thus most 
protected. There is, of course, a great variety in the minor 
detail of the cell, as might be expected in an acervuline mass 
heaped together 1 irree oularly ; but the main characters are those 
above given. Probably the cavity of the shell on which the 
Polyzoon has grown was once tenanted by a hermit crab 
(Pagurus) , which, from the inconvenience of the weight accu- 
mulating around him, may have left it to the mercy of the 
waves, whereby his commensalist perished, and the specimen 
got to the shore, where it was picked up for preservation. 
Conjecturing what must have been the size of the Pagurus, 
compared with that of the shell, it does not seem unlikely 
that the burden on the former, or its own increase in size, or 
both combined, may have led to the desertion. Certain it Is, 
however, that the aperture of the shell would not have been 
pr eserved if a Pagurus had not taken possession of its cavity, 
since there is no shell-substance left in contact with the 
zoarium for some distance inward from the orifice, although 


418 Mr. H. J. Carter on remarkable Forms of 


sufficient remains in the interior, as determined by the section 
of another but inferior specimen, registered 22. 8. 76. 5, to 
show what the form was. 


Palythoa senegambiensis, n. sp. 


(Pl. XVI. fig. 2, a—-c, and fig. 3, a, 6.) 


Polypary consisting of four or more stout clumsy arms, 
bent downwards asteroidly from an arched summit, under 
which and on one side is an aperture representing that a the 
shell on which the Palythoa had grown (Pl. XVI. figs. 2 and 
3). Composition siliceo-arenaceous. Structure subfirm, evitty. 
Colour light brown. Arm irregular in shape, about 7-12ths 
of an inch thick in its most cylindrical part, simply rounded 
at the end (fig. 2, 0), or expanded and flattened (fig. 3, 0). 
Aperture elliptical, about 8-12ths by 5-12ths of an inch in 
its greatest diameters (fig. 3, a). Surface uniformly covered 
with a great number of papilliform eminences (fig. 2, a), 
more or less in juxtaposition, slightly raised above the com- 
mon level of the polypary, circular, and about 3-24ths of an 
inch in diameter, with a 12-plicated aperture in the centre 
more or less open, leading to a cavity beneath about the same 
in depth sunk into the polypary, and presenting the remains 
of at least twelve mesenteric lamelle ; thus the cavity bears 
the proportion of 3 to 14-24ths of an inch when compared 
with the thickness of the cylindrical Pare of the arm, which 
otherwise is composed of pure sand (fig. 2, ¢). Polyp too 
puch desiccated for description. Size oh specimen about 

3 inches from tip to tip of the longest arms; height of the 
ecamnit of the arch outside about 24 inches, inside about 
$ inch. 

Hab. Marine. 

Loc. Coast of Senegambia, West Africa. 

Obs. Although the branched form of this polypary «&e. 
much resembles that of an Ale; yontum, yet the arenaceous 
composition and general appearance is more like that of a 
Palythoa, to which “subfamily” it must be relegated on 
account of the greater number of mesenteric lamellee, which, 
according to Milne-Edwards, “reste toujours 4 huit chez les 
Aleyonnaires”’ (‘Zoophytes: Coralliaires,’ vol. i. p. 221). From 
the polyps being only sunk into the polypary so much as to 
be a little above the general surface, or rather, perhaps, from 
the latter having risen to this height, it evidently belongs to 
Milne-Edwards’s division “A A A” (op. ctt. vol. 1. p. 305), 
although a branched torm is not mentioned. ‘The expanded 
and flattened ends of the arms of the illustrated specimen 
(fig. 3, b), for there are two very much alike, seem to indicate 


Cellepora and Palythoa. 419 


that they rested on the ground, while in the other specimen 
they are all simply rounded, like that of fig. 2, 6. The same 
remarks apply to the shell on which the Pglythoa had built — 
its structure as to that of Cellepora senegambiensis, excepting 
that it appears to have been still more depressed, and, from the 
smooth shining surface of the portion remaining in the inte- 
rior, as exposed by a section of the unillustrated specimen, 
registered 12. 3. 68. 4, together with the elliptical aperture, to 
have been one of the Naticidee. 


General Observations. 


The specimens from which the above descriptions have been 
taken belong to the Liverpool ‘ Free Public Museum ;” and 
there are two of each, so that I have had one of each to sec- 
tionize tor the internal structure, while the best of each has 
been retained entire for illustration, which, together with the 
sections, will henceforth be returned to the museum for refer- 
ence. The most remarkable part about them in a physiogno- 
mical point of view is that organisms so widely separated in 
the animal scale should, in the same locality, viz. the Sene- 
gambian coast, present the same peculiarities of growth, 
which, so far, appears not to have been noticed in any other 
part of the world. There are two specimens of Cellepora 
senegambiensis in the British Museum; and I think that I 
have seen it figured in some old work, but cannot remember 
where. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


Fig. 1. Cellepora senegambiensis, n. sp. Zoarium, natural size. a, hole 
representing the aperture of the shell on which the zoarium has 
been built; 66, coloured portions on the surface; 0’, section 
of an arm, showing the same in the interior; ¢ ¢ ¢ c, group of 
cells or zocecia, with their accompaniments, all magnified on the 
scale of 1-48th to 1-1800th inch ; dd d d, oritice; e e e ee, avicu- 
laria; f, ocecium; g g, rostrum; /, front view of rostrum Xc., 
more magnified, viz. on the scale of 1-48th to 1-G000tk inch ; ¢, 
sinus of orifice; k, orifice; /, front part of cell or zocecium ; m, 
orifice and sinus closed by operculum, and 2, avicularium, on 
the same scale; 0, diagram (on the same scale) to show calca- 
reous granulations in p, ?-pellicle, on some parts of the zoarium ; 
q, surface without the granular growth; 7, circular diaphrag- 
matic holein the interstice; s, tubercles on the border of the same; 
t, operculum covered with the granular growth; wu, branched 
structure in relief on the zocecium ; v, diaphragmatic hole in the 
interstice. 

Fig. 2. Palythoa senegaminensis, n. sp.: lateral view, with part of upper 

; surface (nat. size). a, polyp-cells; 6, rounded end of arm; ¢, 
section of the cylindrical part of the arm, to show position and 
relative size of polyp-cells. 

Fig. 3. Palythoa senegambiensis, n. sp.: under surface (nat. size). a, 
orifice representing the aperture of the shell on which the poly- 
pary has been built; 4, flattened end of arm. 


420 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Longicorn Coleoptera. 


XLVI.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Longi- 
corn Coleoptera (Lamiide) from Madagascar, By CHARLES 
O. WATERHOUSE. 


THE species here described were received from the Rev. W. 
Deans Cowan, and belong to the same series as the other 
Longicornia recently described by me in this journal (enté, 
p- 326). They were collected in the neighbourhood of Fiana- 
rantsoa. 


Lamiide. 
LASIOCERCIS, n. gen. 


General build of Dichostates. Antenne shorter than the 
body ; the first joint elongate, gradually but not much enlarged 
towards the apex; the third joint scarcely as long as the first, 
the fourth about the same length as the first, the following 
joints much shorter. Thorax transverse, with a conical 
tubercle in the middle of the side, and with two rather acute 
tubereles on the disk. Elytra oblong, rather depressed at the 
suture, shoulders nearly rectangular; each elytron with a 
strongly marked, slightly oblique elevation near the scutellum. 
Legs stout, the tibize with a tuft of hair on the outer edge at 
the apex. Intercoxal process of the prosternum very broad, 
arched. Mesosternum rather broader, slopmg down, 

This genus should be placed next to anova, with which it 
agrees in the form of the sterna, but differs in the elongate 
basal joint of the antenna, in the curious prominence at the 
base of the elytra, &c. 

Lasivcercis fasciata, n. sp. 

Nigra, tomento fere albo dense tecta; antennis, fronte, thoracis 
disco, elytrorum fascia regioneque seutellari, tibiarum apice tar- 
sisque Nigris. 

Long. 6 lin. 


The bases of the third and following joints of the antennze 
are whitish; the joints are beset with few but long black 
hairs. ‘The thorax has a small round black spot at each 
anterior angle ; the discoidal area (including the dorsal tuber- 
eles) is black, with a slight mixture of brown posteriorly ; this 
mixture of black and brown also occupies the space between 
the basal elevations of the elytra. Near the apex of the elytra 
there is a broad black fascia, having its basal margin angu- 
lated and margined with purer white; there is a small black 
spot about the middle of the side, and immediately below this, 
on the disk of the elytron, is a very small raised brown dot, 


Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Longicorn Coleoptera. 421 


whence a slight costa commences and extends into the black 
fascia. The pro- and mesosterna and the abdomen are nearly 


black. 
DIADELIA, n. gen. 


Antenne longer than the whole insect, slender; the basal 
joint elongate, nearly cylindrical, as long as the length of the 
thorax ; the second and third joints together as long as the 
first, the fourth joint one third longer than the third, the fol- 
lowing joints rather shorter and subequal. Antennal tuber- 
cles shiehtly raised and widely separated. Thorax transverse, 
angularly enlarged at the middle, and furnished with a strong, 
not very acute, tubercle; there is a slight swelling immedi- 
ately behind the anterior angles; and on the disk there are two 
moderately distinct obtuse tubercles. Scutellum of moderate 
size. Hlytra at the base nearly twice as broad as the base 
of the thorax, and four and a quarter times the length, gradu- 
ally but considerably narrowed posteriorly, distinctly flattened 
at the suture; the lateral margin incrassate and very clearly 
defined ; the apex of each elytron obliquely truncate. Inter- 
coxal process of the prosternum rather narrower and arched. 
The mesosterum a trifle broader, almost conically produced 
anteriorly, perpendicular in front. Apical segment of the 
abdomen flat, trapezoidal, gently emarginate at the apex. 

The female has the antenne only a little longer than the 
whole insect ; in the male they are much longer. 

This genus should be placed next to Amblesthis, Th., from 


which the form of the mesosternum will alone be sufticient 
to distinguish it. 


Diadelia biplagiata, n. sp. 


Fusca, pube fusca griseaque dense vestita et variegata ; elytris pube 


erisea vestitis, plaga communi basali triang ulari et altera laterali 
fuscis. 


Long. 77 lin. 


The mixture of grey and brown pubescence on the underside 
of the insect and on the legs is about equal; but on the 
abdomen the grey prevails largely. The grey colour on the 


head and thorax is less conspicuous; and the antenne are 


almost entirely brown. ‘The elytra are pale greyish, with the 
base brown; and on each elytron, about the middle of the 
side, 1s a large brown patch, somewhat trapezoidal in form, 
but rounded amend the suture ; halfway between this and 
the apex there is a slightly oblique dusky line; there is a 
line of pale brown dots along the suture; and a little way 
removed from the suture another similar line may be traced 


422 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Longicorn Coleoptera. 


but the dots are smaller; the basal region is strongly but 
not very closely punctured, and there are also numerous 
minute black punctures traceable over the surface. The 
antenns are sparingly beset below with rather long hairs. 
The surface of the thorax is uneven; on the disk, rather in 
front of the middle, are two obtuse slightly raised tubercles ; 
and behind these a third one, much less distinct, may be traced 
in the middle. 

The above description is taken from the male. The female 
example is rather more uniform grey ; the brown at the base 
of the elytra is scarcely visible; and the dusky line near the 
apex 18 wanting. 


Lepturida. 
DYSMATHOSOMA, n. gen. 


Head as broad as long, rather flattened; muzzle extremely 
short; eyes rather prominent laterally, coarsely granular, 
slightly emarginate in front, not supported posteriorly by the 
cheeks; antennal tubercles slightly raised, widely separated. 
Antenne robust, reaching rather beyond the middle of the 
elytra, situated considerably in front of the eye; the basal 
joint moderately elongate, thick, slightly bent, much nar- 
rowed towards the base; the second joint small and trans- 
verse; the third and fourth subequal, nearly as long as the 
first, but more slender; the fifth to ninth joints subequal, all 
distinctly longer than the fourth *. Thorax scarcely broader 
than long, slightly constricted immediately behind the ante- 
rior angles, with an obtuse not very prominent tubercle at 
the side, rather in front of the middle; behind this the sides 
are parallel; disk with two oblong-ovate swellings rather 
before the middle, and smaller round ones at the base. Scu- 
tellum moderately small, triangular. Hlytra at the base 
twice the width of the front of the thorax, gradually but not 
much narrowed posteriorly, flattened on the back, rounded at 
the apex. Intercoxal process of the prosternum very narrow, 
so that the coxe are nearly contiguous posteriorly, arched. 
Mesosternum not very wide, sloping in front. Metathoracie 
parapleura moderately broad at the base, gradually acuminate 
posteriorly. Abdomen with the apical segment rather flat, 
triangularly notched at the apex. Legs very robust; the 
femora very thick, somewhat narrower towards the base, 
rather suddenly emarginate below at the apex. Tibia some- 
what enlarged at the apex ; the middle pair with two strong 
spurs at the apex; in the posterior pair one of the inner 


* The tenth and eleventh joints are wanting in the specimen described, 


Mr. F. P. Pascoe on a new Species of Mantide. 423 


angles is produced into a spur-like process ; the other inner 
angle is furnished with an acute spur. 

I think this genus must undoubtedly be placed among the 
Lepturide, although it is quite unlike any thing in that family 
known to me. ‘The structure of the antennz is nearest to 
that in Rhamnusium, but the joints are all rather longer; the 
structure of the sterna and abdomen also agree well with that 
genus, except that the prosternal process is more sloping 
posteriorly. ‘I'he eyes, however, are very finely granular, 
and are not supported posteriorly by the cheeks, in which 
characters it agrees with some other Madagascar Lepturidee ; 
and, on the whole, it appears to be best placed near Hnthy- 
mius, Waterh. 


Dysmathosoma picipes, n. sp. 


Nigrum, parum nitidum, brevissime griseo-pilosum ; antennis pedi- 
busque rufo-piceis; elytris piceis sublevibus, vitta impressa 
discoidali et altera apicali griseo-pubescentibus. 

Long. 103 lin. 

The head is closely and very finely punctured. The 
thorax is smooth, except along the front margin and in the 
space between the dorsal swellings, where it is closely and 

very finely punctured. he elytra are smooth and shining, 

with a few punctures scattered over the surface ; there is a 
slight impression at the base within the shoulder; on the 
disk near the suture is an elongate narrow impression, and at 
the apex there is another similar impression, but shallower. 
The surface may perhaps be at times entirely clothed with 
greyish-white pubescence ; but in the specimen described it 
is only in the impressions. The metasternum has a deep 
impressed median line; it is, as well as the four basal seg- 
ments of the abdomen, sparingly punctured; the apical 
segment is more thickly and more finely punctured. 


XLV II.—Deseription of a new Species of Mantide. 
By Francis P. PAscor. 


Callimantis eximia. 


C. capite prothoraceque sordide luteis, tegminibus fulvyo-viridibus ; 
alis antice miniatis, postice purpureo-fuscis, albo-venosis, extus 
pellucido-limbatis. Long. 10 ln. 

Hab. Para. 


Head and prothorax dull fulvous, the latter about half as 
long again as the breadth of the head; antenne very slender, 


424 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on the 


black; tegmina fulvous green; wings with a pellucid border 
gradually narrowing posteriorly, the anterior quarter minia- 
ceous red, the remainder purplish brown (except that at the 
base there is a reddish tinge), the veins white ; abdomen dull 
yellowish, glossy ; legs greenish, anterior coxe paler. 

In the British Museum this elegant little species bears the 
MS. name C. venezuele, Bates; but, as it is now shown to 
extend beyond Venezuela, I have not adopted that name. I 
took a single specimen by sweeping among some low bushes 
in a naturally open space probably a mile or so long, and 
about half that breadth, with the primeval forest all around, 
a mile or two beyond the little village of Nazaré, near Pard ; 
but, although I returned to the spot several times, I never 
succeeded in finding another. 

This species will be figured in an early number of ‘ Aid 
to the Identification of Insects.’ 


XLVIUI.—Note on the Classification of the Homoptera. 
By Francis P. PAscoe. 


CONSIDERABLE difference of opinion exists as to the relative 
value of groups below the rank of orders among the Insecta ; 
and nowhere perhaps is it more remarkable than with the 
Hemiptera *. Entomologists in the middle ages, ¢. e. from 
about 1830 to 1860, were content to divide the Homopterous 
section of them, exclusive of the Phytophthiria or Sterno- 
rhynchi, into three families, while the Heteropterous section 
had eleven (Amyot and Serville, 1843). Now we have 
at most five families of the former; but how many of the 
latter [am not prepared to say, Messrs. Douglas and Scott, 
in their ‘ British Hemiptera-Heteroptera’ (1865), having not 
less than sixty-five families for the comparatively few species 
of these islands alone. or most these so-called families only 
rank as subordinate groups; but the fact shows how widely 
opinions differ. In my little work on Zoological Classifi- 
cation (2nd edit. 1880) I proposed thirteen familes f for the 


* Hemiptera was one of the four orders into which Linnzeus divided 
the Insecta in the first edition of his ‘Systema Naturze ’ (1735). Fabri- 
cius in 1775 proposed the term Ryngota for the same order (now Rhyn- 
chota). a 

+ Wrongly Cephalelus and Ulopa were placed under Cercopidie instead 
of Tasside. It is true that this approximation is substantially the same 
as Walker’s (Brit. Mus. List Homop. 637 et seg.). Phenax seems to lie 
between Cixiidee and Lystridee ; Dictyophora has the cephalic prolonga- 
tion of Fulgovridee. 


| Classification of the Homoptera. 425 


Homoptera; and as these do not exactly correspond with 
either the families or subfamilies or tribes of modern writers, 
I have thought it desirable to throw their characters ito 
a tabular form. It will be seen that the Phytophthiria, m- 
cluding the Aphides, scale-insects, &e. are not here included 
among the Homoptera. They belong to a lower type, and 
their habits are very different. Claus, however, is the only 
modern writer, I believe, who raises them to the rank of a 
suborder, equivalent to Heteroptera, Homoptera, and Mal- 
lophaga. hripide (forming the order Vhysanoptera of 
Haliday) are apparently of higher rank; but they have not 
in modern times been regarded as a distinct order. 

In the Table below I have added parenthetically certain 


names which are found in books, but which seem to me to be 
unnecessary. 


Males stridulant, or with a drumming-apparatus 
NOS LT ULELTALOCL TAS oped AA ch crete th pscniea okie ett CICADID®. 
Males not stridulant. 
Antenne inserted below the eyes (Subterz- 
cornes). 
Hyes in a cavity of the cheeks (Cavigent). 
Exterior margin of the tegmina transyersely 
veined (Strigimargines) ........006. FLATID®. 
Iixterior margin of the tegmina not trans- 
versely veined (Nudimaryines). 
Head prolonged anteriorly ............ FULGORID®. 
Head not prolonged. 
Pro- and mesothorax together rhom- 
[SOs aah Aen brea kA Banton Isstpm. 
Pro- and mesothorax not rhombiform. 
Antenne elongate, passing beyond 


the Cheeksyentic sad aicn cass sete DERBID. 
Antenne not passing beyond the 
cheeks. 


Anterior wings transparent .... Crxupa. 
Anterior wings not transparent.. LysTrip». 
Eyes not in a cavity of the cheeks (P/anigent) TETTIGOMETRIDE, 
Antenne inserted in front of the eyes (Anferi- 


cornes). 
Prothorax prolonged above the abdomen 
COON NILORSON Sara: Pegaish Wests ato oie -o.... MEMBRACIDA. 


Prothorax not prolonged (Planidors?). 
Posterior tibize with a double row of 
spines (Serripedes). 
Ocelli situated on the anterior part of the 


Ga Clecrs erga ces sisi ors oF one io 4 DLASSID aa 
Ocelli more or less on the vertex. 
Body clongater ins oi eir-s 4, sieves .... TETTIGONIDS. 
Body broadly ovate........ eters ae LepRD»., 
Posterior tibize without a double row of 
spines: (Levipedes ir acta 6 oe. codec eae CERCOPID™. 


426 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


XLIX.—The Sponge-fauna of Norway ; a Report on the 
tev. A. M. Norman’s Collection of Sponges from the Nor- 
wegian Coast. By Prof. W. J. Souuas, M.A., F.R.S.E., 
&e. 


[Plate XVII. ] 
[Continued from p. 165. ] 


Tetilla cranium (continued). 


Before proceeding to the description of the next sponge it 
will be necessary to add, by way of appendix, a few words on 
the generic designation ‘of’ this species. I had indeed hoped 
that its title Tetilla was inalienably joined to it; but unfortu- 
nately that is not the case, since it 1s not the type of the genus. 
This place is occupied by T. euplocamus, O. S., on which, in 
in 1868, the genus was founded. ‘This species, indeed, en- 
joys a name which carnot be changed, but not 7. cranium ; 
let any difference of generic importance be discovered between 
it and the type, and 7. cranium must find a new generic 
name. The existence of such a difference has already been 
proclaimed by O. Schmidt, who regards the possession of an- 
choring filaments by 7. euplocamus, polyura, radiata, and 
submersa as a generic character, uniting them together, to the 
exclusion of 7’ cranium. As a matter of course, 7’, cranium 
should receive a new generic name; but, as a matter of fact, 
the new name has been found for the type and its congeners, 
while the old one is retained by the residual 7. crantum. 

Whatever special advantages this plan may possess are 
counterbalanced by its contravention of a recognized custom, 
and its consequent tendency to throw our “nomenclature, 
which is based on recognized custom, into confusion. The 
oftener general rules are broken the less binding do they 
become; and the natural result is anarchy. The taunt of 
bane a “purist” in these matters is a reproach to glory 

; for till we have the absolute despot, desired by a writer 
in ”¢ Nature,’ to regulate our terminology we shall do well 
to make the best use we can of an existing substitute; and 
that is loyal and implicit obedience to those few simple 
rules which have approved themselves to the general sense of 
biologists, and of which an excellent summary is given in the 
‘ Stricklandian Code,’ published under the approval of the 
British Association. The practical application of this moral 
excursus is obviously that Tetilla euplocamus should retain its 
generic name, and if a new one is necessary it should be found 
for T. cranium. But I greatly doubt the necessity ; for the 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 427 


presence or absence of anchoring fascicles appears to me to be 
of scarcely specific, much less of generic, importance ; indeed 
I have now before me a sponge which in no detail of gross or 
minute anatomy differs from Thenea Wallichit (Wyville- 
Thomsonia), except that it is entirely devoid of the usual ap- 
pendages. So far as this character goes, therefore, I see no 
good grounds for separating Fangophilina from Tetilla, and 
would therefore reunite them. In that case Teéil/a (Sollas) 
would comprise Teécl/a, Sdt., Craniella, Sdt., and Lango- 
philina, Sdt.; but it is quite possible that the distinction 
between Tetilla and Craniella, asserted by Schmidt, in the 
absence of a rind in the former genus, does really exist, and 
that T. cranium has been wrongly included in Tetzd/a, its true 
place being with Craniella. But if 7. cranium be taken from 
Schmidt's Zetcl/a there remain only in that genus 7. polyura, 
euplocamus, and radiata, all of which are provided with 
anchoring tails. By amending the definition of the genus so as 
to make it include as a character the possession of “ tails,” 
all necessity for a new name will disappear, since the residual 
species of Tet¢//a, left after the removal of 7. cranium, are 
just those which Schmidt includes in Fangophilina. Thus, if 
Craniella prove distinct from Tetilla, we have, on Schmidt’s 
own showing, 
Craniella+ T. cranium = Craniella. 
Tetilla— T. cranium= Tetilla= Fangophilina. 

It only remains to include Fangophilina submersa in our 
list of Yettlla, and to add a species of Bowerbank which I 
had previously overlooked. Continuing from page 161, 
we have 

14. Tetilla submersa, O. S. Spong. Meerb. Mexico, 1880, 
p. 73, pl. x. fig. 3. Carib. Sea. 

15. T. unca, Bwk. P. Z.8. 1872, p. 118, pl. v. figs. 7-10. 
Hammerfest, 150 fms. 


Tetractinellide, Marshall. 
Exrrrnv#, Sollas. 
LEPTOCHROTA, Sollas. 
THENEA, Gray. 
Thenea Wallichit, Perceval Wright. 
SYNONYMS. 
1870. Whyville-Thomsonia Wallichit, Perceval Wright. 


Stelletta agariciformis, O. Schmidt. 


” oat aie = 
Dorvillia agariciformis, Keut. 


”? 


428 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


1871. Thenea Wallichii, P. Wright. 
1872. Tethya agariciformis, Kent. 
1878. Tisiphonia agariciformis (Kent), Wyville Thomson. 


LITERATURE, 


(i.) 1858. Tethea muricata, Bwk. MS, Phil. Trans. pl. xxv. f. 18. 

(ii.) 1862. Tethea muricata, Bwk. MS. Phil. Trans, pp. 782, 798, 826 
pl. xxxi. figs. 14, 15. 

(iii.) 1867. Thenea muricata, Bwk., Gray, Proc. Zool. Soe. p. 541. 

(iv.) Te are n.g., W. Thomson, MS. Phil. Trans. 159, 
aed 

v.) 18°0, WV yville- Thomsonia Wathchi, Perceval Wright, Q. 

Micro. Sci. vol. x. p. 7, pl.ii. (January). 

(vi.) 1870, Stelletta agariciformis, O. Schmidt, Atl. Sp. F. p. 
pl. vi. f. 12 (May). 

(vii.) 1870. Dorvilliaagariciformis, Kent, Month. Micros. Journ. p.293, 

pl. lxvi. (December). 

(vili.) 1871. Dorvillia agariciformis, Kent, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 

vol. vii. p. 37. 
fix.) ? Thenea Wallichn, P. Wright, Zool. Ree. 1870. 
(x.) 1872. Tethya muricata, Bwk. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 115, pl. v. 
figs. 1-6: 
(xi.) 1872. Tethya agariciformis, Kent, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. 
p. 209. 
(xil.) 183, Tisiphonia agariciformis, , Kent, W. Thomson, The Depths 
of the Sea, pp. 74, 167, fig. 7. 
(xiii.) 1878. Tethea mur ‘cata, Bwk., Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
vol. ii. p. 174. 
(xiv.) 1880. Tisiphonia, W.Thomson, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(xy.) 1880. Tisiphonia agariciformis, O, Schinidt, Spong. d. M. v. 
Mexico. 

The nomenclature of this interesting sponge is marked by 
misfortune more than falls to the common lot. Since it was first 
described twelve years ago, it has received no less than six 
different generic and three specific names, has been identified 
with species generically different from it, and placed in families 
of strange kin, only to be expelled as an intruder. Its history 
is bound up with that of another but closely allied species, 
Tethea muricata, with which, as it obtained earlier notice than 
Thenea We allichtt, we shall commence our account. Bower- 
bank (1.) mentions 7. muricata as a MS. name in 1858, when 
describing and figuring its characteristic spinispir ules or 

« elongated stellates,” as he termed these flesh-spicules ; in 
1862 (1i.) he again refers to it, this time adding a figure of its 
dermal membrane, crowded with spinispirules and reduced to 
a net-like appearance by the abundant presence of pore-open- 
ings ; he likewise mentions the presence of bifurcate-ternate 
spicules with remarkably long and acute rays, which help to 
form the skeleton-fasciculi, and lie with their heads expanded 
beneath the skin. The amount of information which Bower- 
bank thus incidentally accords us of this MS. species is con- 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 429 


siderable ; and it would be a nice point to determine how far, 
after his published figures and description, it could be re- 
garded as a merely MS. name; into that question I have 
fortunately no need to enter. That 7. muricata differs in a 
marked manner from other described species of Tethya is, 
however, already quite clear; and Gray (ii.), who had a real 
knowledge of the sponge, so clear ly perceived ‘this as to make 
it the type of a new genus, which he named 7’henea, and thus 


defined :— 


Fam. 3, TETHYAD. 
THENEA, Sponge massive. 


not protruded beyond the surface. 
2, Large, furcate, ternate, with expanded long 
acute rays. 
3. Elongate, stellate, projecting beyond the 
surface. 
Thenea muricata, Bwk. tb, i. pp. 25, 108, figs. 85, 804, 305. Norway, 
Vigten Isl. 

In this definition I recognize as correct the statement that 
the sponge possesses acerate and bifurcate-ternate spicules 
and elongate stellates—a collocation of forms so different from 
that which obtains in any other sponge known in Gray’s 
time as to make the generic distinction founded on it a matter 
beyond dispute. Moreover, lest it should be objected that 
the genus rests on a MS. species, I would submit first that 
Gray, by thus bringing together Bowerbank’s scattered 
references and figures, and by adding thereto, as further infor- 
mation, the presence of acerate spicules, did virtually raise 
Thenea muricata from the rank of a MS. to that of a de- 
scribed species ; and next, if this be not admitted as a matter 
beyond question, that there is no reason why, upon occasion, 
a genus should not be defined before a species. If the parti- 
cular information which would enable us to define a species 
be not forthcoming, while the general characters which are 
available for generic distinction le ready to hand, there can 
be no reason, beyond a superstitious adherence to custom (not 
recognized convention), which shall prevent us making good 
use of them. Thenea, ‘therefore, is a well-grounded generic 
title applicable to all such sponges as possess a spicular com- 
plement like that defined in this connexion by Gray. 

Gray’s definition is not unmixed truth ; thus, we know now, 
in direct contradiction to Gray’s statements, that the sponge 
is not massive, that some of the acerate spicules do project 
beyond the surface, and that the spinispirules do not*. Seri- 
ous as these errors undoubtedl, re, they are in no way fatal ; 


* Or do so only in dried specimens as a consequence of shrinking. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. 1x. 30 


430 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


they render it necessary to amend the definition, but furnish 
no excuse for expunging the name of the genus. If every 
badly-defined genus were liable to a change of name, syste- 
matic zoologists might as well abandon the task of nomencla- 
ture altogether. 

In 1869, Sir Wyville Thomson (iv.), in his fine memoir on 
Holtenia Carpentert, founded a new suborder, “ Leptophlcea,” 
with Tistphonia, MS., cited asan example. What T’siphonia 
might exactly be, there was nothing given to show; the name 
stands as a word of so many letters, and nothing more. We 
shall find, however, subsequently that an unfounded attempt 
was made later to turn it into something more; but to this 
we shall refer in due course: we proceed now to the direct 
subject of this communication, Thenea Wallichit itselt. 

In 1870, Professor Perceval Wright (v.) gave a full and 
faithful account of a beautiful little sponge which had been 
obtained by Dr. Wallich from adepth of 1913 fathoms. ‘This 
sponge he named, with happy appropriateness, Wyville- 
Thomsonia Wallichiz, thus associating the names of the two 
preeminent deep-sea investigators with the first-obtained 
species of deep-sea sponge. It possesses the acerates, bi- 
furcate-ternate spicules and spinispirules of Thenea, together 
with large grapnels and some curious few-rayed (one to eight) 
stellates, not mentioned in Gray’s definition. One would thus 
naturally be led to include it with Thenca, were it not for the 
two forms last mentioned; and we have now to consider whether 
these afford sufficient reason for generic distinction. If we 
refer to the value placed on the presence or absence of grap- 
nels in Geodia and Stelletta, we shall find that they never 
serve for more than specific distinction; moreover, if it be 
allowable to go beyond Gray’s definition and consult the actual 
specimen of Thenea muricata, we shall find that grapnels are 
not wanting init. Then there only remain the pauciradiate 
stellates; and these alone will not by any one be considered 
sufficient to distinguish as different genera species which re- 
semble each other in every other important character. Thus, 
unless some considerable undiscovered difference exists between 
Wyville-Thomsonia Wallichit and Thenea muricata, we must 
be content to regard the former as a fellow species with the 
latter, and so to name it, as Professor Wright (ix.) himself 
now asserts it should be named, Thenea Wallichiv. 

Three months after Professor Wright’s paper appeared, 
Oscar Schmidt partly described a similar sponge obtained 
from a depth of 178 fathoms off Florida; he figured some of 
its spicules, the grapnels and spinispirules, and named it 
Stelletta agariciformis. A Stelletta it certainly is not, as it 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 431 


lacks the cortex which is essential to that genus; on the 
other hand, it agrees fundamentally with Thenea, and may be 
called, at this stage of our argument, Thenea agariciformis. 

Again in 1870, December of that year, Mr. Saville Kent 
(vii.) described quite independently a sponge in all respects 
identical with that mentioned and labelled by O. Schmidt. 
Kent’s description is good and fully illustrated, perhaps a 
little too fully, as he includes certain extraneous sexradiate 
spicules as proper to the sponge, an error which he was the 
first to correct (viii.). Kent named his sponge Dorvillia 
agariciformis, choosing, by a quite accidental coincidence, the 
same character for specific designation as Schmidt had done 
previously. According to the fortune which seems to wait 
on nomenclature, we might therefore expect the species would 
turn out to be different; but, notwithstanding, they are cer- 
tainly the same. 

In the note (vii.) which followed his first paper, Kent states 

that Thenea Wallichii is an embryonic form of 7. agarici- 
jformis, a view accepted by Wright and by spongologists 
generally. Since, however, Wright’s figures of the large tew- 
rayed stellates differ somewhat from those given by Kent, it 
appeared to me that a loophole was left open for error; and I 
was led therefore to compare the type specimen of 7. Wal- 
lichii * with Kent’s figures and with mountings of the usual 
agaric form. The result is to show, in a most satisfactory 
manner, that no sort of real difference exists between the two 
species: 7. agariciformis is larger and has a well-marked 
agaric form with a specialized poriferous area, while 7. Wal- 
lichiiis of a globular form and without an evidently specialized 
poriferous area ; these trifling differences are unquestionably 
due toa difference in age. Though young, Professor Wright’s 
specimen is not embryonic—at least no more so than a child of 
six is, compared with an adult man. It is considerably ad- 
vanced in growth ; for my smallest specimens of young Vhenea 
-Wallichii measure only 0:0146 inch in diameter, and this is 
0-075 inch, or more than five times as large across. 

As Wright’s species is certainly a good one, and as it takes 
precedence of Schmidt’s by some three months, that of the 
latter must, by the most fundamental rule of nomenclature, be 
suppressed ; we then have 

Wyville-Thomsonia Wallichii, Wright. 

Stelletta agariciformis, O. 8. =Thenea Wallichii, Wright. 

Dorvillia agariciformis, Kent. 


* For the loan of this valuable type my thanks are due and heartily 
tendered to Mr. C. Stewart and the Council of the Royal Microscopical 
Society. 

30* 


432 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


We now return to Thenea muricata, of which at last, in 
1872, Bowerbank (x.) published a full and illustrated descrip- 
tion; and so closely in general appearance and in the size and 
form of its spicules was it found to resemble Thenea Wallichit, 
that Bowerbank declared his conviction that they were one 
and the same species. His manner of viewing the relations 
of the two specimens, Kent’s and his own, is, howev er, in the 
light of further knowledge, somewhat amusing, since he cone 
siders Kent’s specimen mutilated, the upper portion having, 
he says, evidently been torn away from the base, causing 
the part described to assume a form very much like that of 
an agaric; and he adds that the filiform anchoring appen- 
dages have very much the appearance of being some of the 
skeleton-fasciculi of the sponge drawn out of the basal portion 
at the time of its mutilation. Kent (xi.), in a “ Note on 
Tethea muricata, Bk., and Dorvillia agarictformis, Kent,” 
argues against the identification of the two species, resting his 
case on (1) the agaric form of Dorvillia (Th.) Wallichid, (2) 
its possession of “fascicles of anchoring-spicules, and (3) of 
quadriradiate flesh-spicules (more correctly pauciradiate stel- 
lates). With reference to the first two distinctive characters, 
I may confess that I do not place great reliance on them: 7. 
muricata is not unlike 7. Wallichit in general form; and the 
agaric form of the latter is not constant. Some of Mr. Nor- 
man’s specimens which possess anchoring fascicles and all the 
spicules proper to the species show no trace of the agaric 
form; again, the anchoring fascicles, though usual, are not 
constant. Other of Mr. Norman’s specimens with the agaric 
form and the proper spicular complement of 7. Wadlichii are 
entirely devoid of anchoring filaments or of any sign of them. 
The third character cited “by Kent is more important : the 
curious quadriradiate stellates (to be hereafter described) are 
abundant and characteristic in 7. Wallichii; and since 
Bowerbank did not meet Ient’s objection by replying that 
they also occurred in his specimen, we may conclude that they 
were not present ; and hence so far we must admit the specific 
distinction of Thenea muricata and T. Wallichit. 

In 1873 we again meet with Tisiphonia, a passing mention 
being made of 7%stphonia agariciformis, Kent, by Sir Wyville 
Thomson (xil.) in the ‘ Depths of the Sea.’ The suborder 
‘‘ Leptophloea” appears to have slipped the memory of its 
author, as he speaks of the species he had given in its illus- 
tration as “ that pretty little hemispherical corticate form.” 
An excellent illustration of the general form of the species 
accompanies this notice. 

In 1878 Carter (xiii.) published a “ Note on Tethea murt- 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. — 433 


cata,” in which, after an examination of specimens, he asserts 
the identity of 7. murtcata with T. Wallichii. The particular 
grounds on which this statement is made are not given, how- 
ever, nor is any attempt made to reply to Mr. Kent’s objec- 
tions; so that one could hardly regard the matter as settled ; 
I therefore wrote to Mr. 8. O. Ridley, of the British Museum, 
asking him to favour me by examining the type specimen of 
T. muricata, with a view to determining whether it does 
possess quadriradiate stellates or not. I have to thank him 
for a valuable letter in reply, and particularly for the following 
statement, which I venture to quote:—‘‘I have been carefully 
through with a high power the seven slides which represent 
the type specimen of Tethea muricata, and find nothing which 
seems to represent the quadriradiate described and drawn by 
you in your letter and figured by Wright, of which I have 
now seen specimens by examining our slides of ‘Dorvillia 
agariciformis, probably representing the type of that species.” 
After Kent’s remarks and this explicit statement I consider 
that we must regard 7. muricata and 7. Wallichit as distinct 
species. In this connexion it is worth noticing that the 
quadriradiate stellates are the last spicules to appear in the 
development of 7, Wallichii; so that very young examples of 
this species are not distinguishable from 7. muricata. 

In the “ Note,” Carter further states that Normania crassa, 
Bk., Hymeniacidon placentula, Bk., and Hectonema compressa, 
Bk., are no other than various forms of 7. muricata. In 
order to enable me to examine the truth of this surprising 
statement, Mr. Norman placed in my hands the type specimen 
of NV. crassa, together with various other specimens, not types, 
and a type specimen of H. placentula. 1 find that all these 
specimens, including both supposed species, agree in every 
essential detail with one another, but that they are generi- 
cally different from Thenea, though otherwise nearly allied to 
it. This was precisely what Mr. Norman predicted. They 
are without the bifurcated ternate spicules and the grapnels 
of Thenea, and, on the other hand, possess in abundance a 
small fusiform roughened acerate which is absent from 
Thenea. Moreover the structure of their dermis is completely 
different ; in Thenea it is supported by the long rays of the 
bifurcated ternates, in Normania by horizontal fascicles of large 
fusiform acerates, with an occasional triradiate or quadriradiate 
spicule. ‘These differences are sufficient to support the generic 
distinction of Normania and Thenea; but that they are 
closely allied is shown by the similarity in the character of 
their mesodermic tissue, and by the presence in both of the 
same form of spinispirula ; both likewise are Leptochrote. 


434 — Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


In 1880 Carter (xiv.) again refers to 7. muricata, retracting 
some of his previous statements, as when he admits the 
specific value of the differences between 7. Wallichit and 
T. muricata; and he still rightly maintains the specific identity 
of N. crassa, H. placentula, and EL. compressa. 

Perhaps the most striking contribution made in this com- 
munication to nomenclature is the attempt to impose 7vs?- 
phonia upon it, the claims of Thenea, to say nothing of 
Wyville-Thomsonia and Dorvillia, being wholly ignored. 
Thenea has precedence of this MS. name by two years; and 
Wyville-Thomsonia and Dorvillia were fully defined and 
illustrated three years before the first figure of Ts¢phonia, 
unaccompanied by generic diagnosis, was published m a 
popular book. 

Finally, Oscar Schmidt (xv.), in a work bearing 1880 as 
the date, also adopts the name T%siphonia, and relies on its 
rooting fibres as the characteristic feature by which it is dis- 
tinguishable from Ste/letta. If it were possible to establish 
the genus on this character (and I am confident it is not), the 
claims of Téstphonia to recognition would not be enhanced 
thereby, since with Thenea out of the way there would still 
remain Wyville-Thomsonia and, perhaps with still stronger 
claims, Dorvillia to be disposed of; and till genera are 
named by one man’s caprice this will not prove an easy task. 
Again, if my contention so far should fail, then I will put in 
argument the fact that the name T%siphonia has already been 
twice preoccupied, once by a butterfly (Z%sdphone), and again 
by a reptile (Z%s¢phone), and is therefore unavailable. 

But, finally, the generic value attributed by Schmidt to an- 
choring filaments hasno existence in the case in point. Amongst 
Mr. Norman’s sponges there is a specimen of 7. Wallichit, 
which in no single feature differs from the ordinary type 
except in one, that, namely, which Schmidt has come to regard 
as of generic importance. No naturalist would make a different 
species of it ; and yet it has the misfortune to be without an- 
choring fibres. ‘The distinction of Zhenea from Stelletta is not 
trifling ; itis sharp and obvious. ‘The spicules of the two are, 
it is true, similar, except that the former is characterized by a 
spinispirule in place of a stellate; but this difference is just 
as useful in classification as that between the globate of Geodva 
and the Ste//etta stellate. Therreai difference lies, however, 
as Sir Wyville Thomson perceived in 1869, in the absence of 
a crust in Thenea, which widely separates it from the Stedletta 
series. Other differences almost as great are also known—the 
clear gelatinous character of the mesoderm, so different from the 
erey granular mark of Stedletta, for one, and the vesicular 
character of the water-canal system for another. 


Sponge fauna of Norway. 435 


General Form.—If we imagine a round or oval tureen, 
with a conical cover overlapping it at the edges, and the foot 
produced into a number of descending rootlets, we shall have 
a good idea of the general form of a symmetrically-grown 
and adult example of Thenea Wallichii. The part corre- 
sponding to the cover we shall call the upper half, that to the 
dish the lower half of the sponge; and the space between 
them overlapped by the edge of the cover we shall call the 

“ equatorial recess.”” The upper half is usually conical, with 
a circular oscule at the apex; near the base it curves over 
into a convex overlapping edge, which covers, as the edge of 
a thatched roof does the eaves, the rounded annular inflection 
which we term the equatorial recess. The lower half, which 
is usually either more or less hemispherical or conical, is pro- 
duced into a number of descending conical processes, from 
each of which issues a root as a single fibre, which afterwards 
frays out into a white woolly-looking tuft by the separation 
ot its component spicules. Variations, greater or less, from 
the general form are very numerous: the equatorial recess, 
which in the most symmetrical forms extends all round the 
sponge, in others frequently fails to do so, being interrupted 
at intervals, through which the upper and under surfaces pass 
insensibly into each other; sometimes it is confined to one 
quarter of the circumference ot the sponge, or even less; and 
in one specimen, in every other respect precisely like its 
fellows, it is entirely absent. ‘The roots vary in number: in 
the youngest specimens they are never more nor less than 
one; in the largest of Mr. Norman’s specimens there are as 
many as twenty ; on the other hand, in one remarkable 
specimen of average adult size there are no roots at all, nor 
any signs of their ever having been present. ‘The roots are 
liable to be given off from abnormal regions : thus, in a speci- 
men from North America, dredged between Anticosti and 
Gaspé, they arise from one side of the sponge at a place where 
the equatorial recess would usually be present, but which has 
been suppressed here and on the adjacent margin, with a 
compensating over-development on the side opposite ; this 
arrangement would lead to the sponge being so anchored or 
rooted that the equatorial recess, which is a special pori- 
ferous area, would be the uppermost part of the sponge, while 
the oscule would lie halfway down the side, looking out late- 
rally. A similar modification occurs in another specimen 
from the same locality, but with a slight ee which 
leads to the oscule being situated on one side of the sponge, 
and the limited equatorial recess on the opposite side, while 
the roots descend from what appears to be the base, but 


436 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


which corresponds really to the side of other specimens. 
These last two specimens may be instances of a local variety, 
which, however, I shall not dignify by a name, as Schmidt 
has his 7’. fenestrata. he size of the sponge averages about 
1:5 inch in diameter by 12 inch in height; the rooting-fibres 
extend downwards for 0°8 inch usually before fraying out. 
Mr. Norman’s largest specimen measures 3 inches by 2°5 
inches in width and breadth, by 1°5 inch in height. 

External Surface-—The outer surface of the sponge is 
felted and thatched by obliquely-projecting, long, slender, 
acerate, and grapnel-shaped spicules. Round the middle of 
the upper half, midway between the oscule and the lower 
edge (tegminal edge we may call it, since it covers or roofs 
over the equatorial recess), the spicules, lying prostrate almost 
parallel with the surface, point this way and that, and by 
their intercrossing form a loosely-felted thicket above the 
skin—the home of all kinds of animals, Foraminifera (some 
form of which covers the surface with long strings of sand- 
grains), Ascidians, worms, and Crustacea. Above this zone the 
spicules, still projecting obliquely from the skin, point directly 
towards the apex, so that within a radius of half an inch from 
it they form a close, regular, but inverted thatch, the free 
ends of the spicules projecting upwards, and those immediately 
around the oscule fencing it in with a forest of bristling 
points. Below the middle zone the spicules proceeding ob- 
liquely from the skin point directly downwards towards the 
tegminal edge, beyond which they project in a fringe of long 
fine lashes ; the thatch is here in the right direction; and the 
fringe reminds one of the uncut straw hanging over the eaves 
of acottage. ‘he lower half of the sponge is covered by 
obliquely-projecting spicules, showing no regularity in direc- 
tion, except opposite the tegminal edge; here they point 
upwards and intercross with the spicules descending from the 
fringe, forming with them a defensive sieve of great efficiency. 

Great variation exists in the distribution and disposition of 
the spicules as just described; sometimes projecting acerates 
seem confined to the margin of the oscule and the tegminal 
edge, or even to the oscular margin alone. Probably in some 
of these cases the spicules have been lost since the specimen 
was obtained ; in others, on the contrary, they seem never to 
have been present. Owing to one or other of these causes, 
z.e. abrasion or non-development, or to both, projecting spi- 
cules are usually absent over a large part of the skin, the 
outer surface of which is then clearly exposed to view; it has 
a greyish tint in spirit-specimens, is often nearly pure white 
in dried ones. Examining it with a lens, we perceive the 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 437 


thin skin to lie immediately upon the extended rays of bifur- 
cated ternate spicules, which, regularly overlapping, map out 
the skin into a number of triangular spaces, most of which 
are singly perforated by a circular pore 0-004 to 0-01 of an 
inch in diameter. ‘This arrangement is to be seen on both 
upper and under halves of the sponge; but in the equatorial 
recess it is replaced by another. There the skin is separated 
to a greater extent from the mass of the sponge by the under- 
lying vesicles of the canal-system ; it is not supported by the 
rays of furcate spicules, but fine threads, crossing it trans- 
versely, strengthen, support it, and divide it into a number of 
more or less oval areas, each of which is perforated by a 
great number of closely-set pores, which reduces it to a fine 
network (see Kent, xu. pl. lxvi. figs. 3, 4). Of spicules this 
eribritorm floor of the equatorial recess contains chiefly 
minute spinispirules, and only occasionally quadriradiate 
stellates. 

On cutting the sponge across, one sees a greyish mass 
enveloped in a thin skin, but without a cortex, traversed by 
fascicles of spicules and a great number of vesicles; the 
vesicles lie in rows, longitudinally and radiately disposed. 

The Canal-system.—Vhe pores have been already described 
as distributed generally over the whole surface of the skin, 
including its conical extensions over the roots of the anchoring 
fibres. They occupy the triangular spaces in the skin 
mapped out by the overlapping rays of the fureate spicules 
below it; usually there is one pore to each space, rarely two. 
In the equatorial recess the skin is divided into oval areas by 
fibrous strings, and in these areas is so abundantly perforated 
by pores as to be converted into a sieve-like net, in just the 
same manner as described by Schulze in so many Cero- 
spongie, and by myself in Zetia, as likewise occurs in many 
Esperie, and probably also in a vast number of other sponges. 
The curious way in which this cribriform poriferous mem- 
brane occurs in a recess, while the rest of the sponge is per- 
forated by single pores, reminds one forcibly of similar 
arrangements in some of the Hsperie. ‘The pores, whether of 
the recess or the general surface, lead directly into spherical 
or ellipsoidal chambers or vesicles beneath the skin, the first 
of a series of vesicular dilatations which constitute the in- 
current canal-system (Pl. XVII. fig. 6). For in this sponge 
the canals are not canals in the ordinary sense of the word, 
7. e. not continuously open more or less tubular channels, but 
a succession of vesicles, which seldom open into each other 
except by narrow sphinctrated orifices. Thus, in a linear series 
of vesicles representing a canal in other sponges, every 


438 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


vesicle possesses at least two sphinctrated orifices, one putting 
it in communication with the vesicle behind, and the other 
with that in front—every vesicle, that is to say, except those 
beneath the pores; for the pores are not provided with sphinc- 
ters. The openings into the flagellated chambers are also 
without sphincters. While two is thus usually the least 
number of sphincters apparent in a vesicle, a greater number 
is not uncommon, since, when a lateral series proceeds from 
amain line, equivalent to the branching of a canal, the first 
vesicle of the secondary series communicates with that from 
which it proceeds by a sphinctrate aperture ; and thus, as one 
vesicle of a larger series may bud off, as it were, more than 
one subsidiary series, it may exhibit four or more sphincters 
in its walls—two about the communications with vesicles 
of its own order, and two or more about the communications 
with vesicles of a lower order. The subsidiary series of 
vesicles bud off others, and these again others, till the ultimate 
vesicles are reached which communicate with the flagellated 
chambers. In this way the size of the vesicles diminishes 
from 0-015 inch in diameter, which is the average of those in 
the main series, down to and 0-005 to 0: 001, which is that of 
the ultimate smallest vesicles. 

The flagellated chambers (Pl. XVII. fig. 15) are spherical 
or ellipsoidal sacs communicating by a large circular pore, 
0:0032 to 0:006 inch in diameter, with the ultimate incurrent 
vesicles, and by a wide mouth, from 0:0064 to 0°0096 inch 
across, with the ultimate excurrent canaliculi. Im size they 
average 0-001 inch in diameter, and thus agree with the 
similar chambers of the Geodina cenerally, and of Tetilla and 
such Msperiw as I have examined. ‘This uniformity in size 
is in striking contrast with the differences which distinguish 
the chambers of the Chondrosiz and the Cerospongixe ex- 
amined by Schulze, and leads one to suggest that it may 
result from close genetic relationship. 

The excurrent canaliculi lead directly into the nearest 
vesicle of the excurrent system, about which the flagellated 
chambersare clustered in a concentric layer (PI. XVII. fig. 6, /). 
Excepting the canalicular form of its ultimate branches, 
the excurrent exhibits the same vesicular character as the in- 
current system. 

The oscule is a more or less circular opening, averaging 
Q-1 inch in diameter, usually situated in the midst of a gently 
rising conical eminence ; its circular margin is thickened into 
a lip or annulus of a bluish translucent car tilaginous appear- 
ance; and immediately outside this is a surrounding fringe of 
long acerate spicules. ‘The oscule leads into a wide excurrent 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 439 


canal or oscular tube, transversely constricted by extensions 
inwards of its walls, but not so completely as to acquire a 
vesicular character ; the mouths of several tributary series of 
vesicles immediately open into it; and after proceeding for a 
very short distance downwards, it completely disappears as a 
tube, and is continued by several vesicular series, into which 
it subdivides. 

Notwithstanding its wonderful transformation, the canal- 
system is evidently homologous with that of the more normally 
constituted sponges ; the sphincters which invariably occur at 
the junction of any two vesicles are almost certainly an ex- 
cessive over-development of the concentric ruge which 
characterize the canals of the Geodina and other sponges, and 
which are more distinctly developed in the smaller branches 
of the incurrent canals of Lsops Phlegrait (see anted, vol. v. 
fic. 1, p. 403). The first incurrent vesicle immediately 
beneath the skin is situated in tissue characterized by the 
absence of flagellated chambers, and is clearly homologous 
with the ectochone of the Corticate. The second vesicle, so 
far as its outer half, is similarly situated; but its inner half is 
brought into close communication with flagellated chambers ; 
it thus represents an endochone and a subcortical crypt, while 
the sphincter by which it opens into the first vesicle exactly 
corresponds to that which we have termed the chonal sphincter. 

It is easier to extract homologies from the modifications of 
the canal-system than to find ause for them. Had the sponge 
been a coast-dweller, subject to exposure between tides, one 
might have regarded the vesicles and sphincters as a provision 
for retaining a supply of water and thus guarding against 
desiccation. But, so far from this, it is a characteristic deep- 
sea form, exposed, as one would think, to but few changes of 
condition. 

The vesicular enlargement of the canals certainly gives 
them a larger capacity and superficial area, with a corre- 
sponding diminution of the quantity of tissue in the sponge: 
the volume of tissue is here at a minimum, of the canal- 
system at a maximum; thus the advantage is on the side of 
increased food-supply, while the quantity of tissue to be fed is 
diminished. Furthermore, not only does the vesicular ar- 
rangement permit of a larger quantity of water being present 
in the sponge at any given moment, but it facilitates a rapid 
passage of water through it; and, taking this fact along with 
the abundance of large pores all over the sponge, it would 
appear as though the most characteristic features of the canal- 
system were in special adaptation to a free and rapid water- 
streaming. We might then expect to find the body of the 


440 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


sponge exceedingly well nourished and abounding in proto- 
plasmic structures; and yet, when we come to study its histo- 
logy, we shall find that it is distinguished, in marked contrast 
with the Corticate, by the small proportion of its protoplasmic 
contents, the great mass of the sponge consisting of a gelati- 
nous matrix which, whatever its composition may be, is 
certainly something very different from protoplasm. ‘The 
rapidity of the water-streaming is therefore probably connected 
with the poverty in food-particles of the surrounding water, a 
great deal of water having to pass through the sponge in order 
to afford it sufficient nourishment. 

The sphincters probably act as regulators to the water- 
streaming, checking it when the water is more than usually 
burdened with suspended particles, allowing it freer passage 
when food is scarcer. They might also govern its distribu- 
tion, closing the passage in some directions, opening it in 
others, though, in the presumed absence of a combining appa- 
ratus such as a nervous system would furnish, this seems 
unlikely. 

In connexion with the “ wide-openness”’ of the canal-system, 
the small size of the oscule is worthy of note. It seems to 
point to a rapid escape of the outflowing water, and its con- 
sequent ejection to a considerable distance from the inhalant 
surface. The relative size of the poral and oscular areas in 
different sponges has never yet been made the subject of in- 
vestigation, although it differs greatly in different species, 
and must stand in close connexion with the physiology of the 
water-streaming system. As a beginning, | have attempted 
to determine, in the case of this sponge, (1.) the ratio of the 
poral to the superficial area, and (ii.) the ratio of its total 
poral area to its total oscular area. In order to make the first 
determination, a specimen was taken from spirits and allowed 
to drain till the edges of the open pores just became visible; a 
part of the surface with its pores was then accurately sketched 
with the aid of an oblique reflector and under a magnification 
of thirty diameters. We shall not need to trouble about the 
absolute size of the pores, as we are only about to determine 
aratio. A given area of the drawing was next taken, and 
the area of the pores in it calculated. I give the results 
obtained in two instances. In the first— 


(i.) The area of the sponge-surface taken from the sketch 
was 6 square inches. 

(ii.) It contained sixteen pores, of which two had a dia- 
meter of 0°3 inch, two of 0°25, two of 0°22, eight of 
0-2, and two of 0-1. 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 441 


The total area of these is 0°58216 square inch ; and 
6 : 0°58216=1 : 0:097, 
7. e. 1 square inch of the sponge-surface contains 0:097 square 


inch of pore-area. 
In the second— 


(i.) The area of the sponge-surface taken (in the sketch) 
was 1°5 square inch. 

(ii.) It contained twelve pores, two of 0:2, two of 0°15, and 
eight of O°1 inch in diameter. 


The total area of these is 0'14283 square inch; and 
1°5 : 0°14283 =1 : 0-095, 
a close correspondence for two quite independent determina- 
tions, and remarkable considering the difference in the average 
size of the pores measured in the two cases ; it would appear 
that the smaller pores made up in number for what they lacked 
in magnitude. ‘Taking the average we obtain 0°096: 1 as 
the ratio of the poral to the general area; and the number 
0:096 may be called the pore-index of the sponge. 

We have next to ascertain the relative size of the total 
poral to the total oscular area. The specimen on which the 
preceding observations were made measures 4'084 inches in 
circumference and 0°8 inch in height; it may be regarded as 
formed by two equal segments of a sphere 0-9 inch in dia- 
meter, each 0-4 inch high, and thus has a superficial area of 
2°26 square inches, Multiplying 2°26 by 0°096, the poral 
index, we have 07172 square inch as the total poral area; so, 
if all the pores were to coalesce, they would form a single 
aperture under one fifth of a square inch in area. This, how- 
ever, is an underestimate, since no account has been taken of 
the larger number of pores in the equatorial recess. 

The oseule is 071 inch in diameter, or 0:007854 square 
inch in area; and the oscular (QO) is consequently to the 
poral (P) area as 

0:007854 : 0°172=1 : 22. 
ce B98 
O 

This number may be conveniently styled the poral-oscular 
index. Its determination is here probably a little too low; 
but it suffices to show that, with an almost imperceptible influx 
of water into the pores of the sponge, there may be a very 
lively discharge from the oscule. A determination of the 


value of o Was made in a second specimen, unfortunately a 


442 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


dried one, so that the results are not trustworthy. ‘The cal- 
culation is as follows :—Total area 6°16 square inches, total 
poral area consequently 0°59136 square inch ; area of single 
P 0°59136 

O= 0-0416 =14:2. The small- 
ness of this number is probably due to the large size of the 
oscule, consequent on its enlargement by drying. 

To ascertain, further, whether any definite relation exists 
between the general and oscular areas, and consequently be- 
tween the poral and oscular areas, the lar gest of Mr. Norman’s 
specimens was examined. In form it approximates to a 
hemisphere with a radius of 1°43 so that its total area may be 
taken as 18°475 square inches. "It bears six oscules, giving 
one to every 3°08 square inches of total area. 

In the first examined specimen (see antew) we had 2°26 
square inches to one small oscule, in the second 6°16 square 
inches to one large oscule; taking an average from these we 
have 4:21 square inches "to each oscule. Though this is 
sufficiently greater than the value found from the third speci- 
men to prove that the relation between the general and oscular 
area is by no means precise, it yet indicates some kind of 
broad connexion which it may be worth while to further 
investigate. 

The Skeleton.—The large spicules of the skeleton are stout 
fusiform, and slender filiform, acerates, simple and bifurcated 
forks, and variously-shaped grapnels. ‘The small spicules are 
spinispirule of two kinds:—(i.) he stout fusiform sharp- 
pointed acerates are the staple body-spicules; they measure 
frequently 0:2 inch in length by 0°084 in_ br eadth, and 
appear sometimes to attain to as much as 0°5 inch in length. 
Ci.) The long slender acerates, which project beyond the 
general surface of the sponge, are seldom seen entire, so 
that it remains doubtful in many cases whether they are truly 
acerates or only the shafts of grapnel-spicules ; they may 
reach O°7 to 0°8 inch in length. (iu.) The commonest forks 
(Kent (vui.), figs. 6,7) are bifurcated ternates with exceedingly 
long rays, t the primary rays usually measuring about 0°01 
inch, and the secondary 0:047 inch in length ; the shaft varies 
oreatly, but is often 0°19 to 0°2 inch long ; ; at a short distance 
below the head it often undergoes a rapid diminution in thick- 
ness, becoming almost filiform towards its proximal end, 
something like a tap-root. (iv.) The forks (wide Bwk. (x = 
fig. 3) with undivided simple rays are frequent ; they are also 
of very various sizes, 027 inch is a not unusual length for the 
shatt, and 0°034 inch for the rays. 

it is not unusual for both kinds of forks to have the rays 


oscule 0°0416 square inch ; 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 445 


rounded off at the ends, so that, instead of being long, 
slender, and pointed, they become short, thick, and stumpy. 
The proximal end of the shaft is sometimes rounded off in 
the same way. 

(v.) The grapnels (Pl. XVII. fig. 4) are distinguished by 
their long, sharp, usually straight rays, but there is great 
variation among them in this and other respects ; in one form 
(fig. 4) the head of the shaft is scarcely at all thickened, and 
the long rays start with a wide outward sweep from it (at an 
angle of 55° to 60°) and then somewhat abruptly turn back- 
wards and run more nearly parallel with it, frequently at an 
angle of 18° to 20°; in another form the shaft thickens 
towards the head, which is thick and long, and the rays form 
only short, stout, widely-diverging prongs (Pl. XVII. fig. 14) ; 
but there is every intermediate form between these two, and 
many minor variations surrounding them ; in the expansion or 
not of the shaft below the head, in the size and form of the head, 
in the length of the rays and the angle they form with the shaft, 
there is great variety ; by far the commonest form, however, is 
that shown at fig. 4, or some close approach to it. Those grap- 
nels which lie entirely within the body are often 0-1 inch long 
in the shaft, with rays 00082 inch long; those which extend 
beyond it have not yet been observed entire, but have been 
measured up to 0°34 inch in length, and probably in the entire 
state they are sometimes not much shorter than 1 inch. 

The development of the grapnels will be described in treating 
of the young forms of the sponge. 

(vi.) A not uncommon variety of large spicule remains to 
be noticed (Pl. XVII. fig. 3); it resembles the shaft of a 
ternate spicule, but instead of dividing it thickens club-like 
at the distal end; in some cases (fig. 17) a protuberance repre- 
senting a rudimentary ray occurs on one side. ‘These spicules 
call to mind the club-shaped forms of Lhaphidotheca Marshall- 
Halli, and are either young forms of ternates, or ternates in a 
state of arrested development, or abnormal forms of the fusi- 
form acerate spicule. 

(vii.) The smallest of the minute spicules are the spini- 
spirule (Pl. XVII. fig. 24); these consist of a straight or 
curved shaft, from which spines arise along a spiral course 
and project radially ; the spines are usually sharp-pointed and 
smooth, but frequently also very finely roughened all over, often 
with quite abruptly truncated ends. ‘The shaft sometimes be- 
comes very short; and then the spinispirula is scarcely distin- 
cuishable from a minute stellate. 

(viii.) The larger minute spicule appears to be a spinispirula 
reduced to a very simple form (v. Kent, vil. figs. 16, 17, 18). 


444 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


It most commonly consists of a very short straight shaft with 
two long spines radiating from each end, the plane containing 
the spines at one end being frequently turned at right angles 
to that containing those at the other, a disposition which 
suggests a spiral arrangement, not otherwise discoverable in 
the shaft. Almost as frequently, however, all four spines lie 
in one and the same plane (v. Kent, vu. fig. 18). The num- 
ber of rays varies greatly: sometimes only two appear, 
giving us a bent acerate form ; often only three, the triradiate 
so formed closely resembling the characteristic spicule of the 
Calcispongie ; four is the commonest number; but additional 
rays are not uncommonly present, up to and possibly ex- 
ceeding eight ; in instances where the number of rays exceeds 
five the spiral tendency is more markedly displayed. ‘The shaft 
sometimes shortens and disappears; and then the four-rayed 
form resembles the quadriradiate of Dercitus (v. Kent, vil. 
fig. 16). The fourth ray often appears as a sprout from one of 
the rays of a triradiate. ‘The spines are usually sharply pointed, 
but often become rounded at the ends (fig. 13); they are 
smooth and only very rarely roughened. In size these 
spicules vary enormously: the rays of the larger forms are 
frequently 0-0034 inch long, but they may reach 0-005 or 
more; in the smaller forms they are often no more than 
0-00091 inch long. By multiplying the length of the rays 
by 2 we get a close approximation to the length of the whole 
spicule. 

The minute spicules are scattered without apparent arrange- 
ment through the sponge; the large spicules, on the contrary, 
lie in fascicles or short fibres, which radiate from the centre 
to the surface, the rays of the forks spreading out beneath the 
skin, and the heads of the grapnels lying close beneath them, 
in the angle between the rays and their shafts. ‘The forks 
appear never to extend outside the surface of the sponge ; but 
the acerates and the grapnels project a considerable distance 
beyond it. The proximal ends of these projecting spicules 
appear about each fibre a little below the skin (Pl. XVII. 
fig. 6); and the spicules, diverging from each other, pass out 
in a conical pencil, having its apex pointing inwards. T'o- 
wards the base one finds in addition numerous spicules con- 
verging from the middle of the sponge towards conical 
papille, from which they emerge as single fibres; here the 
base of the cone is inwards; the fibres afterwards open out to 
form the terminal tufts of diverging spicules, the greater part 
of which appear to be grapnels. 

The Ectoderm.—The epidermis (Pl. XVII. fig. 32) is a 


thin membrane everywhere investing the sponge, and bearing 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 445 


immediately on its under surface very definite minute round 
nucleolated nuclei 0°000125 inch in diameter, each of which 
is situated in the midst of a cluster of fine granules; it is 
clearly a layer of pavement-cells from which the cell-outlines 
have disappeared. Very fine fibrils are usually apparent 
wandering over its lower surface; they are probably the 
tenuous ends of branching processes extended from the cor- 
puscles of the underlying connective tissue. The ectoderm is 
continued inwards as an epithelial lining (Pl. XVII. fig. 47) 
to the incurrent canals or vesicular system, from no part of 
which is it absent. In describing the ectoderm of Tetclla we 
stated that the characteristic minute spicules of the sponge 
(hamates) appear to contribute to its composition; similar 
components appear also in the ectoderm of Thenea. The 
spinispirules which in this sponge represent the hamates of 
Letilla ave associated, wherever they occur, with a small round 
nucleus, which lies close to their shaft between two of its 
spines; when the shaft is curved the nucleus lies in its con- 
cavity (Pl. XVII. fig. 24). The nucleus of the spinispirules 
is undistinguishable in character from that of the ectodermic 
cells; and in many cases one can see in the epithelium lining 
a vesicle a nucleus otherwise precisely similar to its fellows, 
but here embraced by the concave shaft of a spinispirule, and 
so closely as to show that it belongs to the spicule, which on 
its part lies so near to the epithelium that its minute spines 
project through it (Pl. XVII. fig. 47). The nucleus is clearly 
a part of the epithelium ; but likewise it belongs to the spicule; 
and thus it would appear that the spicule is a genuine com- 
ponent of the epithelium. But spinispirules in association 
with epithelial and epidermic nuclei are far from uncommon, 
indeed remarkably frequent ; so that we are led to conceive of 
these membranes as to a considerable extent composed of 
spicule-bearing cells. Further, as in Yetil/a, we are brought 
to the alternative of regarding the ectoderm as a skeletogenous 
tissue, or of admitting that mesodermic cells may find their 
way into it and contribute to its formation. 

Lindoderm.—This lines the excurrent system of vesicles as 
an epithelium which does not differ from the ectoderm except 
when it forms the walls of the flagellated chambers. ‘lhe 
flagellated cells, in their present state, are rounded or oval 
bodies 0 000125 inch in diameter, with a well-marked round 
nucleus containing a nucleolus. They are seated on the walls 
of the chamber, about 0°00011 inch remote from each other 
on the average, and number about forty to achamber. Some- 
times one is to be observed markedly larger than the others, 
0°00028 inch in diameter ; and sometimes a little heap of four 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. Bi 


446 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


small ones is to be seen, as if resulting from the fission of one 
of the unusually large forms (Pl. XVII. fig. 21). 

Mesoderm.—This consists of a gelatinous connective tissue, of 
which the matrix is a quite colourless transparent jelly, highly 
unalterable by acids and alkalies, and remarkably poor in gra- 
nules, those present being exceedingly minute; its corpuscles 
(Pl. XVII. figs. 25, 29, 30) consist of a variable quantity of 
granular propoplasm, often vacuolated, and provided with an 
oval or round nucleus 0:00013 to 0:00017 inch in diameter, 
within which is a minute nucleolus. The outer protoplasm 
extends into long branching processes, which terminate in 
threads, scarcely traceable near their ends for fineness. Some- 
times the threads diminish regularly up to their ends; some- 
times after diminishing they thicken out up to a point of 
bifurcation (fig. 80); frequently the angle of the bifurcation 
is filled up by an accumulation of protoplasm; some- 
times, finally, a short process from the corpuscle thickens 
into a lump of sarcode at the end, from which several short 
hair-like processes radiate outwards (Pl. XVII. fig. 30). 
Sometimes the fine ends of the threads appear to terminate 
freely ; more often they unite with those from neighbouring 
corpuscles. A large proportion of them are elongated in one 
direction and joined end to end to form long granular nucle- 
ated threads (Pl. XVII. fig. 25) ; the lateral branches pro- 
ceeding from the protoplasm about the nuclei of the corpuscles 
unite with similar threads or enter other corpuscles. Some- 
times the matrix about the fibre becomes in places finely 
fibrillated parallel with it (fig. 25, 7). ‘The ends of the fibres 
or of the branches from them appear to be ultimately brought 
into close connexion with the ectodermic and endodermic 
layers ; for on the inner faces of these layers fine filamentous 
processes are often seen wandering, and the branching filaments 
of connective-tissue corpuscles can frequently be traced right 
up to them ; in several cases also, I believe, I have seen a 
connexion between the individual cells of a flagellated cham- 
ber and the branching processes of a corpuscle (fig. 15). It 
is, indeed, difficult while studying this reticulum of connec- 
tive-tissue corpuscles to resist the idea that we are here deal- 
ing with something that plays the part of a nervous system. 
And just as the nervous tracts usually follow and are pro- 
tected by the skeletal structures, so here a large number of 
the corpuscular fibres are seen running parallel close by the 
side of the chief spicules of the body. On the other hand, 
the modifications which some of the corpuscles undergo seem 
inconsistent with special nervous properties. 

In an irregularly defined layer a little below the skin, at 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 447 


about the level of the first and second vesicles of the incur- 
rent canal system, the connective-tissue corpuscles have under- 
gone a remarkable internal change (Pl. XVII. fig. 18). 
Within the granular protoplasm a smooth shining globule 
makes its appearance ; it is colourless, transparent, homoge- 
neous, and highly refringent. In some corpuscles only one 
such body is present; in others several, lying in close contact 
with flattened apposed faces. The number in different groups 
does not follow any regular series, such as 1, 2, 4, 8, &c., but 
any number may occur from 1 to 8, and perhaps more: nor 
are the granules of a group all of the same size; there may 
be one large and several smaller ones of various degrees of 
minuteness. Sometimes they le in immediate contact with 
the protoplasm, more often separated from it, lying in a 
vacuolated space. We are able fortunately to determine the 
stage in which they earliest appear, by finding them in evi- 
dently very young corpuscles, distinguished by the large 
quantity of their finely granular protoplasm, which takes a 
specially deep stain with reagents. Irom this starting-point 
we can readily trace their history as they are followed deeper 
into the interior of the sponge. In corpuscles a stage older 
than the preceding we find the protoplasm becoming less 
granular, staining much less deeply with carmine, and dimi- 
nishing likewise in quantity, so that it forms a mere spherical 
or oval shell around the granules, but still retaining 
its outward radiating processes (Pl. XVII. fig. 19); these, 
however, in the next stage also disappear, and the corpuscle 
becomes simply a mere oval or spherical sac, filled with the 
products of its metamorphosis or secretion, amidst which the 
nucleus lies concealed (Pl. XVII. figs. 26, 45, 46). The 
shining granules next begin to diminish in number and 
size, and at length finally disappear, leaving as an effete resi- 
duum the investing sacs, which, lined by a small quantity of 
protoplasm produced sometimes into branched processes and 
showing the now reexposed nucleus, contribute largely to the 
histological elements of the gelatinous tissue (Pl. XVII. 
figs. 31, 44). 

The manner in which the fat-like granules make their ap- 
pearance and their subsequent history seem to point to their 
being food-reserves of some kind; but of what kind in parti- 
cular, one cannot safely even conjecture. They stain deeply 
with carmine, turn brown, and not blue, with iodine (1.), do 
not dissolve in ether or chloroform (11.), nor in boiling water 
(iii.), nor in strong sulphuric acid (iv.) ; strong acids, indeed, 
like nitric and sulphuric, seem to have no action upon them 


in the cold, even after prolonged treatment; iodine does not 
g1* 


448 Prot. W. J. Sollas on the 


stain them blue after treatment with sulphuric acid (v.): a 
d-per-cent. solution of potash hydrate dissolves them ; but the 
resulting solution does not reduce copper from Fehling’s solu- 
tion (vi.). By (i.) they are proved not to be any common 
form of starch, by (ii.) not fat, by (i11.) not inulin, by (iv.) not 
tunicin, by (v.) not cellulose, and by (vi.) not sugar. What 
they are, not one test indicates; and one is led to think they 
may be some kind of albuminoid. 

Another constituent of the mesoderm is furnished by the 
muscle-fibres, which occur chiefly as forming the sphincters 
about the openings of the vesicles (Pl. XVII. fig. 47). They 
are fusiform bodies prolonged at each end into long slender 
filaments, 0°0002 inch across where broadest, and 0-014 inch in 
length, composed of granular protoplasm, which stains deeply 
with carmine, and is thus rendered very distinct amidst the 
unstained colourless jelly of the matrix, and containing in the 
middle a round, or more usually oval, nucleus 0°000148 inch 
broad, with fluid contents and a minute round nucleolus. 
Occasionally the body of the fibre exhibits very distinct 
longitudinal striation. The muscle-fibres lie side by side 
concentrically arranged, to form the sphincters; the ends of 
some of those towards the outside of the sphincters escape 
from them tangentially, and wander into the surrounding 
matrix, where they appear to become connected with the fine 
terminations of the connective-tissue corpuscles—a union still 
further suggestive for the latter bodies of a nervous function. 

Fibres similar, but differing in slight details from those of 
the sphincter, run radiately from its outer margin into the 
surrounding tissue ; these are connective-tissue corpuscles. 

Large amcebitorm cells with pseudopodium-like processes, 
gigantic oval nuclei, and included spherical nucleoli are to be 
seen here and there in the mesoderm (Pl. XVII. fig. 48). 
They never occur in definite lacunee, like the similar cells of 
Tetilla. It is probable that they become converted into 
sperm-balls, like those to be presently mentioned. 

Spicule-cells have been already mentioned in connexion 
with the spinispirules ; these little spicules are frequently found 
with an accumulation of protoplasm about their shafts, which 
extends as a granular fibre over their spines, and contains a 
small round nucleus with a nucleolus. The large quadri- 
radiate spinispirules occasionally, but not often, present cases 
ot indubitably associated nuclei. The large body-spicules 
frequently bear on one side of the shaft a large cell, something 
like the ameebiform cells noticed above, the granular proto- 
plasm of which extends into a thin film, traceable for greater 
or less distances along the spicule, just as described in similar 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 449 


cases in Tettlla (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. pl. vil. 
fig. 18). 

Sperm-balls (Pl. XVII. fig. 28) are the last constituents of 
the mesoderm to which we need allude; they are rounded or 
oval clusters measuring about 0-0071 inch along the minor, and 
0-01 inch along the major axis, consisting of a vast number of 
closely packed spherical bodies of various sizes, from 0°00025 to 
0000057 inch in diameter. These stain deeply with carmine ; 
they present no trace of flagella, and are probably spermatozoa 
in an unripe state. Immediately surrounding each sperm- 
ball the gelatinous matrix is very finely fibrillated, and outside 
this thin fibrillar layer abounds in young abundantly and fre- 
quently coarsely granular protoplasmic cells (Pl. XVII. fig. 
1), which appear to be connective-tissue corpuscles, with 
short branches and in a very active state of growth. The 
large amoebiform cells are also sometimes found close to the 
sperm-ball. Besides these, abundant fusiform connective- 
tissue corpuscles radiate from the surrounding tissue to- 
wards the sperm-cluster, and penetrate the fibrillar layer 
which immediately surrounds it. ‘This layer, when seen 
from the inside by the removal of the sperm-granules, pre- 
sents the appearance of very fine curved striz, which wander 
about in all directions, but exhibit a more or less concentric 
direction about the ends of the fusiform corpuscles which they 
surround (Pl. XVII. fig. 16). ' 

Finding such a specialization of the mesoderm about each 
sperm-ball, one almost expects to find them also characterizing 
some special region of the body; but this is not the case ; 
they occur as near the top as the bottom of the sponge; and 
all one can say is that they do not approach nearer the surface 
than the third vesicle of the incurrent system. 

Development.—On the early stages of development I can 
contribute no information ; but Mr. Norman’s specimens have 
furnished me with six very young forms, which differ in several 
particulars from the adult sponge. All six agree in having 
a prolately ellipsoidal body provided with a single anchoring 
fibre; and in none is there any trace of an equatorial recess. 
This is also absent in Prof. Wright’s specimen ; but ina little 
example 0:5 inch broad by 0:4 inch high, with five rootlets, it is 
perfectly developed, as also are all the other characters of the 
adult sponge. ‘The length of the body in the smallest speci- 
men (PI, X VIL, fig. 7) is 0-02 inch, in the largest 0°06 inch. 
The anchoring-fibre is continued through the centre of the 
body as an axis; anda tuft of spicules projecting from the 
oscular end seems to be its upward termination. In the larger 
specimens the tufts of spicules radiating from the oscular 


450 Prof. W. J. Sollas on the 


region outwards are more numerous than in the smaller ; and 
in the largest a branch from the axis downwards seems to be 
a second rootlet. The spinispirules do not differ from those of 
the adult; but the quadriradiate spirules are absent from the 
two youngest forms. 

The slender spicules of the anchoring-fibres, over which 
the ectoderm extends, are mostly rounded at the distal end 
(Pl. XVII. fig. 39), like many of the spicules of 2. schenus, 
or the forms which so frequently occur as varieties amongst 
the pin-shaped acuates. These represent the first stage of the 
erapnel-spicules, which thus differ from the similar spicules 
in Yetilla by the absence of an initiatory inflation. In the 
next stage (Pl. XVII. figs. 33-38) these spicules exhibit 
near the distal end a number of little tubercular excrescences, 
similar to those which occur as abnormal thickenings on 
many of the spicules both of the Monaxonide and the Tetrac- 
tinellidee. In many cases these tubercles take the form of 
small teeth, often recurved, and varying in number from one 
to six. ‘They are seldom situated at the extreme end of the 
spicule, usually a little distance from it. In the larger 
specimens we find a considerable advance in growth and de- 
velopment ; the spicules show a marked increase in size; and 
though some of these larger forms still present a merely rounded 
end, others possess in addition from one to three short conical 
teeth budded off at some little distance before the end (Pl. X VII. 
figs. 40 to 42). There is still not the slightest trace of any 
terminal inflation, such as occurs in Tetella-grapnels. The rays 
arise merely as spines, precisely similar at this stage to the 
more numerous spines which cover the distal end of the quadri- 
radiate spicules of Zricentriwm muricatum. We may indeed, 
on the basis of these observations, regard the rays of these 
grapnels as highly developed spines, which, at their inception 
indefinite in number, become subsequently limited to three. 
The club-shaped spicules, previously mentioned as the pro- 
bable parents of the forks, have also been observed in these 
young forms; but no spines have yet been found proceeding 
from them. The bifurcated forks, however, are in these early 
stages very small, their rays being 0:006 inch long, while 
those of the adult are 0°05 inch, or eight times as long. 

Classification.— Thenea is evidently a true tetractinellid 
sponge ; but it differs from those hitherto described in this Re- 
port by the complete absence of a cortex, and thus is a typical 
example of our Leptochrota; this character has been noticed 
long ago by Sir Wyville Thomson, who, in his paper on Holtenia, 
recognized its classificatory value, and founded his suborder 
Leptophlcea upon it. This suborder is nearly the same as my 


Sponge-fauna of Norway. 451 


Leptochrota—the similarity in names, however, being only 
what we call accidental, arising really from our both having 
the same idea to express in a single word. ‘Thomson’s sub- 
order, however, was intended to include monaxonid as well 
as tetractinellid sponges, and thus, ignoring a distinction 
which all spongologists are now agreed to regard as funda- 
mental, cannot be maintained. ‘This is not the case with 
Leptochrota, which is a division of the Tetractinellide, not of 
the heterogeneous group Radiantia; Leptochrota, therefore, 
escapes anticipation, though by a very narrow chance. 

As secondary characters distinguishing Thenea we may 
cite the vesicular character of the canal-system, the super- 
abundance of clear gelatinous matrix in the mesoderm, and 
the substitution of spinipirules for stellates. As agreements 
of doubtful value with other sponges, we have the similarity 
in size of its flagellated chambers with those of the Corticata 
and such Hsperi@ as I have examined, and the resemblance 
of its club-shaped spicules to those of the Esperiad 2. Mar- 
shall-Halli. This latter resemblance [ regard as_ possibly 
due to homoplasy ; but in any case it is eminently suggestive 
of the manner in which the tetractinellid spicules have been 
evolved. 

Distribution.—Kors Fiord, Norway. Station 13, 200 to 
300 fathoms. The following occurrences are also recorded :— 
Atlantic, 58° 23! N., 48° 50’ W.; 1913 fms. (Wright). Loc.? 
500 fms. (Kent); Florida, 178 fms. (0. S.); between Anti- 
costi and Gaspé, 220 fms. (Whiteaves). Grey ooze gene- 
rally (W. Th.). 

Broadly speaking, therefore, it is known on both sides of 
the Atlantic, from Norway to Florida, and ranging from 100 
to 2000 fathoms in depth. Probably its area will be found to 
be much more extended than this: there is, indeed, a sugges- 
tion of its occurring in the Pacific ; for Mr. Norman has placed 
in my hands a specimen which seems specifically identical 
with 7. Wallichti, and which came, according to the assertion 
of the dealer who sold it, from Cebu. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 
Thenea Wallichu, P. Wright. 


Fig. 1. One of the coarsely granular cells in the connective tissue sur- 
rounding a sperm-ball ( x 500). 

Fig. 2. Median longitudinal section through the sponge: 0, the oscule ; 
t, tegminal edge; e, equatorial recess (nat. size). 

Fig. 3. A variety of acerate spicule, with swollen distal end (probably a 
precursor of the tetractinellid form) (x 30). 


452 On the Sponge-fauna of Norway. 


Fig. 4. A grapnel-spicule from the body of the sponge (x 45). 

Fig. 5. A fusiform fibre from the outer margin of a sphincter (x 455). 

Fig. 6. Section from the skin, a short distance inwards. a, first incurrent 
vesicle (=ectochone) ; 6, second incurrent vesicle (=endochone 
and subcortical crypt); s, a sphincter; c, excurrent vesicle ; d, 
d, layer characterized by food-reserve cells; e, inner ends of a 
tuft of spicules projecting from the skin; f, flagellated cham- 
bers. X 22°5. 

Figs. 7-12. Outlines of six young forms of Thenea (x about 3). 

vg. 13. Pauciradiate stellate or spinispirule, with the spines rounded at 
the ends (X 315). 

Fig. 14. Head of a form of grapnel-spicule common in the anchoring 
tails (x 166). 

Fiy. 15, Flagellated chamber, with a large cell seated, like a flayellated 
cell, on the wall, but connected by a short process with a fusi- 
form connective-tissue corpuscle: p, incurrent pore (x 250). 

Fig. 16. The inner face of the wall of a cavity, containing a sperm-ball, 
showing its fibrillated structure and tke ends of the connective- 
tissue corpuscles which penetrate it (x 250). 

Fig. 17. Club-shaped distal end of abnormal acerate, showing a rudi- 
mentary spine at one side (xX 166). 

Fig, 18. A young granular cell, containing a large shining grain of unde- 
termined nature—food-reserve cell (x 500). The series of 
changes which this kind of cell appears to undergo is represented 
by figs. 19, 26, 43, 45, 46, 44, 51, in the order here given. 

‘tg. 19. Food-reserve cell (x 600). 

Fig. 20. A young granular spherical cell common in the gelatinous con- 
nective tissue, and sometimes apparently forming one of the 
cells of a flagellated chamber (x 500). 

Fig. 21. Part of a flagellated chamber seen in optical section, with a 
croup of three young cells within a common cell-wall (x 500). 

Fig. 22. Some of the spherical granular bodies which compose a sperm-ball 
(x 500). 

Fig. 23. A flageliated chamber with a connective-tissue corpuscle ending 
in fine processes over its wall (x 500). 

Fig. 24, Spinispirule with its nucleus (x 500). 

Fig. 25. A thread of united connective-tissue corpuscles; at f, the gelati- 
nous matrix immediately surrounding a corpuscle shows a fine 
longitudinal fibrillation (x 338). 

Fig. 26. Food-reserve cell containing four granules (x 500). 

Fig. 27. Fibrille in layer surrounding a sperm-ball, having the appear- 
ance of tails radiating from the sperm-granules, indicated by the 
small circles (x 500). 

Fig. 28. A sperm-ball with its surrounding layer of modified gelatinous 
connective tissue (xX 20). 

Fig. 29. A branching connective-tissue corpuscle, having one of its fibres 
continuous with a fusiform cell resembling a muscle-fibre: », 
vacuole (x 500). 

Fig. 30. A connective-tissue corpuscle (x 500). 

Fig. 31. A cell from the gelatinous connective tissue, consisting of a thin 
wall enclosing a large vacuole-like space and a round nucleus 
(probably an exhausted food-reserve cell) (x 500). 

Fig. 32. A small portion of the epidermis seen en face (x 500). 

Figs. 33-38. Young forms of grapnel-spicules from the roots of the young 
specimens indicated by figs. 7 and 8 (x 315). 

Figs. 39-42, Also young forms of grapnels, from the specimens of figs. 
10-12 (x 315). 


Mr. F. Moore on a new Species of Crastia. 453 


Fig. 43, Small spherical cell with protoplasmic contents, vacuole, and 
food-grain (X 500). 

Fig. 44, Connective-tissue corpuscle with large vacuole (probably an ex- 
hausted food-reserve cell) (x 500). 

Figs. 45, 46. Cells with large vacuoles and food-grains (x 500). 

Fig. 47. A vesicle of the canal-system, showing the nuclei of its epithelial 
cells and associated ‘spinispirules: 66, edge of the vesicle; s, 
sphincter ; c, surrounding connective tissue. X 250. 

%g. 48. Large ameebiform cell of the connective tissue (x 3883), 


L.—Description of a new Species of Crastia, a Lepidopterous 
Genus belonging to the Family Eupleine. By F. Moore. 
Crastia Distantit. 

Upperside dark cupreous brown, glossed with olive-green : 
fore wing with a series of eight or nine white submarginal 
spots, and a marginal row of small spots, similarly disposed 
and of the same shape as those in the Malayan Luploa 
Bremert, Feld., but somewhat larger; two small spots also 
on the disk below the upper and middle median veins in some 
specimens; a short.slender sericeous streak between the lower 
median and submedian in the male: hind wing with two rows 
of prominent white spots. 

Underside greenish olive-brown: fore wing with marginal 
markings as above; two small spots also on the costa, another 
spot at the end of the cell, and three on the disk : hind wing 
with prominent marginal spots; a spot at the end of the cell, 


and five spots beyond. Expanse 28 to 3} inches. 
Hab. Sumatra. In coll. F. Moore. 


LI.—Researches on the Nervous System of the Larve of 
Dipterous Insects. By Prof. Ep, Branpt. 


HAvinG received from M. Behling a numberof Dipterous 
larve belonging to families which had not been previously 
examined as to their nervous system, I took the opportunity 
to dissect them, and with the following results. 
I have examined the following :— 
LePTIDz: Leptis, sp. 
BrBionipz: Bibio Marc?, L. 
—— Pomone, Fabr. 
—— ferruginatus, L. 
—— varipes, Meig. 
—— hortulanus, L. 


—— laniger, Meig. 


454 Prof. EK. Brandt on the Nervous System of the 
Bibio Johannis, Li. 


—— clavipes, Meig. 
albipennis, Meig. 
XYLOPHAGIDE: Xylophagus ater, Fabr. 
THEREVIDE: Thereva nobilitata, Fabr. 


DouicHopopip&: Dolichopus popularis, Wied. 
—— vulgaris, Meig. 


The larve of Leptide have thirteen ganglia—two cephalic 
(g. supra- et infracesophageum), three thoracic, and eight 
abdominal. All the ganglia are united by double connec- 
tives, as in the imago*—a very peculiar formation, only 
found in this family. In the other families of Dipterous 
insects these connectives are simple. 

The larve of Bibionide, Therevide, and Xylophagide 
have, like the Asilide (Laphria atra according to L. Dutour, 
and Laphria gilva and Asilus geniculatus according to my re- 
searches), thirteen ganglia, occupying the whole length of the 
body, and united by simple connectives. ‘The nervous 
system of the larve of those families has two cephalic, 
three thoracic, and eight abdominal ganglia. .The first and 
the second thoracic ganglia of the larva are near to each 
other; but the third thoracic ganglion is further apart from 
the second than the latter from the first. The first two tho- 
racic ganglia are afterwards fused, and form the first of the 
two thoracic ganglia of the adult insect; and the third 
thoracic ganglion of the larva is fused with the first abdo- 
minal ganglion, and forms the second thoracic ganglion of 
the adult insect. 

The larve of Dolichopodide have thirteen ganglia, so 
that there are two cephalic, three thoracic, and eight abdo- 
minal ganglia. All the ganglia are united by simple 
connectives, and occupy the whole length of the body. 
From my researches on the nervous system of the Dolicho- 
podide (/. c.) it is known that the imago has two cephalic 
ganglia and two ganglia in the thorax. ‘The first thoracic 
ganglion is formed by the fusion of the first two thoracic 
ganglia of the larva; and the second thoracic ganglion of the 
adult insect is formed by the coalescence of the third thoracic 
ganglion of the larva with all the abdominal ganglia. 

I have also examined some larvee of genera and species 
the nervous system of which was not known till now, belong- 
ing to the following families :— 

* Ed. Brandt, “ Vergl. anatom. Unters. ub. d. Nervens. d. Dipteren,” 
Hore Societ. Entom. Ross. xvi. 1879. 


Larve of Dipterous Insects. 455 


FUNGICOLH: Sctara nigrescens, Winnerts. 
—— rufiventris, Macq. 
—— gregaria, Behling. 
—— Behlingii, Winn. 
Rhyphus fenestralis, Scop. 


—— punctatus, Fabr. 
LIMNOBIDA: Tipulu lutescens, Fabr. 

Epiphragma picta. 

Pedicia rivosa. 
TABANIDE : YLabanus bromitus. 


The larve of Fungicole have thirteen or twelve ganglia. 
Seiara has thirteen ganglia (two cephalic, three thoracic, 
and eight abdominal). Lthyphus has twelve ganglia, two 
cephalic, three thoracic, and seven abdominal; and the last 
abdominal ganglion results from a fusion of two ganglia. 

The larve of the Limnobide have thirteen ganglia, two 
cephalic, three thoracic, and eight abdominal. ‘The thoracic 
ganglia are very close together ; the ganglion infracesophageum 
is very near to the first ganglion thoracicum; and the first 
abdominal ganglion is very near to the third thoracic ganglion ; 
so that these five ganglia seem to form a single thoracic ner- 
vous mass. AJ] the ganglia are united by simple nervous 
cords, and are arranged along the whole length of the body. 

The larve of Tabanide have only seven ganglia; and 
there are one cephalic ganglion (ganglion supracesophageum 
and no ganglion infracesophageum), one thoracic ganglion, 
and five abdominal ganglia, occupying the whole length of the 
abdomen. ‘The first, second, and third abdominal ganglia are 
not near to one another; but the last two are very close to- 
gether. Some time ago J. Kiinckel described the nervous 
system of the Tabanid larve, and stated that they have 
only two ganglia, one cephalic and one thoracic, and that 
only in the pupa state is there disjunction of the ganglia, 
I do not know if it is owing to a difference of. age or of the 
species; but the larva: of Yabanus bromius (Kiinckel does 
not say what species he examined) have all the abdominal 
ganglia, in the same number and similarly arranged, as in the 
adult insect; only the ganglion intracesophageum is of late 
formation (in the pupa), by a disjunction from the anterior 
part of the single thoracic ganglion of the larva (as in Muscide). 
Thus the nervous system of the larve of the Tabanide consti- 
tutes an intermediate form between the nervous system of the 
larve of the Muscide and the nervous system of the larve of 
the Nemocera and some other families ot Dipterous insects. 


456 On the Nervous System of the Strepstptera. 


LII.—On the Nervous System of the Strepsiptera. 
By Prof. EpwArp Branpr*, 


THE nervous system 
of the Strepsiptera has 
not been subjected to 
any special researches. 
C. Th. von Sieboldt 
only states that these 
insects (Xenos  ves- 
parum) have one tho- 
racic ganglion; but 
he does not say any 
thing about the num- 
ber of cephalic and 
abdominal ganglia. 

My researches have 
been limited to four 
females and one male 
of Stylops melitte, and 
one female of Xenos 
vesparum, preserved 
In spirit. 

The results of my 
researches are the fol- 
lowing :— 

1. The cephalic di- 
vision of the nervous 
system consists of the 
ganglion — supraeso- 
phageum only, the 
ganglion infracesopha- 
geum being absent. 

2. The 1 ihoraeie di- 
vision consists of a 
large ganglion con- 
taining five pairs of 
nuclei; it is divided 
into two parts :—an 
anterior and smaller 
one, corresponding to 
the ganglion infraeso- 
phageum and to the 
first thoracic ganglion 


an Abstract, communicated by the Author, of a memoir printed in 
Russian, St. Petersburg, 1878. 

t C. Th. von Siebold, ‘ Lehrbuch der yergleichenden Anatomie, Th. i. 
(Berlin, 1848), p. 582. 


Reptiles and Batrachians from Ecuador. 457 


of other insects; and a posterior and larger part, which 
corresponds to the other thoracic ganglia and to some abdo- 
minal ganglia. The anterior division supplies nerves to 
the organs of the mouth (like the ganglion infrawsophageum) 
and to the first pair of legs. ‘The posterior and larger divi- 
sion of this ganglion supplies nerves to the second pair of 
wines, to the thorax, and to different segments of the 
abdomen. 

3. The abdominal division of the nervous system consists 
of one abdominal ganglion, situated in the last third of the 
body. It is oval, and is connected with the thoracic ganglion 
by means of a long and thin cord. From this ganglion spring 
three pairs of nerves, of which the first and second pairs branch 
out in the fifth and sixth segments of the abdomen, while the 
last pair branch out in the last segment of the abdomen and 
in the rectum. 

This nervous system is as curious as that of some Coleo- 
ptera*® (Lhizotrogus solstitialis, Serica brunnea) and some 
Hemiptera (//ydrometra lacustris), as it has no ganglion in- 
JSrawsophageum. 


LIII.—Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by 
Mr. Edward Whymper in Ecuador in 1879-80. By G. A. 
BOULENGERT. 


THE collection of Reptiles and Batrachians kindly placed in 
my hands by Mr. Whymper, though containing no striking 
novelties, is interesting on account tof the care bestowed by 
its collector in recording the exact locality from which every 
specimen was obtained, I will therefore mention all the 
specimens contained in this collection. our species appear 
to be new to science. 


REPTILIA. 
CHELONIA. 


1. Cinosternon, sp. 


Two very young, dried specimens, the dorsal shield 24 


* Ed. Brandt, ‘On the Nervous System of the Lamellicornia,’ St. 
Petersburg, 187 (in Russian). 

Ed. Brandt, ‘Researches into the Comparative Anatomy of the Ner- 
vous System of the Hemiptera,’ St. Petersburg, 1878 (in Russian). 

+ This paper was ready for the press in Nov ember 1881; but the execu- 
tion of the woodcuts has delayed its publication. In the meanwhile the 
descriptions of the new frogs have been published in the British-Museum 

‘Catalogue of Batrachia Ecaudata.’ 


458 M. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles 


millim. long, too small and too badly preserved to be properly 
identified. From Nanegal (3000 feet). 

These tortoises are closely allied to C. lewcostomum, A. 
Dum., which occurs in Colombia; but the axillary and in- 
guinal shields are in contact, as in C. integrum, Leconte, 
from Mexico. 

This is, I believe, the first time that a Otnosternon is 
recorded from Ecuador. 


LACERTILIA. 


2. Gymnodactylus caudiscutatus, Gthr. 
Guayaquil. One half-grown specimen. 


3. Anolis chrysolepis, Dum. & Bibr. 
Tanti (2000 feet). One 9 specimen. 


4, Anolis de Ville, Blgr. 
Nanegal (3000 feet). One 3 specimen. 


5. ?Anolis squamulatus, Peters. 


Anolis sqwamulatus, Peters, Monatsh. Ak. Berl. 1863, p. 145; Bocourt, 
Miss. Sc. Mex. pl. xiv. fig. 21. 

Milligalli (6200 feet). One 2 specimen, measuring from 
snout to vent 65 millim. 

As regards the pholidosis and proportions of the head, this 
specimen agrees perfectly with Bocourt’s figure. ‘The ventral 
scales are smooth, as stated by the latter, though Peters says 
“ Bauchschuppen rund, glatt oder deutlich gekielt.” It 
differs from Peters’s description in the following points— 
median dorsal scales not keeled, smaller size, coloration : this 
is dull lilac, minutely and indistinctly speckled with blackish. 
A. squamulatus is known from Puerto Cabello and Panama. 


6. Liocephalus trachycephalus, A. Dun. 


Five specimens from Otovalo (8460 feet), one from the 
road from Quito to Guallabamba (8500 feet), two from the road 
between Guallabamba and Guachala, one from Ambato (8630 
feet), thirteen from Machachi (9000-10,000 feet), two from La 
Dormida, Cayambe mountain (10,000 feet), and one from Hac. 
S. Rosario (10,360 feet), on the lower slopes of Lliniza. 


7. Liocephalus iridescens, Gthr. 
Guayaquil. One specimen. 


and Batrachians from Ecuador. 459 


[Of the genus Liocephalus five species, two of which are 
recent additions to science, are known from Ecuador. ‘They 
may be distinguished in the following way :— 


I. Ventral scales smooth, or nearly so. 
1. Palpebral shields small; all the head- 
shields keeled. 
Dorsal scales large, very strongly keeled ; 
three of them, taken from the middle 
of the side, correspond to the ver- 
tical diameter of the ear-opening .. ornatus, Gray. 
Dorsal scales moderate; four of them 
correspond to the vertical diameter 
of the ear-opening .............. trachycephalus, A. Dum. 
2. A series of broad palpebral shields ; 
head-shields smooth, or slightly keeled. 
Front edge of the ear slightly toothed ; 
scales of the lower surface of the tail 
strongly keeled's. i's <2... «sine as ae aridescens, Gthr. 
Front edge of the ear rather strongly 
toothed; scales of the lower surface 


of the tail feebly keeled .......... Fformosus, Blgr. 
If. Ventral scales very strongly keeled; head- 
SVEIGE EXT SGyl ett Spas DOP OM aun otic es aculeatus, O’Shaughn. } 


8. Ameiva sexscutata, Gthr. 


Tanti. Two specimens (? and h.er.). 


9. Cercosaura Gaudichaudi (Dum. & Bibr.). 


Five specimens from Hac. Olalla, plain of Tumbaco (8490 
feet), three from Chillo (9000 feet), and one from Pichincha 
(11,000 feet). 


10. Proctoporus unicolor (Gray). 


Three specimens from Hae. Olalla, and four from Chillo. 
A small median occipital shield is frequently present. 


11. Amphisbena fuliginosa, L. 
One specimen from Guayaquil, and another from Tanti. 


OPHIDIA. 


From the interior of Ecuador Mr. Whymper obtained only 
two snakes, belonging to two species, viz. lng de 
and Leptognathus nebulatus; and he observes :—“The most 
intelligent persons I could question declared that snakes did 
not exist; and the surprise and curiosity which these two 
specimens excited amongst the natives showed that they were 
rare.” In his paper on the reptiles collected by the Orton 
expedition Prof. Cope mentions no less than nine species of 


460 M. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles 


snakes from the “ valley of Quito.” This is in contradiction 
with what Orton himself says :—‘‘ During a residence of 
nearly three months in the Quito valley we saw but one 
snake”? (‘The Andes and the Amazon,’ English edition, 
p- 107). 


12. Boa constrictor, L. 


Guayaquil. One young specimen. 


13. Homalocranion melanocephalum (L.). 


Milligalli (6200 feet). One specimen. 


14. Coronella doliata (L.), var. formosa, Jan. 


Guayaquil. One specimen, with undivided anal and 
twenty-three rows of scales. ‘ 


15. Coronella Whympert, sp. n. 


Habit of Coronella austriaca. Wead moderate ; snout short, 


Corcnelia Whympert, Bley. 


and Batrachians from Ecuador. 461 


its length not quite twice the diameter of the eye. Rostral 
moderate, not advancing on the internasals ; latter longer than 
broad ; frontal as long as its distance from the tip of the 
snout, its front edge nearly straight; parietals longer than 
frontal, narrowed and including a considerable notch behind. 
Eight supero-labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; one 
preocular, two postoculars, lower smaller than upper; a single 
anterior temporal ; eight inferior labials, five in contact with 
mentals; latter, inailes pair longest. Shales: in seventeen rows. 
Gastrosteges 154 or 156 ; anal bifid; urosteges 55 or 66. 
Brown above, upper half of supero- -labials yellowish, lower 
half blackish ; a black streak from the eye along the side of 
the neck ; a light black-edged spot on each side of the nape ; 
a rather indistinct, interrupted, yellowish line along each side 
of the tront half of the body, between the fifth and sixth rows 
of scales; a black stripe along the middle of the tail and of 
the hind part of the back ;_ yellow or brownish-yellow beneath ; 
outer edge of gastrosteges and urosteges, and sometimes front 


o 
edge of former, black. 


‘Length of the two specimens :—Head and body 514, 
410 millim. ; tail 127, 135 millim. 


Milligalli. ‘Two specimens. 

This t species bears a close resemblance to Coronella decorata, 
Gthr. (Cat. Colubr. Sn. p. 35), from Mexico, but differs in 
the narrower internasals, shorter tail, size, and coloration. 

[Having compared the type specimens of C. decorata, Gthr. 
(1858), with the figure of Hnicognathus vittatus, Rapp, MS. 

Jan, Arch. per la Zool. i1. fase. i. p. 61, 1863 ; ‘and Iconogr. 
| I } 
gén. ’ Ophid. livrsel 6; plsii.), Lam convinced that the two 


species are identical. | 


16. Liophis regine (L.), var. albiventris, Jan. 
Two adult and two young from Muilligalli, and one half- 
grown from Tanti. 


+o) . . . . 

The var. guadrilineatus, Jan, is represented by two speci- 
mens, which are evidently the adult state of var. albiventris. 

17. Liophis alticolus. 

Opheomorphus alticolus, Cope, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1868, p. 102. 

Olalla, near Tumbaco (8490 feet). One fine specimen, 
which was brought in to Mr. Whymper alive, and excited 
much curiosity amongst the natives. 

18. Liophis splendens, Jan. 


Hacienda of Palmira, Nanegal (3000 feet). One specimen. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 32 


462 M. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles 


19. Herpetodryas brunneus, Gthr. 


Guayaquil. One specimen. 


20. Oxyrhopus clelia (Daud.). 
Hacienda of Palmira, Nanegal. One specimen, with only 
seventeen rows of ane , and without loreal shield. 
21. Oxyrhopus petalarius (Ee). 


Guayaquil. One specimen. 


22. Himantodes cenchoa (L.). 


Guayaquil. One specimen. 


23. Hlaps marcgravi, Wied, var. ancolaris, Jan. 


Nanegal. One specimen. 


24. Llaps lemniscatus (L.). 
Guayaquil. One specimen. 
25. Leptognathus nebulatus (L.). 
Ibarra (7300 feet). One half-grown specimen, which was 
brought in to Mr. Whymper alive. 
26. Bothrops atrox (L.). 
Two young specimens from Nanegal, and another from 
Mindo, W. of Quito (4150 feet). 
27. Bothrops Schleg gel (Berthold). 


‘Two adult specimens from Bologna, and two young from 
S. Domingo de los Colorados. 

I do not think that Lachesis nitidus, Gthr. (1859), is speci- 
fically different from Zrigonocephalus Schlegelt, Berthold. 


BATRACHIA. 
ECAUDATA. 
28. Prostherapis Whymper?, sp. n. 


Snout depressed, projecting, truncate, with angular canthus 
rostralis ; loreal region nearly vertical ; nostril nearer the tip — 
of the snout than the eye. the oreatest diameter of the orbit 
equals the length of the snout ; interorbital space broader than 
the upper eyelid : tympanum perfectly distinct, two thirds the 
breadth of the eye. First and second fingers equal ; toes 


and Batrachians fiom feuador. 465 


quite free ; disks of fingers and.toes small; subarticular and 
inner metatarsal tubercles indistinct; no outer metatarsal 


Prostherapis Whympert, Bley. 


tubercle. ‘The hind limb being carried forwards along the 
body, the tibio-tarsal articulation marks the anterior border of 
the eye. Skin everywhere pertectly smooth. Blackish ; 
throat and belly marbled with grey ; lower surface of hind 
limbs greyish, of arms whitish. An internal subgular vocal 
sac. From snout to vent 24 millim. 

Tanti, 2000 feet. A single (¢) specimen. 

This small frog is closely allied to P. cnguinalis, Cope, hitherto 
the unique species of the interesting genus Prostherapis, Cope. 
The British Museum having recently received the latter from 
Ecuador (Sarayacu and Canelos) through Mr. Buckley, I have 
been able to compare it with this new form; and I have no doubt 
they are pertectly distinct from each other. In P. cagutnalis the 
tympanum is hidden, the first finger is longer than the second, 
the digital expansions are larger, there is an outer metatarsal 
tubercle, and the upper lip is margined with white. 


29. Dendrobates tinctortus (Schneid.). 


‘Two specimens from Tanti. 


30. Phryniscus levis, Gthr. 


Four specimens collected on the road from Latacunga to 
Machachi (9000-10,000 feet) ; five young from the Panecillo, 
Quito (9500 feet); one young from Hacienda of Guachala 
(9200 feet) ; and an adult from Riobamba (9000 feet). 

Of this frog, Mr. Whymper says it “is one of the most 
widely distributed, 1 think the most widely distributed, in 

32* 


464. M. G, A. Boulenger on Reptiles 
Ecuador. I have seen it almost everywhere from 7000 feet 


above the sea to 13,500 feet. We could have obtained thou- 
sands of specimens if there had been any object in doing so.”’ 


31. Phryniscus elegans, sp. n. 


Phryniscus elegans, Bley. 


Head small, its length nearly one third that of the body ; 
snout prominent, truncate, not pointed, a little longer than the 
diameter of the eyeball; canthus rostralis angular; loreal 
region vertical; rostral nearer the tip of the snout than the 
eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid. Limbs 
slender; stretched along the body, the fore limb extends 
beyond the vent with the length of the fourth finger, the hind 
limb marks the middle of the eye with the tibio-tarsal articu- 
lation. Fingers slightly webbed at the base, first very short ; 
toes nearly entirely webbed, the last two phalanges of fourth 
toe free ; inner toe very short, but perfectly distinct; no sub- 
articular, nor carpal, nor metatarsal tubercles. Skin perfectly 
smooth. Light pinkish grey above, vermiculated with broad 
black lines; a black streak from the tip of the snout, through 
the eye, along each side of the body to the groin; lower 
surfaces white, immaculate, except a few small black spots 
under the limbs. From snout to vent 34 millim. 

A single 9 specimen from ‘Tanti. 


and Batrachians from Ecuador. 465 


32. Hylodes conspicillatus, Gthr. 
Two specimens (¢ and young) from Milligalli, 6000 feet. 


33. Hylodes unistrigatus, Gthr. 


Eight specimens from the neighbourhood of Machachi 
(9000 to 10,000 feet), one from Chillo (9000 feet), and three 
from Hacienda of Olalla, plain of Tumbaco (8490 feet). 


34. Hylodes Whymperi, sp. n. 


Hylodes Whympert, Blgr. 


Habit of Hyla arborea. 

Tongue oval, entire. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series 
behind the choanz. Snout rounded, as long as the greatest 
orbital diameter, with distinct canthus rostralis ; nostril 
nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital space a 
little broaderthan the uppereyelid ; tympanum hidden. Fingers 
moderate, first shorter than second; toes moderate, quite free ; 
disks and subarticular tubercles moderate; two metatarsal 
tubercles. he hind limb being carried forwards along the 
body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the angle of the 
mouth. Skin of upper surface tubercular; on the back the 
tubercles are confluent into more or less distinct longitudinal 
lines; belly granulate. Dark olive-brown above (in one 
specimen with a few light spots) ; greyish or reddish brown, 
immaculate or marbled with dark brown, beneath ; upper lip 
whitish. In the specimen from the valley of Collanes and 
in that from the mountain Cotocachi the front and hinder sides 
of the thighs are tinged with magenta red. Irom snout to 
vent 27 millim. 

H. Whympert resembles H. unistrigatus im general appear- 
ance ; but the latter has a distinct tympanum, larger digital 


466 On Reptiles and Batrachians from Ecuador. 


expansions, the skin smooth, or nearly smooth, above, and a 
strong fold across the chest. 

Two specimens from Pichincha (11,000 to 12,000 feet), one 
from the valley of Collanes (12,500 feet), one from Cotocneni 
(13,000 feet), and two from 'Tortorillas, lower slopes of Chim- 
borazo (13,200 feet). 

Besides these three well-characterized //ylodes there are 
eleven very small specimens from Chillo, 9 to 15 millim. 
long from snout to vent, too young to be properly determined. 
Upon these Mr. Whymper observes, ‘This miniature species 
was first brought to my notice by an ’Snelich resident ; and he 
assured me that the largest of the specimens represents the 
full size of the species.” This is evidently a mistake, as all 
the specimens prove to be young. They perhaps be slong to a 
new species; but with the materials before me I will not 
venture to describe it. 


35. Bufo ceruleostictus, Gthr. 
A male specimen. Nanegal, 4000 feet. 


36. Bufo marinus (L.). 


‘Two very young specimens, from near the bridge of Chimbo 
(LOOO feet), 


37. Bufo crucifer, Wied. 


Two half-grown specimens, from ‘Tanti. 


38. Nototrema marsupiatum (Dum. & Bibr.). 


Thirty-one specimens from the neighbourhood of Machachi, 
ae eight from the neighbourhood of Hacienda of Antisana, 
3,300 feet ; six tadpoles from Pedregal, 11,600 feet. 
aie Why mper informs me that the ground-colour was 
bright green. ‘These frogs were in great numbers at this 
locality. “(M achachi) ; and in the evening their music was so 
loud as almost to interfere with hearing when walking out.” 


APODA. 
39. Cacilia pachynema, Gthr. 
One specimen from Milhigalli. 
Maxillary teeth 5, mandibular 4, vomero-palatines 6; 
circular folds 160. Unspotted. 


The following is a list of the papers treating especially of 
the herpetological fauna of Ecuador :— 


M. de Quatrefages on Charles Darwin. 467 


A. Giinther, “ Lists of the Cold-blooded Vertebrata collected 
by Mr. Fraser in the Andes of Western Ecuador,” Proe. 
Zool. Soc. 1859, pp. 89, 402-420, pl. xx. 

E. D. Cope, An Examination of the Reptilia and Ba- 
trachia obtained by the Orton Expedition to Ecuador and 
the Upper Amazon, &c.,” Proc. Ac. Philad. 1868, pp. 96- 
iL). 

Also Orton “ Contributions to the Natural History of the 
Valley of Quito: Reptiles,” Amer. Natur. 1871, v. p. 693. 

J. de la Espada, ‘ Viaje al Pacifico, Vertebr., Baty. an.’ 
Madrid, 1875, 4to, 208 pp. 7 pls. Preliminary Diagnoses of 
the new species have been published in Jorn. Se. math. phys, 
e nat. Lisb, ix. 1870, pp. 58-65, and An. Soc. Esp. i. 1872, 
pp. 85-88. 

G. A. Boulenger, “ Reptiles et Batraciens recueillis par 
M. E. de Ville dans les Andes de l’Equatear,” Bull. Soc. 
Zool. France, 1880, pp. 41-48, and P. Z.S. 1881, pp. 246 
& 247, pl. xxvi. 

A. W. E. O'Shaughnessy, “On the Collection of Lizards 
made by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador,” P.Z.S. 1880, pp. 491- 


oe 


493, pl. xlix., and 1881, pp. 227-245, pls. xxii.-xxv. 


LIV.—Charles Darwin. By M. DE QUATREFAGES*, 


A? the last meeting our honourable President was good enough 
to give me notice that he would call upon me to-day to say a 
few words with reference to the scientific labours of Darwin. 
I could only answer that he was imposing upon me a very 
difficult task, and that it is not in a short note that one can 


* Translated from the ‘ Comptes Rendus de l Académie des Sciences,’ 
Ist May, 1882, pp. 1216-1222. We have thought that a translation of 
this memoir, although it contains little that has not appeared in many 
notices of the great Mnglish naturalist, might be of interest to our readers 
for several reasons. It is not only an expression of opinion upon Darwin's 
character and work by a distinguished foreign zoologist; but it was pre- 
pared at the special request of the President of the French Academy of 
Sciences ; and some parts of it are of particular interest in connexion with 
the fact of Darwin having been rejected as a Correspondent of the 
Institute, although subsequently elected. Further, M. de Quatre- 
fages, with many French naturalists, stood in opposition to the theory of 
the origin of species by descent with modification, as enunciated by 
Darwin; and we have here a brief exposition of his views upon this sub- 
ject, and side by side with this a statement of those considerations which 
seem to him to establish the preeminent merit of the great philosopher 
whose loss is here commemorated, quite independently of the acceptance 
er rejection of his theory, 


468 M. de Quatrefages on Charles Darwin. 


appreciate and render intelligible a very considerable mass of 
researches, bearing upon a multitude of the most diverse sub- 
jects, and especially a doctrine the profound influence of which 
has made itself felt, not only in the domain assigned to the 
natural sciences, but, it may be said, in almost the entire field 
of human thought. Nevertheless I would not draw back from 
an appeal by which I considered myself honoured. 

My own past in a manner made it a duty for me to an- 
swer. I have openly combated the doctrines of Darwin, 
which have been so popular; but I have always as openly 
rendered justice to the man and to the philosopher. The 
Academy knows that from the first to the last candidature of 
our regretted correspondent, neither my vote nor my words 
have been wanting in his support. Incited by our President, 
I cannot be silent today. I shall therefore endeavour to 
summarize, in as few words as possible, the general impres- 
sion which is left upon my mind by a career, few like which 
are to be found in the annals of science. | 

There were two men in Charles Darwin—a naturalist, ob- 
server, and experimenter when necessary, and a theoretical 
thinker. The naturalist is exact, sagacious, and patient ; 
the thinker is original, often correct, but also often too rash. 
It is this rashness that led Darwin into paths where many less 
adventurous naturalists could not follow him. But are we, on 
this account, to forget that before he strayed in this manuer, 
and, indeed, in the midst of his most imprudent wanderings, he 
discovered and opened out daily some new course, in which 
the most circumspect of men now march after him ? 

Darwin never specialized himself. ‘To judge of his entire 
scientific work one must bea geologist and a botanist quite as 
much as a zoologist. Being unable by myself to give a de- 
tailed (motivé) judgment upon a great part of his works, I 
shall limit myself to recalling the proofs of high estimation 
which have been accorded to them by the most competent 
authorities. ‘These indisputable testimonies will not fail me. 

On the 27th December, 1831, Darwin (then twenty-two 
years old) embarked on board the ‘ Beagle,’ which, under the 
command of Captain Fitzroy, was starting upon a voyage 
round the world. He returned to England. after a five-years’ 
expedition, and immediately commenced a series of publica- 
tions, which ver y quickly secured him a special place among 
the naturalists, his compatriots. 

We must first say a word about his “Journal” of the voyage. 
One hears too little of this book, in which we can already see 
traces of some of the ideas which the author was afterwards to 
develop, and which contains a multitude of details, some of 


M. de Quatrefages on Charles Darwin. 469 


which are very important. Whether the question is of man, 
of animals, or of plants, Darwin shows himself a careful and 
sagacious observer, capable of rapidly seizing upon relations, 
even though they may be distant, and to bring out their con- 
sequences. He also appears as a man of generous thoughts. 
The extermination of the Tasmanians calls from him a ery of 
indignation, which, it may be said to the honour of English- 
men, was repeated by many of his compatriots. 

Our Correspondent was charged with the conduct of the publi- 
cation of the scientific results obtained by the expedition of the 
‘Beagle.’ His co-labourers were Owen, who described the fossil 
Mammalia; Waterhouse, who published the recent Mammals. 
Gould undertook the birds; but, being sent into Australia, he 
left this work to Darwin, who obtained the aid of Gray, as it 
is hardly necessary to say. However, two great memoirs, 
called ‘ Introductions,” one upon geology considered in its 
relations with the extinct mammalogical species, the other on 
the geographical distribution of the recent Mammalia, attest 
the knowledge he possessed of these groups and his aptitude 
for the treatment of general questions. 

Darwin did not recoil from the minute investigations which 
are required for the knowledge and discrimination of species. 
This he has well proved by the manner in which he has 
monographically treated the history of the Cirripedes. Before 
his time there existed upon this class scarcely any thing but 
scattered materials, and the characterization of the groups 
was not sufficiently advanced to permit geologists to take ad- 
vantage of the fossils of this kind buried in various strata. 
Darwin devoted three volumes, representing more than 1200 
pages, to the investigation of the recent and fossil Cirripedes. 
‘These works were printed at the cost of the Ray and Palon- 
tographical Societies. ‘This is enough to prove their value; 
for Darwin was as yet only the Naturalist of the ‘Beagle,’ and 
it was not to his future reputation, which there was nothin 
at that time to foretell, that so significant a homage could be 
paid. 

However, at first, it is towards the history of our globe 
that Darwin’s thoughts appear to have been directed in pre- 
ference. At the time of the publication of the scientific 
results of the ‘ Beagle’s’ voyage, he undertook single-handed 
the geological part, which includes several volumes. He 
inserted in these or published elsewhere a great number of 
memoirs or notes, among others upon coral islands, on the 
formation of volcanic islands, on the geology of the Falkland 
Islands, on the various geological phenomena which were 
manifested in South America, &c. These diverse publica- 


470 M. de Quatrefages on Charles Darwin. 


tions procured him, from the Geological Society of London, 
the Wollaston Medal, the highest recompense at the disposal 
of that Society* 

Subsequently botany especially attracted Darwin’s attention 
—not descriptive botany, but rather that part of the science 
which deals with obscure and little-known phenomena, be- 
longing especially to physiology. We know what import- 
ance the most hig ghly-qualified naturalists attach to his obser- 

vations and experiments upon polymorphism, on the inter- 
crossing of different forms of the same species, on climbing 
plants, on the fertilization of orchids, &c. The eminent 
botanist Hooker, in a public discourse, declared that the 
physiological discoveries of Darwin were the finest that had 
been made for ten years. Our illustrious fellow-member M. 
de Candolle has never hidden lis admiration for the English 
naturalist ; and in a letter, which I could find if necessary, he 
wrote to me, with that extreme modesty which we all know 
him to possess, nearly in the following words :—“‘ It is not I, 
it is Darwin that the Academy should have named as its 
foreign associate.’ 

And yet it is not this group of works, all precise, all cor- 
rect, all bringing to science results thenceforward acquired, 
which have gained for Darwin his immense reputation and 
his widespreail popularity. It was his theory of the Origin 
of Species that taught the whole world, the ignorant as well as 
the learned, the name of the illustrious Englishman. It is 
because this theory seemed to respond to one of the most vivid 
aspirations, and, 1 do not hesitate to say, one of the noblest 
desires of the human mind; itis because it seemed to explain 
the world of organized beings, just as mathematics, astronomy, 
geology, and physics have explained the world of inorganic 
bodies. What Darwin attempted was to refer to the action of 
second causes alone the marvellous group of phenomena 
studied by the botanists and the zoologists; he endeavoured 
to explain their genesis and evolution , just as the astronomers 
and geologists have taught us how our globe originated, and 
how its surface has become what we see it. 

‘There is nothing but what is perfectly legitimate in this 
great effort of a ereat mind; and it cannot be but that Dar- 
Win’s conception ‘has in it something serious as well as seduc- 
tive to enable it to carry away not only the multitude who 
take things on credit, and too often under the influence of their 
passions, “put also such men as Hooker, Huxley, Vogt, Lub- 
bock, Brandt, Philippi, Hiickel, Lyeli, and so many others. 

The fact is that Darwin’s s starting- point is unassailable. No 


It was, at the time, not merely the highest, but the on/y hcnour the 
Soe iety had to bestow. | 


M. de Quatrefages on Charles Darwin. 471 


one nowadays, I fancy, would dream of denying the perfect 
truth of what the English naturalist has said about the 
struggle for existence and natural selection. Up to this point 
he remained upon the solid ground of observation and experi- 
ment. Afterwards these two guides of modern science sud~- 
denly fail him. Seeking to explain the origin of species, he 
does not ask himself what is to be understood by that word. 
‘Tam not going to inquire here what is the true notion that 
we ought ‘to form of this fundamental eroup. But it was 
necessary that, having to speak of it, Darwin should form 
some precise idea of it. This he has not done; and this 
is how he has fallen into the course which led him into error, 
It is as if a traveller following a safe though arid road, should 
quit it, seduced by the mirage, and lose himself in the open 
desert. 

But such a traveller, however he may go astray, may dis- 
cover, in the midst of the s sandy wastes, rich oases the exis- 
tence of which he will reveal. And this has been Darwin’s 
destiny. Itis precisely under the influence of ideas that I 

cannot accept, that he undertook and brought to an end some 
of his most curious and most important works—works of 
which, no doubt, he would never have thought, if he had 
followed a more regular course. 

The question which pressed itself most imperiously upon 
Darwin is one of those which have occupied the greatest 
minds, Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, as well as Button; 1 mean 
the variability of tle species. It constitutes the basis of the 
doctrine of the English naturalist; he is incessantly occupied 
by it, and seeks it always and every w here in the two organic 
kingdoms. _ It is by virtue of this special point of view that he 
was enabled to notice many facts which had escaped his pre- 
decessors ; that he made experiments of which no one else had 
dreamt; and that he attained. unexpected but very positive 

results, which physiology, botany, and zoology will hence- 
forward have to take into account. It is here that we find the 
original work of Darwin—the work that assures him a posi- 
tion apart, and in the highest rank, among naturalists ; and, 
what is remarkable, there is in this work instruction for’ every 
body. Nowhere shall we find graver arguments to combat 
the transformist doctrines which have themselves given rise to 
these very investigations. On the other hand, nowhere shall 
we meet with more solid arguments to oppose to exaggerated 
morphologists. It will be understood that I cannot here de- 
velop all my thoughts; but I do not think that I exaggerate 
in saying that, for a long time and perhaps always, whoever 
shall take up those general questions to which I allude, must, 
in the first place, study the writings of Darwin. 


472 M. de Quatrefages on Charles Darwin. 


These I cannot enumerate here. Moreover, some of them 
are beyond my range. I shall only refer to the two volumes 
devoted to the study of variation in animals and plants under 
the influence of domestication; and in the midst of the mass 
of facts, observations, and experiments contained in their 
thousand pages, I shall only dwell for a moment upon the 
memoir upon pigeons. 

This work required of Darwin ten years of investigations. 
In order to bring together the materials for it he procured 
specimens of all ‘the known races of pigeons; he even pre- 
pared with his own hand their skeletons, which he has described 
almost bone by bone. From this study of their external and 
osteological characters he concluded that these domestic birds, 

called indifferently by the same name, present, at least, 150 
more or less distinctly marked forms, all perpetuating them- 
selves by generation, and capable of being taken for so many 
species if they were met with living in freedom. ‘These forms 
are, moreover, so different that, if we were to apply to them 
the rules of classification employed in the distribution of 
species, we must form for them five distinct genera. 

In presence of so great a diversity Darwin asked himself 
whether all these apparent species can be referred to a common 
imitial form; or whether, as Buffon and Cuvier himself had 
thought, several wild species had mingled their blood to 
engender what we call the domestic pigeons. Now, by an 
entire series of exact facts and rigorous deductions he suc- 


(=) 
ceeded in showing that all our pigeons have descended from the 


rock-dove, Goluniba livia of naturalists. Then he checks by 
experiment this result deduced from observation. He couples 
the most dissimilar forms; he accumulates in the same sub- 
jects the blood of the representatives of the five supposed 
genera, of which I spoke above ; and he finds that these com- 
plex products lose none of their fertility. Finally, as a 
countercheck, he couples these pigeons with species other 
than the rock- dove, and demonstrates the disappearance of 
fecundity. 

Nothing can be clearer than the consequences which result 
from this arduous labour. The species may vary almost 
indefinitely in the forms of its representatives without losing 
its fundamental character, namely the faculty of reproducing 
itself. The physiological separation of species, even when 
very nearly allied, is just as clearly demonstrated by these 
experiments. All these facts are in absolute contradiction 
with the very basis of the theory which assumes the evolution 
and the transmutation of the species. Does Darwin, there- 
fore, deny or misrepresent them? Certainly not ; and it is 


M. de Quatrefages on Charles Darwin. 473 


here that is displayed in the fullest light a trait of character 
and intellect that I must at least indicate, unless I would 
leaye a serious hiatus in this too rapid sketch. 

The enthusiastic disciples of Darwin assert that he has 
explained every thing in the organic world. ‘The language 
of the master is quite different. No doubt he allows himself too 
frequently to be carried away by the vivacity of his thoughts. 
Nevertheless, also very frequently, he retains sufficient cool- 
ness to recognize, even in his own works, the arguments and 
facts which are in favour of his adversaries. Then he hastens 
to indicate them with a loyalty which has something chivalrous 
about it. He is the first to declare that he knows nothing 
about the appearance of the archetype, the ancestor of all 
organized beings; he rejects, as being in disagreement with 
the results of experiment, the belief in spontaneous generation, 
which would so easily have completed his doctrine ; he recog- 
nizes that the struggle for existence and natural selection 
cannot explain the appearance in an organism of any thing 
really new ; he makes the same avowal with regard to the 
unfertility which must at some given moment physiologically 
separate forms issuing from the same stock and convert them 
into distinct species. ‘his constant good faith gives to some 
of Darwin’s pages a peculiar charm. We follow with interest, 
even in his mistakes, this thinker, who is entirely occupied 
in the endeavour to make us adopt his beliefs, but who never- 
theless places in our hands, with true candour, the arms best 
fitted to combat him. We put down his books with a great 
increase of our high esteem for the philosopher, of our affec- 
tionate sympathy with the man. 

In these almost improvised pages, no more than in my 
other writings, could I pass in silence over what separates me 
from Darwin. As on all other occasions, I have done it with 
regret. On the other hand, it is from the bottom of my heart 
that I have tried to render him a last and just homage. 

In acting thus it seems to me that I must find myself in 
accord with the general sentiment of the Academy. At first 
the Academy did not favourably receive Darwin’s candidature 
as a Correspondent. It has been reproached for this by some 
of the adherents of the English naturalist ; but unjustly. For 
them Darwin’s merit consisted especially i in his theory. By 
its first hesitation the Academy showed that it could not join 
in this judgment. Then, by welcoming the author of the 
book ‘On the Origin of Species,’ it proved that it had been 
able to recognize all that was important and durable in the 
complex work of the illustrious naturalist, and to render 
justice to his true merits. It has therefore in all particulars 


A474 Miscellaneous. 
fulfilled its duties as a scientific tribunal with high impar- 
tality. 

Now, Darwin is dead; and most certainly no one within 
these walls has withheld sincere and cordial regrets trom this 
true and great naturalist, who chose to pass his whole life, 
solely devoted to study and meditation, in a modest retreat, 
far from the honours which it would have been so easy for 
him to attain, and which came to seek him when he could 
no longer avoid them. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Three more Freshwater Sponges. 


Mr. Evw. Porrs had described in the Proceedings under date of 
July 26, 1881, a new species of Carterella, C. latitenta; his later 
identified findings during that year are here mentioned. 


Meyenia crateriforma. 


This sponge, first found during September 1881, in the Brandy- 
wine, near Chadd’s Ford, is of very delicate structure. Its frame- 
work of skeleton-spicules is exceedingly meagre and slightly bound 
together, scarcely amounting to a system of meshes and polyhedral 
interspaces, as in most other sponges ; and, as a consequence, we 
find the numerous small white statospheres lying in recesses far 
larger than themselves, freely exposed to view from the upper or 
outer side of the sponge. This trait is only seen in the thinnest of 
incrusting sponges. : 

The skeleton-spicules may be described as acerate, gradually 
sharp-pointed, sparsely and very minutely microspined. With these 
were mingled smaller and more slender forms, which may be an 
earlier stage of the same, or perhaps are dermal spicules ; but beside 
these may be seen upon the undisturbed surface of the sponge two 
other forms—one, cylindrical, slender, with truncate ends, the other 
similar in all respects to the long birotulates which surround the 
statospheres. The last have most probably been displaced from 
their normal position, 

The birotulate spicules surrounding the statospheres, as compared 
with those of any other described sponges, and with the diameter of 
their own rotules, are relatively very long. The diameter of the 
complete statosphere is to that of the contained chitinous body 
about as ten to seven; and the diameter of the rotules, while per- 
haps double that of the shafts, is only from one fifth to one seventh 
of their length. A number of long sharp spines eccur near each 
extremity of the shaft. These birotulates are disposed, as is usual, 
very regularly and densely upon the surface of the chitinous body— 


Aiscellaneous. 475 


one end of each being thus supported, the other forming a second 
or outer coat or surface. One peculiarity, however, of their ar- 
rangement has suggested the specific name now given. In most 
other species the length of the foraminal tube is fixed, or approxi- 
mately indicated, by the thickness of the spiculiferous coat, which 
closes up around and against it. In this, however, on account of 
the unusual length of the spicules and their necessary radial direc- 
tion, a space is left about the foramen, in the centre of which the 
tubule appears as an elongated cone, the whole having the appear- 
ance of a voleanic crater. In mounted specimens, probably as a 
result of violence in making sections of the statoblasts, these spicules 
frequently deviate from a direct radial position and cross each other’s 
lines in a curious manner. ‘This sponge has also been found in the 
Schuylkill river and in some of its smaller branches. 


Heteromeyenia Ryderit. 

This beautiful green sponge has, as yet, only been found in a 
branch of Cobb’s Gren a small stream whose waters reach the 
Delaware river, below Philadelphia. It occupied the upper surface 
of large stones in the bed of the stream, some of the patches being 
4 or 5 inches in diameter and about one fourth of an inch thick. 
The surface is somewhat irregular, occasionally rising into rounded 
lobes. The efferent canals are deeply channelled in the upper 
surface of the sponge, five or six sometimes converging to a common 
orifice. 

The skeleton-spicules are stout, cylindrical, s slightly curved, gradu- 
ally sharp- pointed, conspicuously spined, excepting at the extremities ; 
spines conical, sharp-pointed, when largest often curving forward 
or towards the adjacent ends of the spicules s. As is generally the 
case with spined skeleton-spicules, they are but slightly fasciculated— 
being mostly arranged in a simple series, single spicules meeting or 
diverging from other spicules, thus forming a delicate network, 
supporting the sponge-flesh. With these are mingled a few more 
slender smooth spicules, which may be immature, or the true dermal 
spicules of the sponge. 

The statospheres are numerous, rather small, surrounded first by 
a series of birotulates, short, stout, the rotulee about equal in diameter 
to the length of the shaft. The shafts are cylindrical or somewhat 
wider towards the rotules, having frequently one or more long 
spines near the centre. Margins of the rotule marked with an 
infinity of shallow cuts not amounting to notches. 

The second series of birotulates, which, more than in either of the 
other species of this genus, marks this as a deviation from the 
familiar Meyenia type, are very different from the first. They are 
nearly double the length of the former, much fewer in number, 
rather regularly interspersed among them; the rotules are repre- 
sented by six, eight, or more short recurved hooks at each end of 
the shaft, which is cylindrical and studded with numerous spines 
equal in length to the hooked rays of the rotuli, and curving, like 
them, from the extremitics. This species is respectfully dedicated 


476 Miscellaneous. 


by the discoverer to his friend Mr. John A. Ryder, in acknow- 
ledgment of much excellent advice, assistance, and encouragement. 


Tubella pennsylvaniea. 


The genus Z'ubella, as established by Mr. H. J. Carter, February 
1881, was represented by four species, three originally described by 
Dr. Bowerbank (as Spongillas), and one by Mr. Carter, all collected 
in the Amazon river, South America. It does not appear that any 
haye been described from other localities. It was therefore with much 
pleasure and some surprise that, while examining material collected 
at Leheigh Gap, Pa., in November last, Mr. Potts ¢ came upon un- 
doubted specimens of the same genus. It differs from Meyenia in 
the fact that the rotule of the spicules surrounding the statospheres 
are of unequal diameters, the larger one being “placed next the 
chitinous coat. This species, whose peculiarities do not tally with 
those of any of the four above mehtioned, may be thus de- 
scribed :— 

Sponge minute, incrusting, thin; the skeleton-spicules arranged 
in a simple series of single non-fasciculated spicules, in the inter- 
spaces of which the statospheres are abundant. 

Skeleton-spicules very variable in size and in shape, but all 
entirely and coarsely spined ; rounded or abruptly pointed at the 
extremities. 

Dermal spicules absent or undetermined. 

Statospheres numerous, small; granular coating thin, but ex- 
tending to or somewhat beyond the outer ends of the birotulates. 
Length of the inequibirotulates about equal to the diameter of the 
larger disk, which is placed against the chitinous coat. Margin of 
larger disk generally entire, subcircular ; outer surface flat, table- 
like, the margin sometimes slightly incurved. This surface is not 
unfrequently w warped or twisted into an irregularoutiine. The outer 
disk, in the great majority of cases, is about one fifth of the diameter 
of the inner, but varies from, say, one sixth to equality, which is, 
however, rarely observed. Its margin also appears to be generally 
entire, but it is undoubtedly sometimes divided into six or eight 
rays. The inner surface of the larger disk is also occasionally 
marked with rib-like rays ; and still more rarely the margin between 
the rays is wanting. 

These, as before stated, are all the species whose novelty has been 
definitely determined ; but amongst the large amount of material 
collected are doubtless others, belonging to the genera Spongilla and 
Meyenia, whose distinguishing peculiarities are less obvious, and 
where close study will bs needed to define them.—Proc. Acad. Nat. 


Sci. Philad., Jan. 10, 1882, p. 12. 


Restoration of the Disk in Ophiurans. By A. EK, VERRILL. 


That Ophiurans restore their rays with remarkable facility when 
broken, or entirely lost, is well known. In examining a large 
series of Amphiura abdita, V., collected in the harbour at Genie 


Miscellaneous. 477 


Conn., among eel-grass (Zostera), in 1874, I found several speci- 
mens in which the entire dorsal disk, with the contained viscera, 
had been lost and more or less restored, showing the various stages 
of the process. ‘The dorsal disk of this species is soft and swollen , 
and is very easily detached. The arms are exceedingly long and 
slender, and subject to frequent restorations. In some of the ex- 
amples in which a new disk was forming, the scars are still plainly 
visible on the bases of the arms, showing where the disk had been 
torn away, and its former size. In some of these the new disk, 
though perfect in form, had not grown to more than one third or 
one half the diameter of the old one; in others it was nearly com- 
pleted. ‘These small disks, connected with the full-sized arms and 
jaws of the adult, give such specimens a very peculiar appearance. 
At first I mistook some of these for the genuine young; but a more 
careful examination easily revealed their true nature. 

In the same lot were specimens in which a portion of the edge 
of the disk, with one or two of the arms, had been destroyed and 
afterwards restored. ‘In a few instances two arms had grown out 
in place of one.—Amer. Journ. Sci., May 1882, p. 408. 


On the Abyssal Malacological Fauna of the Mediterranean, 
By M. FiscuEr. 


The demonstrated existence in the Mediterranean of a deep zone 
included between 250 and 3624 metres, and characterized by its 
constant temperature (about 55° F.), lends much interest to the 
enumeration of the Mollusca that live under these definite thermal 
conditions. But it is necessary to distinguish the species which 
inhabit the bottom from those whose shells have fallen from the. 
surface after death. In most of the deep dredgings of the ‘'T'ra- 
vailleur’ we found shells of pelagic Mollusca *, sometimes forming 
enormous accumulations, but quite incapable of furnishing any 
notion of the true abyssal fauna. On the other hand, the Gastro- 
poda, the Scaphopoda, the Lamellibranchiata, and the Brachiopoda, 
in the adult state and with the shell intact, generally lived upon the 
bottom, whence they were collected by the dredge. 

Nothing was known of the Gulf of Lyons below 350 metres. The 
most productive dredgings in Mollusca off these coasts during the 
expedition of the ‘Travailleur’ were at the stations No. 1 (555 
metres), 9 (445 metres), and 5 (1685 metres); and the list that 
we have prepared includes more than sixty species t. Some of 

* CEPHALOPODA: Argonauta argo. PrERoPopa : Spirialis physoides, 
S. bulimoides, Protomedea rostralis, Hyalea tridentata, H. vaginellina, 
Cleodora lanceolata, C. cuspidata, Creseis spinifera. HntERopopa : Cari- 
naria mediterranea, Atlanta Peroni. GASTROPODA (larve): Stnu- 
sigerd, Sp. 

+ Bracuropopa: Terebratula vitrea, Terebratella septata, Terekratulina 
caput-serpentis, Megerlia truncata, LAMELLIBRANCHIATA: Lima ellip- 
tica, L. subauriculata, L. Sarsi, Pecten Brunet pes-lutre, P. Hoskinsi, P. 
Ffenestratus, Malletia cuneata, Leda messaniensis, L. str iolata, Nucula sul- 
cata, Arca lactea, A, tetragona, A. pectunculoides, Limopsis aurita, L,. 
minuta, Dacrydium vitreum, Astarte sulcata, Ae triangularis, Venus 


Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 5. Vol. ix. 


AS = Miscellaneous. 


them were indicated long ago in the fossil state in the Pliocene of 
Italy, such as Terebratella septata, Leda messaniensis, Limopsis 
aurita, L. minuta, Plewrotoma Loprestiana, Columbella costulata, 
Rissoa subsoluta, Turbo romettensis, T'rophon multilamellosus, &e. ; 
but they also live in the abysses of the Bay of Biscay and on the 
shores of Portugal. 

Between the dredging 1 (555 metres) and the dredging 5 (1685 
metres) there is no essential difference from a zoological point of 
view ; the species of dredging 5 all occur in the bottom of dredging 
1, but their number is restricted; we have only recognized about 
twenty *. 

The dredgings 18 (2454 metres) and 17 (2660 metres) in the 
north of the Mediterranean, between Provence and Corsica, have 
also furnished us with Mollusca which existed at the depth of 555 
metres—Terebratula vitrea, Syndesmya longicallus, Xylophaga 
dorsalis, Nucula sulcata, Nassa Edwardsi, Dentalium agile, &e. 

We may conclude that between 445 and 2660 metres the deep- 
sea malacological fauna has the same zoological characters, but that 
the number of species gradually decreases with the depth. The 
equality of temperature has the effect of rendering the fauna almost 
uniform. 

In the south of the Mediterranean the principal stations where 
Mollusca abound bear the numbers 26 (900 metres) and 28 (482 
metres) along the Barbary coast, between Oran and Gibraltar. 
Here we collected about sixty species f; but some of these do not 
extend so far as the Gulf of Lyons. The remarkable forms are:— 


multilamella, Isocardia cor, Kelliella miliaris, Lucina spinifera, Neera 
cuspidata, N. costellata, Xylophaga dorsalis, Syndesmya longicallus, Phola- 
domya Loveni, ScapHopopa: Siphonentalis quingquangularis, Cadulus 
tumidosus, Dentaliwn agile. Gastropopa: Trophon multilamellosus, 
Chenopus Serresianus, Buccinum Humphreysianum, Nassa limata, N. Ed- 
wardsi, Columbella costulata, Marginella clandestina, Cerithium metaxa, 
Eulima stenostoma, E. distorta, Craspedotus Tinet, Turbo romettensis, 
Scissurella crispata, 8. costata, Emarginula fissura, Odostomia unifasciata, 
Cioniscus gracilis, Rissoa abyssicola, R. subsoluta, Ringicula leptochila, 
Pleurotoma Loprestiana, Hela tenella, Eulimella ventricosa, E. acicula, 
Aclis Walleri, Cylichna conulus, &e. 

* Terebratula vitrea, Lima elliptica, L. Sarsi, Malletia cuneata, Leda 
messaniensis, L. striolata, Arca pectunculoides, Neera costellata, Xylophaga 
dorsalis, Dentalium filum, Trophon multilamellosus, Hela tenella, &c. 

+ LAMELLIBRANCHIATA: Pecten vitreus, Modiola lutea, Limopsis 
minuta, Arca diluvn, Nucula sulcata, N. egeensis, Lucina borealis, L. spt- 
nifera, Avinus granulosus, A. ferruginosus, A. biplicatus, Astarte bipartita, 
Cardium minimum, C. papillosum, Venus multilamella, V. casina, Syndes- 
mya longicallus, Neera abbreviata, N. costellata, Poromya granulata, Saxi- 
cava arctica, Savicavella plicata, ScAPHopopa: Siphonentalis quinquan- 
gularis, Gastropoda: Murex Spade, Nassa_ semistriata, Trophon 
multilamellosus, Chenopus Serresianus, Taranis Moérchi, Pleurotoma Lo- 
prestiana, Trochus gemmulatus, Zizyphinus Folini, Z, suturalis, Scissurella 
cerispata, Natica fusca, Rissoa abyssicola, Eulima bilineata, Eulimella 
scille, E. acicula, Odostomia conoidea, Pyramidella minuscula, Acteon 
extlis, Cylichna nitidula, Tectura fulva, Calyptrea sinensis, &e. 


Miscellaneous. A479 


Modiola lutea, discovered in the Bay of Biscay between 677 and 
1960 metres ; Taranis Morchi, a boreal species, abyssal in the At- 
lantic ; Trochus gemmulatus and Zizyphinus suturalis, fossil in the 
Italian Pliocene, and found living in the Bay of Biscay; and Tectura 
fulva, an arctic mollusk. 

Combining the Mollusca of all our deep dredgings (555-2660 
metres) we obtain a total of about 120 species; but only thirty of 
these can be regarded as abyssal*. All the deep-sea species of the 
Mediterranean without exception occur also in the Atlantic Ocean. 
It therefore seems to be demonstrated that the Mediterranean 
receives its deep-sea fauna from the Atlantic, and that there has 
not been a centre of creation for it. It remains to be ascertained 
whether the fauna of the superior strata, characterized by a great 
number of species localized in the Mediterranean, is also derived 
from the Lusitanian fauna. 

The abyssal forms of the Mediterranean have been dredged in the 
Atlantic generally at considerable depths. The Mediterranean 
therefore only contains the Mollusca which can bear a rather high 
temperature. The arctic forms fossilized in the glacial deposits of 
Sweden and the British Isles appear no longer to exist in the present 
Mediterranean, although they were abundant there during the 
newer Pliocene period (deposits of Ficarazzi). The temperature of 
the Mediterranean has consequently changed gradually ; it is pro- 
bable that it was not then constant, and that a communication with 
very cold seas brought arctic Mollusca into it. It would be inter- 
esting to ascertain whether, in the great depths of the eastern Medi- 
terranean and of the Black Sea, there may not exist some survivors 
of the glacial fauna of the Pliocene of Ficarazzi.i— Comptes Rendus, 
April 24, 1882, p. 1201. 


A Zoological Station at Villafranca. 


We have received from Dr. J. Barrois an intimation that the 
French government have recently decided upon establishing a new 
zoological station at Villafranca, of which the direction will be in 
his hands. The purpose for which it is specially founded is that of 
furnishing facilities for the study of the rich marine fauna of the 
locality, which yields in interest to no other in the Mediter- 
ranean, by the many naturalists who may be attracted to Villa- 
franca by the charms of the place and its surroundings; and Dr. 
Barrois particularly expresses a hope that many English zoologists 
may be induced to avail themselves of the advantages thus offered 
to them at a much less distance from home than the older establish- 
ment at Naples. Dr. Barrois promises a particularly warm welcome 
to our countrymen. 

* For example, Terebratella septata, Lima Sarsi, Pecten Hoskinst, 
Avinus granulosus, Malletia cuneata, Arca pectunculoides, Leda messant- 
ensis, L. striolata, Limopsis aurita, L. minuta, Pholadomya Lovent, Modiola 
lutea, Dacrydium vitreum, Dentalium agile, Cadulus tumidosus, Taranis 
Moérchi, Hela tenella, Pyramidella minuscula, Pleurotoma Loprestiana, 
Tectura fulva, Columbella costulata, Turbo romettensis, Trochus gemmu- 
latus, Rissoa subsoluta, Eulima stenostoma, Craspedotus Tinet, Trophon 
multilamellosus, &e. 


480 


INDEX to VOL. IX. 


ACANTHEPHYRA, new species of, 45. 

Acanthococcus aceris, on the male 
of, 404. 

Actiniaria, on Atlantic, 354. 

/Eluropoda, description of the new 
genus, 385. 

Agaricus, new species of, 177. 

Aleyonaria, observations on, with 
descriptions of new species, 184; of 
the Bay of Marseilles, on the, 406, 

Aleyonotus, characters "of the new 
genus, 35. 

Amcebe, observations on the, 106. 

Amorphorhinus, new species of, 879 

Amphissa, description of the new 
genus, 2. 

Anaptomorphus homunculus, 
scription of, 212. 

Ancylotela, description of the new 
genus, 173. 

Anguilla vulgaris, on a yellow va- 
riety of, 65. 

Annelida, on the central nervous 
system of the, 67. 

Anochilia, new species of, 323. 

Anthribola, new species of, 48. 

Aoplocnemis, new species of, 583. 

Aphena, new species of, 127. 

Aplysina, new species of, 270 

Apostethus, characters ce the new 
genus, 27, 

Araneidea, new genera and species 
of, 1, 258. 

Argynnis, new species of, 15. 

Artelida, new species of, 326. 

Asterias, on the species ‘of the Lin- 
nean genus, 166. 

Atelicus, new species of, 379. 

Atyephyra compressa, observations 
on, 193. 

Auletta, characters of the genus, 258. 

Avicularium, on the relation of the, 
to the vibraculum, 20. 

Balanophyllia, new species of, 78. 

Bates, H. W., on new species of 
Coleoptera, 319. 

Batrachians, on a collection of, from 
Ecuador, 462. 

Bell, F. Di, on the species of the 
Linnean genus Asterias ascribed 
to Retzius, 166, 


de- 


Berkeley, Rev. M. J., on British 
Fungi, 176, 

Berwynia Carruthersii, note on, 59. 

Blastoidea, onthe morpholog’ y of, 213; 
new genera and species of, 220, 

Blattariz, new genera and species of, 
383, 

Blepegenes, new species of, 28. 

Bolan, Dr. H., on a yellow variety 
of the conmon eel, 65, 

Books, new :—The Zoclogieal Re- 
cord for 1880 and the Zoologischer 
Jahresbericht fiir 1880, 129; Pro- 
ceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ 
Society, vol. iii, 132; Transac- 
tions of the Novya-Scotian Insti- 
tute of Natural Science, vol. v., 
133;  Martens’s Conchologische 
Mittheilungen, 201; Waterhouse’s 
Aid to the Identification of Insects, 
vol. i., 402. 

Boulenger, G. A., on Reptiles and 
Batrachians from Ecuador, 457. 
Brandt, Prof. E., on the nervous sys- 
tem of the larvee of Dipterous in- 
sects, 455; on the nervous eye 

of the Strepsiptera, 456. 

Brasseyi ia, _ description of the new 
genus, 77. 

Brenthis, new species of, 16. 

Broome, C. E., on British Fungi, 176. 

Bubaris, characters of the new genus, 
378. 

Butler, A. G., on new Lepidoptera, 
15, 84, 206; on a new species of 
Apheena, 127 ; on new species of 
Zephronia, 196; on new species of 
Spirostreptus, 528, 406; on new 
species of Platypleura, 588; on 
Euripus consimilis, 405, 

Callimantis, new species of, 423. 

Calydonis, characters of the new 
genus, 31. 

Camaria, new species of, 30. 

Cambridge, Rev. O. P., on new 
Spiders, ie 258. 

Camptoceras, on a fossil species of, 
400, 

Carabus, new species of, 520. 

Carpenter, P. H., on some new Ju- 
rassic Grinoids, 60; on the mor- 


IN DEX. 


phology of the Blastoidea, with 
descriptions of new genera and 
Species, 213, 

Carter, H. J., on Sponges from the 
West Indies and Acapulco, 266, 
346 ; on the cirrous appendages on 
the statoblast of Carterella latitenta, 
390 ; on some remarkable forms of 
Cellepora and Palythoa, 416. 

Carterella latitenta, observations on, 
530, 390. 

Cellepora, new species of, 416. 

Centrolophus pompilus, on the oc- 
currence of, 204, 338, 

Sercaspora, new species of, 183. 

Chapman, Dr. H. ©., on a fetal 
kangaroo and its membranes, 338. 

Chlorochroma, new species of, 91. 

Chrysolarentia, new species of, 93, 

Cicindela, new species of, 319. 

Cladocera, on new British, 53. 

Cladocora, on the genus, 205. 

Cliona, new species of, 346. 

Coccidie, on a new apterous male 
among the, 404. 

Coccinellopsis, new species of, 325. 

Codaster, new species of, 235. 

Coleoptera, new, 25, 47, 50, 172, 319, 
321, 374, 420; alteration of gene- 
ric names of, 409, 

Conchylis, new species of, 98. 

Conognatha, new species of, 52. 

Cope, KE. D., on the oldest Artio- 
dactyle, 204; on the characters of 
the Tzeniodontia, 205; on some new 
forms of Coryphodontide, 211; on 
an anthropomorphous Lemur, 212, 

Coptomia, new species of, 322. 

Corals, new species of, 73. 

Coronella, new species of, 460, 

Coryphodontidee, on some new forms 
of, 211. 

Crastia, new species of, 453. 

Crinoids, on some new Jurrasic, 60, 

Crustacea, new, 42. 

Cryptopeges, description of the new 
genus, 100. 

Ctenoptychius pectinatus, note on, 
256, 

Curculionide, on Australian, 374. 

Curis, new species of, 51. 

Cychrus, new species of, 320. 

Darata, new species of, 88. 

Darwin, Charles, obituary notices of, 
402, 467. 

Davis, J. W., on fossil Fish remains 
from the Armagh limestone, 198, 


481 


Dawson, Principal, on Prototaxites 
and Pachytheca from the Den- 
bighshire grits of Corwen, 59. 

Day, F’., on the occurrence of Cen- 
trolophus pompilus, 338. 

Diadelia, description of the new 
genus, 421. 

Dicellonotus, description of the new 
genus, 387, 

Dinosauria, on the classification of 
the, 79. 

Diopethes, characters of the new 
genus, 52. 

Diptera, on the postembryonic deve- 
lopment of the, 61; on the nervous 
system of the larvee of some, 453. 

Diptychus, new species of, 43. 

Distant, W. L., on Malayan Rhopa- 
locera, 396. 

Distichopora, new species of, 75. 

Donatia, new species of, 359. 

Doticus, characters of the genus, 27. 

Dredgings, deep-sea, 37, 334, 477. 

Dromicus, new species of, 264. 

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on the genus 
Stoliczkaria, 58. 

Dysidea, new species of, 274, 

Dysmathosoma, description of the 
new genus, 422. j 

Kchinorhynchi, on the organization 
and development of the, 140. 

Kel, on a yellow variety of the com- 
mon, 65, 

Eimer, Dr. J., on the mode of cap- 
ture of Lizards in the south of 
Europe, 158. 

Elasmonotus, new species of, 43. 

Elymnias, new species of, 397. 

Emery, Prof. C., on the Mediter- 
ranean species of Fierasfer, 137. 

Esperia, new species of, 291. 

Espites, characters of the new genus, 
SY) 


OL. 

Etheridge, R., jun., on the morpho- 
logy of the Blastoidea, with de- 
scriptions of new genera and 
species, 215. 

Eubolia, new species of, 96. 

Euchrceea, new species of, 321. 

Eudendrium ramosum, on some pe- 
culiar organs of, 201. 

Euglypha alveolata, on the pheno- 
mena of division in, 125. 

Kulytus, characters of the genus, 175, 

Euripus consimilis, note on, 405. 

Exapineus, characters of the new 
genus, 54, 


482 


Fibularia, new species of, 282. 

Fierasfer, on the Mediterranean 
species of, 137. 

Filaria, new species of, 312. 

Fischer, M., on the abyssal malaco- 
logical fauna of the Mediterranean, 
477. 

Flustra, new species of, 116. 

Fungi, notices of British, 176. 

Furtado, F. d’Arruda, on a case of 
complete abortion of the reproduc- 
tive organs of Vitrina, 597. 

Fusus, new species of, 344. 

Galathodes, new species of, 42. 

Ganoris, new species of, 18, 

Gempylodes, new species of, 26, 

Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 58, 198, 400. 

Godwin-Austen, Lt.-Colonel, on a 
fossil species of Camptoceras, 400, 

Gongylus, new species of, 263. 

Graptolites, on the morphology of 
the true, 54. 

Gromphadorhina, new species of, 
334. 

Gruber, Dr. A.,on the Amcebee, 106; 
on the phenomena of division in 
HKulypha alveolata, 155. 

Giinther, Dr. A., on the occurrence 
of Centrolophus pompilus on the 
east coast of England, 204; on 
some Reptiles from Madagascar, 
262. 

Guppy, Dr. H. B., on the pearly 
organs of Scopelus, 202. 

Gynopteryx, new species of, 91. 

Halichondria, new species of, 285, 

Heider, Dr. A. von, on the genus Cla- 
docora, 205, 

Heteromeyenia, new species of, 475. 

Hicks, Dr. H., on Berwynia Car- 
ruthersii, 59. 

Hincks, Rev. T., on certain remark- 
able modifications of the avicu- 
larium in a species of Polyzoon, 
20 ; on marine Polyzoa, 116, 

Hiicinia, new species of, 273. 

Hy moogenus, description of the new 
genus, 174. 

Homoptera, new, 127; on the classi- 
fication of the, 424. 

Hopkinson, J., on the morphology of 
the Rhabdophora, 54. 

Hulke, J. W., on Iguanodon Seelyi, 
199; on Ornithopsis eucamerotus, 
401. 

Hutton, Prof. F. W., on the struc- 


INDEX. 


ture and development of Sipho- 
naria australis, 541. 

Hydroids, on the origin of the sper- 
matozoids in the, 133. 

Hylodes, new species of, 465. 

Hylotastes, new species of, 26. 

Iguanodon Seelyi, note on, 199. 

Immedia, characters of the new ge- 
nus, 99, 

Jamieson, T. F., on the Crag Shells 
of Aberdeenshire, 400. 

Joliet, L., on the development of the 
ovum of Melicerta, 63; on the de- 
velopment of the ganglion and of 
the ‘ciliated sac” in the bud of 
Pyrosoma, 409, 

Jones, Prof. R., on some Silurian 
Leperditiz, 168. 

“ Kammplatten,” 
253. 

Kangaroo, on a foetal, 338. 

Kleinenberg, Prof., on the origin of 
the central nervous system of the 
Annelida, 67. 

Lankester, EK. R., on new British 
Cladocera, 53. 

Lasiocercis, description of the new 
genus, 420. 

Latometus, description of the new 
genus, OL. 

Leaves, on the colour of, in autumn, 
335. 

Lemur, on an Anthropomorphous, 
212. 

Leperditiz, on some Silurian, 168. 

Lepidoptera, new, 15, 84, 105, 206, 
596, 453. 

Leptocera, new species of, 527. 

Leptops, new species of, 375. 

Lichtenstein, J., on a new apterous 
male among the Coccide, 404. 

Limulus, on the position of, in the 
natural system, 369; on the deve- 
lopment of, 412. 

Linyphia, new species of, 262. 

Lipothyrea, characters of the new 
genus, 379. 

Lizards, on the mode of capture of, 
in the south of Europe, 138. 

Luflaria, new species of, 268. 

McCook, Rev. Dr. H. C., on the 
mode of constructing webs among 
orb-weaving Spiders, 68. 

Macrotoma, new species of, 47. 

Malacological fauna of the Mediter- 
ranean, on the abyssal, 477. 

Marion, A. F., on Atlantic Actinia- 


observations on, 


INDEX. 


ria, 334; on the Alcyonaria of the 
Bay of Marseilles, 406. 

Marsh, Prof. O. C., on the classifica- 
tion of the Dinosauria, 79. 

Mastododera, new species of, 50. 

Meehan, T., on colour in autumn 

leaves, 335, 

Mégnin, M., on the organization and 

development of the Kchinorhynchi, 

140. 

Melicerta, on the development of the 

ovum of, 65. 

Membranipora, new species of, 117. 

Meyenia, new species of, 474. 

Miall, Prof. L. C., on the abortion of 
the reproductive organs in Vitrina, 

899. 

Miana, new species of, 89. 

Micrantereus, new species of, 29. 

Microporella ciliata, on certain re- 
markable modifications of the avi- 
cularium in, 20. 

Miers, E. J., on a freshwater Ma- 
erurous Crustacean from Japan, 
1938. 

Milne-Edwards, A., on the ‘ Tra- 
vailleur’ zoological exploration in 
the Mediterranean and the Atlan- 
tic, 37. 

Miocleenus brachystomus, description 
of, 204. 

Mollusca, deep-sea, of the Mediter- 
ranean, on the, 477. 

Monoporella, new species of, 125. 

Moore, F., on a new species of Cras- 
tia, 455. 

Moseley, Prof. H. N., on the deve- 
lopment of Limulus, 412. 

Mastacomys, description of the new 
genus, 415. 

Mus, new species of, 415. 

Musea vomitoria, on the postembry- 
onic development of, 61. 

Myriopoda, new, 196, 528. 

Nascio, new species of, 50. 

Nematodes, on the classification of 
the, 501. 

Nemestra, new species of, 582. 

Nephthya, new species of, 185, 

Neriene agrestis, observations on, 4. 

Neusticosaurus pusillus, note on, 401. 

Notochelys costata, note on, 199. 

Ophiurans, on the restoration of the 
disk in, 476. 

Orley, Dr. L., on the classification of 
the Nematodes, 301. 

Ornithopsis, on the affinities of, 401. 


483 


Orthorhinus, new species of, 380. 

Owen, Prof., on Notochelys costata, 
199. 

Oxyops, new species of, 379. 

Pachymatisma Johnstonia, on the 
histology of, 141. 

Packard, A.8., jun., on Limulus, 369, 

Palythoa, new species of, 418. 

Papilio, new species of, 103. 

Pascoe, F. P., on new genera and 
species of Coleoptera, 25; on the 
Australian Curculionide, 374; on 
anew species of Mantide, 423; on 
the classification of the Homo- 
ptera, 424. 

Patuloscula, new species of, 365. 

Paxillus, new species of, 181. 

Penicillium, new species of, 183. 

Pentremitidea, new species of, 223. 

Pephricus, new species of, 374. 

Pheenoschisma, description of the 
new genus, 226. 

Phrissogonus, characters of the new 
genus, 94. 

Phryniscus, new species of, 464. 

Phytometra, new species of, 90. 

Platypleura, new species of, 388. 

Polyzoa of the Wenlock shales, notes 
on the, 61; on the marine, 116. 

Polyzoon, on remarkable modifica- 
tions of the avicularium in a species 
of, 20; on a remarkable form of, 
416. 

Pontophilus, new species of, 43. 

Porella, new species of, 126. 

Porthesia, new species of, 87. 

Potts, E., on the genus Carterella, 
380; on new freshwater Sponges, 
474. 

Prostenus, new species of, 35, 

Prostherapis, new species of, 462. 

Prototaxites, on the affinities of, 59. 

Psiloptera, new species of, 51. 

Ptosima, new species of, 172. 

Ptyas, new species of, 263. 

Pyenobothris, new species of, 324, 

Pyrosoma, on the development of 
the ganglion and of the “ ciliated 
sac ” in the bud of, 409. 

Quatrefages, M. de, on the scientific 
labours of Charles Darwin, 467. 

Reptiles, new, 263, 457. 

Rhabdophora, on the morphology of 
the, 54. cf 

Rhizopods, on the phenomena of di- 
vision in the Monothalamous, 135, 

Rhodaria, new species of, 96, 


484 


Richardina, new species of, 43. 

Ridley, 8. O., on the Alcyonaria, 
with descriptions of new species, 
184. 

Satyrus, new species of, 14. 

Schizoblastus, description of the new 
genus, 245. 

Schizoporella, new species of, 124. 

Schmidt, F., on some Silurian Leper- 
ditize, 168. 

Scopelus, on the pearly organs of, 
202. 

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on Neustico- 
saurus pusillus, 401. 

Siphonaria australis, on the structure 
and development of, 541. 

Smith, E. A., on a new species of 
Fusus, 344. 

Sollas, Prof. W. J., on the Sponge- 
fauna of Norway, 141, 426. 

Spiders, new, 1, 258; how orb- 
weaving, make the framework of 
webs, 68. 

Spirostreptus, new species of, 328, 
406. 

Sponge-fauna of Norway, on the, 141, 
426. 

Sponges, on some West-Indian and 
Acapulco, 266, 346; new fresh- 
water species of, 474. 

Spongiophaga Pottsi, observations on, 
350, 590. 

Steganoporella, new species of, 119. 

Stenotarsia, new species of, 525. 

Stock, T., on ‘ Kammplatten,” and 
on Ctenoptychius pectinatus, 253, 

Stoliczkaria, observations on the 
genus, 58. 

Strepsiptera, on the nervous system 
of the, 456. 

Tzeniodontia, characters of the, 205. 

Tachymenis, new species of, 265, 

Teia, new species of, 88. 

Telesto, new species of, 85. 

Telethrus, characters of the new 
genus, 29, 

Terpios, new species of, 355, 


INDEX. 


Tetilla cranium, on the structure of, 
150, 426. 

Tetraprosopus, characters of the 
new genus, 97. 

Thenea Wallichii, observations on, 
427, 

Thomas, O., on two new Muridze 
from Tasmania, 413. 

Tuba, new species of, 279. 

Tubella, new species of, 476. 

Varenne, A. de, on the origin of the 
spermatozoidsin the Hydroids, 153, 

Verrill, A. E., on the restoration of 
the disk in Ophiurans, 476. 

Verrucella, new species of, 192. 

Viallanes, H., on the postembryonic 
development of the Diptera, 61. 

Villogorgia, new species of, 189. 

Vine, G. R., on the Polyzoa of the 
‘Wenlock shales, 61. 

Vitrina, on a case of complete abor- 
tion of the reproductive organs of, 
397. 

Walckenaéra, new species of, 7, 259. 

Waterhouse, C. O., on new genera 
and species of Coleoptera, 47, 50, 
172, 821, 420. 

Weismann, Dr, A., on some peculiar 
organs of Kudendrium ramosum, 
201. 

Whymper, E., on Reptiles and Ba- 
trachians collected in Ecuador by, 
457. 

Wood-Mason, J., on two new species 
of Papilio, 103. ; 

Wright, B., on some new species of 
Corals, 73. 

Ypthima, new species of, 395, 

Zacorus, description of the new 
genus, 102. 

Zephronia, new species of, 196. 

Zoological exploration made in the 
Mediterranean and the Atlantic on 
board the ‘Travyailleur,’ report on 
a, 37. 

Zoological station at Villafranca, 
note on the, 479, 


END OF THE NINTH VOLUME, 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 


Ann & Magq Nat. Hist. 85 Vol. 9. PLI 


ae et Te 


ol 


Anrv. & Mag. Nat Hist. S.5 Vol. 9. PULL. 


Mintern Bros . Chromo lith 


Anw. & Mag Nat. fist. §. 5. Vol. 9. PULL. 


Mintern Bros . Chromo hth 


= 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hust. $.5 Vol. 9. PUL 


o hth 


hrome 


€ 


Hros 


Vianter 


Any. & Mag. Not Hust. §. 5. Vot.9. PUV. 


28S ga 
Qe DIVe 


ie 


T. Hincks .del. 


WVintern Bros -hth 


Anrv. & Mag. Not Hist. $5 Vol. 9.PUV. 


Mauitern Bros. lith . 


W.J.S. del. 


O.O.VOU, PEO VE 


Ani. & Mag. Nat. list. 
ee 


Whntern Bros. hth. 


Ann. & Meg. Net, Hest.8.5.Vol.9. PL VA. 


oS 


WV every, 
coe capeiacnes sar 


13. 14. 15 16 


] 


Sars as ae 
ae is =X 
. Ms ¥ 


“~~ ‘4 


es 


= 


=) 
| 
hs 
ity 


;: 


So 
eas 


nn & Mag Nat 


Ann &d 


ar 
i 
- 


Vol 


San 

a ers) vic 
ait eye OS 
‘> 


a #1 - Vp CG: 
rts _ 


i 
Dy 
Se - 


7 Pe 


i 
ee On es 
cia 2 AAT a 
> J Fee : oe ap 
baat i Ae a ed 
pe. teen 


Yt 


Ann. & Mag Nat. Hist. 5.5.Vol.9.PU.X . 


See al 


coe 


Aut .del- 


H.C. del 


AMM tag Nat Hist. 0 vel J Lb ALL 


oe \ 
At | tee oe 
‘ fpf a 


b ( / f b \ - Y 
( ( 7 mM NG . u) yh 
XC AX _ oS 

) - W 23, 


) SU! 
aad po 


P C ee hye WN 


27 “a9 
a ——— ss = aa na 
a 0 
Re fe. = a, 
as c i. b 
: 


a + 7) 
oy; xX {Uo 
29 Toy h l 
& es 
49 ¥ 


Muntern Bros. imp. 


Ann ih Mag Nat Hist So | ob. 9 PL XIV. 


An. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.5 Vol. 9. PUXV. 


Mintern Bros imp : 


Ann & Mag Nat tttst. 3.9 Vol A FL AVE 


i 


TIC. del 


veo 
o (oa) ors, 
2 


es 


7 
= 
7 
- 
- 
a 
- - a 
: 
re 
is 
\ 
— 
_ 
od 
; — 
- 


~ 


healt 
NA AY ih 


CNS GR 


Nae 
" ut i 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


WEEE 


3 9088 01314 0009